The Complete iDempiere DocBook

Redhuan D. Oon

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

Redhuan D. Oon
Copyright 2015 Redhuan D. Oon
Licensed Under Creative Commons 3.0, Sponsored by Zeeshan Hasan, SYSNOVA, Bangladesh

Dedication
Dear Hazel, "Do You Remember All Those Days We Went Through, It Took A Lifetime To Realize"

Table of Contents
Preface ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... lviii
1. Workflow:Accounting Setup .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1
2. Workflow:Business Partner Setup .................................................................................................................................................................. 2
3. Workflow:Initial Client Setup Review ............................................................................................................................................................. 3
4. Workflow:Language Setup ............................................................................................................................................................................ 4
5. Workflow:Performance Measurement Setup ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
6. Workflow:Price List Setup ............................................................................................................................................................................ 6
7. Workflow:Product Setup ............................................................................................................................................................................... 7
8. Workflow:Project Setup and Use ................................................................................................................................................................... 8
9. Workflow:Request Setup .............................................................................................................................................................................. 9
10. Workflow:Sales Setup ............................................................................................................................................................................... 10
11. Workflow:Setup Replication ...................................................................................................................................................................... 11
12. Workflow:Tax Setup ................................................................................................................................................................................. 12
13. Process :Auto Allocation ........................................................................................................................................................................... 13
14. Process :Automatic account reconciliation .................................................................................................................................................... 14
15. Process :Bank/Cash Transfer ...................................................................................................................................................................... 15
16. Process :Business Partner Organization ........................................................................................................................................................ 17
17. Process :C_Invoice Calculate Tax ............................................................................................................................................................... 18
18. Process :Cache Reset ................................................................................................................................................................................ 19
19. Process :Change Base Language ................................................................................................................................................................. 20
20. Process :Client Accounting Processor .......................................................................................................................................................... 21
21. Process :Convert passwords to hashes .......................................................................................................................................................... 22
22. Process :Copy Role .................................................................................................................................................................................. 23
23. Process :Create AP Expense Invoices .......................................................................................................................................................... 24
24. Process :Create Costing Records ................................................................................................................................................................. 25
25. Process :Create Foreign Key ...................................................................................................................................................................... 26
26. Process :Create PO from Requisition ........................................................................................................................................................... 27
27. Process :Create Sales Orders from Expense .................................................................................................................................................. 29
28. Process :Create Table Index ....................................................................................................................................................................... 30
29. Process :Delete Import .............................................................................................................................................................................. 31
30. Process :Deliver Assets ............................................................................................................................................................................. 32
31. Process :Enable Native Sequence ................................................................................................................................................................ 33
32. Process :Export Format Generator ............................................................................................................................................................... 34
33. Process :FA_ProjectCreateAsset .................................................................................................................................................................. 35
34. Process :Generate Invoices ......................................................................................................................................................................... 36
35. Process :Generate PO from Project .............................................................................................................................................................. 38
36. Process :Generate PO from Sales Order ....................................................................................................................................................... 39
37. Process :Generate Shipments ...................................................................................................................................................................... 40
ii

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.
78.

Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process
Process

:HouseKeeping .............................................................................................................................................................................
:Import CSV Process .....................................................................................................................................................................
:Initial Client Setup Process ............................................................................................................................................................
:Invoice Requests ..........................................................................................................................................................................
:Issue to Project ............................................................................................................................................................................
:Load Bank Statement ....................................................................................................................................................................
:Order Batch Process .....................................................................................................................................................................
:POS Key Generate .......................................................................................................................................................................
:Print Dunning Letters ....................................................................................................................................................................
:Print Invoices ..............................................................................................................................................................................
:Product Organization ....................................................................................................................................................................
:Quote convert ..............................................................................................................................................................................
:RePrice Order/Invoice ...................................................................................................................................................................
:Recalculate Cube .........................................................................................................................................................................
:Receivables Write-Off ...................................................................................................................................................................
:Recompile DB Objects ..................................................................................................................................................................
:Recurring Run .............................................................................................................................................................................
:Reopen Order ..............................................................................................................................................................................
:Reopen Request ...........................................................................................................................................................................
:Request EMail Processor ...............................................................................................................................................................
:Reset Accounting .........................................................................................................................................................................
:Reset Allocation ...........................................................................................................................................................................
:Reset Locked Account ..................................................................................................................................................................
:Resubmit Posting .........................................................................................................................................................................
:Role Access Update ......................................................................................................................................................................
:Rollup BOM Cost ........................................................................................................................................................................
:Send Mail Text ............................................................................................................................................................................
:Sequence Check ...........................................................................................................................................................................
:Standard Cost Update ...................................................................................................................................................................
:Storage Cleanup ...........................................................................................................................................................................
:Synchronize Doc Translation ..........................................................................................................................................................
:Synchronize Terminology ..............................................................................................................................................................
:Test Export Model .......................................................................................................................................................................
:Test Import Model .......................................................................................................................................................................
:UUID Generator ..........................................................................................................................................................................
:UnLink Business Partner Org .........................................................................................................................................................
:Universal substitution ....................................................................................................................................................................
:Validate BOM Flags .....................................................................................................................................................................
:Validate Business Partner ..............................................................................................................................................................
:Verify BOM Structure ..................................................................................................................................................................
:Verify Document Types ................................................................................................................................................................
iii

42
43
44
47
48
50
51
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
61
63
64
65
66
67
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
77
78
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

79. Process :Verify Language Configuration ...................................................................................................................................................... 92
80. Process :Warehouse Organization ................................................................................................................................................................ 93
81. Process :Workflow to Client ...................................................................................................................................................................... 94
82. Report :1099 Extract ................................................................................................................................................................................. 95
83. Report :Accounting Fact Daily ................................................................................................................................................................... 99
84. Report :Accounting Fact Details ................................................................................................................................................................ 103
85. Report :Accounting Fact Period ................................................................................................................................................................ 118
86. Report :Aging ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 122
87. Report :Allocation ................................................................................................................................................................................... 126
88. Report :Asset Delivery Details .................................................................................................................................................................. 131
89. Report :Asset Delivery Month .................................................................................................................................................................. 135
90. Report :Bank Register Report ................................................................................................................................................................... 139
91. Report :Business Partner Detail ................................................................................................................................................................. 142
92. Report :Business Partner Open .................................................................................................................................................................. 156
93. Report :Cash Flow Report ........................................................................................................................................................................ 160
94. Report :Commission Run Detail ................................................................................................................................................................ 163
95. Report :Customer Assets .......................................................................................................................................................................... 180
96. Report :Customer Balances ....................................................................................................................................................................... 183
97. Report :Customer Statement ..................................................................................................................................................................... 184
98. Report :Daily Invoice .............................................................................................................................................................................. 185
99. Report :Depreciation Expense Entry .......................................................................................................................................................... 187
100. Report :Indented Bill of Material ............................................................................................................................................................. 190
101. Report :Inventory Valuation Report .......................................................................................................................................................... 193
102. Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin .......................................................................................................................................................... 196
103. Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss ................................................................................................................................................... 208
104. Report :Invoice Tax ............................................................................................................................................................................... 220
105. Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct) ......................................................................................................................................................... 231
106. Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc) .......................................................................................................................................................... 243
107. Report :Material Receipt Details .............................................................................................................................................................. 255
108. Report :Material Reference ..................................................................................................................................................................... 267
109. Report :Monthly Invoice ........................................................................................................................................................................ 270
110. Report :Monthly Invoice Prod Cat ........................................................................................................................................................... 272
111. Report :Monthly Invoice Product ............................................................................................................................................................. 274
112. Report :Monthly Invoice Vendor ............................................................................................................................................................. 276
113. Report :Open Confirmation Details .......................................................................................................................................................... 278
114. Report :Open Confirmations ................................................................................................................................................................... 282
115. Report :Open Items ............................................................................................................................................................................... 286
116. Report :Open Orders .............................................................................................................................................................................. 294
117. Report :Open Requisitions ...................................................................................................................................................................... 308
118. Report :Order Detail .............................................................................................................................................................................. 312
119. Report :Order Transactions ..................................................................................................................................................................... 326
iv

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.

Report :Payment Details ......................................................................................................................................................................... 337

Report :Print Format Detail .................................................................................................................................................................... 347
Report :Product Cost ............................................................................................................................................................................. 354
Report :Product Cost Detail .................................................................................................................................................................... 363
Report :Product Cost Summary ............................................................................................................................................................... 373
Report :Product Transaction Summary ...................................................................................................................................................... 376
Report :Product Transaction Value ........................................................................................................................................................... 378
Report :Product/Component Where Used .................................................................................................................................................. 388
Report :Project Cycle Report .................................................................................................................................................................. 390
Report :Project Detail Accounting Report ................................................................................................................................................. 395
Report :Project Lines not Issued .............................................................................................................................................................. 409
Report :Project Margin (Work Order) ....................................................................................................................................................... 412
Report :Project POs not Issued ................................................................................................................................................................ 416
Report :Quarter Invoice Product .............................................................................................................................................................. 419
Report :Quarterly Invoice Customer by Product ......................................................................................................................................... 421
Report :Quarterly Invoice Customer by Vendor .......................................................................................................................................... 423
Report :Replenish Report ....................................................................................................................................................................... 425
Report :Replenish Report incl. Production ................................................................................................................................................. 428
Report :RfQ Response ........................................................................................................................................................................... 431
Report :RfQ Unanswered ....................................................................................................................................................................... 435
Report :Shipment Details ........................................................................................................................................................................ 438
Report :Simple Fact View ...................................................................................................................................................................... 450
Report :Statement of Accounts ................................................................................................................................................................ 453
Report :Storage Detail ........................................................................................................................................................................... 456
Report :Storage per Product .................................................................................................................................................................... 465
Report :Transaction Detail ...................................................................................................................................................................... 468
Report :Trial Balance ............................................................................................................................................................................. 484
Report :UnAllocated Invoices .................................................................................................................................................................. 490
Report :UnAllocated Payments ................................................................................................................................................................ 502
Report :UnReconciled Payments .............................................................................................................................................................. 510
Report :Unreconciled accounting facts ...................................................................................................................................................... 518
Report :Vendor Balances ........................................................................................................................................................................ 524
Report :Vendor Selection ....................................................................................................................................................................... 525
Report :Vendor Statement ....................................................................................................................................................................... 529
Report :Weekly Invoice ......................................................................................................................................................................... 530
Report :Weekly Invoice Prod Cat ............................................................................................................................................................ 532
Window: 1099 Box ............................................................................................................................................................................... 534
1. Tab: 1099 Box - C_1099Box ............................................................................................................................................................. 534
157. Window: ASP Modules ......................................................................................................................................................................... 536
1. Tab: Module - ASP_Module .............................................................................................................................................................. 536
2. Tab: Level - ASP_Level ................................................................................................................................................................... 537
v

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

158.

159.
160.

161.

162.
163.
164.

165.

166.

3. Tab: Window - ASP_Window ............................................................................................................................................................

4. Tab: Tab - ASP_Tab ........................................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Field - ASP_Field .....................................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Process - ASP_Process ..............................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Process Parameter - ASP_Process_Para ........................................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Form - ASP_Form ....................................................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Task - ASP_Task ......................................................................................................................................................................
10. Tab: Workflow - ASP_Workflow ......................................................................................................................................................
11. Tab: Ref List - ASP_Ref_List ..........................................................................................................................................................
Window: ASP Subscribed Modules .........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Client Level - ASP_ClientLevel ..................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Exceptions - ASP_ClientException ..............................................................................................................................................
Window: Account Combination ..............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Combination - C_ValidCombination ............................................................................................................................................
Window: Account Element .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Element - C_Element ................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Element Value - C_ElementValue ...............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - C_ElementValue_Trl ...............................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Sub Account - C_SubAcct ..........................................................................................................................................................
Window: Accounting Dimensions ............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Organization Dimension - AD_Org ..............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Sales Region Dimension - C_SalesRegion .....................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Activity Dimension - C_Activity .................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Project Dimension - C_Project ....................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Business Partner Dimension - C_BPartner .....................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Product Dimension - M_Product .................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Campaign Dimension - C_Campaign ............................................................................................................................................
Window: Accounting Fact Balances .........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Daily Balances - Fact_Acct_Balance ............................................................................................................................................
Window: Accounting Fact Details ...........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Accounting - Fact_Acct .............................................................................................................................................................
Window: Accounting Processor ...............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Accounting Processor - C_AcctProcessor ......................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Log - C_AcctProcessorLog .........................................................................................................................................................
Window: Accounting Schema .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Accounting Schema - C_AcctSchema ...........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Account Schema Dimensions - C_AcctSchema_Element .................................................................................................................
3. Tab: General Ledger - C_AcctSchema_GL ...........................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Defaults - C_AcctSchema_Default ...............................................................................................................................................
Window: Active Session ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Sessions - AD_SessionInfo_v ......................................................................................................................................................
vi

538
539
539
540
541
542
542
543
544
546
546
547
550
550
554
554
556
559
560
562
562
563
564
565
570
577
583
586
586
590
590
595
595
597
599
599
604
607
609
620
620

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

167. Window: Activity (ABC) .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Activity - C_Activity .................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - C_Activity_Trl .......................................................................................................................................................
168. Window: Address Transaction ................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Address Transaction - C_AddressTransaction ................................................................................................................................
169. Window: Address Validation ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Address Validation - C_AddressValidation ....................................................................................................................................
170. Window: Address Validation Configuration ..............................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Address Validation - C_AddressValidationCfg ...............................................................................................................................
171. Window: Alert .....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Alert - AD_Alert ......................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Alert Rule - AD_AlertRule .........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Alert Recipient - AD_AlertRecipient ............................................................................................................................................
172. Window: Alert Processor .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Processor - AD_AlertProcessor ...................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Log - AD_AlertProcessorLog ......................................................................................................................................................
173. Window: Asset .....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Asset - A_Asset .......................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Product - A_Asset_Product .........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Asset Balances - A_Depreciation_Workfile ...................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Accounting Setup - A_Asset_Acct ...............................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Activation/Addition - A_Asset_Addition .......................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Cost Details - A_Asset_Addition .................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Disposal - A_Asset_Disposed .....................................................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Asset Usage - A_Asset_Use .......................................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Delivery - A_Asset_Delivery ......................................................................................................................................................
10. Tab: Asset History - A_Asset_Change ...............................................................................................................................................
11. Tab: Issue Project - R_IssueProject ...................................................................................................................................................
12. Tab: Finance Information - A_Asset_Info_Fin .....................................................................................................................................
13. Tab: License Information - A_Asset_Info_Lic .....................................................................................................................................
14. Tab: Insurance Information - A_Asset_Info_Ins ...................................................................................................................................
15. Tab: Tax Information - A_Asset_Info_Tax .........................................................................................................................................
16. Tab: Other Information - A_Asset_Info_Oth .......................................................................................................................................
17. Tab: Expense - A_Depreciation_Exp .................................................................................................................................................
174. Window: Asset Addition ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Addition - A_Asset_Addition ......................................................................................................................................................
175. Window: Asset Disposal ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Asset Disposal - A_Asset_Disposed .............................................................................................................................................
176. Window: Asset Group ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Asset Group - A_Asset_Group ....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Group Account - A_Asset_Group_Acct ........................................................................................................................................
vii

622
622
623
625
625
627
627
629
629
631
631
632
634
636
636
637
639
639
644
645
648
652
657
659
660
661
663
669
671
673
674
675
676
677
681
681
687
687
692
692
693

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

3. Tab: Translation - A_Asset_Group_Trl ................................................................................................................................................ 697
177. Window: Attachment ............................................................................................................................................................................. 699
1. Tab: Attachment - AD_Attachment ..................................................................................................................................................... 699
2. Tab: Note - AD_AttachmentNote ........................................................................................................................................................ 700
178. Window: Attribute ................................................................................................................................................................................ 702
1. Tab: Attribute - M_Attribute .............................................................................................................................................................. 702
2. Tab: Attribute Value - M_AttributeValue ............................................................................................................................................. 703
179. Window: Attribute Set ........................................................................................................................................................................... 705
1. Tab: Attribute Set - M_AttributeSet .................................................................................................................................................... 705
2. Tab: Attribute Use - M_AttributeUse .................................................................................................................................................. 707
3. Tab: Exclude - M_AttributeSetExclude ................................................................................................................................................ 708
180. Window: Attribute Set Instance ............................................................................................................................................................... 710
1. Tab: Instance - M_AttributeSetInstance ............................................................................................................................................... 710
2. Tab: Shipment, Receipt - M_InOutLineMA_v ....................................................................................................................................... 711
3. Tab: Movement - M_MovementLineMA_v .......................................................................................................................................... 712
4. Tab: Invoice - RV_C_InvoiceLine ...................................................................................................................................................... 713
181. Window: Bank / Cash ............................................................................................................................................................................ 718
1. Tab: Bank / Cash - C_Bank ............................................................................................................................................................... 718
2. Tab: Account - C_BankAccount ......................................................................................................................................................... 719
3. Tab: Bank Account Document - C_BankAccountDoc ............................................................................................................................. 721
4. Tab: Bank Account Processor - C_BankAccount_Processor ..................................................................................................................... 722
5. Tab: Statement Loader - C_BankStatementLoader ................................................................................................................................. 725
6. Tab: Accounting - C_BankAccount_Acct ............................................................................................................................................. 727
182. Window: Bank Statement Matcher ........................................................................................................................................................... 730
1. Tab: Bank Statement Matcher - C_BankStatementMatcher ...................................................................................................................... 730
183. Window: Bank/Cash Statement ............................................................................................................................................................... 732
1. Tab: Bank/Cash Statement - C_BankStatement ..................................................................................................................................... 732
2. Tab: Statement Line - C_BankStatementLine ........................................................................................................................................ 735
184. Window: Broadcast Message .................................................................................................................................................................. 741
1. Tab: Broadcast Message - AD_BroadcastMessage ................................................................................................................................. 741
2. Tab: Message Log - AD_Note ........................................................................................................................................................... 743
3. Tab: Translation - AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl ...................................................................................................................................... 744
185. Window: Business Partner ...................................................................................................................................................................... 746
1. Tab: Business Partner - C_BPartner .................................................................................................................................................... 746
2. Tab: Contact (User) - AD_User .......................................................................................................................................................... 754
3. Tab: Interest Area - R_ContactInterest ................................................................................................................................................. 758
4. Tab: BP Access - AD_UserBPAccess .................................................................................................................................................. 759
5. Tab: Location - C_BPartner_Location ................................................................................................................................................. 761
6. Tab: Bank Account - C_BP_BankAccount ........................................................................................................................................... 763
7. Tab: Shipping Accounts - C_BP_ShippingAcct ..................................................................................................................................... 766
8. Tab: Customer Accounting - C_BP_Customer_Acct ............................................................................................................................... 767
viii

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

186.

187.

188.

189.

190.
191.

192.

193.

194.

9. Tab: Vendor Accounting - C_BP_Vendor_Acct ....................................................................................................................................

10. Tab: Employee Accounting - C_BP_Employee_Acct ............................................................................................................................
11. Tab: Customer - C_BPartner ............................................................................................................................................................
12. Tab: Vendor - C_BPartner ...............................................................................................................................................................
13. Tab: Employee - C_BPartner ............................................................................................................................................................
Window: Business Partner Group ............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Business Partner Group - C_BP_Group ........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Accounting - C_BP_Group_Acct .................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Assigned Partners - C_BPartner ..................................................................................................................................................
Window: Business Partner Info ...............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Partner Selection - C_BPartner ....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Partner Orders - C_Order ...........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Partner Shipments - M_InOut .....................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Partner Invoices - C_Invoice .......................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Partner Payments - C_Payment ...................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Partner Assets - A_Asset ............................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Partner Requests - R_Request .....................................................................................................................................................
Window: Calendar Year and Period .........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Calendar - C_Calendar ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Year - C_Year ..........................................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Period - C_Period .....................................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Period Control - C_PeriodControl ................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Non Business Day - C_NonBusinessDay ......................................................................................................................................
Window: Cash Plan ..............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Cash Plan - C_CashPlan ............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Cash Plan Line - C_CashPlanLine ...............................................................................................................................................
Window: Change Audit .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Change Audit - AD_ChangeLog ..................................................................................................................................................
Window: Charge ...................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Charge - C_Charge ...................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Accounting - C_Charge_Acct ......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - C_Charge_Trl ........................................................................................................................................................
Window: Charge Type ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Charge Type - C_ChargeType .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Charge Type by Doc Type - C_ChargeType_DocType ....................................................................................................................
Window: Chart .....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Chart - AD_Chart .....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Datasource - AD_ChartDatasource ...............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - AD_Chart_Trl ........................................................................................................................................................
Window: Chat Type ..............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Chat Type - CM_ChatType ........................................................................................................................................................
ix

768
769
770
779
787
796
796
798
801
809
809
817
825
832
839
849
852
859
859
860
861
862
864
866
866
869
872
872
874
874
875
876
878
878
879
880
880
882
883
885
885

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

2. Tab: Updates - CM_ChatTypeUpdate ..................................................................................................................................................
195. Window: Client ....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Client - AD_Client ....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Client Info - AD_ClientInfo .......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Client Share - AD_ClientShare ...................................................................................................................................................
196. Window: Commission ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Commission - C_Commission .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Commission Line - C_CommissionLine ........................................................................................................................................
197. Window: Commission Run .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Commission Run - C_CommissionRun .........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Commission Amount - C_CommissionAmt ...................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Commission Detail - C_CommissionDetail ....................................................................................................................................
198. Window: Commodity Shipment ..............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Commodity Shipment - M_CommodityShipment ............................................................................................................................
199. Window: Contact ..................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Contact - AD_User ...................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Activity - C_ContactActivity ......................................................................................................................................................
200. Window: Context Help ..........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Context Help - AD_CtxHelp .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Message - AD_CtxHelpMsg .......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl ..............................................................................................................................................
201. Window: Cost Adjustment .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Cost Adjustment - M_Inventory ..................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Cost Adjustment Line - M_InventoryLine .....................................................................................................................................
202. Window: Cost Element ..........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Cost Element - M_CostElement ..................................................................................................................................................
203. Window: Cost Type ..............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Cost Type - M_CostType ...........................................................................................................................................................
204. Window: Counter Document ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Counter Document - C_DocTypeCounter ......................................................................................................................................
205. Window: Country Group ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Country Group - C_CountryGroup ...............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Country - C_CountryGroupCountry .............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - C_CountryGroup_Trl ..............................................................................................................................................
206. Window: Country Region and City ..........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Country - C_Country .................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Region - C_Region ...................................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: City - C_City ...........................................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Translation - C_Region_Trl ........................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: City (Without Regions) - C_City .................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Translation - C_Country_Trl .......................................................................................................................................................
x

886
888
888
892
895
897
897
899
902
902
904
905
907
907
909
909
911
913
913
914
915
916
916
919
923
923
925
925
927
927
930
930
931
932
934
934
939
940
942
943
944

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

7. Tab: Country Group - C_CountryGroupCountry .................................................................................................................................... 945
207. Window: Currency ................................................................................................................................................................................ 947
1. Tab: Currency - C_Currency .............................................................................................................................................................. 947
2. Tab: Conversion Rates - C_Conversion_Rate ........................................................................................................................................ 948
3. Tab: Accounting - C_Currency_Acct ................................................................................................................................................... 950
4. Tab: Translation - C_Currency_Trl ..................................................................................................................................................... 951
208. Window: Currency Rate ......................................................................................................................................................................... 953
1. Tab: Conversion Rate - C_Conversion_Rate ......................................................................................................................................... 953
209. Window: Currency Type ........................................................................................................................................................................ 955
1. Tab: Conversion Type - C_ConversionType ......................................................................................................................................... 955
210. Window: Customer ............................................................................................................................................................................... 957
1. Tab: Customer - C_BPartner .............................................................................................................................................................. 957
2. Tab: Opportunities - C_Opportunity .................................................................................................................................................... 965
3. Tab: Contacts - AD_User .................................................................................................................................................................. 967
4. Tab: Activities - C_ContactActivity .................................................................................................................................................... 971
5. Tab: Locations - C_BPartner_Location ................................................................................................................................................ 972
6. Tab: Contract Prices - M_BP_Price ..................................................................................................................................................... 974
7. Tab: Requests - R_Request ................................................................................................................................................................ 976
8. Tab: Orders - RV_OrderDetail ........................................................................................................................................................... 982
211. Window: Customer RMA ....................................................................................................................................................................... 988
1. Tab: Customer RMA - M_RMA ......................................................................................................................................................... 988
2. Tab: RMA Line - M_RMALine ......................................................................................................................................................... 991
3. Tab: RMA Tax - M_RMATax ........................................................................................................................................................... 994
212. Window: Customer Return ..................................................................................................................................................................... 996
1. Tab: Customer Return - M_InOut ....................................................................................................................................................... 996
2. Tab: Customer Return Line - M_InOutLine ........................................................................................................................................ 1003
3. Tab: Attributes - M_InOutLineMA .................................................................................................................................................... 1008
4. Tab: Confirmations - M_InOutLineConfirm ........................................................................................................................................ 1009
5. Tab: Matched POs - M_MatchPO ..................................................................................................................................................... 1011
6. Tab: Matched Invoices - M_MatchInv ............................................................................................................................................... 1013
213. Window: Dashboard Content ................................................................................................................................................................ 1016
1. Tab: Dashboard Content - PA_DashboardContent ................................................................................................................................ 1016
2. Tab: Dashboard Content Access - PA_DashboardContent_Access ........................................................................................................... 1018
3. Tab: Translation - PA_DashboardContent_Trl ..................................................................................................................................... 1019
214. Window: Dashboard Preference ............................................................................................................................................................. 1021
1. Tab: Preference - PA_DashboardPreference ........................................................................................................................................ 1021
215. Window: Depreciation Methods ............................................................................................................................................................. 1023
1. Tab: Depreciation Functions - A_Depreciation .................................................................................................................................... 1023
216. Window: Discount Schema ................................................................................................................................................................... 1025
1. Tab: Discount Schema - M_DiscountSchema ...................................................................................................................................... 1025
2. Tab: Discount Break - M_DiscountSchemaBreak ................................................................................................................................. 1026
xi

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

217. Window: Document Sequence ...............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Sequence - AD_Sequence .........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Sequence No - AD_Sequence_No ..............................................................................................................................................
218. Window: Document Type .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Document Type - C_DocType ...................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - C_DocType_Trl ....................................................................................................................................................
219. Window: Dunning ...............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Dunning - C_Dunning ..............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Level - C_DunningLevel ..........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - C_DunningLevel_Trl .............................................................................................................................................
220. Window: Dunning Run ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Dunning Run - C_DunningRun .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Entry - C_DunningRunEntry .....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Line - C_DunningRunLine ........................................................................................................................................................
221. Window: Element ...............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Element - AD_Element ............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - AD_Element_Trl ..................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Used in Column - AD_Column .................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Used in Process Parameter - AD_Process_Para ............................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Used in Info Column - AD_InfoColumn .....................................................................................................................................
222. Window: Entity Type ..........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Entity Type - AD_EntityType ...................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: System Modifin - AD_Modification ...........................................................................................................................................
223. Window: Error Message .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Error Message - AD_Error .......................................................................................................................................................
224. Window: Expense Report .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Expense Report - S_TimeExpense ..............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Report Line - S_TimeExpenseLine .............................................................................................................................................
225. Window: Expense Type .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Expense Type - S_ExpenseType ................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Expense Product - M_Product ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Price - M_ProductPrice ............................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Accounting - M_Product_Acct ..................................................................................................................................................
226. Window: Expenses (not reimbursed) ......................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Employee, Vendor - C_BPartner ................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Report Line - S_TimeExpenseLine .............................................................................................................................................
227. Window: Expenses (to be invoiced) .......................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Customer - C_BPartner ............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Report Line - S_TimeExpenseLine .............................................................................................................................................
228. Window: Export Format .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Export Format - EXP_Format ...................................................................................................................................................
xii

1029
1029
1032
1033
1033
1039
1041
1041
1042
1045
1046
1046
1047
1049
1052
1052
1053
1055
1061
1061
1063
1063
1065
1067
1067
1069
1069
1071
1076
1076
1077
1083
1084
1087
1087
1095
1099
1099
1107
1111
1111

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

2. Tab: Export Format Line - EXP_FormatLine ......................................................................................................................................
229. Window: Export Processor ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Export Processor - EXP_Processor .............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Export Processor Parameter - EXP_ProcessorParameter .................................................................................................................
230. Window: Export Processor Type ...........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Export Processor Type - EXP_Processor_Type .............................................................................................................................
231. Window: Field Group ..........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Field group - AD_FieldGroup ...................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - AD_FieldGroup_Trl ..............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Used in Field - AD_Field .........................................................................................................................................................
232. Window: Financial Report ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Financial Report - PA_Report ...................................................................................................................................................
233. Window: Form ...................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Form - AD_Form ....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Access - AD_Form_Access .......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - AD_Form_Trl ......................................................................................................................................................
234. Window: Freight Category ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Freight Category - M_FreightCategory ........................................................................................................................................
235. Window: GL Budget ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Budget - GL_Budget ...............................................................................................................................................................
236. Window: GL Category .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: GL Category - GL_Category .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - GL_Category_Trl ..................................................................................................................................................
237. Window: GL Distribution .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Distribution - GL_Distribution ...................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Line - GL_DistributionLine ......................................................................................................................................................
238. Window: GL Journal ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Journal - GL_Journal ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Line - GL_JournalLine .............................................................................................................................................................
239. Window: GL Journal Batch ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Batch - GL_JournalBatch .........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Journal - GL_Journal ...............................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Line - GL_JournalLine .............................................................................................................................................................
240. Window: GL Journal Generator .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: GL Journal Generator - GL_JournalGenerator ..............................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Generator Line - GL_JournalGeneratorLine .................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Generator Source - GL_JournalGeneratorSource ...........................................................................................................................
241. Window: Greeting ...............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Greeting - C_Greeting ..............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - C_Greeting_Trl ....................................................................................................................................................
242. Window: House Keeping ......................................................................................................................................................................
xiii

1112
1115
1115
1116
1118
1118
1120
1120
1121
1122
1123
1123
1126
1126
1128
1128
1130
1130
1132
1132
1134
1134
1136
1137
1137
1142
1147
1147
1151
1157
1157
1160
1165
1171
1171
1173
1175
1177
1177
1178
1180

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

1. Tab: House Keeping - AD_HouseKeeping ..........................................................................................................................................
243. Window: Import Account .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Account - I_ElementValue ..............................................................................................................................................
244. Window: Import Bank Statement ...........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Bank Statement - I_BankStatement ............................................................................................................................................
245. Window: Import Business Partner ..........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Business Partner - I_BPartner ..........................................................................................................................................
246. Window: Import Confirmations .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Confirmation Lines - I_InOutLineConfirm ...................................................................................................................................
247. Window: Import Currency Rate .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Currency Rate - I_Conversion_Rate .................................................................................................................................
248. Window: Import GL Journal .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: General Ledger - I_GLJournal ...................................................................................................................................................
249. Window: Import Inventory ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Inventory - I_Inventory ............................................................................................................................................................
250. Window: Import Inventory Move ...........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Inventory Move - I_Movement ........................................................................................................................................
251. Window: Import Invoice ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Invoice - I_Invoice ..................................................................................................................................................................
252. Window: Import Loader Format ............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Format - AD_ImpFormat ................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Format Field - AD_ImpFormat_Row ..........................................................................................................................................
253. Window: Import Order .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Order - I_Order ......................................................................................................................................................................
254. Window: Import Payment .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Payment - I_Payment ...............................................................................................................................................................
255. Window: Import Price List ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Price List - I_PriceList ...................................................................................................................................................
256. Window: Import Processor ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Processor - IMP_Processor .............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Parameter - IMP_ProcessorParameter .........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Log - IMP_ProcessorLog ..........................................................................................................................................................
257. Window: Import Processor Type ...........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Processor Type - IMP_Processor_Type .............................................................................................................................
258. Window: Import Product ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Product - I_Product .......................................................................................................................................................
259. Window: Import Report Line Set ...........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Report Line Set - I_ReportLine .......................................................................................................................................
260. Window: Import Template ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Import Template - AD_ImportTemplate ......................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Import Template Access - AD_ImportTemplateAccess ..................................................................................................................
xiv

1180
1182
1182
1185
1185
1191
1191
1196
1196
1198
1198
1201
1201
1208
1208
1212
1212
1217
1217
1224
1224
1225
1228
1228
1236
1236
1243
1243
1247
1247
1248
1249
1251
1251
1253
1253
1259
1259
1263
1263
1264

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

261. Window: Imported Fixed Asset .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Fixed Asset - I_FixedAsset .......................................................................................................................................................
262. Window: Info Window ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Window - AD_InfoWindow ......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Column - AD_InfoColumn .......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Column Translation - AD_InfoColumn_Trl .................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Window Translation - AD_InfoWindow_Trl ................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Related Info Window - AD_InfoRelated .....................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Process - AD_InfoProcess ........................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Role Access - AD_InfoWindow_Access ......................................................................................................................................
263. Window: Interest Area .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Interest Area - R_InterestArea ...................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Subscriptions - R_ContactInterest ...............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: LDAP Access - AD_LdapAccess ...............................................................................................................................................
264. Window: Internal Use Inventory ............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Internal Use - M_Inventory .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Internal Use Line - M_InventoryLine .........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Attributes - M_InventoryLineMA ...............................................................................................................................................
265. Window: Inventory Move .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Move - M_Movement ..............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Move Line - M_MovementLine .................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Attributes - M_MovementLineMA .............................................................................................................................................
266. Window: Invoice (Customer) ................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Invoice - C_Invoice .................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Invoice Line - C_InvoiceLine ....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Invoice Tax - C_InvoiceTax .....................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_InvoicePaySchedule .................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Allocation - C_AllocationLine ...................................................................................................................................................
267. Window: Invoice (Vendor) ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Invoice - C_Invoice .................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Invoice Line - C_InvoiceLine ....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Landed Costs - C_LandedCost ..................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Landed Cost Allocation - C_LandedCostAllocation .......................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Matched POs - M_MatchPO .....................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Matched Receipts - M_MatchInv ...............................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Invoice Tax - C_InvoiceTax .....................................................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_InvoicePaySchedule .................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Allocation - C_AllocationLine ...................................................................................................................................................
268. Window: Invoice Batch ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Invoice Batch - C_InvoiceBatch ................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Batch Line - C_InvoiceBatchLine ..............................................................................................................................................
xv

1266
1266
1270
1270
1273
1277
1278
1279
1280
1282
1284
1284
1285
1286
1288
1288
1291
1294
1296
1296
1301
1303
1305
1305
1312
1319
1320
1321
1324
1324
1331
1338
1340
1341
1343
1345
1346
1347
1350
1350
1352

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

269. Window: Invoice Payment Schedule .......................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Invoice - C_Invoice .................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_InvoicePaySchedule .................................................................................................................................
270. Window: Invoice Schedule ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Invoice Schedule - C_InvoiceSchedule ........................................................................................................................................
271. Window: LDAP Server ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: LDAP Server - AD_LdapProcessor ............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: LDAP Server Log - AD_LdapProcessorLog ................................................................................................................................
272. Window: Label Printer .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Printer - AD_LabelPrinter .........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Function - AD_LabelPrinterFunction ..........................................................................................................................................
273. Window: Language .............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Language - AD_Language ........................................................................................................................................................
274. Window: Lead ....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Lead - AD_User .....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Activity - C_ContactActivity .....................................................................................................................................................
275. Window: Location ...............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Location - C_Location .............................................................................................................................................................
276. Window: Lot ......................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Lot - M_Lot ...........................................................................................................................................................................
277. Window: Lot Control ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Lot Control - M_LotCtl ............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Exclude - M_LotCtlExclude ......................................................................................................................................................
278. Window: Mail Template .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Mail Template - R_MailText .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - R_MailText_Trl ....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: User Mail - AD_UserMail ........................................................................................................................................................
279. Window: Marketing Campaign ..............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Campaign - C_Campaign ..........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Opportunity - C_Opportunity ....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - C_Campaign_Trl ..................................................................................................................................................
280. Window: Marketing Channel ................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Channel - C_Channel ...............................................................................................................................................................
281. Window: Matched Invoices ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Match Invoice - M_MatchInv ....................................................................................................................................................
282. Window: Matched Purchase Orders ........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Match PO - M_MatchPO ..........................................................................................................................................................
283. Window: Material Receipt ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Material Receipt - M_InOut ......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Receipt Line - M_InOutLine .....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Confirmations - M_InOutLineConfirm ........................................................................................................................................
xvi

1357
1357
1364
1366
1366
1369
1369
1370
1372
1372
1373
1375
1375
1378
1378
1383
1385
1385
1388
1388
1390
1390
1391
1393
1393
1394
1396
1398
1398
1399
1402
1404
1404
1406
1406
1409
1409
1412
1412
1419
1424

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

284.

285.

286.
287.
288.

289.

290.
291.
292.
293.
294.

295.
296.

297.
298.

4. Tab: Attributes - M_InOutLineMA ....................................................................................................................................................

5. Tab: Matched POs - M_MatchPO .....................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Matched Invoices - M_MatchInv ...............................................................................................................................................
Window: Menu ...................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Menu - AD_Menu ...................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - AD_Menu_Trl ......................................................................................................................................................
Window: Message ...............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Message - AD_Message ...........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - AD_Message_Trl ..................................................................................................................................................
Window: Migration Scripts ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Migration Scripts - AD_MigrationScript ......................................................................................................................................
Window: Model Validator ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Model Validator - AD_ModelValidator .......................................................................................................................................
Window: Move Confirmation ................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Confirmation - M_MovementConfirm .........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Line - M_MovementLineConfirm ..............................................................................................................................................
Window: My Profile ............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: User Contact - AD_User ..........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: User Mail - AD_UserMail ........................................................................................................................................................
Window: My Unprocessed Documents ...................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Unprocessed Documents - RV_Unprocessed ................................................................................................................................
Window: Notice ..................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Notice - AD_Note ...................................................................................................................................................................
Window: Online Transaction History ......................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Online Transaction History - C_OnlineTrxHistory ........................................................................................................................
Window: Order Source ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Order Source - C_OrderSource ..................................................................................................................................................
Window: Organization .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Organization - AD_Org ............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Organization Info - AD_OrgInfo ................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Accounting - C_InterOrg_Acct ..................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Org Assignment - C_OrgAssignment ..........................................................................................................................................
Window: Organization Type .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Org Type - AD_OrgType .........................................................................................................................................................
Window: POS Key Layout ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: POS Key Layout - C_POSKeyLayout .........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Key Sequence - C_POSKey ......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: POS Key - C_POSKey ............................................................................................................................................................
Window: POS Payment ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: POS Payment - C_POSPayment ................................................................................................................................................
Window: POS Tender Type ..................................................................................................................................................................
xvii

1426
1427
1429
1432
1432
1434
1436
1436
1437
1439
1439
1441
1441
1443
1443
1445
1447
1447
1451
1453
1453
1456
1456
1458
1458
1460
1460
1462
1462
1463
1465
1466
1468
1468
1470
1470
1471
1471
1474
1474
1477

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

1. Tab: POS Tender Type - C_POSTenderType ......................................................................................................................................
299. Window: POS Terminal .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: POS Terminal - C_POS ...........................................................................................................................................................
300. Window: Pack In ................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: PackIn - AD_Package_Imp_Proc ...............................................................................................................................................
301. Window: Pack Out ..............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Export Package - AD_Package_Exp ...........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Package Details - AD_Package_Exp_Detail .................................................................................................................................
302. Window: Package Maintenance .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Package Installation Log - AD_Package_Imp ...............................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Objects Installed - AD_Package_Imp_Detail ................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Object Backups - AD_Package_Imp_Backup ...............................................................................................................................
303. Window: Packages Installed ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Packages Installed - AD_Package_Imp_Inst .................................................................................................................................
304. Window: Part Type .............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Type - M_PartType .................................................................................................................................................................
305. Window: Partner Relation .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Relation - C_BP_Relation .........................................................................................................................................................
306. Window: Parts and BOMs ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Part - M_Product ....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Bill of Materials - M_Product_BOM ..........................................................................................................................................
307. Window: Password Rule ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Password Rule - AD_PasswordRule ...........................................................................................................................................
308. Window: Payment ...............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Payment - C_Payment ..............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Allocate - C_PaymentAllocate ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Allocations - C_AllocationLine .................................................................................................................................................
309. Window: Payment Batch ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Payment Batch - C_PaymentBatch .............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Payment - C_Payment ..............................................................................................................................................................
310. Window: Payment Processor .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Payment Processor - C_PaymentProcessor ...................................................................................................................................
311. Window: Payment Selection .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Payment Selection - C_PaySelection ..........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Payment Selection Line - C_PaySelectionLine .............................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Prepared Payment - C_PaySelectionCheck ...................................................................................................................................
312. Window: Payment Term .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Payment Term - C_PaymentTerm ..............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Schedule - C_PaySchedule ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - C_PaymentTerm_Trl .............................................................................................................................................
313. Window: Payment Transaction ..............................................................................................................................................................
xviii

1477
1479
1479
1482
1482
1484
1484
1486
1490
1490
1491
1493
1495
1495
1497
1497
1498
1498
1501
1501
1508
1511
1511
1514
1514
1525
1527
1530
1530
1531
1542
1542
1546
1546
1547
1549
1552
1552
1555
1556
1558

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

1. Tab: Payment Transaction - C_PaymentTransaction .............................................................................................................................
314. Window: Payments into Batch ..............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Batch - C_DepositBatch ...........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Lines - C_DepositBatchLine .....................................................................................................................................................
315. Window: Performance Benchmark .........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Benchmark - PA_Benchmark ....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Data - PA_BenchmarkData .......................................................................................................................................................
316. Window: Performance Color Schema .....................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Color Schema - PA_ColorSchema ..............................................................................................................................................
317. Window: Performance Goal ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Performance Goal - PA_Goal ....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Restriction - PA_GoalRestriction ...............................................................................................................................................
318. Window: Performance Measure .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Measure - PA_Measure ............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Achievement - PA_Achievement ...............................................................................................................................................
319. Window: Performance Measure Calculation .............................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Performance Measure Calculation - PA_MeasureCalc ....................................................................................................................
320. Window: Performance Ratio .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Ratio - PA_Ratio ....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Element - PA_RatioElement ......................................................................................................................................................
321. Window: Physical Inventory .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Inventory Count - M_Inventory .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Inventory Count Line - M_InventoryLine ....................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Attributes - M_InventoryLineMA ...............................................................................................................................................
322. Window: Position ................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Position - C_Job .....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Assignment - C_JobAssignment .................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Remuneration - C_JobRemuneration ...........................................................................................................................................
323. Window: Position Category ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Position Category - C_JobCategory ............................................................................................................................................
324. Window: Post Depreciation Entry ..........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Create Depreciation Entry - A_Depreciation_Entry .......................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Records - A_Depreciation_Exp ..................................................................................................................................................
325. Window: Preference ............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Preference - AD_Preference ......................................................................................................................................................
326. Window: Price List .............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Price List - M_PriceList ...........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Version - M_PriceList_Version .................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Product Price - M_ProductPrice .................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Product Price Break - M_ProductPriceVendorBreak ......................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Translation - M_PriceList_Version_Trl .......................................................................................................................................
xix

1558
1567
1567
1569
1571
1571
1572
1574
1574
1576
1576
1579
1581
1581
1583
1585
1585
1588
1588
1589
1591
1591
1594
1597
1599
1599
1600
1601
1603
1603
1605
1605
1608
1611
1611
1613
1613
1615
1616
1617
1618

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

6. Tab: Translation - M_PriceList_Trl ...................................................................................................................................................
327. Window: Price List Schema ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Price List Schema - M_DiscountSchema .....................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Schema Line - M_DiscountSchemaLine ......................................................................................................................................
328. Window: Print Color ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Print Color - AD_PrintColor .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - AD_PrintColor_Trl ...............................................................................................................................................
329. Window: Print Font .............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Print Font - AD_PrintFont ........................................................................................................................................................
330. Window: Print Form ............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Print Form - AD_PrintForm ......................................................................................................................................................
331. Window: Print Format .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Print Format - AD_PrintFormat .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Display Order - AD_PrintFormatItem .........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Sort Order - AD_PrintFormatItem ..............................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Format Item - AD_PrintFormatItem ...........................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Item Translation - AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl ................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Graph - AD_PrintGraph ...........................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Translate - AD_PrintFormat_Trl ................................................................................................................................................
332. Window: Print Label ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Label - AD_PrintLabel .............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Line - AD_PrintLabelLine ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl .........................................................................................................................................
333. Window: Print Paper ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Print Paper - AD_PrintPaper .....................................................................................................................................................
334. Window: Print Table Format .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Print Table Format - AD_PrintTableFormat .................................................................................................................................
335. Window: Process Audit ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Process Audit - AD_PInstance ...................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Parameter Audit - AD_PInstance_Para ........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Log - AD_PInstance_Log .........................................................................................................................................................
336. Window: Product ................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Product - M_Product ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: BOM - PP_Product_BOM ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Components - PP_Product_BOMLine .........................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Bill of Materials - M_Product_BOM ..........................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Substitute - M_Substitute ..........................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Related - M_RelatedProduct ......................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Replenish - M_Replenish ..........................................................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Purchasing - M_Product_PO .....................................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Business Partner - C_BPartner_Product .......................................................................................................................................
xx

1619
1621
1621
1622
1628
1628
1629
1630
1630
1632
1632
1635
1635
1637
1637
1638
1645
1646
1648
1649
1649
1650
1652
1653
1653
1655
1655
1659
1659
1660
1661
1663
1663
1670
1673
1677
1679
1680
1681
1682
1685

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

337.

338.

339.

340.

341.

342.

343.

10. Tab: Price - M_ProductPrice ..........................................................................................................................................................

11. Tab: Download - M_ProductDownload .............................................................................................................................................
12. Tab: Accounting - M_Product_Acct .................................................................................................................................................
13. Tab: Transactions - M_Transaction ..................................................................................................................................................
14. Tab: Translation - M_Product_Trl ...................................................................................................................................................
15. Tab: Located at - M_Storage ..........................................................................................................................................................
16. Tab: UOM Conversion - C_UOM_Conversion ..................................................................................................................................
17. Tab: Costs - M_Cost .....................................................................................................................................................................
Window: Product Category ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Product Category - M_Product_Category ....................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Accounting - M_Product_Category_Acct .....................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Assigned Products - M_Product .................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Translation - M_Product_Category_Trl .......................................................................................................................................
Window: Product Costs ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Select Product - M_Product ......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Product Costs - M_Cost ...........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Cost Movement - M_CostMovement_v .......................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Cost Details - M_CostDetail .....................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Cost Queue - M_CostQueue .....................................................................................................................................................
Window: Production (Single Product) .....................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Production - M_Production .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Production Line - M_ProductionLine ..........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: QC Test - M_QualityTestResult .................................................................................................................................................
Window: Project .................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Project - C_Project ..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Project Line - C_ProjectLine .....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Phase - C_ProjectPhase ............................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Phase Line - C_ProjectLine ......................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Task - C_ProjectTask ...............................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Task Line - C_ProjectLine ........................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Accounting - C_Project_Acct ....................................................................................................................................................
Window: Project (Lines/Issues) .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Project - C_Project ..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Line - C_ProjectLine ...............................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Issues - C_ProjectIssue ............................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Accounting - C_Project_Acct ....................................................................................................................................................
Window: Project Reporting ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Project Cycle - C_Cycle ...........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Step - C_CycleStep .................................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Cycle Phase - C_CyclePhase .....................................................................................................................................................
Window: Project Type .........................................................................................................................................................................
xxi

1687
1688
1689
1693
1695
1696
1697
1699
1702
1702
1704
1708
1714
1716
1716
1722
1724
1727
1730
1732
1732
1736
1738
1740
1740
1745
1747
1750
1753
1755
1758
1760
1760
1764
1767
1769
1771
1771
1772
1773
1775

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

344.

345.

346.

347.

348.
349.

350.
351.

352.

1. Tab: Project Type - C_ProjectType ...................................................................................................................................................

2. Tab: Standard Phase - C_Phase ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Standard Task - C_Task ...........................................................................................................................................................
Window: Promotion ............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Promotion - M_Promotion ........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Pre Condition - M_PromotionPreCondition ..................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Promotion Line - M_PromotionLine ...........................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Quantity Distribution - M_PromotionDistribution .........................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Reward - M_PromotionReward .................................................................................................................................................
Window: Promotion Group ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Promotion Group - M_PromotionGroup ......................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Group Line - M_PromotionGroupLine ........................................................................................................................................
Window: Purchase Order ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Purchase Order - C_Order ........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: PO Line - C_OrderLine ............................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Matching - M_MatchPO ...........................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Requisition Lines - M_RequisitionLine .......................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Order Tax - C_OrderTax ..........................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_OrderPaySchedule ...................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Estimated Landed Cost - C_OrderLandedCost ..............................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Estimated Landed Cost Allocation - C_OrderLandedCostAllocation .................................................................................................
Window: Quality Test ..........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Test - M_QualityTest ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Product - M_Product_QualityTest ..............................................................................................................................................
Window: RMA Type ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: RMA Type - M_RMAType ......................................................................................................................................................
Window: Recurring .............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Recurring - C_Recurring ..........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Run - C_Recurring_Run ...........................................................................................................................................................
Window: Recurring Group ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Recurring Group - C_RecurringGroup ........................................................................................................................................
Window: Reference .............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Reference - AD_Reference .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: List Validation - AD_Ref_List ..................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: List Translation - AD_Ref_List_Trl ............................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Table Validation - AD_Ref_Table ..............................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Used in Column - AD_Column .................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Reference Translation - AD_Reference_Trl ..................................................................................................................................
Window: Registration ..........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Registration - A_Registration ....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Value - A_RegistrationValue .....................................................................................................................................................
xxii

1775
1776
1777
1780
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1787
1787
1788
1789
1789
1798
1806
1808
1810
1811
1813
1814
1816
1816
1817
1818
1818
1820
1820
1822
1824
1824
1826
1826
1828
1829
1830
1831
1837
1839
1839
1841

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

353. Window: Registration Attributes ............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Attribute - A_RegistrationAttribute .............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Product Assignment - A_RegistrationProduct ...............................................................................................................................
354. Window: Relation Type .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Relation Type - AD_RelationType .............................................................................................................................................
355. Window: Replication Strategy ...............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Replication Strategy - AD_ReplicationStrategy .............................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Replication Table - AD_ReplicationTable ....................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Replication Document - AD_ReplicationDocument .......................................................................................................................
356. Window: Report %26 Process ...............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Report %26 Process - AD_Process .............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Parameter - AD_Process_Para ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Parameter Translation - AD_Process_Para_Trl .............................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Report Translation - AD_Process_Trl .........................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Report Access - AD_Process_Access ..........................................................................................................................................
357. Window: Report Column Set ................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Report Column Set - PA_ReportColumnSet .................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Report Column - PA_ReportColumn ..........................................................................................................................................
358. Window: Report Cube .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Report Cube - PA_ReportCube ..................................................................................................................................................
359. Window: Report Line Set .....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Report Line Set - PA_ReportLineSet ..........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Report Line - PA_ReportLine ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Report Source - PA_ReportSource .............................................................................................................................................
360. Window: Report View .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Report View - AD_ReportView .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Report View Column - AD_ReportView_Col ...............................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Available Columns - AD_ReportView_Column ............................................................................................................................
361. Window: Reporting Hierarchy ...............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Reporting Hierarchy - PA_Hierarchy ..........................................................................................................................................
362. Window: Request ................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Request - R_Request ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Updates - R_RequestUpdate ......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: History - R_RequestAction .......................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Update Notification - R_RequestUpdates .....................................................................................................................................
363. Window: Request (all) .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Request - R_Request ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Updates - R_RequestUpdate ......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: History - R_RequestAction .......................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Update Notification - R_RequestUpdates .....................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Update Recipients - RV_RequestUpdates ....................................................................................................................................
xxiii

1843
1843
1844
1846
1846
1848
1848
1849
1850
1852
1852
1855
1860
1861
1862
1864
1864
1865
1872
1872
1875
1875
1876
1878
1883
1883
1884
1885
1887
1887
1889
1889
1896
1897
1901
1903
1903
1909
1911
1914
1915

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

364. Window: Request Category ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Request Category - R_Category .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Update Notification - R_CategoryUpdates ...................................................................................................................................
365. Window: Request Group ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Request Group - R_Group ........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Request Updates - R_GroupUpdates ...........................................................................................................................................
366. Window: Request Processor ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Request Processor - R_RequestProcessor .....................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Routing - R_RequestProcessor_Route .........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Log - R_RequestProcessorLog ...................................................................................................................................................
367. Window: Request Resolution ................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Request Resolution - R_Resolution ............................................................................................................................................
368. Window: Request Standard Response .....................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Standard Response - R_StandardResponse ...................................................................................................................................
369. Window: Request Status .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Status Category - R_StatusCategory ...........................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Request Status - R_Status .........................................................................................................................................................
370. Window: Request Type ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Request Type - R_RequestType .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Update Notification - R_RequestTypeUpdates ..............................................................................................................................
371. Window: Requisition ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Requisition - M_Requisition .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Requisition Line - M_RequisitionLine ........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Purchase Orders - C_OrderLine .................................................................................................................................................
372. Window: Resource ..............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Resource - S_Resource ............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Unavailability - S_ResourceUnAvailable .....................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Resource Product - M_Product ..................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Price - M_ProductPrice ............................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Accounting - M_Product_Acct ..................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Assignment - S_ResourceAssignment .........................................................................................................................................
373. Window: Resource Type ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Resource Type - S_ResourceType ..............................................................................................................................................
374. Window: Return to Vendor ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Return to Vendor - M_InOut .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Return to Vendor Line - M_InOutLine .......................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Confirmations - M_InOutLineConfirm ........................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Attributes - M_InOutLineMA ....................................................................................................................................................
375. Window: RfQ .....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: RfQ - C_RfQ .........................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Line - C_RfQLine ...................................................................................................................................................................
xxiv

1917
1917
1918
1920
1920
1921
1923
1923
1925
1926
1928
1928
1930
1930
1931
1931
1932
1935
1935
1937
1939
1939
1942
1944
1952
1952
1953
1954
1960
1961
1963
1965
1965
1968
1968
1975
1981
1982
1984
1984
1988

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

3. Tab: Quantity - C_RfQLineQty ........................................................................................................................................................
376. Window: RfQ Response .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Response - C_RfQResponse ......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Response Line - C_RfQResponseLine ........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Response Quantity - C_RfQResponseLineQty ..............................................................................................................................
377. Window: RfQ Topic ............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Topic - C_RfQ_Topic ..............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Subscriber - C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber .........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Restriction - C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly ..................................................................................................................................
378. Window: Role ....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Role - AD_Role ......................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Org Access - AD_Role_OrgAccess ............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: User Assignment - AD_User_Roles ............................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Window Access - AD_Window_Access ......................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Process Access - AD_Process_Access ........................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Form Access - AD_Form_Access ..............................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Info Access - AD_InfoWindow_Access ......................................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Workflow Access - AD_Workflow_Access ..................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Task Access - AD_Task_Access ................................................................................................................................................
10. Tab: Document Action Access - AD_Document_Action_Access ...........................................................................................................
11. Tab: Included roles - AD_Role_Included ..........................................................................................................................................
379. Window: Role Data Access ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Role - AD_Role ......................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Table Access - AD_Table_Access ..............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Column Access - AD_Column_Access .......................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Record Access - AD_Record_Access ..........................................................................................................................................
380. Window: Role Toolbar Button Access ....................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Toolbar Button Access - AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict .....................................................................................................................
381. Window: Rule ....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Rule - AD_Rule ......................................................................................................................................................................
382. Window: Sales Opportunity ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Opportunity - C_Opportunity ....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Quote/Order - C_Order ............................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Order Line - C_OrderLine ........................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Activity - C_ContactActivity .....................................................................................................................................................
383. Window: Sales Order ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Order - C_Order .....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Order Line - C_OrderLine ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Order Tax - C_OrderTax ..........................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_OrderPaySchedule ...................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: POS Payment - C_POSPayment ................................................................................................................................................
xxv

1989
1992
1992
1995
1996
1998
1998
1999
2000
2002
2002
2007
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2012
2013
2014
2016
2016
2018
2020
2021
2024
2024
2026
2026
2028
2028
2030
2041
2049
2051
2051
2062
2070
2071
2072

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

384. Window: Sales Region .........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Sales Region - C_SalesRegion ...................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - C_SalesRegion_Trl ...............................................................................................................................................
385. Window: Sales Rep Dashboard .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Dashboard - C_SalesDashboard .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Leads - AD_User ....................................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Opportunities - C_Opportunity ..................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Activities - C_ContactActivity ...................................................................................................................................................
386. Window: Sales Rep Info ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Company Agent - AD_User ......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Orders - C_Order ....................................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Order Lines - C_OrderLine .......................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Invoices - C_Invoice ................................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Invoice Line - C_InvoiceLine ....................................................................................................................................................
387. Window: Sales Stage ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Sales Stage - C_SalesStage .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Opportunity - C_Opportunity ....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - C_SalesStage_Trl ..................................................................................................................................................
388. Window: Schedule ..............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Schedule - AD_Schedule ..........................................................................................................................................................
389. Window: Scheduler .............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Schedule Process - AD_Scheduler ..............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Parameter - AD_Scheduler_Para ................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Scheduler Recipient - AD_SchedulerRecipient .............................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Log - AD_SchedulerLog ..........................................................................................................................................................
390. Window: Search Definition ...................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Searches - AD_SearchDefinition ................................................................................................................................................
391. Window: Serial No Control ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Serial No Control - M_SerNoCtl ...............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Exclude - M_SerNoCtlExclude ..................................................................................................................................................
392. Window: Session Audit ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Session Audit - AD_Session .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Change Audit - AD_ChangeLog ................................................................................................................................................
393. Window: Setup Wizard Maintenance ......................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Setup Wizard - AD_WizardProcess ............................................................................................................................................
394. Window: Ship/Receipt Confirm .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Confirmation - M_InOutConfirm ...............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Line - M_InOutLineConfirm .....................................................................................................................................................
395. Window: Shipment (Customer) ..............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Shipment - M_InOut ................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Shipment Line - M_InOutLine ..................................................................................................................................................
xxvi

2076
2076
2077
2079
2079
2080
2085
2088
2090
2090
2093
2102
2108
2115
2121
2121
2122
2124
2126
2126
2128
2128
2130
2131
2132
2134
2134
2136
2136
2137
2139
2139
2140
2143
2143
2145
2145
2147
2150
2150
2159

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

396.

397.

398.

399.
400.

401.

402.

403.
404.
405.

3. Tab: Confirmations - M_InOutLineConfirm ........................................................................................................................................

4. Tab: Attributes - M_InOutLineMA ....................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Packages - M_Package .............................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: MPS Lines - M_PackageMPS ...................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Package Lines - M_PackageLine ...............................................................................................................................................
Window: Shipment Package ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Packages - M_Package .............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: MPS Lines - M_PackageMPS ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Package Lines - M_PackageLine ...............................................................................................................................................
Window: Shipper ................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Shipper - M_Shipper ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Freight - M_Freight .................................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Packaging - M_ShipperPackaging ..............................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Label Type - M_ShipperLabels .................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Pickup Types - M_ShipperPickupTypes ......................................................................................................................................
Window: Shipper Configuration ............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Shipper - M_ShipperCfg ..........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Packaging - M_ShipperPackagingCfg .........................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Label Type - M_ShipperLabelsCfg ............................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Pickup Types - M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg .................................................................................................................................
Window: Shipping Processor ................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Shipping Processor - M_ShippingProcessor .................................................................................................................................
Window: Shipping Processor Configuration .............................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Shipping Processor - M_ShippingProcessorCfg ............................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Shipper - M_ShipperCfg ..........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Packaging - M_ShipperPackagingCfg .........................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Label Type - M_ShipperLabelsCfg ............................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Pickup Types - M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg .................................................................................................................................
Window: Shipping Transaction ..............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Shipping Transaction - M_ShippingTransaction ............................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Shipping Transaction Line - M_ShippingTransactionLine ...............................................................................................................
Window: Status Line ...........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Status Line - AD_StatusLine .....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Used In - AD_StatusLineUsedIn ................................................................................................................................................
Window: Storage Provider ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Storage Provider - AD_StorageProvider ......................................................................................................................................
Window: System .................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: System - AD_System ...............................................................................................................................................................
Window: System Color ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: System Color - AD_Color ........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - AD_Color_Trl ......................................................................................................................................................
xxvii

2164
2166
2166
2175
2177
2179
2179
2186
2188
2190
2190
2191
2192
2194
2195
2197
2197
2198
2199
2201
2203
2203
2205
2205
2206
2208
2209
2210
2212
2212
2220
2222
2222
2223
2225
2225
2227
2227
2232
2232
2234

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

406. Window: System Configurator ..............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: System Configurator - AD_SysConfig ........................................................................................................................................
407. Window: System Image .......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Image - AD_Image ..................................................................................................................................................................
408. Window: System Issue Report ...............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: System Issue - AD_Issue ..........................................................................................................................................................
409. Window: System Translation Check .......................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Select Language - AD_Language ...............................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Element Translation - AD_Element_Trl ......................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Message Translation - AD_Message_Trl .....................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Window Translation - AD_Window_Trl ......................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Tab Translation - AD_Tab_Trl ..................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Field Translation - AD_Field_Trl ...............................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Field Group Translation - AD_FieldGroup_Trl .............................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Process Translation - AD_Process_Trl ........................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Form Translation - AD_Form_Trl ..............................................................................................................................................
10. Tab: Task Translation - AD_Task_Trl ..............................................................................................................................................
11. Tab: Workflow Translation - AD_Workflow_Trl ...............................................................................................................................
12. Tab: Workflow Node Translation - AD_WF_Node_Trl .......................................................................................................................
13. Tab: Menu Translation - AD_Menu_Trl ...........................................................................................................................................
14. Tab: Reference List Translation - AD_Ref_List_Trl ...........................................................................................................................
410. Window: Table and Column .................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Table - AD_Table ...................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Column - AD_Column .............................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Column Translation - AD_Column_Trl .......................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Used in Field - AD_Field .........................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Zoom Condition - AD_ZoomCondition .......................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Table Script Validator - AD_Table_ScriptValidator .......................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Table Translation - AD_Table_Trl .............................................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Table Index - AD_TableIndex ...................................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Index Column - AD_IndexColumn .............................................................................................................................................
10. Tab: View Component - AD_ViewComponent ..................................................................................................................................
11. Tab: View Column - AD_ViewColumn ............................................................................................................................................
411. Window: Task ....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Task - AD_Task .....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Task Translation - AD_Task_Trl ...............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Access - AD_Task_Access .......................................................................................................................................................
412. Window: Tax Category ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Tax Category - C_TaxCategory .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Translation - C_TaxCategory_Trl ...............................................................................................................................................
413. Window: Tax Provider .........................................................................................................................................................................
xxviii

2235
2235
2237
2237
2239
2239
2244
2244
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2260
2260
2263
2270
2270
2271
2273
2274
2275
2277
2278
2280
2282
2282
2284
2285
2286
2286
2287
2289

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

1. Tab: Tax Provider - C_TaxProvider ...................................................................................................................................................
414. Window: Tax Provider Configuration .....................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Tax Provider Configuration - C_TaxProviderCfg ..........................................................................................................................
415. Window: Tax Rate ..............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Tax - C_Tax ..........................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Accounting - C_Tax_Acct ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Tax ZIP - C_TaxPostal ............................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Translation - C_Tax_Trl ...........................................................................................................................................................
416. Window: Test .....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Test - Test .............................................................................................................................................................................
417. Window: Time Type ............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Time Type - S_TimeType ........................................................................................................................................................
418. Window: Toolbar Button ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: ToolBar Button - AD_ToolBarButton .........................................................................................................................................
419. Window: Tree ....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Tree - AD_Tree ......................................................................................................................................................................
420. Window: UnPosted Documents .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Unposted Documents - RV_UnPosted .........................................................................................................................................
421. Window: Unit of Measure ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Unit of Measure - C_UOM .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Conversion - C_UOM_Conversion .............................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Translation - C_UOM_Trl ........................................................................................................................................................
422. Window: Unprocessed Documents (All) ..................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Unprocessed Documents - RV_Unprocessed ................................................................................................................................
423. Window: User ....................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: User Contact - AD_User ..........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: User Roles - AD_User_Roles ....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: User Substitute - AD_User_Substitute ........................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Org Assignment - C_OrgAssignment ..........................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Org Access - AD_User_OrgAccess ............................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: User Mail - AD_UserMail ........................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Queries - AD_UserQuery .........................................................................................................................................................
8. Tab: LDAP Access - AD_LdapAccess ...............................................................................................................................................
424. Window: Validation Rules ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Validation - AD_Val_Rule ........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Used in Column - AD_Column .................................................................................................................................................
425. Window: Vendor Details ......................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Vendor - C_BPartner ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Product Details - M_Product_PO ...............................................................................................................................................
426. Window: Vendor RMA ........................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Vendor RMA - M_RMA ..........................................................................................................................................................
xxix

2289
2291
2291
2293
2293
2296
2297
2298
2300
2300
2303
2303
2305
2305
2308
2308
2310
2310
2313
2313
2315
2316
2318
2318
2321
2321
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2332
2333
2335
2335
2336
2343
2343
2351
2355
2355

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

427.

428.

429.

430.

431.

432.

433.

434.

2. Tab: RMA Line - M_RMALine ........................................................................................................................................................

3. Tab: RMA Tax - M_RMATax ..........................................................................................................................................................
Window: View Allocation ....................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Allocation - C_AllocationHdr ....................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Allocation Line - C_AllocationLine ............................................................................................................................................
Window: View Chat ............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Chat - CM_Chat .....................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Chat Entry - CM_ChatEntry .....................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Updates - CM_ChatUpdate .......................................................................................................................................................
Window: Warehouse %26 Locators ........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Warehouse - M_Warehouse ......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Locator - M_Locator ...............................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Storage - M_Storage ................................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Replenish - M_Replenish ..........................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Accounting - M_Warehouse_Acct ..............................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Product Transactions - M_Transaction ........................................................................................................................................
Window: Web Service Definition ..........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Web Service - WS_WebService .................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Web Service Method - WS_WebServiceMethod ...........................................................................................................................
Window: Web Service Security .............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Web Service Type - WS_WebServiceType ..................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Web Service Parameters - WS_WebService_Para .........................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Web Service Field Input - WS_WebServiceFieldInput ...................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Web Service Field Output - WS_WebServiceFieldOutput ...............................................................................................................
5. Tab: Web Service Access - WS_WebServiceTypeAccess ......................................................................................................................
Window: Web Store ............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Web Store - W_Store ..............................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Store Translation - W_Store_Trl ................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Web Store Message - W_MailMsg .............................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Message Translation - W_MailMsg_Trl ......................................................................................................................................
Window: Window Customization ...........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Window Customization - AD_UserDef_Win ................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Tab Customization - AD_UserDef_Tab .......................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Field Customization - AD_UserDef_Field ...................................................................................................................................
Window: Window, Tab %26 Field .........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Window - AD_Window ...........................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Tab - AD_Tab ........................................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Field - AD_Field .....................................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Field Translation - AD_Field_Trl ...............................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Field Sequence - AD_Field .......................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Grid Sequence - AD_Field .......................................................................................................................................................
xxx

2358
2361
2363
2363
2365
2368
2368
2369
2370
2372
2372
2373
2375
2376
2378
2379
2382
2382
2383
2385
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2391
2391
2395
2397
2398
2400
2400
2401
2403
2409
2409
2411
2416
2423
2424
2424

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

435.

436.
437.

438.

439.
440.
441.
442.
443.
444.
445.
446.
447.
448.
449.
450.
451.
452.

7. Tab: Tab Translation - AD_Tab_Trl ..................................................................................................................................................

8. Tab: Toolbar Button - AD_ToolBarButton ..........................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Window Translation - AD_Window_Trl ......................................................................................................................................
10. Tab: Access - AD_Window_Access .................................................................................................................................................
Window: Workflow .............................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Workflow - AD_Workflow .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Node - AD_WF_Node .............................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Parameter - AD_WF_Node_Para ...............................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Node Translation - AD_WF_Node_Trl .......................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Block - AD_WF_Block ............................................................................................................................................................
6. Tab: Transition - AD_WF_NodeNext ................................................................................................................................................
7. Tab: Condition - AD_WF_NextCondition ...........................................................................................................................................
8. Tab: Workflow Translation - AD_Workflow_Trl .................................................................................................................................
9. Tab: Access - AD_Workflow_Access ................................................................................................................................................
10. Tab: Previous Node - AD_WF_NodeNext ........................................................................................................................................
Window: Workflow Activities (all) ........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Activity - AD_WF_Activity ......................................................................................................................................................
Window: Workflow Process ..................................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Process - AD_WF_Process .......................................................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Activity - AD_WF_Activity ......................................................................................................................................................
3. Tab: Result - AD_WF_ActivityResult ................................................................................................................................................
4. Tab: Event - AD_WF_EventAudit .....................................................................................................................................................
5. Tab: Data - AD_WF_ProcessData .....................................................................................................................................................
Window: Workflow Processor ...............................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Workflow Processor - AD_WorkflowProcessor ............................................................................................................................
2. Tab: Log - AD_WorkflowProcessorLog .............................................................................................................................................
Window: Workflow Responsible ...........................................................................................................................................................
1. Tab: Responsible - AD_WF_Responsible ...........................................................................................................................................
Form:Accounting Fact Reconcilation (manual) .........................................................................................................................................
Form:Archive Viewer ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Form:BOM Drop ................................................................................................................................................................................
Form:BOM Viewer .............................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Generate Charges ........................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Generate Invoices (manual) ..........................................................................................................................................................
Form:Generate Shipments (manual) ........................................................................................................................................................
Form:Import File Loader ......................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Matching PO-Receipt-Invoice .......................................................................................................................................................
Form:Material Transactions ...................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Merge Entities ............................................................................................................................................................................
Form:POS ..........................................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Payment Allocation .....................................................................................................................................................................
xxxi

2424
2425
2427
2428
2430
2430
2436
2442
2444
2445
2446
2447
2449
2450
2450
2453
2453
2456
2456
2457
2460
2461
2463
2464
2464
2466
2468
2468
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

453.
454.
455.
456.
457.
458.
459.
460.
461.
462.
463.
464.
465.
466.
467.
468.
469.
470.
471.

Form:Payment Print/Export ...................................................................................................................................................................

Form:Payment Selection (manual) ..........................................................................................................................................................
Form:Performance Indicators .................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Product Attribute Grid .................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Reset Password ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Form:SQL Process ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Setup Wizard .............................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Translation Import/Export .............................................................................................................................................................
Form:Tree Maintenance ........................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Workflow Activities ....................................................................................................................................................................
Form:Workflow Editor .........................................................................................................................................................................
InfoPanel:Product Info .........................................................................................................................................................................
InfoPanel:Business Partner Info .............................................................................................................................................................
InfoPanel:Order Info ............................................................................................................................................................................
InfoPanel:Invoice Info ..........................................................................................................................................................................
InfoPanel:Shipment Info .......................................................................................................................................................................
InfoPanel:Payment Info ........................................................................................................................................................................
InfoPanel:Resource Info .......................................................................................................................................................................
InfoPanel:Asset Info ............................................................................................................................................................................

xxxii

2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2498
2501
2503
2506
2508
2510
2511

List of Tables
1.1. Accounting Setup Workflow Transitions ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
2.1. Business Partner Setup Workflow Transitions ................................................................................................................................................ 2
3.1. Initial Client Setup Review Workflow Transitions .......................................................................................................................................... 3
4.1. Language Setup Workflow Transitions ......................................................................................................................................................... 4
5.1. Performance Measurement Setup Workflow Transitions .................................................................................................................................. 5
6.1. Price List Setup Workflow Transitions ......................................................................................................................................................... 6
7.1. Product Setup Workflow Transitions ............................................................................................................................................................ 7
8.1. Project Setup and Use Workflow Transitions ................................................................................................................................................. 8
9.1. Request Setup Workflow Transitions ............................................................................................................................................................ 9
10.1. Sales Setup Workflow Transitions ............................................................................................................................................................ 10
11.1. Setup Replication Workflow Transitions .................................................................................................................................................... 11
12.1. Tax Setup Workflow Transitions .............................................................................................................................................................. 12
13.1. Auto_Allocation Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................... 13
14.1. Automatic_account_reconciliation Parameters ............................................................................................................................................. 14
15.1. Bank/Cash_Transfer Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................... 15
16.1. Business_Partner_Organization Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 17
17.1. C_Invoice_Calculate_Tax Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................ 18
19.1. Change_Base_Language Parameters .......................................................................................................................................................... 20
20.1. Client_Accounting_Processor Parameters ................................................................................................................................................... 21
22.1. Copy_Role Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................................... 23
23.1. Create_AP_Expense_Invoices Parameters .................................................................................................................................................. 24
24.1. Create_Costing_Records Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................... 25
25.1. Create_Foreign_Key Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................... 26
26.1. Create_PO_from_Requisition Parameters ................................................................................................................................................... 27
27.1. Create_Sales_Orders_from_Expense Parameters .......................................................................................................................................... 29
28.1. Create_Table_Index Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................ 30
29.1. Delete_Import Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................................... 31
30.1. Deliver_Assets Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................................... 32
32.1. Export_Format_Generator Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................... 34
33.1. FA_ProjectCreateAsset Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................... 35
34.1. Generate_Invoices Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................. 36
35.1. Generate_PO_from_Project Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................... 38
36.1. Generate_PO_from_Sales_Order Parameters ............................................................................................................................................... 39
37.1. Generate_Shipments Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................... 40
38.1. HouseKeeping Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................................... 42
39.1. Import_CSV_Process Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................. 43
40.1. Initial_Client_Setup_Process Parameters .................................................................................................................................................... 44
41.1. Invoice_Requests Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................... 47
xxxiii

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

42.1.
43.1.
44.1.
45.1.
46.1.
47.1.
48.1.
49.1.
50.1.
51.1.
52.1.
54.1.
55.1.
56.1.
57.1.
58.1.
59.1.
60.1.
61.1.
62.1.
63.1.
64.1.
66.1.
67.1.
70.1.
71.1.
72.1.
73.1.
74.1.
75.1.
76.1.
77.1.
80.1.
81.1.
82.1.
82.2.
83.1.
83.2.
84.1.
84.2.
85.1.

Issue_to_Project Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................... 48

Load_Bank_Statement Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................ 50
Order_Batch_Process Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................. 51
POS_Key_Generate Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................ 53
Print_Dunning_Letters Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................ 54
Print_Invoices Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Product_Organization Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................. 57
Quote_convert Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................................... 58
RePrice_Order/Invoice Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................ 59
Recalculate_Cube Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................. 60
Receivables_Write-Off Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................ 61
Recurring_Run Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................................... 64
Reopen_Order Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................................... 65
Reopen_Request Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................... 66
Request_EMail_Processor Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................... 67
Reset_Accounting Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................. 69
Reset_Allocation Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................... 70
Reset_Locked_Account Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................... 71
Resubmit_Posting Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................. 72
Role_Access_Update Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................. 73
Rollup_BOM_Cost Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................. 74
Send_Mail_Text Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................... 75
Standard_Cost_Update Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................ 78
Storage_Cleanup Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................... 80
Test_Export_Model Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................ 83
Test_Import_Model Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................ 84
UUID_Generator Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................... 85
UnLink_Business_Partner_Org Parameters ................................................................................................................................................. 86
Universal_substitution Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................. 87
Validate_BOM_Flags Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................. 88
Validate_Business_Partner Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................... 89
Verify_BOM_Structure Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................... 90
Warehouse_Organization Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................... 93
Workflow_to_Client Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................... 94
1099_Extract Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................................... 95
RV_T_1099Extract - Columns ................................................................................................................................................................. 95
Accounting_Fact_Daily Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................... 99
RV_Fact_Acct_Day - Columns .............................................................................................................................................................. 100
Accounting_Fact_Details Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................... 103
RV_Fact_Acct - Columns ...................................................................................................................................................................... 104
Accounting_Fact_Period Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................ 118
xxxiv

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

85.2. RV_Fact_Acct_Period - Columns ...........................................................................................................................................................
86.1. Aging Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................................
86.2. T_Aging - Columns .............................................................................................................................................................................
87.1. Allocation Parameters ...........................................................................................................................................................................
87.2. RV_Allocation - Columns .....................................................................................................................................................................
88.1. Asset_Delivery_Details Parameters .........................................................................................................................................................
88.2. RV_Asset_Delivery - Columns ...............................................................................................................................................................
89.1. Asset_Delivery_Month Parameters ..........................................................................................................................................................
89.2. RV_Asset_SumMonth - Columns ...........................................................................................................................................................
90.1. Bank_Register_Report Parameters ...........................................................................................................................................................
90.2. T_BankRegister - Columns ....................................................................................................................................................................
91.1. Business_Partner_Detail Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................
91.2. RV_BPartner - Columns .......................................................................................................................................................................
92.1. Business_Partner_Open Parameters .........................................................................................................................................................
92.2. RV_BPartnerOpen - Columns ................................................................................................................................................................
93.1. Cash_Flow_Report Parameters ...............................................................................................................................................................
93.2. T_CashFlow - Columns ........................................................................................................................................................................
94.1. Commission_Run_Detail Parameters .......................................................................................................................................................
94.2. RV_CommissionRunDetail - Columns .....................................................................................................................................................
95.1. Customer_Assets Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................................
95.2. RV_Asset_Customer - Columns .............................................................................................................................................................
96.1. Customer_Balances Parameters ..............................................................................................................................................................
97.1. Customer_Statement Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................
98.1. Daily_Invoice Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................................
98.2. RV_C_Invoice_Day - Columns ..............................................................................................................................................................
99.1. RV_Asset_Depreciation_Entry - Columns ................................................................................................................................................
100.1. Indented_Bill_of_Material Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................
100.2. T_BOM_Indented - Columns ...............................................................................................................................................................
101.1. Inventory_Valuation_Report Parameters .................................................................................................................................................
101.2. RV_T_InventoryValue - Columns .........................................................................................................................................................
102.1. Invoice_Detail_%26_Margin Parameters ................................................................................................................................................
102.2. RV_C_InvoiceLine - Columns ..............................................................................................................................................................
103.1. Invoice_Not_Realized_Gain/Loss Parameters ..........................................................................................................................................
103.2. T_InvoiceGL - Columns ......................................................................................................................................................................
104.1. Invoice_Tax Parameters .......................................................................................................................................................................
104.2. RV_C_InvoiceTax - Columns ...............................................................................................................................................................
105.1. Invoice_Transactions_(Acct) Parameters .................................................................................................................................................
105.2. RV_C_Invoice - Columns ....................................................................................................................................................................
106.1. Invoice_Transactions_(Doc) Parameters .................................................................................................................................................
106.2. RV_C_Invoice - Columns ....................................................................................................................................................................
107.1. Material_Receipt_Details Parameters .....................................................................................................................................................
xxxv

118
122
123
126
126
131
132
135
135
139
140
142
143
156
156
160
160
163
163
180
180
183
184
185
185
187
190
190
193
193
196
196
208
209
220
220
231
231
243
243
255

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

107.2.
108.1.
108.2.
109.1.
109.2.
110.1.
110.2.
111.1.
111.2.
112.1.
112.2.
113.1.
113.2.
114.1.
114.2.
115.1.
115.2.
116.1.
116.2.
117.1.
117.2.
118.1.
118.2.
119.1.
119.2.
120.1.
120.2.
121.1.
121.2.
122.1.
122.2.
123.1.
123.2.
124.1.
124.2.
125.1.
125.2.
126.1.
126.2.
127.1.
127.2.

RV_InOutDetails Receive - Columns .....................................................................................................................................................

Material_Reference Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................
T_Transaction - Columns ....................................................................................................................................................................
Monthly_Invoice Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................
RV_C_Invoice_Month - Columns .........................................................................................................................................................
Monthly_Invoice_Prod_Cat Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................
RV_C_Invoice_ProdMonth - Columns ...................................................................................................................................................
Monthly_Invoice_Product Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................
RV_C_Invoice_ProductMonth - Columns ...............................................................................................................................................
Monthly_Invoice_Vendor Parameters .....................................................................................................................................................
RV_C_Invoice_VendorMonth - Columns ...............................................................................................................................................
Open_Confirmation_Details Parameters .................................................................................................................................................
RV_InOutLineConfirm Open - Columns ................................................................................................................................................
Open_Confirmations Parameters ...........................................................................................................................................................
RV_InOutConfirm Open - Columns ......................................................................................................................................................
Open_Items Parameters .......................................................................................................................................................................
RV_OpenItem - Columns ....................................................................................................................................................................
Open_Orders Parameters .....................................................................................................................................................................
RV_Order_Open - Columns .................................................................................................................................................................
Open_Requisitions Parameters ..............................................................................................................................................................
RV_M_Requisition Open - Columns .....................................................................................................................................................
Order_Detail Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................................
RV_OrderDetail - Columns ..................................................................................................................................................................
Order_Transactions Parameters .............................................................................................................................................................
RV_Order - Columns ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Payment_Details Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................
RV_Payment - Columns ......................................................................................................................................................................
Print_Format_Detail Parameters ............................................................................................................................................................
RV_PrintFormatDetail - Columns .........................................................................................................................................................
Product_Cost Parameters .....................................................................................................................................................................
RV_Cost - Columns ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Product_Cost_Detail Parameters ...........................................................................................................................................................
RV_CostDetail - Columns ...................................................................................................................................................................
Product_Cost_Summary Parameters .......................................................................................................................................................
RV_CostSummary - Columns ...............................................................................................................................................................
Product_Transaction_Summary Parameters .............................................................................................................................................
RV_M_Transaction_Sum - Columns ......................................................................................................................................................
Product_Transaction_Value Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................
RV_M_Transaction - Columns .............................................................................................................................................................
Product/Component_Where_Used Parameters ..........................................................................................................................................
RV_M_Product_WhereUsed_V - Columns .............................................................................................................................................
xxxvi

255
267
267
270
270
272
272
274
274
276
276
278
278
282
282
286
286
294
294
308
308
312
312
326
326
337
337
347
347
354
355
363
363
373
373
376
377
378
379
388
388

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

128.1.
128.2.
129.1.
129.2.
130.1.
130.2.
131.1.
131.2.
132.1.
132.2.
133.1.
133.2.
134.1.
134.2.
135.1.
135.2.
136.1.
136.2.
137.1.
137.2.
138.1.
138.2.
139.1.
139.2.
140.1.
140.2.
141.1.
141.2.
142.1.
142.2.
143.1.
143.2.
144.1.
144.2.
145.1.
145.2.
146.1.
146.2.
147.1.
147.2.
148.1.

Project_Cycle_Report Parameters ..........................................................................................................................................................

RV_ProjectCycle - Columns ................................................................................................................................................................
Project_Detail_Accounting_Report Parameters ........................................................................................................................................
RV_Fact_Acct - Columns ....................................................................................................................................................................
Project_Lines_not_Issued Parameters .....................................................................................................................................................
C_ProjectLine Not Issued - Columns .....................................................................................................................................................
Project_Margin_(Work_Order) Parameters ..............................................................................................................................................
RV_ProjectLineIssue - Columns ...........................................................................................................................................................
Project_POs_not_Issued Parameters .......................................................................................................................................................
C_ProjectLine Not Received POs - Columns ..........................................................................................................................................
Quarter_Invoice_Product Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................
RV_C_Invoice_ProductQtr - Columns ...................................................................................................................................................
Quarterly_Invoice_Customer_by_Product Parameters ...............................................................................................................................
RV_C_Invoice_CustomerProdQtr - Columns ..........................................................................................................................................
Quarterly_Invoice_Customer_by_Vendor Parameters ................................................................................................................................
RV_C_Invoice_CustomerVendQtr - Columns ..........................................................................................................................................
Replenish_Report Parameters ...............................................................................................................................................................
T_Replenish - Columns .......................................................................................................................................................................
Replenish_Report_incl._Production Parameters ........................................................................................................................................
T_Replenish - Columns .......................................................................................................................................................................
RfQ_Response Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................................
RV_C_RfQResponse - Columns ...........................................................................................................................................................
RfQ_Unanswered Parameters ...............................................................................................................................................................
RV_C_RfQ_UnAnswered - Columns .....................................................................................................................................................
Shipment_Details Parameters ...............................................................................................................................................................
RV_InOutDetails Ship - Columns .........................................................................................................................................................
Simple_Fact_View Parameters ..............................................................................................................................................................
RV_Fact_Simple - Columns .................................................................................................................................................................
Statement_of_Accounts Parameters .......................................................................................................................................................
T_ReportStatement - Columns ..............................................................................................................................................................
Storage_Detail Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................................
RV_Storage - Columns .......................................................................................................................................................................
Storage_per_Product Parameters ...........................................................................................................................................................
RV_Storage_Per_Product - Columns .....................................................................................................................................................
Transaction_Detail Parameters ..............................................................................................................................................................
RV_Transaction - Columns ..................................................................................................................................................................
Trial_Balance Parameters ....................................................................................................................................................................
T_TrialBalance - Columns ...................................................................................................................................................................
UnAllocated_Invoices Parameters .........................................................................................................................................................
RV_C_Invoice NotAllocated - Columns .................................................................................................................................................
UnAllocated_Payments Parameters ........................................................................................................................................................
xxxvii

390
390
395
395
409
409
412
412
416
416
419
419
421
421
423
423
425
425
428
429
431
431
435
435
438
439
450
450
453
454
456
456
465
465
468
469
484
485
490
490
502

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

148.2. C_Payment_v UnAllocated - Columns ...................................................................................................................................................
149.1. UnReconciled_Payments Parameters ......................................................................................................................................................
149.2. UnReconciled Payments - Columns .......................................................................................................................................................
150.1. Unreconciled_accounting_facts Parameters .............................................................................................................................................
150.2. RV_Reconciliation - Columns ..............................................................................................................................................................
151.1. Vendor_Balances Parameters ................................................................................................................................................................
152.1. Vendor Selection - Columns ................................................................................................................................................................
153.1. Vendor_Statement Parameters ..............................................................................................................................................................
154.1. Weekly_Invoice Parameters .................................................................................................................................................................
154.2. RV_C_Invoice_Week - Columns ..........................................................................................................................................................
155.1. Weekly_Invoice_Prod_Cat Parameters ...................................................................................................................................................
155.2. RV_C_Invoice_ProdWeek - Columns ....................................................................................................................................................
156.1. 1099 Box Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
157.1. Module Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
157.2. Level Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
157.3. Window Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
157.4. Tab Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................................
157.5. Field Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
157.6. Process Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
157.7. Process Parameter Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
157.8. Form Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
157.9. Task Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
157.10. Workflow Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
157.11. Ref List Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
158.1. Client Level Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
158.2. Exceptions Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
159.1. Combination Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
160.1. Element Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
160.2. Element Value Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
160.3. Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
160.4. Sub Account Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
161.1. Organization Dimension Fields .............................................................................................................................................................
161.2. Sales Region Dimension Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
161.3. Activity Dimension Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
161.4. Project Dimension Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
161.5. Business Partner Dimension Fields ........................................................................................................................................................
161.6. Product Dimension Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
161.7. Campaign Dimension Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
162.1. Daily Balances Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
163.1. Accounting Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
164.1. Accounting Processor Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
xxxviii

502
510
510
518
518
524
525
529
530
530
532
532
534
536
537
538
539
540
540
541
542
543
543
544
546
547
550
554
556
559
560
562
563
564
565
570
578
584
586
590
595

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

164.2. Log Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................................
165.1. Accounting Schema Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
165.2. Account Schema Dimensions Fields ......................................................................................................................................................
165.3. General Ledger Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
165.4. Defaults Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
166.1. Sessions Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
167.1. Activity Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
167.2. Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
168.1. Address Transaction Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
169.1. Address Validation Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
170.1. Address Validation Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
171.1. Alert Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
171.2. Alert Rule Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
171.3. Alert Recipient Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
172.1. Processor Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
172.2. Log Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................................
173.1. Asset Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
173.2. Product Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
173.3. Asset Balances Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
173.4. Accounting Setup Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
173.5. Activation/Addition Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
173.6. Cost Details Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
173.7. Disposal Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
173.8. Asset Usage Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
173.9. Delivery Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
173.10. Asset History Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
173.11. Issue Project Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
173.12. Finance Information Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
173.13. License Information Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
173.14. Insurance Information Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................
173.15. Tax Information Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
173.16. Other Information Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
173.17. Expense Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
174.1. Addition Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
175.1. Asset Disposal Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
176.1. Asset Group Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
176.2. Group Account Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
176.3. Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
177.1. Attachment Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
177.2. Note Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
178.1. Attribute Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxix

597
599
604
607
609
620
622
623
625
627
629
631
632
634
636
638
639
644
645
649
652
657
659
661
661
664
670
671
673
674
675
676
678
681
687
692
694
697
699
700
702

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

178.2. Attribute Value Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
179.1. Attribute Set Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
179.2. Attribute Use Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
179.3. Exclude Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
180.1. Instance Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
180.2. Shipment, Receipt Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
180.3. Movement Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
180.4. Invoice Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
181.1. Bank / Cash Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
181.2. Account Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
181.3. Bank Account Document Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
181.4. Bank Account Processor Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
181.5. Statement Loader Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
181.6. Accounting Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
182.1. Bank Statement Matcher Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
183.1. Bank/Cash Statement Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
183.2. Statement Line Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
184.1. Broadcast Message Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
184.2. Message Log Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
184.3. Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
185.1. Business Partner Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
185.2. Contact (User) Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
185.3. Interest Area Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
185.4. BP Access Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
185.5. Location Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
185.6. Bank Account Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
185.7. Shipping Accounts Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
185.8. Customer Accounting Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
185.9. Vendor Accounting Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
185.10. Employee Accounting Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................
185.11. Customer Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
185.12. Vendor Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
185.13. Employee Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
186.1. Business Partner Group Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................
186.2. Accounting Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
186.3. Assigned Partners Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
187.1. Partner Selection Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
187.2. Partner Orders Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
187.3. Partner Shipments Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
187.4. Partner Invoices Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
187.5. Partner Payments Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
xl

704
705
708
709
710
711
712
714
718
720
722
723
726
728
730
732
735
741
743
745
746
755
758
759
761
763
766
767
768
770
771
779
787
796
799
801
809
817
825
832
839

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

187.6.
187.7.
188.1.
188.2.
188.3.
188.4.
188.5.
189.1.
189.2.
190.1.
191.1.
191.2.
191.3.
192.1.
192.2.
193.1.
193.2.
193.3.
194.1.
194.2.
195.1.
195.2.
195.3.
196.1.
196.2.
197.1.
197.2.
197.3.
198.1.
199.1.
199.2.
200.1.
200.2.
200.3.
201.1.
201.2.
202.1.
203.1.
204.1.
205.1.
205.2.

Partner Assets Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................

Partner Requests Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Calendar Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Year Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Period Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Period Control Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Non Business Day Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Cash Plan Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Cash Plan Line Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Change Audit Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Charge Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
Accounting Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Charge Type Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Charge Type by Doc Type Fields .........................................................................................................................................................
Chart Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Datasource Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Chat Type Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Updates Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Client Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Client Info Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Client Share Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Commission Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Commission Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Commission Run Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Commission Amount Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Commission Detail Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Commodity Shipment Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
Contact Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
Activity Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Context Help Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Message Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Cost Adjustment Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Cost Adjustment Line Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
Cost Element Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Cost Type Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Counter Document Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Country Group Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Country Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
xli

849
852
859
860
861
862
864
866
869
872
874
876
877
878
879
880
882
884
885
886
888
893
896
897
899
902
904
905
907
909
911
913
914
915
916
920
923
925
927
930
931

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

205.3.
206.1.
206.2.
206.3.
206.4.
206.5.
206.6.
206.7.
207.1.
207.2.
207.3.
207.4.
208.1.
209.1.
210.1.
210.2.
210.3.
210.4.
210.5.
210.6.
210.7.
210.8.
211.1.
211.2.
211.3.
212.1.
212.2.
212.3.
212.4.
212.5.
212.6.
213.1.
213.2.
213.3.
214.1.
215.1.
216.1.
216.2.
217.1.
217.2.
218.1.

Translation Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................... 932

Country Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................... 934
Region Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................... 939
City Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 941
Translation Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................... 942
City (Without Regions) Fields .............................................................................................................................................................. 943
Translation Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................... 945
Country Group Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................... 946
Currency Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................. 947
Conversion Rates Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................... 949
Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................. 950
Translation Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................... 951
Conversion Rate Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................... 953
Conversion Type Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................... 955
Customer Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................. 957
Opportunities Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................ 965
Contacts Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................. 968
Activities Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................. 971
Locations Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................. 973
Contract Prices Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................... 974
Requests Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................. 976
Orders Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 982
Customer RMA Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................ 988
RMA Line Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................... 992
RMA Tax Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................ 994
Customer Return Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................... 996
Customer Return Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................. 1003
Attributes Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1009
Confirmations Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................... 1010
Matched POs Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1011
Matched Invoices Fields .................................................................................................................................................................... 1013
Dashboard Content Fields .................................................................................................................................................................. 1016
Dashboard Content Access Fields ........................................................................................................................................................ 1018
Translation Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1019
Preference Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1021
Depreciation Functions Fields ............................................................................................................................................................. 1023
Discount Schema Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1025
Discount Break Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1027
Sequence Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1029
Sequence No Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1032
Document Type Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1033
xlii

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

218.2.
219.1.
219.2.
219.3.
220.1.
220.2.
220.3.
221.1.
221.2.
221.3.
221.4.
221.5.
222.1.
222.2.
223.1.
224.1.
224.2.
225.1.
225.2.
225.3.
225.4.
226.1.
226.2.
227.1.
227.2.
228.1.
228.2.
229.1.
229.2.
230.1.
231.1.
231.2.
231.3.
232.1.
233.1.
233.2.
233.3.
234.1.
235.1.
236.1.
236.2.

Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................

Dunning Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Level Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Dunning Run Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Entry Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Element Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Used in Column Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Used in Process Parameter Fields ........................................................................................................................................................
Used in Info Column Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
Entity Type Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
System Modifin Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Error Message Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Expense Report Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Report Line Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Expense Type Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Expense Product Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Price Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Employee, Vendor Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Report Line Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Customer Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Report Line Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Export Format Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Export Format Line Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Export Processor Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Export Processor Parameter Fields .......................................................................................................................................................
Export Processor Type Fields .............................................................................................................................................................
Field group Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Used in Field Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Financial Report Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Form Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Access Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Freight Category Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Budget Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
GL Category Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
xliii

1040
1041
1042
1045
1046
1047
1049
1052
1054
1055
1061
1061
1063
1065
1067
1069
1071
1076
1077
1083
1084
1087
1095
1099
1107
1111
1112
1115
1116
1118
1120
1121
1122
1123
1126
1128
1129
1130
1132
1134
1136

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

237.1.
237.2.
238.1.
238.2.
239.1.
239.2.
239.3.
240.1.
240.2.
240.3.
241.1.
241.2.
242.1.
243.1.
244.1.
245.1.
246.1.
247.1.
248.1.
249.1.
250.1.
251.1.
252.1.
252.2.
253.1.
254.1.
255.1.
256.1.
256.2.
256.3.
257.1.
258.1.
259.1.
260.1.
260.2.
261.1.
262.1.
262.2.
262.3.
262.4.
262.5.

Distribution Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................

Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Journal Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Batch Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Journal Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
GL Journal Generator Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
Generator Line Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Generator Source Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Greeting Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
House Keeping Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Import Account Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Bank Statement Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Import Business Partner Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
Confirmation Lines Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
Import Currency Rate Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................
General Ledger Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Inventory Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Import Inventory Move Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Import Format Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Format Field Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Order Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Import Price List Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Import Processor Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Log Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Import Processor Type Fields .............................................................................................................................................................
Import Product Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Import Report Line Set Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
Import Template Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Import Template Access Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................
Fixed Asset Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Window Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Column Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Column Translation Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Window Translation Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Related Info Window Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
xliv

1137
1142
1147
1152
1157
1161
1165
1171
1173
1175
1177
1178
1180
1182
1185
1191
1196
1198
1201
1208
1212
1217
1224
1225
1228
1236
1243
1247
1249
1250
1251
1253
1259
1263
1264
1266
1270
1273
1277
1278
1279

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

262.6.
262.7.
263.1.
263.2.
263.3.
264.1.
264.2.
264.3.
265.1.
265.2.
265.3.
266.1.
266.2.
266.3.
266.4.
266.5.
267.1.
267.2.
267.3.
267.4.
267.5.
267.6.
267.7.
267.8.
267.9.
268.1.
268.2.
269.1.
269.2.
270.1.
271.1.
271.2.
272.1.
272.2.
273.1.
274.1.
274.2.
275.1.
276.1.
277.1.
277.2.

Process Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................

Role Access Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Interest Area Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Subscriptions Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
LDAP Access Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Internal Use Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Internal Use Line Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Attributes Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Move Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Move Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Attributes Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Line Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Tax Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Schedule Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Allocation Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Line Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Landed Costs Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Landed Cost Allocation Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
Matched POs Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Matched Receipts Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Tax Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Schedule Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Allocation Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Batch Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Batch Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Schedule Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Schedule Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
LDAP Server Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
LDAP Server Log Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Printer Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Function Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Language Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Lead Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Activity Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Location Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Lot Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................................
Lot Control Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Exclude Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
xlv

1280
1282
1284
1285
1286
1288
1292
1294
1296
1301
1303
1305
1313
1319
1320
1321
1324
1332
1339
1340
1341
1343
1346
1347
1348
1350
1352
1357
1364
1366
1369
1371
1372
1373
1375
1378
1383
1385
1388
1390
1391

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

278.1.
278.2.
278.3.
279.1.
279.2.
279.3.
280.1.
281.1.
282.1.
283.1.
283.2.
283.3.
283.4.
283.5.
283.6.
284.1.
284.2.
285.1.
285.2.
286.1.
287.1.
288.1.
288.2.
289.1.
289.2.
290.1.
291.1.
292.1.
293.1.
294.1.
294.2.
294.3.
294.4.
295.1.
296.1.
296.2.
297.1.
298.1.
299.1.
300.1.
301.1.

Mail Template Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................

Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
User Mail Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Campaign Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Opportunity Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Channel Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Match Invoice Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Match PO Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Material Receipt Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Receipt Line Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Confirmations Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Attributes Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Matched POs Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Matched Invoices Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Menu Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Message Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Migration Scripts Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Model Validator Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Confirmation Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
User Contact Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
User Mail Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Unprocessed Documents Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................
Notice Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Online Transaction History Fields .......................................................................................................................................................
Order Source Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Organization Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Organization Info Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Org Assignment Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Org Type Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
POS Key Layout Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
POS Key Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
POS Payment Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
POS Tender Type Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
POS Terminal Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
PackIn Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Export Package Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
xlvi

1393
1395
1396
1398
1400
1402
1404
1406
1409
1412
1419
1425
1426
1427
1429
1432
1434
1436
1437
1439
1441
1443
1445
1447
1451
1453
1456
1458
1460
1462
1463
1465
1467
1468
1470
1472
1474
1477
1479
1482
1484

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

301.2.
302.1.
302.2.
302.3.
303.1.
304.1.
305.1.
306.1.
306.2.
307.1.
308.1.
308.2.
308.3.
309.1.
309.2.
310.1.
311.1.
311.2.
311.3.
312.1.
312.2.
312.3.
313.1.
314.1.
314.2.
315.1.
315.2.
316.1.
317.1.
317.2.
318.1.
318.2.
319.1.
320.1.
320.2.
321.1.
321.2.
321.3.
322.1.
322.2.
322.3.

Package Details Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................

Package Installation Log Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................
Objects Installed Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Object Backups Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Packages Installed Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Type Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Relation Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Part Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Bill of Materials Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Password Rule Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Allocate Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Allocations Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Batch Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Processor Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Selection Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Selection Line Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
Prepared Payment Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Term Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Schedule Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Transaction Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
Batch Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Lines Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Benchmark Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Data Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Color Schema Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Performance Goal Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Restriction Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Measure Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Achievement Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Performance Measure Calculation Fields ..............................................................................................................................................
Ratio Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Element Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Inventory Count Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Inventory Count Line Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
Attributes Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Position Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Assignment Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Remuneration Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
xlvii

1486
1490
1492
1493
1495
1497
1498
1501
1508
1511
1514
1525
1527
1530
1532
1542
1546
1548
1549
1552
1555
1556
1558
1567
1569
1571
1572
1574
1576
1579
1581
1583
1585
1588
1589
1591
1595
1597
1599
1600
1601

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

323.1. Position Category Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
324.1. Create Depreciation Entry Fields .........................................................................................................................................................
324.2. Records Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
325.1. Preference Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
326.1. Price List Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
326.2. Version Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
326.3. Product Price Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
326.4. Product Price Break Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
326.5. Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
326.6. Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
327.1. Price List Schema Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
327.2. Schema Line Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
328.1. Print Color Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
328.2. Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
329.1. Print Font Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
330.1. Print Form Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
331.1. Print Format Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
331.2. Format Item Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
331.3. Item Translation Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
331.4. Graph Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
331.5. Translate Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
332.1. Label Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
332.2. Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
332.3. Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
333.1. Print Paper Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
334.1. Print Table Format Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
335.1. Process Audit Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
335.2. Parameter Audit Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
335.3. Log Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
336.1. Product Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
336.2. BOM Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
336.3. Components Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
336.4. Bill of Materials Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
336.5. Substitute Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
336.6. Related Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
336.7. Replenish Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
336.8. Purchasing Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
336.9. Business Partner Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
336.10. Price Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
336.11. Download Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
336.12. Accounting Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
xlviii

1603
1605
1608
1611
1613
1615
1616
1617
1619
1619
1621
1623
1628
1629
1630
1632
1635
1638
1645
1646
1648
1649
1650
1652
1653
1655
1659
1660
1662
1663
1671
1673
1677
1679
1680
1681
1682
1685
1687
1688
1689

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

336.13. Transactions Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
336.14. Translation Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
336.15. Located at Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
336.16. UOM Conversion Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
336.17. Costs Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
337.1. Product Category Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
337.2. Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
337.3. Assigned Products Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
337.4. Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
338.1. Select Product Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
338.2. Product Costs Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
338.3. Cost Movement Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
338.4. Cost Details Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
338.5. Cost Queue Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
339.1. Production Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
339.2. Production Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
339.3. QC Test Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
340.1. Project Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
340.2. Project Line Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
340.3. Phase Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
340.4. Phase Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
340.5. Task Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
340.6. Task Line Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
340.7. Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
341.1. Project Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
341.2. Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
341.3. Issues Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
341.4. Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
342.1. Project Cycle Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
342.2. Step Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
342.3. Cycle Phase Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
343.1. Project Type Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
343.2. Standard Phase Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
343.3. Standard Task Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
344.1. Promotion Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
344.2. Pre Condition Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
344.3. Promotion Line Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
344.4. Quantity Distribution Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
344.5. Reward Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
345.1. Promotion Group Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
345.2. Group Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
xlix

1693
1695
1696
1698
1699
1702
1704
1709
1715
1716
1722
1725
1728
1730
1732
1736
1738
1740
1745
1748
1750
1753
1755
1758
1760
1765
1768
1769
1771
1772
1773
1775
1776
1778
1780
1781
1783
1783
1785
1787
1788

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

346.1.
346.2.
346.3.
346.4.
346.5.
346.6.
346.7.
346.8.
347.1.
347.2.
348.1.
349.1.
349.2.
350.1.
351.1.
351.2.
351.3.
351.4.
351.5.
351.6.
352.1.
352.2.
353.1.
353.2.
354.1.
355.1.
355.2.
355.3.
356.1.
356.2.
356.3.
356.4.
356.5.
357.1.
357.2.
358.1.
359.1.
359.2.
359.3.
360.1.
360.2.

Purchase Order Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................

PO Line Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Matching Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Requisition Lines Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Order Tax Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Payment Schedule Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Estimated Landed Cost Fields .............................................................................................................................................................
Estimated Landed Cost Allocation Fields ..............................................................................................................................................
Test Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Product Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
RMA Type Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Recurring Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Run Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Recurring Group Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Reference Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
List Validation Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
List Translation Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Table Validation Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Used in Column Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Reference Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
Registration Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Value Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
Attribute Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Product Assignment Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Relation Type Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Replication Strategy Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Replication Table Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Replication Document Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................
Report %26 Process Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Translation Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
Report Translation Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Report Access Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Report Column Set Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
Report Column Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Report Cube Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Report Line Set Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Report Line Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Report Source Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Report View Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Report View Column Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
l

1789
1799
1806
1809
1810
1812
1813
1814
1816
1817
1818
1820
1822
1824
1826
1828
1829
1830
1832
1838
1839
1841
1843
1844
1846
1848
1849
1851
1852
1855
1860
1861
1862
1864
1865
1872
1875
1876
1879
1883
1884

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

360.3.
361.1.
362.1.
362.2.
362.3.
362.4.
363.1.
363.2.
363.3.
363.4.
363.5.
364.1.
364.2.
365.1.
365.2.
366.1.
366.2.
366.3.
367.1.
368.1.
369.1.
369.2.
370.1.
370.2.
371.1.
371.2.
371.3.
372.1.
372.2.
372.3.
372.4.
372.5.
372.6.
373.1.
374.1.
374.2.
374.3.
374.4.
375.1.
375.2.
375.3.

Available Columns Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................

Reporting Hierarchy Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Request Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Updates Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
History Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Update Notification Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Request Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Updates Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
History Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Update Notification Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Update Recipients Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Request Category Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Update Notification Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Request Group Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Request Updates Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Request Processor Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Routing Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Log Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Request Resolution Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
Standard Response Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
Status Category Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Request Status Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Request Type Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Update Notification Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Requisition Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Requisition Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Purchase Orders Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Resource Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Unavailability Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Resource Product Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Price Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Assignment Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Resource Type Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Return to Vendor Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Return to Vendor Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................
Confirmations Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Attributes Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
RfQ Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Quantity Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
li

1885
1887
1889
1896
1897
1901
1903
1910
1911
1914
1915
1917
1918
1920
1921
1923
1925
1926
1928
1930
1931
1932
1935
1937
1939
1942
1944
1952
1953
1954
1961
1962
1963
1965
1968
1976
1981
1982
1984
1988
1990

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

376.1. Response Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
376.2. Response Line Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
376.3. Response Quantity Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
377.1. Topic Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
377.2. Subscriber Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
377.3. Restriction Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
378.1. Role Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
378.2. Org Access Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
378.3. User Assignment Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
378.4. Window Access Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
378.5. Process Access Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
378.6. Form Access Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
378.7. Info Access Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
378.8. Workflow Access Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
378.9. Task Access Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
378.10. Document Action Access Fields ........................................................................................................................................................
378.11. Included roles Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
379.1. Role Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
379.2. Table Access Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
379.3. Column Access Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
379.4. Record Access Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
380.1. Toolbar Button Access Fields .............................................................................................................................................................
381.1. Rule Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
382.1. Opportunity Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
382.2. Quote/Order Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
382.3. Order Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
382.4. Activity Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
383.1. Order Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
383.2. Order Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
383.3. Order Tax Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
383.4. Payment Schedule Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
383.5. POS Payment Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
384.1. Sales Region Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
384.2. Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
385.1. Dashboard Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
385.2. Leads Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
385.3. Opportunities Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
385.4. Activities Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
386.1. Company Agent Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
386.2. Orders Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
386.3. Order Lines Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
lii

1992
1995
1996
1998
1999
2001
2002
2007
2008
2009
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2014
2016
2019
2020
2022
2024
2026
2028
2030
2041
2049
2051
2062
2070
2071
2073
2076
2077
2079
2080
2085
2088
2090
2093
2102

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

386.4.
386.5.
387.1.
387.2.
387.3.
388.1.
389.1.
389.2.
389.3.
389.4.
390.1.
391.1.
391.2.
392.1.
392.2.
393.1.
394.1.
394.2.
395.1.
395.2.
395.3.
395.4.
395.5.
395.6.
395.7.
396.1.
396.2.
396.3.
397.1.
397.2.
397.3.
397.4.
397.5.
398.1.
398.2.
398.3.
398.4.
399.1.
400.1.
400.2.
400.3.

Invoices Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................

Invoice Line Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
Sales Stage Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Opportunity Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Schedule Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Schedule Process Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
Parameter Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Scheduler Recipient Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
Log Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Searches Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Serial No Control Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
Exclude Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Session Audit Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Change Audit Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Setup Wizard Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Confirmation Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Line Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Shipment Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
Shipment Line Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Confirmations Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Attributes Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Packages Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
MPS Lines Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Package Lines Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Packages Fields ................................................................................................................................................................................
MPS Lines Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Package Lines Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Shipper Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Freight Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
Packaging Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Label Type Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Pickup Types Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Shipper Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Packaging Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Label Type Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Pickup Types Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Shipping Processor Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
Shipping Processor Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
Shipper Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Packaging Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
liii

2108
2115
2121
2122
2124
2126
2128
2131
2132
2132
2134
2136
2137
2139
2141
2143
2145
2148
2150
2159
2164
2166
2167
2175
2177
2179
2186
2188
2190
2191
2193
2194
2195
2197
2198
2200
2201
2203
2205
2207
2208

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

400.4. Label Type Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
400.5. Pickup Types Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
401.1. Shipping Transaction Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
401.2. Shipping Transaction Line Fields ........................................................................................................................................................
402.1. Status Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
402.2. Used In Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
403.1. Storage Provider Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
404.1. System Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
405.1. System Color Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
405.2. Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
406.1. System Configurator Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
407.1. Image Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
408.1. System Issue Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
409.1. Select Language Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
409.2. Element Translation Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
409.3. Message Translation Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
409.4. Window Translation Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
409.5. Tab Translation Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
409.6. Field Translation Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
409.7. Field Group Translation Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
409.8. Process Translation Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................
409.9. Form Translation Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
409.10. Task Translation Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
409.11. Workflow Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................
409.12. Workflow Node Translation Fields ....................................................................................................................................................
409.13. Menu Translation Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
409.14. Reference List Translation Fields .......................................................................................................................................................
410.1. Table Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
410.2. Column Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
410.3. Column Translation Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
410.4. Used in Field Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
410.5. Zoom Condition Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
410.6. Table Script Validator Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................
410.7. Table Translation Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................
410.8. Table Index Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
410.9. Index Column Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
410.10. View Component Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
410.11. View Column Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
411.1. Task Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
411.2. Task Translation Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
411.3. Access Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
liv

2209
2211
2212
2220
2222
2223
2225
2227
2232
2234
2235
2237
2239
2244
2246
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2263
2270
2271
2271
2273
2275
2275
2277
2278
2280
2282
2284
2285

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

412.1.
412.2.
413.1.
414.1.
415.1.
415.2.
415.3.
415.4.
416.1.
417.1.
418.1.
419.1.
420.1.
421.1.
421.2.
421.3.
422.1.
423.1.
423.2.
423.3.
423.4.
423.5.
423.6.
423.7.
423.8.
424.1.
424.2.
425.1.
425.2.
426.1.
426.2.
426.3.
427.1.
427.2.
428.1.
428.2.
428.3.
429.1.
429.2.
429.3.
429.4.

Tax Category Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................

Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Tax Provider Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Tax Provider Configuration Fields .......................................................................................................................................................
Tax Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Tax ZIP Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Test Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
Time Type Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
ToolBar Button Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Tree Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Unposted Documents Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
Unit of Measure Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Conversion Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Translation Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Unprocessed Documents Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................
User Contact Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
User Roles Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
User Substitute Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
Org Assignment Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Org Access Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
User Mail Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Queries Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
LDAP Access Fields .........................................................................................................................................................................
Validation Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Used in Column Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................
Vendor Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Product Details Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Vendor RMA Fields ..........................................................................................................................................................................
RMA Line Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
RMA Tax Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Allocation Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
Allocation Line Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
Chat Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
Chat Entry Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Updates Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
Warehouse Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
Locator Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Storage Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Replenish Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
lv

2286
2287
2289
2291
2293
2296
2297
2298
2300
2303
2305
2308
2310
2313
2315
2316
2318
2321
2326
2327
2329
2330
2330
2332
2333
2335
2336
2343
2351
2355
2359
2361
2363
2365
2368
2369
2371
2372
2374
2375
2376

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

429.5. Accounting Fields .............................................................................................................................................................................
429.6. Product Transactions Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
430.1. Web Service Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................................
430.2. Web Service Method Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................
431.1. Web Service Type Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
431.2. Web Service Parameters Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................
431.3. Web Service Field Input Fields ...........................................................................................................................................................
431.4. Web Service Field Output Fields .........................................................................................................................................................
431.5. Web Service Access Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
432.1. Web Store Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................................
432.2. Store Translation Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
432.3. Web Store Message Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
432.4. Message Translation Fields ................................................................................................................................................................
433.1. Window Customization Fields ............................................................................................................................................................
433.2. Tab Customization Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................
433.3. Field Customization Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
434.1. Window Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
434.2. Tab Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................
434.3. Field Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
434.4. Field Translation Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
434.5. Tab Translation Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
434.6. Toolbar Button Fields ........................................................................................................................................................................
434.7. Window Translation Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
434.8. Access Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
435.1. Workflow Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
435.2. Node Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
435.3. Parameter Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
435.4. Node Translation Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................
435.5. Block Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
435.6. Transition Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
435.7. Condition Fields ...............................................................................................................................................................................
435.8. Workflow Translation Fields ..............................................................................................................................................................
435.9. Access Fields ...................................................................................................................................................................................
435.10. Previous Node Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................
436.1. Activity Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
437.1. Process Fields ..................................................................................................................................................................................
437.2. Activity Fields .................................................................................................................................................................................
437.3. Result Fields ....................................................................................................................................................................................
437.4. Event Fields .....................................................................................................................................................................................
437.5. Data Fields ......................................................................................................................................................................................
438.1. Workflow Processor Fields .................................................................................................................................................................
lvi

2378
2379
2382
2383
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2391
2395
2397
2399
2400
2402
2403
2409
2411
2417
2423
2425
2426
2427
2429
2430
2436
2443
2444
2445
2446
2448
2449
2450
2451
2453
2456
2458
2460
2461
2463
2464

The Complete iDempiere DocBook

438.2.
439.1.
464.1.
465.1.
466.1.
467.1.
468.1.
469.1.
470.1.
471.1.

Log Fields .......................................................................................................................................................................................

Responsible Fields ............................................................................................................................................................................
Product Info InfoPanel Columns .........................................................................................................................................................
Business Partner Info InfoPanel Columns .............................................................................................................................................
Order Info InfoPanel Columns ............................................................................................................................................................
Invoice Info InfoPanel Columns ..........................................................................................................................................................
Shipment Info InfoPanel Columns .......................................................................................................................................................
Payment Info InfoPanel Columns ........................................................................................................................................................
Resource Info InfoPanel Columns .......................................................................................................................................................
Asset Info InfoPanel Columns ............................................................................................................................................................

lvii

2466
2468
2494
2498
2501
2503
2506
2508
2510
2511

Preface

This is a fast reference guide of the iDempiere freedom ERP project Application Dictionary model. This WebHelp framework is generated from DocBook format
XMLs which themselves are created at one go, thanks to a program code that could crawl the huge iDempiere database.
The same DocBook XMLs are also used to generate a faster HTML version, a slower but very resourceful Web Help site. or an offline PDF version. These are
same content with further hyperlinks for screenshot images, Javadocs and client Data. The source with readme is located at bitbucket.org
Writing documentation for such an ERP application and project has been the constant bane, cry and torture for most humans and has never really been attempted at
one go successfully. The idea of using format agnostic DocBook XML framework, with multi-format rendering is very appealing as it is future-proof where formats
and renderings will change. But it is the clever use (bragging) of creating a programable piece of code to generate or 'write' all those endless series of XMLs now
makes the task so minimal and replaced the need for further human effort. Or at least allow human effort to continue on top of the huge generated base XMLs.
The XMLs are quite submisive to revisions of XSLT and when XMLs themselves need tweaking, the code is highly capable to handle the whole gamut.
As of now, it lacks human editorial attention where details are quite tabular with much gaps of explanation, it serves to be a powerful, and fast reference for endusers and developers alike to quickly look up a model, property or characteristics of the ERP Application Dictionary without launching iDempiere, its database or
further ravaging repeatedly thru a fully working myriad of menu screens.
For further clarification of this documentation and ongoing progress of the project, community members can refer to my forum at [red1.org]

lviii

Chapter 1. Workflow:Accounting Setup

Created:2001-04-05 21:04:04.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:16:48.0
Description: Review and change Accounting Setup
Comment/Help: This workflow allows you to review and change your Accounting Rules.
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Calendar Year and Period
WorkFlowType :G
Table 1.1. Accounting Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Calendar Year and Period

Maintain Calendars
Years Periods

UserWindow

Account Element

Account Element

Maintain Account Elements

UserWindow

Accounting Schema

Accounting Schema

Maintain Accounting Schema

- For changes to become
effective you must re-login

UserWindow

GL Category

GL Category

Maintain General
Ledger Categories

UserWindow

Document Sequence

Document Sequence

Maintain System and

Document Sequences

UserWindow

Document Type

Document Type

Maintain Document Types

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 2. Workflow:Business Partner Setup

Created:2001-04-05 21:05:17.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:16:56.0
Description: Setup Business Partner Rules
Comment/Help: This workflow defines the Business Partners and the supporting rules.
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Business Partner Group
WorkFlowType :W
Table 2.1. Business Partner Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Business Partner Group

Maintain Business
Partner Groups

UserWindow

Greeting

Greeting

Maintain Greetings

UserWindow

Payment Term

Payment Term

Maintain Payment Terms

UserWindow

Invoice Schedule

Invoice Schedule

Maintain Invoicing Schedule

UserWindow

Dunning

Dunning

Maintain Dunning Levels

UserWindow

Import Business Partner

Import Business Partner

Import Business Partner

UserWindow

Business Partner

Business Partner

Maintain Business Partners

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 3. Workflow:Initial Client Setup Review

Created:2000-09-24 18:54:54.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:17:13.0
Description: Review of system level setup of a new Client
Comment/Help: This workflow reviews the system setup of a new client as performed by the automatic Initial Client Setup. You may want to check also the
following Workflows: - Accounting Setup - Business Partner Setup - Product Setup - Price list Setup - Warehouse Setup - Tax Setup
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Client
WorkFlowType :W
Table 3.1. Initial Client Setup Review Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Client

Maintain Clients/Tenants

UserWindow

Organization

Organization

Maintain Organizations

UserWindow

Role

Role

Maintain User Responsibilities

UserWindow

User

User

Maintain Users of the system

UserWindow

Import File Loader

Import File Loader

Load flat Files

into import tables

UserForm

Import Account

Import Account

Import Natural
Account Values

UserWindow

Calendar Year and Period

Calendar Year and Period

Maintain Calendars
Years Periods

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 4. Workflow:Language Setup

Created:2000-09-10 22:43:01.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:17:23.0
Description: Setup a new Language of the system and translate elements
Comment/Help: Define a new language as a system language.
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Language
WorkFlowType :G
Table 4.1. Language Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Language

Maintain Languages

UserWindow

System Elements

System Elements

Translate System Elements

UserWindow

Messages

Messages

Translate Messages

UserWindow

Reference

Reference

Translate References

UserWindow

Window %26 Tab

Window %26 Tab

Translate Windows and Tabs

UserWindow

Form

Form

Translate Forms

UserWindow

Report %26 Process

Report %26 Process

Translate Reports
and Processes

UserWindow

Workflow

Workflow

Translate Workflows

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 5. Workflow:Performance Measurement Setup

Created:2001-04-24 18:06:49.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:14:17.0
Description: Setup your Performance Measurement
Comment/Help: This workflow guides you through setting up your performance measurement based on Key Performance Indicators, Balanced Scorecard, etc. Most
important: Do your analysis first! - What are your goals and how do you measure it? When you are setting up the system, you do it in reverse: First you define
how you measure it and last you define the goals for the measurements. You have three ways measuring performance: - via quantifiable measures (e.g. sales of
$3 million in Q1) - via manual measures - via achievements (tasks) The system converts the measures into percentages (based on the target and achieved measure
- or number of total and reached achievements)
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Performance Color Schema
WorkFlowType :G
Table 5.1. Performance Measurement Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Performance Color Schema

Maintain Performance
Color Schema

UserWindow

Performance
Measure Calculation

Performance
Measure Calculation

Define how you calculate

your performance measures

UserWindow

Performance Measure

Performance Measure

Define your
Performance Measures

UserWindow

Performance Goal

Performance Goal

Define Performance Goals

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 6. Workflow:Price List Setup

Created:2001-04-05 21:05:50.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:17:34.0
Description: Define your Price Lists and Discounts
Comment/Help: You define your price lists after entering or importing your products. In addition to price lists, you can define discounts for business partners.
Assign specific Price Lists and Discounst to Business Partners.
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Price List Schema
WorkFlowType :W
Table 6.1. Price List Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Price List Schema

Maintain Price List Schema

UserWindow

Price List

Price List

Maintain Product Price Lists

UserWindow

Discount Schema

Discount Schema

Maintain Trade
Discount Schema

UserWindow

Business Partner

Business Partner

Maintain Business Partners

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 7. Workflow:Product Setup

Created:2001-04-05 21:05:36.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:18:52.0
Description: Set up Products
Comment/Help: Define your products manually. You should verify the settings especially if you import your products.
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Warehouse %26 Locators
WorkFlowType :W
Table 7.1. Product Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Warehouse %26 Locators

Maintain Warehouses
and Locators

UserWindow

Unit of Measure

Unit of Measure

Maintain Unit of Measure

UserWindow

Product Category

Product Category

Maintain Product Categories

UserWindow

Tax Category

Tax Category

Maintain Tax Categories

UserWindow

Product

Product

Maintain Products

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 8. Workflow:Project Setup and Use

Created:1999-12-05 23:51:01.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:18:41.0
Description: Setup of projects and project reporting
Comment/Help: Projects allow to monitor the status and progress of sales opportunities, service projects and investment projects. A Project is a process that is
undertaken which can involve multiple steps or phases and require resources from more than one area.
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Project Type
WorkFlowType :G
Table 8.1. Project Setup and Use Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Project Type

Maintain Project
Type and Phase

UserWindow

Project Reporting

Project Reporting

Maintain Project
Reporting Cycles

UserWindow

Project

Project

Maintain Projects

UserWindow

Project Status Summary

Project Status Summary

Project Status of Project Cycle

UserWindow

Accounting Schema

Accounting Schema

Project as Account Segment

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 9. Workflow:Request Setup

Created:2001-12-08 21:07:39.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:19:15.0
Description: Set up the client to process requests
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Check Client Setup
WorkFlowType :G
Table 9.1. Request Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Check Client Setup

Check Client
setup for Requests

UserWindow

Check Users

Check Users

Check users for

Request processing

UserWindow

Check Business Partners

Check Business Partners

Check Business Partners

for Request processing

UserWindow

Request Processor

Request Processor

Define Request Processors

UserWindow

Request Type

Request Type

Maintain Request Types

UserWindow

Request Group

Request Group

Maintain Request Group

UserWindow

Request Category

Request Category

Maintain Request Category

UserWindow

Request Resolution

Request Resolution

Maintain Request Resolutions

UserWindow

Request Status

Request Status

Maintain Request Status

UserWindow

Request Standard Response

Request Standard Response

Maintain Request
Standard Response

UserWindow

Request (all)

Request (all)

View and work on all requests

UserWindow

Condition

Chapter 10. Workflow:Sales Setup

Created:2001-04-05 21:45:37.0
Updated:2005-12-25 17:17:57.0
Description: Setup Sales
Comment/Help: Setting up Sales Representatives, Commissions as well as Marketing Channels and Campaigns.
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Business Partner
WorkFlowType :W
Table 10.1. Sales Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Business Partner

Set up Sales Representative

as Business Partner

UserWindow

User

User

Define Sales
Representative as User

UserWindow

Sales Region

Sales Region

Maintain Sales Regions

UserWindow

Commission

Commission

Maintain Commissions
and Royalties

UserWindow

Marketing Channel

Marketing Channel

Maintain Marketing Channels

UserWindow

Marketing Campaign

Marketing Campaign

Maintain Marketing
Campaigns

UserWindow

10

Condition

Chapter 11. Workflow:Setup Replication

Created:2008-03-05 00:52:04.0
Updated:2008-03-05 21:55:31.0
Description: Setup of data replication
Comment/Help: Data Replication allows you to synchronize data of remote instances with a central office. All actions are initialized from the central office.< p>
< b> Central System:< /b> - setup system with all organizations, roles, etc. - run the migration to make sure that it is up-to-date - export the central system < p>
< b> Remote System:< /b> - install the exact version as Central System - import data from Central System in the remote locations < p> < b> Central System:< /
b> - Replication Strategy - Define Export Format - Config Export Processor - Start JMS Server < p> ** Enter Transactions ** < p> < b> Remote System:< /b>
- Config Import Processor
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Replication Strategy
WorkFlowType :G
Table 11.1. Setup Replication Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Replication Strategy

Replication Strategy

UserWindow

Export Format

Export Format

Export Format

UserWindow

Export Processor Type

Export Processor Type

Export Processor Type

UserWindow

Export Processor

Export Processor

Export Processor

UserWindow

Import Processor Type

Import Processor Type

Import Processor Type

UserWindow

Import Proccesor

Import Proccesor

Import Proccesor

UserWindow

11

Condition

Chapter 12. Workflow:Tax Setup

Created:2001-04-05 21:06:30.0
Updated:2008-03-03 22:14:07.0
Description: Setup tax calculation
Comment/Help: Setup the tax calculation for products, services and charges
[IMAGE]
StartNode :Tax Category
WorkFlowType :W
Table 12.1. Tax Setup Workflow Transitions
Node

Description

Action

NextNode

Tax Category

Maintain Tax Categories

UserWindow

Product

Product

Maintain Products

UserWindow

Charge

Charge

Maintain Charges

UserWindow

Tax Rate

Tax Rate

Maintain Taxes and their Rates

UserWindow

Accounting Schema

Accounting Schema

Maintain Accounting Schema

- For changes to become
effective you must re-login

UserWindow

12

Condition

Chapter 13. Process :Auto Allocation

Created:2004-08-15 21:17:36.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Automatic allocation of invoices to payments
Comment/Help: Try to allocate invoices to payments for a business partner or group. You may want to reset existing allocations first. The allocation is based on
(1) payments entered with reference to invoices (2) payment selections (3) business partner balance (4) matching amount of invoice %26 payment. Allocation is
based on exact amount and includes AP/AR imvoices/payments. Optionally as (5), you can enable to allocate payments to the oldest invoice. In this case, there
might be an unallocated amount remaining.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.AllocationAuto
[IMAGE]
Table 13.1. Auto_Allocation Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

(0)

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Allocate Oldest First

AllocateOldest

Yes-No

Allocate payments
to the oldest invoice

Allocate payments to the oldest

invoice. There might be an
unallocated amount remaining.

AP - AR

APAR

List

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Receivables
Include Receivables
%26 Payables
and/or Payables
Payables only
transactions
Receivables only (A)
Identifies a
Business Partner

13

null

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Chapter 14. Process :Automatic account reconciliation

Created:2010-09-02 17:55:55.0
Updated:2010-09-02 17:55:55.0
Description: Reconcile account transactions according to standard rules
ClassName: org.compiere.process.FactReconcile
[IMAGE]
Table 14.1. Automatic_account_reconciliation Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Account Type

Type

List

Bank In Transit
Payment Clearing
(Unalloc Cash/
Payment Selection)
AR/AP Trade
(Receivables/
Vendor Liabilities)

null

null

Rule

AD_Rule_ID

Table

Reconciliation Rules

null

null

Account

Account_ID

Table

Account_ID (Trx)

Account used

The (natural) account used

14

Chapter 15. Process :Bank/Cash Transfer

Created:2008-09-04 19:13:03.0
Updated:2015-01-07 10:39:54.0
Description: Bank/Cash Transfer let money tranfer between Banks
ClassName: org.eevolution.process.BankTransfer
[IMAGE]
Table 15.1. Bank/Cash_Transfer Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Bank Account FromFrom_C_BankAccount_ID

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table

C_BankAccount

null

null

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

(@#Date@)

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Table

C_BankAccount

null

null

Amount in a
defined currency

The Amount indicates the

amount for this document line.

Date of the statement

The Statement Date field

defines the date of the statement.

Bank Account To To_C_BankAccount_ID

Amount

Amount

Amount

Statement date

StatementDate

Date

Description

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited to 255 characters.

Charge

C_Charge_ID

Table Direct

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a type of Charge

(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

Currency Type

C_ConversionType_ID

Table Direct

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets

you define different type of rates, e.g.
Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

(@#Date@)

15

Process :Bank/Cash Transfer

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Document No

DocumentNo

String

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Currency

C_Currency_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the system and
determined by the document type of the
document. If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed in "< >
". If the document type of your document
has no automatic document sequence
defined, the field is empty if you create
a new document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate a
document number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence"
window with the name "DocumentNo_<
TableName> ", where TableName is the
actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

AD_Org (Trx)
(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

(@
$C_Currency_ID@)

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to be used when

processing or reporting on this record

16

Chapter 16. Process :Business Partner Organization

Created:2003-12-23 23:33:22.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Set and verify Organization ownership of Business Partners
Comment/Help: The process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of Business Partners and its dependent entities (Location, Contact/User,
Bank Account, Withholding). Select either a Business Partner Group ar a specific Business Partner
ClassName: org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership
[IMAGE]
Table 16.1. Business_Partner_Organization Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Values(Default)

(-1)

17

Description

Comment/Help

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Chapter 17. Process :C_Invoice Calculate Tax

Created:2008-03-03 22:13:59.0
Updated:2013-01-23 07:08:30.0
ClassName: org.eevolution.process.InvoiceCalculateTax
[IMAGE]
Table 17.1. C_Invoice_Calculate_Tax Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Invoice

C_Invoice_ID

Search

Values(Default)

18

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Chapter 18. Process :Cache Reset

Created:2003-06-16 00:09:07.0
Updated:2006-08-06 22:14:24.0
Description: Reset Cache of the System ** Close all Windows before proceeding **
Comment/Help: To increase performance, iDempiere caches repeatedly used data. This process clears the local cache.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.CacheReset
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

19

Chapter 19. Process :Change Base Language

Created:2013-03-26 13:21:14.0
Updated:2013-03-26 13:28:41.0
Description: Change Base Language
Comment/Help: In order to enable en_US as a translation you can enable any other language as base language. If you don't want to have a base language choose
a language that won't be used for login. If all languages are going to be used as login, create a xx_XX language not login and use it as base. Please note that base
language cannot be a system language.
ClassName: org.idempiere.process.ChangeBaseLanguage
[IMAGE]
Table 19.1. Change_Base_Language Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Language

AD_Language

Table

AD_Language
NOT System/Base

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies the language

to use for display and formatting

20

Chapter 20. Process :Client Accounting Processor

Created:2009-09-13 17:53:15.0
Updated:2009-09-13 17:53:15.0
Description: Client Accounting Processor
Comment/Help: The client accounting processor allows a user to run the accounting processor in a client session. The system configurator parameter
CLIENT_ACCOUNTING must be enabled (configured as [I]mmediate or [Q]ueue).
ClassName: org.adempiere.process.ClientAcctProcessor
[IMAGE]
Table 20.1. Client_Accounting_Processor Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table

AD_Table_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Table Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

21

Chapter 21. Process :Convert passwords to hashes

Created:2011-06-29 16:59:41.0
Updated:2011-06-29 16:59:41.0
Description: Convert existing plain text/encrypted user passwords to one way hash
Comment/Help: This process will overwrite existing user passwords with a salted SHA-512 hash of the password so that they cannot be recovered if your database
is compromised. (Note: If your password column is currently encrypted, the hash will also be encrypted.)
ClassName: org.compiere.process.HashPasswords
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

22

Chapter 22. Process :Copy Role

Created:2006-12-11 23:47:49.0
Updated:2014-04-29 17:47:13.0
Description: Copy Role
Comment/Help: Copy role access records from one role to another. The existing access records for the destination role will be deleted. This process can be executed
just by advanced roles.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.CopyRole
[IMAGE]
Table 22.1. Copy_Role Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Role To

AD_Role_ID

Table Direct

Role From

AD_Role_ID

Table Direct

Client

AD_Client_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

(-1)

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(-1)

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Client/Tenant for
this installation.

A Client is a company or a legal

entity. You cannot share data between
Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.

23

Chapter 23. Process :Create AP Expense Invoices

Created:2002-07-14 20:10:42.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Create AP Invoices from Expenses to be paid to employees
ClassName: org.compiere.process.ExpenseAPInvoice
[IMAGE]
Table 23.1. Create_AP_Expense_Invoices Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Table

C_BPartner
Employee

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Report Date

DateReport

Date

Expense/Time
Report Date

Date of Expense/Time Report

24

Chapter 24. Process :Create Costing Records

Created:2005-09-19 16:17:26.0
Updated:2005-09-19 16:18:12.0
Description: Create Costing Records
Comment/Help: The costing records are created when needed or by batch processes. You can force the creation of the costing information here.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.CostCreate
[IMAGE]
Table 24.1. Create_Costing_Records Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Values(Default)

25

Description

Comment/Help

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Chapter 25. Process :Create Foreign Key

Created:2013-07-17 18:32:14.0
Updated:2013-07-17 18:32:14.0
ClassName: org.compiere.process.CreateForeignKey
[IMAGE]
Table 25.1. Create_Foreign_Key Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Column

AD_Column_ID

Table Direct

AD_Column
ColumName

Column in the table

Link to the database column of the table

Table

AD_Table_ID

Table Direct

AD_Table
TableName

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

26

Chapter 26. Process :Create PO from Requisition

Created:2005-10-24 12:57:00.0
Updated:2005-10-25 16:49:38.0
Description: Create Purchase Orders from Requisitions
Comment/Help: Create Purchase orders from Purchase Requisitions.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.RequisitionPOCreate
[IMAGE]
Table 26.1. Create_PO_from_Requisition Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Required

DateRequired

Date

Priority

PriorityRule

List

Consolidate to
one Document

ConsolidateDocument

Product

Description

Comment/Help

Date when required

null

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

Priority of
a document

The Priority indicates the importance

(high, medium, low) of this document

Yes-No

(Y)

Consolidate Lines
into one Document

null

M_Product_ID

Search

(-1)

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Requisition

M_Requisition_ID

Table Direct

Material Requisition

null

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Values(Default)

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Table Direct

(-1)

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

27

Process :Create PO from Requisition

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Document Date

DateDoc

Date

User/Contact

AD_User_ID

Search

Values(Default)

AD_User Internal(-1)

28

Description

Comment/Help

Date of the
Document

The Document Date indicates the date the

document was generated. It may or may
not be the same as the accounting date.

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Chapter 27. Process :Create Sales Orders from

Expense
Created:2002-07-14 20:07:20.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Create Sales Orders for Customers from Expense Reports
ClassName: org.compiere.process.ExpenseSOrder
[IMAGE]
Table 27.1. Create_Sales_Orders_from_Expense Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Expense Date

DateExpense

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Date

Date of expense

Date of expense

29

Chapter 28. Process :Create Table Index

Created:2013-07-12 17:21:11.0
Updated:2013-07-12 17:21:11.0
ClassName: org.compiere.process.CreateTableIndex
[IMAGE]
Table 28.1. Create_Table_Index Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table

AD_Table_ID

Table Direct

AD_Table
TableName

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

30

Chapter 29. Process :Delete Import

Created:2003-12-26 10:51:21.0
Updated:2005-10-23 14:53:06.0
Description: Delete all data in Import Table
Comment/Help: You would delete all data in an import table, if there was a problem with data loading. The delete does not distinguish between imported and
not imported data.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.ImportDelete
[IMAGE]
Table 29.1. Delete_Import Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Table

AD_Table_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

31

Description

Comment/Help

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Chapter 30. Process :Deliver Assets

Created:2003-01-29 21:13:01.0
Updated:2012-03-09 15:16:46.0
Description: Deliver Customer Assets electronically
Comment/Help: Send Mail to customers and attach new delivery (optional).
ClassName: org.compiere.process.AssetDelivery
[IMAGE]
Table 30.1. Deliver_Assets Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Expired
NoGuarantee_MailText_ID
Guarantee Mail

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table

R_MailText

Send email to
partners with
expired guarantee

null

(Y)

Attach Asset to be
delivered per email

null

Attach Asset

AttachAsset

Yes-No

Asset

A_Asset_ID

Search

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by purchasing

or by delivering a product. An asset can
be used internally or be a customer asset.

Asset Group

A_Asset_Group_ID

Table Direct

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines default

accounts. If an asset group is selected
in the product category, assets are
created when delivering the asset.

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Guarantee Date

GuaranteeDate

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

(@#Date@)

32

Chapter 31. Process :Enable Native Sequence

Created:2008-09-08 22:22:38.0
Updated:2008-09-08 22:22:38.0
Description: Enable Native Sequence
Comment/Help: This process allows Enable the native sequences based in the current AD_Sequence. This process should be implemented when the users are not
connected.
ClassName: org.eevolution.process.EnableNativeSequence
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

33

Chapter 32. Process :Export Format Generator

Created:2008-03-24 11:18:28.0
Updated:2009-12-01 22:41:32.0
Description: Create multiple Export Format based in a Window
ClassName: org.eevolution.process.ExportFormatGenerator
[IMAGE]
Table 32.1. Export_Format_Generator Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Includes only
the Tabs that
Insert records

IsInsertRecord

Includes only the

mandatory columns
Window

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Generated Export
Format for the
Tabs with Insert
Record is Yes

null

IsMandatory

Yes-No

Generated an Export
Format Line if the
column is mandatory

null

AD_Window_ID

Table Direct

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

34

Chapter 33. Process :FA_ProjectCreateAsset

Created:2012-03-15 17:54:36.0
Updated:2012-03-15 17:54:36.0
Description: This process creates asset from project and automatically close the project
Comment/Help: There are four parameters: a. Project, is the Project that will be converted to asset. This project will be closed after this process completes b. Product,
is the asset product that will be act as the base for the newly created asset c. UseLifeYears, is an optional parameter. Use this if you want a different use life years for
the newly created asset, instead of the default uselifeyears from asset group accounting. d. Transaction Date, will become in-service-date for the newly created asset.
ClassName: org.idempiere.fa.process.ProjectCreateAsset
[IMAGE]
Table 33.1. FA_ProjectCreateAsset Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Transaction Date

DateTrx

Date

(@#Date@)

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Usable Life - Years

UseLifeYears

Integer

Years of the usable

life of the asset

null

Project

C_Project_ID

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

(@C_Project_ID@)

35

Chapter 34. Process :Generate Invoices

Created:2000-04-26 21:34:49.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Generate and print Invoices from open Orders
Comment/Help: Invoices for open Orders are created based on the invoice rule of the Order. If several Orders of a business partner have the same bill location,
the orders can be consolidated into one Invoice.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.InvoiceGenerate
[IMAGE]
Table 34.1. Generate_Invoices Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

(@#Date@)

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Table Direct

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table

AD_Org (Trx)
(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Consolidate to
one Document

ConsolidateDocument

Yes-No

(Y)

Consolidate Lines
into one Document

null

Order

C_Order_ID

Table Direct

Order

The Order is a control document. The Order

is complete when the quantity ordered is the
same as the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Document Action

DocAction

List

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Approve Reject
Post Close Reverse
- Correct Reverse Accrual Invalidate
< None> Complete
Void Unlock Prepare
36

Process :Generate Invoices

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Minimum Amt

MinimumAmt

Amount

Values(Default)
Re-activate Wait
Complete (CO)

37

Description

Comment/Help

Minimum Amount in
Document Currency

null

Chapter 35. Process :Generate PO from Project

Created:2003-09-02 20:06:01.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Generate PO from Project Line(s)
Comment/Help:
ClassName: org.compiere.process.ProjectGenPO
[IMAGE]
Table 35.1. Generate_PO_from_Project Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Consolidate to
one Document

ConsolidateDocument

Yes-No

(Y)

Consolidate Lines
into one Document

null

Project

C_Project_ID

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Project Line

C_ProjectLine_ID

Table Direct

Task or step
in a project

The Project Line indicates

a unique project line.

38

Chapter 36. Process :Generate PO from Sales Order

Created:2002-12-09 17:07:54.0
Updated:2005-03-09 21:01:42.0
Description: Create Purchase Order from Sales Orders
Comment/Help: After completing sales orders, you can create one or more purchase orders for each sales order. A purchase order references always only one sales
order (i.e. no consolidation of sales orders). The Organization of the Sales Order is used to create the Purchase Order. If a (default) PO document type is defined
on Organization level, that is used instead of the document types defined on Client level. POs are created for all sales order lines where the product has a current
vendor, the vendor has a Vendor Price List with all Products on the most current Price List Version. The Unit of Measure is copied; PO and SO can have different
currencies. Once the process is run, you need to synchronize the SO/PO manually (e.g. in case of additional lines and changed lines (product %26 quantity).
ClassName: org.compiere.process.OrderPOCreate
[IMAGE]
Table 36.1. Generate_PO_from_Sales_Order Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Ordered

DateOrdered

Business Partner

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date an item was ordered.

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Vendor

Vendor_ID

Table

The Vendor of the

product/service

null

Order

C_Order_ID

Search

Order

The Order is a control document. The Order

is complete when the quantity ordered is the
same as the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Drop Shipment

IsDropShip

List

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause any

Inventory reservations or movements
as the Shipment is from the Vendor's
inventory. The Shipment of the Vendor
to the Customer must be confirmed.

C_BPartner Vendors

Yes No

39

Chapter 37. Process :Generate Shipments

Created:2000-04-26 21:34:07.0
Updated:2005-01-05 21:31:14.0
Description: Generate and print Shipments from open Orders
Comment/Help: Shipments for open Orders are created based on the delivery rule of the Order and the relative order priority. If a Promise Date is selected only
orders up to (including) the date are selected. If several Orders of a business partner have the same location, the orders can be consolidated into one Shipment. You
can also include orders who have outstanding confirmations (e.g. ordered=10 - not confirmed shipments=4 - would create a new shipment of 6 if available).
ClassName: org.compiere.process.InOutGenerate
[IMAGE]
Table 37.1. Generate_Shipments Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Orders with
unconfirmed
Shipments

IsUnconfirmedInOut

Yes-No

(N)

Generate shipments
for Orders with
open delivery
confirmations?

You can also include orders who have

outstanding confirmations (e.g. ordered=10
- not confirmed shipments=4 - would
create a new shipment of 6 if available).

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Consolidate to
one Document

ConsolidateDocument

Yes-No

Consolidate Lines
into one Document

null

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Date Promised

DatePromised

Date

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates the date,

if any, that an Order was promised for.

Shipment Date

MovementDate

Date

Date printed
on shipment

The Shipment Date indicates the

date printed on the shipment.

Document Action

DocAction

List

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

(Y)

(@#M_Warehouse_ID@) Storage Warehouse

and Service Point

Approve Reject
Post Close Reverse
- Correct Reverse Accrual Invalidate
40

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Process :Generate Shipments

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)
< None> Complete
Void Unlock Prepare
Re-activate Wait
Complete (CO)

41

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 38. Process :HouseKeeping

Created:2008-09-06 20:25:38.0
Updated:2008-09-06 20:38:27.0
ClassName: org.adempiere.process.HouseKeeping
[IMAGE]
Table 38.1. HouseKeeping Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

House Keeping
Configuration

AD_HouseKeeping_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

42

Description

Comment/Help

null

null

Chapter 39. Process :Import CSV Process

Created:2014-12-02 16:51:25.0
Updated:2014-12-02 16:51:25.0
ClassName: org.idempiere.process.ImportCSVProcess
[IMAGE]
Table 39.1. Import_CSV_Process Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Import Template AD_ImportTemplate_ID

Reference

Values(Default)

Table Direct

Import Mode

ImportMode

List

File Name

FileName

FileName

Insert Update
Merge (I)

43

Description

Comment/Help

null

null

null

null

Name of the
local file or URL

Name of a file in the local directory

space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..)

Chapter 40. Process :Initial Client Setup Process

Created:2009-02-14 10:26:47.0
Updated:2009-02-14 10:26:47.0
ClassName: org.adempiere.process.InitialClientSetup
[IMAGE]
Table 40.1. Initial_Client_Setup_Process Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Region

C_Region_ID

Table Direct

Organization Name

OrgName

String

Client Name

ClientName

Currency

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

(org)

Name of the
Organization

null

String

(client)

null

null

C_Currency_ID

Table Direct

(@SQL=SELECT
MIN(cu.C_Currency_ID)
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_Currency
cu JOIN
C_Country co ON
(co.C_Currency_ID
= cu.C_Currency_ID)
JOIN
AD_Language l ON
(co.AD_Language
= l.AD_Language)
WHERE
l.AD_Language =
'@#AD_Language@')

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to be used when

processing or reporting on this record

Administrative
User Name

AdminUserName

String

(clientAdmin)

null

null

Chart of
Accounts File

CoAFile

FileName

Location of the chart

of accounts to be
used with this client.
At this stage just

null

44

Process :Initial Client Setup Process

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description
the default accounts
will be created.

Comment/Help

Project Accounting IsUseProjectDimension

Yes-No

(N)

Use Project
accounting dimension

Define if this client will use project

accounting dimension. This can
be changed later in Accounting
Schema window of the client.

Product Accounting IsUseProductDimension

Yes-No

(Y)

Use Product
accounting dimension

Define if this client will use product

accounting dimension. This can
be changed later in Accounting
Schema window of the client.

(Y)

Use BP accounting
dimension

Define if this client will use business

partner accounting dimension. This
can be changed later in Accounting
Schema window of the client.

null

null

Use Sales Region

accounting dimension

Define if this client will use sales

region accounting dimension. This
can be changed later in Accounting
Schema window of the client.

BP Accounting

IsUseBPDimension

Yes-No

City Name

CityName

String

Sales Region IsUseSalesRegionDimension

Accounting

Yes-No

(N)

Fax

Fax

String

Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a facsimile number

for this Business Partner or Location

2nd Phone

Phone2

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Phone

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

Org Key

OrgValue

String

Key of the
Organization

null

Inactivate Defaults

InactivateDefaults

Yes-No

Inactivate Defaults
after Created

null

Address 1

Address1

String

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Tax ID

TaxID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

EMail Address

EMail

String

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID

for this User and should be fully qualified

(N)

45

Process :Initial Client Setup Process

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email
Address is used to access the self service
application functionality from the web.

Use Default CoA

UseDefaultCoA

Yes-No

(N)

Use Default Chart

of Accounts

null

Normal User Email

NormalUserEmail

String

null

null

Administrative
User Email

AdminUserEmail

String

null

null

Activity Accounting
IsUseSalesRegionDimension

Yes-No

(N)

Use Activity
accounting dimension

Define if this client will use activity

accounting dimension. This can
be changed later in Accounting
Schema window of the client.

(N)

Use Campaign
accounting dimension

Define if this client will use campaign

accounting dimension. This can
be changed later in Accounting
Schema window of the client.

Campaign
Accounting

IsUseCampaignDimension

Yes-No

ZIP

Postal

String

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the

postal code for this entity's address.

City

C_City_ID

Table Direct

City

City in a country

Country

C_Country_ID

Table Direct

(@SQL=SELECT
MIN(co.C_Country_ID)
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_Country
co JOIN
AD_Language l ON
(co.AD_Language
= l.AD_Language)
WHERE
l.AD_Language =
'@#AD_Language@')

Country

The Country defines a Country. Each

Country must be defined before
it can be used in any document.

Normal User Name

NormalUserName

String

(clientUser)

null

null

46

Chapter 41. Process :Invoice Requests

Created:2005-05-19 20:15:57.0
Updated:2005-05-19 20:47:30.0
Description: Create Invoice for Requests
Comment/Help: Create invoice for Request Type with optional Request Group, Category for Business Partner. If the used product for invoicing is not defined,
the product defined in the parameter is used.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.RequestInvoice
[IMAGE]
Table 41.1. Invoice_Requests Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Request Type

R_RequestType_ID

Group

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Type of request
(e.g. Inquiry,
Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for processing

and categorizing requests. Options are
Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

R_Group_ID

Table Direct

Request Group

Group of requests (e.g. version

numbers, responsibility, ...)

Category

R_Category_ID

Table Direct

Request Category

Category or Topic of the Request

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

47

Chapter 42. Process :Issue to Project

Created:2003-09-02 20:02:22.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Issue Material to Project from Receipt or manual Inventory Location
Comment/Help: Select a Project and either - Material Receipt - Expense Report < br< - Inventory Location and Project Line not issued yet - Inventory Location,
Product and Quantity The default Movement Date is today's date.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.ProjectIssue
[IMAGE]
Table 42.1. Issue_to_Project Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Shipment/Receipt

M_InOut_ID

Product

M_Product_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Attribute Set Instance

M_AttributeSetInstance_ID Product Attribute

Locator

M_Locator_ID

Locator (WH)

(0)

Expense Report

S_TimeExpense_ID

Table Direct

Time and
Expense Report

null

Project Line

C_ProjectLine_ID

Table Direct

Task or step
in a project

The Project Line indicates

a unique project line.

Movement Quantity

MovementQty

Quantity

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that has been moved.

Movement Date

MovementDate

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the

date that a product moved in or out
of inventory. This is the result of a
shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Project

C_Project_ID

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

(1)

48

Process :Issue to Project

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Description

Description

String

Values(Default)

49

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited to 255 characters.

Chapter 43. Process :Load Bank Statement

Created:2003-12-25 15:10:59.0
Updated:2005-03-03 23:47:09.0
Description: Load Bank Statement
Comment/Help: Load the bank statement into the import table. The parameters used depend on the actual loader.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.LoadBankStatement
[IMAGE]
Table 43.1. Load_Bank_Statement Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Bank Statement C_BankStatementLoader_ID Table Direct

Loader
File Name

FileName

FileName

50

Description

Comment/Help

Definition of Bank
Statement Loader
(SWIFT, OFX)

The loader definition provides the

parameters to load bank statements from
EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX

Name of the
local file or URL

Name of a file in the local directory

space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..)

Chapter 44. Process :Order Batch Process

Created:2005-01-07 14:24:14.0
Updated:2005-01-07 14:24:14.0
Description: Process Orders in Batch
Comment/Help: Based on the selection criteria, the orders are processed using the document action selected. Make sure that the document action is valid for the
documents.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.OrderBatchProcess
[IMAGE]
Table 44.1. Order_Batch_Process Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Document Status

DocStatus

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress Waiting
Payment Unknown
Closed Not Approved

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Date Ordered

DateOrdered

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date an item was ordered.

Delivered

IsDelivered

List

Yes No

null

null

Invoiced

IsInvoiced

List

Yes No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Target
Document Type

C_DocTypeTarget_ID

Table

C_DocType

Target document
type for conversing
documents

You can convert document types (e.g.

from Offer to Order or Invoice). The
conversion is then reflected in the current
type. This processing is initiated by
selecting the appropriate Document Action.

Self-Service

IsSelfService

List

Yes No

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry

Self-Service allows users to enter data

or update their data. The flag indicates,

51

Process :Order Batch Process

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description
can be changed
via Self-Service

Comment/Help
that this record was entered or created via
Self-Service or that the user can change
it via the Self-Service functionality.

Document Action

DocAction

List

Approve Reject
Post Close Reverse
- Correct Reverse Accrual Invalidate
< None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Re-activate
Wait Complete

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

52

Chapter 45. Process :POS Key Generate

Created:2010-03-24 09:47:24.0
Updated:2010-03-24 10:02:43.0
Description: Generate POS Keys from products.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.PosKeyGenerate
[IMAGE]
Table 45.1. POS_Key_Generate Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

POS Key Layout

C_POSKeyLayout_ID

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

POS Function
Key Layout

POS Function Key Layout

Table Direct

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

53

Chapter 46. Process :Print Dunning Letters

Created:2004-11-30 01:28:36.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Print Dunning letters to paper or send PDF
Comment/Help: (Re)Print Dunning Letters or send them as PDF attachments to the Business Partner Contact with a valid EMail addres.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.DunningPrint
[IMAGE]
Table 46.1. Print_Dunning_Letters Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

EMail PDF

EMailPDF

Yes-No

Only If BP
has Balance

IsOnlyIfBPBalance

Yes-No

Print Unprocessed
Entries Only

PrintUnprocessedOnly

Yes-No

Dunning Run

C_DunningRun_ID

Mail Template

R_MailText_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Email Document
PDF files to
Business Partner

null

(Y)

Include only if
Business Partner has
outstanding Balance

null

(Y)

Print the unprocessed

(unprinted) entries of
the dunning run only.

Print the unprocessed (unprinted) entries

of the dunning run only. This allows you
to reprint only certain dunning entries.

Table Direct

Dunning Run

null

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail text can
include variables. The priority of parsing is
User/Contact, Business Partner and then the
underlying business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User name (if user
is defined defined), then Business Partner
name (if business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business object if it
has a Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

54

Chapter 47. Process :Print Invoices

Created:2003-01-29 21:10:38.0
Updated:2005-07-07 11:38:34.0
Description: Print Invoices to paper or send PDF
Comment/Help: (Re)Print Invoices or send them as PDF attachments to the Business Partner Contact with a valid EMail addres. Remark: If you only enter a
Document No FROM value, all invoices greater or equal that document number are printed; you can alternatively use the % character as a widcard.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.InvoicePrint
[IMAGE]
Table 47.1. Print_Invoices Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

EMail PDF

EMailPDF

Date Invoiced

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Email Document
PDF files to
Business Partner

null

DateInvoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Invoice

C_Invoice_ID

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Document No

DocumentNo

String

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the system and
determined by the document type of the
document. If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed in "< >
". If the document type of your document
has no automatic document sequence
defined, the field is empty if you create
a new document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate a
document number for you. The document

55

Process :Print Invoices

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Mail Template

R_MailText_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

56

Description

Comment/Help
sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence"
window with the name "DocumentNo_<
TableName> ", where TableName is the
actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail text can
include variables. The priority of parsing is
User/Contact, Business Partner and then the
underlying business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User name (if user
is defined defined), then Business Partner
name (if business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business object if it
has a Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

Chapter 48. Process :Product Organization

Created:2003-12-23 23:19:34.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Set and verify Organization ownership of Products
Comment/Help: The process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of Products and its dependent entities (BOM, Substitute, Replenish,
Purchasing, Business Partner Info, Costing). Select either a Product Category ar a specific Product.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership
[IMAGE]
Table 48.1. Product_Organization Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Product

M_Product_ID

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Table Direct

Values(Default)

(-1)

57

Chapter 49. Process :Quote convert

Created:2003-10-04 10:29:47.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Convert open Proposal or Quotation to Order
Comment/Help: You can convert a Proposal or Quotation to any other Order document type. You would use this process, if you want to maintain/keep the Proposal
or Quotation. The document status needs to be In Process.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.CopyOrder
[IMAGE]
Table 49.1. Quote_convert Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Close Document

IsCloseDocument

Document Date

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Close Document
(process)

null

DateDoc

Date

Date of the
Document

The Document Date indicates the date the

document was generated. It may or may
not be the same as the accounting date.

Order

C_Order_ID

Table Direct

Order

The Order is a control document. The Order

is complete when the quantity ordered is the
same as the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type determines

document sequence and processing rules

58

Chapter 50. Process :RePrice Order/Invoice

Created:2003-10-04 11:39:40.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Recalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice
ClassName: org.compiere.process.OrderRePrice
[IMAGE]
Table 50.1. RePrice_Order/Invoice Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Invoice

C_Invoice_ID

Order

C_Order_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Table Direct

Order

The Order is a control document. The Order

is complete when the quantity ordered is the
same as the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

59

Chapter 51. Process :Recalculate Cube

Created:2009-05-15 00:43:07.0
Updated:2009-12-10 20:24:38.0
Description: Recalculate summary facts based on report cube definitions.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.FactAcctSummary
[IMAGE]
Table 51.1. Recalculate_Cube Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Force

Force

Yes-No

(N)

Force rebuild of
cube even if locked.

null

Report Cube

PA_ReportCube_ID

Table

PA_ReportCube

Define reporting cube

for pre-calculation
of summary
accounting data.

Summary data will be generated for

each period of the selected calendar,
grouped by the selected dimensions..

Full rebuild

Reset

Yes-No

Delete all existing

summary data
and recalculate.

If not selected, only those periods

with recently posted accounting
facts will be recalculated.

60

Chapter 52. Process :Receivables Write-Off

Created:2001-11-14 16:47:28.0
Updated:2005-11-27 13:03:53.0
Description: Write off open receivables
Comment/Help: Write-off receivables causes the invoices selected by the criteria to be marked as paid and the open invoice amount to be written off. Alternatively
you can create payments.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.InvoiceWriteOff
[IMAGE]
Table 52.1. Receivables_Write-Off Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Simulation

IsSimulation

Yes-No

(Y)

Performing
the function is
only simulated

null

Maximum writeoff per Invoice

MaxInvWriteOffAmt

Amount

(0.01)

Maximum invoice
amount to be
written off in
invoice currency

null

Invoice

C_Invoice_ID

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Bank Account

C_BankAccount_ID

Table Direct

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

AP - AR

APAR

List

Create Payment

CreatePayment

Yes-No

(@#Date@)

Receivables
Include Receivables
%26 Payables
and/or Payables
Payables only
transactions
Receivables only (R)
(N)
61

null

null

null

Process :Receivables Write-Off

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

Values(Default)

(@#Date@)

62

Description

Comment/Help

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Chapter 53. Process :Recompile DB Objects

Created:2002-06-23 00:54:14.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Recompile Database Objects
Comment/Help: Recompile Functions, Procedures, Triggers, Views, etc.
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

63

Chapter 54. Process :Recurring Run

Created:2014-07-27 16:00:25.0
Updated:2014-07-27 16:00:25.0
Description: Recurring Run
ClassName: org.idempiere.process.RecurringRun
[IMAGE]
Table 54.1. Recurring_Run Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Recurring Group

C_RecurringGroup_ID

Table Direct

Document Action

DocAction

List

Parameter Comment

Prm_Comment

String

Cut Date

Cut_Date

Date

Values(Default)
Approve Reject
Post Close Reverse
- Correct Reverse Accrual Invalidate
< None> Complete
Void Unlock Prepare
Re-activate Wait
Complete (CO)

(@#Date@)

64

Description

Comment/Help

null

null

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

To replace the tag

@Prm_Comment@
on the description
of the documents
being generated
with the text you
fill on the parameter

null

null

null

Chapter 55. Process :Reopen Order

Created:2004-01-16 23:46:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Open previously closed Order
ClassName: org.compiere.process.OrderOpen
[IMAGE]
Table 55.1. Reopen_Order Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Order

C_Order_ID

Search

Values(Default)

65

Description

Comment/Help

Order

The Order is a control document. The Order

is complete when the quantity ordered is the
same as the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Chapter 56. Process :Reopen Request

Created:2003-01-10 23:14:19.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Reopen closed requests
ClassName: org.compiere.process.RequestReOpen
[IMAGE]
Table 56.1. Reopen_Request Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Request

R_Request_ID

Search

Values(Default)

66

Description

Comment/Help

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

The Request identifies a unique request

from a Business Partner or Prospect.

Chapter 57. Process :Request EMail Processor

Created:2007-02-28 02:57:59.0
Updated:2007-02-28 02:57:59.0
ClassName: org.compiere.process.RequestEMailProcessor
[IMAGE]
Table 57.1. Request_EMail_Processor Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

IMAP Password

p_IMAPPwd

Request Folder

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

String

null

null

p_RequestFolder

String

null

null

Inbox Folder

p_InboxFolder

String

null

null

IMAP Host

p_IMAPHost

String

null

null

IMAP User

p_IMAPUser

String

null

null

Role

AD_Role_ID

Table Direct

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Sales Representative

SalesRep_ID

Table

Request Type

R_RequestType_ID

Table Direct

User Importance

p_DefaultPriority

List

Confidentiality

p_DefaultConfidentiality

List

Error Folder

p_ErrorFolder

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

(-1)

AD_User Sales Representative

Internal(@AD_User_ID@)or Company Agent

The Sales Representative indicates

the Sales Rep for this Region. Any
Sales Rep must be a valid internal user.

Type of request
(e.g. Inquiry,
Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for processing

and categorizing requests. Options are
Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

Priority of the
issue for the User

null

Internal Partner
Confidential
Private Information
Public Information

Type of
Confidentiality

null

String

null

null

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

67

Process :Request EMail Processor

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

User/Contact

AD_User_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

68

Chapter 58. Process :Reset Accounting

Created:2001-12-02 12:08:42.0
Updated:2005-04-24 22:55:18.0
Description: Reset Accounting Entries ** Stop Accounting Server before starting **
Comment/Help: Delete accounting records of documents to be re-created by the next run of the accounting engine. This is a dramatic step and you want to do this
ONLY after changes of the accounting structure (e.g. different default accounts, etc.) and if fixing via manual Journal entries is not sensible.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.FactAcctReset
[IMAGE]
Table 58.1. Reset_Accounting Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Client

AD_Client_ID

Table Direct

Table

AD_Table_ID

Table

Delete existing
Accounting Entries

DeletePosting

Account Date

DateAcct

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Client/Tenant for
this installation.

A Client is a company or a legal

entity. You cannot share data between
Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Yes-No

The selected
accounting entries
will be deleted!
DANGEROUS !!!

null

Date

Optional account
date range

Only documents within this date range

which are also in open periods will be reset.

AD_Table Posting

69

Chapter 59. Process :Reset Allocation

Created:2004-08-15 21:17:36.0
Updated:2005-02-21 22:24:11.0
Description: Reset (delete) allocation of invoices to payments
Comment/Help: Delete Allocations for a business partner or business partner group, accounting date range or individual allocation. In contrast to "Void" in "View
Allocation", the allocation is deleted (no trace), if the period is open.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.AllocationReset
[IMAGE]
Table 59.1. Reset_Allocation Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

All Allocations

AllAllocations

Yes-No

null

null

Allocation

C_AllocationHdr_ID

Search

Payment allocation

null

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

(N)

70

Chapter 60. Process :Reset Locked Account

Created:2012-09-03 18:50:01.0
Updated:2014-04-28 17:35:54.0
Description: Reset Locked Account for User
ClassName: org.adempiere.process.ResetLockedAccount
[IMAGE]
Table 60.1. Reset_Locked_Account Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Client

AD_Client_ID

User/Contact

AD_User_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Client/Tenant for
this installation.

A Client is a company or a legal

entity. You cannot share data between
Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.

Table Direct

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

71

Chapter 61. Process :Resubmit Posting

Created:2001-12-02 11:45:57.0
Updated:2006-06-06 15:49:33.0
Description: Resubmit posting of documents with posting errors or locked documents
Comment/Help: After resubmitting, the accounting engine will try to post the document again. You resubmit documents, if they are locked or when the document
had posting errors - after fixing the cause (e.g. opening period).
ClassName: org.compiere.process.FactAcctReset
[IMAGE]
Table 61.1. Resubmit_Posting Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table

AD_Table_ID

Table

AD_Table Posting

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Client

AD_Client_ID

Table Direct

Client/Tenant for
this installation.

A Client is a company or a legal

entity. You cannot share data between
Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.

72

Chapter 62. Process :Role Access Update

Created:2004-07-21 23:16:12.0
Updated:2008-03-26 13:36:47.0
Description: Update the access rights of a role or roles of a client
Comment/Help: Update the access rights of a role or all roles of a client to windows, forms, processes and workflows. If run for System, all roles of all clients are
updated. Note that a role is only updated if it is not marked as manual.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.RoleAccessUpdate
[IMAGE]
Table 62.1. Role_Access_Update Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Client

AD_Client_ID

Table Direct

Reset Existing
Access

ResetAccess

Yes-No

Role

AD_Role_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

(N)

73

Description

Comment/Help

Client/Tenant for
this installation.

A Client is a company or a legal

entity. You cannot share data between
Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.

Reset Existing
Access

null

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Chapter 63. Process :Rollup BOM Cost

Created:2011-07-27 15:21:53.0
Updated:2011-07-27 15:21:53.0
Description: Rollup BOM cost
Comment/Help: Rollup BOM costs from the lowest level recursively.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.RollUpCosts
[IMAGE]
Table 63.1. Rollup_BOM_Cost Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Cost Element

M_CostElement_ID

Table Direct

(1000001)

Product Cost Element

null

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

74

Chapter 64. Process :Send Mail Text

Created:2003-08-04 19:40:14.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Send EMails to active subscribers of an Interest Area OR a Business Partner Group from a selected User
Comment/Help: Select the Interest Area to which subscribers you send the Mail Text from the User selected. Additionally, you can send mails to the Contacts
of a Business Partner Group. The User to send emails from needs to have valid EMail information. If you don't select a user, the Mail is sent from the Client's
Request Mail User.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.SendMailText
[IMAGE]
Table 64.1. Send_Mail_Text Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Interest Area

R_InterestArea_ID

Table Direct

Interest Area
or Topic

Interest Areas reflect interest in a

topic by a contact. Interest areas can
be used for marketing campaigns.

From User

AD_User_ID

Table

Send EMail
from user

The email is sent from the user

selected - otherwise it is sent from
the request email address of the client

Mail Template

R_MailText_ID

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail text can
include variables. The priority of parsing is
User/Contact, Business Partner and then the
underlying business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User name (if user
is defined defined), then Business Partner
name (if business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business object if it
has a Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,

AD_User Internal(-1)

75

Process :Send Mail Text

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

76

Description

Comment/Help
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

Chapter 65. Process :Sequence Check

Created:2004-03-05 23:40:48.0
Updated:2008-03-26 13:36:27.0
Description: Check System and Document Sequences
Comment/Help: Check that System and Document sequences are correct. Run this process, if you get Duplicate Key error messages.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.SequenceCheck
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

77

Chapter 66. Process :Standard Cost Update

Created:2002-02-21 15:16:44.0
Updated:2005-11-27 18:37:05.0
Description: Set standard and future cost price
Comment/Help: For Standard Costs you can set/recalculate the current or future cost price (for the cost type of the accounting schema). If the Costing Level of
the Accounting Schema is set to Client, missing cost records are created. The historical costs are calculated based on the accumulated amount/quantity of the
costing method.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.CostUpdate
[IMAGE]
Table 66.1. Standard_Cost_Update Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Set Future Costs to

SetFutureCostTo

List

FiFo LiFo Old

Standard Cost
Future Standard Cost
Average PO Last
PO Price Price List
(Limit) Average PO
History Average
Invoice History
Average Invoice
Standard Cost
Last Invoice Price

Set the Future costs

to the selection

null

Only used if
Price List is used
to set future/
standard cost price

null

Pricelist Version M_PriceList_Version_ID

Set Standard Cost to

SetStandardCostTo

Table Direct

List

FiFo LiFo Old

Set new Standard
Standard Cost
Costs to the selection
Future Standard Cost
Average PO Last
PO Price Price List
(Limit) Average PO
78

null

Process :Standard Cost Update

Name

ColumnName

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Reference

Values(Default)
History Average
Invoice History
Average Invoice
Standard Cost
Last Invoice Price

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Table

C_DocType

Inventory Cost
Adjustment
Document Type

null

79

Chapter 67. Process :Storage Cleanup

Created:2005-05-29 00:43:06.0
Updated:2005-05-29 00:43:06.0
Description: Inventory Storage Cleanup
Comment/Help: Create Inventory Movements for unbalanced Inventory Location Storage (i.e. within a warehouse move inventory to locations with negative on
hand quantity).
ClassName: org.compiere.process.StorageCleanup
[IMAGE]
Table 67.1. Storage_Cleanup Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

80

Description

Comment/Help

Document
type or rules

The Document Type determines

document sequence and processing rules

Chapter 68. Process :Synchronize Doc Translation

Created:2005-03-10 21:58:50.0
Updated:2013-03-27 22:15:13.0
Description: Synchronize Document Translation
Comment/Help: This applies to the client defined document translations, e.g. for UoM, Payment Terms, Product Info, etc. If the current client has multi-lingual
documents enabled, then the main record is copied to the client language (defined in Client window). BE CAREFUL as this option can potentially damage data you
modified, it is recommended to take a backup and plan carefully what you're doing if this is the first time running this process. If the current client has not multilingual documents enabled, the translations for documents are synchronized with the main record (i.e. it copies the content of the main record to the translation
records). This process is necessary when swiching to a mono-lingual environment as there the terminoligy is maintained not in the translation records.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.TranslationDocSync
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

81

Chapter 69. Process :Synchronize Terminology

Created:2001-11-18 18:28:44.0
Updated:2008-03-26 13:35:36.0
Description: Synchronize the terminology within the system.
Comment/Help: Based on the entries in Window Element, the fields in windows, parameters, etc. are synchronized, if they are centrally maintained. Also
synchronizes Language Translation.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.SynchronizeTerminology
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

82

Chapter 70. Process :Test Export Model

Created:2008-05-13 19:14:56.0
Updated:2009-12-01 22:43:39.0
Description: Test Export of XML files
ClassName: org.adempiere.process.rpl.exp.ModelExporter
[IMAGE]
Table 70.1. Test_Export_Model Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Export Format

EXP_Format_ID

Table Direct

(@EXP_Format_ID@)

null

null

File Name

FileName

FilePath

Name of the
local file or URL

Name of a file in the local directory

space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..)

83

Chapter 71. Process :Test Import Model

Created:2008-03-05 00:52:23.0
Updated:2009-12-01 22:44:32.0
Description: Test Import of XML files
ClassName: org.adempiere.process.rpl.imp.ModelImporter
[IMAGE]
Table 71.1. Test_Import_Model Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Export Format

EXP_Format_ID

Table Direct

(@EXP_Format_ID@)

null

null

File Name

FileName

FileName

Name of the
local file or URL

Name of a file in the local directory

space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..)

84

Chapter 72. Process :UUID Generator

Created:2011-03-28 22:14:36.0
Updated:2011-03-28 22:14:36.0
ClassName: org.adempiere.process.UUIDGenerator
[IMAGE]
Table 72.1. UUID_Generator Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Fill UUID

IsFillUUID

Yes-No

(Y)

null

null

DB Table Name

TableName

String

Name of the table

in the database

The DB Table Name indicates

the name of the table in database.

85

Chapter 73. Process :UnLink Business Partner Org

Created:2004-04-07 17:10:12.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: UnLink Business Partner from an Organization
Comment/Help: UnLink a Business Partner Linked to an Organization (for explicit inter-org documents)
ClassName: org.compiere.process.BPartnerOrgUnLink
[IMAGE]
Table 73.1. UnLink_Business_Partner_Org Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

86

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Chapter 74. Process :Universal substitution

Created:2011-07-27 15:21:55.0
Updated:2011-07-27 15:21:55.0
Description: Substitute one product for another in all BOMs
ClassName: org.compiere.process.UniversalSubstitution
[IMAGE]
Table 74.1. Universal_substitution Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Substitute

Substitute_ID

Search

Values(Default)

M_Product
(no summary)

87

Description

Comment/Help

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Entity which can

be used in place
of this entity

The Substitute identifies the entity to

be used as a substitute for this entity.

Chapter 75. Process :Validate BOM Flags

Created:2011-07-27 16:24:36.0
Updated:2011-07-27 16:24:36.0
Description: Validate BOM Flags
Comment/Help: The Validate BOM Flags process checks that all Products with bills of materials are correctly flagged.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.BOMFlagValidate
[IMAGE]
Table 75.1. Validate_BOM_Flags Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

88

Chapter 76. Process :Validate Business Partner

Created:2005-01-06 22:42:39.0
Updated:2013-05-27 10:59:41.0
Description: Check data consistency of Business Partner
Comment/Help: Check the payments and invoices of a business partner and checks the balances.
ClassName: org.compiere.process.BPartnerValidate
[IMAGE]
Table 76.1. Validate_Business_Partner Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

(-1)

89

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Chapter 77. Process :Verify BOM Structure

Created:2011-07-27 15:21:51.0
Updated:2011-07-27 15:21:51.0
Description: Verify BOM for correctness
Comment/Help: The Verify BOM process checks for circular BOMs (unsupported).
ClassName: org.compiere.process.BOMVerify
[IMAGE]
Table 77.1. Verify_BOM_Structure Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

(@M_Product_ID@)

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Yes-No

(Y)

Re-Validate entries

null

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Re-Validate

IsReValidate

90

Chapter 78. Process :Verify Document Types

Created:2003-10-11 00:14:52.0
Updated:2006-03-14 17:46:19.0
Description: Verify Document Types and Period Controls
Comment/Help: Makes sure that there is a DocumentType for all Document Base Types Creates missing Period Controls for Document Type (You may have to
open them)
ClassName: org.compiere.process.DocumentTypeVerify
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

91

Chapter 79. Process :Verify Language Configuration

Created:2013-03-26 13:18:51.0
Updated:2013-03-26 13:18:51.0
ClassName: org.idempiere.process.VerifyLanguageConfiguration
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS

92

Chapter 80. Process :Warehouse Organization

Created:2003-12-23 23:10:42.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Set and verify Organization ownership of Warehouse
Comment/Help: The process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of a warehouse and its dependent entities (Location, Storage).
ClassName: org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership
[IMAGE]
Table 80.1. Warehouse_Organization Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

93

Chapter 81. Process :Workflow to Client

Created:2004-09-28 11:18:29.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Move custom workflow elements to the current client
Comment/Help: The security architecture prevents you from adding client specific modifications/customizations to existing standard workflows. This process
moves your customization made on system level to this client to add client specific details.
ClassName: org.compiere.wf.WorkflowMoveToClient
[IMAGE]
Table 81.1. Workflow_to_Client Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Client

AD_Client_ID

Workflow

AD_Workflow_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Client/Tenant for
this installation.

A Client is a company or a legal

entity. You cannot share data between
Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.

Table Direct

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

94

Chapter 82. Report :1099 Extract

Created:2013-02-28 18:06:03.0
Updated:2013-03-18 13:42:36.0
ReportView :RV_T_1099Extract
ClassName: org.adempiere.process.Fill1099Extract
[IMAGE]
Table 82.1. 1099_Extract Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Cut Date

Cut_Date

Date

(@#Date@)

null

null

Table 82.2. RV_T_1099Extract - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

Organization

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

Process Instance

Table Direct

Instance of
the process

Address

Text

Address 1

String

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address 2

String

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 3

String

Address Line 3
for the location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
Client/Tenant for
<>0
this installation.

95

Comment/Help
A Client is a company or
a legal entity. You cannot
share data between Clients.
Tenant is a synonym for Client.
An organization is a unit of your
client or legal entity - examples
are store, department. You can
share data between organizations.

Report :1099 Extract

Column Name

Reference

Address 4

String

Amount Bucket 1

Amount

Amount Bucket 2

Amount

Amount Bucket 3

Amount

Amount Bucket 4

Amount

Amount Bucket 5

Amount

Amount Bucket 6

Amount

Amount Bucket 7

Amount

Amount Bucket 8

Amount

Amount Bucket 9

Amount

Amount Bucket 10

Amount

Amount Bucket 11

Amount

Amount Bucket 12

Amount

Amount Bucket 13

Amount

Amount Bucket 14

Amount

Amount Bucket 15

Amount

Amount Bucket 16

Amount

Business Partner

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address Line 4
for the location

The Address 4 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Table Direct

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

City

String

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

City State Zip

Text

96

Validation Rule

Report :1099 Extract

Column Name

Reference

Country

String

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Table

Cut Date

Date+Time

Cut Year

Integer

Active

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Yes-No

The record
is active in
the system

There are two methods of making

records unavailable in the system:
One is to delete the record, the other
is to de-activate the record. A deactivated record is not available for
selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for deactivating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record
for audit purposes. (2) The record
is referenced by other records. E.g.,
you cannot delete a Business Partner,
if there are invoices for this partner
record existing. You de-activate the
Business Partner and prevent that
this record is used for future entries.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Region

String

Tax ID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

97

Validation Rule

Report :1099 Extract

Column Name

Reference

Search Key

String

Zip

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

98

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search key for

the record in the
format required
- must be unique

A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Chapter 83. Report :Accounting Fact Daily

Created:2004-01-09 15:34:37.0
Updated:2005-08-27 11:58:46.0
Description: Accounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Date
Comment/Help: The report lists the daily summary of accounting transactions
ReportView :RV_Fact_Acct_Day
[IMAGE]
Table 83.1. Accounting_Fact_Daily Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table

Account

Account_ID

Table

Period

C_Period_ID

Accounting Schema

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

AD_Org (Trx)

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Account_ID (Trx)

Account used

The (natural) account used

Table Direct

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Tax

C_Tax_ID

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

(-1)

99

Report :Accounting Fact Daily

Table 83.2. RV_Fact_Acct_Day - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Organization

Table Direct

Asset

Search

Account

Table

Accounted
Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Currency
of Accounting
Schema

Accounted Credit

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Source Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Source
Currency

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
Client/Tenant for
<>0
this installation.

AD_Org (all)

Performing
or initiating
organization

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Account_ID (Trx)

100

Comment/Help
A Client is a company or
a legal entity. You cannot
share data between Clients.
Tenant is a synonym for Client.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
(see same above)

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Account used

The (natural) account used

Report :Accounting Fact Daily

Column Name

Reference

Source Credit

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Source Credit
Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Debit

Amount

Source Debit
Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Location From

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory was
moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Location To

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory
was moved to

The Location To indicates the

location that a product was moved to.

Period

Table Direct

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Project

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

101

Report :Accounting Fact Daily

Column Name

Reference

Sales Region

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Budget

Table Direct

General
Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget identifies

a user defined budget. These can be
used in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

GL Category

Table Direct

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

PostingType

List

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Rate

Number

Rate or Tax
or Exchange

The Rate indicates the percentage

to be multiplied by the source to
arrive at the tax or exchange amount.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment

102

Chapter 84. Report :Accounting Fact Details

Created:2004-01-09 15:32:15.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Accounting Fact Details Report
Comment/Help: Report with detail accounting details.
ReportView :RV_Fact_Acct
[IMAGE]
Table 84.1. Accounting_Fact_Details Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Account Key

AccountValue

String

Key of Account
Element

null

Period

C_Period_ID

Table Direct

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Account

Account_ID

Table

Account used

The (natural) account used

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Tax

C_Tax_ID

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Account_ID (Trx)

(-1)

103

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Table 84.2. RV_Fact_Acct - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Organization

Table Direct

Table

Table Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Asset

Search

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Account Type

List

Indicates the
type of account

Valid account types are A - Asset,

E - Expense, L - Liability, OOwner's Equity, R -Revenue and
M- Memo. The account type is used
to determine what taxes, if any are
applicable, validating payables and
receivables for business partners.
Note: Memo account amounts are
ignored when checking for balancing

Account Key

String

Account

Table

Accounted
Amount

Amount

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (all)

Performing
or initiating
organization

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Asset Revenue
Expense
Owner's Equity
Liability Memo

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
(see same above)

Key of Account
Element
Account_ID (Trx)

Account used
Amount Balance
in Currency
of Accounting
Schema
104

The (natural) account used

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Accounted Credit

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Source Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Source
Currency

Source Credit

Amount

Source Credit
Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Debit

Amount

Source Debit
Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

BP Name

String

Business
Partner Key

String

Key of the
Business Partner

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

c_bp_ad_orgbp_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_bpartner_parent_id

ID

c_bp_c_dunning_id

Table

C_Dunning

c_bp_c_greeting_id

Table

C_Greeting

c_bp_c_invoiceschedule_id

Table

C_InvoiceSchedule

c_bp_c_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Sales

c_bp_c_taxgroup_id

Table

C_TaxGroup
105

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

c_bp_createdby

Table

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

c_bp_logo_id

Image

c_bp_m_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_m_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_po_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_po_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

c_bp_po_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

c_bp_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Business Partner

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Bank Account

Table Direct

Account at
the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

c_elementvalue_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_elementvalue_c_currency_id Table

C_Currencies

AD_User

106

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Account Element

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Account Element

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Element

Table Direct

Accounting
Element

The Account Element uniquely

identifies an Account Type.
These are commonly known
as a Chart of Accounts.

Location From

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory was
moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Location To

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory
was moved to

The Location To indicates the

location that a product was moved to.

Period

Search

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Project Phase

Table Direct

Phase of a Project

Project Task

Table Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Project

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Revenue
Recognition

Table Direct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Sales Region

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Sub Account

Table Direct

Sub account for

Element Value

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

Subscription Type

Table Direct

Type of
subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

107

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Tax Category

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

D-U-N-S

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description URL

String

URL for the

description

Discontinued

Yes-No

Discontinued At

Date+Time

This product is no The Discontinued check box indicates

longer available
a product that has been discontinued.
Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

108

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Document Note

Text

Accounting Fact

ID

Budget

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Additional
information for
a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Table Direct

General
Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget identifies

a user defined budget. These can be
used in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

GL Category

Table Direct

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Group1

String

Group2

String

Guarantee Days

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

Min Guarantee
Days

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Comment/Help

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Image URL

String

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Bank Account

Yes-No

Indicates if this is The Bank Account checkbox indicates

the Bank Account if this is account is the bank account.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the

(Y)

109

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Exclude Auto
Delivery

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Comment/Help
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic
Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for high
demand items. If selected, you need
to create the shipment manually. But,
the item is always included, when the
delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g.
for POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

Foreign Currency
Account

Yes-No

Balances in
foreign currency
accounts are held
in the nominated
currency

Balances in foreign currency accounts

are held in the nominated currency
and translated to functional currency

Print detail
records on invoice

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Print detail records

on pick list

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Purchased

Yes-No

Organization
purchases
this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sold

Yes-No

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

110

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Stocked

Yes-No

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Verified

Yes-No

The BOM
The Verified check box indicates if
configuration
the configuration of this product has
has been verified been verified. This is used for products
that consist of a bill of materials

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

If selected,
the product is
displayed in the
initial or any
empty search

In the display of products in the Web

Store, the product is displayed in the
initial view or if no search criteria
are entered. To be displayed, the
product must be in the price list used.

Line ID

ID

Transaction line
ID (internal)

Internal link

Low Level

Integer

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
and determines if
a net requirement
should be
exploited

Freight Category

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

m_product_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_product_c_uom_id

Table

C_UOM

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

m_product_createdby

Table

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

AD_User

M_Product_M_ASI_IDProduct Attribute
111

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

m_product_m_attributeset_id

Table

M_AttributeSet

m_product_m_locator_id

Table

M_Locator

m_product_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

m_product_updatedby

Table

AD_User

NAICS/SIC

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Standard Industry
Code or its
successor
NAIC - http://
www.osha.gov/
oshstats/
sicser.html

The NAICS/SIC identifies

either of these codes that may be
applicable to this Business Partner.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Organization
Name

String

Name of the
Organization

Org Key

String

Key of the
Organization

PostingType

List

Product Name

String

Name of
the Product

Product Type

Yes-No

Type of product

Product Key

String

Key of the Product

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Mail Template

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

112

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Rate

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
text can include variables. The priority
of parsing is User/Contact, Business
Partner and then the underlying
business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So,
@Name@ would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined), then
Business Partner name (if business
partner is defined) and then the Name
of the business object if it has a
Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

Number

Rate or Tax
or Exchange

The Rate indicates the percentage

to be multiplied by the source to
arrive at the tax or exchange amount.

Record ID

Button

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal unique

identifier of a record. Please note
that zooming to the record may not
be successful for Orders, Invoices
and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes
the Sales Order type is not known.

Reference No

String

Your customer or
vendor number
at the Business
Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

SKU

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Expense Type

Table Direct

Expense
report type

Resource

Table Direct

Resource

Shelf Depth

Integer

Shelf depth
required

113

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

Shelf Height

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Shelf height
required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Width

Integer

Shelf width
required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Tax ID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

UnitsPerPack

Integer

The Units Per

Pack indicates
the no of units
of a product
packed together.

Units Per Pallet

Number

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

114

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

User Column 1

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

User defined
accounting
Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

User Column 2

Integer

User defined
accounting
Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

ad_org_description

String

ad_org_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_acqusitioncost

Number

c_bp_actuallifetimevalue

Number

c_bp_ad_language

String

c_bp_created

Date+Time

c_bp_deliveryrule

Yes-No

c_bp_deliveryviarule

Yes-No

c_bp_description

String

c_bp_dunninggrace

Date+Time

c_bp_firstsale

Date+Time
115

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_flatdiscount

Number

c_bp_freightcostrule

Yes-No

c_bp_invoicerule

Yes-No

c_bp_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_iscustomer

Yes-No

c_bp_isdiscountprinted

Yes-No

c_bp_isemployee

Yes-No

c_bp_ismanufacturer

Yes-No

c_bp_isonetime

Yes-No

c_bp_ispotaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isprospect

Yes-No

c_bp_issalesrep

Yes-No

c_bp_issummary

Yes-No

c_bp_istaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isvendor

Yes-No

c_bp_name2

String

c_bp_numberemployees

Integer

c_bp_paymentrule

Yes-No

c_bp_paymentrulepo

Yes-No

c_bp_poreference

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_bp_potentiallifetimevalue Number
c_bp_rating

Yes-No

c_bp_salesvolume

Integer

c_bp_sendemail

Yes-No

c_bp_shareofcustomer

Integer

c_bp_shelflifeminpct

Integer

c_bp_so_creditlimit

Number

c_bp_so_creditused

Number

c_bp_so_description

String
116

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Accounting Fact Details

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_socreditstatus

Yes-No

c_bp_totalopenbalance

Number

c_bp_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_url

String

c_elementvalue_description

String

c_elementvalue_isactive

Yes-No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_elementvalue_issummary Yes-No
m_product_copyfrom

Yes-No

m_product_created

Date+Time

m_product_description

String

m_product_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_issummary

Yes-No

m_product_processing

Yes-No

m_product_updated

Date+Time

117

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 85. Report :Accounting Fact Period

Created:2004-01-09 15:35:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Accounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Period
Comment/Help: The Period is based on the the Calendar defined on Client level.
ReportView :RV_Fact_Acct_Period
[IMAGE]
Table 85.1. Accounting_Fact_Period Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Account

Account_ID

Table

Account_ID (Trx)

Account used

The (natural) account used

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Period

C_Period_ID

Table Direct

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Tax

C_Tax_ID

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

AD_Org (Trx)

(-1)

Table 85.2. RV_Fact_Acct_Period - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
118

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Accounting Fact Period

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Trx Organization

Table

Organization

Table Direct

Asset

Search

Account

Table

Accounted
Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Currency
of Accounting
Schema

Accounted Credit

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Source Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Source
Currency

Source Credit

Amount

Source Credit
Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Debit

Amount

Source Debit
Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

AD_Org (all)

Description

Comment/Help

Performing
or initiating
organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Account_ID (Trx)

119

(see same above)

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Account used

The (natural) account used

Report :Accounting Fact Period

Column Name

Reference

Accounting
Schema

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Location From

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory was
moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Location To

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory
was moved to

The Location To indicates the

location that a product was moved to.

Period

Table Direct

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Sales Region

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Budget

Table Direct

General
Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget identifies

a user defined budget. These can be

120

Report :Accounting Fact Period

Column Name

Reference

GL Category

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
used in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

Table Direct

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

PostingType

List

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Rate

Number

Rate or Tax
or Exchange

The Rate indicates the percentage

to be multiplied by the source to
arrive at the tax or exchange amount.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment

121

Chapter 86. Report :Aging

Created:2003-12-05 13:51:47.0
Updated:2008-04-08 00:05:33.0
Description: Aging Report
Comment/Help: The aging report allows you to report on Open Items (Invoices). Select the aging buckets, you want to have in your report. If you select a currency,
you get only invoices of that currency, otherwise the amounts are converted to your primary accounting currency. If you do not select a Statement Date, the system
date is used to calculate the buckets. If you do not list the individual invoices, the Due Date is the earliest due date for the business partner and the Due Days are
the average due days of all invoices. If you select an Account Date the report will generate the Aging as of that date. The report will exclude documents after the
selected date. For example: A customer has one invoice for $100 with the Account Date of 03/31/08 and one payment for $100 with the Account Date of 05/01/08.
The report will show the following balances based on the Account Date selected: 03/15/08= 0; 04/15/08=100; 05/15/08 = 0.
ReportView :T_Aging
ClassName: org.compiere.process.Aging
[IMAGE]
Table 86.1. Aging Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Statement date

StatementDate

Business Partner

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Date of the statement

The Statement Date field

defines the date of the statement.

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

List Invoices

IsListInvoices

Yes-No

(N)

Include List
of Invoices

null

Account Date

DateAcct

Yes-No

(N)

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

(Y)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Currency

C_Currency_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to be used when

processing or reporting on this record

122

Report :Aging
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Table 86.2. T_Aging - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process Instance

Table Direct

adpinstance_taging

Instance of
the process

Activity

Table Direct

cactivity_taging

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

cbpgroup_taging

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Business Partner

Search

cbpartner_taging

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Campaign

Table Direct

ccampaign_taging

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Currency

Table Direct

ccurrency_taging

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

123

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Aging
Column Name

Reference

Invoice Payment
Schedule

Table Direct

Invoice

Search

Project

Table Direct

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(0)

Invoice Payment
Schedule

The Invoice Payment

Schedule determines when
partial payments are due.

(0)

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Yes-No

(N)

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Days due

Integer

Due Today

Amount

Due Today-30

Amount

Due Today-7

Amount

Due 1-7

Amount

Due 31-60

Amount

Due > 31

Amount

Due 61-90

Amount

Due > 61

Amount

Due 8-30

Amount

Due > 91

Amount

Amount due

Amount

Amount of the
payment due

Full amount of the payment due

Due Date

Date

Date when the

payment is due

Date when the payment is due

without deductions or discount

cproject_taging

Number of days
due (negative: due
in number of days)

124

Report :Aging
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Invoiced Amount

Amount

Active

Yes-No

List Invoices

Yes-No

Include List
of Invoices

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

Open Amount

Amount

Open item amount

Past Due 1-30

Amount

Past Due 1-7

Amount

Past Due 31-60

Amount

Past Due > 31

Amount

Past Due 61-90

Amount

Past Due > 61

Amount

Past Due 8-30

Amount

Past Due > 91

Amount

Past Due

Amount

Statement date

Date

T_Aging_UU

String

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

The amount
invoiced

The amount invoiced

(see same above)

(see same above)

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Date of the
statement

The Statement Date field

defines the date of the statement.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

125

Chapter 87. Report :Allocation

Created:2001-01-09 22:24:38.0
Updated:2005-01-27 23:25:05.0
Description: Payment - Invoice - Allocation
Comment/Help: The report displays invoice allocations to payments and cash journals. Previous allocations are displayed as reversed.
ReportView :RV_Allocation
[IMAGE]
Table 87.1. Allocation Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Invoice

C_Invoice_ID

Business Partner

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Payment

C_Payment_ID

Search

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Document Status

DocStatus

List

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (CO)

Table 87.2. RV_Allocation - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
126

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Allocation
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table Direct

Amount

Amount

Amount in a
defined currency

The Amount indicates the

amount for this document line.

Approval Amount

Amount

Document
Approval Amount

Approval Amount for Workflow

Allocation

ID

Payment
allocation

c_allocationline_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_allocationline_createdby

Table

AD_User

Allocation Line

ID

c_allocationline_updatedby

Table

Business Partner

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Allocation Line

Allocation of Cash/Payment to Invoice

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Cash Journal Line

Search

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Currency

Search

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Invoice

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Payment

Search

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Created

Date+Time

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

AD_User

(SYSDATE)

127

Report :Allocation
Column Name

Reference

Created By

Table

Account Date

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Discount Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Document Action

List

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

AD_User

128

Report :Allocation
Column Name

Reference

Document No

String

Active

Yes-No

Approved

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Manual

Yes-No

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Over/Under
Payment

Amount

Over-Payment
(unallocated)
or UnderPayment (partial
payment) Amount

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow
you to receive money for more
than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial
payment for the invoice. You do
not write off the unpaid amount.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

129

Report :Allocation
Column Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

Write-off Amount

Amount

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Amount to
write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

c_allocationline_created Date+Time
c_allocationline_datetrx Date+Time
c_allocationline_isactive

Yes-No

c_allocationline_ismanual

Yes-No

c_allocationline_updated Date+Time

130

Chapter 88. Report :Asset Delivery Details

Created:2003-08-28 17:01:25.0
Updated:2012-03-09 15:16:27.0
Description: Report Asset Deliveries Details
Comment/Help: The report lists the details of Asset Deliveries for the records selected.
ReportView :RV_Asset_Delivery
[IMAGE]
Table 88.1. Asset_Delivery_Details Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Asset

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

A_Asset_ID

Search

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by purchasing

or by delivering a product. An asset can
be used internally or be a customer asset.

Movement Date

MovementDate

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the

date that a product moved in or out
of inventory. This is the result of a
shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Asset Group

A_Asset_Group_ID

Table Direct

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines default

accounts. If an asset group is selected
in the product category, assets are
created when delivering the asset.

User/Contact

AD_User_ID

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

(-1)

131

Report :Asset Delivery Details

Table 88.2. RV_Asset_Delivery - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Asset Delivery

Table Direct

Delivery of Asset

The availability of the asset to

the business partner (customer).

Asset Group

Table Direct

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines default

accounts. If an asset group is selected
in the product category, assets are
created when delivering the asset.

Asset

Search

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

In Service Date

Date

Date when
Asset was put
into service

The date when the asset was

put into service - usually used
as start date for depreciation.

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Delivery
Confirmation

String

EMail Delivery
confirmation

132

Comment/Help

Report :Asset Delivery Details

Column Name

Reference

Description

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

EMail Address

String

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Lot No

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Search

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Message ID

String

EMail Message ID

SMTP Message ID
for tracking purposes

Movement Date

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Referrer

String

Referring
web address

Remote Addr

String

Remote Address

Remote Host

String

Remote host Info

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

(Y)

133

The Remote Address indicates an

alternative or external address.
The Serial Number identifies a
tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Report :Asset Delivery Details

Column Name

Reference

URL

URL

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

Version No

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Version Number

134

Chapter 89. Report :Asset Delivery Month

Created:2004-04-13 11:17:45.0
Updated:2012-03-09 15:16:18.0
Description: Report Asset Deliveries Summary per month
Comment/Help: The report lists the Asset and the deliveries per month for the records selected.
ReportView :RV_Asset_SumMonth
[IMAGE]
Table 89.1. Asset_Delivery_Month Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Asset Group

A_Asset_Group_ID

Business Partner

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines default

accounts. If an asset group is selected
in the product category, assets are
created when delivering the asset.

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Movement Date

MovementDate

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the

date that a product moved in or out
of inventory. This is the result of a
shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

User/Contact

AD_User_ID

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

(-1)

Table 89.2. RV_Asset_SumMonth - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
135

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Asset Delivery Month

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table Direct

User/Contact

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Asset Group

Table Direct

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines default

accounts. If an asset group is selected
in the product category, assets are
created when delivering the asset.

Asset

Search

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

In Service Date

Date

Date when
Asset was put
into service

The date when the asset was

put into service - usually used
as start date for depreciation.

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Delivery Count

Integer

Number of
Deliveries

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

136

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Asset Delivery Month

Column Name

Reference

Comment/Help

String

Active

Yes-No

Lot No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(see same above)

(see same above)

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Movement Date

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Search Key

String

(Y)

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

137

Report :Asset Delivery Month

Column Name

Reference

Version No

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Version Number

138

Comment/Help

Chapter 90. Report :Bank Register Report

Created:2013-03-01 12:35:38.0
Updated:2013-03-01 12:35:38.0
ReportView :T_BankRegister
ClassName: org.compiere.report.BankRegister
[IMAGE]
Table 90.1. Bank_Register_Report Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Bank

C_Bank_ID

Business Partner

Account Date

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Bank

The Bank is a unique identifier of a Bank for

this Organization or for a Business Partner
with whom this Organization transacts.

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

DateAcct

Date

(SELECT StartDate
Accounting Date
FROM C_Period
WHERE C_Year_ID
IN (SELECT
p.C_Year_ID FROM
AD_ClientInfo
c INNER JOIN
C_Year y ON
(c.C_Calendar_ID=y.C_Calendar_ID)
INNER JOIN
C_Period p ON
(y.C_Year_ID=p.C_Year_ID)
WHERE
c.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
AND getdate()
BETWEEN StartDate
AND EndDate)
AND IsActive='Y'
AND PeriodType='S'
AND periodNo = 1)

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

139

Report :Bank Register Report

Table 90.2. T_BankRegister - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process Instance

Table Direct

Account

String

Accounted Credit

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Business Partner

String

Balance

Number

Bank Name

String

Business Partner

Table Direct

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Bank

Table Direct

Bank

The Bank is a unique identifier

of a Bank for this Organization
or for a Business Partner with
whom this Organization transacts.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Document No

String

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is

Instance of
the process

140

Report :Bank Register Report

Column Name

Reference

T_BankRegister_UU

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

141

Description

Comment/Help
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Chapter 91. Report :Business Partner Detail

Created:2005-08-27 09:39:55.0
Updated:2006-01-04 14:42:35.0
Description: Business Partner Detail Report
Comment/Help: The report list details of Business Partner, Addresses and Contacts for any active Business Partner with an Address and Contact
ReportView :RV_BPartner
[IMAGE]
Table 91.1. Business_Partner_Detail Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Sales Representative

SalesRep_ID

Table

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

EMail Address

EMail

Contact Name

Values(Default)

Description

AD_User - SalesRep Sales Representative

or Company Agent
(-1)

Comment/Help
The Sales Representative indicates
the Sales Rep for this Region. Any
Sales Rep must be a valid internal user.

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

String

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID

for this User and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email
Address is used to access the self service
application functionality from the web.

ContactName

String

Business Partner
Contact Name

null

Name

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Credit Status

SOCreditStatus

List

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if Credit

Status is No Credit Check, Credit Stop or
if the Credit Limit is 0. If active, the status
is set automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including Vendor
activities) is higher then the Credit Limit.

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

142

Report :Business Partner Detail

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help
It is set to Credit Watch, if above 90% of
the Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Table 91.2. RV_BPartner - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Language

Table

AD_Language

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies the language

to use for display and formatting

Linked
Organization

Table

AD_Org (all)

The Business
Partner is another
Organization for
explicit InterOrg transactions

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So when
performing transactions, the counterdocument is created automatically.
Example: You have BPartnerA linked
to OrgA and BPartnerB linked to
OrgB. If you create a sales order
for BPartnerB in OrgA a purchase
order is created for BPartnerA in
OrgB. This allows to have explicit
documents for Inter-Org transactions.

Trx Organization

Table

AD_Org (all)

Performing
or initiating
organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Organization

Table Direct

AD_User_AD_Org_ID

Table

AD_Org (all)

AD_User_C_BPartner_ID

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

AD_User_C_BPartner_Location_IDTable
ad_user_createdby

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

C_BPartner
Location
AD_User
143

Comment/Help
(see same above)

(see same above)

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

User/Contact

Search

ad_user_updatedby

Table

Acquisition Cost

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Amount

The cost of
gaining the
prospect as
a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Actual Life
Time Value

Amount

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Address 1

String

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address 2

String

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 3

String

Address Line 3
for the location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 4

String

Address Line 4
for the location

The Address 4 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

BP Contact
Greeting

Table

C_Greeting

Greeting for
Business
Partner Contact

Partner Parent

Search

C_BPartner Parent

Business
Partner Parent

AD_User

144

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Birthday

Date

c_bp_c_taxgroup_id

Table

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

c_bp_location_ad_org_id

Table

c_bpartner_location_c_bpartner_idTable

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Birthday or
Anniversary day

Birthday or Anniversary day

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

C_TaxGroup

AD_Org (all)
C_BPartner (Trx)

c_bp_location_c_location_id Location
(Address)
c_bp_location_createdby

Table

c_bp_location_salesregion_id Table

AD_User
C_Sales Region
(No summary)

c_bp_location_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_bp_logo_id

Image

Business Partner

ID

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

City

Table Direct

City

City in a country

c_country_c_currency_id

Table

Country

Table Direct

Country

The Country defines a Country. Each

Country must be defined before
it can be used in any document.

Dunning

Table Direct

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Greeting

Table Direct

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

C_Currencies

145

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Invoice Schedule

Table Direct

c_location_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_location_createdby

Table

AD_User

Address

Location
(Address)

c_location_updatedby

Table

Payment Term

Table Direct

c_region_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_region_c_country_id

Table

C_Country

Region

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Schedule for
generating
Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Location
or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

The terms
of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Table Direct

Identifies a
geographical
Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

City

String

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Comments

Text

Comments
or additional
information

The Comments field allows for free

form entry of additional information.

Contact
Description

String

Description
of Contact

Contact Name

String

Business Partner
Contact Name

ISO Country Code

List

AD_User

Upper-case
For details - http://www.din.de/
two-letter
gremien/nas/nabd/iso3166ma/
alphanumeric
codlstp1.html or - http://
ISO Country code www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec03en.htm
according to ISO
3166-1 - http://
www.chemie.fuberlin.de/

146

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
diverse/doc/
ISO_3166.html

Comment/Help

Country

String

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

D-U-N-S

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Delivery Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability
Complete Line
Complete Order
Manual Force

Defines the timing

of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates when

an order should be delivered.
For example should the order be
delivered when the entire order is
complete, when a line is complete
or as the products become available.

Delivery Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document Copies

Integer

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

EMail Address

String

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

EMail User ID

String

User Name (ID) in

the Mail System

The user name in the mail system

is usually the string before
the @ of your email address.

Country Name

147

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Verification Info

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

String

Verification
information of
EMail Address

The field contains additional

information how the EMail
Address has been verified

EMail Verify

Date+Time

Date Email
was verified

Fax

String

First Sale

Date+Time

Date of First Sale

Flat Discount %

Number

Flat discount
percentage

Freight Cost Rule

List

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Invoice Rule

List

After Delivery
Customer
Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

Frequency
and method
of invoicing

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Invoice
Print Format

Table

AD_PrintFormat

Print Format for

printing Invoices

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Customer

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Default value

The Default Checkbox indicates if this

record will be used as a default value.

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Facsimile number The Fax identifies a facsimile number

for this Business Partner or Location
The First Sale Date identifies the date
of the first sale to this Business Partner

Indicates if this
The Customer checkbox indicates if
Business Partner this Business Partner is a customer. If
is a Customer
it is select additional fields will display
which further define this customer.

148

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Employee

Yes-No

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Prospect

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Yes-No

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Sales
Representative

Yes-No

Indicates if
the business
partner is a sales
representative or
company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

Summary Level

Yes-No

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents a

branch in a tree rather than an endnode. Summary entities are used for
reporting and do not have own values.

SO Tax exempt

Yes-No

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt from

tax on sales, the exempt tax rate is
used. For this, you need to set up a
tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate
that this is your tax exempt rate. This
is required for tax reporting, so that
you can track tax exempt transactions.

Vendor

Yes-No

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates if this

Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is
selected, additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

LDAP User Name

Yes-No

User Name used Optional LDAP system user name for

for authorization
the user. If not defined, the normal
via LDAP
Name of the user is used. This allows
(directory)
to use the internal (LDAP) user id (e.g.
services
jjanke) and the normal display name
(e.g. Jorg Janke). The LDAP User
Name can also be used without LDAP
enables (see system window). This
149

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Last Contact

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
would allow to sign in as jjanke and
use the display name of Jorg Janke.

Date+Time

Date this
individual was
last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Last Result

String

Result of
last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Discount Schema

Table Direct

Schema to
calculate the
trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Price List

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

NAICS/SIC

String

Standard Industry
Code or its
successor
NAIC - http://
www.osha.gov/
oshstats/
sicser.html

The NAICS/SIC identifies

either of these codes that may be
applicable to this Business Partner.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Name 2

String

Additional Name

Notification Type

List

Employees

Order Reference

EMail
+Notice EMail
None Notice

Type of
Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

Integer

Number of
employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on

150

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

PO Discount
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema

Schema to
calculate
the purchase
trade discount
percentage

PO Payment Term

Table

C_PaymentTerm

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Purchase Pricelist

Table

M_PriceList

Price List
used by this
Business Partner

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

Payment Rule

List

Direct Deposit
Credit Card
Check Cash On
Credit Direct
Debit Mixed
POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Payment Rule

List

Direct Deposit
Credit Card
Check Cash On
Credit Direct
Debit Mixed
POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
Purchase
< > 'M'
payment option

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies
an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

ZIP

String

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the

postal code for this entity's address.

151

Description
Order) of your
Business Partner

Comment/Help
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Additional Zip

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Additional ZIP
or Postal code

The Additional ZIP or Postal

Code identifies, if appropriate, any
additional Postal Code information.

Potential Life
Time Value

Amount

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Rating

String

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

Reference No

String

Your customer or
vendor number
at the Business
Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Region

String

Name of
the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Credit Status

List

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit is 0.
If active, the status is set automatically
set to Credit Hold, if the Total Open
Balance (including Vendor activities)
is higher then the Credit Limit. It is set
to Credit Watch, if above 90% of the
Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Credit Available

Amount

Available Credit
based on Credit
Limit (not Total
Open Balance)
and Credit Used

Credit Limit

Amount

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

152

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Credit Used

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Current
open balance

The Credit Used indicates the total

amount of open or unpaid invoices in
primary accounting currency for the
Business Partner. Credit Management
is based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Order Description

String

Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Sales
Representative

Table

Sales Volume
in 1.000

Amount

Total Volume
of Sales in
Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates the total

volume of sales for a Business Partner.

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Share

Integer

Share of
Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

Min Shelf Life %

Integer

Minimum
Shelf Life in
percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products with

Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you
cannot select products with a shelf life
((Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee
Days) less than the minimum shelf
life, unless you select "Show All"

Supervisor

Table

Tax ID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Title

String

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

AD_User
- SalesRep

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

AD_User

Supervisor for this The Supervisor indicates who will be

user/organization - used for forwarding and escalating
used for escalation issues for this user - or for approvals.
and approval

153

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

Open Balance

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Total Open
Balance Amount
in primary
Accounting
Currency

The Total Open Balance Amount

is the calculated open item amount
for Customer and Vendor activity. If
the Balance is below zero, we owe
the Business Partner. The amount
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).

URL

URL

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Search Key

String

ad_user_created

Date+Time

ad_user_isactive

Yes-No

ad_user_updated

Date+Time

ad_user_value

String

c_bp_dunninggrace

Date+Time

c_bp_ismanufacturer

Yes-No

c_bp_ispotaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_location_created

Date+Time

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

154

Report :Business Partner Detail

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_location_fax

String

c_bp_location_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_location_isbillto

Yes-No

c_bp_location_isdn

String

c_bp_location_ispayfrom

Yes-No

c_bp_location_isremitto

Yes-No

c_bp_location_isshipto

Yes-No

c_bp_location_name

String

c_bp_location_phone

String

c_bp_location_phone2

String

c_bp_location_updated

Date+Time

c_country_ad_language

String

c_country_description

String

c_country_isactive

Yes-No

c_location_created

Date+Time

c_location_isactive

Yes-No

c_location_updated

Date+Time

c_region_description

String

c_region_isactive

Yes-No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

155

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 92. Report :Business Partner Open

Created:2005-02-11 23:42:09.0
Updated:2005-02-11 23:50:11.0
Description: Business Partner Open Amount
Comment/Help: The report lists open invoices and payments
ReportView :RV_BPartnerOpen
[IMAGE]
Table 92.1. Business_Partner_Open Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Table 92.2. RV_BPartnerOpen - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Organization

Table Direct

Amount

Amount

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (Trx)

Performing
or initiating
organization

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
Amount
156

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
(see same above)

Amount

Report :Business Partner Open

Column Name

Reference

Activity

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Charge

Table Direct

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Invoice

Table Direct

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Order

Table Direct

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Payment

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

157

Report :Business Partner Open

Column Name

Reference

Charge amount

Amount

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Table

Account Date

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Date+Time

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Document Date

Date

Date of the
Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Days due

Integer

Number of days
due (negative: due
in number of days)

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document Status

List

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document No

String

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
158

Report :Business Partner Open

Column Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Approved

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Open Amount

Amount

Open item amount

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Reversal ID

Table

C_Payment

ID of document
reversal

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

(Y)

159

Chapter 93. Report :Cash Flow Report

Created:2010-12-08 21:24:40.0
Updated:2010-12-08 21:24:40.0
ReportView :T_CashFlow
ClassName: org.globalqss.process.CashFlow
[IMAGE]
Table 93.1. Cash_Flow_Report Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date To

DateTo

Date

(@SQL=SELECT
SYSDATE+90
FROM DUAL)

End date of
a date range

The Date To indicates the end

date of a range (inclusive)

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Account Element

C_ElementValue_ID

Search

Account Element

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Table 93.2. T_CashFlow - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process Instance

Table Direct

Instance of
the process

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

160

Description

Comment/Help

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Report :Cash Flow Report

Column Name

Reference

Activity

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Cash Plan Line

Search

Charge

Search

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

Account Element

Search

Account Element

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Invoice

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Cash Flow Source

List

1_Initial Balance
3_Commitments
(Orders)
4_Actual Debt
(Invoices) 2_Plan

Cash Flow Type

List

Financing
Operational
Investment

161

Report :Cash Flow Report

Column Name

Reference

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Table

Date To

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Date

End date of
a date range

The Date To indicates the end

date of a range (inclusive)

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Line Total

Amount

Total line
amount incl. Tax

Total line amount

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Probability

Number

T_CashFlow_ID

ID

T_CashFlow_UU

String

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

(Y)

162

Chapter 94. Report :Commission Run Detail

Created:2005-02-25 16:17:37.0
Updated:2005-02-25 16:45:31.0
Description: Commission Run Detail Report
Comment/Help: Commission Run, Amount Details with Order/Invoice details
ReportView :RV_CommissionRunDetail
[IMAGE]
Table 94.1. Commission_Run_Detail Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Commission

Commission Run

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

C_Commission_ID

Table Direct

Commission

The Commission Rules or

internal or external company
agents, sales reps or vendors.

C_CommissionRun_ID

Search

Commission
Run or Process

The Commission Run is a unique system

defined identifier of a specific run of
commission. When a Commission is
processed on the Commission Screen,
the Commission Run will display.

Business Partner
receiving the
Commission

null

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Commissioned Commission_BPartner_ID
B.Partner
Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Values(Default)

C_BPartner Vendor
or SalesRep

Search

Table 94.2. RV_CommissionRunDetail - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
163

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

User/Contact

Table Direct

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Processed

Yes-No

Actual Amount

Amount

The actual amount

Actual amount indicates the agreed

upon amount for a document.

Actual Quantity

Quantity

The actual
quantity

The Actual Quantity indicates the

quantity as referenced on a document.

AmountRefunded

Number

AmountTendered

Number

Invoice Partner

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
to be invoiced

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

Invoice Location

Table

C_BPartner
Location

Business Partner
Location for
invoicing

Invoice Contact

Table

AD_User

Business Partner
Contact for
invoicing

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Cash Journal Line

Search

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

164

Description

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Cash Plan Line

Search

Charge

Table Direct

c_commissionamt_ad_org_id
Commission
Amount

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Comment/Help

AD_Org (all)

Table Direct

AD_Org (all)

c_commissiondetail_createdby Table

AD_User

Table Direct

c_commissiondetail_updatedby Table

Description

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

c_commissiondetail_ad_org_id Table
Commission
Detail

Validation Rule

Generated
Commission
Amount

The Commission Amount

indicates the resulting amount
from a Commission Run.

Supporting
information for
Commission
Amounts

The Commission Detail provides

supporting information on a
Commission Run. Each document
line that was part of the Commission
Run will be reflected here.

AD_User

Commission Line

Table Direct

Commission Line

The Commission Line is a unique

instance of a Commission Run. If
the commission run was done in
summary mode then there will be a
single line representing the selected
documents totals. If the commission
run was done in detail mode then each
document that was included in the run
will have its own commission line.

Commission Run

Table Direct

Commission
Run or Process

The Commission Run is a unique

system defined identifier of a
specific run of commission. When
a Commission is processed on
the Commission Screen, the
Commission Run will display.

c_commission_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_commission_c_currency_id Table

C_Currencies

c_commission_createdby

Table

AD_User

165

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Commission

Table Direct

c_commission_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_commmissionamt_createdby Table

AD_User

c_commssionamt_updatedby

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Commission

The Commission Rules or

internal or external company
agents, sales reps or vendors.

AD_User

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Target
Document Type

Table

Target document
type for
conversing
documents

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Dunning Level

Table Direct

c_inviceline_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_invoiceline_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

c_invoiceline_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

c_invoiceline_c_campaign_id Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

C_DocType

c_invoiceline_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

c_invoiceline_c_orderline_id

Table

C_OrderLine

C_InvoiceLine_C_ProjPhase_ID Table

C_ProjectPhase

c_invoiceline_c_projecttask_id Table

C_ProjectTask
166

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

c_invoiceline_c_project_id

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

c_invoiceline_c_tax_id

Table

C_Tax

c_invoiceline_c_uom_id

Table

C_UOM

c_invoiceline_createdby

Table

AD_User

Invoice Line

Table Direct

Validation Rule

C_InvoiceLine_M_ASI_ID
Product Attribute
c_invoiceline_m_rmaline_id

Table

M_RMALine

C_InvoiceLine_Ref_InvLine_ID Integer
C_InvoiceLine_S_RAssignment_ID
Assignment
c_invoiceline_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_invoiceline_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

c_invoiceline_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

c_invoice_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

C_Invoice_AD_Org_ID

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_invoice_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

c_invoice_c_campaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

c_invoice_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

c_invoice_c_conversiontype_id Table
c_invoice_c_currency_id

Table

c_invoice_c_doctypetarget_id Table

C_ConversionType
C_Currencies
C_DocType

c_invoice_c_invoice_id

Table

C_Invoice

c_invoice_c_order_id

Table

C_Order

c_invoice_c_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm

c_invoice_c_payment_id

Table

C_Payment

167

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice
Detail Line

The Invoice Line uniquely

identifies a single line of an Invoice.

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

c_invoice_c_project_id

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

c_invoice_createdby

Table

AD_User

Invoice

Table Direct

c_invoice_m_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_invoice_m_rma_id

Table

M_RMA

c_invoice_salesrep_id

Search

AD_User
- SalesRep

c_invoice_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_invoice_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

c_invoice_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

c_orderline_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

c_orderline_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_orderline_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

C_OrderLine_C_BP_Location_IDTable

Values (Default) Constraint Value

C_BPartner
Location

c_orderline_c_bpartner_id

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

c_orderline_c_campaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

c_orderline_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

c_orderline_c_currency_id

Table

C_Currencies

c_orderline_c_order_id

Table

C_Order

c_orderline_c_projectphase_id Table

Validation Rule

C_ProjectPhase

c_orderline_c_projecttask_id

Table

C_ProjectTask

c_orderline_c_project_id

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

c_orderline_c_tax_id

Table

C_Tax

c_orderline_c_uom_id

Table

C_UOM
168

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

c_orderline_createdby

Table

Sales Order Line

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

AD_User

C_OrderLine_M_ASI_ID
Product Attribute
c_orderline_m_shipper_id

Table

C_OrderLine

c_orderline_m_warehouse_id

Table

M_Warehouse
of Client

c_orderline_ref_orderline_id

Table

C_OrderLine

C_OrderLine_S_RAssignment_ID
Assignment
c_orderline_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_orderline_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

c_orderline_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

c_order_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

c_order_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_order_ad_user_id

Table

AD_User

c_order_c_campaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

c_order_c_currency_id

Table

C_Currencies

c_order_c_order_id

Table

C_Order

c_order_c_payment_id

Table

C_Payment

c_order_c_project_id

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

c_order_createdby

Table

AD_User

c_order_m_shipper_id

Table

M_Shipper

c_order_m_warehouse_id

Table

M_Warehouse
of Client

c_order_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm

c_order_ref_order_id

Table

C_Order

169

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

c_order_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

c_order_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

POS Terminal

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Point of Sales
Terminal

The POS Terminal defines

the defaults and functions
available for the POS Form

Commission
Amount

Amount

Commission
Amount

The Commission Amount is the

total calculated commission. It
is based on the parameters as
defined for this Commission Run.

Commission
Converted
Amount

Amount

Commission
calculation
basis Converted
Amount

Commission Qty

Quantity

Commission
calculation
basis Quantity

Commissioned
B.Partner

Table

Converted
Amount

Amount

Converted
Amount

The Converted Amount is the

result of multiplying the Source
Amount by the Conversion
Rate for this target currency.

Create lines from

Yes-No

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

C_BPartner
Vendor or
SalesRep

Business Partner
receiving the
Commission

170

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date Delivered

Date+Time

Date when
the product
was delivered

Document Date

Date

Date of the
Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Date Invoiced

Date+Time

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date last run

Date+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Date Ordered

Date+Time

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date Promised

Date+Time

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates the date,

if any, that an Order was promised for.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Discount %

Number

Discount
in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Calculation Basis

Yes-No

Basis for the

calculation the
commission

The Calculation Basis indicates

the basis to be used for the
commission calculation.

Document No

String

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
171

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

DropShip_BPartner_ID

Table

Drop Shipment
Location

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
to ship to

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Table

C_BPartner
Location

Business Partner
Location for
shipping to

Drop Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

Business Partner
Contact for
drop shipment

Freight Amount

Amount

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Frequency Type

Yes-No

Frequency
of event

The frequency type is used for

calculating the date of the next event.

Generate To

Yes-No

Generate To

Grand Total

Amount

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Info

String

Information

The Information displays data

from the source document line.

Collection Status

Yes-No

Invoice
Document No

String

Document
Number of
the Invoice

Invoice Rule

Yes-No

Frequency
and method
of invoicing

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Invoice
Status of the invoice collection process
Collection Status

(Y)
172

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Approved

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Credit Approved

Yes-No

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates if the credit

approval was successful for Orders

Delivered

Yes-No

Description Only

Yes-No

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Pay Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Linked Order Line

Table

C_OrderLine

This field links

a sales order line
to the purchase

173

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Linked Order

Table

List Details

Yes-No

Freight Category

Table

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Table Direct

Price List

Table

Product

Search

Promotion

Table Direct

Order Type

Text

Type of Order:
MRP records
grouped by source
(Sales Order,
Purchase Order,
Distribution
Order,
Requisition)

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

C_Order

Description
order line that is
generated from it.

Comment/Help

This field links

a sales order to
the purchase
order that is
generated from it.

M_FreightCategory

M_PriceList

174

List document
details

The List Details checkbox

indicates that the details for each
document line will be displayed.

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Payment BPartner

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

Payment Location

Table

C_BPartner
Location

Location of the
Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

Payment Rule

Yes-No

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Cost Price

Number

Price per Unit of

Measure including
all indirect costs
(Freight, etc.)

Optional Purchase
Order Line cost price.

Priority

Yes-No

Priority of
a document

The Priority indicates the importance

(high, medium, low) of this document

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Promotion Code

String

User entered
promotion code
at sales time

If present, user entered the promotion

code at sales time to get this promotion

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

Delivered
Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
Entered is
based on the
selected UoM

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

Lost Sales Qty

Quantity

Quantity of
potential sales

When an order is closed and there

is a difference between the ordered
quantity and the delivered (invoiced)
quantity is the Lost Sales Quantity.
Note that the Lost Sales Quantity
is 0 if you void an order, so close
the order if you want to track lost

175

Description

Comment/Help
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

Ordered Quantity

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
opportunities. [Void = data entry
error - Close = the order is finished]

Quantity

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that was ordered.

Reserved Quantity

Quantity

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Referenced
Invoice

Integer

Reference

String

Reference for
this record

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Reversal ID

Table

Start Date

Date

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

C_Invoice

ID of document
reversal
First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

c_commisionrun_processing Yes-No
c_commission_created

Date+Time

c_commission_description

String

c_commission_isactive

Yes-No

c_commission_name

String

c_commission_updated

Date+Time

c_commissiondetail_created Date+Time
c_commissiondetail_updatedDate+Time
c_commmissionamt_createdDate+Time
c_commmissionamt_isactive Amount
c_commmissionamt_updatedDate+Time
c_commossiondetail_isactive Yes-No

176

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

c_invoice_chargeamt

Amount

c_invoice_created

Date+Time

c_invoice_dateacct

Date+Time

c_invoice_dateordered

Date+Time

c_invoice_dateprinted

Date+Time

c_invoice_description

String

c_invoice_docaction

List

c_invoice_docstatus

List

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_invoice_dunninggrace Date+Time
c_invoice_grandtotal

Number

c_invoice_isactive

Yes-No

c_invoice_isapproved

Yes-No

c_invoice_isdiscountprinted Yes-No
c_invoice_isindispute

Yes-No

c_invoice_ispayschedulevalid Yes-No
c_invoice_isprinted

Yes-No

c_invoice_isselfservice

Yes-No

c_invoice_issotrx

Yes-No

c_invoice_istaxincluded

Yes-No

c_invoice_istransferred

Yes-No

c_invoice_paymentrule

Yes-No

c_invoice_poreference

String

c_invoice_posted

Yes-No

c_invoice_processedon

Number

c_invoice_processing

Yes-No

c_invoice_sendemail

Yes-No

c_invoice_totallines

Number

c_invoice_updated

Date+Time

c_invoiceline_created

Date+Time
177

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

c_invoiceline_description

String

c_invoiceline_isactive

Yes-No

c_invoiceline_isdescription

Yes-No

c_invoiceline_line

Integer

c_invoiceline_linenetamt

Amount

c_invoiceline_linetotalamt

Amount

c_invoiceline_priceactual

Number

c_invoiceline_priceentered

Number

c_invoiceline_pricelimit

Number

c_invoiceline_pricelist

Number

c_invoiceline_processed

Yes-No

c_invoiceline_qtyentered

Quantity

c_invoiceline_qtyinvoiced

Quantity

c_invoiceline_rramt

Amount

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_invoiceline_rrstartdate Date+Time
c_invoiceline_taxamt

Amount

c_invoiceline_updated

Date+Time

c_order_chargeamt

Amount

c_order_copyfrom

Yes-No

c_order_created

Date+Time

c_order_dateacct

Date+Time

c_order_dateprinted

Date+Time

c_order_datepromised

Date+Time

c_order_deliveryrule

Yes-No

c_order_deliveryviarule

Yes-No

c_order_description

String

c_order_docaction

List

c_order_docstatus

List

c_order_documentno

String
178

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Commission Run Detail

Column Name

Reference

c_order_freightamt

Amount

c_order_freightcostrule

Yes-No

c_order_grandtotal

Number

c_order_isactive

Yes-No

c_order_isprinted

Yes-No

c_order_isselected

Yes-No

c_order_isselfservice

Yes-No

c_order_issotrx

Yes-No

c_order_istaxincluded

Yes-No

c_order_posted

Yes-No

c_order_processed

Yes-No

c_order_processedon

Number

c_order_sendemail

Yes-No

c_order_totallines

Number

c_orderline_created

Date+Time

c_orderline_description

String

c_orderline_isactive

Yes-No

c_orderline_line

Integer

c_orderline_linenetamt

Amount

c_orderline_priceactual

Number

c_orderline_priceentered

Number

c_orderline_pricelist

Number

c_orderline_processed

Yes-No

c_orderline_qtyinvoiced

Quantity

c_orderline_rramt

Amount

c_orderline_rrstartsate

Date+Time

c_orderline_updated

Date+Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

179

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 95. Report :Customer Assets

Created:2003-08-28 16:59:34.0
Updated:2012-03-09 15:16:36.0
Description: Report Customer Assets with Delivery Count
Comment/Help: The report lists the assets of business partners with the total asset delivery count.
ReportView :RV_Asset_Customer
[IMAGE]
Table 95.1. Customer_Assets Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Asset Group

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

A_Asset_Group_ID

Table Direct

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines default

accounts. If an asset group is selected
in the product category, assets are
created when delivering the asset.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Guarantee Date

GuaranteeDate

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

In Service Date

AssetServiceDate

Date

Date when Asset

was put into service

The date when the asset was put into service

- usually used as start date for depreciation.

User/Contact

AD_User_ID

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

(-1)

Table 95.2. RV_Asset_Customer - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
180

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Customer Assets

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table Direct

User/Contact

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Asset Group

Table Direct

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines default

accounts. If an asset group is selected
in the product category, assets are
created when delivering the asset.

Asset

Search

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

In Service Date

Date

Date when
Asset was put
into service

The date when the asset was

put into service - usually used
as start date for depreciation.

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Search

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Delivery Count

Integer

Number of
Deliveries

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

181

Comment/Help
(see same above)

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Report :Customer Assets

Column Name

Reference

Guarantee Date

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Comment/Help

String

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Lot No

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Search Key

String

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Version No

String

Version Number

(Y)

182

Chapter 96. Report :Customer Balances

Created:2015-01-24 14:16:05.28
Updated:2015-01-24 14:16:05.28
ReportView :null
[IMAGE]
Table 96.1. Customer_Balances Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

End Date

EndDate

Start Date
Client

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

StartDate

Date

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

AD_Client_ID

Table Direct

Client/Tenant for
this installation.

A Client is a company or a legal

entity. You cannot share data between
Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

183

Chapter 97. Report :Customer Statement

Created:2015-01-24 14:16:04.401
Updated:2015-01-24 14:16:04.401
ReportView :null
[IMAGE]
Table 97.1. Customer_Statement Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Date From

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

DateAcctFrom

Date

null

null

Date To

DateAcctTo

Date

null

null

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

184

Chapter 98. Report :Daily Invoice

Created:2000-06-01 16:53:19.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Report per Day
Comment/Help: Invoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_Day
[IMAGE]
Table 98.1. Daily_Invoice Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

Sales Representative

SalesRep_ID

Table

Values(Default)

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

AD_User - SalesRep Sales Representative

or Company Agent

The Sales Representative indicates

the Sales Rep for this Region. Any
Sales Rep must be a valid internal user.

Table 98.2. RV_C_Invoice_Day - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

185

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Daily Invoice

Column Name

Reference

Line Discount %

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Sales
Representative

Table

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

AD_User
- SalesRep

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

186

Chapter 99. Report :Depreciation Expense Entry

Created:2008-05-30 16:49:20.0
Updated:2008-05-30 16:49:20.0
Description: Used to review Depreciation Expense Entry not yet booked
ReportView :RV_Asset_Depreciation_Entry
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS
Table 99.1. RV_Asset_Depreciation_Entry - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table

AD_Client

(see same above)

(see same above)

Organization

Table

AD_Org (all)

(see same above)

(see same above)

A_Account_Number_Acct

Account

Accumulated
Depreciation

Amount

Accumulated
Depreciation
(delta)

Amount

Accumulated
Depreciation
(fiscal)

Amount

Accumulated
Depreciation
- fiscal (delta)

Amount

Asset Addition

Table Direct

Asset Cost

Amount

Delta Asset Cost

Amount

Asset Disposed

Table Direct

aassetdisposed_adepreciationex

Asset

Search

aasset_adepreciationexp

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a

aaccountnumber_adepreciationex

(0)

(0)

aassetaddition_adepreciationex
(0)

187

Report :Depreciation Expense Entry

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Remaining Amt

Amount

Remaining
Amt (fiscal)

Amount

Depreciation Entry

Search

A_Depreciation_Exp_ID

ID

A_Depreciation_Exp_UU

String

Entry Type

List

Depreciation
Forecasts New
Splits Transfers
Disposals

Asset Period

Integer

C_Period (all)

Account (credit)

Account

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Table

Account (debit)

Account

Account Date

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Account used

The (natural) account used

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account used

The (natural) account used

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Expense

Amount

(0)

Expense (fiscal)

Amount

(0)

Comment/Help

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

adepreciationentry_adepreciati

C_ValidCombination
craccou_adepreciationexp

C_ValidCombination
draccou_adepreciationexp

188

Report :Depreciation Expense Entry

Column Name

Reference

Depreciate

Yes-No

PostingType

List

Processed

Yes-No

Process Now

Button

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

Usable Life
- Months

Integer

Use Life Months (fiscal)

Integer

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The asset will

be depreciated

The asset is used internally

and will be depreciated

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment ('A')

Months of
the usable life
of the asset

189

Chapter 100. Report :Indented Bill of Material

Created:2011-07-27 16:24:11.0
Updated:2011-07-27 16:24:11.0
Description: Indented BOM report
ReportView :T_BOM_Indented
ClassName: org.compiere.process.IndentedBOM
[IMAGE]
Table 100.1. Indented_Bill_of_Material Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Accounting Schema

Cost Element

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

M_CostElement_ID

Table Direct

Product Cost Element

null

Table 100.2. T_BOM_Indented - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process Instance

Table Direct

Instance of
the process

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

Cost

Costs+Prices

Cost information

Future Cost

Costs+Prices

Cost information
190

Description

Comment/Help

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Report :Indented Bill of Material

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Current Cost Price

Costs+Prices

The currently
used cost price

Current Cost
Price Lower Level

Costs+Prices

Current Price
Lower Level Is the
sum of the costs
of the components
of this product
manufactured
for this level.

Current Price Lower Level is used

for get the total costs for lower level
the a product manufactured. The
Current Price Lower Level always
will be calculated. You can see the
Current Cost Price and Current Cost
Price Lower Level with Cost Bill of
Material %26 Formula Detail Report.
The sum the Current Cost Price +
Current Cost Price Lower Level is the
total cost to a product manufactured.

Future Cost Price

Costs+Prices

Future Cost Price

Lower Level

Costs+Prices

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Level no

Integer

Levels

String

Cost Element

Table Direct

Product Cost
Element

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Quantity

Quantity

Indicate the
Quantity use
in this BOM

Exist two way the add a compenent

to a BOM or Formula: 1.Adding a Component based in
quantity to use in this BOM 2.Adding a Component based in

191

Report :Indented Bill of Material

Column Name

Reference

Selected Product

Table

Sequence

Integer

Indented
BOM Report

ID

T_BOM_Indented_UU

String

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
% to use the Order Quantity of
Manufacturing Order in this Formula.

Method of
ordering records;
lowest number
comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

M_Product
(no summary)

192

Chapter 101. Report :Inventory Valuation Report

Created:2002-01-17 21:58:12.0
Updated:2006-01-11 18:41:13.0
Description: Inventory Valuation Report
Comment/Help: Report lists products with their on-hand quantity and values at the valuation date. In addition to several prices, standard costs and an optional other
cost element is used to calculate the inventory of the particular warehouse.
ReportView :RV_T_InventoryValue
ClassName: org.compiere.process.InventoryValue
[IMAGE]
Table 101.1. Inventory_Valuation_Report Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Currency

C_Currency_ID

Cost Element

M_CostElement_ID

Price List Version M_PriceList_Version_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to be used when

processing or reporting on this record

Table Direct

Product Cost Element

null

Table Direct

Identifies a
unique instance
of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple versions.

The most common use is to indicate
the dates that a Price List is valid for.

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Valuation Date

DateValue

Date

Date of valuation

null

Table 101.2. RV_T_InventoryValue - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

193

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Inventory Valuation Report

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Process Instance

Table Direct

adpinstance_tinventoryvalue

Instance of
the process

Currency

Table Direct

ccurrency_tinventoryvalue

The Currency
for this record

Cost

Number

Cost information

Cost Value

Amount

Value with Cost

Standard Cost

Costs+Prices

Standard Costs

Standard
Cost Value

Costs+Prices

Value in
Standard Costs

Valuation Date

Date

Date of valuation

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

masi_tinventoryvalue

Product Attribute
Set Instance

Cost Element

Table Direct

mcostelement_tinventoryvalue

Product Cost
Element

Price List Version

Table Direct

mplversion_tinventoryvalue

Identifies a
unique instance
of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

Product

Search

mproduct_tinventoryvalue

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Warehouse

Table Direct

mwarehouse_tinventoryvalue

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Limit Price

Costs+Prices

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

Limit price Value

Costs+Prices

Value with
limit price

List Price

Costs+Prices

List Price

List price Value

Costs+Prices

Valuation
with List Price
194

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Standard (plan) costs.

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Report :Inventory Valuation Report

Column Name

Reference

PO Price

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Costs+Prices

Price based on a
purchase order

The PO Price indicates the price for

a product per the purchase order.

PO Price Value

Costs+Prices

Valuation
with PO Price

Standard Price

Costs+Prices

Standard Price

Std Price Value

Costs+Prices

Valuation with
standard price

On Hand Quantity

Quantity

On Hand Quantity

T_InventoryValue_UU

String

195

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

The On Hand Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product that
is on hand in a warehouse.

Chapter 102. Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Created:2001-01-27 19:57:56.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Invoice (Line) Detail and Margin Report
Comment/Help: The Report lists Customer and Vendor Invoice Details with Margines.
ReportView :RV_C_InvoiceLine
[IMAGE]
Table 102.1. Invoice_Detail_%26_Margin Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

List

Yes No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Table 102.2. RV_C_InvoiceLine - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
196

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Trx Organization

Table

Organization

Table Direct

Processed

Yes-No

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Charge

Table Direct

Document Type

Table Direct

c_invoiceline_c_uom_id

Table

Invoice Line

Search

AD_Org (Trx)

Description

Comment/Help

Performing
or initiating
organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)
Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Invoice
Detail Line

The Invoice Line uniquely

identifies a single line of an Invoice.

C_UOM

197

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Invoice

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Sales Order Line

Table Direct

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Project Phase

Table Direct

Phase of a Project

Project Task

Table Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Revenue
Recognition

Table Direct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Subscription Type

Table Direct

Type of
subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Tax Category

Table Direct

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Description URL

String

URL for the

description
198

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Discontinued

Yes-No

Discontinued At

Date+Time

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

Discount %

Integer

Discount
in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Document Status

List

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document Note

Text

Additional
information for
a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Group1

String

Group2

String

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Guarantee Days

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

Min Guarantee
Days

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

This product is no The Discontinued check box indicates

longer available
a product that has been discontinued.

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved

199

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Comment/Help

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Image URL

String

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Description Only

Yes-No

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Exclude Auto
Delivery

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic
Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for high
demand items. If selected, you need
to create the shipment manually. But,
the item is always included, when the
delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g.
for POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

Print detail
records on invoice

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Paid

Yes-No

The document
is paid

200

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Print detail records

on pick list

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Purchased

Yes-No

Organization
purchases
this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sold

Yes-No

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Stocked

Yes-No

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Verified

Yes-No

The BOM
The Verified check box indicates if
configuration
the configuration of this product has
has been verified been verified. This is used for products
that consist of a bill of materials

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

If selected,
the product is
displayed in the
initial or any
empty search

In the display of products in the Web

Store, the product is displayed in the
initial view or if no search criteria
are entered. To be displayed, the
product must be in the price list used.

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also

201

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Line Discount

Amount

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross Margin

Number

Line Total

Amount

Total line
amount incl. Tax

Total line amount

Lot No

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Low Level

Integer

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
and determines if
a net requirement
should be
exploited

m_attributesetinstance_ad_org_id Table
M_ASI_CreatedBy

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

AD_Org (all)
AD_User

m_attributesetinstance_descriptionString
M_AttributeSetInstance_UpdatedByTable
Attribute
Set Instance

AD_User

Search

Product Attribute
Set Instance

202

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Attribute Set

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add

additional attributes and values to
the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Freight Category

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Table Direct

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Lot

Table Direct

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

m_productline_c_uom_id

Table

C_UOM

m_product_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

m_product_createdby

Table

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

m_product_m_attributeset_id

Table

M_AttributeSet

m_product_m_product_id

Table

M_Product
(no summary)

m_product_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

m_product_updatedby

Table

AD_User

RMA Line

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization Line

Detail information about

the returned goods

Margin %

Number

Margin for
a product as
a percentage

The Margin indicates the margin

for this product as a percentage of
the limit price and selling price.

AD_User

203

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Margin Amount

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Difference
between actual
and limit price
multiplied by
the quantity

The margin amount is calculated as

the difference between actual and
limit price multiplied by the quantity

Unit Price

Costs+Prices

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price indicates the

Price for a product in source currency.

Price

Costs+Prices

Price Entered - the

price based on the
selected/base UoM

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Limit Price

Costs+Prices

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

List Price

Costs+Prices

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Product Attribute

String

Product Attribute
Instance
Description

Product Type

Yes-No

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
Entered is
based on the
selected UoM

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Revenue
Recognition Amt

Amount

Revenue
Recognition
Amount

The amount for revenue recognition

calculation. If empty, the complete
invoice amount is used. The difference
between Revenue Recognition Amount
and Invoice Line Net Amount is
immediately recognized as revenue.

204

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Revenue
Recognition Start

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date+Time

Revenue
Recognition
Start Date

The date the revenue

recognition starts.

Mail Template

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail
text can include variables. The priority
of parsing is User/Contact, Business
Partner and then the underlying
business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So,
@Name@ would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined), then
Business Partner name (if business
partner is defined) and then the Name
of the business object if it has a
Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

Referenced
Invoice Line

ID

SKU

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Expense Type

Table Direct

Expense
report type

Resource
Assignment

Assignment

Resource
Assignment

Resource

Table Direct

Resource

Sales
Representative

Table

Serial No

String

AD_User
- SalesRep

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.
Product Serial
Number

205

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Shelf Depth

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Shelf depth
required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Height

Number

Shelf height
required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Width

Integer

Shelf width
required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Tax Amount

Amount

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

UnitsPerPack

Integer

The Units Per

Pack indicates
the no of units
of a product
packed together.

Units Per Pallet

Number

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

206

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Report :Invoice Detail %26 Margin

Column Name

Reference

Weight

Number

c_invoiceline_description

String

c_invoiceline_linenetamt

Amount

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

m_attributesetinstance_createdDate+Time
m_attributesetinstance_isactive Yes-No
m_attributesetinstance_serno

String

m_attributesetinstance_updated
Date+Time
m_product_copyfrom

Yes-No

m_product_created

Date+Time

m_product_description

String

m_product_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_issummary

Yes-No

m_product_processing

Yes-No

m_product_updated

Date+Time

207

Description

Comment/Help

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Chapter 103. Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Created:2005-05-30 13:36:10.0
Updated:2005-12-19 18:04:27.0
Description: Invoice Not Realized Gain %26 Loss Report
Comment/Help: The Report lists not fully paid invoices with open amount, the GL amounts and the revalued amounts. If an invoice is partially paid, the percentage
of the open amount is used to calculate the revaluation amount. If you select a currency, only invoices of that currency are included; if you select Include All
Currencies, all invoices are included and you can use the report to reconcile your AP/AR accounts. If you select a GL Document Type, a GL Journal is created.
Note that the report only includes posted invoices.
ReportView :T_InvoiceGL
ClassName: org.compiere.process.InvoiceNGL
[IMAGE]
Table 103.1. Invoice_Not_Realized_Gain/Loss Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Include All
Currencies

IsAllCurrencies

Yes-No

(N)

Report not
just foreign
currency Invoices

null

Revaluation Date

DateReval

Date

(@#Date@)

Date of Revaluation

null

AP - AR

APAR

List

Receivables
Include Receivables
%26 Payables
and/or Payables
Payables only
transactions
Receivables only (A)

null

Currency

C_Currency_ID

Table Direct

Revaluation C_ConversionTypeReval_ID
Conversion Type

Table

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Revaluation
Document Type

C_DocTypeReval_ID

Table

(0)

The Currency
for this record

C_ConversionType Revaluation Currency

Conversion Type

C_DocType

208

Indicates the Currency to be used when

processing or reporting on this record
null

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Document Type for

Revaluation Journal

null

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Table 103.2. T_InvoiceGL - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Organization

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (all)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Performing
or initiating
organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

Process Instance

Table Direct

Instance of
the process

User/Contact

Table Direct

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

AP - AR

List

Asset

Table Direct

Account

Table

Accounted
Balance

Accounted Credit

Receivables
%26 Payables
Payables only
Receivables only

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Include
Receivables
and/or Payables
transactions
Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Account used

The (natural) account used

Amount

Accounted
Balance Amount

The Account Balance Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Account_ID

209

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Accounted Debit

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Acct Open
Balance

Amount

Open Balance
in document
currency %26 rate

Acct Open Cr

Amount

Open Credit
in document
currency %26 rate

Acct Open Dr

Amount

Open Debit
in document
currency %26 rate

Revaluated
Amount Cr

Amount

Revaluated
Cr Amount

Revaluated
Difference Cr

Amount

Revaluated
Cr Amount
Difference

Revaluated
Amount Dr

Amount

Revaluated
Dr Amount

Revaluated
Difference Dr

Amount

Revaluated
Dr Amount
Difference

Source Balance

Amount

Source Balance
Amount

The Source Balance Amount

indicates the balance amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Credit

Amount

Source Credit
Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Debit

Amount

Source Debit
Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

210

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Activity

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Table Direct

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Revaluation
Conversion Type

Table

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Revaluation
Document Type

Table

C_DocType

Document Type
for Revaluation
Journal

Target
Document Type

Table

C_DocType

Target document
type for
conversing
documents

C_ConversionType

Revaluation
Currency
Conversion Type

211

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Document Type

Table Direct

Dunning Level

Table Direct

c_invoice_c_charge_id

Table

Invoice

Table Direct

Location From

Table

Location To

Table

Order

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

C_Location

Location that
inventory was
moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

C_Location

Location that
inventory
was moved to

The Location To indicates the

location that a product was moved to.

Table Direct

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Payment Term

Table Direct

The terms
of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Payment

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Period

Table Direct

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Sales Region

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Sub Account

Table Direct

Sub account for

Element Value

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or

C_Charge

212

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Tax

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Created

Date

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date Ordered

Date+Time

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date+Time

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Revaluation Date

Date

Date of
Revaluation

Transaction Date

Date+Time

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document Action

List

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

213

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Document Status

List

Document No

String

Dunning
Grace Date

Date+Time

fact_acct_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

fact_acct_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

fact_acct_ad_table_id

Table

AD_Table
TableName

Validation Rule

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved

Description

Comment/Help

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

214

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

fact_acct_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

fact_acct_c_bpartner_id

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

fact_acct_c_campaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

fact_acct_c_currency_id

Table

C_Currencies

Accounting Fact

Table Direct

fact_acct_m_product_id

Table

M_Product
(no summary)

fact_acct_updatedby

Table

AD_User

fact_acct_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

fact_acct_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

Budget

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

General
Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget identifies

a user defined budget. These can be
used in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

GL Category

Table Direct

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Generate To

Yes-No

Generate To

Grand Total

Amount

Total amount
of document

Collection Status

Yes-No

Invoice
Status of the invoice collection process
Collection Status

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

Include All
Currencies

Yes-No

Report not
just foreign
currency Invoices

215

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

(see same above)

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Approved

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

In Dispute

Yes-No

Document
is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Paid

Yes-No

The document
is paid

Pay Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Price includes Tax

Yes-No

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox indicates

if the prices include tax. This is
also known as the gross price.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Line ID

ID

Transaction line
ID (internal)

Internal link

Locator

Table Direct

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

216

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Price List

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

RMA

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Open Amount

Amount

Open item amount

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Payment Rule

Yes-No

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Percent

Number

Percentage

The Percent indicates

the percentage used.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

PostingType

List

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment

217

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Record ID

Button

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Reversal ID

Table

C_Invoice

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

Send EMail

Yes-No

t_invoicegl_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

t_invoicegl_c_invoice_id

Table

C_Invoice

t_invoicegl_createdby

Table

AD_User

t_invoicegl_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Total Lines

Number

Updated

Date

Updated By

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal unique

identifier of a record. Please note
that zooming to the record may not
be successful for Orders, Invoices
and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes
the Sales Order type is not known.

ID of document
reversal
Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.
Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Column 1

ID

User defined
accounting
Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content

218

Report :Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss

Column Name

Reference

User Column 2

ID

fact_acct_dateacct

Date+Time

fact_acct_description

String

fact_acct_isactive

Yes-No

fact_acct_updated

Date+Time

t_invoicegl_created

Date+Time

t_invoicegl_grandtotal

Number

t_invoicegl_isactive

Yes-No

t_invoicegl_updated

Date+Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

219

Description

Comment/Help
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

User defined
accounting
Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

Chapter 104. Report :Invoice Tax

Created:2004-01-09 14:24:34.0
Updated:2005-11-21 09:30:33.0
Description: Invoice Tax Reconciliation
Comment/Help: The Report lists Invoice Tax lines with Business Partner Tax information.
ReportView :RV_C_InvoiceTax
[IMAGE]
Table 104.1. Invoice_Tax Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Tax

C_Tax_ID

Date Invoiced

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

DateInvoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type determines

document sequence and processing rules

Table 104.2. RV_C_InvoiceTax - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

220

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

User/Contact

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

c_bp_ad_orgbp_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_bpartner_parent_id

ID

c_bp_c_bp_group_id

Table

C_BP_Group

c_bp_c_dunning_id

Table

C_Dunning

c_bp_c_greeting_id

Table

C_Greeting

c_bp_c_invoiceschedule_id

Table

C_InvoiceSchedule

c_bp_c_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Sales

c_bp_c_taxgroup_id

Table

C_TaxGroup

c_bp_createdby

Table

AD_User

c_bp_logo_id

Image

c_bp_m_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

c_bp_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined

221

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Charge

Table Direct

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Target
Document Type

Table

Target document
type for
conversing
documents

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Dunning Level

Table Direct

c_invoicetax_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_invoice_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

c_invoice_c_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm

c_invoice_createdby

Table

AD_User

Invoice

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

c_invoice_updatedby

Table

Order

Table Direct

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

C_DocType

AD_User

222

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

Payment

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

D-U-N-S

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date printed

Date+Time

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Document Action

List

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document No

String

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
223

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

Dunning
Grace Date

Date+Time

Generate To

Yes-No

Collection Status

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Approved

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Generate To
Invoice
Status of the invoice collection process
Collection Status
(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

In Dispute

Yes-No

Document
is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Paid

Yes-No

The document
is paid

Pay Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

224

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

Sales Transaction

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

SO Tax exempt

Yes-No

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt from

tax on sales, the exempt tax rate is
used. For this, you need to set up a
tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate
that this is your tax exempt rate. This
is required for tax reporting, so that
you can track tax exempt transactions.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Vendor

Yes-No

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates if this

Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is
selected, additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Discount Schema

Table

Schema to
calculate the
trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Price List

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

RMA

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Multiplier

Integer

Type Multiplier
(Credit = -1)

NAICS/SIC

String

Standard Industry
Code or its
successor
NAIC - http://
www.osha.gov/

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

225

The NAICS/SIC identifies

either of these codes that may be
applicable to this Business Partner.

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Employees

Integer

PO Discount
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

Schema to
calculate
the purchase
trade discount
percentage

PO Payment Term

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Purchase Pricelist

Table

M_PriceList

Price List
used by this
Business Partner

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

Payment Rule

Yes-No

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Potential Life
Time Value

Number

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

Referenced
Invoice

ID

226

Description
oshstats/
sicser.html

Comment/Help

Number of
employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Reversal ID

Table

Credit Status

Yes-No

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit is 0.
If active, the status is set automatically
set to Credit Hold, if the Total Open
Balance (including Vendor activities)
is higher then the Credit Limit. It is set
to Credit Watch, if above 90% of the
Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Credit Limit

Number

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Credit Used

Number

Current
open balance

The Credit Used indicates the total

amount of open or unpaid invoices in
primary accounting currency for the
Business Partner. Credit Management
is based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Order Description

String

Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Sales
Representative

Table

Sales Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Total Volume
of Sales in
Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates the total

volume of sales for a Business Partner.

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

C_Invoice

Description

Comment/Help

ID of document
reversal

AD_User
- SalesRep

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

227

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

Share

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Share of
Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

Min Shelf Life %

Integer

Minimum
Shelf Life in
percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products with

Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you
cannot select products with a shelf life
((Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee
Days) less than the minimum shelf
life, unless you select "Show All"

Tax Amount

Amount

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Tax base Amount

Amount

Base for
calculating the
tax amount

The Tax Base Amount indicates

the base amount used for
calculating the tax amount.

Tax ID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Tax Line Total

Amount

Tax Line
Total Amount

Total Lines

Number

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

c_bp_acqusitioncost

Number

c_bp_actuallifetimevalue

Number

c_bp_ad_language

String
228

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_created

Date+Time

c_bp_deliveryrule

Yes-No

c_bp_deliveryviarule

Yes-No

c_bp_description

String

c_bp_dunninggrace

Date+Time

c_bp_firstsale

Date+Time

c_bp_flatdiscount

Number

c_bp_freightcostrule

Yes-No

c_bp_invoicerule

Yes-No

c_bp_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_iscustomer

Yes-No

c_bp_isdiscountprinted

Yes-No

c_bp_isemployee

Yes-No

c_bp_ismanufacturer

Yes-No

c_bp_isonetime

Yes-No

c_bp_ispotaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isprospect

Yes-No

c_bp_issalesrep

Yes-No

c_bp_issummary

Yes-No

c_bp_name

String

c_bp_name2

String

c_bp_paymentrule

Yes-No

c_bp_paymentrulepo

Yes-No

c_bp_poreference

String

c_bp_rating

Yes-No

c_bp_sendemail

Yes-No

c_bp_totalopenbalance

Number

c_bp_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_url

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

229

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Invoice Tax

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_value

String

c_invoice_created

Date+Time

c_invoice_description

String

c_invoice_isselfservice

Yes-No

c_invoice_istaxincluded

Yes-No

c_invoice_poreference

String

c_invoice_updated

Date+Time

c_invoicetax_isactive

Yes-No

c_invoicetax_istaxincluded

Yes-No

c_invoicetax_processed

Yes-No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

230

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 105. Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Created:2000-05-15 22:21:05.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Transactions by Accounting Date
Comment/Help: The report lists the invoice transactions by accounting date
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice
[IMAGE]
Table 105.1. Invoice_Transactions_(Acct) Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

(Y)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

(@#Date@)

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Table 105.2. RV_C_Invoice - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

Table Direct

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact
231

Description

Comment/Help

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

Address 1

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address 2

String

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 3

String

Address Line 3
for the location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 4

String

Address Line 4
for the location

The Address 4 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

c_bp_ad_orgbp_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_bpartner_parent_id

ID

c_bp_c_dunning_id

Table

C_Dunning

c_bp_c_greeting_id

Table

C_Greeting

c_bp_c_invoiceschedule_id

Table

C_InvoiceSchedule

c_bp_c_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Sales

c_bp_c_taxgroup_id

Table

C_TaxGroup

c_bp_createdby

Table

AD_User

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

c_bp_location_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)
232

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

c_bpartner_location_c_bpartner_idTable

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_BPartner (Trx)

c_bp_location_c_location_id Location
(Address)
c_bp_location_createdby

Table

AD_User

c_bp_location_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_bp_logo_id

Image

c_bp_m_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_m_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_po_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_po_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

c_bp_po_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

c_bp_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Charge

Table Direct

City

Table Direct

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)
City

233

City in a country

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

Currency Type

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Country

Search

Country

The Country defines a Country. Each

Country must be defined before
it can be used in any document.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Target
Document Type

Table

Target document
type for
conversing
documents

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Dunning Level

Table Direct

c_invoice_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

c_invoice_c_conversiontype_id Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_DocType

AD_Org (Trx)
C_ConversionType

Invoice

Search

c_location_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_location_createdby

Table

AD_User

c_location_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Order

Search

234

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

Payment Term

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

The terms
of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Payment

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Region

Search

Identifies a
geographical
Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

Sales Region

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

City

String

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date Ordered

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

235

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

Document Action

List

Document Status

List

Document No

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete (CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
236

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Dunning
Grace Date

Date+Time

Generate To

Yes-No

Generate To

Grand Total

Amount

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

ISDN

String

ISDN or
modem line

The ISDN identifies a ISDN

or Modem line number.

Collection Status

List

Dunning
Collection Agency
Legal Procedure
Uncollectable

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Approved

Invoice
Status of the invoice collection process
Collection Status

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Invoice Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
Invoice/
Bill Address

If the Invoice Address is

selected, the location is used to
send invoices to a customer or
receive invoices from a vendor.

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

In Dispute

Yes-No

Document
is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Paid

Yes-No

The document
is paid

Pay-From Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
pays from that
address and we'll
send dunning
letters there

237

If the Pay-From Address is selected,

this location is the address the
Business Partner pays from and
where dunning letters will be sent to.

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

Pay Schedule
valid

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Remit-To Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
payment address

If the Remit-To Address is

selected, the location is used to
send payments to the vendor.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Ship Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
Shipment Address

If the Ship Address is selected,

the location is used to ship
goods to a customer or
receive goods from a vendor.

Price includes Tax

Yes-No

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox indicates

if the prices include tax. This is
also known as the gross price.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Price List

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

RMA

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Multiplier

Number

Type Multiplier
(Credit = -1)

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner
238

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

Payment Rule

List

ZIP

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

String

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the

postal code for this entity's address.

Additional Zip

String

Additional ZIP
or Postal code

The Additional ZIP or Postal

Code identifies, if appropriate, any
additional Postal Code information.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Region

String

Name of
the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Reversal ID

Table

C_Invoice

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

Direct Deposit
Credit Card
Check Cash On
Credit Direct
Debit Mixed
POS Payment

ID of document
reversal
Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.
239

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

Send EMail

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Tax ID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Total Lines

Amount

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

c_bp_acqusitioncost

Number

c_bp_actuallifetimevalue

Number

c_bp_ad_language

String

c_bp_created

Date+Time

c_bp_deliveryrule

Yes-No

c_bp_deliveryviarule

Yes-No

c_bp_description

String

c_bp_dunninggrace

Date+Time

c_bp_duns

String

c_bp_firstsale

Date+Time

c_bp_flatdiscount

Number

c_bp_freightcostrule

Yes-No

c_bp_invoicerule

Yes-No

c_bp_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_iscustomer

Yes-No
240

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_isdiscountprinted

Yes-No

c_bp_isemployee

Yes-No

c_bp_ismanufacturer

Yes-No

c_bp_isonetime

Yes-No

c_bp_ispotaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isprospect

Yes-No

c_bp_issalesrep

Yes-No

c_bp_issummary

Yes-No

c_bp_istaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isvendor

Yes-No

c_bp_location_created

Date+Time

c_bp_location_fax

String

c_bp_location_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_location_name

String

c_bp_location_phone

String

c_bp_location_phone2

String

c_bp_location_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_naics

String

c_bp_name

String

c_bp_name2

String

c_bp_numberemployees

Integer

c_bp_paymentrule

Yes-No

c_bp_paymentrulepo

Yes-No

c_bp_poreference

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_bp_potentiallifetimevalue Number
c_bp_rating

Yes-No

c_bp_referenceno

String

c_bp_salesvolume

Integer

c_bp_sendemail

Yes-No
241

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Invoice Transactions (Acct)

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_shareofcustomer

Integer

c_bp_shelflifeminpct

Integer

c_bp_so_creditlimit

Number

c_bp_so_creditused

Number

c_bp_so_description

String

c_bp_socreditstatus

Yes-No

c_bp_totalopenbalance

Number

c_bp_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_url

String

c_bp_value

String

c_invoice_dateordered

Date+Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_invoice_ispayschedulevalid Yes-No
c_invoice_isselfservice

Yes-No

c_location_created

Date+Time

c_location_isactive

Yes-No

c_location_updated

Date+Time

242

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 106. Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Created:2001-01-27 19:57:12.0
Updated:2005-08-27 11:57:45.0
Description: Invoice Transactions by Invoice Date
Comment/Help: The report lists the invoice transactiobs by invoice date
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice
[IMAGE]
Table 106.1. Invoice_Transactions_(Doc) Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Payment Rule

PaymentRule

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Business
Partner Group

C_BP_Group_ID

Table Direct

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

(-1)

Table 106.2. RV_C_Invoice - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
243

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

User/Contact

Table Direct

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Address 1

String

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address 2

String

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 3

String

Address Line 3
for the location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 4

String

Address Line 4
for the location

The Address 4 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

c_bp_ad_orgbp_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_bpartner_parent_id

ID

c_bp_c_dunning_id

Table

C_Dunning

c_bp_c_greeting_id

Table

C_Greeting

c_bp_c_invoiceschedule_id

Table

C_InvoiceSchedule

244

Description

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_c_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Sales

c_bp_c_taxgroup_id

Table

C_TaxGroup

c_bp_createdby

Table

AD_User

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

c_bp_location_ad_org_id

Table

c_bpartner_location_c_bpartner_idTable

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

AD_Org (all)
C_BPartner (Trx)

c_bp_location_c_location_id Location
(Address)
c_bp_location_createdby

Table

AD_User

c_bp_location_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_bp_logo_id

Image

c_bp_m_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_m_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_po_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_po_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

c_bp_po_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

c_bp_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

245

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

Campaign

Table Direct

Charge

Table Direct

City

Table Direct

City

City in a country

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Country

Search

Country

The Country defines a Country. Each

Country must be defined before
it can be used in any document.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Target
Document Type

Table

Target document
type for
conversing
documents

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Dunning Level

Table Direct

c_invoice_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

c_invoice_c_conversiontype_id Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

C_DocType

AD_Org (Trx)
C_ConversionType

Invoice

Search

c_location_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_location_createdby

Table

AD_User

c_location_updatedby

Table

AD_User
246

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

Order

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Payment Term

Table Direct

The terms
of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Payment

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Region

Search

Identifies a
geographical
Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

Sales Region

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

City

String

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date Ordered

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

247

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

Date printed

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document Action

List

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete (CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document No

String

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
248

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Dunning
Grace Date

Date+Time

Generate To

Yes-No

Generate To

Grand Total

Amount

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

ISDN

String

ISDN or
modem line

The ISDN identifies a ISDN

or Modem line number.

Collection Status

List

Dunning
Collection Agency
Legal Procedure
Uncollectable

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Approved

Invoice
Status of the invoice collection process
Collection Status

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Invoice Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
Invoice/
Bill Address

If the Invoice Address is

selected, the location is used to
send invoices to a customer or
receive invoices from a vendor.

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

In Dispute

Yes-No

Document
is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Paid

Yes-No

The document
is paid
249

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

Pay-From Address

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Business Partner
pays from that
address and we'll
send dunning
letters there

If the Pay-From Address is selected,

this location is the address the
Business Partner pays from and
where dunning letters will be sent to.

Pay Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Remit-To Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
payment address

If the Remit-To Address is

selected, the location is used to
send payments to the vendor.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Ship Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
Shipment Address

If the Ship Address is selected,

the location is used to ship
goods to a customer or
receive goods from a vendor.

Price includes Tax

Yes-No

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox indicates

if the prices include tax. This is
also known as the gross price.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Price List

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

RMA

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Multiplier

Number

Type Multiplier
(Credit = -1)

250

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

Order Reference

String

Payment Rule

List

ZIP

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

String

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the

postal code for this entity's address.

Additional Zip

String

Additional ZIP
or Postal code

The Additional ZIP or Postal

Code identifies, if appropriate, any
additional Postal Code information.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Region

String

Name of
the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Direct Deposit
Credit Card
Check Cash On
Credit Direct
Debit Mixed
POS Payment

Validation Rule

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

251

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Reversal ID

Table

C_Invoice

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Tax ID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Total Lines

Amount

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

c_bp_acqusitioncost

Number

c_bp_actuallifetimevalue

Number

c_bp_ad_language

String

c_bp_created

Date+Time

c_bp_deliveryrule

Yes-No

c_bp_deliveryviarule

Yes-No

c_bp_description

String

c_bp_dunninggrace

Date+Time

c_bp_duns

String

c_bp_firstsale

Date+Time

c_bp_flatdiscount

Number

ID of document
reversal
Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

252

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_freightcostrule

Yes-No

c_bp_invoicerule

Yes-No

c_bp_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_iscustomer

Yes-No

c_bp_isdiscountprinted

Yes-No

c_bp_isemployee

Yes-No

c_bp_ismanufacturer

Yes-No

c_bp_isonetime

Yes-No

c_bp_ispotaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isprospect

Yes-No

c_bp_issalesrep

Yes-No

c_bp_issummary

Yes-No

c_bp_istaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isvendor

Yes-No

c_bp_location_created

Date+Time

c_bp_location_fax

String

c_bp_location_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_location_name

String

c_bp_location_phone

String

c_bp_location_phone2

String

c_bp_location_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_naics

String

c_bp_name

String

c_bp_name2

String

c_bp_numberemployees

Integer

c_bp_paymentrule

Yes-No

c_bp_paymentrulepo

Yes-No

c_bp_poreference

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_bp_potentiallifetimevalue Number
253

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Invoice Transactions (Doc)

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_rating

Yes-No

c_bp_referenceno

String

c_bp_salesvolume

Integer

c_bp_sendemail

Yes-No

c_bp_shareofcustomer

Integer

c_bp_shelflifeminpct

Integer

c_bp_so_creditlimit

Number

c_bp_so_creditused

Number

c_bp_so_description

String

c_bp_socreditstatus

Yes-No

c_bp_totalopenbalance

Number

c_bp_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_url

String

c_bp_value

String

c_invoice_dateordered

Date+Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_invoice_ispayschedulevalid Yes-No
c_invoice_isselfservice

Yes-No

c_location_created

Date+Time

c_location_isactive

Yes-No

c_location_updated

Date+Time

254

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 107. Report :Material Receipt Details

Created:2004-07-20 21:28:25.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Material Receipt Detail Information
Comment/Help: The report provides Material Repecipt Header and Line with locator information.
ReportView :RV_InOutDetails Receive
[IMAGE]
Table 107.1. Material_Receipt_Details Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Business Partner

Movement Date

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

MovementDate

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the

date that a product moved in or out
of inventory. This is the result of a
shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Table 107.2. RV_InOutDetails Receive - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (all)

Performing
or initiating
organization

255

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table Direct

User/Contact

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Activity

Search

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Search

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Search

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Document Type

Search

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Sales Order Line

Search

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Project Phase

Table Direct

Phase of a Project

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

256

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Project Task

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Project

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

UOM

Search

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Create Confirm

Yes-No

Create lines from

Yes-No

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Create Package

Yes-No

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Ordered

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Date received

Date

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

Delivery Rule

List

Defines the timing

of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates when

an order should be delivered.

After Receipt
Availability
257

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Delivery Via

List

Description

String

Document Action

List

Document Status

List

Document No

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Complete Line
Complete Order
Manual Force

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
For example should the order be
delivered when the entire order is
complete, when a line is complete
or as the products become available.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
258

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

DropShip_BPartner_ID

Table

Drop Shipment
Location

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
to ship to

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Table

C_BPartner
Location

Business Partner
Location for
shipping to

Drop Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

Business Partner
Contact for
drop shipment

Freight Amount

Amount

Freight Cost Rule

List

Generate To

Yes-No

Generate To

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Default

Yes-No

Default value

The Default Checkbox indicates if this

record will be used as a default value.

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated

(Y)

259

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Description Only

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

In Dispute

Yes-No

Document
is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

In Transit

Yes-No

Movement
is in transit

Material Movement is in transit

- shipped, but not received. The
transaction is completed, if confirmed.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line Description

String

Description
of the Line

Locator Key

String

Key of the
Warehouse
Locator

260

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Lot No

String

m_attributesetinstance_ad_org_id Table
M_ASI_CreatedBy

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

AD_Org (all)
AD_User

m_attributesetinstance_descriptionString
M_AttributeSetInstance_UpdatedByTable

AD_User

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Attribute Set

Table Direct

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add

additional attributes and values to
the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

m_inoutline_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

m_inoutline_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_inoutline_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

m_inoutline_c_campaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

m_inoutline_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

m_inoutline_c_project_id

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

Shipment/
Receipt Line

ID

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

m_inoutline_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

m_inoutline_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

m_inout_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

m_inout_c_invoice_id

Table

C_Invoice

261

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

m_inout_createdby

Table

Shipment/Receipt

Search

m_inout_updatedby

Table

AD_User

m_locator_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

Locator

Locator (WH)

m_locator_m_warehouse_id

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

AD_User

M_Warehouse
of Client

Lot

Table Direct

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

RMA Line

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization Line

Detail information about

the returned goods

RMA

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Shipper

Search

Method or
manner of
product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Warehouse

Search

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Movement Date

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

M_Shipper

262

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Movement Type

List

No Packages

Integer

Number of
packages shipped

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

Pick Date

Date

Date/Time
when picked
for Shipment

Picked Quantity

Quantity

Posted

List

Relative Priority

Integer

Production
- Customer
Shipment
Customer Returns
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Movement From
Movement To
Work Order +
Production +
Vendor Receipts
Inventory In
Work Order -

Posting Error
Not Posted Not
Balanced Not
Convertible (no
rate) Invalid
Account Post
Prepared Posted
Period Closed

Description

Comment/Help

Method of moving
the inventory

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

Posting status

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Where inventory
The Relative Priority indicates the
should be
location to pick from first if an product
picked from first
is stored in more than one location.
263

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Priority

List

Processed

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
(100 = highest priority, 0 = lowest).
For outgoing shipments, the location
is picked with the highest priority
where the entire quantity can be
shipped from. If there is no location,
the location with the highest priority
is used. The Priority is ignored for
products with Guarantee Date (always
the oldest first) or if a specific instance
is selected. Incoming receipts are
stored at the location with the highest
priority, if not explicitly selected.

Priority of
a document

The Priority indicates the importance

(high, medium, low) of this document

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

Product Attribute

String

Product Attribute
Instance
Description

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
Entered is
based on the
selected UoM

Referenced
Shipment Line

Integer

Referenced
Shipment

Integer

Reversal Line

Table

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

M_InOutLine

Use to keep the

reversal line ID
264

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
for reversing
costing purpose

Comment/Help

Reversal ID

Table

M_InOut

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User

Scrapped Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
scrapped due
to QA issues

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Ship Date

Date

Shipment
Date/Time

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Target Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Tracking No

String

Number to track
the shipment

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

ID of document
reversal
Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

265

Report :Material Receipt Details

Column Name

Reference

Weight

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Aisle (X)

String

X dimension,
e.g., Aisle

The X dimension indicates the

Aisle a product is located in.

Bin (Y)

String

Y dimension,
e.g., Bin

The Y dimension indicates

the Bin a product is located in

Level (Z)

String

Z dimension,
e.g., Level

The Z dimension indicates the

Level a product is located in.

m_asi_created

Date+Time

m_asi_isactive

Yes-No

m_asi_updated

Date+Time

m_inout_created

Date+Time

m_inout_isactive

Yes-No

m_inout_updated

Date+Time

m_inoutline_processed

Yes-No

m_locator_isactive

Yes-No

266

Chapter 108. Report :Material Reference

Created:2005-03-30 01:12:58.0
Updated:2005-03-30 01:15:04.0
Description: Material Transactions Cross Reference (used/resourced)
Comment/Help: The report displays, e.g. where Material Receipts are used or Customer Shipments are resourced from
ReportView :T_Transaction
ClassName: org.compiere.process.TransactionXRef
[IMAGE]
Table 108.1. Material_Reference Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search Order

Search_Order_ID

Search

C_Order

Order Identifier

Order is a control document.

Search Shipment/
Receipt

Search_InOut_ID

Search

M_InOut

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Search Invoice

Search_Invoice_ID

Search

C_Invoice

Search Invoice
Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Table 108.2. T_Transaction - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process Instance

Search

adpinstance_ttransaction

Instance of
the process

Project Issue

Search

cprojectissue_ttransaction

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

267

Description

Comment/Help

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Report :Material Reference

Column Name

Reference

Project

Search

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

masi_ttransaction

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Search

minoutline_ttransaction

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Shipment/Receipt

Search

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Phys.Inventory
Line

Search

Unique line in
an Inventory
document

The Physical Inventory Line indicates

the inventory document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

Phys.Inventory

Search

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

Locator

Locator (WH)

mlocator_ttransaction

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Move Line

Search

mmovementline_ttransaction

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

Inventory Move

Search

Movement
of Inventory

The Inventory Movement uniquely

identifies a group of movement lines.

Product

Search

mproduct_ttransaction

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Production Line

Search

mproductionline_ttransaction

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

minventoryline_ttransaction

268

Report :Material Reference

Column Name

Reference

Production

Search

Inventory
Transaction

Search

Movement Date

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Plan for producing

a product

The Production uniquely

identifies a Production Plan

Date+Time

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Movement Type

List

Production
- Customer
Shipment
Customer Returns
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Movement From
Movement To
Work Order +
Production +
Vendor Receipts
Inventory In
Work Order -

Method of moving
the inventory

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

Search Shipment/
Receipt

Search

M_InOutLine

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Search Invoice

Search

C_Invoice

Search Invoice
Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Search Order

Search

C_Order

Order Identifier

Order is a control document.

T_Transaction_UU

String

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

mtransaction_ttransaction

269

Chapter 109. Report :Monthly Invoice

Created:2000-06-01 16:54:07.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Report per Month
Comment/Help: Invoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_Month
[IMAGE]
Table 109.1. Monthly_Invoice Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

Sales Representative

SalesRep_ID

Table

Values(Default)

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

AD_User - SalesRep Sales Representative

or Company Agent

The Sales Representative indicates

the Sales Rep for this Region. Any
Sales Rep must be a valid internal user.

Table 109.2. RV_C_Invoice_Month - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

270

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Monthly Invoice

Column Name

Reference

Line Discount %

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Sales
Representative

Table

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

AD_User
- SalesRep

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

271

Chapter 110. Report :Monthly Invoice Prod Cat

Created:2000-06-01 16:56:26.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Report by Product Category per Month
Comment/Help: Invoiced Amount by Product Category
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_ProdMonth
[IMAGE]
Table 110.1. Monthly_Invoice_Prod_Cat Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No
Table Direct

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

(Y)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

(0)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Table 110.2. RV_C_Invoice_ProdMonth - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

272

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Monthly Invoice Prod Cat

Column Name

Reference

Line Discount %

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

273

Chapter 111. Report :Monthly Invoice Product

Created:2005-12-15 14:48:33.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Report by Product per Month
Comment/Help: Invoiced Amount by Product and Month
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_ProductMonth
[IMAGE]
Table 111.1. Monthly_Invoice_Product Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

List

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Values(Default)

Yes No

Description

Comment/Help

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Table 111.2. RV_C_Invoice_ProductMonth - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Line Discount %

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

274

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Monthly Invoice Product

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Product

Table Direct

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

275

Chapter 112. Report :Monthly Invoice Vendor

Created:2000-06-01 16:57:47.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Report by Product Vendor per Month
Comment/Help: Invoiced Amount by Vendor and Product Category
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_VendorMonth
[IMAGE]
Table 112.1. Monthly_Invoice_Vendor Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Table Direct

(0)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Search

C_BPartner Vendors

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Table 112.2. RV_C_Invoice_VendorMonth - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

276

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Monthly Invoice Vendor

Column Name

Reference

Line Discount %

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

277

Chapter 113. Report :Open Confirmation Details

Created:2004-05-18 21:08:39.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Open Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Details
Comment/Help: The Report lists the open confirmation lines
ReportView :RV_InOutLineConfirm Open
[IMAGE]
Table 113.1. Open_Confirmation_Details Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Confirmation Type

ConfirmType

List

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Order

C_Order_ID

Search

Order

The Order is a control document. The Order

is complete when the quantity ordered is the
same as the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Customer
Type of confirmation
Confirmation Ship/
Receipt Confirm
Pick/QA Confirm
Vendor Confirmation
Drop Ship Confirm

null

Table 113.2. RV_InOutLineConfirm Open - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
278

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Open Confirmation Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table Direct

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Confirmation
Type

List

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Table

Description

Difference

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Customer
Confirmation
Ship/Receipt
Confirm Pick/QA
Confirm Vendor
Confirmation
Drop Ship
Confirm

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Type of
confirmation

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Quantity

Difference
Quantity

279

Report :Open Confirmation Details

Column Name

Reference

Document No

String

Active

Yes-No

Approved

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Cancelled

Yes-No

The transaction
was cancelled

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Ship/Receipt
Confirmation

ID

Material Shipment Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt

or Receipt
- Created from the Shipment/Receipt
Confirmation

280

Report :Open Confirmation Details

Column Name

Reference

Ship/Receipt
Confirmation Line

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ID

Material Shipment
or Receipt
Confirmation Line

Confirmation details

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Search

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Shipment/Receipt

Search

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Scrapped Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
scrapped due
to QA issues

Target Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

281

Chapter 114. Report :Open Confirmations

Created:2004-05-18 21:10:12.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Open Shipment or Receipt Confirmations
Comment/Help: The report lists the open confirmations
ReportView :RV_InOutConfirm Open
[IMAGE]
Table 114.1. Open_Confirmations Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Confirmation Type

ConfirmType

List

Order

C_Order_ID

Search

Order

The Order is a control document. The Order

is complete when the quantity ordered is the
same as the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Customer
Type of confirmation
Confirmation Ship/
Receipt Confirm
Pick/QA Confirm
Vendor Confirmation
Drop Ship Confirm

null

Table 114.2. RV_InOutConfirm Open - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
282

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Open Confirmations

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table Direct

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Confirmation
Type

List

Customer
Confirmation
Ship/Receipt
Confirm Pick/QA
Confirm Vendor
Confirmation
Drop Ship
Confirm

Type of
confirmation

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document No

String

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
283

Report :Open Confirmations

Column Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Approved

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Cancelled

Yes-No

The transaction
was cancelled

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

Ship/Receipt
Confirmation

ID

Shipment/Receipt

Search

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

(Y)

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Material Shipment Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt

or Receipt
- Created from the Shipment/Receipt
Confirmation

284

Report :Open Confirmations

Column Name

Reference

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

285

Chapter 115. Report :Open Items

Created:2001-01-03 23:03:52.0
Updated:2005-02-07 21:42:07.0
Description: Open Item (Invoice) List
Comment/Help: Displays all unpaid invoices for a given Business Partner and date range. Please note that Invoices paid in Cash will appear in Open Items until
the Cash Journal is processed.
ReportView :RV_OpenItem
[IMAGE]
Table 115.1. Open_Items Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

Collection Status

InvoiceCollectionType

Days due

DaysDue

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

(Y)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

List

Dunning Collection
Agency Legal
Procedure
Uncollectable

Invoice
Collection Status

Status of the invoice collection process

Number

(-99999)

Number of days
due (negative: due
in number of days)

null

Table 115.2. RV_OpenItem - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (Trx)

Performing
or initiating
organization

286

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a

Report :Open Items

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

User/Contact

Table Direct

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Charge

Table Direct

Currency Type

Search

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Search

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Target
Document Type

Table

Target document
type for

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or

(see same above)

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

C_DocType

287

Report :Open Items

Column Name

Reference

Document Type

Table Direct

Dunning Level

Table Direct

Invoice Payment
Schedule

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
conversing
documents

Comment/Help
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Search

Invoice Payment
Schedule

The Invoice Payment

Schedule determines when
partial payments are due.

Invoice

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Payment Term

Table Direct

The terms
of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Payment

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date+Time

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated

288

Report :Open Items

Column Name

Reference

Date Invoiced

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date Ordered

Date+Time

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date+Time

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Days due

Integer

Number of days
due (negative: due
in number of days)

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Discount Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Discount Date

Date

Last Date
for payments
with discount

Last Date where a deduction of

the payment discount is allowed

Document Action

List

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document No

String

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
289

Report :Open Items

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Due Date

Date

Dunning
Grace Date

Date+Time

Generate To

Yes-No

Generate To

Grand Total

Amount

Total amount
of document

Collection Status

List

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

In Dispute

Yes-No

Document
is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Paid

Yes-No

The document
is paid

Dunning
Collection Agency
Legal Procedure
Uncollectable

Description

Comment/Help
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Date when the

payment is due

Date when the payment is due

without deductions or discount

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Invoice
Status of the invoice collection process
Collection Status

290

Report :Open Items

Column Name

Reference

Pay Schedule
valid

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Price includes Tax

Yes-No

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox indicates

if the prices include tax. This is
also known as the gross price.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Price List

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

RMA

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Net Days

Integer

Net Days in which

payment is due

Indicates the number of days after

invoice date that payment is due.

Open Amount

Amount

Open item amount

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner
291

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A

Report :Open Items

Column Name

Reference

Paid Amount

Amount

Payment Rule

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Yes-No

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Reversal ID

Table

C_Invoice

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Total Lines

Number

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

ID of document
reversal
Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

292

Report :Open Items

Column Name

Reference

User Element
List 2

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Account_ID
- User2

293

Description

Comment/Help

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Chapter 116. Report :Open Orders

Created:2000-04-26 21:43:22.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Open Order Report
Comment/Help: Orders with quantities to deliver (Backordered) or quantities to invoice
ReportView :RV_Order_Open
[IMAGE]
Table 116.1. Open_Orders Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Product
Sales Transaction

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

(Y)

Table 116.2. RV_Order_Open - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

Search

AmountRefunded

Number

AmountTendered

Number

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

294

Comment/Help

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Lost Sales Amt

Amount

Invoice Partner

Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
to be invoiced

Invoice Location

Search

C_BPartner
Location

Business Partner
Location for
invoicing

Invoice Contact

Search

AD_User

Business Partner
Contact for
invoicing

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Search

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Cash Journal Line

Search

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Cash Plan Line

Search

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Amount of
lost sales in
Invoice Currency

295

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Currency

Search

Target
Document Type

Table

Document Type

Table Direct

c_orderline_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

c_orderline_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

c_orderline_c_currency_id

Table

C_Currencies

Sales Order Line

Search

c_orderline_m_shipper_id

Table

M_Shipper

c_orderline_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

c_orderline_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

c_order_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

c_order_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_order_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

c_order_c_bpartner_id

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

c_order_c_bpartner_location_id Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_DocType

C_BPartner
Location

c_order_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

c_order_c_compaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

296

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Target document
type for
conversing
documents

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

c_order_c_project_id

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

c_order_createdby

Table

AD_User

Order

Search

c_order_m_shipper_id

Table

M_Shipper

c_order_m_warehouse_id

Table

M_Warehouse
of Client

c_order_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_order_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

c_order_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

POS Terminal

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Table Direct

Point of Sales
Terminal

The POS Terminal defines

the defaults and functions
available for the POS Form

Payment Term

Table Direct

The terms
of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Payment

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project Phase

Table Direct

Phase of a Project

Project Task

Table Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

297

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Charge amount

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Copy From

Yes-No

Copy From
Record

Copy From Record

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date+Time

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Delivered

Date+Time

Date when
the product
was delivered

Date Invoiced

Date+Time

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date Ordered

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date+Time

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Date Promised

Date

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates the date,

if any, that an Order was promised for.

Delivery Rule

Yes-No

Defines the timing

of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates when

an order should be delivered.
For example should the order be
delivered when the entire order is
complete, when a line is complete
or as the products become available.

Delivery Via

Yes-No

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

298

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Discount %

Number

Document Action

List

Document Status

List

Document No

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Discount
in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete (CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
299

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

DropShip_BPartner_ID

Table

Drop Shipment
Location

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
to ship to

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Table

C_BPartner
Location

Business Partner
Location for
shipping to

Drop Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

Business Partner
Contact for
drop shipment

Freight Cost Rule

Yes-No

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Grand Total

Number

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Invoice Rule

Yes-No

Frequency
and method
of invoicing

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Credit Approved

Yes-No

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates if the credit

approval was successful for Orders

Delivered

Yes-No

Description Only

Yes-No

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals

(Y)

300

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Discount Printed

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Pay Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Selected

Yes-No

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Price includes Tax

Yes-No

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox indicates

if the prices include tax. This is
also known as the gross price.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

301

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Line No

Integer

Line Amount

Amount

Linked Order Line

Table

C_OrderLine

This field links

a sales order line
to the purchase
order line that is
generated from it.

Linked Order

Table

C_Order

This field links

a sales order to
the purchase
order that is
generated from it.

Lot No

String

m_attributesetinstance_ad_org_id Table
M_ASI_CreatedBy

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

AD_Org (all)
AD_User

m_attributesetinstance_descriptionString
M_AttributeSetInstance_UpdatedByTable

AD_User

Attribute
Set Instance

Search

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Attribute Set

Table Direct

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add

additional attributes and values to
the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

302

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Freight Category

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Lot

Search

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

Price List

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Promotion

Table Direct

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Margin %

Number

Margin for
a product as
a percentage

The Margin indicates the margin

for this product as a percentage of
the limit price and selling price.

Margin Amount

Amount

Difference
between actual
and limit price
multiplied by
the quantity

The margin amount is calculated as

the difference between actual and
limit price multiplied by the quantity

Invoice net
Amount

Amount

Net amount of
this Invoice

Indicates the net amount for

this invoice. It does not include
shipping or any additional charges.

Order Type

Text

Type of Order:
MRP records
grouped by source
(Sales Order,
Purchase Order,
Distribution
Order,
Requisition)

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
303

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Payment BPartner

Integer

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

Payment Location

Integer

Location of the
Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

Payment Rule

Yes-No

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Unit Price

Costs+Prices

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price indicates the

Price for a product in source currency.

Cost Price

Number

Price per Unit of

Measure including
all indirect costs
(Freight, etc.)

Optional Purchase
Order Line cost price.

Price

Costs+Prices

Price Entered - the

price based on the
selected/base UoM

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Limit Price

Number

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

List Price

Number

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Priority

Yes-No

Priority of
a document

The Priority indicates the importance

(high, medium, low) of this document

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds

304

Description
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

Comment/Help
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Product Attribute

String

Product Attribute
Instance
Description

Promotion Code

String

User entered
promotion code
at sales time

If present, user entered the promotion

code at sales time to get this promotion

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

Delivered
Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
Entered is
based on the
selected UoM

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Lost Sales Qty

Quantity

Quantity of
potential sales

When an order is closed and there

is a difference between the ordered
quantity and the delivered (invoiced)
quantity is the Lost Sales Quantity.
Note that the Lost Sales Quantity
is 0 if you void an order, so close
the order if you want to track lost
opportunities. [Void = data entry
error - Close = the order is finished]

Ordered Quantity

Quantity

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that was ordered.

Reserved Quantity

Quantity

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Qty to deliver

Quantity

Qty to invoice

Quantity

305

Description
format) when the
document has
been processed

Comment/Help
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Revenue
Recognition Amt

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Revenue
Recognition
Amount

The amount for revenue recognition

calculation. If empty, the complete
invoice amount is used. The difference
between Revenue Recognition Amount
and Invoice Line Net Amount is
immediately recognized as revenue.

Revenue
Recognition Start

Date+Time

Revenue
Recognition
Start Date

The date the revenue

recognition starts.

Referenced
Order Line

Search

C_OrderLine

Reference to
corresponding
Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Referenced Order

Table

C_Order

Reference to
corresponding
Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Resource
Assignment

Assignment

Sales
Representative

Table

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Total Lines

Number

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Resource
Assignment
AD_User
- SalesRep

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

306

Report :Open Orders

Column Name

Reference

Volume

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

c_order_created

Date+Time

c_order_dateordered

Date+Time

c_order_datepromised

Date+Time

c_order_description

String

c_order_freightamt

Amount

c_order_isactive

Yes-No

c_order_processed

Yes-No

c_order_updated

Date+Time

c_orderline_description

String

c_orderline_discount

Number

c_orderline_freightamt

Amount

c_orderline_processed

Yes-No

m_asi_created

Date+Time

m_asi_isactive

Yes-No

m_asi_updated

Date+Time

307

Chapter 117. Report :Open Requisitions

Created:2004-03-25 15:46:04.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Detail Open Requisition Information
ReportView :RV_M_Requisition Open
[IMAGE]
Table 117.1. Open_Requisitions Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Required

DateRequired

Product

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Date when required

null

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

User/Contact

AD_User_ID

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

AD_User Internal(-1)

Table 117.2. RV_M_Requisition Open - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact
308

Comment/Help

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Report :Open Requisitions

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Charge

Table Direct

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Date Required

Date

Date when
required

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document Action

List

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete (CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document No

String

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
309

Report :Open Requisitions

Column Name

Reference

Comment/Help

String

Active

Yes-No

Approved

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line Description

String

Description
of the Line

Line Amount

Amount

(Y)

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

310

Report :Open Requisitions

Column Name

Reference

Price List

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Requisition Line

Table Direct

Material
Requisition Line

Requisition

Table Direct

Material
Requisition

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Unit Price

Costs+Prices

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price indicates the

Price for a product in source currency.

Priority

List

Priority of
a document

The Priority indicates the importance

(high, medium, low) of this document

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Ordered Quantity

Quantity

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that was ordered.

Total Lines

Amount

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

311

Chapter 118. Report :Order Detail

Created:2005-08-27 08:52:47.0
Updated:2005-08-27 09:03:25.0
Description: Order Detail Report
Comment/Help: The report includes order detail information including lost sales. The report can be used for Sales and Purchasing.
ReportView :RV_OrderDetail
[IMAGE]
Table 118.1. Order_Detail Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Product

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type determines

document sequence and processing rules

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Date Ordered

DateOrdered

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date an item was ordered.

Table 118.2. RV_OrderDetail - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

Search

AmountRefunded

Number

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

312

Comment/Help

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AmountTendered

Number

Lost Sales Amt

Amount

Invoice Partner

Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
to be invoiced

Invoice Location

Search

C_BPartner
Location

Business Partner
Location for
invoicing

Invoice Contact

Search

AD_User

Business Partner
Contact for
invoicing

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Search

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Cash Journal Line

Search

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Cash Plan Line

Search

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Amount of
lost sales in
Invoice Currency

313

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Currency

Search

Target
Document Type

Table

Document Type

Table Direct

c_orderline_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

c_orderline_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

c_orderline_c_currency_id

Table

C_Currencies

Sales Order Line

Search

c_orderline_m_shipper_id

Table

M_Shipper

c_orderline_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

c_orderline_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

c_order_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

c_order_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_order_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

c_order_c_bpartner_id

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

c_order_c_bpartner_location_id Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_DocType

C_BPartner
Location

c_order_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

c_order_c_compaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

314

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Target document
type for
conversing
documents

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

c_order_c_project_id

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

c_order_createdby

Table

AD_User

Order

Search

c_order_m_shipper_id

Table

M_Shipper

c_order_m_warehouse_id

Table

M_Warehouse
of Client

c_order_updatedby

Table

AD_User

c_order_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

c_order_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

POS Terminal

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Table Direct

Point of Sales
Terminal

The POS Terminal defines

the defaults and functions
available for the POS Form

Payment Term

Table Direct

The terms
of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Payment

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project Phase

Table Direct

Phase of a Project

Project Task

Table Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

315

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Charge amount

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Copy From

Yes-No

Copy From
Record

Copy From Record

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date+Time

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Delivered

Date+Time

Date when
the product
was delivered

Date Invoiced

Date+Time

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date Ordered

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date+Time

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Date Promised

Date

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates the date,

if any, that an Order was promised for.

Delivery Rule

Yes-No

Defines the timing

of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates when

an order should be delivered.
For example should the order be
delivered when the entire order is
complete, when a line is complete
or as the products become available.

Delivery Via

Yes-No

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

316

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Discount %

Number

Document Action

List

Document Status

List

Document No

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Discount
in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete (CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
317

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

DropShip_BPartner_ID

Table

Drop Shipment
Location

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
to ship to

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Table

C_BPartner
Location

Business Partner
Location for
shipping to

Drop Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

Business Partner
Contact for
drop shipment

Freight Cost Rule

Yes-No

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Grand Total

Number

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Invoice Rule

Yes-No

Frequency
and method
of invoicing

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Credit Approved

Yes-No

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates if the credit

approval was successful for Orders

Delivered

Yes-No

Description Only

Yes-No

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals

(Y)

318

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Discount Printed

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Pay Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Selected

Yes-No

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Price includes Tax

Yes-No

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox indicates

if the prices include tax. This is
also known as the gross price.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

319

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Line No

Integer

Line Amount

Amount

Linked Order Line

Table

C_OrderLine

This field links

a sales order line
to the purchase
order line that is
generated from it.

Linked Order

Table

C_Order

This field links

a sales order to
the purchase
order that is
generated from it.

Lot No

String

m_attributesetinstance_ad_org_id Table
M_ASI_CreatedBy

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

AD_Org (all)
AD_User

m_attributesetinstance_descriptionString
M_AttributeSetInstance_UpdatedByTable

AD_User

Attribute
Set Instance

Search

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Attribute Set

Table Direct

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add

additional attributes and values to
the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

320

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Freight Category

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Lot

Search

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

Price List

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Promotion

Table Direct

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Margin %

Number

Margin for
a product as
a percentage

The Margin indicates the margin

for this product as a percentage of
the limit price and selling price.

Margin Amount

Amount

Difference
between actual
and limit price
multiplied by
the quantity

The margin amount is calculated as

the difference between actual and
limit price multiplied by the quantity

Invoice net
Amount

Amount

Net amount of
this Invoice

Indicates the net amount for

this invoice. It does not include
shipping or any additional charges.

Order Type

Text

Type of Order:
MRP records
grouped by source
(Sales Order,
Purchase Order,
Distribution
Order,
Requisition)

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
321

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Payment BPartner

Integer

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

Payment Location

Integer

Location of the
Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

Payment Rule

Yes-No

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Unit Price

Costs+Prices

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price indicates the

Price for a product in source currency.

Cost Price

Number

Price per Unit of

Measure including
all indirect costs
(Freight, etc.)

Optional Purchase
Order Line cost price.

Price

Costs+Prices

Price Entered - the

price based on the
selected/base UoM

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Limit Price

Number

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

List Price

Number

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Priority

Yes-No

Priority of
a document

The Priority indicates the importance

(high, medium, low) of this document

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds

322

Description
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

Comment/Help
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Product Attribute

String

Product Attribute
Instance
Description

Promotion Code

String

User entered
promotion code
at sales time

If present, user entered the promotion

code at sales time to get this promotion

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

Delivered
Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
Entered is
based on the
selected UoM

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Lost Sales Qty

Quantity

Quantity of
potential sales

When an order is closed and there

is a difference between the ordered
quantity and the delivered (invoiced)
quantity is the Lost Sales Quantity.
Note that the Lost Sales Quantity
is 0 if you void an order, so close
the order if you want to track lost
opportunities. [Void = data entry
error - Close = the order is finished]

Ordered Quantity

Quantity

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that was ordered.

Reserved Quantity

Quantity

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Qty to deliver

Quantity

Qty to invoice

Quantity

323

Description
format) when the
document has
been processed

Comment/Help
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Revenue
Recognition Amt

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Revenue
Recognition
Amount

The amount for revenue recognition

calculation. If empty, the complete
invoice amount is used. The difference
between Revenue Recognition Amount
and Invoice Line Net Amount is
immediately recognized as revenue.

Revenue
Recognition Start

Date+Time

Revenue
Recognition
Start Date

The date the revenue

recognition starts.

Referenced
Order Line

Search

C_OrderLine

Reference to
corresponding
Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Referenced Order

Table

C_Order

Reference to
corresponding
Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Resource
Assignment

Assignment

Sales
Representative

Table

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Total Lines

Number

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Resource
Assignment
AD_User
- SalesRep

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

324

Report :Order Detail

Column Name

Reference

Volume

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

c_order_created

Date+Time

c_order_dateordered

Date+Time

c_order_datepromised

Date+Time

c_order_description

String

c_order_freightamt

Amount

c_order_isactive

Yes-No

c_order_processed

Yes-No

c_order_updated

Date+Time

c_orderline_description

String

c_orderline_discount

Number

c_orderline_freightamt

Amount

c_orderline_processed

Yes-No

m_asi_created

Date+Time

m_asi_isactive

Yes-No

m_asi_updated

Date+Time

325

Chapter 119. Report :Order Transactions

Created:2009-06-15 18:17:06.0
Updated:2009-06-15 18:17:06.0
Description: Sales Order Transaction Report
ReportView :RV_Order
[IMAGE]
Table 119.1. Order_Transactions Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

(Y)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Date Ordered

DateOrdered

Date

(@#Date@)

Date of Order

Indicates the Date an item was ordered.

Table 119.2. RV_Order - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Client

Table Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Trx Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_corder

Organization

Table Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

adorg_corder

User/Contact

Table Direct

(-1)

AmountRefunded

Amount

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
Performing
or initiating
organization

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID (see same above)

< > 0 AND
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

aduser_corder
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the
system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

326

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
(see same above)

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AmountTendered

Amount

Invoice Partner

Table

Invoice Location

Table

C_BPartner
Location

cbplocationbill_corder
C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
AND
Location for
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
invoicing
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

Invoice Contact

Table

AD_User

aduserbill_corder
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
Contact for
invoicing

Activity

Table Direct

cactivity_corderC_Activity.IsActive='Y'Business Activity
AND
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

cbpartner_corderC_BPartner.IsActive='Y' Identifies a
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

C_BPartner (Trx) cbpartnerbill_corder

C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
Business Partner
AND
to be invoiced
(C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
'N'='@IsSOTrx@'
OR EXISTS
(SELECT
* FROM
C_BP_Relation
r WHERE
C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=r.C_BPartnerRelation_ID
AND
r.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
r.IsBillTo='Y'))

cbpartnerlocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
AND
to) address for this
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
Business Partner
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

327

Comment/Help
If empty the shipment business
partner will be invoiced

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Campaign

Table Direct

Cash Journal Line

Search

Cash Plan Line

Search

Charge

Table

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency

Table Direct

Target
Document Type

Table

C_DocType

Document Type

Table Direct

C_DocType(0)

Sales Opportunity

Search

Validation Rule

Description

ccampaign_corder
C_Campaign.IsActive='Y' Marketing
AND
Campaign
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'

ccashline_corder

Cash Journal Line

Comment/Help
The Campaign defines a unique
marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.
The Cash Journal Line indicates
a unique line in a cash journal.

ccashplanline_corder C_CashPlan_ID
IN (SELECT
C_CashPlan_ID
FROM
C_CashPlan
WHERE
IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@')
AND DateTrx>
=SYSDATE
C_Charge

ccharge_corder

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

cconversiontype_corder

(@C_Currency_ID@) ccurrency_corder

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

cdoctypetarget_corder
C_DocType.DocBaseType
Target document
IN ('SOO',
type for
'POO') AND
conversing
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
documents
AND
COALESCE(C_DocType.DocSubTypeSO,'
')< > 'RM'
c_doctype_corder

copportunity_corder
328

Document
type or rules

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Order Source

Table Direct

Order

ID

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

C_Order_UU

String

POS Terminal

Table Direct

Point of Sales
Terminal

The POS Terminal defines

the defaults and functions
available for the POS Form

Payment Term

Table Direct

Payment

Search

Project

Table Direct

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Copy From

Button

Copy From
Record

Copy From Record

Created

Date+Time

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

c_order__c_orders_c_ordersou

cpos_corder

cpaymentterm_soheader
C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
The terms
= 'B' OR
of Payment
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
(timing, discount)
= 'S' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='Y')
OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')
cpayment_corder

Payment identifier

cproject_corderC_Project.IsSummary='N'
Financial Project
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
IS NULL OR
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

(SYSDATE)

329

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.
A Project allows you to track and
control internal or external activities.

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Created By

Table

Account Date

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Date

(@#Date@)

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Ordered

Date

(@#Date@)

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Date Promised

Date

(@#Date@)

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates the date,

if any, that an Order was promised for.

Delivery Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability
Complete Line
Complete Order
Manual Force (F)

Defines the timing

of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates when

an order should be delivered.
For example should the order be
delivered when the entire order is
complete, when a line is complete
or as the products become available.

Delivery Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document Action

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

330

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Document No

String

DropShip_BPartner_ID

Search

Drop Shipment
Location

Table

Drop Shipment
Contact

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
C_BPartner (Trx)dropshipbpartner_corder
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'Business Partner
AND
to ship to
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
C_BPartner C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
dropshiplocation_corder
Business Partner
Location
AND
Location for
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
shipping to
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'
AD_User

dropshipuser_corder
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
Contact for
drop shipment

331

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Freight Amount

Amount

Freight Cost Rule

List

Grand Total

Amount

Invoice Rule

List

Active

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

After Delivery
Customer
Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered (I)

Frequency
and method
of invoicing

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Yes-No

(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Approved

Yes-No

(@IsApproved@)

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Credit Approved

Yes-No

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates if the credit

approval was successful for Orders

Delivered

Yes-No

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Pay Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

(N)

(N)

332

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Printed

Yes-No

Priviledged Rate

Yes-No

(N)

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

(@IsSOTrx@)

Selected

Yes-No

Self-Service

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Price includes Tax

Yes-No

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox indicates

if the prices include tax. This is
also known as the gross price.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Linked Order

Search

Freight Category

Table Direct

Price List

Table Direct

C_Order

Validation Rule

linkorder_corder

This field links

a sales order to
the purchase
order that is
generated from it.

mfreightcategory_order
M_FreightCategory_ID Category of
in (select
the Freight
M_FreightCategory_ID
from M_Freight
where
M_Shipper_ID=@M_Shipper_ID@)
mpricelist_soheader
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
Unique identifier
= '@IsSOTrx@'
of a Price List
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*)
333

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule
Description
FROM
M_PriceList_Version
WHERE
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Shipper

Table

Warehouse

Table Direct

Order Reference

String

Payment BPartner

ID

cbpartnerpay_corder

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

Payment Location

ID

cbplocationpay_corder

Location of the
Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

Payment Rule

Payment

(B)

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Posted

Button

_Posted Status(N)

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Priority

List

High Medium
Low Minor
Urgent (5)

Priority of
a document

The Priority indicates the importance

(high, medium, low) of this document

M_Shipper

mshipper_corder

Method or
manner of
product delivery

mwarehouse_corder
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point
Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

334

Comment/Help

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
The business partner order reference
is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

Processed

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Button

Promotion Code

String

User entered
promotion code
at sales time

If present, user entered the promotion

code at sales time to get this promotion

Referenced Order

Search

C_Order

Reference to
corresponding
Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User

Send EMail

Yes-No

Rate Inquiry

Button

Total Lines

Amount

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

User Element
List 1

Table

corder_ref

aduser_sr_corder EXISTS (SELECT

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
* FROM
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
C_BPartner
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.
bp WHERE
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')
Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Account_ID celementvalueuser1_corder
- User1

335

Report :Order Transactions

Column Name

Reference

User Element
List 2

Table

Volume

Weight

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Account_ID celemenrvalueuser2_corder
- User2

336

Chapter 120. Report :Payment Details

Created:2005-02-07 21:56:47.0
Updated:2005-02-08 02:20:12.0
Description: Payment Detail Report
Comment/Help: Type adjusted payments (receipts positive, payments negative) with allocated and available amounts
ReportView :RV_Payment
[IMAGE]
Table 120.1. Payment_Details Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Allocated

IsAllocated

List

Yes No

Indicates if the
payment has
been allocated

The Allocated checkbox indicates

if a payment has been allocated or
associated with an invoice or invoices.

Bank Account

C_BankAccount_ID

Table Direct

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type determines

document sequence and processing rules

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Table 120.2. RV_Payment - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (Trx)

Performing
or initiating
organization

337

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table Direct

Account City

String

City or the
Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Account City indicates the City

of the Credit Card or Account holder

Account Country

String

Country

Account Country Name

Account EMail

String

Email Address

The EMail Address indicates

the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

Driver License

String

Payment
Identification Driver License

The Driver's License being

used as identification.

Social Security No

String

Payment
Identification Social Security No

The Social Security number

being used as identification.

Account Name

String

Name on
Credit Card or
Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Account State

String

State of the
Credit Card or
Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Account Street

String

Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder

The Street Address of the

Credit Card or Account holder.

Account
Zip/Postal

String

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Account No

String

Account Number

The Account Number indicates the

Number assigned to this bank account.

Allocated
Amountt

Amount

Amount allocated
to this document

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

338

Comment/Help
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
(see same above)

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Available Amount

Amount

Amount available
for allocation for
this document

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Partner Bank
Account

Table Direct

Bank Account
of the Business
Partner

The Partner Bank Account

identifies the bank account to be
used for this Business Partner

Business Partner

Table Direct

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Bank Account

Table Direct

Account at
the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Charge

Table Direct

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Invoice

Table Direct

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Order

Table Direct

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

339

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Payment Batch

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Table Direct

Payment
batch for EFT

Electronic Fund
Transfer Payment Batch.

Payment

ID

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Check No

String

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Exp. Month

Integer

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

Exp. Year

Integer

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

Credit Card

List

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

Account Date

Date+Time

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Purchase Card
Amex MasterCard
ATM Diners
Discover Visa

340

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Description

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Discount Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Document Action

List

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document No

String

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
341

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Allocated

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if the
payment has
been allocated

The Allocated checkbox indicates

if a payment has been allocated or
associated with an invoice or invoices.

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Delayed Capture

Yes-No

Charge after
Shipment

Delayed Capture is required, if you

ship products. The first credit card
transaction is the Authorization,
the second is the actual transaction
after the shipment of the product.

Online Access

Yes-No

Can be
accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

Over/Under
Payment

Yes-No

Over-Payment
(unallocated) or
Under-Payment
(partial payment)

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow
you to receive money for more
than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial
payment for the invoice. You do
not write off the unpaid amount.

Prepayment

Yes-No

The Payment/
Receipt is a
Prepayment

Payments not allocated to an

invoice with a charge are posted
to Unallocated Payments. When
setting this flag, the payment
is posted to the Customer or
Vendor Prepayment account.

(Y)

342

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Receipt

Yes-No

This is a sales
transaction
(receipt)

Reconciled

Yes-No

Payment is
reconciled with
bank statement

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Micr

String

Combination
of routing
no, account
and check no

The Micr number is the combination

of the bank routing number,
account number and check number

Multiplier AP

Integer

Payables
Multiplier

Original
Transaction ID

String

Original
Transaction ID

The Original Transaction ID is used

for reversing transactions and indicates
the transaction that has been reversed.

Over/Under
Payment

Amount

Over-Payment
(unallocated)
or UnderPayment (partial
payment) Amount

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow
you to receive money for more
than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial
payment for the invoice. You do
not write off the unpaid amount.

PO Number

String

Purchase
Order Number

The PO Number indicates the

number assigned to a purchase order

Payment amount

Amount

Amount
being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

343

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Posted

List

Processed

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Authorization
Code

String

Authorization
Code returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Authorization
Code (DC)

String

Authorization
Code Delayed
Capture returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Address verified

List

No Match
Unavailable Match

This address has

been verified

The Address Verified indicates

if the address has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Zip verified

List

No Match
Unavailable Match

The Zip Code

has been verified

The Zip Verified indicates if

the zip code has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

CVV Match

Yes-No

Credit Card
Verification
Code Match

The Credit Card Verification

Code was matched

Info

String

Response info

The Info indicates any response

information returned from
the Credit Card Company.

Posting Error
Not Posted Not
Balanced Not
Convertible (no
rate) Invalid
Account Post
Prepared Posted
Period Closed

344

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Payment reference

The Payment Reference indicates

the reference returned from the
Credit Card Company for a payment

Reference (DC)

String

Payment
Reference
Delayed Capture

The Payment Reference indicates

the reference returned from the
Credit Card Company for a payment

Response Message

String

Response message

The Response Message indicates

the message returned from
the Credit Card Company as
the result of a transmission

Result

String

Result of
transmission

The Response Result indicates

the result of the transmission
to the Credit Card Company.

Referenced
Payment

Table

C_Payment

Reversal ID

Table

C_Payment

Routing No

String

Bank Routing
Number

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

Swipe

String

Track 1 and 2 of
the Credit Card

Swiped information for Credit

Card Presence Transactions

Tax Amount

Amount

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Tender type

List

Direct Deposit
Credit Card Check
Account Cash
Direct Debit

Method of
Payment

The Tender Type indicates the method

of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit,
Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit)

Transaction Type

List

Sales Credit
(Payment) Voice
Authorization
Void Delayed
Capture
Authorization

Type of credit
card transaction

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

ID of document
reversal

345

Report :Payment Details

Column Name

Reference

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Voice
authorization code

String

Voice
Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Write-off Amount

Amount

Amount to
write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

346

Chapter 121. Report :Print Format Detail

Created:2004-06-18 16:01:26.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Print Format Detail Report
Comment/Help: Print Format with Item details
ReportView :RV_PrintFormatDetail
[IMAGE]
Table 121.1. Print_Format_Detail Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Print Format

AD_PrintFormat_ID

Search

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Data Print Format

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

Table 121.2. RV_PrintFormatDetail - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

Column

Search

Organization

Table Direct

Print Color

Search

Color used
for printing
and display

Colors used for printing and display

Print Font

Search

Maintain
Print Font

Font used for printing

Included
Print Format

Table

Print format that

is included here.

Included Print formats allow to

e.g. Lines to Header records. The
Column provides the parent link.

Print Format Item

Search

Item/Column in
the Print format

Item/Column in the print format

maintaining layout information

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
Column in
the table
(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

AD_PrintFormat

347

Comment/Help
(see same above)
Link to the database
column of the table
(see same above)

Report :Print Format Detail

Column Name

Reference

Print Format

Search

Graph

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Data Print Format

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

Search

Graph included
in Reports

Pie/Line Graph to be
printed in Reports

Print Paper

Search

Printer paper
definition

Printer Paper Size,

Orientation and Margins

Print Table Format

Search

Table Format
in Reports

Print Table Format determines

Fonts, Colors of the printed Table

Report View

Search

View used
to generate
this report

The Report View indicates the

view used to generate this report.

Table

Search

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Below Column

Integer

Print this column

below the column
index entered

This column is printed in a second

line below the content of the
first line identified. Please be
aware, that this is depends on the
actual sequence. Enter a 1 to add
the info below the first column.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Default
Print Color

Table

AD_PrintColor

Default Print Font

Table

AD_PrintFont

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Field Alignment

List

Field Text
Alignment

Alignment of field text. The

default is determined by the data/
display type: Numbers are right
aligned, other data is left aligned

(0)

Default Leading
(left) Block Center
Trailing (right)

348

Report :Print Format Detail

Column Name

Reference

Footer Margin

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Margin of the
Footer in 1/72
of an inch

Distance from the bottom of the main

content to the end of the printable
page in 1/72 of an inch (point)

Header Margin

Integer

Margin of
the Header in
1/72 of an inch

Distance from the top of the

printable page to the start of the main
content in 1/72 of an inch (point)

Image attached

Yes-No

Image URL

URL

Active

Yes-No

Calculate
Mean ()

The image to be The image to be printed is stored in the

printed is attached database as attachment to this record.
to the record
The image can be a gif, jpeg or png.
URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Calculate Average
of numeric
content or length

Calculate the Mean () of the

data if the field is numeric,
otherwise calculate the
average length of the field.

Calculate
Count (#)

Yes-No

Count number
of not empty
elements

Calculate the total number (#)

of not empty (NULL) elements
(maximum is the number of lines).

Default

Yes-No

Default value

The Default Checkbox indicates if this

record will be used as a default value.

Calculate
Deviation ()

Yes-No

Calculate Standard
Deviation

The Standard Deviation () is the

a measure of dispersion - used in
combination with the Mean ()

Fixed Width

Yes-No

Column has
a fixed width

The Column has a fixed width,

independent from the content

Form

Yes-No

If Selected, a
Form is printed,
if not selected
a columnar
List report

A form has individual elements

with layout information (example:
invoice, check) A columnar list
report has individual columns
(example: list of invoices)

(Y)

349

Report :Print Format Detail

Column Name

Reference

Group by

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

After a group
change, totals,
etc. are printed

Grouping allows to print sub-totals.

If a group changes, the totals are
printed. Group by columns need
to be included in the sort order.

One Line Only

Yes-No

If selected, only
one line is printed

If the column has a width restriction,

the text is broken into multiple
lines. If One Line is selected,
only the first line is printed.

Calculate
Maximum (?)

Yes-No

Calculate the
maximum amount

Calculate the Maximum () of the

data if the field is numeric, otherwise
maximum length of the field.

Calculate
Minimum ()

Yes-No

Calculate the
minimum amount

Calculate the Minimum () of

the data if the field is numeric,
otherwise minimum length of the field.

Next Line

Yes-No

Print item
on next line

If not selected, the item is

printed on the same line

Next Page

Yes-No

The column
is printed on
the next page

Before printing this column,

there will be a page break.

Order by

Yes-No

Include in
sort order

The records are ordered by the

value of this column. If a column
is used for grouping, it needs to be
included in the sort order as well.

Page break

Yes-No

Start with
new page

Before printing this

item, create a new page

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Relative Position

Yes-No

Running Total

Yes-No

The item is
The relative positioning of the item is
relative positioned determined by X-Z space and next line
(not absolute)
Create a running
total (sum)

350

A running total creates a sum at the

end of a page and on the top of the
next page for all columns, which have

Report :Print Format Detail

Column Name

Reference

Set NL Position

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
a Sum function. You should define
running total only once per format.

Yes-No

Set New
Line Position

When enabled, the current x

(horizontal) Position before printing
the item is saved. The next New Line
will use the saved x (horizontal)
Position, enabling to print data in
columns. The setting is not restricted
to an area (header, content, footer),
allowing to align information also with
Header and Footer with the Content.

Standard
Header/Footer

Yes-No

The standard
Header and
Footer is used

If the standard header is not used,

it must be explicitly defined.

Calculate Sum ()

Yes-No

Calculate the
Sum of numeric
content or length

Calculate the Sum () of the data

if the field is numeric, otherwise
total sum length of the field.

Suppress Null

Yes-No

Suppress columns
or elements with
NULL value

If a Form entry is NULL and if

selected, the field (including label)
is not printed. If all elements in
a table column are NULL and if
selected, the column is not printed.

Table Based

Yes-No

Table based
List Reporting

Table based columnar list

reporting is invoked from
the Window Report button

Calculate
Variance (#)

Yes-No

Calculate Variance

The Variance (#) is the a

measure of dispersion - used in
combination with the Mean ()

Print Item Name

String

Line Alignment

List

Line Alignment

For relative positioning,

the line alignment

Max Height

Integer

Maximum Height
in 1/72 if an inch 0 = no restriction

Maximum height of the element

in 1/72 of an inch (point). If zero
(0), there is no height restriction.

Leading (left)
Center None
Trailing (right)

351

Report :Print Format Detail

Column Name

Reference

Max Width

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Maximum Width
in 1/72 if an inch 0 = no restriction

Maximum width of the element

in 1/72 of an inch (point). If zero
(0), there is no width restriction.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Area

List

Content
Header Footer

Print Area

Print area of this item

Format Type

List

Field Text
Rectangle
Line Print
Format Image

Print Format Type

The print format type

determines what will be printed.

Print Text

String

The label text

to be printed on
a document or
correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Print Label Suffix

String

The label text

to be printed on
a document or
correspondence
after the field

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on a
document or correspondence after the
field. The max length is 60 characters.

Printer Name

String

Name of
the Printer

Internal (Operating System) Name

of the Printer; Please mote that the
printer name may be different on
different clients. Enter a printer name,
which applies to ALL clients (e.g.
printer on a server). < p> If none is
entered, the default printer is used.
You specify your default printer
when you log in. You can also change
the default printer in Preferences.

Running
Total Lines

Integer

Create Running
Total Lines
(page break)
every x lines

When you want to print running totals,

enter the number of lines per page after
you want to create a running total line
and page break. You should define
running total only once per format.

352

Report :Print Format Detail

Column Name

Reference

Sequence

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Method of
ordering records;
lowest number
comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Record Sort No

Integer

Determines
in what order
the records
are displayed

The Record Sort No indicates

the ascending sort sequence of
the records. If the number is
negative, the records are sorted
descending. Example: A tab with
C_DocType_ID (1), DocumentNo
(-2) will be sorted ascending by
document type and descending by
document number (SQL: ORDER BY
C_DocType, DocumentNo DESC)

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

X Position

Integer

Absolute X
(horizontal)
position in
1/72 of an inch

Absolute X (horizontal)
position in 1/72 of an inch

X Space

Integer

Relative X
(horizontal) space
in 1/72 of an inch

Relative X (horizontal) space

in 1/72 of an inch in relation to
the end of the previous item.

Y Position

Integer

Absolute Y
(vertical) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Absolute Y (vertical)
position in 1/72 of an inch

Y Space

Integer

Relative Y
(vertical) space
in 1/72 of an inch

Relative Y (vertical) space in

1/72 of an inch in relation to
the end of the previous item.

353

Chapter 122. Report :Product Cost

Created:2005-07-25 13:24:24.0
Updated:2005-07-26 14:14:49.0
Description: Product Cost Report
Comment/Help: The Product Cost report lists the product costs for the product, cost type and cost element
ReportView :RV_Cost
[IMAGE]
Table 122.1. Product_Cost Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Cost Element

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

M_CostElement_ID

Table Direct

Product Cost Element

null

Cost Type

M_CostType_ID

Table Direct

Type of Cost (e.g.

Current, Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost types. A

cost type selected in an Accounting
Schema is used for accounting.

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Search key for

the record in the
format required
- must be unique

A search key allows you a fast method of

finding a particular record. If you leave the
search key empty, the system automatically
creates a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence"
window with the name "DocumentNo_<
TableName> ", where TableName is the
actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Search Key

Value

Table Direct

Values(Default)

(-1)

String

354

Report :Product Cost

Table 122.2. RV_Cost - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

c_acctschema_ad_org_id

Table

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Revenue
Recognition

Table Direct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Subscription Type

Table Direct

Type of
subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Tax Category

Table Direct

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Cost Element
Type

List

Burden
(M.Overhead)
Outside
Processing
Resource Material
Overhead

Type of Cost
Element

Costing Method

List

Average PO Lifo
Fifo Last PO
Price Last Invoice
User Defined

Indicates how
Costs will be
calculated

AD_Org (all)

355

The Costing Method indicates how

costs will be calculated (Standard,
Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default
costing method is defined on
accounting schema level and can be

Report :Product Cost

Column Name

Reference

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Table

Accumulated Amt

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Standard Costing
Average Invoice _

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
optionally overwritten in the product
category. The costing method cannot
conflict with the Material Movement
Policy (defined on Product Category).

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Amount

Total Amount

Sum of all amounts

Accumulated Qty

Quantity

Total Quantity

Sum of the quantities

Current Cost Price

Costs+Prices

The currently
used cost price

Current Cost
Price Lower Level

Number

Current Price
Lower Level Is the
sum of the costs
of the components
of this product
manufactured
for this level.

Current Quantity

Quantity

Current Quantity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Description URL

String

URL for the

description

Discontinued

Yes-No

Discontinued At

Date+Time

Current Price Lower Level is used

for get the total costs for lower level
the a product manufactured. The
Current Price Lower Level always
will be calculated. You can see the
Current Cost Price and Current Cost
Price Lower Level with Cost Bill of
Material %26 Formula Detail Report.
The sum the Current Cost Price +
Current Cost Price Lower Level is the
total cost to a product manufactured.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

This product is no The Discontinued check box indicates

longer available
a product that has been discontinued.
Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued
356

Report :Product Cost

Column Name

Reference

Document Note

Text

Future Cost Price

Costs+Prices

Future Cost Price

Lower Level

Number

Group1

String

Group2

String

Guarantee Days

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Additional
information for
a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

Min Guarantee
Days

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Comment/Help

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Image URL

String

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Bill of Materials

Yes-No

Bill of Materials

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

Calculated

Yes-No

The value is
calculated by
the system

You cannot change values

maintained by the system.

Cost Frozen

Yes-No

Indicated that
the Standard
Cost is frozen

357

Report :Product Cost

Column Name

Reference

Drop Shipment

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Exclude Auto
Delivery

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic
Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for high
demand items. If selected, you need
to create the shipment manually. But,
the item is always included, when the
delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g.
for POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

Print detail
records on invoice

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Print detail records

on pick list

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Purchased

Yes-No

Organization
purchases
this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sold

Yes-No

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Stocked

Yes-No

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

358

Report :Product Cost

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Verified

Yes-No

The BOM
The Verified check box indicates if
configuration
the configuration of this product has
has been verified been verified. This is used for products
that consist of a bill of materials

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

If selected,
the product is
displayed in the
initial or any
empty search

Low Level

Integer

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
and determines if
a net requirement
should be
exploited

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

In the display of products in the Web

Store, the product is displayed in the
initial view or if no search criteria
are entered. To be displayed, the
product must be in the price list used.

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

m_costelement_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

Cost Element

Table Direct

Product Cost
Element

Cost Type

Table Direct

Type of Cost
(e.g. Current,
Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost types. A

cost type selected in an Accounting
Schema is used for accounting.

Freight Category

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Locator

Table Direct

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

m_product_ad_org_id

Table

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

m_product_createdby

Table

AD_Org (all)

AD_User
359

Report :Product Cost

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Product

Search

m_product_m_attributeset_id

Table

M_AttributeSet

m_product_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

m_product_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Name

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Percent

Integer

Percentage

The Percent indicates

the percentage used.

Product Type

List

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Mail Template

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail
text can include variables. The priority
of parsing is User/Contact, Business
Partner and then the underlying
business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So,
@Name@ would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined), then
Business Partner name (if business
partner is defined) and then the Name
of the business object if it has a
Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

SKU

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Expense Type

Table Direct

Expense
report type

Item Service
Resource Expense
type Online Asset

360

Report :Product Cost

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Resource

Table Direct

Resource

Shelf Depth

Integer

Shelf depth
required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Height

Number

Shelf height
required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Width

Integer

Shelf width
required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

UnitsPerPack

Integer

The Units Per

Pack indicates
the no of units
of a product
packed together.

Units Per Pallet

Number

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Search Key

String

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
361

Report :Product Cost

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

c_acctschema_description

String

c_acctschema_name

String

m_costelement_description

String

m_costelement_isactive

Yes-No

m_costelement_name

String

m_product_copyfrom

Yes-No

m_product_created

Date+Time

m_product_description

String

m_product_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_issummary

Yes-No

m_product_m_attributesetinsta Integer
m_product_processing

Yes-No

m_product_updated

Date+Time

362

Description

Comment/Help
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Chapter 123. Report :Product Cost Detail

Created:2005-07-26 14:16:47.0
Updated:2005-07-26 14:17:43.0
Description: Product Invoice Cost Detail Report
Comment/Help: The Product Invoice Cost Detail Report lists the products with the individual invoice cost allocation
ReportView :RV_CostDetail
[IMAGE]
Table 123.1. Product_Cost_Detail Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

(-1)

Description

Comment/Help

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Search Key

Value

String

Search key for

the record in the
format required
- must be unique

A search key allows you a fast method of

finding a particular record. If you leave the
search key empty, the system automatically
creates a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence"
window with the name "DocumentNo_<
TableName> ", where TableName is the
actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Table 123.2. RV_CostDetail - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
363

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

Organization

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

Amount

Amount

Amount

Amount

c_acctschema_ad_org_id

Table

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Invoice Line

Search

Invoice
Detail Line

The Invoice Line uniquely

identifies a single line of an Invoice.

Sales Order Line

Search

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Project Issue

Search

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Revenue
Recognition

Table Direct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Subscription Type

Table Direct

Type of
subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Tax Category

Table Direct

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

AD_Org (all)

364

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

Accumulated Amt

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Total Amount

Sum of all amounts

Accumulated Qty

Quantity

Total Quantity

Sum of the quantities

Current Cost Price

Number

The currently
used cost price

Current Quantity

Quantity

Current Quantity

Delta Amount

Amount

Difference
Amount

Delta Quantity

Quantity

Quantity
Difference

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Description URL

String

URL for the

description

Discontinued

Yes-No

Discontinued At

Date+Time

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

Document Note

Text

Additional
information for
a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Group1

String

Group2

String

Guarantee Date

Date+Time

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Guarantee Days

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

Min Guarantee
Days

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

This product is no The Discontinued check box indicates

longer available
a product that has been discontinued.

365

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

Comment/Help

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Image URL

String

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Bill of Materials

Yes-No

Bill of Materials

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Exclude Auto
Delivery

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic
Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for high
demand items. If selected, you need
to create the shipment manually. But,
the item is always included, when the
delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g.
for POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

Print detail
records on invoice

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Print detail records

on pick list

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

366

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

Purchased

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Organization
purchases
this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sold

Yes-No

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Stocked

Yes-No

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Verified

Yes-No

The BOM
The Verified check box indicates if
configuration
the configuration of this product has
has been verified been verified. This is used for products
that consist of a bill of materials

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

If selected,
the product is
displayed in the
initial or any
empty search

In the display of products in the Web

Store, the product is displayed in the
initial view or if no search criteria
are entered. To be displayed, the
product must be in the price list used.

Lot No

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Low Level

Integer

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
and determines if
a net requirement
should be
exploited

m_attributesetinstance_ad_org_id Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Org (all)
367

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

M_ASI_CreatedBy

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_User

m_attributesetinstance_descriptionString
M_AttributeSetInstance_UpdatedByTable

AD_User

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Attribute Set

Table Direct

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add

additional attributes and values to
the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Cost Detail

Table Direct

Cost Detail
Information

Cost Element

Table Direct

Product Cost
Element

Freight Category

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Search

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Phys.Inventory
Line

Table Direct

Unique line in
an Inventory
document

The Physical Inventory Line indicates

the inventory document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

Locator

Table Direct

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Lot

Table Direct

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

Move Line

Table Direct

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

m_product_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

368

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

Product Category

Table Direct

m_product_createdby

Table

Product

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

AD_User

M_Product_M_ASI_IDProduct Attribute
m_product_m_attributeset_id

Table

M_AttributeSet

m_product_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

m_product_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Production Line

Table Direct

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Manufacturing
Cost Collector

Table Direct

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Product Type

List

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Mail Template

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail
text can include variables. The priority
of parsing is User/Contact, Business
Partner and then the underlying
business object (like Request,

Item Service
Resource Expense
type Online Asset

369

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

SKU

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Dunning, Workflow object). So,
@Name@ would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined), then
Business Partner name (if business
partner is defined) and then the Name
of the business object if it has a
Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Expense Type

Table Direct

Expense
report type

Resource

Table Direct

Resource

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Shelf Depth

Integer

Shelf depth
required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Height

Number

Shelf height
required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Width

Integer

Shelf width
required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

370

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

UnitsPerPack

Integer

The Units Per

Pack indicates
the no of units
of a product
packed together.

Units Per Pallet

Number

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Search Key

String

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

c_acctschema_description

String

c_acctschema_name

String

m_asi_created

Date+Time

m_asi_isactive

Yes-No

m_asi_updated

Date+Time
371

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Product Cost Detail

Column Name

Reference

m_product_copyfrom

Yes-No

m_product_created

Date+Time

m_product_description

String

m_product_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_issummary

Yes-No

m_product_processing

Yes-No

m_product_updated

Date+Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

372

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 124. Report :Product Cost Summary

Created:2005-07-25 13:44:51.0
Updated:2005-07-26 14:14:25.0
Description: Product Cost Summary Report
Comment/Help: The Product Cost report lists the summarized product costs for the product
ReportView :RV_CostSummary
[IMAGE]
Table 124.1. Product_Cost_Summary Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Search Key

Value

String

Search key for

the record in the
format required
- must be unique

A search key allows you a fast method of

finding a particular record. If you leave the
search key empty, the system automatically
creates a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence"
window with the name "DocumentNo_<
TableName> ", where TableName is the
actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Table 124.2. RV_CostSummary - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
373

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Report :Product Cost Summary

Column Name

Reference

Organization

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Current Cost Price

Costs+Prices

Future Cost Price

Costs+Prices

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Bill of Materials

Yes-No

Bill of Materials

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

Cost Type

Table Direct

Type of Cost
(e.g. Current,
Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost types. A

cost type selected in an Accounting
Schema is used for accounting.

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Product Type

List

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

The currently
used cost price

Item Service
Resource Expense
type Online Asset

374

Report :Product Cost Summary

Column Name

Reference

UPC/EAN

String

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

Search Key

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

375

Chapter 125. Report :Product Transaction Summary

Created:2000-05-11 18:54:21.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Product Transaction Summary
Comment/Help: The report shows transaction summary for stored products
ReportView :RV_M_Transaction_Sum
[IMAGE]
Table 125.1. Product_Transaction_Summary Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Movement Date

MovementDate

Date

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Movement Type

MovementType

List

Values(Default)

(@#Date@)

Production Customer Shipment

Customer Returns
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Movement From
Movement To
Work Order +
Production + Vendor
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order -

376

Description

Comment/Help

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the

date that a product moved in or out
of inventory. This is the result of a
shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Method of moving
the inventory

The Movement Type indicates the type

of movement (in, out, to production, etc)

Report :Product Transaction Summary

Table 125.2. RV_M_Transaction_Sum - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product

Table Direct

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Movement Date

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Movement Type

List

Method of moving
the inventory

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

Production
- Customer
Shipment
Customer Returns
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Movement From
Movement To
Work Order +
Production +
Vendor Receipts
Inventory In
Work Order -

377

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 126. Report :Product Transaction Value

Created:2001-02-25 22:16:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Product Transaction Value
Comment/Help: The report shows product transactions with current vendor prices
ReportView :RV_M_Transaction
[IMAGE]
Table 126.1. Product_Transaction_Value Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

C_BPartner
Vendors Avtive

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Table

Search Key

Value

String

Search key for

the record in the
format required
- must be unique

A search key allows you a fast method of

finding a particular record. If you leave the
search key empty, the system automatically
creates a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence"
window with the name "DocumentNo_<
TableName> ", where TableName is the
actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Movement Date

MovementDate

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the

date that a product moved in or out
of inventory. This is the result of a
shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

378

Report :Product Transaction Value

Table 126.2. RV_M_Transaction - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Project Issue

Table Direct

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Revenue
Recognition

Table Direct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Subscription Type

Table Direct

Type of
subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Tax Category

Table Direct

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Cost per Order

Number

Fixed Cost
Per Order

The Cost Per Order indicates

the fixed charge levied when an
order for this product is placed.

Actual
Delivery Time

Integer

Actual days
between order
and delivery

The Actual Delivery Time

indicates the number of days
elapsed between placing an order
and the delivery of the order

Promised
Delivery Time

Integer

Promised days
between order
and delivery

The Promised Delivery Time

indicates the number of days

379

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Product Transaction Value

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description URL

String

URL for the

description

Document Note

Text

Additional
information for
a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Group1

String

Group2

String

Guarantee Days

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

Min Guarantee
Days

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Comment/Help

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Image URL

String

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Current vendor

Yes-No

Use this Vendor

for pricing
and stock
replenishment

The Current Vendor indicates

if prices are used and Product
is reordered from this vendor

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

380

Description

Comment/Help
between the order date and the
date that delivery was promised.

Report :Product Transaction Value

Column Name

Reference

Exclude Auto
Delivery

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic
Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for high
demand items. If selected, you need
to create the shipment manually. But,
the item is always included, when the
delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g.
for POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

Print detail
records on invoice

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Print detail records

on pick list

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Purchased

Yes-No

Organization
purchases
this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sold

Yes-No

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Stocked

Yes-No

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Verified

Yes-No

The BOM
The Verified check box indicates if
configuration
the configuration of this product has
has been verified been verified. This is used for products
that consist of a bill of materials

381

Report :Product Transaction Value

Column Name

Reference

Featured in
Web Store

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

If selected,
the product is
displayed in the
initial or any
empty search

In the display of products in the Web

Store, the product is displayed in the
initial view or if no search criteria
are entered. To be displayed, the
product must be in the price list used.

Low Level

Integer

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
and determines if
a net requirement
should be
exploited

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Freight Category

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Table Direct

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

m_product_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_product_c_uom_id

Table

C_UOM

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

m_product_createdby

Table

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

AD_User

M_Product_M_ASI_IDProduct Attribute
m_product_m_attributeset_id

Table

M_AttributeSet

382

Report :Product Transaction Value

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

m_product_m_locator_id

Location
(Address)

m_product_po_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_product_po_c_currency_id Table

C_Currencies

m_product_po_c_uom_id

Table

C_UOM

m_product_po_createdby

Table

AD_User

m_product_po_m_product_id Table

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

M_Product
(no summary)

m_product_po_updatedby

Table

AD_User

m_product_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

m_product_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Production Line

Table Direct

m_transaction_createdby

Table

Inventory
Transaction

Table Direct

m_transation_updatedby

Table

Manufacturer

String

Manufacturer
of the Product

The manufacturer of the Product

(used if different from the
Business Partner / Vendor)

Movement Date

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Movement Type

List

Method of moving
the inventory

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

AD_User

AD_User

383

Report :Product Transaction Value

Column Name

Reference

Minimum
Order Qty

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Minimum order
quantity in UOM

The Minimum Order Quantity

indicates the smallest quantity of
this product which can be ordered.

Order Pack Qty

Number

Package order
size in UOM
(e.g. order
set of 5 units)

The Order Pack Quantity

indicates the number of units
in each pack of this product.

Manufacturing
Cost Collector

Table Direct

Price effective

Date+Time

Effective
Date of Price

The Price Effective indicates

the date this price is for. This
allows you to enter future prices
for products which will become
effective when appropriate.

Last Invoice Price

Number

Price of the
last invoice
for the product

The Last Invoice Price indicates

the last price paid (per the
invoice) for this product.

Last PO Price

Costs+Prices

Price of the last

purchase order
for the product

The Last PO Price indicates

the last price paid (per the
purchase order) for this product.

List Price

Costs+Prices

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

PO Price

Costs+Prices

Price based on a
purchase order

The PO Price indicates the price for

a product per the purchase order.

Product Type

Yes-No

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Quality Rating

Number

Method for
rating vendors

The Quality Rating indicates

how a vendor is rated (higher
number = higher quality)

Mail Template

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail
text can include variables. The priority
of parsing is User/Contact, Business
Partner and then the underlying
business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So,

384

Report :Product Transaction Value

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Royalty Amount

Amount

(Included)
Amount for
copyright, etc.

SKU

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

Expense Type

Table Direct

Expense
report type

Resource

Table Direct

Resource

Shelf Depth

Integer

Shelf depth
required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Height

Number

Shelf height
required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Width

Integer

Shelf width
required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

UnitsPerPack

Integer

The Units Per

Pack indicates
the no of units
of a product
packed together.

Units Per Pallet

Number

Units Per Pallet

385

Description

Comment/Help
@Name@ would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined), then
Business Partner name (if business
partner is defined) and then the Name
of the business object if it has a
Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Report :Product Transaction Value

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Search Key

String

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Partner Category

String

Product
Category of the
Business Partner

The Business Partner Category

identifies the category used by the
Business Partner for this product.

Partner
Product Key

String

Product Key of the

Business Partner

The Business Partner Product Key

identifies the number used by the
Business Partner for this product.
It can be printed on orders and
invoices when you include the
Product Key in the print format.

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

m_product_copyfrom

Yes-No

m_product_created

Date+Time

m_product_description

String

m_product_discontinued

Yes-No

m_product_discontinuedat Date+Time
m_product_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_issummary

Yes-No

386

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Product Transaction Value

Column Name

Reference

m_product_name

String

m_product_po_created

Date+Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

m_product_po_discontinued Yes-No
m_product_po_discontinuedatDate+Time
m_product_po_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_po_upc

String

m_product_po_updated

Date+Time

m_product_processing

Yes-No

m_product_upc

String

m_product_updated

Date+Time

m_transaction_created

Date+Time

m_transaction_isactive

Yes-No

m_transation_updated

Date+Time

387

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 127. Report :Product/Component Where Used

Created:2013-03-01 14:30:39.0
Updated:2013-03-01 14:30:39.0
Description: Product/Component Where Used
Comment/Help: Enter a product/component below, and the system will check for BOM(s) that contain that product/component. This report is non-recursive. In
other words, it will only show one parent level above the product/component.
ReportView :RV_M_Product_WhereUsed_V
[IMAGE]
Table 127.1. Product/Component_Where_Used Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Please enter
the product
(component) you
wish to search for

null

Table 127.2. RV_M_Product_WhereUsed_V - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Product

Table Direct

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

388

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Product/Component Where Used

Column Name

Reference

Name

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

BOM %26
Formula

Table Direct

BOM %26
Formula

Quantity

Quantity

Indicate the
Quantity use
in this BOM

Selected Product
Description

String

Selected
Product Name

String

Selected
Product Value

String

Search Key

String

Exist two way the add a compenent

to a BOM or Formula: 1.Adding a Component based in
quantity to use in this BOM 2.Adding a Component based in
% to use the Order Quantity of
Manufacturing Order in this Formula.

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

389

Chapter 128. Report :Project Cycle Report

Created:2003-08-17 16:51:24.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Report Projects based on Project Cycle
Comment/Help: The Project Cycle reports on common project phases of a Cycle Step/Phase. All Report information is weighted by the relative weight of the Cycle
Step and converted to the currency of the Project Cycle (e.g. for Sales Funnel Reporting).< p> The Projects must have a Project Type, Phase and Currency defined.
The Phase must be assigned to a Cycle Step.
ReportView :RV_ProjectCycle
[IMAGE]
Table 128.1. Project_Cycle_Report Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Project Cycle

C_Cycle_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Identifier for
this Project
Reporting Cycle

Identifies a Project Cycle which

can be made up of one or more
cycle steps and cycle phases.

Table 128.2. RV_ProjectCycle - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

ID

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Business Partner

ID

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

390

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Project Cycle Report

Column Name

Reference

Partner Location

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ID

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Currency

ID

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Cycle Step

ID

The step for

this Cycle

Identifies one or more steps

within a Project Cycle. A
cycle Step has multiple Phases

Project Cycle

ID

Identifier for
this Project
Reporting Cycle

Identifies a Project Cycle which

can be made up of one or more
cycle steps and cycle phases.

Standard Phase

ID

Standard Phase of
the Project Type

Phase of the project with

standard performance
information with standard work

Project Type

ID

Type of the project

Type of the project with optional

phases of the project with
standard performance information

Committed
Amount

Integer

The (legal)
commitment
amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the planned
amount for your realistic estimation,
which might be higher or lower
than the commitment amount.

Committed
Quantity

Integer

The (legal)
commitment
Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the planned
amount for your realistic estimation,
which might be higher or lower
than the commitment amount.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

391

Report :Project Cycle Report

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Cycle Name

String

Name of the
Project Cycle

Cycle Step Name

String

Name of the
Project Cycle Step

Contract Date

Date

The (planned)
effective date of
this document.

The contract date is used to determine

when the document becomes
effective. This is usually the contract
date. The contract date is used
in reports and report parameters.

Finish Date

Date

Finish or
(planned)
completion date

The finish date is used to indicate

when the project is expected to be
completed or has been completed.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Invoiced Amount

Integer

The amount
invoiced

The amount invoiced

Quantity Invoiced

Integer

The quantity
invoiced

Active

Yes-No

Commitment
is Ceiling

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

The commitment
amount/
quantity is the
chargeable ceiling

The commitment amount and

quantity is the maximum amount
and quantity to be charged. Ignored,
if the amount or quantity is zero.

Commitment

Yes-No

Is this document
a (legal)
commitment?

Commitment indicates if the

document is legally binding.

Warehouse

ID

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Note

String

Optional
additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

392

Report :Project Cycle Report

Column Name

Reference

Order Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Planned Amount

Integer

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Planned Margin

Integer

Project's planned The Planned Margin Amount indicates

margin amount
the anticipated margin amount
for this project or project line.

Planned Quantity

Integer

Planned quantity
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Project Balance

Integer

Total Project
Balance

The project balance is the sum

of all invoices and payments

Project Category

List

Project Category

The Project Category determines the

behavior of the project: General - no
special accounting, e.g. for Presales or
general tracking Service - no special
accounting, e.g. for Service/Charge
projects Work Order - creates Project/
Job WIP transactions - ability to issue
material Asset - create Project Asset
transactions - ability to issue material

Project

String

Name of
the Project

Project Phase

String

Name of the
Project Phase

Project Type

String

Name of the
Project Type

Project Key

String

Key of the Project

General Service
(Charge) Project
Asset Project
Work Order (Job)

393

Report :Project Cycle Report

Column Name

Reference

Relative Weight

Integer

Sales
Representative

ID

Sequence

Integer

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Relative weight
of this step
(0 = ignored)

The relative weight allows you to

adjust the project cycle report based
on probabilities. For example, if
you have a 1:10 chance in closing
a contract when it is in the prospect
stage and a 1:2 chance when it is in
the contract stage, you may put a
weight of 0.1 and 0.5 on those steps.
This allows sales funnels or measures
of completion of your project.

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.
Method of
ordering records;
lowest number
comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

394

Chapter 129. Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Created:2003-09-02 20:55:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Accounting Fact Details of Project
ReportView :RV_Fact_Acct
[IMAGE]
Table 129.1. Project_Detail_Accounting_Report Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Project

C_Project_ID

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Table 129.2. RV_Fact_Acct - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Organization

Table Direct

Table

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (all)

Performing
or initiating
organization

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
Database Table
information
395

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
(see same above)

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Asset

Search

Account Type

List

Account Key

String

Account

Table

Accounted
Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Currency
of Accounting
Schema

Accounted Credit

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Source Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Source
Currency

Source Credit

Amount

Source Credit
Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Debit

Amount

Source Debit
Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Asset Revenue
Expense
Owner's Equity
Liability Memo

Description

Comment/Help

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Indicates the
type of account

Valid account types are A - Asset,

E - Expense, L - Liability, OOwner's Equity, R -Revenue and
M- Memo. The account type is used
to determine what taxes, if any are
applicable, validating payables and
receivables for business partners.
Note: Memo account amounts are
ignored when checking for balancing

Key of Account
Element
Account_ID (Trx)

Account used

396

The (natural) account used

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

BP Name

String

Business
Partner Key

String

Key of the
Business Partner

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

c_bp_ad_orgbp_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_bpartner_parent_id

ID

c_bp_c_dunning_id

Table

C_Dunning

c_bp_c_greeting_id

Table

C_Greeting

c_bp_c_invoiceschedule_id

Table

C_InvoiceSchedule

c_bp_c_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Sales

c_bp_c_taxgroup_id

Table

C_TaxGroup

c_bp_createdby

Table

AD_User

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

c_bp_logo_id

Image

c_bp_m_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_m_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_po_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_po_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

c_bp_po_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

397

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

c_bp_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

c_bp_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Business Partner

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Bank Account

Table Direct

Account at
the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

c_elementvalue_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_elementvalue_c_currency_id Table

C_Currencies

Account Element

Table Direct

Account Element

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Element

Table Direct

Accounting
Element

The Account Element uniquely

identifies an Account Type.
These are commonly known
as a Chart of Accounts.

Location From

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory was
moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Location To

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory
was moved to

The Location To indicates the

location that a product was moved to.

Period

Search

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Project Phase

Table Direct

Phase of a Project
398

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Project Task

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Project

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Revenue
Recognition

Table Direct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Sales Region

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Sub Account

Table Direct

Sub account for

Element Value

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

Subscription Type

Table Direct

Type of
subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Tax Category

Table Direct

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

D-U-N-S

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

399

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Account Date

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description URL

String

URL for the

description

Discontinued

Yes-No

Discontinued At

Date+Time

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

Document Note

Text

Additional
information for
a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Accounting Fact

ID

Budget

Table Direct

General
Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget identifies

a user defined budget. These can be
used in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

GL Category

Table Direct

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Group1

String

Group2

String

Guarantee Days

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

This product is no The Discontinued check box indicates

longer available
a product that has been discontinued.

400

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Min Guarantee
Days

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Comment/Help

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Image URL

String

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Bank Account

Yes-No

Indicates if this is The Bank Account checkbox indicates

the Bank Account if this is account is the bank account.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Exclude Auto
Delivery

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic
Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for high
demand items. If selected, you need
to create the shipment manually. But,
the item is always included, when the
delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g.
for POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

Foreign Currency
Account

Yes-No

Balances in
foreign currency
accounts are held
in the nominated
currency

Balances in foreign currency accounts

are held in the nominated currency
and translated to functional currency

(Y)

401

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Print detail
records on invoice

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Print detail records

on pick list

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Purchased

Yes-No

Organization
purchases
this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sold

Yes-No

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Stocked

Yes-No

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Verified

Yes-No

The BOM
The Verified check box indicates if
configuration
the configuration of this product has
has been verified been verified. This is used for products
that consist of a bill of materials

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

If selected,
the product is
displayed in the
initial or any
empty search

In the display of products in the Web

Store, the product is displayed in the
initial view or if no search criteria
are entered. To be displayed, the
product must be in the price list used.

Line ID

ID

Transaction line
ID (internal)

Internal link

Low Level

Integer

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
402

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Freight Category

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
and determines if
a net requirement
should be
exploited

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

m_product_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_product_c_uom_id

Table

C_UOM

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

m_product_createdby

Table

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

AD_User

M_Product_M_ASI_IDProduct Attribute
m_product_m_attributeset_id

Table

M_AttributeSet

m_product_m_locator_id

Table

M_Locator

m_product_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

m_product_updatedby

Table

AD_User

NAICS/SIC

String

Standard Industry
Code or its
successor
NAIC - http://
www.osha.gov/
oshstats/
sicser.html

The NAICS/SIC identifies

either of these codes that may be
applicable to this Business Partner.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

403

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Organization
Name

String

Name of the
Organization

Org Key

String

Key of the
Organization

PostingType

List

Product Name

String

Name of
the Product

Product Type

Yes-No

Type of product

Product Key

String

Key of the Product

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Mail Template

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail
text can include variables. The priority
of parsing is User/Contact, Business
Partner and then the underlying
business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So,
@Name@ would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined), then
Business Partner name (if business
partner is defined) and then the Name
of the business object if it has a
Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

Rate

Number

Rate or Tax
or Exchange

The Rate indicates the percentage

to be multiplied by the source to
arrive at the tax or exchange amount.

Record ID

Button

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal unique

identifier of a record. Please note

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment

Description

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

404

Comment/Help

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Reference No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
that zooming to the record may not
be successful for Orders, Invoices
and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes
the Sales Order type is not known.

String

Your customer or
vendor number
at the Business
Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

SKU

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Expense Type

Table Direct

Expense
report type

Resource

Table Direct

Resource

Shelf Depth

Integer

Shelf depth
required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Height

Number

Shelf height
required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Width

Integer

Shelf width
required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Tax ID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

UnitsPerPack

Integer

The Units Per

Pack indicates
405

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Units Per Pallet

Number

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
the no of units
of a product
packed together.

Comment/Help

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Column 1

Integer

User defined
accounting
Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

User Column 2

Integer

User defined
accounting
Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

406

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

Weight

Number

ad_org_description

String

ad_org_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_acqusitioncost

Number

c_bp_actuallifetimevalue

Number

c_bp_ad_language

String

c_bp_created

Date+Time

c_bp_deliveryrule

Yes-No

c_bp_deliveryviarule

Yes-No

c_bp_description

String

c_bp_dunninggrace

Date+Time

c_bp_firstsale

Date+Time

c_bp_flatdiscount

Number

c_bp_freightcostrule

Yes-No

c_bp_invoicerule

Yes-No

c_bp_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_iscustomer

Yes-No

c_bp_isdiscountprinted

Yes-No

c_bp_isemployee

Yes-No

c_bp_ismanufacturer

Yes-No

c_bp_isonetime

Yes-No

c_bp_ispotaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isprospect

Yes-No

c_bp_issalesrep

Yes-No

c_bp_issummary

Yes-No

c_bp_istaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isvendor

Yes-No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

407

Description

Comment/Help

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Report :Project Detail Accounting Report

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_name2

String

c_bp_numberemployees

Integer

c_bp_paymentrule

Yes-No

c_bp_paymentrulepo

Yes-No

c_bp_poreference

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_bp_potentiallifetimevalue Number
c_bp_rating

Yes-No

c_bp_salesvolume

Integer

c_bp_sendemail

Yes-No

c_bp_shareofcustomer

Integer

c_bp_shelflifeminpct

Integer

c_bp_so_creditlimit

Number

c_bp_so_creditused

Number

c_bp_so_description

String

c_bp_socreditstatus

Yes-No

c_bp_totalopenbalance

Number

c_bp_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_url

String

c_elementvalue_description

String

c_elementvalue_isactive

Yes-No

c_elementvalue_issummary Yes-No
m_product_copyfrom

Yes-No

m_product_created

Date+Time

m_product_description

String

m_product_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_issummary

Yes-No

m_product_processing

Yes-No

m_product_updated

Date+Time

408

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 130. Report :Project Lines not Issued

Created:2003-09-04 16:10:51.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Lists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
ReportView :C_ProjectLine Not Issued
[IMAGE]
Table 130.1. Project_Lines_not_Issued Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Project

C_Project_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Table 130.2. C_ProjectLine Not Issued - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID (see same above)

< > 0 AND
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Purchase Order

Table

C_Order

Order

corderpo_cprojectline

Purchase Order

Search

corder_cprojectline

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Project Issue

Table Direct

cprojectissue_cprojectline

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Project Line

ID

Task or step
in a project

The Project Line indicates

a unique project line.

409

Report :Project Lines not Issued

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_ProjectLine_UU

String

Project Phase

Table Direct

cprojectphase_cprojectline
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
Phase of a Project

Project Task

Table Direct

cprojecttask_cprojectline
C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
Task in a Phase

Project

Table Direct

Committed
Amount

cproject_cprojectline

Description

Comment/Help

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Amount

The (legal)
commitment
amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the planned
amount for your realistic estimation,
which might be higher or lower
than the commitment amount.

Committed
Quantity

Quantity

The (legal)
commitment
Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the planned
amount for your realistic estimation,
which might be higher or lower
than the commitment amount.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Pricing

Button

Invoiced Amount

Amount

The amount
invoiced

The amount invoiced

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

(0)

The quantity
invoiced

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Printed

Yes-No

(Y)

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

410

Report :Project Lines not Issued

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product

Search

mproduct_cprojectline
M_Product.IsSummary='N' Product,
AND
Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Planned Amount

Amount

Planned amount
for this project

Planned Margin

Amount

Project's planned The Planned Margin Amount indicates

margin amount
the anticipated margin amount
for this project or project line.

Planned Price

Costs+Prices

Planned Quantity

Quantity

Processed

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
C_ProjectLine
WHERE
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@)
mproductcat_cprojectline

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Planned price for

this project line

The Planned Price indicates the

anticipated price for this project line.

(1)

Planned quantity
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Yes-No

(N)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

411

Chapter 131. Report :Project Margin (Work Order)

Created:2003-10-12 23:31:11.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Work Order Project Lines (planned revenue) vs. Project Issues (costs)
Comment/Help: The Project Margin Report for Work Orders compares the Project lines (planned revenue) against the Project issues (actual effort and costs). The
margin amount is calculated by subtracting the costs (issue) from the revenue (line). The costs are in the currency of the Accounting Schema - the lines are in
the currency of the price list of the project.
ReportView :RV_ProjectLineIssue
[IMAGE]
Table 131.1. Project_Margin_(Work_Order) Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Project

C_Project_ID

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Table 131.2. RV_ProjectLineIssue - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Account

Account

Account used

The (natural) account used

Accounted Credit

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

412

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Project Margin (Work Order)

Column Name

Reference

Source Credit

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Source Credit
Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Debit

Amount

Source Debit
Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Project Issue

Table Direct

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Project Line

Table Direct

Task or step
in a project

The Project Line indicates

a unique project line.

Project

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Committed
Quantity

Quantity

The (legal)
commitment
Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the planned
amount for your realistic estimation,
which might be higher or lower
than the commitment amount.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Issue Description

String

Description of
the Issue line

Issue Line

Integer

Line number
of the issue

(Y)

413

Report :Project Margin (Work Order)

Column Name

Reference

Line No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line Margin

Amount

Margin of the line

- Planned Amount
minus Costs

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Table Direct

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Movement Date

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Planned Amount

Amount

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Planned Margin

Amount

Project's planned The Planned Margin Amount indicates

margin amount
the anticipated margin amount
for this project or project line.

Planned Price

Costs+Prices

Planned price for

this project line

The Planned Price indicates the

anticipated price for this project line.

Planned Quantity

Quantity

Planned quantity
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Expense Line

Table Direct

Time and Expense

Report Line
414

Report :Project Margin (Work Order)

Column Name

Reference

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

415

Chapter 132. Report :Project POs not Issued

Created:2003-09-04 16:12:17.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Lists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project
ReportView :C_ProjectLine Not Received POs
[IMAGE]
Table 132.1. Project_POs_not_Issued Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Project

C_Project_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Table 132.2. C_ProjectLine Not Received POs - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID (see same above)

< > 0 AND
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Purchase Order

Table

C_Order

Order

corderpo_cprojectline

Purchase Order

Search

corder_cprojectline

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Project Issue

Table Direct

cprojectissue_cprojectline

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Project Line

ID

Task or step
in a project

The Project Line indicates

a unique project line.

416

Report :Project POs not Issued

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_ProjectLine_UU

String

Project Phase

Table Direct

cprojectphase_cprojectline
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
Phase of a Project

Project Task

Table Direct

cprojecttask_cprojectline
C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
Task in a Phase

Project

Table Direct

Committed
Amount

cproject_cprojectline

Description

Comment/Help

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Amount

The (legal)
commitment
amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the planned
amount for your realistic estimation,
which might be higher or lower
than the commitment amount.

Committed
Quantity

Quantity

The (legal)
commitment
Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the planned
amount for your realistic estimation,
which might be higher or lower
than the commitment amount.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Pricing

Button

Invoiced Amount

Amount

The amount
invoiced

The amount invoiced

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

(0)

The quantity
invoiced

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Printed

Yes-No

(Y)

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

417

Report :Project POs not Issued

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product

Search

mproduct_cprojectline
M_Product.IsSummary='N' Product,
AND
Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Planned Amount

Amount

Planned amount
for this project

Planned Margin

Amount

Project's planned The Planned Margin Amount indicates

margin amount
the anticipated margin amount
for this project or project line.

Planned Price

Costs+Prices

Planned Quantity

Quantity

Processed

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
C_ProjectLine
WHERE
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@)
mproductcat_cprojectline

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Planned price for

this project line

The Planned Price indicates the

anticipated price for this project line.

(1)

Planned quantity
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Yes-No

(N)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

418

Chapter 133. Report :Quarter Invoice Product

Created:2005-12-15 14:51:18.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Report by Product per Quarter
Comment/Help: Invoiced Amount by Product and Quarter
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_ProductQtr
[IMAGE]
Table 133.1. Quarter_Invoice_Product Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

List

Yes No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Table 133.2. RV_C_Invoice_ProductQtr - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Line Discount %

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

419

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Quarter Invoice Product

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Product

Table Direct

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

420

Chapter 134. Report :Quarterly Invoice Customer by

Product
Created:2000-12-04 16:17:11.0
Updated:2005-12-15 12:11:44.0
Description: Invoice Report by Customer and Product Category per Quarter
Comment/Help: Invoiced Amount by Customer and Product Category
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_CustomerProdQtr
[IMAGE]
Table 134.1. Quarterly_Invoice_Customer_by_Product Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Table

Business Partner

Search

C_BPartner_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

(Y)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

(0)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Table 134.2. RV_C_Invoice_CustomerProdQtr - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

421

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Quarterly Invoice Customer by Product

Column Name

Reference

Business Partner

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Line Discount %

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

422

Chapter 135. Report :Quarterly Invoice Customer by

Vendor
Created:2000-12-04 16:20:51.0
Updated:2005-02-07 20:50:30.0
Description: Invoice Report by Customer and Product Vendor per Quarter
Comment/Help: Invoiced Amount by Customer and Vendor (what customer bought from which vendor)
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_CustomerVendQtr
[IMAGE]
Table 135.1. Quarterly_Invoice_Customer_by_Vendor Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Vendor

Vendor_ID

Search

C_BPartner Vendors

The Vendor of the

product/service

null

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Table 135.2. RV_C_Invoice_CustomerVendQtr - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

423

Comment/Help

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Report :Quarterly Invoice Customer by Vendor

Column Name

Reference

Date Invoiced

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Line Discount %

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Vendor

Table

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

Invoiced Quantity

C_BPartner
Vendors

The Vendor of the

product/service

424

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Chapter 136. Report :Replenish Report

Created:2000-05-11 21:06:15.0
Updated:2005-12-17 07:59:16.0
Description: Inventory Replenish Report
Comment/Help: Report lists products to be replenished. Note that a product can have only one current vendor. If there are more then vendor per product, both
records are reset. You need to select a current vendor manually. Movements are only created, if a sourcing warehouse is defined for the warehouse to be replenished.
ReportView :T_Replenish
ClassName: org.compiere.process.ReplenishReport
[IMAGE]
Table 136.1. Replenish_Report Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Create

ReplenishmentCreate

List

Inventory Move
Requisition
Distribution Order
Purchase Order

Create from
Replenishment

null

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Table

C_BPartner
Vendors Avtive

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type determines

document sequence and processing rules

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Table 136.2. T_Replenish - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

425

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Replenish Report

Column Name

Reference

Process Instance

Table Direct

Business Partner

Search

Document Type

Table Direct

Maximum Level

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adpinstance_treplenish

Description

Comment/Help

Instance of
the process
Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Quantity

Maximum
Inventory level
for this product

Indicates the maximum quantity of

this product to be stocked in inventory.

Minimum Level

Quantity

Minimum
Inventory level
for this product

Indicates the minimum quantity of this

product to be stocked in inventory.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Source Warehouse

Table

Optional
Warehouse to
replenish from

If defined, the warehouse selected

is used to replenish the product(s)

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Minimum
Order Qty

Quantity

Minimum order
quantity in UOM

The Minimum Order Quantity

indicates the smallest quantity of
this product which can be ordered.

Order Pack Qty

Quantity

Package order
size in UOM
(e.g. order
set of 5 units)

The Order Pack Quantity

indicates the number of units
in each pack of this product.

On Hand Quantity

Quantity

On Hand Quantity

The On Hand Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product that
is on hand in a warehouse.

Ordered Quantity

Quantity

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that was ordered.

cdoctype_treplenish

mproduct_treplenish
M_Warehouse
mwarehousesource_treplenish
of Client
mwarehouse_treplenish

426

Report :Replenish Report

Column Name

Reference

Reserved Quantity

Quantity

Quantity to Order

Quantity

Replenish Type

List

Create

List

T_Replenish_UU

String

Updated
Updated By

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Manual Reorder
below Minimum
Level Custom
Maintain
Maximum Level

Method for reordering a product

The Replenish Type indicates if

this product will be manually reordered, ordered when the quantity
is below the minimum quantity
or ordered when it is below the
maximum quantity. If you select
a custom replenishment type, you
need to create a class implementing
org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface
and set that on warehouse level.

Inventory Move
Requisition
Distribution Order
Purchase Order

Create from
Replenishment

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

427

Chapter 137. Report :Replenish Report incl.

Production
Created:2011-07-27 16:24:17.0
Updated:2011-07-27 16:24:17.0
Description: Inventory Replenish Report
Comment/Help: Report lists products to be replenished. Note that a product can have only one current vendor. If there are more then vendor per product, both
records are reset. You need to select a current vendor manually. Movements are only created, if a sourcing warehouse is defined for the warehouse to be replenished.
ReportView :T_Replenish
ClassName: org.compiere.process.ReplenishReportProduction
[IMAGE]
Table 137.1. Replenish_Report_incl._Production Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Is Kanban

IsKanban

List

Yes No (N)

null

null

Create

ReplenishmentCreate

List

Distribution Order
Inventory Movement
Requistion Purchase
Order Production

Create from
Replenishment

null

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type determines

document sequence and processing rules

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

C_BPartner
Vendors Avtive

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Table

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

428

Report :Replenish Report incl. Production

Table 137.2. T_Replenish - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process Instance

Table Direct

Business Partner

Search

Document Type

Table Direct

Maximum Level

adpinstance_treplenish

Description

Comment/Help

Instance of
the process
Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Quantity

Maximum
Inventory level
for this product

Indicates the maximum quantity of

this product to be stocked in inventory.

Minimum Level

Quantity

Minimum
Inventory level
for this product

Indicates the minimum quantity of this

product to be stocked in inventory.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Source Warehouse

Table

Optional
Warehouse to
replenish from

If defined, the warehouse selected

is used to replenish the product(s)

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Minimum
Order Qty

Quantity

Minimum order
quantity in UOM

The Minimum Order Quantity

indicates the smallest quantity of
this product which can be ordered.

Order Pack Qty

Quantity

Package order
size in UOM

The Order Pack Quantity

indicates the number of units
in each pack of this product.

cdoctype_treplenish

mproduct_treplenish
M_Warehouse
mwarehousesource_treplenish
of Client
mwarehouse_treplenish

429

Report :Replenish Report incl. Production

Column Name

Reference

On Hand Quantity

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
(e.g. order
set of 5 units)

Comment/Help

Quantity

On Hand Quantity

The On Hand Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product that
is on hand in a warehouse.

Ordered Quantity

Quantity

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that was ordered.

Reserved Quantity

Quantity

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Quantity to Order

Quantity

Replenish Type

List

Manual Reorder
below Minimum
Level Custom
Maintain
Maximum Level

Method for reordering a product

The Replenish Type indicates if

this product will be manually reordered, ordered when the quantity
is below the minimum quantity
or ordered when it is below the
maximum quantity. If you select
a custom replenishment type, you
need to create a class implementing
org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface
and set that on warehouse level.

Create

List

Inventory Move
Requisition
Distribution Order
Purchase Order

Create from
Replenishment

T_Replenish_UU

String

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

430

Chapter 138. Report :RfQ Response

Created:2004-03-24 01:31:01.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Detail RfQ Responses
Comment/Help: Lists detail Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is marked as complete.
ReportView :RV_C_RfQResponse
[IMAGE]
Table 138.1. RfQ_Response Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

RfQ Topic

C_RfQ_Topic_ID

RfQ

C_RfQ_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Topic for Request

for Quotations

A Request for Quotation Topic allows

you to maintain a subscriber list of
potential Vendors to respond to RfQs

Search

Request for
Quotation

Request for Quotation to be sent out

to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After
Vendor selection, optionally create
Sales Order or Quote for Customer as
well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)

Table 138.2. RV_C_RfQResponse - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

Benchmark
Difference

Amount

Difference
between Response
431

Description

Comment/Help

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Report :RfQ Response

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Price and
Benchmark Price

Comment/Help

Benchmark Price

Costs+Prices

Price to compare
responses to

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

RfQ Response

Table Direct

Request for
Quotation
Response from a
potential Vendor

Request for Quotation Response

from a potential Vendor

RfQ

Table Direct

Request for
Quotation

Request for Quotation to be sent out

to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After
Vendor selection, optionally create
Sales Order or Quote for Customer as
well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)

RfQ Topic

Table Direct

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Response Date

Date

Date of the
Response

Date of the Response

Work Complete

Date

Date when work

is (planned to
be) complete

Topic for Request A Request for Quotation Topic allows

for Quotations
you to maintain a subscriber list of
potential Vendors to respond to RfQs

432

Report :RfQ Response

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Work Start

Date

Date when work

is (planned
to be) started

Delivery Days

Integer

Number of
Days (planned)
until Delivery

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Discount %

Number

Discount
in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Comment/Help

String

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line Work
Complete

Date

Date when line

work is (planned
to be) complete

Line Work Start

Date

Date when line

work is (planned
to be) started

Line Delivery
Days

Integer

Line Description

String

Description
of the Line

433

Comment/Help

Report :RfQ Response

Column Name

Reference

Line Help/
Comment

String

Attribute
Set Instance

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Price

Costs+Prices

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Quantity Price

Costs+Prices

Quantity Ranking

Integer

Ranking

Integer

Relative
Rank Number

One is the highest Rank

434

Chapter 139. Report :RfQ Unanswered

Created:2004-03-24 01:24:24.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Outstanding RfQ Responses
Comment/Help: Lists Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is not marked as complete.
ReportView :RV_C_RfQ_UnAnswered
[IMAGE]
Table 139.1. RfQ_Unanswered Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

RfQ Topic

C_RfQ_Topic_ID

Response Date
RfQ

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Topic for Request

for Quotations

A Request for Quotation Topic allows

you to maintain a subscriber list of
potential Vendors to respond to RfQs

DateResponse

Date

Date of the Response

Date of the Response

C_RfQ_ID

Search

Request for
Quotation

Request for Quotation to be sent out

to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After
Vendor selection, optionally create
Sales Order or Quote for Customer as
well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)

Table 139.2. RV_C_RfQ_UnAnswered - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact
435

Comment/Help

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Report :RfQ Unanswered

Column Name

Reference

Business Partner

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Search

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Currency

Search

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

RfQ

Table Direct

Request for
Quotation

Request for Quotation to be sent out

to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After
Vendor selection, optionally create
Sales Order or Quote for Customer as
well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)

RfQ Topic

Table Direct

Response Date

Date

Date of the
Response

Work Complete

Date

Date when work

is (planned to
be) complete

Work Start

Date

Date when work

is (planned
to be) started

Delivery Days

Integer

Number of
Days (planned)
until Delivery

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment/Help

String

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Topic for Request A Request for Quotation Topic allows

for Quotations
you to maintain a subscriber list of
potential Vendors to respond to RfQs

436

Date of the Response

Report :RfQ Unanswered

Column Name

Reference

Quote All
Quantities

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Suppliers are
requested to
provide responses
for all quantities

If selected, the response to the

Request for Quotation needs to
have a price for all Quantities

Quote Total Amt

Yes-No

The response
can have just
the total amount
for the RfQ

If not selected, the response

must be provided per line

Responses
Accepted

Yes-No

Are Responses
to the Request
for Quotation
accepted

If selected, responses
for the RfQ are accepted

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

RfQ Type

List

Quote Total
only Quote All
Lines Quote
Selected Lines

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

Request for
Quotation Type

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

437

Chapter 140. Report :Shipment Details

Created:2004-07-20 21:28:25.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Shipment Detail Information
Comment/Help: The report provides Material Shipment Header and Line with locator information. You can use the report to create a Consolidated Picking List.
ReportView :RV_InOutDetails Ship
[IMAGE]
Table 140.1. Shipment_Details Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Movement Date

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

MovementDate

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the

date that a product moved in or out
of inventory. This is the result of a
shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Locator Key

LocatorValue

String

Key of the
Warehouse Locator

null

Document Status

DocStatus

List

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress Waiting
Payment Unknown
Closed Not Approved

438

Report :Shipment Details

Table 140.2. RV_InOutDetails Ship - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Organization

Table Direct

User/Contact

Search

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Activity

Search

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Search

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Search

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Document Type

Search

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (all)

Performing
or initiating
organization

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

439

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
(see same above)

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Sales Order Line

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Project Phase

Table Direct

Phase of a Project

Project Task

Table Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Project

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

UOM

Search

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Create Confirm

Yes-No

Create lines from

Yes-No

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Create Package

Yes-No

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated

440

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Date Ordered

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Date received

Date

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

Delivery Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability
Complete Line
Complete Order
Manual Force

Defines the timing

of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates when

an order should be delivered.
For example should the order be
delivered when the entire order is
complete, when a line is complete
or as the products become available.

Delivery Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document Action

List

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

441

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved

Validation Rule

Description

Document No

String

DropShip_BPartner_ID

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

Business Partner
to ship to

Drop Shipment
Location

Table

C_BPartner
Location

Business Partner
Location for
shipping to

Drop Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

Business Partner
Contact for
drop shipment

Freight Amount

Amount

Comment/Help

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Freight Amount

442

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Freight Cost Rule

List

Generate To

Yes-No

Generate To

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Default

Yes-No

Default value

The Default Checkbox indicates if this

record will be used as a default value.

Description Only

Yes-No

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

In Dispute

Yes-No

Document
is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

In Transit

Yes-No

Movement
is in transit

Material Movement is in transit

- shipped, but not received. The
transaction is completed, if confirmed.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated

(Y)

443

Description

Comment/Help

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Sales Transaction

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line Description

String

Description
of the Line

Locator Key

String

Key of the
Warehouse
Locator

Lot No

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

m_attributesetinstance_ad_org_id Table
M_ASI_CreatedBy

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Org (all)
AD_User

m_attributesetinstance_descriptionString
M_AttributeSetInstance_UpdatedByTable

AD_User

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Attribute Set

Table Direct

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add

additional attributes and values to
the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

m_inoutline_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

m_inoutline_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_inoutline_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

m_inoutline_c_campaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

m_inoutline_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

444

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

m_inoutline_c_project_id

Table

Shipment/
Receipt Line

ID

m_inoutline_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

m_inoutline_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

m_inout_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

m_inout_c_invoice_id

Table

C_Invoice

m_inout_createdby

Table

AD_User

Shipment/Receipt

Search

m_inout_updatedby

Table

AD_User

m_locator_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

Locator

Locator (WH)

m_locator_m_warehouse_id

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

C_Project (No
summary)

M_Warehouse
of Client

Lot

Table Direct

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

RMA Line

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization Line

Detail information about

the returned goods

RMA

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Shipper

Search

Method or
manner of
product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

M_Shipper

445

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Warehouse

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Movement Date

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Movement Type

List

Method of moving
the inventory

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

No Packages

Integer

Number of
packages shipped

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

Pick Date

Date

Date/Time
when picked
for Shipment

Picked Quantity

Quantity

Production
- Customer
Shipment
Customer Returns
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Movement From
Movement To
Work Order +
Production +
Vendor Receipts
Inventory In
Work Order -

446

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Posted

List

Relative Priority

Integer

Priority

List

Processed

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Posting Error
Not Posted Not
Balanced Not
Convertible (no
rate) Invalid
Account Post
Prepared Posted
Period Closed

Description

Comment/Help

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Where inventory
The Relative Priority indicates the
should be
location to pick from first if an product
picked from first
is stored in more than one location.
(100 = highest priority, 0 = lowest).
For outgoing shipments, the location
is picked with the highest priority
where the entire quantity can be
shipped from. If there is no location,
the location with the highest priority
is used. The Priority is ignored for
products with Guarantee Date (always
the oldest first) or if a specific instance
is selected. Incoming receipts are
stored at the location with the highest
priority, if not explicitly selected.
High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

Priority of
a document

The Priority indicates the importance

(high, medium, low) of this document

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

Product Attribute

String

Product Attribute
Instance
Description
447

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
Entered is
based on the
selected UoM

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

Referenced
Shipment Line

Integer

Referenced
Shipment

Integer

Reversal Line

Table

M_InOutLine

Use to keep the

reversal line ID
for reversing
costing purpose

Reversal ID

Table

M_InOut

ID of document
reversal

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User

Scrapped Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity
scrapped due
to QA issues

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Ship Date

Date

Shipment
Date/Time

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Target Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Tracking No

String

Number to track
the shipment

Updated

Date+Time

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

448

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Report :Shipment Details

Column Name

Reference

Updated By

Table

User Element
List 1

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Aisle (X)

String

X dimension,
e.g., Aisle

The X dimension indicates the

Aisle a product is located in.

Bin (Y)

String

Y dimension,
e.g., Bin

The Y dimension indicates

the Bin a product is located in

Level (Z)

String

Z dimension,
e.g., Level

The Z dimension indicates the

Level a product is located in.

m_asi_created

Date+Time

m_asi_isactive

Yes-No

m_asi_updated

Date+Time

m_inout_created

Date+Time

m_inout_isactive

Yes-No

m_inout_updated

Date+Time

m_inoutline_processed

Yes-No

m_locator_isactive

Yes-No

449

Chapter 141. Report :Simple Fact View

Created:2013-03-01 18:22:44.0
Updated:2013-03-01 18:22:44.0
ReportView :RV_Fact_Simple
[IMAGE]
Table 141.1. Simple_Fact_View Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table

Account Key

AccountValue

String

Account

Account_ID

Table

Financial
Year Month

FinYear_Mth

Account Date

DateAcct

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Key of Account
Element

null

Account used

The (natural) account used

String

The only valid

date format is:
YYYY-MM

The only valid date format is: YYYY-MM

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

AD_Org (Trx)

Account_ID (Trx)

Table 141.2. RV_Fact_Simple - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

Account Type

List

Indicates the
type of account

Valid account types are A - Asset,

E - Expense, L - Liability, OOwner's Equity, R -Revenue and

Asset Revenue
Expense
450

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Simple Fact View

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Owner's Equity
Liability Memo

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
M- Memo. The account type is used
to determine what taxes, if any are
applicable, validating payables and
receivables for business partners.
Note: Memo account amounts are
ignored when checking for balancing

Account Key

String

Account

Table

Accounted
Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Currency
of Accounting
Schema

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Case

Text

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date+Time

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Financial Year

Text

Financial Month

Text

Active

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)

Updated

Date+Time

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Key of Account
Element
Account_ID (Trx)

Account used

(SYSDATE)

451

The (natural) account used

Report :Simple Fact View

Column Name

Reference

Updated By

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_User

452

Description

Comment/Help

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Chapter 142. Report :Statement of Accounts

Created:2003-02-14 15:26:17.0
Updated:2005-10-24 08:12:22.0
Description: Report Account Statement Beginning Balance and Transactions
Comment/Help: Select a Period (current period if empty) or enter a Account Date Range. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy.
ReportView :T_ReportStatement
ClassName: org.compiere.report.FinStatement
[IMAGE]
Table 142.1. Statement_of_Accounts Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Sales Region

C_SalesRegion_ID

Table Direct

Account

Account_ID

Table

Period

C_Period_ID

Table

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Table Direct

PostingType

PostingType

List

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Update Balances

UpdateBalances

Yes-No

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Account_ID

Account used

The (natural) account used

C_Period (all)

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the type of

amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation,
Commitment, Statistical) the transaction.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Update Accounting
Balances first
(not required for
subsequent runs)

null

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment (A)

(Y)

453

Report :Statement of Accounts

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Activity

C_Activity_ID

Table Direct

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Product

M_Product_ID

Campaign

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that are performed

and used to utilize Activity based Costing

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Table Direct

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

C_Campaign_ID

Table Direct

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique marketing

program. Projects can be associated with a
pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can
then report based on a specific Campaign.

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Project

C_Project_ID

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Reporting Hierarchy

PA_Hierarchy_ID

Table Direct

Optional Reporting
Hierarchy - If
not selected the
default hierarchy
trees are used.

Reporting Hierarchy allows you to

select different Hierarchies/Trees for
the report. Accounting Segments like
Organization, Account, Product may
have several hierarchies to accomodate
different views on the business.

User Element List 1

User1_ID

Table

Account_ID - User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element List 2

User2_ID

Table

Account_ID - User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

(-1)

Table 142.2. T_ReportStatement - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Process Instance

Table Direct

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adpinstance_treportstatement

454

Description
Instance of
the process

Comment/Help

Report :Statement of Accounts

Column Name

Reference

Accounted Credit

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Balance

Amount

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Accounting Fact

Search

Level no

Integer

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

T_ReportStatement_UU

String

455

Chapter 143. Report :Storage Detail

Created:2003-12-04 23:48:08.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Storage Detail Report
Comment/Help: The report shows storage details including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info
ReportView :RV_Storage
[IMAGE]
Table 143.1. Storage_Detail Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Warehouse

M_Warehouse_ID

Table Direct

Locator

M_Locator_ID

Locator (WH)

Product

M_Product_ID

Lot
Lot No

Description

Comment/Help

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

M_Lot_ID

Search

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

Lot

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

(0)

(-1)

Table 143.2. RV_Storage - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

456

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Storage Detail

Column Name

Reference

Revenue
Recognition

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Subscription Type

Table Direct

Type of
subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Tax Category

Table Direct

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Date last
inventory count

Date

Date of Last
Inventory Count

The Date Last Inventory

Count indicates the last time
an Inventory count was done.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description URL

String

URL for the

description

Document Note

Text

Additional
information for
a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Good for Days

Integer

Shelf Life Days

remaining to
Guarantee Date
(minus minimum
guarantee days)

Shelf Life of products with

Guarantee Date instance compared
to today minus the minimum
guaranteed days. (Guarantee DateToday) Min Guarantee Days

Group1

String

Group2

String

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

457

Report :Storage Detail

Column Name

Reference

Guarantee Days

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

Min Guarantee
Days

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Comment/Help

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Image URL

String

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Bill of Materials

Yes-No

Bill of Materials

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

Default

Yes-No

Default value

The Default Checkbox indicates if this

record will be used as a default value.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Exclude Auto
Delivery

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic
Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for high
demand items. If selected, you need
to create the shipment manually. But,
the item is always included, when the
delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g.
for POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

458

Report :Storage Detail

Column Name

Reference

Print detail
records on invoice

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Print detail records

on pick list

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Purchased

Yes-No

Organization
purchases
this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sold

Yes-No

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Stocked

Yes-No

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Verified

Yes-No

The BOM
The Verified check box indicates if
configuration
the configuration of this product has
has been verified been verified. This is used for products
that consist of a bill of materials

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

If selected,
the product is
displayed in the
initial or any
empty search

In the display of products in the Web

Store, the product is displayed in the
initial view or if no search criteria
are entered. To be displayed, the
product must be in the price list used.

Lot No

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Low Level

Integer

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
459

Report :Storage Detail

Column Name

Reference

m_attributesetinstance_ad_org_id Table
M_ASI_CreatedBy

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
and determines if
a net requirement
should be
exploited

Comment/Help

AD_Org (all)
AD_User

m_attributesetinstance_descriptionString
M_AttributeSetInstance_UpdatedByTable

AD_User

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Attribute Set

Table Direct

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add

additional attributes and values to
the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Freight Category

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

m_locator_ad_org_id

Table

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Lot

Table Direct

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

m_product_ad_org_id

Table

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

m_product_createdby

Table

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

AD_Org (all)

AD_Org (all)

AD_User

M_Product_M_ASI_IDProduct Attribute
m_product_m_attributeset_id

Table

M_AttributeSet
460

Report :Storage Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

m_product_m_locator_id Locator (WH)

m_product_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

m_product_updatedby

Table

AD_User

m_storage_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

Relative Priority

Integer

Where inventory
The Relative Priority indicates the
should be
location to pick from first if an product
picked from first
is stored in more than one location.
(100 = highest priority, 0 = lowest).
For outgoing shipments, the location
is picked with the highest priority
where the entire quantity can be
shipped from. If there is no location,
the location with the highest priority
is used. The Priority is ignored for
products with Guarantee Date (always
the oldest first) or if a specific instance
is selected. Incoming receipts are
stored at the location with the highest
priority, if not explicitly selected.

Product Type

Yes-No

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Available Quantity

Quantity

Available
Quantity (On
Hand - Reserved)

Quantity available to promise =

On Hand minus Reserved Quantity

On Hand Quantity

Quantity

On Hand Quantity

The On Hand Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product that
is on hand in a warehouse.

461

Report :Storage Detail

Column Name

Reference

Ordered Quantity

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that was ordered.

Reserved Quantity

Quantity

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Mail Template

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail
text can include variables. The priority
of parsing is User/Contact, Business
Partner and then the underlying
business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So,
@Name@ would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined), then
Business Partner name (if business
partner is defined) and then the Name
of the business object if it has a
Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

SKU

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Expense Type

Table Direct

Expense
report type

Resource

Table Direct

Resource

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Shelf Depth

Integer

Shelf depth
required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Height

Number

Shelf height
required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

462

Report :Storage Detail

Column Name

Reference

Shelf Life Days

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Shelf Life in
days based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Shelf Life of products with Guarantee

Date instance compared to today.

Remaining
Shelf Life %

Integer

Remaining
shelf life in
percent based on
Guarantee Date

(Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days

Shelf Width

Integer

Shelf width
required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

UnitsPerPack

Integer

The Units Per

Pack indicates
the no of units
of a product
packed together.

Units Per Pallet

Number

Units Per Pallet

Search Key

String

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",

463

Report :Storage Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Integer

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Integer

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Aisle (X)

String

X dimension,
e.g., Aisle

The X dimension indicates the

Aisle a product is located in.

Bin (Y)

String

Y dimension,
e.g., Bin

The Y dimension indicates

the Bin a product is located in

Level (Z)

String

Z dimension,
e.g., Level

The Z dimension indicates the

Level a product is located in.

m_asi_created

Date+Time

m_asi_isactive

Yes-No

m_asi_updated

Date+Time

m_locator_isactive

Yes-No

m_locator_value

String

m_product_copyfrom

Yes-No

m_product_created

Date+Time

m_product_discontinued

Yes-No

m_product_discontinuedat Date+Time
m_product_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_issummary

Yes-No

m_product_processing

Yes-No

m_product_updated

Date+Time

m_storage_isactive

Yes-No

m_storage_updated

Date+Time

464

Description

Comment/Help
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Chapter 144. Report :Storage per Product

Created:2009-12-01 17:02:59.0
Updated:2009-12-01 17:02:59.0
ReportView :RV_Storage_Per_Product
[IMAGE]
Table 144.1. Storage_per_Product Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Product

M_Product_ID

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Table Direct

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Table Direct

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Table 144.2. RV_Storage_Per_Product - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(see same above)

(see same above)

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Guarantee Days

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

465

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Storage per Product

Column Name

Reference

Min Guarantee
Days

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product

Table Direct

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

SKU

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Sum Qty on Hand

Quantity

Summary of
product on hand
in all locators

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Search Key

String

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
466

Report :Storage per Product

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Number

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Number

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

467

Description

Comment/Help
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Chapter 145. Report :Transaction Detail

Created:2003-12-04 23:51:08.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Transaction Detail Report
Comment/Help: The report shows transaction details (receipts, shipments, inventory, movements, ...) including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info
ReportView :RV_Transaction
[IMAGE]
Table 145.1. Transaction_Detail Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Product

M_Product_ID

Search

Locator

M_Locator_ID

Locator (WH)

Lot

M_Lot_ID

Lot No

Lot

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Description

Comment/Help

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Search

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Method of moving
the inventory

The Movement Type indicates the type

of movement (in, out, to production, etc)

Table Direct

Serial No

SerNo

String

Movement Type

MovementType

List

Values(Default)

(0)

(-1)

Production Customer Shipment

Customer Returns
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Movement From
Movement To
Work Order +
Production + Vendor
468

Report :Transaction Detail

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Movement Date

MovementDate

Date

Values(Default)
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order -

Description

Comment/Help

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the

date that a product moved in or out
of inventory. This is the result of a
shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Table 145.2. RV_Transaction - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_prjctissue_ad_org_id

Table

c_prjctissue_c_projectissue_id Table
c_prjctissue_createdby

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Org (all)
C_ProjectIssue
AD_User

C_PrjctIssue_M_ASI_IDProduct Attribute
c_prjctissue_m_inoutline_id

Table

M_InOutLine

c_prjctissue_m_locator_idLocator (WH)
c_prjctissue_m_product_id

Table

M_Product
(no summary)

C_PrjctIssue_S_TimeExpLine_IDTable

C_ProjectIssue

c_prjctissue_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Project Issue

Table Direct

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Project Phase

Table Direct

Phase of a Project

Project Task

Table Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Project

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

469

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Revenue
Recognition

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Subscription Type

Table Direct

Type of
subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Tax Category

Table Direct

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Classification

String

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Distribution
Order Line

Table Direct

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description URL

String

URL for the

description

Document Note

Text

Additional
information for
a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Group1

String

Group2

String

Guarantee Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Guarantee Days

Integer

Number of days
the product
is guaranteed
or available

If the value is 0, there is no limit to the

availability or guarantee, otherwise
the guarantee date is calculated by
adding the days to the delivery date.

Min Guarantee
Days

Integer

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days

470

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Comment/Help

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Text

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Image URL

String

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Inventory Type

Yes-No

Type of inventory
difference

The type of inventory difference

determines which account is
used. The default is the Inventory
Difference account defined for
the warehouse. Alternatively, you
could select any charge. This allows
you to account for Internal Use
or extraordinary inventory losses.

Bill of Materials

Yes-No

Bill of Materials

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

Default

Yes-No

Default value

The Default Checkbox indicates if this

record will be used as a default value.

Description Only

Yes-No

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Drop Shipment

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

471

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Exclude Auto
Delivery

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic
Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for high
demand items. If selected, you need
to create the shipment manually. But,
the item is always included, when the
delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g.
for POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

Print detail
records on invoice

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Print detail records

on pick list

Yes-No

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Purchased

Yes-No

Organization
purchases
this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Self-Service

Yes-No

This is a SelfService entry or

this entry can
be changed via
Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sold

Yes-No

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Stocked

Yes-No

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Verified

Yes-No

The BOM
The Verified check box indicates if
configuration
the configuration of this product has
has been verified been verified. This is used for products
that consist of a bill of materials
472

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Featured in
Web Store

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

If selected,
the product is
displayed in the
initial or any
empty search

In the display of products in the Web

Store, the product is displayed in the
initial view or if no search criteria
are entered. To be displayed, the
product must be in the price list used.

Line No

Integer

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Lot No

String

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates the

specific lot that a product was part of.

Low Level

Integer

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
and determines if
a net requirement
should be
exploited

Attribute Set
Instance To

Product Attribute

Target Product
Attribute
Set Instance

Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product

Attribute Instances. The product level
attributes are defined on Product level.

Attribute Set

Table Direct

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add

additional attributes and values to
the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Freight Category

Table Direct

Category of
the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

m_inoutline_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

m_inoutline_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

473

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

m_inoutline_c_activity_id

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

m_inoutline_c_campaign_id

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

m_inoutline_c_charge_id

Table

C_Charge

m_inoutline_c_orderline_id

Table

C_OrderLine

m_inoutline_c_project_id

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

m_inoutline_c_uom_id

Table

C_UOM

m_inoutline_createdby

Table

AD_User

Shipment/
Receipt Line

Search

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Line on Shipment
or Receipt
document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Unique line in
an Inventory
document

The Physical Inventory Line indicates

the inventory document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

M_InOutLine_M_ASI_ID
Product Attribute
m_inoutline_m_inout_id

Table

M_InOut

m_inoutline_m_product_id

Table

M_Product
(no summary)

m_inoutline_m_rmaline_id

Table

M_RMALine

m_inoutline_reversalline_id

Table

M_InventoryLine

m_inoutline_updatedby

Table

AD_User

m_inoutline_user1_id

Table

Account_ID
- User1

m_inoutline_user2_id

Table

Account_ID
- User2

Shipment/Receipt

Search

m_inventoryline_ad_org_id

Table

m_inventoryline_c_charge_id Table
m_inventoryline_createdby

Table

Phys.Inventory
Line

Search

AD_Org (all)
C_Charge
AD_User

474

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

M_InventoryLine_M_ASI_ID
Product Attribute
m_inventoryline_m_locator_id
Locator (WH)
m_inventoryline_m_product_id Table

M_Product
(no summary)

m_inventoryline_revline_id

Table

M_InventoryLine

m_inventoryline_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Phys.Inventory

Search

Locator To

Locator (WH)

m_locator_ad_org_id

Table

Locator

Locator (WH)

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Lot

Search

Product Lot
Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

m_movementline_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_movementline_createdby

Table

AD_User

Move Line

Search

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

Movement
of Inventory

The Inventory Movement uniquely

identifies a group of movement lines.

Location inventory The Locator To indicates the location

is moved to
where the inventory is being moved to.
AD_Org (all)

M_MovementLine_M_ASI_ID
Product Attribute
m_movementline_m_locator_id
Locator (WH)
m_movementline_m_product_id Table

M_Product
(no summary)

m_movementline_reversalline_id Table

M_MovementLine

m_movementline_updatedby

Table

Inventory Move

Search

m_product_ad_org_id

Table

AD_User

AD_Org (all)

475

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Product Category

Table Direct

m_product_createdby

Table

Product

Search

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

Plan for how

a product
is produced

The Production Plan

identifies the items and steps
in generating a product.

AD_User

M_Product_M_ASI_IDProduct Attribute
m_product_m_attributeset_id

Table

M_AttributeSet

m_product_m_locator_id Locator (WH)

m_product_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

m_product_updatedby

Table

AD_User

m_productionl_m_productionl_id Table

M_ProductionLine

m_productionline_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_productionline_createdby

Table

AD_User

Production Line

Search

M_ProductionLine_M_ASI_ID
Product Attribute
m_productionline_m_locator_id
Locator (WH)
m_productionline_m_product_id Table

M_Product
(no summary)

m_productionline_updatedby

Table

AD_User

m_productionplan_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

m_productionplan_createdby

Table

AD_User

Production Plan

Search

m_productionplan_m_locator_id
Locator (WH)
m_productionplan_m_product_id Table

M_Product
(no summary)

476

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

m_productionplan_updatedby Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Plan for producing

a product

The Production uniquely

identifies a Production Plan

AD_User

Production

Search

m_transaction_createdby

Table

Inventory
Transaction

Search

m_transction_updatedby

Table

Warehouse

Table Direct

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Movement Date

Date

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Movement Type

List

Method of moving
the inventory

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

AD_User

AD_User

Production
- Customer
Shipment
Customer Returns
Vendor Returns
Inventory Out
Movement From
Movement To
Work Order +
Production +
Vendor Receipts
Inventory In
Work Order -

477

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Manufacturing
Cost Collector

Table Direct

Relative Priority

Integer

Where inventory
The Relative Priority indicates the
should be
location to pick from first if an product
picked from first
is stored in more than one location.
(100 = highest priority, 0 = lowest).
For outgoing shipments, the location
is picked with the highest priority
where the entire quantity can be
shipped from. If there is no location,
the location with the highest priority
is used. The Priority is ignored for
products with Guarantee Date (always
the oldest first) or if a specific instance
is selected. Incoming receipts are
stored at the location with the highest
priority, if not explicitly selected.

Product Type

Yes-No

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Quantity book

Quantity

Book Quantity

The Quantity Book indicates

the line count stored in the
system for a product in inventory

Quantity count

Quantity

Counted Quantity

The Quantity Count indicates

the actual inventory count
taken for a product in inventory

QtyCsv

Quantity

Internal Use Qty

Quantity

Internal Use
Quantity removed
from Inventory

Quantity of product inventory

used internally (positive if
taken out - negative if returned)

Mail Template

Table Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the mail

template for return messages. Mail
text can include variables. The priority
of parsing is User/Contact, Business
Partner and then the underlying
business object (like Request,
Dunning, Workflow object). So,
@Name@ would resolve into the User

478

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Referenced
Shipment Line

Integer

SKU

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
name (if user is defined defined), then
Business Partner name (if business
partner is defined) and then the Name
of the business object if it has a
Name. For Multi-Lingual systems,
the template is translated based on the
Business Partner's language selection.

String

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Expense Type

Table Direct

Expense
report type

Resource

Table Direct

Resource

Serial No

String

Product Serial
Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Shelf Depth

Integer

Shelf depth
required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Height

Number

Shelf height
required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf Width

Integer

Shelf width
required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

479

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

UnitsPerPack

Integer

The Units Per

Pack indicates
the no of units
of a product
packed together.

Units Per Pallet

Number

Units Per Pallet

Search Key

String

(see same above) A search key allows you a fast method

of finding a particular record. If
you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates
a numeric number. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Version No

String

Version Number

Volume

Integer

Volume of
a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight

Integer

Weight of
a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Aisle (X)

String

X dimension,
e.g., Aisle

The X dimension indicates the

Aisle a product is located in.

Bin (Y)

String

Y dimension,
e.g., Bin

The Y dimension indicates

the Bin a product is located in

Level (Z)

String

Z dimension,
e.g., Level

The Z dimension indicates the

Level a product is located in.

c_prjctissue_created

Date+Time

c_prjctissue_description

String

c_prjctissue_isactive

Yes-No
480

Description

Comment/Help

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_prjctissue_movementdate Date+Time
c_prjctissue_movementqty Quantity
c_prjctissue_posted

Yes-No

c_prjctissue_processed

Yes-No

c_prjctissue_processedon

Number

c_prjctissue_processing

Yes-No

c_prjctissue_updated

Date+Time

m_inoutline_confirmedqty Quantity
m_inoutline_created

Date+Time

m_inoutline_description

String

m_inoutline_isactive

Yes-No

m_inoutline_line

Integer

m_inoutline_movementqty Quantity
m_inoutline_pickedqty

Quantity

m_inoutline_processed

Yes-No

m_inoutline_qtyentered

Quantity

m_inoutline_scrappedqty

Quantity

m_inoutline_targetqty

Quantity

m_inoutline_updated

Date+Time

m_inventoryline_created Date+Time
m_inventoryline_description

String

m_inventoryline_isactive

Yes-No

m_inventoryline_processed

Yes-No

m_inventoryline_updated Date+Time
m_locator_isactive

Yes-No

m_locator_value

String

m_movementline_confirmedqtyQuantity
m_movementline_created Date+Time
m_movementline_description String
481

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

m_movementline_isactive

Yes-No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

m_movementline_movementqtyQuantity
m_movementline_processed Yes-No
m_movementline_scrappedqty Quantity
m_movementline_targetqty Quantity
m_movementline_updated Date+Time
m_product_copyfrom

Yes-No

m_product_created

Date+Time

m_product_discontinued

Yes-No

m_product_discontinuedat Date+Time
m_product_isactive

Yes-No

m_product_issummary

Yes-No

m_product_processing

Yes-No

m_product_updated

Date+Time

m_productionline_created Date+Time
m_productionline_description String
m_productionline_isactive

Yes-No

m_productionline_movementqtyQuantity
m_productionline_processed Yes-No
m_productionline_updated Date+Time
m_productionplan_created Date+Time
m_productionplan_description String
m_productionplan_isactive

Yes-No

m_productionplan_line

Integer

m_productionplan_processed Yes-No
m_productionplan_productionqtyQuantity
m_productionplan_updated Date+Time
m_transaction_created

Date+Time

m_transaction_isactive

Yes-No
482

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Transaction Detail

Column Name

Reference

m_transaction_updated

Date+Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

483

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 146. Report :Trial Balance

Created:2004-10-08 01:03:54.0
Updated:2005-10-24 08:11:58.0
Description: Trial Balance for a period or date range
Comment/Help: Select a Period (current period if empty) or enter a Account Date Range. If an account is selected, the balance is calculated based on the account
type and the primary calendar of the client (i.e. for revenue/expense accounts from the beginning of the year). If no account is selected, the balance is the sum of
all transactions before the selected account range or first day of the period selected. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy.
ReportView :T_TrialBalance
ClassName: org.compiere.report.TrialBalance
[IMAGE]
Table 146.1. Trial_Balance Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

Account

Account_ID

Table

Product

M_Product_ID

Activity

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Account used

The (natural) account used

Table Direct

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

C_Activity_ID

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that are performed

and used to utilize Activity based Costing

Period

C_Period_ID

Table

C_Period (all)

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

PostingType

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment (A)

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the type of

amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation,
Commitment, Statistical) the transaction.

Account Key

AccountValue

String

Key of Account
Element

null

Account_ID

484

Report :Trial Balance

Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Project

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

C_Project_ID

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Sales Region

C_SalesRegion_ID

Table Direct

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Campaign

C_Campaign_ID

Table Direct

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique marketing

program. Projects can be associated with a
pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can
then report based on a specific Campaign.

Accounting Schema

C_AcctSchema_ID

Table Direct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

Organizational
entity within client

An organization is a unit of your client or

legal entity - examples are store, department.
You can share data between organizations.

Reporting Hierarchy

PA_Hierarchy_ID

Table Direct

Optional Reporting
Hierarchy - If
not selected the
default hierarchy
trees are used.

Reporting Hierarchy allows you to

select different Hierarchies/Trees for
the report. Accounting Segments like
Organization, Account, Product may
have several hierarchies to accomodate
different views on the business.

Table 146.2. T_TrialBalance - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Client

Table Direct

Trx Organization

Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
AD_Org (Trx)

Performing
or initiating
organization

485

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Report :Trial Balance

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table Direct

Process Instance

Table Direct

Table

Table Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Asset

Table Direct

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Account Key

String

Key of Account
Element

Account

Table

Accounted
Balance

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
ad_pinstance_t_trialbalance

Account_ID (Trx)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Instance of
the process

Account used

The (natural) account used

Amount

Accounted
Balance Amount

The Account Balance Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Accounted Credit

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Source Balance

Amount

Source Balance
Amount

The Source Balance Amount

indicates the balance amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Credit

Amount

Source Credit
Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Debit

Amount

Source Debit
Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

486

Report :Trial Balance

Column Name

Reference

Accounting
Schema

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Campaign

Search

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Currency

Search

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Location From

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory was
moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Location To

Table

C_Location

Location that
inventory
was moved to

The Location To indicates the

location that a product was moved to.

Period

Table Direct

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Project

Search

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Sales Region

Search

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Tax

Search

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

UOM

Search

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

487

Report :Trial Balance

Column Name

Reference

Created

Date+Time

Created By

Table

Account Date

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Accounting Fact

ID

Budget

Search

General
Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget identifies

a user defined budget. These can be
used in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

GL Category

Search

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Line ID

ID

Transaction line
ID (internal)

Internal link

Locator

Table Direct

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

PostingType

List

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Quantity

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment

488

Report :Trial Balance

Column Name

Reference

Record ID

Button

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal unique

identifier of a record. Please note
that zooming to the record may not
be successful for Orders, Invoices
and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes
the Sales Order type is not known.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

489

Chapter 147. Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Created:2005-01-27 23:29:18.0
Updated:2005-02-07 21:36:49.0
Description: Invoices not allocated to Payments
Comment/Help: Report of not allocated Invoices (for partially paid/allocated invoices see Open Item)
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice NotAllocated
[IMAGE]
Table 147.1. UnAllocated_Invoices Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Document Type

C_DocType_ID

Table Direct

(-1)

Document
type or rules

The Document Type determines

document sequence and processing rules

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Table 147.2. RV_C_Invoice NotAllocated - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/Contact

Table Direct

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in

the system. This could be an internal
user or a business partner contact

Address 1

String

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address 2

String

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for

490

Description

Comment/Help

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

Address 3

Description

Comment/Help
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

String

Address Line 3
for the location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 4

String

Address Line 4
for the location

The Address 4 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

c_bp_ad_orgbp_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_bp_bpartner_parent_id

ID

c_bp_c_dunning_id

Table

C_Dunning

c_bp_c_greeting_id

Table

C_Greeting

c_bp_c_invoiceschedule_id

Table

C_InvoiceSchedule

c_bp_c_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Sales

c_bp_c_taxgroup_id

Table

C_TaxGroup

c_bp_createdby

Table

AD_User

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

c_bp_location_ad_org_id

Table

c_bpartner_location_c_bpartner_idTable

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Org (all)
C_BPartner (Trx)

c_bp_location_c_location_id Location
(Address)
c_bp_location_createdby

Table

AD_User
491

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

c_bp_location_updatedby

Table

c_bp_logo_id

Image

c_bp_m_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_m_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_po_discountschema_id

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

c_bp_po_paymentterm_id

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

c_bp_po_pricelist_id

Table

M_PriceList

c_bp_salesrep_id

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

c_bp_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Business Partner

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner Location

Table Direct

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Charge

Table Direct

City

Table Direct

City

City in a country

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

AD_User

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

492

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

Country

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Country

The Country defines a Country. Each

Country must be defined before
it can be used in any document.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Target
Document Type

Table

Target document
type for
conversing
documents

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Dunning Level

Table Direct

c_invoice_ad_orgtrx_id

Table

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

c_invoice_c_conversiontype_id Table

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_DocType

AD_Org (Trx)
C_ConversionType

Invoice

Search

c_location_ad_org_id

Table

AD_Org (all)

c_location_createdby

Table

AD_User

c_location_updatedby

Table

AD_User

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when the
quantity ordered is the same as
the quantity shipped and invoiced.
When you close an order, unshipped
(backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Payment Term

Table Direct

The terms
of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Payment

Table Direct

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

493

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

Project

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Region

Search

Identifies a
geographical
Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

Sales Region

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Charge amount

Amount

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

City

String

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Date Ordered

Date

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date printed

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document Action

List

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
494

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

Document Status

List

Document No

String

Dunning
Grace Date

Date+Time

Generate To

Yes-No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete (CO)

Validation Rule

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

Description

Comment/Help

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Generate To
495

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

Grand Total

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

ISDN

String

ISDN or
modem line

The ISDN identifies a ISDN

or Modem line number.

Collection Status

List

Dunning
Collection Agency
Legal Procedure
Uncollectable

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Approved

Invoice
Status of the invoice collection process
Collection Status

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Invoice Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
Invoice/
Bill Address

If the Invoice Address is

selected, the location is used to
send invoices to a customer or
receive invoices from a vendor.

Discount Printed

Yes-No

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

In Dispute

Yes-No

Document
is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Paid

Yes-No

The document
is paid

Pay-From Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
pays from that
address and we'll
send dunning
letters there

If the Pay-From Address is selected,

this location is the address the
Business Partner pays from and
where dunning letters will be sent to.

Pay Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

496

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

Remit-To Address

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Business Partner
payment address

If the Remit-To Address is

selected, the location is used to
send payments to the vendor.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Ship Address

Yes-No

Business Partner
Shipment Address

If the Ship Address is selected,

the location is used to ship
goods to a customer or
receive goods from a vendor.

Price includes Tax

Yes-No

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox indicates

if the prices include tax. This is
also known as the gross price.

Transferred

Yes-No

Transferred to
General Ledger
(i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Price List

Table Direct

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

RMA

Table Direct

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Multiplier

Number

Type Multiplier
(Credit = -1)

Order Reference

String

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

The business partner order reference

is the order reference for this specific
transaction; Often Purchase Order
numbers are given to print on
Invoices for easier reference. A
standard number can be defined in the
Business Partner (Customer) window.

Payment Rule

List

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Direct Deposit
Credit Card
Check Cash On
Credit Direct

Validation Rule

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

497

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

ZIP

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Debit Mixed
POS Payment

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the

postal code for this entity's address.

Additional Zip

String

Additional ZIP
or Postal code

The Additional ZIP or Postal

Code identifies, if appropriate, any
additional Postal Code information.

Posted

Yes-No

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

Processed On

Number

The date+time
(expressed
in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date+Time save

the exact moment (nanoseconds
precision if allowed by the DB) when
a document has been processed.

Process Now

Yes-No

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Region

String

Name of
the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Reversal ID

Table

C_Invoice

Sales
Representative

Table

AD_User
- SalesRep

Send EMail

Yes-No

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document attached

(e.g. Invoice, Delivery Note, etc.)

Tax ID

String

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

ID of document
reversal
Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

498

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

Total Lines

Amount

Updated

Date+Time

Updated By

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

c_bp_acqusitioncost

Number

c_bp_actuallifetimevalue

Number

c_bp_ad_language

String

c_bp_created

Date+Time

c_bp_deliveryrule

Yes-No

c_bp_deliveryviarule

Yes-No

c_bp_description

String

c_bp_dunninggrace

Date+Time

c_bp_duns

String

c_bp_firstsale

Date+Time

c_bp_flatdiscount

Number

c_bp_freightcostrule

Yes-No

c_bp_invoicerule

Yes-No

c_bp_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_iscustomer

Yes-No

c_bp_isdiscountprinted

Yes-No

c_bp_isemployee

Yes-No

c_bp_ismanufacturer

Yes-No

c_bp_isonetime

Yes-No
499

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_ispotaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isprospect

Yes-No

c_bp_issalesrep

Yes-No

c_bp_issummary

Yes-No

c_bp_istaxexempt

Yes-No

c_bp_isvendor

Yes-No

c_bp_location_created

Date+Time

c_bp_location_fax

String

c_bp_location_isactive

Yes-No

c_bp_location_name

String

c_bp_location_phone

String

c_bp_location_phone2

String

c_bp_location_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_naics

String

c_bp_name

String

c_bp_name2

String

c_bp_numberemployees

Integer

c_bp_paymentrule

Yes-No

c_bp_paymentrulepo

Yes-No

c_bp_poreference

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_bp_potentiallifetimevalue Number
c_bp_rating

Yes-No

c_bp_referenceno

String

c_bp_salesvolume

Integer

c_bp_sendemail

Yes-No

c_bp_shareofcustomer

Integer

c_bp_shelflifeminpct

Integer

c_bp_so_creditlimit

Number

c_bp_so_creditused

Number
500

Description

Comment/Help

Report :UnAllocated Invoices

Column Name

Reference

c_bp_so_description

String

c_bp_socreditstatus

Yes-No

c_bp_totalopenbalance

Number

c_bp_updated

Date+Time

c_bp_url

String

c_bp_value

String

c_invoice_dateordered

Date+Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_invoice_ispayschedulevalid Yes-No
c_invoice_isselfservice

Yes-No

c_location_created

Date+Time

c_location_isactive

Yes-No

c_location_updated

Date+Time

501

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 148. Report :UnAllocated Payments

Created:2005-01-27 23:31:05.0
Updated:2005-02-07 21:53:35.0
Description: Payments not allocated to Invoices
Comment/Help: Report of not allocated Payments (for partially allocated payments, use Payment Detail)
ReportView :C_Payment_v UnAllocated
[IMAGE]
Table 148.1. UnAllocated_Payments Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Table 148.2. C_Payment_v UnAllocated - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Account City

String

City or the
Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Account City indicates the City

of the Credit Card or Account holder

Account EMail

String

Email Address

The EMail Address indicates

the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

Driver License

String

Payment
Identification Driver License

The Driver's License being

used as identification.

502

Description

Comment/Help

Report :UnAllocated Payments

Column Name

Reference

Social Security No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Payment
Identification Social Security No

The Social Security number

being used as identification.

Account Name

String

Name on
Credit Card or
Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Account State

String

State of the
Credit Card or
Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Account Street

String

Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder

The Street Address of the

Credit Card or Account holder.

Account
Zip/Postal

String

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Account No

String

Account Number

The Account Number indicates the

Number assigned to this bank account.

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Partner Bank
Account

Table Direct

Bank Account
of the Business
Partner

The Partner Bank Account

identifies the bank account to be
used for this Business Partner

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Bank Account

Table Direct

Account at
the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

503

Report :UnAllocated Payments

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Charge

Table Direct

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Invoice

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Payment Batch

Search

Payment
batch for EFT

Electronic Fund
Transfer Payment Batch.

Payment

Search

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Check No

String

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Exp. Month

Integer

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

Exp. Year

Integer

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

Number

String

Credit Card
Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

504

Report :UnAllocated Payments

Column Name

Reference

Credit Card

List

Verification Code

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

String

Credit Card
Verification code
on credit card

The Credit Card Verification

indicates the verification code on
the credit card (AMEX 4 digits
on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Discount Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Document Action

List

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete (CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Document No

String

Purchase Card
Amex MasterCard
ATM Diners
Discover Visa

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
505

Report :UnAllocated Payments

Column Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Allocated

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if the
payment has
been allocated

The Allocated checkbox indicates

if a payment has been allocated or
associated with an invoice or invoices.

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Online Access

Yes-No

Can be
accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

Over/Under
Payment

Yes-No

Over-Payment
(unallocated) or
Under-Payment
(partial payment)

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow
you to receive money for more
than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial
payment for the invoice. You do
not write off the unpaid amount.

Prepayment

Yes-No

The Payment/
Receipt is a
Prepayment

Payments not allocated to an

invoice with a charge are posted
to Unallocated Payments. When

(Y)

506

Report :UnAllocated Payments

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Receipt

Yes-No

This is a sales
transaction
(receipt)

Reconciled

Yes-No

Payment is
reconciled with
bank statement

Micr

String

Combination
of routing
no, account
and check no

Multiplier AP

Number

Payables
Multiplier

Online Processing

Yes-No

This payment
can be
processed online

The Online Processing indicates if

the payment can be processed online.

Original
Transaction ID

String

Original
Transaction ID

The Original Transaction ID is used

for reversing transactions and indicates
the transaction that has been reversed.

Over/Under
Payment

Amount

Over-Payment
(unallocated)
or UnderPayment (partial
payment) Amount

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow
you to receive money for more
than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial
payment for the invoice. You do
not write off the unpaid amount.

PO Number

String

Purchase
Order Number

The PO Number indicates the

number assigned to a purchase order

Payment amount

Amount

Amount
being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

507

Description

Comment/Help
setting this flag, the payment
is posted to the Customer or
Vendor Prepayment account.

The Micr number is the combination

of the bank routing number,
account number and check number

Report :UnAllocated Payments

Column Name

Reference

Posted

List

Processed

Yes-No

Process Now

Yes-No

Authorization
Code

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

String

Authorization
Code returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Address verified

Yes-No

This address has

been verified

The Address Verified indicates

if the address has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Zip verified

Yes-No

The Zip Code

has been verified

The Zip Verified indicates if

the zip code has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Info

String

Response info

The Info indicates any response

information returned from
the Credit Card Company.

Reference

String

Payment reference

The Payment Reference indicates

the reference returned from the
Credit Card Company for a payment

Response Message

String

Response message

The Response Message indicates

the message returned from
the Credit Card Company as
the result of a transmission

Result

String

Result of
transmission

The Response Result indicates

the result of the transmission
to the Credit Card Company.

Routing No

String

Bank Routing
Number

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a

Posting Error
Not Posted Not
Balanced Not
Convertible (no
rate) Invalid
Account Post
Prepared Posted
Period Closed

508

Report :UnAllocated Payments

Column Name

Reference

Tax Amount

Amount

Tender type

List

Transaction Type

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Direct Deposit
Credit Card Check
Account Cash
Direct Debit

Method of
Payment

The Tender Type indicates the method

of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit,
Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit)

List

Sales Credit
(Payment) Voice
Authorization
Void Delayed
Capture
Authorization

Type of credit
card transaction

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Voice
authorization code

String

Voice
Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Write-off Amount

Amount

Amount to
write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

509

Chapter 149. Report :UnReconciled Payments

Created:2001-01-03 23:05:10.0
Updated:2005-01-27 23:41:37.0
Description: Payments not reconciled with Bank Statement
Comment/Help: The report lists payments which are not reconciled with a bank statement. Payments with a zero payment amount are not listed.
ReportView :UnReconciled Payments
[IMAGE]
Table 149.1. UnReconciled_Payments Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Transaction Date

DateTrx

Date

Transaction Type

TrxType

List

Bank Account

C_BankAccount_ID

Table Direct

Values(Default)

Sales Credit
(Payment) Voice
Authorization Void
Delayed Capture
Authorization

Description

Comment/Help

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Type of credit
card transaction

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Table 149.2. UnReconciled Payments - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Account City

String

City or the
Credit Card or
Account Holder
510

Comment/Help

The Account City indicates the City

of the Credit Card or Account holder

Report :UnReconciled Payments

Column Name

Reference

Account EMail

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Email Address

The EMail Address indicates

the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

Driver License

String

Payment
Identification Driver License

The Driver's License being

used as identification.

Social Security No

String

Payment
Identification Social Security No

The Social Security number

being used as identification.

Account Name

String

Name on
Credit Card or
Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Account State

String

State of the
Credit Card or
Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Account Street

String

Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder

The Street Address of the

Credit Card or Account holder.

Account
Zip/Postal

String

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Account No

String

Account Number

The Account Number indicates the

Number assigned to this bank account.

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Partner Bank
Account

Table Direct

Bank Account
of the Business
Partner

The Partner Bank Account

identifies the bank account to be
used for this Business Partner

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Bank Account

Table Direct

Account at
the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

511

Report :UnReconciled Payments

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Charge

Table Direct

Currency Type

Table Direct

Currency
Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Document Type

Table Direct

Document
type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Invoice

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Payment Batch

Search

Payment
batch for EFT

Electronic Fund
Transfer Payment Batch.

Payment

Search

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Check No

String

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Exp. Month

Integer

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

Exp. Year

Integer

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

Additional
The Charge indicates a type of Charge
document charges
(Handling, Shipping, Restocking)

512

Report :UnReconciled Payments

Column Name

Reference

Number

String

Credit Card

List

Verification Code

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Credit Card
Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

String

Credit Card
Verification code
on credit card

The Credit Card Verification

indicates the verification code on
the credit card (AMEX 4 digits
on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Discount Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Document Action

List

Approve Reject
Post Close
Reverse - Correct
Reverse - Accrual
Invalidate <
None> Complete
Void Unlock
Prepare Reactivate Wait
Complete (CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document Status

List

Waiting
Confirmation
Approved
Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown
Closed Not
Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates the

status of a document at this time. If
you want to change the document
status, use the Document Action field

Purchase Card
Amex MasterCard
ATM Diners
Discover Visa

513

Report :UnReconciled Payments

Column Name

Reference

Document No

String

Active

Yes-No

Allocated

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
The document number is usually
sequence number automatically generated by the system
of the document and determined by the document type
of the document. If the document is
not saved, the preliminary number is
displayed in "< > ". If the document
type of your document has no
automatic document sequence defined,
the field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external number
(like vendor invoice). If you leave the
field empty, the system will generate
a document number for you. The
document sequence used for this
fallback number is defined in the
"Maintain Sequence" window with the
name "DocumentNo_< TableName>
", where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if the
payment has
been allocated

The Allocated checkbox indicates

if a payment has been allocated or
associated with an invoice or invoices.

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Online Access

Yes-No

Can be
accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

Over/Under
Payment

Yes-No

Over-Payment
(unallocated) or
Under-Payment
(partial payment)

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow
you to receive money for more
than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial
payment for the invoice. You do
not write off the unpaid amount.

514

Report :UnReconciled Payments

Column Name

Reference

Prepayment

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

The Payment/
Receipt is a
Prepayment

Payments not allocated to an

invoice with a charge are posted
to Unallocated Payments. When
setting this flag, the payment
is posted to the Customer or
Vendor Prepayment account.

Receipt

Yes-No

This is a sales
transaction
(receipt)

Reconciled

Yes-No

Payment is
reconciled with
bank statement

Micr

String

Combination
of routing
no, account
and check no

Multiplier AP

Number

Payables
Multiplier

Online Processing

Yes-No

This payment
can be
processed online

The Online Processing indicates if

the payment can be processed online.

Original
Transaction ID

String

Original
Transaction ID

The Original Transaction ID is used

for reversing transactions and indicates
the transaction that has been reversed.

Over/Under
Payment

Amount

Over-Payment
(unallocated)
or UnderPayment (partial
payment) Amount

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow
you to receive money for more
than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial
payment for the invoice. You do
not write off the unpaid amount.

PO Number

String

Purchase
Order Number

The PO Number indicates the

number assigned to a purchase order

Payment amount

Amount

Amount
being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be

515

The Micr number is the combination

of the bank routing number,
account number and check number

Report :UnReconciled Payments

Column Name

Reference

Posted

List

Processed

Yes-No

Process Now

Yes-No

Authorization
Code

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox indicates

that a document has been processed.

String

Authorization
Code returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Address verified

Yes-No

This address has

been verified

The Address Verified indicates

if the address has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Zip verified

Yes-No

The Zip Code

has been verified

The Zip Verified indicates if

the zip code has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Info

String

Response info

The Info indicates any response

information returned from
the Credit Card Company.

Reference

String

Payment reference

The Payment Reference indicates

the reference returned from the
Credit Card Company for a payment

Response Message

String

Response message

The Response Message indicates

the message returned from
the Credit Card Company as
the result of a transmission

Result

String

Result of
transmission

The Response Result indicates

the result of the transmission
to the Credit Card Company.

Posting Error
Not Posted Not
Balanced Not
Convertible (no
rate) Invalid
Account Post
Prepared Posted
Period Closed

516

Report :UnReconciled Payments

Column Name

Reference

Routing No

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Bank Routing
Number

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

Tax Amount

Amount

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Tender type

List

Direct Deposit
Credit Card Check
Account Cash
Direct Debit

Method of
Payment

The Tender Type indicates the method

of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit,
Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit)

Transaction Type

List

Sales Credit
(Payment) Voice
Authorization
Void Delayed
Capture
Authorization

Type of credit
card transaction

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Voice
authorization code

String

Voice
Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Write-off Amount

Amount

Amount to
write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

517

Chapter 150. Report :Unreconciled accounting facts

Created:2010-09-02 17:55:52.0
Updated:2010-09-02 17:55:52.0
ReportView :RV_Reconciliation
ClassName: org.compiere.process.FactReconciliation
[IMAGE]
Table 150.1. Unreconciled_accounting_facts Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Account

Account_ID

Table

Account_ID (Trx)

Account used

The (natural) account used

Account Date

DateAcct

Date

(@#Date@-3000)

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates the date

to be used on the General Ledger account
entries generated from this document. It
is also used for any currency conversion.

Table 150.2. RV_Reconciliation - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Client

Table Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Trx Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Organization

Table Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Process Instance

Table Direct

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0
Performing
or initiating
organization

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
Instance of
the process
518

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
(see same above)

Report :Unreconciled accounting facts

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Table

Table Direct

Asset

ID

Asset used
internally or
by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Account Type

Yes-No

Indicates the
type of account

Valid account types are A - Asset,

E - Expense, L - Liability, OOwner's Equity, R -Revenue and
M- Memo. The account type is used
to determine what taxes, if any are
applicable, validating payables and
receivables for business partners.
Note: Memo account amounts are
ignored when checking for balancing

Account Key

String

Key of Account
Element

Account

Table

Accounted
Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Currency
of Accounting
Schema

Accounted Credit

Amount

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

Accounted Debit

Amount

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount indicates

the transaction amount converted to
this organization's accounting currency

EXISTS (SELECT Database Table

* FROM
information
AD_Column
c WHERE
AD_Table.AD_Table_ID=c.AD_Table_ID
AND
c.IsActive='Y'
AND
c.ColumnName='Posted')
AND
AD_Table.IsView='N'

Account_ID (Trx)

Account used

519

Comment/Help
The Database Table provides the
information of the table definition

The (natural) account used

Report :Unreconciled accounting facts

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Source Amount

Amount

Amount Balance
in Source
Currency

Source Credit

Amount

Source Credit
Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Debit

Amount

Source Debit
Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

BP Name

String

Business
Partner Key

String

Key of the
Business Partner

Accounting
Schema

Table Direct

Rules for
accounting

An Accounting Schema defines the

rules used in accounting such as
costing method, currency and calendar

Activity

Table Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Business
Partner Group

Table Direct

Business
Partner Group

The Business Partner Group provides

a method of defining defaults to be
used for individual Business Partners.

Business Partner

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Campaign

Table Direct

Marketing
Campaign

The Campaign defines a unique

marketing program. Projects can
be associated with a pre defined
Marketing Campaign. You can then
report based on a specific Campaign.

Currency

Table Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

520

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Unreconciled accounting facts

Column Name

Reference

Location From

Table

Location To

Table

Period

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_Location

Location that
inventory was
moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

C_Location

Location that
inventory
was moved to

The Location To indicates the

location that a product was moved to.

Table Direct

Period of
the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Project

Table Direct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to track and

control internal or external activities.

Sales Region

Table Direct

Sales coverage
region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Tax

Table Direct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

UOM

Table Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Created

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Account Date

Date

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Transaction Date

Date

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Accounting Fact

ID

Budget

Table Direct

General
Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget identifies

a user defined budget. These can be

521

Report :Unreconciled accounting facts

Column Name

Reference

GL Category

Table Direct

Active

Yes-No

Line ID

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
used in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

(see same above)

(see same above)

ID

Transaction line
ID (internal)

Internal link

Locator

Table Direct

Warehouse
Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product

Search

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Match Code

String

String identifying
related
accounting facts

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

Organization
Name

String

Name of the
Organization

Org Key

String

Key of the
Organization

PostingType

List

Product Name

String

Name of
the Product

Product Key

String

Key of the Product

(Y)

Actual Budget
Statistical
Reservation
Commitment

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

522

The name of an entity (record) is

used as an default search option
in addition to the search key. The
name is up to 60 characters in length.

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Report :Unreconciled accounting facts

Column Name

Reference

Quantity

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Rate

Number

Rate or Tax
or Exchange

The Rate indicates the percentage

to be multiplied by the source to
arrive at the tax or exchange amount.

Record ID

Button

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal unique

identifier of a record. Please note
that zooming to the record may not
be successful for Orders, Invoices
and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes
the Sales Order type is not known.

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

User Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID
- User1

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

User Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID
- User2

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element displays

the optional elements that have been
defined for this account combination.

523

Chapter 151. Report :Vendor Balances

Created:2015-01-24 14:16:05.743
Updated:2015-01-24 14:16:05.743
ReportView :null
[IMAGE]
Table 151.1. Vendor_Balances Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Start Date

StartDate

Date

Client

AD_Client_ID

Table Direct

End Date

EndDate

Date

Values(Default)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

524

Description

Comment/Help

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

Client/Tenant for
this installation.

A Client is a company or a legal

entity. You cannot share data between
Clients. Tenant is a synonym for Client.

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Chapter 152. Report :Vendor Selection

Created:2000-03-22 18:50:06.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Products with more than one vendor
Comment/Help: Vendor Selection is initiated when there is a product that is supplied by more than one vendor. It allows the selection of a specific vendor for
a Purchase Order.
ReportView :Vendor Selection
[IMAGE]
NO PARAMETERS
Table 152.1. Vendor Selection - Columns
Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)m_productpo_client
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@) m_productpo_org
(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business Partner

Search

Currency

Table Direct

ccurrency_mproductpo

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

UOM

Table Direct

c_uom_m_product_po

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Cost per Order

Costs+Prices

Fixed Cost
Per Order

The Cost Per Order indicates

the fixed charge levied when an
order for this product is placed.

Created

Date+Time

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

c_buspartner_m_product_po
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y' Identifies a
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

(SYSDATE)

525

Comment/Help

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Report :Vendor Selection

Column Name

Reference

Created By

Table

Actual
Delivery Time

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Integer

Actual days
between order
and delivery

The Actual Delivery Time

indicates the number of days
elapsed between placing an order
and the delivery of the order

Promised
Delivery Time

Integer

Promised days
between order
and delivery

The Promised Delivery Time

indicates the number of days
between the order date and the
date that delivery was promised.

Discontinued

Yes-No

Discontinued At

Date

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Current vendor

Yes-No

(Y)

Use this Vendor

for pricing
and stock
replenishment

The Current Vendor indicates

if prices are used and Product
is reordered from this vendor

Product

Search

M_Product_PO_UU

String

Manufacturer

String

Manufacturer
of the Product

The manufacturer of the Product

(used if different from the
Business Partner / Vendor)

Minimum
Order Qty

Quantity

Minimum order
quantity in UOM

The Minimum Order Quantity

indicates the smallest quantity of
this product which can be ordered.

Order Pack Qty

Quantity

Package order
size in UOM
(e.g. order
set of 5 units)

The Order Pack Quantity

indicates the number of units
in each pack of this product.

AD_User

This product is no The Discontinued check box indicates

longer available
a product that has been discontinued.
Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

(@M_Product_ID@)
m_product_productpo
M_Product.IsSummary='N' Product,
AND
Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

526

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Report :Vendor Selection

Column Name

Reference

Price effective

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Effective
Date of Price

The Price Effective indicates

the date this price is for. This
allows you to enter future prices
for products which will become
effective when appropriate.

Last Invoice Price

Costs+Prices

Price of the
last invoice
for the product

The Last Invoice Price indicates

the last price paid (per the
invoice) for this product.

Last PO Price

Costs+Prices

Price of the last

purchase order
for the product

The Last PO Price indicates

the last price paid (per the
purchase order) for this product.

List Price

Costs+Prices

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

PO Price

Costs+Prices

Price based on a
purchase order

The PO Price indicates the price for

a product per the purchase order.

Quality Rating

Integer

Method for
rating vendors

The Quality Rating indicates

how a vendor is rated (higher
number = higher quality)

Royalty Amount

Amount

(Included)
Amount for
copyright, etc.

UPC/EAN

String

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code

for the product in any of the bar
code symbologies (Codabar, Code
25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128,
UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN,
JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and
FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Updated

Date+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

527

Report :Vendor Selection

Column Name

Reference

Partner Category

String

Partner
Product Key

String

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@Value@)

528

Description

Comment/Help

Product
Category of the
Business Partner

The Business Partner Category

identifies the category used by the
Business Partner for this product.

Product Key of the

Business Partner

The Business Partner Product Key

identifies the number used by the
Business Partner for this product.
It can be printed on orders and
invoices when you include the
Product Key in the print format.

Chapter 153. Report :Vendor Statement

Created:2015-01-24 14:16:05.525
Updated:2015-01-24 14:16:05.525
Description: Statement of a specific vendor's transaction for a specific period
ReportView :null
[IMAGE]
Table 153.1. Vendor_Statement Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Business Partner

C_BPartner_ID

Search

C_BPartner Vendors

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Date From

DateAcctFrom

Date

null

null

Date To

DateAcctTo

Date

null

null

Organization

AD_Org_ID

Table Direct

null

null

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

529

Chapter 154. Report :Weekly Invoice

Created:2000-06-01 16:54:43.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Report per Week
Comment/Help: Invoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_Week
[IMAGE]
Table 154.1. Weekly_Invoice Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

(Y)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Sales Representative

SalesRep_ID

Table

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

AD_User - SalesRep Sales Representative

or Company Agent

The Sales Representative indicates

the Sales Rep for this Region. Any
Sales Rep must be a valid internal user.

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Table 154.2. RV_C_Invoice_Week - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

530

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Weekly Invoice

Column Name

Reference

Line Discount %

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Sales
Representative

Table

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

AD_User
- SalesRep

Sales
The Sales Representative indicates the
Representative or Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales
Company Agent
Rep must be a valid internal user.

531

Chapter 155. Report :Weekly Invoice Prod Cat

Created:2000-06-01 16:55:36.0
Updated:2008-12-02 12:03:00.0
Description: Invoice Report by Product Category per Week
Comment/Help: Invoiced Amount by Product Category
ReportView :RV_C_Invoice_ProdWeek
[IMAGE]
Table 155.1. Weekly_Invoice_Prod_Cat Parameters
Name

ColumnName

Reference

Values(Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Sales Transaction

IsSOTrx

Yes-No

(Y)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Date Invoiced

DateInvoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Product Category M_Product_Category_ID

Table Direct

(0)

Table 155.2. RV_C_Invoice_ProdWeek - Columns

Column Name

Reference

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(see same above)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
(see same above)
OR
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Date Invoiced

Date

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

532

Description

Comment/Help

Report :Weekly Invoice Prod Cat

Column Name

Reference

Line Discount %

Values (Default) Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Line Discount
as a percentage

The Line Discount Percent

indicates the discount for
this line as a percentage.

Line Discount

Amount

Line Discount
Amount

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Line List Amount

Amount

Line Amount

Amount

Gross margin %

Number

Gross Margin

Amount

Product Category

Table Direct

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this

product belongs to. Product categories
are used for pricing and selection.

Quantity Invoiced

Quantity

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Line Extended
Indicates the extended line amount
Amount (Quantity based on the quantity and the actual
* Actual Price)
price. Any additional charges or
without Freight
freight are not included. The Amount
and Charges
may or may not include tax. If the
price list is inclusive tax, the line
amount is the same as the line total.

533

Chapter 156. Window: 1099 Box

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-02-28 18:28:51.0
Updated:2013-02-28 18:28:51.0

1. Tab: 1099 Box - C_1099Box

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 156.1. 1099 Box Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_1099Box_UU String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Bucket

Integer

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
534

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: 1099 Box

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

1099 Box

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

535

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 157. Window: ASP Modules

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-01-09 23:30:05.0
Updated:2012-09-19 10:53:44.0

1. Tab: Module - ASP_Module

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 157.1. Module Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

ASP
Module

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
536

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: ASP Modules

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Level - ASP_Level

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Module
Tab Level: 1
Table 157.2. Level Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ASP Level

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP
Module

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

aspmodule_asplevel
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
537

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: ASP Modules

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

ASP
Generate
Level

Button

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Window - ASP_Window

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Level
Tab Level: 2
Table 157.3. Window Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP Level

Table
Direct

asplevel_aspwindow

Window

Table
Direct

adwindow_aspwindow

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ASP
Window

ID

538

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: ASP Modules

4. Tab: Tab - ASP_Tab

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Window
Tab Level: 3
Table 157.4. Tab Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP
Window

Table
Direct

Tab

Table
Direct

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

AllFields

Yes-No

(Y)

ASP
Generate
Fields

Button

Active

Yes-No

ASP Tab

ID

aspwindow_asptab
AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@
adtab_asptab
Tab within a Window

(Y)

(same as first report)

5. Tab: Field - ASP_Field

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Tab
Tab Level: 4
539

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

(see same above)

Window: ASP Modules

Table 157.5. Field Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP Tab

Table
Direct

asptab_aspfield

Field

Table
Direct

AD_Field.AD_Tab_ID=@AD_Tab_ID@Field on a
adfield_aspfield
database table

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ASP Field

ID

The Field identifies a

field on a database table.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

Comment/Help

6. Tab: Process - ASP_Process

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Level
Tab Level: 2
Table 157.6. Process Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP Level

Table
Direct

asplevel_aspprocess
540

Window: ASP Modules

Field
Name

Reference

Process

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adprocess_aspprocess

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ASP
Process

ID

Description

Comment/Help

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

7. Tab: Process Parameter - ASP_Process_Para

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Process
Tab Level: 3
Table 157.7. Process Parameter Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP
Process

Table
Direct

Process
Parameter

Table
Direct

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

aspprocess_aspprocesspara
AD_Process_Para.AD_Process_ID=@AD_Process_ID@
adprocesspara_aspprocesspara

(same as first report)

541

(see same above)

Window: ASP Modules

Field
Name

Reference

ASP
Process
Parameter

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

8. Tab: Form - ASP_Form

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Level
Tab Level: 2
Table 157.8. Form Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP Level

Table
Direct

asplevel_aspform

Special
Form

Table
Direct

adform_aspform

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ASP Form

ID

9. Tab: Task - ASP_Task

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Level
542

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: ASP Modules

Tab Level: 2
Table 157.9. Task Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP Level

Table
Direct

OS Task

Table
Direct

asplevel_asptask

adtask_asptask

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ASP Task

ID

Operation System Task

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

Comment/Help

10. Tab: Workflow - ASP_Workflow

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Level
Tab Level: 2
Table 157.10. Workflow Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

543

Window: ASP Modules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

ASP Level

Table
Direct

Workflow

Table
Direct

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ASP
Workflow

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

asplevel_aspworkflow
AD_Workflow.WorkflowType Workflow or
adworkflow_aspworkflow
IN ('G','W')
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

Comment/Help

11. Tab: Ref List - ASP_Ref_List

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: ASP Level
Tab Level: 2
Table 157.11. Ref List Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ASP_Ref_List_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

ASP Level

Table
Direct

Reference

Table
Direct

AD_Reference.ValidationType='L'
System Reference
adreference_aspreflist
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

Reference
List

Table
Direct

AD_Ref_List.AD_Reference_ID=@AD_Reference_ID@
Reference List
adreflist_aspreflist
based on Table

The Reference List field indicates

a list of reference values from
a database tables. Reference

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(see same above)

asplevel_aspreflist

544

Window: ASP Modules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
lists populate drop down list
boxes in data entry screens

ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ASP_Ref_List

ID

(same as first report)

545

(see same above)

Chapter 158. Window: ASP Subscribed Modules

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-01-09 23:36:14.0
Updated:2012-09-19 10:54:05.0

1. Tab: Client Level - ASP_ClientLevel

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 158.1. Client Level Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client
Level

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ASP
Module

Table
Direct

ASP Level

Table
Direct

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

aspmodule_aspclientlevel
ASP_Module_ID=@ASP_Module_ID@
asplevel_aspclientlevel

(Y)

546

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: ASP Subscribed Modules

2. Tab: Exceptions - ASP_ClientException

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 158.2. Exceptions Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Client
Exception

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Window

Search

Tab

Search

Field

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Workflow_ID@>
0|
adwindow_aspclientexception
@AD_Process_ID@>
0|
@AD_Form_ID@> 0
| @AD_Task_ID@> 0

Description

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.
Data entry or
display window

AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Process_ID@>
0 | @AD_Form_ID@>
adtab_aspclientexception
Tab within a Window
0 | @AD_Task_ID@>
0|
@AD_Workflow_ID@>
0
AD_Field.AD_Tab_ID=@AD_Tab_ID@
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Process_ID@>
Field on a
adfield_aspclientexception
0 | @AD_Form_ID@>
database table
0 | @AD_Task_ID@>
0|
547

Comment/Help

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

The Field identifies a

field on a database table.

Window: ASP Subscribed Modules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

@AD_Workflow_ID@>
0
Process

Table
Direct

Process
Parameter

Search

Special
Form

Table
Direct

OS Task

Table
Direct

Workflow

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Window_ID@>
0 | @AD_Form_ID@>
adprocess_aspclientexception0 | @AD_Task_ID@>
0|
@AD_Workflow_ID@>
0

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.
Process or Report

AD_Process_Para.AD_Process_ID=@AD_Process_ID@
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Window_ID@>
0 | @AD_Form_ID@>
adprocesspara_aspclientexcepti
0 | @AD_Task_ID@>
0|
@AD_Workflow_ID@>
0
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Process_ID@>
0|
@AD_Window_ID@>
adform_aspclientexception
0 | @AD_Task_ID@>
0|
@AD_Workflow_ID@>
0

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.
Special Form

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Process_ID@>
0|
@AD_Form_ID@> 0 |
adtask_aspclientexception
Operation System Task
@AD_Window_ID@>
0|
@AD_Workflow_ID@>
0
AD_Workflow.WorkflowType
IN ('G','W')
Workflow or
adworkflow_aspclientexception
ReadOnly Logic:
combination of tasks
@AD_Window_ID@>
548

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

Window: ASP Subscribed Modules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

0|
@AD_Process_ID@>
0|
@AD_Form_ID@> 0
| @AD_Task_ID@> 0
ASP Status

List

Hide Show
Undefined (U)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

549

Chapter 159. Window: Account Combination

Description: Maintain Valid Account Combinations
Comment/Help: The Account Combination Window defines and displays valid account combinations.
Created:1999-09-26 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Combination - C_ValidCombination

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Valid Account Combinations
Comment/Help: The Account Combination Tab defines and displays valid account combination. An Alias can be defined to facilitate document entry.
Tab Level: 0
Table 159.1. Combination Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Combination

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Alias

String

Values (Default)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

adclient_vc

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Valid Account
Combination

The Combination identifies a

valid combination of element
which represent a GL account.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

cacctschema_cvalidcombination

550

(see same above)

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Defines an
alternate method
of indicating an
account combination.

The Alias field allows you to define

a alternate method for referring to
a full account combination. For
example, the Account Receivable
Account for Garden World
may be aliased as GW_AR.

Window: Account Combination

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Combination

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Fully
Qualified

Yes-No

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Search

C_ElementValue (trx)

Comment/Help

Unique combination
of account elements

The Combination field defines the

unique combination of element
values which comprise this account.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This account is
fully qualified

The Fully Qualified check

box indicates that all required
elements for an account
combination are present.

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
= 0 OR
adorg_vc
(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
(same as first report)
AND
AD_Org.IsSummary='N')

Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_vc

Account

Description

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
celementvalueaccount_vc
AND
Account used
ae.ElementType='AC'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)
AND
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y'

551

(see same above)

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
The (natural) account used

Window: Account Combination

Field
Name

Reference

Sub
Account

Table
Direct

Activity

Product

Table

Search

Business
Partner

Search

Project

Table

Campaign

Table

Location
From

Table

Location
To

Table

Sales
Region

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_SubAcct.C_ElementValue_ID=@Account_ID@

Comment/Help

csubacct_cvalidcombination

Sub account for

Element Value

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

C_Activity
(No summary)

cactivity_cvalidcombination

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

M_Product
(no summary)

mproduct_vc

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

cbpartner_vc

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

cproject_vc

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

socampaign_vc

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

mlocationfrom_vc

Location that inventory

was moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

mlocationto_vc

Location that inventory

was moved to

The Location To indicates

the location that a
product was moved to.

csalesregion_vc

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

C_BPartner (Trx)

C_Project (No
summary)
C_Campaign
(No summary)

C_Location

C_Location

C_Sales Region
(No summary)

552

Window: Account Combination

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
User defined
celementvalueuser1_vc
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
list element #1
AND
ae.ElementType='U1'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
User defined
celementvalueuser2_vc
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
list element #2
AND
ae.ElementType='U2'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User
Column 1

ID

User
Column 2

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

User defined
accounting Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

User defined
accounting Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

ID

553

Comment/Help

Chapter 160. Window: Account Element

Description: Maintain Account Elements
Comment/Help: The Account Element Window is used to define and maintain the Accounting Element and User Defined Elements. One of the account segments
is your natural account segment (Chart of Account). You may add a new account element for parallel reporting or for user defined accounting segments.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Element - C_Element

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Account Element definition
Comment/Help: The Element Tab defines the Name, Description and Format for an Element. Additionally, a Type of Account or User Defined is selected. Each
Account Schema must have an Account Element type. The User Defined Elements are optional.
Tab Level: 0
Table 160.1. Element Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Element

ID

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Accounting Element

The Account Element uniquely

identifies an Account Type.
These are commonly known
as a Chart of Accounts.

adclient_celement

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_elementorg

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

554

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Account Element

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Value
Format

String

Type

List

Natural
Account

Yes-No

Balancing

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Account User
defined (A)

555

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Element Type (account

or user defined)

The Element Type indicates if this

element is the Account element
or is a User Defined element.

The primary
natural account

The natural account is

often based on (industry
specific) chart of accounts

All transactions
within an element
value must balance
(e.g. cost centers)

The Balancing checkbox indicates

the this element must balance
in each journal transaction. For
example, if cost centers have
been defined as an element which
is balance then the debits and
credits for each unique cost
center must net to 0.00. This is
commonly used to define parts of
an organization which report as

Window: Account Element

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
their own entity. Balancing is not
an option for the Account element.

Tree

Table
Direct
adtree_celement

AD_Tree.TreeType IN
('EV','U1','U2') AND
AD_Tree.IsAllNodes='Y'

Identifies a Tree

The Tree field identifies a unique

Tree in the system. Trees define
roll ups or summary levels of
information. They are used
in reports for defining report
points and summarization levels.

2. Tab: Element Value - C_ElementValue

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Element Values
Comment/Help: The Element Value Tab defines the individual valid values for the Element. The values must conform to the format defined. If the Element is an
Account Type then the Account Classification (Asset, Liability etc) and posting controls are also defined
Tab Level: 1
Table 160.2. Element Value Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Valid from

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Account Element

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

C_ElementValue_UU
String
Valid to

Date

Account
Element

ID

Post
Yes-No
Encumbrance
Client

Table
Direct

(Y)
(@AD_Client_ID@)

Post commitments
to this account
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
adclient_celementvalue
(same as first report)
<>0
556

(see same above)

Window: Account Element

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Element

adorg_celementvalue

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

celement_celementvalue

Accounting Element

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Account
Type

List

(Y)

(see same above)

The Account Element uniquely

identifies an Account Type.
These are commonly known
as a Chart of Accounts.
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Indicates the
type of account

Valid account types are A - Asset,

E - Expense, L - Liability, OOwner's Equity, R -Revenue and
M- Memo. The account type is
used to determine what taxes,
if any are applicable, validating
payables and receivables for
business partners. Note: Memo
account amounts are ignored
when checking for balancing

Asset Revenue
Expense Owner's
Equity Liability
Memo (E)

557

Comment/Help

Window: Account Element

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Post
Actual

Yes-No

(Y)

Account
Sign

List

Natural Debit
Credit (N)

Post
Budget

Yes-No

Document
Controlled

Yes-No

Post
Statistical

Yes-No

Bank
Account

Yes-No

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Foreign
Currency
Account

Yes-No

Currency

Table
Direct

Manage
Business
Partners

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Actual Values
can be posted

The Post Actual indicates

if actual values can be
posted to this element value.

Indicates the Natural

Sign of the Account
as a Debit or Credit

Indicates if the expected balance

for this account should be a Debit
or a Credit. If set to Natural,
the account sign for an asset or
expense account is Debit Sign
(i.e. negative if a credit balance).

Budget values
can be posted

The Post Budget indicates

if budget values can be
posted to this element value.

Control account
- If an account is
controlled by a
document, you cannot
post manually to it
(Y)

Post statistical
quantities to
this account?

cbankaccount_celementvalue

ccurrency_celementvalue
(N)

558

Indicates if this is
the Bank Account

The Bank Account checkbox

indicates if this is account
is the bank account.

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Balances in foreign
currency accounts
are held in the
nominated currency

Balances in foreign currency

accounts are held in the
nominated currency and
translated to functional currency

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Window: Account Element

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Business
Partner
Type

List

Customer Vendor
Employee

Manage
Products

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Translation - C_ElementValue_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Translation
Comment/Help: The Translation Tab defines the translation to an alternate language
Tab Level: 2
Table 160.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Account
Element

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

celementvalue_cevaluetrl

Account Element

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

adlanguage_celementvaluetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

559

Window: Account Element

Field
Name

Reference

Description

Translated

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

4. Tab: Sub Account - C_SubAcct

[IMAGE]
Description: Sub Account for Element Value
Comment/Help: The Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so
a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension.
Tab Level: 2
Table 160.4. Sub Account Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Sub
Account

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Sub account for

Element Value

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Account
Element

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

celementvalue_csubacct

Account Element
(same as first report)
560

(see same above)

(see same above)
Account Elements can be natural
accounts or user defined values.
(see same above)

Window: Account Element

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

561

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 161. Window: Accounting Dimensions

Description: Maintain Non-Account Dimension Trees
Comment/Help: Maintain Trees of non account segment trees. Account segment trees (as well as user defined dimensions) are mainatained in the Account Element
window. Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all manfatory values!
Created:2003-06-16 17:36:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Organization Dimension - AD_Org

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Organizationt Accounting Dimension Tree
Comment/Help: Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Tab Level: 0
Table 161.1. Organization Dimension Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Client

TableAD_Client(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
adclient_adorg
(same as first report)
Direct

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

(see same above)

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
562

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

2. Tab: Sales Region Dimension - C_SalesRegion

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Sales Region Accounting Dimension Tree
Comment/Help: Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Tab Level: 0
Table 161.2. Sales Region Dimension Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Region

ID

Sales
Table
Representative

Default

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

AD_User - SalesRep
salesrep_csalesregion

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

(same as first report)

563

(see same above)

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

3. Tab: Activity Dimension - C_Activity

[IMAGE]
Description: Maintain Activity Accounting Dimension Tree
Comment/Help: Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Tab Level: 0
Table 161.3. Activity Dimension Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Activity

ID

Comment/
Help

Text

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
564

(see same above)

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

(Y)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

4. Tab: Project Dimension - C_Project

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Project Accounting Dimension Tree
Comment/Help: Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Tab Level: 0
Table 161.4. Project Dimension Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Project

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

565

Description

Comment/Help

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Currency

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
ccurrency_cproject@M_PriceList_Version_ID@!
0

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cproject
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Committed
Amount

Amount

Generate
Order

Button

Finish
Date

Date

Contract
Date

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Yes-No

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Generate To
Finish or (planned)
completion date

The finish date is used to indicate

when the project is expected to be
completed or has been completed.

The (planned) effective

date of this document.

The contract date is used to

determine when the document
becomes effective. This is
usually the contract date.
The contract date is used in
reports and report parameters.

Is this document a
(legal) commitment?

Commitment indicates if the

document is legally binding.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

cpaymentterm_cproject

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

ccampaign_cproject

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated

Commitment Yes-No
Processed

Description

566

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Order
Reference

String

Planned
Margin

Amount

Planned
Quantity

Quantity

Planned
Amount

Amount

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Note

Text

Close
Project

Button

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Project's planned
margin amount

The Planned Margin Amount

indicates the anticipated
margin amount for this
project or project line.

Planned quantity
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

mpricelistversion_cproject

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

aduser_sr_cproject

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

AD_User - SalesRep

567

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Project
Category

List

General Service
(Charge) Project
Asset Project Work
Order (Job) (N)

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
mwarehouse_cproject @M_Warehouse_ID@!
0

Commitment Yes-No
is Ceiling

Description

Comment/Help

Project Category

The Project Category determines

the behavior of the project:
General - no special accounting,
e.g. for Presales or general
tracking Service - no special
accounting, e.g. for Service/Charge
projects Work Order - creates
Project/Job WIP transactions ability to issue material Asset create Project Asset transactions
- ability to issue material

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

The commitment amount and

The commitment
quantity is the maximum amount
amount/quantity is
and quantity to be charged. Ignored,
the chargeable ceiling
if the amount or quantity is zero.

Committed Quantity
Quantity

Project
Balance

Amount

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Standard
Phase

Table
Direct

Copy
Details

Button

The (legal)
commitment Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Total Project Balance

The project balance is the sum

of all invoices and payments

The quantity invoiced

C_Phase.C_ProjectType_ID=@C_ProjectType_ID@
Standard Phase of
cphase_cproject
the Project Type
Copy From Record

568

Phase of the project with

standard performance
information with standard work
Copy From Record

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Invoiced
Amount

Amount

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

The amount invoiced

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_cproject
to) address for this
Business Partner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cproject
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Text

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Set Project
Type

Button

The amount invoiced

The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adclient_cproject

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

adorg_cproject

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
cprojecttype_cproject @C_ProjectType_ID@!
0

569

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Type of the project

Type of the project with optional

phases of the project with
standard performance information

Window: Accounting Dimensions

5. Tab: Business Partner Dimension - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Business Partner Accounting Dimension Tree
Comment/Help: Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Tab Level: 0
Table 161.5. Business Partner Dimension Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Employee

Yes-No

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

First Sale

Date

Business
Partner

ID

Tax ID

String

Employees

Integer

Name 2

String

Order
Description

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Number of employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Additional Name
Description to be
used on orders
570

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Reference
No

String

Greeting

Table
Direct

Delivery
Rule

List

Values (Default)

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

List

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Vendor

Yes-No

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Validation Rule

cgreeting_cbpartner

Freight
Cost Rule

One time
transaction

Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Print Format for

printing Invoices

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

571

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Indicates if the
business partner is a

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

SO Tax
exempt

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

sales representative
or company agent

representative may also be an

employee, but does not need to be.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Yes-No

Prospect

Yes-No

Link
Organization

Button

(N)
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
the counter-document is created
The Business Partner is automatically. Example: You have
another Organization
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
for explicit InterBPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
Org transactions
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.

URL

URL

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

D-U-N-S

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Order
Reference

String
Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number

572

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Credit
Used

Amount

PO
Payment
Term

Table

Share

Integer

Partner
Parent

ID

Delivery
Via

List

Credit
Limit

Amount

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent
Pickup Delivery
Shipper

573

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Language

Table

AD_Language System

Language for
this entity

ad_language_c_buspartner
Payment
Rule

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Invoice
Rule

List

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

M_PriceList

Credit
Status

List

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Purchase
payment option
Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

Frequency and
method of invoicing

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting
The Payment Rule indicates the
method of purchase payment.

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.
The Invoice Rule defines how
a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage
Total Revenue
expected

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
Business Partner
Credit Status
574

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.
Identifies the price list used
by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

NAICS/
SIC

String

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Payment
Term

Table

Sales
Table
Representative

Price List

Table
Direct

Rating

String

Payment
Rule

List

Comment/Help
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html
cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner
C_PaymentTerm Sales
AD_User

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

575

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Credit Direct Debit

Mixed POS Payment
Discount
Schema

Table

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Dunning

Table
Direct

Document
Copies

Integer

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Customer

Yes-No

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

mdiscounts_cbpartner

cdunning_cbpartner

Flat discount
percentage

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

adclient_cbpartner

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

576

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Open
Balance

Amount

(Y)

cbpgroup_cbpartner

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).

6. Tab: Product Dimension - M_Product

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Product Accounting Dimension Tree
Comment/Help: Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Tab Level: 0

577

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Table 161.6. Product Dimension Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Product

ID

Version
No

String

Classification

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Image
URL

URL

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Verified

Yes-No

Shelf
Depth

Integer

Shelf
Height

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Version Number

mlocator_mproduct

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

The BOM
configuration
has been verified

The Verified check box indicates

if the configuration of this
product has been verified.
This is used for products that
consist of a bill of materials

Shelf depth required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf height required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

(N)

578

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Revenue
Recognition

Table
Direct

Print detail
records on
pick list

Yes-No

Sold

Yes-No

(Y)

Stocked

Yes-No

(Y)

Verify
BOM
Structure

Button

Description
URL

URL

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Shelf
Width

Integer

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

crevrecognition_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Comment/Help

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

(N)

URL for the

description

mattrsetinst_mproduct

(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Discontinued Yes-No

Print detail
records on
invoice

Description

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Shelf width required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Bill of Materials

This product is no
longer available

Yes-No

Print detail BOM

elements on the invoice
579

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.
The Discontinued check
box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.
The Print Details on Invoice
indicates that the BOM element

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Purchased

Yes-No

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Document
Note

Text

Sales
Table
Representative

Weight

(Y)

Organization
purchases this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

If selected, the
product is displayed
in the initial or
any empty search

In the display of products in

the Web Store, the product is
displayed in the initial view or
if no search criteria are entered.
To be displayed, the product
must be in the price list used.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

(Y)

AD_User - SalesRep
salesrep_mproduct

Amount

Units Per
Pallet

Costs
+Prices

Product
Type

List

UOM

Table
Direct

Item Service Resource

Expense type
Online Asset (I)

Type of product

cuom_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
580

Unit of Measure

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
Resource

Table
Direct

Guarantee
Days

Integer

Subscription
Type

Table
Direct

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Volume

Amount

Min
Guarantee
Days

Integer

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct

sresource_mproduct

Resource
If the value is 0, there is no
Number of days
limit to the availability or
the product is
guarantee, otherwise the guarantee
guaranteed or available
date is calculated by adding
the days to the delivery date.

csubscriptiontype_mproduct

Type of subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

mfreightcategory_mproduct

Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,

mattributeset_mproduct

UPC/EAN

String

581

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

rmailtext_mproduct

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

SKU

String

Discontinued
At

Date

Expense
Type

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
ctaxcategory_mproduct
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued
sexpensetype_mproduct
(@#AD_Client_ID@)

adclient_mproduct

Expense report type

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

582

(see same above)

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

ad_org_mproduct

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
mproduct_mproductcategory
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Comment/Help
(see same above)

(see same above)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Optional short
description
of the record

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

M_Product Category

7. Tab: Campaign Dimension - C_Campaign

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Marketing Campaign Accounting Dimension Tree
Comment/Help: Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values!
Tab Level: 0
583

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Table 161.7. Campaign Dimension Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Campaign

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Start Date

Date

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Costs

Costs
+Prices

Costs in accounting
currency

The Costs indicates the

cost of a campaign in an
Organizations accounting currency.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

(Y)

584

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities

Window: Accounting Dimensions

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Channel

Table
Direct

cchannel_ccampaign

Sales Channel

585

The Sales Channel identifies

a channel (or method)
of sales generation.

Chapter 162. Window: Accounting Fact Balances

Description: Query Accounting Daily Balances
Comment/Help: Query daily account balances
Created:2003-04-18 15:39:50.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:07:42.0

1. Tab: Daily Balances - Fact_Acct_Balance

[IMAGE]
Description: View daily accounting balances
Tab Level: 0
Table 162.1. Daily Balances Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Account
Date

Date

PostingType

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction
586

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,

Window: Accounting Fact Balances

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Account

Table

Sub
Account

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

Product

Search

Project

Table
Direct

Sales
Region

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

C_ElementValue (all)

Table

Account used

The (natural) account used

Sub account for

Element Value

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,

AD_Org (all)

587

Window: Accounting Fact Balances

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Location
From

Table

C_Location

Location
To

Table

C_Location

Activity

Table
Direct

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

User
Column 1

ID

User
Column 2

Location that inventory

was moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Location that inventory

was moved to

The Location To indicates

the location that a
product was moved to.

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
accounting Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

User defined
accounting Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

ID

588

Window: Accounting Fact Balances

Field
Name

Reference

Budget

Table
Direct

Accounted
Debit

Amount

Accounted
Credit

Amount

Quantity

Quantity

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

589

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget

identifies a user defined
budget. These can be used
in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Chapter 163. Window: Accounting Fact Details

Description: Query Accounting Facts
Comment/Help: Query the detail accounting transactions
Created:1999-12-04 21:49:37.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:07:33.0

1. Tab: Accounting - Fact_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: View Accounting Fact Details
Tab Level: 0
Table 163.1. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Asset

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aasset_factacct

Accounting
Fact

ID

Line ID

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Transaction line
ID (internal)

Internal link

ac_client_fact_acct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_org_fact_acct

cacctschema_factacct

Rules for accounting

590

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in

Window: Accounting Fact Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM AD_Column
c WHERE
AD_Table.AD_Table_ID=c.AD_Table_ID
Database Table
adtable_factacct
AND
information
c.IsActive='Y' AND
c.ColumnName='Posted')
AND
AD_Table.IsView='N'

Direct internal
record ID

Description

String

Period

Table
Direct

Account
Date

Date

PostingType

List

Transaction
Date

Date

Account

Table

Optional short
description
of the record
cperiod_factacct

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment

Account_ID (Trx)

celementvalue_factacct
591

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Period of the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Account used

The (natural) account used

Window: Accounting Fact Details

Field
Name

Reference

Sub
Account

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

Product

Search

Project

Values (Default)

Table
Direct

Sales
Region

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

csubacct_factacct

Sub account for

Element Value

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

c_buspartner_fact_acct

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

m_product_fact_acct

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

c_project_fact_acct

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

c_salesregion_factacct

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

so_campaign_fact_acct

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

ad_orgtrx_fact_acct

592

Window: Accounting Fact Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Location
From

Table

C_Location

Location
To

Table

Activity

Table
Direct

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

User
Column 1

ID

User
Column 2

GL
Category

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

c_locationfrom_fact_acct

Location that inventory

was moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

c_locationto_fact_acct

Location that inventory

was moved to

The Location To indicates

the location that a
product was moved to.

cactivity_factacct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

celementvalueuser1_factacct

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celementvalueuser2_factacct

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
accounting Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

User defined
accounting Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

C_Location

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

ID

Table
Direct

glcategory_factacct

593

Window: Accounting Fact Details

Field
Name

Reference

Budget

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

glbudget_factacct

General Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget

identifies a user defined
budget. These can be used
in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

Tax

Table
Direct

ctax_factacct

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Locator

Table
Direct

mlocator_factacct

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Currency

Table
Direct

c_currency_fact_acct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Source Debit Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Credit Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Source
Debit

Amount

Source
Credit

Amount

Accounted
Debit

Amount

Accounted
Credit

Amount

UOM

Table
Direct

Quantity

Quantity

c_uom_fact_acct

594

Chapter 164. Window: Accounting Processor

Description: Maintain Accounting Processor and Logs
Comment/Help: Accounting Processor/Server Parameters and Logs
Created:2004-02-19 13:00:41.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Accounting Processor - C_AcctProcessor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Accounting Processor/Server Parameters
Comment/Help: Accounting Processor/Server Parameters. If no account schema is selected, all accounting schema are processed. If no transaction table is selected,
accounting for all transaction is created.
Tab Level: 0
Table 164.1. Accounting Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Button

Accounting
Processor

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Accounting Processor/
Server Parameters

Accounting Processor/
Server Parameters

Frequency of event

The frequency type is

used for calculating the
date of the next event.

Frequency of events

The frequency is used in

conjunction with the frequency
type in determining an event.
Example: If the Frequency Type
is Week and the Frequency
is 2 - it is every two weeks.

C_AcctProcessor_UU
String
Frequency
Type

List

Frequency

Integer

Minute Hour Day

595

Window: Accounting Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Table

Table
Direct

Schedule

Table
Direct

Supervisor

Table

(Y)

cacctschema_cacctprocessor

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM AD_Column
c WHERE
AD_Table.AD_Table_ID=c.AD_Table_ID
Database Table
adtable_cacctprocessor
AND
information
c.IsActive='Y' AND
c.ColumnName='Posted')
AND
AD_Table.IsView='N'

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

AD_Schedule.IsSystemSchedule='N'
adschedule_cacctprocessor
OR
@AD_Client_ID@=0
AD_User - Internal

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

aduser_cacctprocessor

596

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Window: Accounting Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Days to
keep Log

Integer

(7)

Date
last run
Date
next run

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number of days to
keep the log entries

Older Log entries may be deleted

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Date
+Time

Date the process

will run next

The Date Next Run indicates the

next time this process will run.

Description

Comment/Help

Result of the
execution of the
Accounting Processor

Result of the execution of

the Accounting Processor

2. Tab: Log - C_AcctProcessorLog

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Result of the execution of the Accounting Processor
Comment/Help: Result of the execution of the Accounting Processor
Tab Level: 1
Table 164.2. Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Accounting
Processor
Log

ID

Binary
Data

Binary

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Accounting
Processor

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Binary Data

The Binary field stores binary data.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

cacctprocessor_log
(SYSDATE)

597

Accounting Processor/
Server Parameters

Accounting Processor/
Server Parameters

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Window: Accounting Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Summary

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Text

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Error

Yes-No

An Error occurred
in the execution

Reference

String

Reference for
this record

Text
Message

Text

Description

String

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Text Message
Optional short
description
of the record

598

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 165. Window: Accounting Schema

Description: Maintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login
Comment/Help: The Accounting Schema Window defines an accounting method and the elements that will comprise an account structure. Create and activate
elements for detailed accounting for Business Partners, Products, Locations, etc. Review and change the GL and Default accounts. The actual accounts used in
transactions depend on the executing organization; Most of the information is derived from the context.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Accounting Schema - C_AcctSchema

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define your Account Schema Structure
Comment/Help: The Accounting Schema Tab defines the controls used for accounting. You can define multiple accounting schema per client (for parallel
accounting). Postings are generated for an accounting schema, if the schema is valid and you have defined GL and Default accounts and after completion of the
Add / Copy Accounts process.
Tab Level: 0
Table 165.1. Accounting Schema Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Accounting
Schema

ID

Correct
tax for
Discounts/
Charges

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

599

Description

Comment/Help

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Correct the tax for

payment discount
and charges

Payment discounts may require

to correct the tax. This primarily
applicable in VAT systems. If the
original invoice had tax records,
the payment discount, writeoff, etc. is corrected by the tax.
The calculation of the tax is
prorated based on the invoice.

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Use
Yes-No
Account
Combination
Control
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Description

Comment/Help

Combination of
account elements
are checked

The Combination Control

checkbox indicates if the
combination of account elements
will be verified against the
defined acceptable combination.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ad_client_c_acctschema
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_org_c_acctschema

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

GAAP

List

US GAAP German
HGB Custom
Accounting Rules
International
GAAP French
Accounting Standard

Commitment
Type

List

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles

None PO Commitment
only SO Commitment
only PO/SO
Commitment PO
Commitment %26
Reservation PO/
SO Commitment
%26 Reservation (N)

Create Commitment
and/or Reservations
for Budget Control

600

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The GAAP identifies the

account principles that this
accounting schema will adhere to.

The Posting Type Commitments

is created when posting Purchase
Orders; The Posting Type
Reservation is created when
posting Requisitions. This is
used for budgetary control.

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Accrual

Yes-No

(Y)

Costing
Method

Cost Type

Costing
Level

Adjust
COGS

List

Average PO Lifo Fifo

Last PO Price Last
Invoice User Defined
Standard Costing
Average Invoice _ (S)

Table
Direct

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if Accrual
or Cash Based
accounting will be used

The Accrual checkbox indicates

if this accounting schema will
use accrual based account or
cash based accounting. The
Accrual method recognizes
revenue when the product or
service is delivered. Cash based
method recognizes income
when then payment is received.

Indicates how Costs

will be calculated

The Costing Method indicates how

costs will be calculated (Standard,
Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default
costing method is defined on
accounting schema level and can
be optionally overwritten in the
product category. The costing
method cannot conflict with
the Material Movement Policy
(defined on Product Category).

Type of Cost (e.g.

Current, Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost

types. A cost type selected
in an Accounting Schema
is used for accounting.

The lowest level

to accumulate
Costing Information

If you want to maintain different

costs per organization (warehouse)
or per Batch/Lot, you need to
make sure that you define the costs
for each of the organizations or
batch/lot. The Costing Level is
defined per Accounting Schema
and can be overwritten by Product
Category and Accounting Schema.

Adjust Cost
of Good Sold

For Invoice costing methods, you

can adjust the cost of goods sold.
At the time of shipment, you may
not have received the invoice for

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'x'

mcosttype_cacctschema

Client Batch/Lot
Organization (C)

Yes-No

601

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
the receipt or cost adjustments
like freight, customs, etc.

Currency

Table
Direct

Explicit
Cost
Adjustment

Yes-No

Automatic
Period
Control

Yes-No

Period

Table
Direct

History
Days

Integer

Future
Days

Integer

c_currency_c_acctschema

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Post the cost

adjustment explicitly

If selected, landed costs are

posted to the account in the
line and then this posting is
reversed by the postings to the
cost adjustment accounts. If not
selected, it is directly posted to
the cost adjustment accounts.

If selected, the periods

are automatically
opened and closed

In the Automatic Period Control,

periods are opened and closed
based on the current date.
If the Manual alternative is
activated, you have to open
and close periods explicitly.

Period of the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

(N)

cperiod_cacctschema

If Automatic Period Control is

enabled, the current period is
calculated based on the system
Number of days to be date and you can always post to all
able to post in the past days in the current period. History
(based on system date)
Days enable to post to previous
periods. E.g. today is May 15th
and History Days is set to 30,
you can post back to April 15th

Number of days to
be able to post to a
future date (based
on system date)

602

If Automatic Period Control is

enabled, the current period is
calculated based on the system
date and you can always post to
all days in the current period.
Future Days enable to post to
future periods. E.g. today is Apr

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
15th and Future Days is set to
30, you can post up to May 15th

Element
Separator

String

Use
Account
Alias

Yes-No

Post Trade
Discount

Yes-No

(-)

Post
Services
Separately

Yes-No

Post if
Clearing
Equal

Yes-No

(Y)

Tax
Correction

List

None Write-off only

Discount only Writeoff and Discount

Element Separator

The Element Separator defines

the delimiter printed between
elements of the structure

Ability to select
(partial) account
combinations
by an Alias

The Alias checkbox indicates

that account combination
can be selected using a user
defined alias or short key.

Generate postings
for trade discounts

If the invoice is based on an item

with a list price, the amount based
on the list price and the discount is
posted instead of the net amount.
Example: Quantity 10 - List Price:
20 - Actual Price: 17 If selected
for a sales invoice 200 is posted
to Product Revenue and 30 to
Discount Granted - rather than
170 to Product Revenue. The
same applies to vendor invoices.

Differentiate between
Services and Product
Receivable/Payables

If selected, you will post

service related revenue to a
different receivables account
and service related cost to a
different payables account.

(N)

This flag controls

if Adempiere must
post when clearing
(transit) and final
accounts are the same
Determines if/when tax is
corrected. Discount could be
Type of Tax Correction agreed or granted underpayments;
Write-off may be partial
or complete write-off.

603

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Allow
Negative
Posting

Yes-No

(Y)

Only
Organization

Table

AD_Org (all but 0)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Allow to post negative

accounting values

Create posting
entries only for
this organization

adorgonly_cacctschema

Create
GL/
Default

Description

When you have multiple accounting

schema, you may want to restrict
the generation of postings entries
for the additional accounting
schema (i.e. not for the primary).
Example: You have a US and a
FR organization. The primary
accounting schema is in USD,
the second in EUR. If for the
EUR accounting schema, you
select the FR organizations, you
would not create accounting
entries for the transactions of
the US organization in EUR.

Button

2. Tab: Account Schema Dimensions - C_AcctSchema_Element

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define the dimensions of your Account Key
Comment/Help: The Account Schema Dimensions Tab defines the dimensions that comprise the account key. A name is defined which will display in documents.
Also the order of the dimensions and if they are balanced and mandatory are indicated.
Tab Level: 1
Table 165.2. Account Schema Dimensions Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Acct.Schema
Element

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

604

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
adclient_caschemaelement
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
adorgid_c_aschemaelement
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Name

String

cacctschema_caschemaelement

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Type

List

Sub Account User

Column 2 Organization
Account Product
Activity Location
To Sales Region
Project BPartner
Org Trx Location
From Campaign
User Element List
1 User Element List
2 User Column 1

Element

Table
Direct

Balanced

Yes-No

Mandatory

Yes-No

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The Element Type indicates if this
element is the Account element
or is a User Defined element.

Element Type (account

or user defined)

celement_caschemaelement

605

Accounting Element

The Account Element uniquely

identifies an Account Type.
These are commonly known
as a Chart of Accounts.

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name
Sequence

Reference

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
WHERE
C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)

Organization

Table

Account
Element

Search

Product

Search

Business
Partner

Search

Address

Location
(Address)

Sales
Region

Table
Direct

Project

Search

Campaign

Values (Default)

Table
Direct

AD_Org (Trx)

Description

Comment/Help
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

adorg_caschemaelement

(same as first report)

C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=@C_Element_ID@
AND
celementvalue_caschemaelement
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y' Account Element
AND
C_ElementValue.IsSummary='N'
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_caschemaelement
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbuspartner_caschemaelement
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

clocation_caschemaelement

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Financial Project

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
socampaign_caschemaelement
Marketing Campaign
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'

606

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_SalesRegion.IsActive='Y'
csalesregion_caschemaelement
AND
Sales coverage region
C_SalesRegion.IsSummary='N'
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
cproject_caschemaelementC_Project.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Project.Processed='N'

(see same above)

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Activity

Table
Direct

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
cactivity_cacctschemaelement
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Column

Table
Direct

AD_Column.IsKey='Y'
adcolumn_cacctschemaelement
AND
Column in the table
AD_Column.IsActive='Y'

Link to the database

column of the table

3. Tab: General Ledger - C_AcctSchema_GL

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Accounts for GL
Comment/Help: The General Ledger Tab defines error and balance handling to use as well as the necessary accounts for posting to General Ledger.
LinkColumn: Accounting Schema
Tab Level: 1
Table 165.3. General Ledger Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

cacctschema_cacctschemagl

(Y)
607

Description

Comment/Help

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Use
Suspense
Balancing

Yes-No

Suspense
Balancing
Acct

Account

Use
Suspense
Error

Yes-No

Suspense
Error Acct

Account

Use
Currency
Balancing

Yes-No

Currency
Balancing
Acct

Account

Retained
Earning
Acct

Account

Income
Summary
Acct

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Account used
when a currency
is out of balance

The Currency Balancing Account

indicates the account to used
when a currency is out of balance
(generally due to rounding)

vc_suspensebalancing_cschemagl

vc_suspenseerror_cschemagl

vc_currencybalancing_cschemagl

vc_retainedearning_cschemagl

Intercompany Account
Due To
Acct
Intercompany Account
Due From
Acct

Income Summary
Account

vc_incomesummary_cschemagl

vc_intercompanydueto_cschemagl

The Intercompany Due To Account

Intercompany Due
indicates the account that represents
To / Payable Account
money owed to other organizations.

vc_intercompanyduefrom_cschema

Intercompany
Due From /
Receivables Account

608

The Intercompany Due

From account indicates the
account that represents money
owed to this organization
from other organizations.

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

PPV
Offset

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_ppvoffset_cschemagl

Purchase
Price Variance
Offset Account

Offset account for standard costing

purchase price variances. The
counter account is Product PPV.

commitmentoffset_cacctschemagl

Budgetary
Commitment
Offset Account

The Commitment Offset

Account is used for posting
Commitments and Reservations.
It is usually an off-balance sheet
and gain-and-loss account.

commitmentoffsetsales_cacctsch

Budgetary
Commitment Offset
Account for Sales

The Commitment Offset Account

is used for posting Commitments
Sales and Reservations. It is
usually an off-balance sheet
and gain-and-loss account.

Commitment Account
Offset

Commitment Account
Offset
Sales

4. Tab: Defaults - C_AcctSchema_Default

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Default Accounts
Comment/Help: The Defaults Tab displays the Default accounts for an Accounting Schema. These values will display when a new document is opened. The user
can override these defaults within the document.
LinkColumn: Accounting Schema
Tab Level: 1
Table 165.4. Defaults Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Cash
Transfer

Account

Vendor
Service
Liability

Account

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_cbcashtransfer_cschemadefau

Cash Transfer
Clearing Account

Account for Invoices paid by cash

vc_vliabilityservices_cschemad

Account for Vendor

Service Liability
609

The Vendor Service Liability

account indicates the account to use
for recording service liabilities. It
is used if you need to distinguish

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
between Liability for products and
services. This account is only used,
if posting to service accounts is
enabled in the accounting schema.

Receivable
Services

Cash Book
Expense

Account

creceivableservices_cacctschem

Customer Accounts
Receivables
Services Account

Account to post services related

Accounts Receivables if you
want to differentiate between
Services and Product related
revenue. This account is only used,
if posting to service accounts is
enabled in the accounting schema.

vc_cbexpense_cschemadefault

Cash Book
Expense Account

The Cash Book Expense Account

identifies the account to be used
for general, non itemized expenses.

vc_cbdifferences_cschemadefaul

Cash Book
Differences Account

The Cash Book Differences

Account identifies the account to be
used for recording any differences
that affect this cash book

vc_cbasset_cschemadefault

Cash Book
Asset Account

The Cash Book Asset Account

identifies the account to be used
for recording payments into and
disbursements from this cash book.

vc_cbreceipt_cschemadefault

Cash Book
Receipts Account

The Cash Book Receipt

Account identifies the account
to be used for general, non
itemized cash book receipts.

Account

Cash Book Account

Differences

Cash Book
Asset

Account

Cash Book
Receipt

Account

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

cacctschema_default

Rules for accounting

610

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Unrealized
Gain Acct

Account

Unrealized
Loss Acct

Realized
Gain Acct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_unrealizedgain_cschemadefau

Unrealized Gain
Account for
currency revaluation

The Unrealized Gain Account

indicates the account to be used
when recording gains achieved
from currency revaluation
that have yet to be realized.

vc_unrealizedloss_cschemadefau

Unrealized Loss
Account for
currency revaluation

The Unrealized Loss Account

indicates the account to be used
when recording losses incurred
from currency revaluation
that have yet to be realized.

Realized Gain Account

The Realized Gain Account

indicates the account to be used
when recording gains achieved
from currency revaluation
that have been realized.

vc_realizedloss_cschemadefault

Realized Loss Account

The Realized Loss Account

indicates the account to be used
when recording losses incurred
from currency revaluation
that have yet to be realized.

vc_notinvoicedreceipts_cschema

Account for
not-invoiced
Material Receipts

The Not Invoiced Receipts account

indicates the account used for
recording receipts for materials
that have not yet been invoiced.

vc_unearnedrevenue_cschemadefa

Account for
unearned revenue

The Unearned Revenue indicates

the account used for recording
invoices sent for products or
services not yet delivered. It
is used in revenue recognition

vc_notinvoicedrec_cschemadefau

Account for not

invoiced Receivables

The Not Invoiced Receivables

account indicates the account
used for recording receivables
that have not yet been invoiced.

vc_notinvoicedrevenue_cschemad

Account for not

invoiced Revenue

Account

Account
vc_realizedgain_cschemadefault

Realized
Loss Acct

Account

Notinvoiced
Receipts

Account

Unearned
Revenue

Account

NotAccount
invoiced
Receivables
Notinvoiced
Revenue

Account

611

The Not Invoiced Revenue

account indicates the account

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
used for recording revenue
that has not yet been invoiced.

Payment
Discount
Expense

Account

Payment
Discount
Revenue

Account

Write-off

Account

Customer Account
Receivables

Vendor
Liability

Vendor
Account
Prepayment
Product
Asset

Payment Discount
Expense Account

vc_paydiscountrev_cschemadefau

Payment Discount
Revenue Account

vc_writeoff_cschemadefault

Account for
Receivables write-off

The Write Off Account

identifies the account to book
write off transactions to.

vc_creceivable_cschemadefault

Account for Customer

Receivables

The Customer Receivables

Accounts indicates the account to
be used for recording transaction
for customers receivables.

vc_vliability_cschemadefault

Account for
Vendor Liability

The Vendor Liability account

indicates the account used
for recording transactions
for vendor liabilities

vc_cprepayment_cschemadefault

Account for customer

prepayments

The Customer Prepayment

account indicates the account
to be used for recording
prepayments from a customer.

vc_vprepayment_cschemadefault

Account for Vendor

Prepayments

The Vendor Prepayment Account

indicates the account used to
record prepayments from a vendor.

vc_passet_cschemadefault

Account for Product

Asset (Inventory)

The Product Asset Account

indicates the account used for
valuing this a product in inventory.

vc_withholding_cschemadefault

Account for
Withholdings

The Withholding Account

indicates the account used
to record withholdings.

vc_eprepayment_cschemadefault

Account for Employee

Expense Prepayments

The Employee Prepayment

Account identifies the account

Account

Customer Account
Prepayment

Account

Withholding Account

Employee Account
Prepayment

Indicates the account to be charged

for payment discount expenses.

vc_paydiscountexp_cschemadefau

612

Indicates the account to be charged

for payment discount revenues.

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
to use for recording expense
advances made to this employee.

Product
Expense

Account

Employee
Expense

Account

Cost
Account
Adjustment
Inventory
Clearing

vc_pexpense_cschemadefault

Account for
Product Expense

The Product Expense

Account indicates the account
used to record expenses
associated with this product.

vc_eexpense_cschemadefault

Account for
Employee Expenses

The Employee Expense

Account identifies the
account to use for recording
expenses for this employee.

pcostadjustment_cacctschemadef

Product Cost
Adjustment Account

Account used for posting product

cost adjustments (e.g. landed costs)

pinventoryclearing_cacctschema

Product Inventory
Clearing Account

Account used for posting matched

product (item) expenses (e.g. AP
Invoice, Invoice Match). You
would use a different account
then Product Expense, if you want
to differentiate service related
costs from item related costs. The
balance on the clearing account
should be zero and accounts for
the timing difference between
invoice receipt and matching.

vc_pcogs_cschemadefault

Account for Cost

of Goods Sold

The Product COGS Account

indicates the account used
when recording costs
associated with this product.

vc_prevenue_cschemadefault

Account for
Product Revenue
(Sales Account)

The Product Revenue

Account indicates the account
used for recording sales
revenue for this product.

Account

Product
COGS

Account

Product
Revenue

Account

Purchase
Price
Variance

Account

The Purchase Price Variance is

Difference between
used in Standard Costing. It reflects
Standard Cost and
the difference between the Standard
Purchase Price (PPV)
Cost and the Purchase Order Price.

vc_ppurchasepv_cschemadefault

613

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Invoice
Price
Variance

Account

Trade
Discount
Received

Account

Trade
Discount
Granted

Account

Rate
Variance

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_pinvoicepv_cschemadefault

Difference between
Costs and Invoice
Price (IPV)

The Invoice Price Variance is used

reflects the difference between the
current Costs and the Invoice Price.

vc_ptdiscountrec_cschemadefaul

Trade Discount
Receivable Account

The Trade Discount Receivables

Account indicates the
account for received trade
discounts in vendor invoices

vc_ptdiscountgrant_cschemadefa

Trade Discount
Granted Account

The Trade Discount Granted

Account indicates the
account for granted trade
discount in sales invoices

The Rate Variance

account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

The Rate Variance is used in

Standard Costing. It reflects the
difference between the Standard
Cost Rates and The Cost Rates
of Manufacturing Order. If
you change the Standard Rates
then this variance is generate.

pratevariance_cacctschemadefau

Average
Cost
Variance

Account

Landed
Cost
Clearing

Account

paveragecostvariance_cacctsche

Warehouse Account
Differences

Bank
Asset

The Average Cost Variance is used

in weighted average costing to
Average Cost Variance
reflect differences when posting
costs for negative inventory.

Account

plandedcostclearingvc_cacctsch

Product Landed Cost

Clearing Account

Account used for posting of

estimated and actual landed
cost amount. The balance on
the clearing account should be
zero and accounts for the timing
difference between material
receipt and landed cost invoice.

vc_wdifferences_cschemadefault

Warehouse
Differences Account

The Warehouse Differences

Account indicates the account
used recording differences
identified during inventory counts.

vc_basset_cschemadefault

Bank Asset Account

The Bank Asset Account

identifies the account to be

614

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
used for booking changes to the
balance in this bank account

(Not Used)

Account

vc_winventory_cschemadefault

Warehouse Inventory
Asset Account Currently not used

The Warehouse Inventory

Asset Account identifies the
account used for recording
the value of your inventory.
This is the counter account for
inventory revaluation differences.
The Product Asset account
maintains the product asset value.

vc_winvactualadjust_cschemadef

Account for Inventory

value adjustments
for Actual Costing

In actual costing systems,

this account is used to post
Inventory value adjustments.
You could set it to the standard
Inventory Asset account.

vc_bintransit_cschemadefault

Bank In Transit
Account

The Bank in Transit Account

identifies the account to be used
for funds which are in transit.

vc_bpaymentselect_cschemadefau

AP Payment Selection
Clearing Account

vc_bunallocatedcash_cschemadef

Unallocated Cash
Clearing Account

vc_wrevaluation_cschemadefault

Account for Inventory

Revaluation

The Inventory Revaluation Account

identifies the account used to
records changes in inventory
value due to currency revaluation.

vc_binterestexp_cschemadefault

Bank Interest
Expense Account

The Bank Interest Expense Account

identifies the account to be used
for recording interest expenses.

vc_binterestrev_cschemadefault

Bank Interest
Revenue Account

The Bank Interest Revenue

Account identifies the account
to be used for recording interest
revenue from this Bank.

Inventory Account
Adjustment

Bank In
Transit

Account

Payment
Selection

Account

Unallocated Account
Cash
Inventory Account
Revaluation

Bank
Interest
Expense

Account

Bank
Interest
Revenue

Account

615

Receipts not allocated to Invoices

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Tax Due

Account

Work In
Process

Account

Floor
Stock

Account

Tax Credit

Method
Change
Variance

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_tdue_cschemadefault

Account for Tax

you have to pay

The Tax Due Account indicates

the account used to record
taxes that you are liable to pay.

pwip_cacctschemadefault

The Work in
Process account is
the account used
Manufacturing Order

pfloorstock_cacctschemadefault

The Floor Stock

account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

The Floor Stock is used for

accounting the component with
Issue method is set Floor stock
into Bill of Material %26 Formula
Window. The components with
Issue Method defined as Floor
stock is acounting next way:
Debit Floor Stock Account
Credit Work in Process Account

vc_tcredit_cschemadefault

Account for Tax

you can reclaim

The Tax Credit Account indicates

the account used to record
taxes that can be reclaimed

pmethodchangevariance_cacctsch

The Method Change

Variance account
is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Method Change Variance is

used in Standard Costing. It reflects
the difference between the Standard
BOM , Standard Manufacturing
Workflow and Manufacturing
BOM Manufacturing Workflow.
If you change the method the
manufacturing defined in BOM
or Workflow Manufacturig
then this variance is generate.

vc_texpense_cschemadefault

Account for paid tax

you cannot reclaim

The Tax Expense Account

indicates the account used to
record the taxes that have been
paid that cannot be reclaimed.

pusagevariance_cacctschemadefa

The Usage Variance

account is the

The Usage Variance is used in

Standard Costing. It reflects the
difference between the Quantities

Account

Account

Tax
Expense

Account

Usage
Variance

Account

616

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

of Standard BOM or Time Standard

Manufacturing Workflow and
Quantities of Manufacturing
BOM or Time Manufacturing
account used
Workflow of Manufacturing
Manufacturing Order
Order. If you change the Quantities
or Time defined in BOM
or Workflow Manufacturig
then this variance is generate.
Charge
Account

Account

Project
Asset

Account

Work In
Progress

Account

Mix
Variance

Account

Add or
Copy
Accounts

Button

Labor

Account

Burden

Cost Of
Production

vc_chexpense_cschemadefault

Charge Account

The Charge Account

identifies the account to
use when recording charges

vc_pjasset_cschemadefault

Project Asset Account

The Project Asset account is

the account used as the final
asset account in capital projects

vc_pjwip_cschemadefault

Account for
Work in Progress

The Work in Process account is

the account used in capital projects
until the project is completed

pmixvariance_cacctschemadefaul

The Mix Variance

account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

The Mix Variance is used when a

co-product received in Inventory
is different the quantity expected

plabor_cacctschemadefault

The Labor account

is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Labor is used for

accounting the productive Labor

pburden_cacctschemadefault

The Burden account

is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Burden is used for

accounting the Burden

pcostofproduction_cacctschemad

The Cost Of
Production account
is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Cost Of Production is used for

accounting Non productive Labor

Account

Account

617

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Outside
Processing

Account

Overhead

Account

Scrap

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

poutsideprocessing_cacctschema

The Outside Processing

Account is the
account used in
Manufacturing Order

The Outside Processing

Account is used for accounting
the Outside Processing

poverhead_cacctschemadefault

The Overhead account

is the account used in
Manufacturing Order

pscrap_cacctschemadefault

The Scrap account is

the account used in
Manufacturing Order

vc_bunidentified_cschemadefaul

Bank Unidentified
Receipts Account

The Bank Unidentified

Receipts Account identifies
the account to be used when
recording receipts that can not
be reconciled at the present time.

Bank Expense Account

The Bank Expense Account

identifies the account to be
used for recording charges or
fees incurred from this Bank.

Bank Revaluation
Gain Account

The Bank Revaluation Gain

Account identifies the account
to be used for recording
gains that are recognized
when converting currencies.

Bank Revaluation
Loss Account

The Bank Revaluation Loss

Account identifies the account
to be used for recording
losses that are recognized
when converting currencies.

Bank Settlement
Loss Account

The Bank Settlement loss account

identifies the account to be
used when recording a currency
loss when the settlement and
receipt currency are not the same.

Account
vc_bexpense_cschemadefault

Bank
Account
Revaluation
Gain

Bank
Account
Revaluation
Loss

Bank
Settlement
Loss

Constraint Value

Account

Bank
Account
Unidentified
Receipts

Bank
Expense

Values (Default)

vc_brevaluationgain_cschemadef

vc_brevaluationloss_cschemadef

Account
vc_bsettlementloss_cschemadefa

618

Window: Accounting Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Bank
Settlement
Gain

Account

Tax
Liability

Account

Tax
Account
Receivables

Charge
Account
Revenue
(Deprecated)

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_bsettlementgain_cschemadefa

Bank Settlement
Gain Account

The Bank Settlement Gain account

identifies the account to be
used when recording a currency
gain when the settlement and
receipt currency are not the same.

vc_tliability_cschemadefault

Account for Tax

declaration liability

The Tax Liability Account

indicates the account used to record
your tax liability declaration.

vc_trec_cschemadefault

Account for Tax credit

after tax declaration

The Tax Receivables Account

indicates the account used to
record the tax credit amount
after your tax declaration.

chrevenue_cacctschemadefault

Charge Revenue
Account

The Charge Revenue Account

identifies the account
to use when recording
charges paid by customers.

619

Chapter 166. Window: Active Session

Description: List of Current Logged in user
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-10-11 18:17:05.0
Updated:2012-10-18 13:30:02.0

1. Tab: Sessions - AD_SessionInfo_v

[IMAGE]
Description: Current Sessions
Tab Level: 0
Table 166.1. Sessions Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_sessioninfo_v_uuString
Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_SessionInfo_v ID
AD_Session_UU String
Client

Table
Direct

Client
Name

String

Organization
Name

String

Remote
Addr

String

Remote
Host

String

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Client in which current
session user logged in

Name of the
Organization
Remote Address
Remote host Info
620

The Remote Address indicates an

alternative or external address.

Window: Active Session

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

User Name

String

Login User Name

EMail
Address

String

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Electronic
Mail Address

Comment/Help

Login Role

String

Role name of user logged in with

Login date

Date
+Time

Session

Table
Direct

Web
Session

String

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Updated

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Server
Name

String

Active

Yes-No

User Session
Online or Web

Online or Web Session Information

Web Session ID

Node instance name

(same as first report)

621

(see same above)

Chapter 167. Window: Activity (ABC)

Description: Maintain Activities for Activity Based Costing
Comment/Help: The Activity Based Costing Window defines the different activities for which you want to capture costs.
Created:1999-06-29 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Activity - C_Activity

[IMAGE]
Description: Activity for Activity Based Costing
Tab Level: 0
Table 167.1. Activity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Activity

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

622

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Activity (ABC)

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Translation - C_Activity_Trl

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Activity
Tab Level: 1
Table 167.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_Activity_Trl_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Activity

Search

Language

Table

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

ADClient_CActivityTrl

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(see same above)

ADOrg_CActivityTrl

(same as first report)

CActivity_CActivityTrl

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

ADLanguage_CActivityTrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

AD_Language

623

Window: Activity (ABC)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

624

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Chapter 168. Window: Address Transaction

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-19 14:26:45.0
Updated:2013-08-19 14:26:45.0

1. Tab: Address Transaction - C_AddressTransaction

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 168.1. Address Transaction Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Address
Transaction

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
adclient_caddresstransaction
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

C_AddressTransaction_UU
String
Active

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Address

Location
(Address)

Address 1

String

Address 2

String

(Y)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
adorg_caddresstransaction
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

clocation_caddresstransaction

625

(see same above)

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Window: Address Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Address 3

String

Address 4

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Address Line 3
for the location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address Line 4
for the location

The Address 4 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP

identifies the postal code
for this entity's address.

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

String

City

String

Region

String

ZIP

String

Country

String

Result

Text

Valid

Yes-No

Address
Validation

Table
Direct

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

caddressvalidation_caddresstra
(N)

626

Chapter 169. Window: Address Validation

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-19 13:58:28.0
Updated:2013-08-19 13:58:28.0

1. Tab: Address Validation - C_AddressValidation

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 169.1. Address Validation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Address
Validation

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_AddressValidation_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
adclient_caddressvalidation
(same as first report)
<>0
(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Address
Table
Validation
Direct
Configuration
Name

Active

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
adorg_caddressvalidation
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Callout:
caddressvalidationcfg_caddress
org.compiere.model.CalloutAddressValidation.addressValidation

String

Yes-No

(see same above)

(Y)
627

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Address Validation

Field
Name

Reference

Sequence

Integer

User ID

String

Connection
Key

String

Connection
Password

String

Shipper
Account
Number

String

Shipper
Meter

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

User ID or
account number

628

The User ID identifies a

user and allows access
to records or processes.

Chapter 170. Window: Address Validation

Configuration
Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-19 13:53:57.0
Updated:2013-08-19 13:53:57.0

1. Tab: Address Validation - C_AddressValidationCfg

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 170.1. Address Validation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Address
Validation
Configuration

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_AddressValidationCfg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Name

String

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
adclient_caddressvalidationcfg
(same as first report)
<>0
(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
adorg_caddressvalidationcfg
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
629

(see same above)

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Address Validation Configuration

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Host
Address

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

String

Host Address
URL or DNS

The Host Address identifies the

URL or DNS of the target host

Host port

Integer

Host
Communication Port

The Host Port identifies the port

to communicate with the host.

Proxy
address

String

Address of your
proxy server

The Proxy Address must be defined

if you must pass through a firewall
to access your payment processor.

Proxy port

Integer

Port of your
proxy server

The Proxy Port identifies the

port of your proxy server.

Proxy
logon

String

Logon of your
proxy server

The Proxy Logon identifies the

Logon ID for your proxy server.

Proxy
password

String

Password of your
proxy server

The Proxy Password identifies the

password for your proxy server.

Service
Path

String

Address
Validation
Class

String

630

Chapter 171. Window: Alert

Description: iDempiere Alert
Comment/Help: iDempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of
Created:2003-06-07 19:59:53.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Alert - AD_Alert

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: iDempiere Alert
Comment/Help: iDempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of.
Tab Level: 0
Table 171.1. Alert Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Alert

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

iDempiere Alert

iDempiere Alerts allow you

define system conditions
you want to be alerted of

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
631

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Alert
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comment/
Help

Text
Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Valid

Yes-No

(Y)

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Alert
Processor

Table
Direct

Enforce
Client
Security

Yes-No

(Y)

Send alerts to recipient

only if the client
security rules of
the role allows

Enforce
Role
Security

Yes-No

(Y)

Send alerts to recipient

only if the data security
rules of the role allows

Alert
Subject

String

Alert
Message

Text

Alert Processor/
Server Parameter

calertprocessor_adalert

Alert Processor/Server Parameter

Subject of the Alert

The subject of the email

message sent for the alert

Message of the Alert

The message of the

email sent for the alert

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Alert Rule - AD_AlertRule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Definition of the alert element
Comment/Help: The definition of the altert or action
Tab Level: 1
Table 171.2. Alert Rule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Alert Rule

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Definition of
the alert element
632

Window: Alert
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Alert

Table
Direct

Name

Validation Rule

adaltert_aralertrule

Description

Yes-No

(Y)

Valid

Yes-No

(Y)

Error Msg

Text

Pre
Processing

Text

Sql
SELECT

Text

Table

Table
Direct

Sql FROM

Text

adtable_adaltertrule

Text

633

Comment/Help

iDempiere Alert

iDempiere Alerts allow you

define system conditions
you want to be alerted of

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Process SQL before

executing the query

Could be Update/
Delete/etc. statement

SQL SELECT clause

The Select Clause indicates the

SQL SELECT clause to use
for selecting the record for a
measure calculation. Do not
include the SELECT itself.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

SQL FROM clause

The Select Clause indicates

the SQL FROM clause to
use for selecting the record
for a measure calculation. It
can have JOIN clauses. Do
not include the FROM itself.

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to

String

Active

Sql
WHERE

Constraint Value

Window: Alert
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Other SQL
Clause

Text

Post
Processing

Text

Other SQL Clause

Any other complete clause like

GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER
BY, etc. after WHERE clause.

Process SQL after

executing the query

Could be Update/
Delete/etc. statement

3. Tab: Alert Recipient - AD_AlertRecipient

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Recipient of the Alert Notification
Comment/Help: You can send the notifications to users or roles
Tab Level: 1
Table 171.3. Alert Recipient Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Alert
Recipient

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Alert

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adalert_adalertrecipient
(Y)
634

Description

Comment/Help

Recipient of the
Alert Notification

You can send the

notifications to users or roles

iDempiere Alert

iDempiere Alerts allow you

define system conditions
you want to be alerted of

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Alert
Field
Name

Reference

User/
Contact

Search

Role

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

aduser_adalertrecipient

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adrole_adaltertrecipient

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

635

Chapter 172. Window: Alert Processor

Description: Maintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and Logs
Comment/Help: Alert Processor/Server Parameter
Created:2004-02-19 13:00:51.0
Updated:2012-09-19 10:52:56.0

1. Tab: Processor - AD_AlertProcessor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Alert Processor
Tab Level: 0
Table 172.1. Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Alert
Processor

ID

Frequency
Type

List

Process
Now

Button

Frequency

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alert Processor/
Server Parameter

Alert Processor/Server Parameter

Minute Hour Day

Frequency of event

The frequency type is

used for calculating the
date of the next event.

Frequency of events

The frequency is used in

conjunction with the frequency
type in determining an event.
Example: If the Frequency Type
is Week and the Frequency
is 2 - it is every two weeks.

AD_AlertProcessor_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
636

(see same above)

Window: Alert Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Schedule

Table
Direct

Supervisor

Table

(Y)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Schedule.IsSystemSchedule='N'
adschedule_adalertprocessor
OR
@AD_Client_ID@=0
AD_User - Supervisor
aduser_calertprocessor

(7)

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Number of days to
keep the log entries

Older Log entries may be deleted

Days to
keep Log

Integer

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Date
next run

Date
+Time

Date the process

will run next

The Date Next Run indicates the

next time this process will run.

2. Tab: Log - AD_AlertProcessorLog

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Alert Processor Log
Tab Level: 1

637

Window: Alert Processor

Table 172.2. Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Alert
Processor
Log

ID

Binary
Data

Binary

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Alert
Processor

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Summary

Result of the execution

of the Alert Processor
Binary Data

Result of the execution

of the Alert Processor
The Binary field stores binary data.

Alert Processor/
Server Parameter

Alert Processor/Server Parameter

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Text

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Error

Yes-No

An Error occurred
in the execution

Reference

String

Reference for
this record

Text
Message

Text

Description

String

calertprocessor_log
(SYSDATE)

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Text Message
Optional short
description
of the record

638

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 173. Window: Asset

Description: Asset used internally or by customers
Comment/Help: An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
Created:2003-01-23 00:51:59.0
Updated:2010-06-17 15:12:01.0

1. Tab: Asset - A_Asset

[IMAGE]
Description: Asset used internally or by customers
Comment/Help: An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset.
Tab Level: 0
Table 173.1. Asset Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Asset Type

String

(MFX)

Asset
Action

List

Dispose Inbound
Modify Outbound
Reevaluate Retire
Transfer ('MD')

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Manufacturer
of the Product

The manufacturer of the Product

(used if different from the
Business Partner / Vendor)

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

A_QTY_OriginalNumber
Manufacturer

String

Asset

ID

Current
Qty

Number

639

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Process
Now

Yes-No

(N)

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Table
Direct

Quantity

Quantity

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

minoutline_aasset

('N')

Description

Comment/Help

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Processed

Yes-No

Usable
Life Years

Integer

Asset class

Search

Usable
Life Months

Integer

Asset Type

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Inventory
No

String

Name

String

Years of the usable

life of the asset
A_Asset_Class (all)

aassetclass_aasset
Months of the usable
life of the asset
aassettype_aasset

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

640

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Parent
Asset

Search

A_Asset_ID

Asset
Group

Search

A_Asset_Group

Constraint Value

String

Product

Search

Product
Attribute

Serial No

String

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

A_Asset_Type_ID
IN (NULL,
@A_Asset_Type_ID@)

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

Version Number

mproduct_aasset
Attribute
Set
Instance

Description

aparentasset_aasset

aassetgroup_aasset

Version
No

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_aasset

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Product Serial Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates

the specific lot that a
product was part of.

Date when Asset

was put into service

The date when the asset was

put into service - usually used
as start date for depreciation.

Manufactured Integer
Year
Lot No

String

In Service
Date

Date

641

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Guarantee
Date

Date

Create
Date

Date

Revaluation
Date

Date

Project

Search

Activity

Values (Default)

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Locator

Locator
(WH)

BPartner
(Agent)

Table

Address

Location
(Address)

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

cproject_aasset

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

cactivity_aasset

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

The asset is in
the possession of
the organization

Assets which are not in possession

are e.g. at Customer site and may or
may not be owned by the company.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

(@Date@)

Table
Direct

In
Possession

Constraint Value

cbpartner_aasset

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@Callout:
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aasset
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.locator
to) address for this
Business Partner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_aasset
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
Callout:
mlocator_aasset
Warehouse Locator
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.location
C_BPartner Vendor
or SalesRep

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
The Locator indicates where in a
Warehouse a product is located.

Business Partner
(Agent or Sales Rep)

cbpartnersr_aasset

Callout:
clocation_aasset
Location or Address
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.locator

642

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Location
comment

String

Owned

Yes-No

Lessor

Search

Lease
Termination

Date

Lease
Termination Date

Last Date of Lease

Depreciate

Yes-No

The asset will

be depreciated

The asset is used internally

and will be depreciated

Fully
depreciated

Yes-No

The asset is
fully depreciated

The asset costs are fully amortized.

Life use

Integer

Units of use until

the asset is not
usable anymore

Life use and the actual use may be

used to calculate the depreciation

Use units

Integer

Currently used
units of the assets

Last
Maintenance

Date

Last Unit

Integer

Last Maintenance Unit

Last Note

String

Last Maintenance Note

Next
Maintenence

Date

Next Unit

Integer

Asset
Status

List

Activation
Date

Date

Additional comments
or remarks concerning
the location
The asset is owned
by the organization
C_BPartner Vendors

The asset may not be in

possession, but the asset is
legally owned by the organization

The Business Partner

who rents or leases

leasebpartner_aasset

(N)

Last Maintenance Date

Next Maintenence Date

Next Maintenence Unit
Activated Disposed
Depreciated New
Preservation
Retired Sold ('NW')

643

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Depreciation
Date

Date

Disposed

Yes-No

Asset
Disposal
Date

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date of last
depreciation

Date of the last deprecation,

if the asset is used
internally and depreciated.

The asset is disposed

The asset is no longer

used and disposed

Date when the asset

is/was disposed

2. Tab: Product - A_Asset_Product

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.2. Product Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Asset
Product

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Asset

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(same as first report)

aasset_aassetproduct

Active

Yes-No

('Y')

Product

Table

M_Product
(no summary)

Description

mproduct_aassetproduct

644

Comment/Help

(see same above)

(see same above)

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Current
Qty

Quantity

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Description

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

mattributesetinstance_aassetpr

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

mlocator_aassetproduct

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

(0)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

3. Tab: Asset Balances - A_Depreciation_Workfile

[IMAGE]
Description: Asset Balance Report and Adjustments
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.3. Asset Balances Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Funding
Mode

Table
Direct

Asset
Depreciation
Date

Date

Current
Qty

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Date of last
depreciation

Date of the last deprecation,

if the asset is used
internally and depreciated.

afundingmode_adepreciationwork

A_Depreciation_Workfile_ID
ID
A_Asset_Life_Current_Year
Amount

Description

(0)
645

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Own
Amount
contribution

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Callout:
org.compiere.FA.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Valoare_Cofinantare

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

Financing
Type

List

Cofinantare
Proprie Terti ('P')

Life Years

Integer

(0)

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

The document has

been processed
Financing Type

A_Period_Forecast
Number
Life Years
(fiscal)

Integer

(0)

Life Period
(fiscal)

Integer

(0)

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

A_Prior_Year_Accumulated_Depr
Amount
Third
Amount
contribution

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Valoare_Cofinantare

A_Calc_Accumulated_Depr
Amount

(0)

A_Curr_Dep_ExpAmount

(0)

A_Base_AmountAmount
Life
Periods

Integer

(0)

A_Period_PostedInteger
Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Asset

Search
Asset used internally
or by customers

aasset_adepreciationworkfile

646

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Asset Cost

Amount

(0)

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment ('A')

Asset
Salvage
Value

Amount

(0)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation

(0)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(fiscal)

(0)

Remaining
Amt

Amount

Remaining
Amt
(fiscal)

Amount

SL
Expense/
Period

Amount

SL
Expense/
Period
(fiscal)

Amount

Life
periods
(min)

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Callout:
org.compiere.FA.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Valoare_Cofinantare
The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

647

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Life
periods
(max)

Integer

Usable
Life Years

Integer

(0)

Callout:
Years of the usable
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.uselifeyear
life of the asset

Use Life
- Years
(fiscal)

Integer

(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.uselifeyear

Usable
Life Months

Integer

(0)

Callout:
Months of the usable
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.uselifeyear
life of the asset

Use Life
- Months
(fiscal)

Integer

(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.uselifeyear

Depreciate

Yes-No

Current
Period

Integer

Account
Date

Date

Update
depreciation

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

4. Tab: Accounting Setup - A_Asset_Acct

[IMAGE]
Description: Enter accounting setup information
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1
648

Description

Comment/Help

The asset will

be depreciated

The asset is used internally

and will be depreciated

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Window: Asset
Table 173.4. Accounting Setup Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

A_Period_Start Integer
Split
Percent

Number

(1)

Convention
Type

Table

A_ConventionType

Loss on
Disposal

Account

Disposal
Revenue

Account

adepreciationconv_aassetacct

Revaluation Account
Accumulated
Depreciation
Offset for
Current
Year
Variable
Percent

Number

Variable
Percent
(fiscal)

Number

Reval Cost
Offset
Prior Acct

Account
arevalcostoffsetprior_aassetac

A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Prior
Account

arevaladepoffsetprior_aassetac

Revaluation Account
Cost
Offset for
Prior Year
Reval Cost
Offset
Acct

Account

Active

Yes-No

arevalcostoffset_aassetacct

649

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Revaluation Account
Cost
Offset for
Current
Year
Depreciation
Convention
(fiscal)

Table

Depreciation
Method
(fiscal)

Table

A_ConventionType
adepreciationconvf_aassetacct
A_Depreciation_Method
adepreciationmethodf_aassetacc

A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Cur
Account
A_Reval_Cal_MethodList
Depreciation
Method

Table

arevaladepoffsetcur_aassetacct
Default Year Balances
Inception to date
A_Depreciation_Method
adepreciationmethod_aassetacct

Revaluation Account
Expense
Offs
A_Period_End Integer
Reval
Depexp
Offset
Acct

Account
arevaldepexpoffset_aassetacct

Revaluation Account
Accumulated
Depreciation
Offset for
Prior Year
A_Asset_Acct_ID ID
Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

650

(see same above)

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org (all)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Asset

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Valid from

Date

Asset
Salvage
Value

Amount

(0)

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment ('A')

Depreciation

Table

A_Depreciation_Type

Depreciation
(fiscal)

Table

A_Depreciation_Type

Asset Acct

Account

Comment/Help
(see same above)

cacctschema_aassetacct

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

aasset_aassetacct

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Callout:
adepreciation_aassetacct
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.Field_Clear
adepreciationf_aassetacct
aassetvc_aassetacct

Accumulated Account
Depreciation
Account

aaccumdepreciation_aassetacct

Depreciation Account
Account

adepreciationvc_aassetacct

Disposal
Revenue
Acct

Description

Account
adisposalrevenue_aassetacct

651

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Disposal
Loss Acct

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adisposalloss_aassetacct

5. Tab: Activation/Addition - A_Asset_Addition

[IMAGE]
Description: Activation/Addition
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.5. Activation/Addition Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Journal
Batch

Table
Direct

Process
Now

Yes-No

Line No

Integer

A_Period_Start Integer
Asset
Addition

ID

Posted

Button

Approved

Active

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

gljournalbatch_aassetaddition

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(0)

_Posted Status(N)

Yes-No(@#IsCanApproveOwnDoc@)

Yes-No
652

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Rate

Number

Adjust
Yes-No
Accumulated
Depreciation

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt
Currency
Conversion Rate
(N)

Comment/Help
The Currency Conversion Rate
indicates the rate to use when
converting the source currency
to the accounting currency

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.periodOffset

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_aassetaddition
Rate Type

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Document
No

String

DocumentNo
Invoice Vendor

Document
sequence number
of the document

653

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Create
Asset

Yes-No

Asset

Search

Document
Date

Date

Account
Date

('N')
Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.asset
Asset used internally
aasset_aassetaddition
or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.dateDoc;
Date of the Document
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.periodOffset

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Date

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt;
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.periodOffset
Accounting Date

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment (A)

Capital/
Expense

List

Capital Expense ('Cap')

Source
Type

List

Invoice Manual
Journal Entry Imported
Project ('INV')

Invoice

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Match
Invoice

Search

cinvoice_aassetaddition

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

cinvoiceline_aassetaddition
M_MatchInv for
Asset Addition

mmatchinv_aassetaddition

A_Processed='N'

654

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Match Shipment/
Receipt to Invoice

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Project

Search

Charge

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

minoutline_aassetaddition

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Description

String

Source
Amount

Amount

Asset
value

Amount

Entered
Amount

Amount

Comment/Help

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
cproject_aassetadditionC_Project.ProjectCategory Financial Project
IN ('W','A')Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.project
Additional
document charges

ccharge_aassetaddition
Imported
Fixed
Asset

Description

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

ifixedasset_aassetaddition
M_Product
(no summary)

ReadOnly Logic:
mproduct_aassetaddition@A_SourceType@='INV' Product, Service, Item

Product Attribute
Set Instance

mattributesetinstance_aassetad

M_Locator.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
mlocator_aassetaddition
ReadOnly Logic:
Warehouse Locator
@A_SourceType@='INV'
Optional short
description
of the record
Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt
Book Value
of the asset
(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt

655

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
The Locator indicates where in a
Warehouse a product is located.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Currency

Table
Direct

Current
Qty

Number

(0)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation

(0)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(fiscal)

(0)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_aassetaddition
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt
for this record

Delta Use
Life Years

Integer

(0)

Delta Use
Life Years
(fiscal)

Integer

(0)

Life
periods
(min)

Integer

Life
periods
(max)

Integer

Processed

Yes-No

('N')

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved ('DR')

Comment/Help
Indicates the Currency to
be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.uselife;
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.periodOffset
Delta Use Life
Years (fiscal)

The document has

been processed

The current status

of the document

656

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.
The Document Status indicates
the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Asset
Addition
Process

Button

_Document
Action('CO')

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

6. Tab: Cost Details - A_Asset_Addition

[IMAGE]
Description: Cost Detail
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.6. Cost Details Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Active

Yes-No

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Asset
Addition

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Document
No

String

DocumentNo
Invoice Vendor

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

minoutline_aassetaddition

Document
sequence number
of the document

657

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Asset

Search

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.asset
Asset used internally
aasset_aassetaddition
or by customers

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment (A)

Capital/
Expense

List

Capital Expense ('Cap')

Source
Type

List

Invoice Manual
Journal Entry Imported
Project ('INV')

Journal
Batch

Table
Direct

Invoice

Search

Line No

Integer

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

gljournalbatch_aassetaddition

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

cinvoice_aassetaddition

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

658

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Description

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Asset
value

Amount

Book Value
of the asset

Current
Qty

Number

(0)

7. Tab: Disposal - A_Asset_Disposed

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.7. Disposal Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Period

Table

C_Period (Open)

Asset
Disposed

ID

Process
Now

Button

Disposed
Reason

List

Charity Destroyed
Scraped Sold Theft
Sold w/Trade

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cperiod_aassetdisposed

Description

Comment/Help

Period of the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
< > 0Callout:
(same as first report)
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

659

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Asset

Search

Disposed
Method

List

Disposed
Date

Date

Document
Date

Date

(@Date@)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.date
Date of the Document

Account
Date

Date

(@Date@)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.date
Accounting Date

Asset
Proceeds

Amount

Asset
Trade

Table

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Processed='Y' AND
A_Asset_Status<
Asset used internally
aasset_aassetdisposed
> 'DI'Callout:
or by customers
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.asset

Comment/Help
An asset is either created by
purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Trade w/cash Simple

Cash Trade Simple_
Preservation Cash_
Partial Retirement
Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.date

A_Asset_ID

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

aassettrade_aassetdisposed

8. Tab: Asset Usage - A_Asset_Use

[IMAGE]
Description: Record Asset Usage
Tab Level: 1
660

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Asset
Table 173.8. Asset Usage Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

A_Asset_Use_ID ID
Active

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Asset

SearchA_Asset_ID(@A_Asset_ID@)
Asset used internally
or by customers

aasset_aassetuse

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

UseDate

Date

Use units

Integer

Currently used
units of the assets

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Delivery of Asset

The availability of the asset to

the business partner (customer).

9. Tab: Delivery - A_Asset_Delivery

[IMAGE]
Description: Delivery or availability
Comment/Help: Record of delivery or availability
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.9. Delivery Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Asset
Delivery

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

661

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Asset

Search

Product
Download

Table
Direct

Movement
Date

Date
+Time

User/
Contact

Search

Description

String

Version
No

String

Lot No

String

Serial No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

aasset_aassetdelivery

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

mproductdl_aassetdelivery

Product downloads

Define download for a product.

If the product is an asset, the
user can download the data.

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

aduser_aassetdelivery

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Version Number

662

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates

the specific lot that a
product was part of.

Product Serial Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

EMail
Address

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

moutline_aassetdelivery

Description

Comment/Help

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

EMail Message ID

SMTP Message ID
for tracking purposes

Message
ID

String

Delivery
Confirmation

String

EMail Delivery
confirmation

URL

URL

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

Referrer

String

Referring web address

Remote
Addr

String

Remote
Host

String

Remote Address
Remote host Info

10. Tab: Asset History - A_Asset_Change

[IMAGE]
Description: Detail asset transaction history
Tab Level: 1

663

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org
The Remote Address indicates an
alternative or external address.

Window: Asset
Table 173.10. Asset History Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Addition

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Valid Account
Combination

The Combination identifies a

valid combination of element
which represent a GL account.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

aaaddition_aachange

A_Asset_Acct_IDInteger
ChangeDate

Date
+Time

Combination Account
cvalidcombinati_aassetchange
Active

Yes-No

Asset
Retirement

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Asset

Search

Internally used asset

is not longer used.

aaretirement_aachange

aasset_aassetchange

Details

String

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment ('A')

ChangeType

List

Addition Balance
Depreciation Disposal
Forecast Import
Revaluation Setup
Split Create Expense
Transfer Update Usage

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

664

(see same above)

(see same above)

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Updated
By

Table

AD_User

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cacctschema_aassetchange

Description

Comment/Help

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

The asset is owned

by the organization

The asset may not be in

possession, but the asset is
legally owned by the organization

A_Period_Start Integer
A_Period_End Integer
DepreciationType Table

A_Depreciation_Type

A_Depreciation_Manual_Amount
Amount
A_Depreciation_Manual_Period
List
Variable
Percent

Yearly Period

Number

A_Depreciation_Table_Header_ID
Table A_Depreciation_Table_Codes
adepreciationtableheader_aass2
Calculation
Type

Table

A_Depreciation_Method

Spread
Type

Table

A_Asset_Spread

ConventionType Table

A_ConventionType

Asset
Salvage
Value

Amount

Split
Percent

Number

Owned

Yes-No

In
Possession

Yes-No

The asset is in
the possession of
the organization

Assets which are not in possession

are e.g. at Customer site and may or
may not be owned by the company.

Depreciate

Yes-No

The asset will

be depreciated

The asset is used internally

and will be depreciated

(1)

665

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Fully
depreciated

Yes-No

Disposed

Yes-No

A_Reval_Cal_MethodList

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The asset is
fully depreciated

The asset costs are fully amortized.

The asset is disposed

The asset is no longer

used and disposed

Default Year Balances

Inception to date

ChangeAmt Amount
Asset
value

Amount

(0)

Book Value
of the asset

AssetBookValueAmt
Amount
AssetAccumDepreciationAmt
Amount
Market
value
Amount

Amount

Market value
of the asset

For reporting, the

market value of the asset

A_QTY_OriginalNumber
Current
Qty

Number

Account
Date

Date

Create
Date

Date

In Service
Date

Date

Asset
Depreciation
Date

Date

Revaluation
Date

Date

666

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date when Asset

was put into service

The date when the asset was

put into service - usually used
as start date for depreciation.

Date of last
depreciation

Date of the last deprecation,

if the asset is used
internally and depreciated.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Disposal
Date

Date

Usable
Life Years

Integer

Usable
Life Months

Integer

Life use

Integer

Units of use until

the asset is not
usable anymore

Use units

Integer

Currently used
units of the assets

Parent
Asset

Table

A_Asset_ID

User/
Contact

Search

AD_User - Internal

Address

Location
(Address)

Lot No

String

Serial No

String

Version
No

String

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date when the asset

is/was disposed
Years of the usable
life of the asset
Months of the usable
life of the asset
Life use and the actual use may be
used to calculate the depreciation

aparentasset_aassetchange

aduser_aassetchange

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

clocation_aassetchange

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates

the specific lot that a
product was part of.

Product Serial Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Version Number

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_aassetchange

667

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Location

Table

Asset Acct

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_BPartner Location
cbpartnerlocation_aassetchange
aassetvc_aassetchange

Depreciation Account
Account

adepreciation_aassetchange

Accumulated Account
Depreciation
Account

aaccumdepreciation_aassetchang

Disposal
Revenue
Acct

Account

Disposal
Revenue

Account

Loss on
Disposal

Account

Disposal
Loss Acct

Account

Revaluation
Cost
Offset for
Current
Year

Integer

Reval Cost
Offset
Acct

Integer

Revaluation
Cost
Offset for
Prior Year

Integer

Reval Cost
Offset
Prior Acct

Integer

adisposalrevenue_aassetchange

adisposalloss_aassetchange

668

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Revaluation Integer
Accumulated
Depreciation
Offset for
Current
Year
A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Cur
Integer
A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Prior
Integer
Revaluation Integer
Accumulated
Depreciation
Offset for
Prior Year
Reval
Depexp
Offset
Acct

Integer

Revaluation
Expense
Offs

Integer

A_Asset_Change_ID ID

11. Tab: Issue Project - R_IssueProject

[IMAGE]
Description: Automatic Issue Reporting
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1

669

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Asset
Table 173.11. Issue Project Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Issue
Project

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Asset

Search

Project

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Implementation
Projects
(see same above)
(see same above)

aasset_rissueproject

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

cproject_rissueproject

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Search

String

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

System
Status

List

Status of the
system - Support
priority depends
on system status

System status helps to

prioritize support resources

Statistics

String

Production Evaluation
Implementation

Information to help
profiling the system for
solving support issues

670

Profile information do not

contain sensitive information
and are used to support issue
detection and diagnostics as well
as general anonymous statistics

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Profile

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Information to help
profiling the system for
solving support issues

Profile information do not

contain sensitive information
and are used to support issue
detection and diagnostics

12. Tab: Finance Information - A_Asset_Info_Fin

[IMAGE]
Description: Finace Information for the Asset
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.12. Finance Information Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Asset Info
Financial
ID

ID

Processed

Yes-No

('N')

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org (all)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Asset

Search
aasset_aassetinfofin

Active

Yes-No
671

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Asset
Finance
Method

List

Capitalized Lease
Owned Rented NonCapitalized Lease

Business
Partner

Search

Contract
Date

Date

Asset
Expired
Date

Date

Asset
Monthly
Payment

Amount

Asset
Due On

List

Purchase
Option

Yes-No

Purchase
Price

Amount

Purchase
Option
Credit

Integer

Purchase
Option
Credit %

Number

Text
Message

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cbpartner_aassetinfofin

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

15th of every
month 1st of every
month Yearly on
or before contract
date Beginning
of every month

Text Message

672

Window: Asset

13. Tab: License Information - A_Asset_Info_Lic

[IMAGE]
Description: License Information for Asset
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.13. License Information Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

A_Asset_Info_Lic_IDID
Processed

Yes-No

('N')

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org (all)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Asset

Search
aasset_aassetinfolic

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Account
State

String

State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Issuing
Agency

String

Asset
License
No

String

673

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
License
Fee

Amount

Asset
Renewal
Date

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

14. Tab: Insurance Information - A_Asset_Info_Ins

[IMAGE]
Description: Insurance Information for asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.14. Insurance Information Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

A_Asset_Info_Ins_IDID
Active

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org (all)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Asset

ID
Asset used internally
or by customers

Insurance
Company

String

Asset
Policy No

String

674

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Renewal
Date

Date

Asset
Insurance
Premium

Amount

Asset
Replace
Cost

Amount

Asset
Insurance
Value

Amount

Description

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

15. Tab: Tax Information - A_Asset_Info_Tax

[IMAGE]
Description: Tax information for asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.15. Tax Information Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Info Tax

ID

Active

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Asset

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org (all)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Asset used internally

or by customers
675

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Asset Tax
Entity

String

Account
State

String

Asset
New Used

Yes-No

Asset
Finance
Method

List

Asset
Investment
CR

Integer

Text
Message

String

State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Capitalized Lease
Owned Rented NonCapitalized Lease

Text Message

16. Tab: Other Information - A_Asset_Info_Oth

[IMAGE]
Description: Other information associated with asset
Tab Level: 1
Table 173.16. Other Information Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

A_Asset_Info_Oth_IDID
Client

Table
Direct

676

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Organization

Table
Direct

Asset

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
Asset used internally
or by customers

A_User1

String

A_User10

String

A_User2

String

A_User11

String

A_User3

String

A_User12

String

A_User4

String

A_User13

String

A_User5

String

A_User14

String

A_User6

String

A_User15

String

A_User7

String

A_User8

String

A_User9

String

Description

Memo

A_Asset_Info_Oth_UU
String

17. Tab: Expense - A_Depreciation_Exp

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Asset
Tab Level: 1
677

Comment/Help
(see same above)

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Window: Asset
Table 173.17. Expense Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

A_Depreciation_Exp_ID
ID
Organization

Table

AD_Org (all)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Client

Table

AD_Client

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Depreciate

Yes-No

The asset will

be depreciated

The asset is used internally

and will be depreciated

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

A_Account_Number_Acct
Account

aaccountnumber_adepreciationex

Active

Yes-No

Entry Type

List

Description

String

Expense

Amount

(0)

Expense
(fiscal)

Amount

(0)

Account
(debit)

Account

C_ValidCombination

Account
(credit)

Account

C_ValidCombination

Asset
Period

Integer

C_Period (all)

Account
Date

Date

PostingType

List

Depreciation
Forecasts New Splits
Transfers Disposals

draccou_adepreciationexp

Account used

craccou_adepreciationexp

Account used

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment ('A')

678

The (natural) account used

The (natural) account used

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Asset

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aasset_adepreciationexp

Processed

Yes-No

Process
Depreciation
Expense

Button

Comment/
Help

Text

Asset Cost

Amount

Delta
Asset Cost

Amount

(0)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(delta)

(0)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(fiscal)
Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
- fiscal
(delta)
Remaining
Amt

Amount

Remaining
Amt
(fiscal)

Amount

(0)

679

Description

Comment/Help

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Asset
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Usable
Life Months

Integer

Use Life
- Months
(fiscal)

Integer

Asset
Addition

Table
Direct

aassetaddition_adepreciationex

Asset
Disposed

Table
Direct

aassetdisposed_adepreciationex

Validation Rule

Description

Months of the usable

life of the asset

680

Comment/Help

Chapter 174. Window: Asset Addition

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2010-06-17 15:27:54.0
Updated:2010-06-17 15:27:54.0

1. Tab: Addition - A_Asset_Addition

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 174.1. Addition Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Addition

ID

Process
Now

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if
allowed by the DB) when a
document has been processed.

A_Asset_Addition_UU
String
Approved

Yes-No(@#IsCanApproveOwnDoc@)

Processed
On

Number

Rate

Number

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt
Currency
Conversion Rate

681

The Currency Conversion Rate

indicates the rate to use when
converting the source currency
to the accounting currency

Window: Asset Addition

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Processed

Yes-No

('N')

Active

Yes-No

Line No

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Document
No

String

DocumentNo
Invoice Vendor

Document
sequence number
of the document

682

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Window: Asset Addition

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
Type

Table
Direct

C_DocType.DocBaseType='FAA'
AND
cdoctype_aassetadditionC_DocType.AD_Org_ID Document type or rules
IN (0,
@AD_Org_ID@)

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Asset

Search

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.asset
Asset used internally
aasset_aassetaddition
or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Create
Asset

Yes-No

('N')

Document
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.dateDoc;
Date of the Document
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.periodOffset

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt;
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.periodOffset
Accounting Date

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment (A)

Source
Type

List

Invoice Manual
Journal Entry Imported
Project ('INV')

Capital/
Expense

List

Capital Expense ('Cap')

Journal
Batch

Table
Direct

Invoice

Search

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

gljournalbatch_aassetaddition

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

cinvoice_aassetaddition

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

683

Window: Asset Addition

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Match
Invoice

Search

M_MatchInv for
Asset Addition

mmatchinv_aassetaddition

Invoice
Line

Search

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Project

Search

Charge

Search

Validation Rule

Description

A_Processed='N'

Match Shipment/
Receipt to Invoice

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

cinvoiceline_aassetaddition
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1
minoutline_aassetaddition

Imported
Fixed
Asset

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Description

String

Entered
Amount

Amount

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
cproject_aassetadditionC_Project.ProjectCategory Financial Project
IN ('W','A')Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.project
Additional
document charges

ccharge_aassetaddition

Comment/Help

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

ifixedasset_aassetaddition
M_Product
(no summary)

ReadOnly Logic:
mproduct_aassetaddition@A_SourceType@='INV' Product, Service, Item

Product Attribute
Set Instance

mattributesetinstance_aassetad

M_Locator.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
mlocator_aassetaddition
ReadOnly Logic:
Warehouse Locator
@A_SourceType@='INV'
Optional short
description
of the record
(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt

684

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
The Locator indicates where in a
Warehouse a product is located.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Asset Addition

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Asset
value

Amount

Source
Amount

Amount

Asset
Salvage
Value

Number

Current
Qty

Number

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_aassetaddition
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency

Table
Direct

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_aassetaddition
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Life
periods
(min)

Integer

Life
periods
(max)

Integer

Delta Use
Life Years

Integer

(0)

Delta Use
Life Years
(fiscal)

Integer

(0)

Adjust
Yes-No
Accumulated
Depreciation

(N)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.periodOffset

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation

(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt

Book Value
of the asset
Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.amt

(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.uselife;
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Addition.periodOffset
Delta Use Life
Years (fiscal)

685

Window: Asset Addition

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(fiscal)

(0)

A_Period_Start Integer

(0)

Document
Status

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved ('DR')

Asset
Addition
Process

Button

_Document
Action('CO')

Posted

Button

_Posted Status(N)

686

Description

Comment/Help

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Chapter 175. Window: Asset Disposal

Description: Dispose of Assets
Comment/Help: null
Created:2010-06-17 15:28:18.0
Updated:2013-03-24 20:58:15.0

1. Tab: Asset Disposal - A_Asset_Disposed

[IMAGE]
Description: Process the Disposal
Tab Level: 0
Table 175.1. Asset Disposal Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Proceeds

Amount

Process
Now

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Period of the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if
allowed by the DB) when a
document has been processed.

A_Asset_Disposed_UU
String
Period

Table

Asset
Disposed

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Processed
On

Number

C_Period (Open)

cperiod_aassetdisposed

687

Window: Asset Disposal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Invoice
Line

Search

Activation
Method

List

Invoice

Search

Active

Yes-No

Asset
Trade

Table

A_Asset_ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org (Trx)

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cinvoiceline_aassetdisposed

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

cinvoice_aassetdisposed

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
< > 0Callout:
(same as first report)
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Activation ('AA')

aassettrade_aassetdisposed

Document
sequence number
of the document

688

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",

Window: Asset Disposal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Document
Type

Table
Direct

C_DocType.DocBaseType='FAD'
AND
cdoctype_aassetdisposedC_DocType.AD_Org_ID Document type or rules
IN (0,
@AD_Org_ID@)

Description

String

Document
Date

Date

(@Date@)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.date
Date of the Document

Account
Date

Date

(@Date@)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.date
Accounting Date

Asset

Search

Processed='Y' AND
A_Asset_Status<
Asset used internally
aasset_aassetdisposed
> 'DI'Callout:
or by customers
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.asset

Disposed
Date

Date

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.date

Disposed
Method

List

Trade w/cash Simple

Cash Trade Simple_
Preservation Cash_
Partial Retirement

Disposal
Amount

Amount

(0)

Disposed
Reason

List

Charity Destroyed
Scraped Sold Theft
Sold w/Trade

Optional short
description
of the record

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.amt

689

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Document Date indicates
the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
An asset is either created by
purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Window: Asset Disposal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Disposed

Yes-No

Asset Cost

Amount

Expense

Number

(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.amt

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation

(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.amt

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(delta)

(0)

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment (A)

Asset
Status

List

Activated Disposed
Depreciated New
Preservation
Retired Sold

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved ('DR')

Asset
Disposed
Process

Button

_Document
Action('CO')

Approved

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The asset is disposed

The asset is no longer

used and disposed

Callout:
The type of
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Asset_Disposed.asset
posted amount
for the transaction

The current status

of the document

690

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Window: Asset Disposal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

691

Description

Comment/Help

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Chapter 176. Window: Asset Group

Description: Group of Assets
Comment/Help: The group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
Created:2003-01-23 01:02:42.0
Updated:2010-06-17 15:34:15.0

1. Tab: Asset Group - A_Asset_Group

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Group of Assets
Comment/Help: The group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset.
Tab Level: 0
Table 176.1. Asset Group Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Asset Type

Table
Direct

Create As
Active

Yes-No

Asset
Group

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Create Asset
and activate it

You may want to consider

not to automatically make the
asset active if you need to get
some additional information

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

Enable tracking
issues for this asset

Issues created by
automatic Error Reporting

aassettype_aassetgroup
(Y)

Track
Issues

Yes-No

(N)

Asset class

Search

A_Asset_Class (all)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

aassetclass_aassetgroup
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
692

(see same above)

Window: Asset Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Default

Yes-No

('N')

Owned

Yes-No

Depreciate

Yes-No

One Asset
Per UOM

Yes-No

IsFixedAsset Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record

693

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

The asset is owned

by the organization

The asset may not be in

possession, but the asset is
legally owned by the organization

The asset will

be depreciated

The asset is used internally

and will be depreciated

Create one
asset per UOM

If selected, one asset per UOM

is created, otherwise one asset
with the quantity received/
shipped. If you have multiple
lines, one asset is created per line.

2. Tab: Group Account - A_Asset_Group_Acct

Description: Setup for Group Accounts

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

(Y)

[IMAGE]

Comment/Help

Window: Asset Group

LinkColumn: Asset Group
Tab Level: 1
Table 176.2. Group Account Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Depreciation
Method

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

A_Depreciation_Method
adepreciationmethod_aassetgrou

Revaluation Account
Cost
Offset for
Current
Year
Reval Cost
Offset
Prior Acct

Account
arevalcostoffsetprior_aassetgr

A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Prior
Account

arevaladepoffsetprior_aassetgr

Reval
Depexp
Offset
Acct

arevaldepexpoffset_aassetgroup

Account

A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Cur
Account

arevaladepoffsetcur_aassetgrou

Revaluation Account
Accumulated
Depreciation
Offset for
Current
Year
Depreciation
Method
(fiscal)

Table

Split
Percent

Number

A_Depreciation_Method
adepreciationmethodf_aassetgro
(1)

Revaluation Account
Accumulated
Depreciation
694

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Asset Group

Field
Reference
Name
Offset for
Prior Year

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Depreciation
Convention
(fiscal)

Table

A_ConventionType
adepreciationconvf_aassetgroup

Convention
Type

Table

A_ConventionType
adepreciationconv_aassetgroupa

Calculation
Type

Table

Process
Now

Yes-No

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

A_Depreciation_Method

Revaluation Account
Cost
Offset for
Prior Year
A_Reval_Cal_MethodList
Active

Yes-No

Loss on
Disposal

Account

Default Year Balances

Inception to date

Revaluation Account
Expense
Offs
ConventionType Table
Spread
Type

Table

DepreciationType Table
Disposal
Revenue

Account

Disposal
Gain Acct

Account

Disposal
Gain

Account

A_ConventionType
A_Asset_Spread
A_Depreciation_Type

adisposalgain_aassetgroupacct

695

Window: Asset Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Reval Cost
Offset
Acct

Account

Asset
Group
Accounting

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Asset
Group

Table
Direct

arevalcostoffset_aassetgroupac

aassetgroup_aassetgroupacct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

PostingType

List

Depreciation

Table

A_Depreciation_Type
adepreciation_aassetgroupacct

Depreciation
(fiscal)

Table

A_Depreciation_Type
adepreciationf_aassetgroupacct

Usable
Life Years

Integer

Use Life
- Years
(fiscal)

Integer

cacctschema_aassetgroupacct

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment ('A')

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Callout:
Years of the usable
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.uselifeyear
life of the asset
(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.uselifeyear

696

Window: Asset Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Usable
Life Months

Integer

(0)

Callout:
Months of the usable
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.uselifeyear
life of the asset

Use Life
- Months
(fiscal)

Integer

(0)

Callout:
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutA_Depreciation_Workfile.uselifeyear

Asset Acct

Account

aaccumdepreciation_aassetgroup

Depreciation Account
Account

adepreciationvc_aassetgroupacc

Account

Disposal
Loss Acct

Account

Comment/Help

aasset_aassetgroupacct

Accumulated Account
Depreciation
Account

Disposal
Revenue
Acct

Description

adisposalrevenue_aassetgroupac

adisposalloss_aassetgroupacct

3. Tab: Translation - A_Asset_Group_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Asset Group
Tab Level: 1
Table 176.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

A_Asset_Group_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1
ADClient_AAssetGroupTrl

(same as first report)

Organization

Table
Direct

ADOrg_AAssetGroupTrl

(same as first report)

697

(see same above)

(see same above)

Window: Asset Group

Field
Name

Reference

Asset
Group

Search

Language

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AAssetGroup_AAssetGroupTrl

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

ADLanguage_AAssetGroupTrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

AD_Language

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

698

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Chapter 177. Window: Attachment

Description: Maintain Attachments
Comment/Help: For System Maintenance Only. The Maintain Attachments window is used for diagnostic purposes to display the attributes of an attachment.
Created:1999-06-29 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Attachment - AD_Attachment

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Attachment
Comment/Help: The Attachment tab displays the attributes of an attachment.
Tab Level: 0
Table 177.1. Attachment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Attachment

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Attachment for
the document

Attachment can be of
any document/file type
and can be attached to
any record in the system.

Binary
Data

Binary

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Binary Data

adtable_adattachment

699

The Binary field stores binary data.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.

Window: Attachment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Active

Yes-No

Title

String

Text
Message

Text

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Text Message

2. Tab: Note - AD_AttachmentNote

[IMAGE]
Description: Personal Note
Tab Level: 1
Table 177.2. Note Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Attachment
Note

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Attachment

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Personal
Attachment Note

adattachment_note

(Y)
700

Attachment for
the document

Attachment can be of
any document/file type
and can be attached to
any record in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Attachment
Field
Name

Reference

User/
Contact

Search

Title

String

Text
Message

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aduser_adattachmentnote

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Text Message

701

Chapter 178. Window: Attribute

Description: Product Attribute
Comment/Help: Product Attribute like Color, Size, etc.
Created:2003-05-06 15:07:15.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Attribute - M_Attribute

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Product Attribute
Comment/Help: Product Attribute like Color, Size, etc. If it is an Instance Attribute, all products have the same value.
Tab Level: 0
Table 178.1. Attribute Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Attribute

ID

Product Attribute

Product Attribute like Color, Size

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
702

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Attribute
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Mandatory

Yes-No

Attribute
Value
Type

List

Attribute
Search

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

String (max 40)

Number List (S)

Type of
Attribute Value

Common
Search Attribute

mattributesearch_mattribute

Instance
Attribute

Yes-No

The Attribute Value type

determines the data/validation type
Attributes are specific to a Product
Attribute Set (e.g. Size for TShirts: S,M,L). If you have multiple
attributes and want to search under
a common attribute, you define a
search attribute. Example: have one
Size search attribute combining the
values of all different sizes (Size
for Dress Shirt XL,L,M,S,XS). The
Attribute Search allows you to have
all values available for selection.
This eases the maintenance of
the individual product attribute.

If selected, the individual instance

of the product has this attribute The product attribute is
like the individual Serial or Lot
specific to the instance
Numbers or Guarantee Date of a
(like Serial No, Lot
product instance. If not selected,
or Guarantee Date)
all instances of the product share
the attribute (e.g. color=green).

2. Tab: Attribute Value - M_AttributeValue

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Product Attribute Value
Comment/Help: Individual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..)
Tab Level: 1
703

Window: Attribute
Table 178.2. Attribute Value Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Attribute
Value

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Attribute

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

mattribute_mattributevalue

Description

Comment/Help

Product
Attribute Value

Individual value of a product

attribute (e.g. green, large, ..)

Product Attribute
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

704

Product Attribute like Color, Size

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 179. Window: Attribute Set

Description: Maintain Product Attribute Set
Comment/Help: Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial
and Lot Number tracking.
Created:2003-05-05 20:45:41.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Attribute Set - M_AttributeSet

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Product Attribute Set
Comment/Help: Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define an Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number and Guarantee Date tracking. Note that the Guarantee Days here determine the Shelf Life of a product instance after manufacturing (the
Guarantee Days on the product determines a Customer Service date after selling) If the Attribute Set is mandatory, a product instance needs to be selected/created
before shipping.
Tab Level: 0
Table 179.1. Attribute Set Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Attribute
Set

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

M_AttributeSet_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

705

Window: Attribute Set

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Instance
Attribute

Yes-No

If selected, the individual instance

of the product has this attribute The product attribute is
like the individual Serial or Lot
specific to the instance
Numbers or Guarantee Date of a
(like Serial No, Lot
product instance. If not selected,
or Guarantee Date)
all instances of the product share
the attribute (e.g. color=green).

Lot

Yes-No

The product instances

have a Lot Number

Mandatory
Lot

Yes-No

The entry of Lot

info is mandatory
when creating a
Product Instance

Lot
Control

Table
Direct

Lot Char
Start
Overwrite

String

Lot/Batch Start
Indicator overwrite
- default

If not defined, the default

character is used

Lot Char
End
Overwrite

String

Lot/Batch End
Indicator overwrite
- default

If not defined, the default

character is used

Serial No

Yes-No

The product instances

have Serial Numbers

For individual products, you

can define Serial Numbers

Mandatory
Serial No

Yes-No

The entry of a Serial

No is mandatory

(Y)

mlotctl_mattributeset

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Product Lot Control

706

For individual products, you

can define Lot Numbers

Definition to create Lot

numbers for Products

Window: Attribute Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

when creating a
Product Instance
Serial No
Control

Table
Direct

Product Serial
Number Control

Definition to create Serial

numbers for Products

SerNo
Char Start
Overwrite

String

Serial Number
Start Indicator
overwrite - default #

If not defined, the default

character # is used

SerNo
Char End
Overwrite

String

Serial Number End

Indicator overwrite
- default empty

If not defined, no character is used

Guarantee
Date

Yes-No

Product has Guarantee

or Expiry Date

For individual products, you can

define a guarantee or expiry date

Mandatory
Guarantee
Date

Yes-No

The entry of a
Guarantee Date
is mandatory
when creating a
Product Instance

Guarantee
Days

Integer

Use
Guarantee
Date for
Material
Policy

Yes-No

(N)

Mandatory
Type

List

When Shipping
Not Mandatory
Always Mandatory

msernoctl_attributeset

If the value is 0, there is no

Number of days
limit to the availability or
the product is
guarantee, otherwise the guarantee
guaranteed or available
date is calculated by adding
the days to the delivery date.

The specification of
a Product Attribute
Instance is mandatory

2. Tab: Attribute Use - M_AttributeUse

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
707

Window: Attribute Set

Description: Attributes Used for the Product Attribute Set
Comment/Help: Attributes and Attribute Values used for the product
LinkColumn: Attribute Set
Tab Level: 1
Table 179.2. Attribute Use Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct

Attribute

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

mattributeset_mattributeuse

Product Attribute Set

mattribute_mattributeuse

Product Attribute

(Y)

(same as first report)

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_AttributeUse
WHERE
M_AttributeSet_ID=@M_AttributeSet_ID@)

Comment/Help

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.
Product Attribute like Color, Size
(see same above)
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

M_AttributeUse_UUString

3. Tab: Exclude - M_AttributeSetExclude

[IMAGE]
Description: Exclude the ability to enter Attribute Sets
708

Window: Attribute Set

Comment/Help: Create a record, if you want to exclude the ability to enter Product Attribute Set information. Note that the information is cached. To have effect
you may have to re-login or reset cache.
Tab Level: 1
Table 179.3. Exclude Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Exclude
Attribute
Set

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct

Yes-No

Table

Table
Direct

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Comment/Help

Exclude the ability to

enter Attribute Sets

mattributeset_masexclude

Active

Description

(see same above)

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM AD_Column
c WHERE
AD_Table.AD_Table_ID=c.AD_Table_ID
AND
Database Table
adtable_mattributesetexclude
c.ColumnName='M_AttributeSetInstance_ID'
information
AND
c.IsUpdateable='Y')
AND
AD_Table.IsView='N'
This is a Sales
Transaction

709

(see same above)

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Chapter 180. Window: Attribute Set Instance

Description: View Attribute Set Instance detail and use
Comment/Help: null
Created:2005-09-12 14:49:42.0
Updated:2005-09-12 14:49:42.0

1. Tab: Instance - M_AttributeSetInstance

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Attribute Set Instance
Tab Level: 0
Table 180.1. Instance Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Attribute
Set
Instance

ID

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct
mattributeset_mattribsetinst

710

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Window: Attribute Set Instance

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Lot

Search

Lot No

String

Guarantee
Date

Date

Serial No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

M_Lot.M_Product_ID
IN (SELECT
mlot_mattributesetinstanceM_Product_ID FROM Product Lot Definition
M_Product WHERE
M_AttributeSet_ID=@M_AttributeSet_ID@)

The individual Lot of a Product

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates

the specific lot that a
product was part of.

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Product Serial Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

2. Tab: Shipment, Receipt - M_InOutLineMA_v

[IMAGE]
Description: Material Shipment and Receipt Lines
LinkColumn: Attribute Set Instance
Tab Level: 1
Table 180.2. Shipment, Receipt Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Client
Organization

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

711

(see same above)

Window: Attribute Set Instance

Field
Name

Reference

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Receipt

Search

Receipt
Line

Search

Line No

Integer

Locator

Search

Product

Search

Movement
Quantity

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Material Shipment
Document

Quantity

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

3. Tab: Movement - M_MovementLineMA_v

[IMAGE]
Description: Material Movement Lines
LinkColumn: Attribute Set Instance
Tab Level: 1
Table 180.3. Movement Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

712

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Attribute Set Instance

Field
Name

Reference

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Inventory
Move

Search

Move Line

Search

Line No

Integer

Locator

Table
Direct

Locator To

Table

Product

Search

Movement
Quantity

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_Locator

Quantity

4. Tab: Invoice - RV_C_InvoiceLine

[IMAGE]
Description: AP / AR Invoice Lines
713

Description

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Movement
of Inventory

The Inventory Movement

uniquely identifies a
group of movement lines.

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Location inventory
is moved to

The Locator To indicates

the location where the
inventory is being moved to.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Window: Attribute Set Instance

LinkColumn: Attribute Set Instance
Tab Level: 1
Table 180.4. Invoice Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Product
Attribute

String

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Line
Amount

Amount

Attribute
Set

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

Product Attribute
Instance Description
List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Table
Direct

Guarantee
Date

Date

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Price

Costs
+Prices

Price Entered - the

price based on the
selected/base UoM

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Line Limit
Amount

Amount

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining

714

Window: Attribute Set Instance

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Line
Discount

Amount

Quantity

Quantity

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Company
Agent

Table

Line List
Amount

Amount

Account
Date

Date

Date
Invoiced

Date

Gross
Margin

Number

Margin %

Number

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Line Discount Amount

The Quantity
Entered is based on
the selected UoM

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date printed on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Margin for a product

as a percentage

The Margin indicates the margin

for this product as a percentage of
the limit price and selling price.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

AD_User - SalesRep

715

Indicates the discount for

this line as an amount.

Window: Attribute Set Instance

Field
Name

Reference

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Margin
Amount

Amount

Discount
%

Integer

Document
Status

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided In
Progress Waiting
Payment Unknown
Closed Not Approved

Description

Comment/Help

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Difference between
actual and limit
price multiplied
by the quantity

The margin amount is

calculated as the difference
between actual and limit price
multiplied by the quantity

Discount in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Attribute
Set
Instance

Search

Invoice

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Product

Search

716

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Attribute Set Instance

Field
Name

Reference

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Business
Partner

Search

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Lot No

String

Lot

Table
Direct

Serial No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates

the specific lot that a
product was part of.

Product Lot Definition

Product Serial Number

717

The individual Lot of a Product

The Serial Number identifies a
tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Chapter 181. Window: Bank / Cash

Description: Maintain Bank / Cash
Comment/Help: The Bank / Cash Window is used to define the banks and accounts associated with an organization or business partner
Created:1999-12-04 21:30:21.0
Updated:2012-09-07 00:09:36.0

1. Tab: Bank / Cash - C_Bank

[IMAGE]
Description: Maintain Bank
Comment/Help: The Bank Tab defines a bank that is used by an organization or business partner. Each Bank is given an identifying Name, Address, Routing
No and Swift Code
Tab Level: 0
Table 181.1. Bank / Cash Fields
Field
Name

Reference

C_Bank_UU

String

Bank

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Bank

The Bank is a unique identifier

of a Bank for this Organization
or for a Business Partner with
whom this Organization transacts.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

718

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Bank / Cash

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Address

Location
(Address)

Own Bank

Yes-No

Routing
No

String

Swift code

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)
clocation_cbank

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Bank for this

Organization

The Own Bank field indicates

if this bank is for this
Organization as opposed to a
Bank for a Business Partner.

(Y)

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

Swift Code or BIC

The Swift Code (Society of

Worldwide Interbank Financial
Telecommunications) or BIC (Bank
Identifier Code) is an identifier of
a Bank. The first 4 characters are
the bank code, followed by the 2
character country code, the two
character location code and optional
3 character branch code. For
details see http://www.swift.com/
biconline/index.cfm

2. Tab: Account - C_BankAccount

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Bank Account
Comment/Help: The Account Tab is used to define one or more accounts for a Bank. Each account has a unique Account No and Currency. The bank account
organization is used for accounting.
Tab Level: 1
719

Window: Bank / Cash

Table 181.2. Account Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

C_BankAccount_UU
String
Bank
Account

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Bank

Table
Direct

Account
No

String

BBAN

String

IBAN

(same as first report)

cbank_cbankaccount

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Bank

The Bank is a unique identifier

of a Bank for this Organization
or for a Business Partner with
whom this Organization transacts.

Account Number

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Basic Bank
Account Number

The Basic (or Domestic) Bank

Account Number is used in
Bank transfers (see also IBAN).
For details see ISO 13616
and http://www.ecbs.org/

International Bank
Account Number

If your bank provides an

International Bank Account
Number, enter it here Details ISO
13616 and http://www.ecbs.org.
The account number has the
maximum length of 22 characters
(without spaces). The IBAN

String

720

(see same above)

Window: Bank / Cash

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
is often printed with a apace
after 4 characters. Do not
enter the spaces in iDempiere.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Currency

(Y)

Table
Direct

Bank
Account
Type

List

Credit
limit

Number

Payment
Export
Class

String

Current
balance

Number

ccurrency_cbankaccount
Savings Checking
Cash Card

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Bank Account Type

The Bank Account Type

field indicates the type of
account (savings, checking
etc) this account is defined as.

Amount of
Credit allowed

The Credit Limit field indicates

the credit limit for this account.

Current Balance

The Current Balance field indicates

the current balance in this account.

3. Tab: Bank Account Document - C_BankAccountDoc

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Bank Account Documents
Comment/Help: In this tab, you define the documents used for this bank account. You define your check and other payment document (sequence) number as well
as format.
Tab Level: 2
721

Window: Bank / Cash

Table 181.3. Bank Account Document Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Bank
Account
Document

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Name

String

cbankaccount_cbadoc

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Payment
Rule

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Current
Next

Integer

Check
Print
Format

Table

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Description

Comment/Help

Checks, Transfers, etc.

Bank documents,
you generate or track

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

How you pay

the invoice
The next number
to be used

AD_PrintFormat
Check
adprintformat_cbankaccountdoc

Print Format for

printing Checks

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

The Current Next indicates the next

number to use for this document
You need to define a Print
Format to print the document.

4. Tab: Bank Account Processor - C_BankAccount_Processor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
722

Window: Bank / Cash

Description: Maintain Bank Account Payment Processors
Tab Level: 2
Table 181.4. Bank Account Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Accept
Check

Yes-No

Accept
Visa

Yes-No

Accept
Corporate

Yes-No

Accept
Direct
Debit

Yes-No

Accept
Direct
Deposit

Yes-No

Accept
Discover

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Accept Bank
ATM Card

Indicates if Bank ATM

Cards are accepted

C_BankAccount_Processor_UU
String
Accept
Diners

Yes-No

Accept
ATM

Yes-No

Accept
AMEX

Yes-No

Accept
MasterCard

Yes-No

Accept
ATM

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(N)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

723

(see same above)

Window: Bank / Cash

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

cbankaccount_cbankaccountproce

Payment
Processor

Table
Direct

Callout:
Payment processor for
cpaymentprocessor_cbankaccount
org.compiere.model.CalloutBankAcctProcessor.paymentProcessor
electronic payments

Active

Yes-No

Partner ID

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(Y)

Account at the Bank

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.
The Payment Processor
indicates the processor to be
used for electronic payments

(same as first report)

(see same above)

String

Partner ID or
Account for the
Payment Processor

Partner ID (Verisign) or
Account ID (Optimal)

Vendor ID

String

Vendor ID for the

Payment Processor

User ID

String

Password

String

Accept
MasterCard

Yes-No

(N)

Accept
Visa

Yes-No

(N)

Accept
AMEX

Yes-No

(N)

Accept
Diners

Yes-No

(N)

Accept
Corporate

Yes-No

(N)

User ID or
account number

The User ID identifies a

user and allows access
to records or processes.

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".
Accept Master Card
Accept Visa Cards

724

Indicates if Master
Cards are accepted
Indicates if Visa Cards are accepted

Accept American
Express Card

Indicates if American
Express Cards are accepted

Accept Diner's Club

Indicates if Diner's
Club Cards are accepted

Accept Corporate
Purchase Cards

Indicates if Corporate
Purchase Cards are accepted

Window: Bank / Cash

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Accept
Discover

Yes-No

(N)

Accept
Direct
Deposit

Yes-No

(N)

Accept
Direct
Debit

Yes-No

(N)

Accept
Electronic
Check

Yes-No

Minimum
Amt

Amount

Only
Currency

Table
Direct

Require
CreditCard
Verification
Code

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Accept Discover Card

Indicates if Discover
Cards are accepted

Accept Direct Deposit

(payee initiated)

Indicates if Direct Deposits (wire

transfers, etc.) are accepted. Direct
Deposits are initiated by the payee.

Accept Direct Debits

(vendor initiated)

Accept Direct Debit transactions.

Direct Debits are initiated
by the vendor who has
permission to deduct amounts
from the payee's account.

Accept ECheck
(Electronic Checks)

Indicates if EChecks are accepted

Minimum Amount in
Document Currency
ccurrency_cbankaccountprocesso
(N)

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Require 3/4
digit Credit
Verification Code

The Require CC Verification

checkbox indicates if this bank
accounts requires a verification
number for credit card transactions.

5. Tab: Statement Loader - C_BankStatementLoader

[IMAGE]
Description: Definition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX)
Comment/Help: The loader definition privides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX. The required parameters
depend on the actual statement loader class
Tab Level: 2

725

Window: Bank / Cash

Table 181.5. Statement Loader Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Bank
Statement
Loader

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Name

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Financial
Institution
ID

String

Branch ID

String

Account
No

String

PIN

String

User ID

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cbankacct_cbankstmtloader

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Definition of Bank
Statement Loader
(SWIFT, OFX)

The loader definition provides

the parameters to load bank
statements from EFT formats
like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The ID of the Financial

Institution / Bank

Depending on the loader,

it might require a ID of
the financial institution

Bank Branch ID

Dependent on the loader, you may

have to provide a bank branch ID

Account Number

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Personal
Identification Number
User ID or
account number
726

The User ID identifies a

user and allows access
to records or processes.

Window: Bank / Cash

Field
Name

Reference

Password

String

Host
Address

String

Host port

Integer

Proxy
address

String

Proxy port

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".
Host Address
URL or DNS

The Host Address identifies the

URL or DNS of the target host

Host
Communication Port

The Host Port identifies the port

to communicate with the host.

Address of your
proxy server

The Proxy Address must be defined

if you must pass through a firewall
to access your payment processor.

Integer

Port of your
proxy server

The Proxy Port identifies the

port of your proxy server.

Proxy
logon

String

Logon of your
proxy server

The Proxy Logon identifies the

Logon ID for your proxy server.

Proxy
password

String

Password of your
proxy server

The Proxy Password identifies the

password for your proxy server.

File Name

String

Name of the
local file or URL

Name of a file in the local

directory space - or URL
(file://.., http://.., ftp://..)

Statement
Loader
Class

String

Date
Format

String

Date format used

in the input format

The date format is usually detected,

but sometimes need to be defined.

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

(443)

The name of the actual

Class name of the
bank statement loader
bank statement loader
implementing the interface
org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementLoaderInterface

6. Tab: Accounting - C_BankAccount_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
727

Window: Bank / Cash

Description: Maintain Accounting Data
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab is used to define the accounts used for transactions with this Bank.
Tab Level: 2
Table 181.6. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Bank
Asset

Account

Bank In
Transit

Account

Payment
Selection

Account

Bank
Account
Unidentified
Receipts

Unallocated Account
Cash

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_basset_cbankaccount

Bank Asset Account

The Bank Asset Account

identifies the account to be
used for booking changes to the
balance in this bank account

vc_bintransit_cbankaccount

Bank In Transit
Account

The Bank in Transit Account

identifies the account to be used
for funds which are in transit.

vc_bpaymentselect_cbankaccount

AP Payment Selection
Clearing Account

cbankaccount_cbankacctacct

cacctschema_cbankaccountacct

(Y)

vc_bunidentified_cbankaccount

Bank Unidentified
Receipts Account

vc_bunallocatedcash_cbankaccou

Unallocated Cash
Clearing Account

728

The Bank Unidentified

Receipts Account identifies
the account to be used when
recording receipts that can not
be reconciled at the present time.
Receipts not allocated to Invoices

Window: Bank / Cash

Field
Name

Reference

Bank
Interest
Expense

Account

Bank
Interest
Revenue

Account

Bank
Expense

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_binterestexp_cbankaccount

Bank Interest
Expense Account

The Bank Interest Expense Account

identifies the account to be used
for recording interest expenses.

vc_binterestrev_cbankaccount

Bank Interest
Revenue Account

The Bank Interest Revenue

Account identifies the account
to be used for recording interest
revenue from this Bank.

Bank Expense Account

The Bank Expense Account

identifies the account to be
used for recording charges or
fees incurred from this Bank.

Bank Revaluation
Gain Account

The Bank Revaluation Gain

Account identifies the account
to be used for recording
gains that are recognized
when converting currencies.

Bank Revaluation
Loss Account

The Bank Revaluation Loss

Account identifies the account
to be used for recording
losses that are recognized
when converting currencies.

Bank Settlement
Gain Account

The Bank Settlement Gain account

identifies the account to be
used when recording a currency
gain when the settlement and
receipt currency are not the same.

Bank Settlement
Loss Account

The Bank Settlement loss account

identifies the account to be
used when recording a currency
loss when the settlement and
receipt currency are not the same.

vc_bexpense_cbankaccount

Bank
Account
Revaluation
Gain

Bank
Account
Revaluation
Loss

Bank
Settlement
Gain

Account

Bank
Settlement
Loss

Account

vc_brevaluationgain_cbankaccou

vc_brevaluationloss_cbankaccou

vc_bsettlementgain_cbankaccoun

vc_bsettlementloss_cbankaccoun

729

Chapter 182. Window: Bank Statement Matcher

Description: Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
Comment/Help: An algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements
Created:2004-01-25 00:40:38.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Bank Statement Matcher - C_BankStatementMatcher

[IMAGE]
Description: Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments
Comment/Help: An algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements. The class need to implement the interface
org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementMatcherInterface
Tab Level: 0
Table 182.1. Bank Statement Matcher Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Bank
Statement
Matcher

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

An algorithm to find Business

Algorithm to match
Partners, Invoices, Payments
Bank Statement Info
in imported Bank Statements.
to Business Partners,
The class needs to implement
Invoices and Payments
org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementMatcherInterface

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

730

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Bank Statement Matcher

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Classname

String

Sequence

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Integer

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Java Classname

The Classname identifies

the Java classname used
by this report or process.

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

731

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Chapter 183. Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Description: Process Bank Statements
Comment/Help: The Process Bank Statements window allows you to reconcile your Bank Statements. You can either enter the line items from the statement in the
Statement Line tab or select the 'Create From' button to automatically generate the statement from all unreconciled payments to this bank account. Once you have
completed reconciling, select the 'Process Statement' button to mark the payments as reconciled and update the appropriate GL accounts.
Created:2000-12-18 23:32:45.0
Updated:2013-06-26 10:11:04.0

1. Tab: Bank/Cash Statement - C_BankStatement

[IMAGE]
Description: Bank/Cash Statement
Comment/Help: The Bank/Cash Statement Tab defines the Bank/Cash Statement to be reconciled.
Tab Level: 0
Table 183.1. Bank/Cash Statement Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Bank Statement
of account

The Bank Statement identifies

a unique Bank Statement
for a defined time period.
The statement defines all
transactions that occurred

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if

C_BankStatement_UU
String
Bank
Statement

ID

Processed
On

Number

732

Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

document has
been processed

allowed by the DB) when a

document has been processed.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Name

String

Callout:
cbankaccount_cbankstatement
Account at the Bank
org.compiere.model.CalloutBankStatement.bankAccount
(@#Date@)
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Statement
date

Date

Account
Date

Date

(@Date@)

Callout:
Date of the statement
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct

Accounting Date

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Manual

Yes-No

Beginning
Balance

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
The Statement Date field defines
the date of the statement.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Balance prior to
any transactions

The Beginning Balance

is the balance prior to
making any adjustments for
payments or disbursements.

Amount
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MIN(CurrentBalance),0)
FROM
C_BankAccount
WHERE
C_BankAccount_ID=@C_BankAccount_ID@)

733

Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Create
lines from

Button

Bank
Statement
Create
From
Batch

Button

Statement
difference

Amount

Match
Bank
Statement

Button

Copy
Lines

Button

Ending
balance

Amount

EFT
Statement
Reference

String

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Statement Reference

Information from EFT media

EFT
Statement
Date

Date

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Statement Date

Information from EFT media

Document
Status

List

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Difference between
statement ending
balance and actual
ending balance

The Statement Difference reflects

the difference between the
Statement Ending Balance and
the Actual Ending Balance.

Copy From Record

Ending or
closing balance

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment

The current status

of the document

734

Copy From Record

The Ending Balance is the result of
adjusting the Beginning Balance
by any payments or disbursements.

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
Process
Statement

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Approved

Yes-No

(N)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status(N)

2. Tab: Statement Line - C_BankStatementLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Statement Line
Comment/Help: The Statement Line Tab defines the individual line items on the Bank Statement. They can be entered manually or generated from payments
entered. For Posting, the bank account organization is used, if it is not a charge.
Tab Level: 1
Table 183.2. Statement Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Reversal

Yes-No

Bank
statement
line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

735

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

This is a reversing
transaction

The Reversal check box

indicates if this is a reversal
of a prior transaction.

Line on a statement
from this Bank

The Bank Statement Line identifies

a unique transaction (Payment,
Withdrawal, Charge) for the
defined time period at this Bank.

Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Bank
Statement

Table
Direct

Bank Statement
of account

cbstatement_cbstatementline

Line No

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
FROM
C_BankStatementLine
WHERE
C_BankStatement_ID=@C_BankStatement_ID@)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Manual

Description

Unique line for

this document

Comment/Help

The Bank Statement identifies

a unique Bank Statement
for a defined time period.
The statement defines all
transactions that occurred
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Yes-No

(Y)

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Statement
Line Date

Date

(@StatementLineDate@)

Account
Conversion
Date

Date

(@DateAcct@)

Effective
date

Date

Callout:
Date of the
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Statement Line

(@StatementDate@)

736

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date when money

is available

The Effective Date indicates

the date that money is
available from the bank.

Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Statement
amount

Amount

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutBankStatement.amount
Statement Amount

Payment

Search

NOT EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_BankStatementLine
bsl INNER JOIN
C_BankStatement
bs ON
(bsl.C_BankStatement_ID=bs.C_BankStatement_ID)
WHERE
bsl.C_Payment_ID=C_Payment.C_Payment_ID
AND bs.DocStatus<
cpayment_cbankstmtline
Payment identifier
> 'VO') AND
C_Payment.DocStatus
IN ('CO','CL','RE')
AND
C_Payment.PayAmt<
> 0 AND
C_Payment.IsReconciled='N'
AND
C_Payment.C_BankAccount_ID=@C_BankAccount_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutBankStatement.payment

Transaction Amount
Amount
Currency

Description

Amount of a
transaction

Table
Direct

(@SQL=SELECT
C_Currency_ID
FROM
ccurrency_cbankstmtline
C_BankAccount
WHERE
C_BankAccount_ID=@C_BankAccount_ID@)

Charge
amount

Amount

Charge

Table
Direct

The Currency
for this record

Callout:
Charge Amount
org.compiere.model.CalloutBankStatement.amount
ccharge_cbankstmtlime

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
737

Additional
document charges

Comment/Help
The Statement Amount
indicates the amount of
a single statement line.
The Payment is a unique
identifier of this payment.

The Transaction Amount indicates

the amount for a single transaction.
Indicates the Currency to
be used when processing
or reporting on this record

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID
AND
dt.AD_Client_ID=
ctd.AD_Client_ID
AND
dt.DocBaseType=
'CMB') ) OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)
Interest
Amount

Amount

Reference
No

String

Memo

String

Match
Bank
Statement

Button

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutBankStatement.amount
Interest Amount

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site
Memo Text
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Payment_ID@!0

738

The Interest Amount indicates

any interest charged or
received on a Bank Statement.
The reference number can be
printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Create
Payment

Button

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice

Search

EFT
Trx ID

String

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Transaction ID

Information from EFT media

EFT Trx
Type

String

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Transaction Type

Information from EFT media

EFT
Check No

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Check No

Information from EFT media

EFT
Reference

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Reference

Information from EFT media

EFT
Memo

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Memo

Information from EFT media

EFT Payee

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Payee
information

Information from EFT media

EFT Payee
Account

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Payee
Account Information

Information from EFT media

EFT
Statement
Line Date

Date

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Statement Line Date

Information from EFT media

EFT
Effective
Date

Date

Electronic Funds
Transfer Valuta
(effective) Date

Information from EFT media

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Payment_ID@!0
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cbankstatementline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Payment_ID@!0

Identifies a
Business Partner

ReadOnly Logic:
cinvoice_cbankstatementline
@C_Payment_ID@!0

Invoice Identifier

739

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Invoice Document.

Window: Bank/Cash Statement

Field
Name

Reference

EFT
Currency
EFT
Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Currency

Information from EFT media

Amount

Electronic Funds
Transfer Amount

740

Chapter 184. Window: Broadcast Message

Description: Broadcast Message
Comment/Help: Window allows to enter broadcast messages
Created:2012-11-24 13:41:36.0
Updated:2012-12-02 23:31:34.0

1. Tab: Broadcast Message - AD_BroadcastMessage

[IMAGE]
Description: Broadcast Message
Tab Level: 0
Table 184.1. Broadcast Message Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Broadcast
Message

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Broadcast
Message

Memo

Broadcast
Type

List

Active

Yes-No

Target

List

Broadcast Message
(see same above)
(see same above)

Broadcast Message
Immediate Immediate
+ Login Login

Type of Broadcast
(same as first report)

Client Everybody
Role User

AD_Ref_List.Value
NOT IN(SELECT
CASE WHEN
741

Target client

(see same above)

Window: Broadcast Message

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Client_ID< >
0 THEN 'E' ELSE
'1' END FROM
AD_Client WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@)
Notification
Client

Table

AD_Client

Role

Table
Direct

AD_Role.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
adrole_adbroadcastmessage
AND
Responsibility Role
AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

AD_User.AD_User_ID
IN (SELECT
AD_User_ID FROM User within the system
aduser_adbroadcastmessage AD_User_Roles
- Internal or Business
WHERE
Partner Contact
IsActive='Y' AND
AD_User_Roles.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@)

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Broadcast
Frequency

List

Expire On

Date
+Time

notificationclient_adbroadcast

Notification Client

Just Once Until

Expiration Until
Acknowledge
Until Expiration
or Acknowledge

How Many Times

Message Should
be Broadcasted

Expire On

Log
Yes-No
Acknowledge
Test
Broadcast
Message

Button

Publish
Broadcast
message

Button

Want to Log the

Acknowledgement
of Message?
Test broadcast message
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsPublished@=Y

742

Publish Broadcast
Message

Window: Broadcast Message

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Expire
Broadcast
Message

Button

Expired

Yes-No

(N)

Published

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsPublished@=N
| @Expired@=Y |
@BroadcastFrequency@!
U

Expire the
broadcast message

Comment/Help

The Topic is published

and can be viewed

If not selected, the Topic is not

visible to the general public.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: Message Log - AD_Note

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Broadcast Message
Tab Level: 1
Table 184.2. Message Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Note_UU String
Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Message

Table

AD_Message

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Workflow
Activity

Table
Direct

admessage_adnote

System Message

Information and Error messages

aduser_adnote

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adwfactivity_adnote

Workflow Activity

The Workflow Activity is the

actual Workflow Node in a
Workflow Process instance

743

Window: Broadcast Message

Field
Name

Reference

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Reference

String

Text
Message

Text

Description

String

Broadcast
Message

Table
Direct

Delete
Notices

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Notice

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adtable_adnote

Description

Comment/Help

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Reference for
this record

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Text Message
Optional short
description
of the record
adbroadcastmessage_adnote

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Broadcast Message

The document has

been processed
System Notice

3. Tab: Translation - AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Broadcast Message
Tab Level: 1

744

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Broadcast Message

Table 184.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1
ADClient_ADBroadcastMessageTrl

(same as first report)

Organization

Table
Direct

ADOrg_ADBroadcastMessageTrl

(same as first report)

Broadcast
Message

Search

ADBroadcastMessage_ADBroadcast

Broadcast Message

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Broadcast
Message

Memo

AD_Language
ADLanguage_ADBroadcastMessageT

(see same above)

(see same above)

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Broadcast Message

745

Chapter 185. Window: Business Partner

Description: Maintain Business Partners
Comment/Help: The Business Partner window allows you do define any party with whom you transact. This includes customers, vendors and employees. Prior
to entering or importing products, you must define your vendors. Prior to generating Orders you must define your customers. This window holds all information
about your business partner and the values entered will be used to generate all document transactions
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:02:07.0

1. Tab: Business Partner - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner
Comment/Help: The Business Partner Tab defines any Entity with whom an organization transacts.
Tab Level: 0
Table 185.1. Business Partner Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Customer
Profile ID

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based

C_BPartner_UU String
Freight
Cost Rule

List

Partner
Parent

ID

Credit
Used

Amount

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

746

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Business
Partner

ID

Send
EMail

Yes-No

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Logo

Image

Search
Key

String

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Customer

Yes-No

Vendor

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

adclient_cbpartner

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner
logo_cbpartner

(same as first report)

cbpgroup_cbpartner

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Yes-No

747

(see same above)

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Employee

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Yes-No

Prospect

Yes-No

Name 2

String

(N)

Additional Name

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

Reference
No

String

Rating

String

Representative/ Table
Agent

Credit
Status

Description

List

AD_User

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

Business Partner
Credit Status

748

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Tax Group

Table
Direct

Credit
Limit

Amount

ctaxgroup_cbpartner

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

Open
Balance

Amount

Tax ID

String

Link
Organization

Button

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).
Tax Identification
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

749

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
The Business Partner is the counter-document is created
another Organization automatically. Example: You have
for explicit InterBPartnerA linked to OrgA and
Org transactions
BPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.

SO Tax
exempt

PO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

Yes-No

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on purchases

If a business partner is exempt from

tax on purchases, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

(N)

URL

URL

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Invoice
Rule

List

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Frequency and
method of invoicing

750

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Payment
Rule

List

Payment
Term

Table

C_PaymentTerm Sales

Delivery
Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

Delivery
Via

List

Price List

Table
Direct

Discount
Schema

Table

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner
Direct Deposit Credit
Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

Description

Comment/Help

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

How you pay

the invoice
The terms of Payment
(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
M_DiscountSchema
not PL

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

mdiscounts_cbpartner

Flat discount
percentage
751

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Dunning

Table
Direct

Dunning
Grace Date

Date

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Payment
Rule

List

PO
Payment
Term

Table

Is
Yes-No
Manufacturer
Purchase
Pricelist

Table

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cdunning_cbpartner

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment
C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Comment/Help

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Purchase
payment option

Payment rules for

a purchase order

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

('N')

M_PriceList

Description

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Indicate role of this

Business partner
as Manufacturer
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage

752

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

1099
Vendor

Yes-No

(N)

Default
1099 Box

Table

ASU_1099Box

Order
Reference

String

Language

Table

Greeting

Table
Direct

Order
Description

String

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Document
Copies

Integer

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Share

D-U-N-S

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

ad_language_c_buspartner

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

cgreeting_cbpartner

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

default1099box_cbpartner

AD_Language System

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Print Format for

printing Invoices

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Integer

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

753

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

NAICS/
SIC

String

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

Employees

Integer

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

First Sale

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html
The cost of gaining the
prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Number of employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

2. Tab: Contact (User) - AD_User

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact
Comment/Help: The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
754

Window: Business Partner

Table 185.2. Contact (User) Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Supervisor

Search

AD_User

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aduser_supervisor

LDAP
User Name

Description

Comment/Help

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

User Name used

for authorization
via LDAP
(directory) services

Optional LDAP system user name

for the user. If not defined, the
normal Name of the user is used.
This allows to use the internal
(LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and
the normal display name (e.g. Jorg
Janke). The LDAP User Name can
also be used without LDAP enables
(see system window). This would
allow to sign in as jjanke and use
the display name of Jorg Janke.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

User Name (ID) in

the Mail System

The user name in the mail system

is usually the string before
the @ of your email address.
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

String

User/
Contact

ID

Convert
Lead

Button

EMail
User ID

String

EMail
User
Password

String

Trx
Organization

Table

Password of your
email user id
AD_Org (Trx)
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_aduser

755

Required if the mail server requires

authentification to send emails.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Business
Partner

Search

Name

String

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ad_user_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_user_client

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aduser C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0

Identifies a
Business Partner

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comments

Text

Active

Yes-No

EMail
Address

String

Password

String

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_User_ID@=0

756

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Password of any
length (case sensitive)

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
authorized users. For iDempiere

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".

Greeting

Table
Direct

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Title

String

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Birthday

Date

Birthday or
Anniversary day

Birthday or Anniversary day

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

Notification
Type

List

Position

Table
Direct

Full BP
Access

Yes-No

Greeting to print
on correspondence

cgreeting_aduser

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aduser
to) address for this
Business Partner

EMail+Notice EMail
None Notice (E)

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

C_Job.IsEmployee=(SELECT
IsEmployee FROM
cjob_aduser
Job Position
C_BPartner WHERE
C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
(Y)
The user/contact has
full access to Business
Partner information
and resources

EMail
Verify

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Date
+Time

Date Email
was verified
757

If selected, the user has full access

to the Business Partner (BP)
information (Business Documents
like Orders, Invoices - Requests)
or resources (Assets, Downloads).
If you deselect it, the user has no
access rights unless, you explicitly
grant it in tab "BP Access"

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Verification
Info

String

Last
Contact

Date

Last Result

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Verification
information of
EMail Address

The field contains additional

information how the EMail
Address has been verified

Date this individual

was last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Interest Area - R_ContactInterest

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Contact Interest Area
Comment/Help: Interest Area can be used for Marketing Campaigns
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 2
Table 185.3. Interest Area Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(@AD_User_ID@)

Interest
Area

Table
Direct

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_rcontactinterest
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
rinterestarea_rcontactinterest

Interest Area or Topic

758

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
Interest Areas reflect interest
in a topic by a contact.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Interest areas can be used
for marketing campaigns.

Active

Yes-No

Subscribe
Date

Date

Optout Date

Date

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date the contact

actively subscribed

Date the contact

subscribe the interest area

Date the contact

opted out

If the field has a date,

the customer opted out
(unsubscribed) and cannot
receive mails for the Interest Area

R_ContactInterest_UU
String

4. Tab: BP Access - AD_UserBPAccess

[IMAGE]
Description: Access of the User/Contact to Business Partner information and resources
Comment/Help: If on User level, "Full BP Access" is NOT selected, you need to give access explicitly here.
Read Only Logic: @IsFullBPAccess@!Y
Tab Level: 2
Table 185.4. BP Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

User BP
Access

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

759

Description

Comment/Help

User/contact
access to Business
Partner information
and resources

If on User level, "Full BP Access"

is NOT selected, you need to
give access explicitly here.
(see same above)
(see same above)

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

Access
Type

List

Assets, Download
Business Documents
Requests

Document
BaseType

List

Material Production
AP Credit Memo AR
Credit Memo GL
Journal AP Invoice
AP Payment AR
Invoice Sales Order
AR Pro Forma Invoice
Material Receipt
Material Movement
Purchase Order Bank
Statement Cash Journal
Payment Allocation
Project Issue Match
PO Manufacturing
Order Quality Order
Payroll Manufacturing
Cost Collector
Match Invoice GL
Document AR Receipt
Material Delivery
Purchase Requisition
Material Physical
Inventory Maintenance
Order Distribution
Order Fixed Assets
Disposal Fixed Assets

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aduser_aduserbpaccess

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Type of Access
of the user/
contact to Business
Partner information
and resources

If on User level, "Full BP

Access" is NOT selected,
give access explicitly

The Document Base Type

identifies the base or starting
point for a document. Multiple
document types may share a
single document base type.

Logical type
of document

760

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

Addition Fixed
Assets Depreciation
Request
Type

Table
Direct

rrequesttype_aduserbpaccess

5. Tab: Location - C_BPartner_Location

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Location
Comment/Help: The Location Tab defines the physical location of a business partner. A business partner may have multiple location records.
Tab Level: 1
Table 185.5. Location Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Location

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
c_buspartner_locationclient
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
c_buspartner_locationorg
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Search

Name

String

cbpartner_cbplocation

(.)

761

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

Address

Location
(Address)

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

ISDN or modem line

The ISDN identifies a ISDN

or Modem line number.

Business Partner
Shipment Address

If the Ship Address is selected,

the location is used to ship
goods to a customer or
receive goods from a vendor.

Business Partner
Invoice/Bill Address

If the Invoice Address is selected,

the location is used to send
invoices to a customer or
receive invoices from a vendor.

Business Partner
pays from that
address and we'll send
dunning letters there

If the Pay-From Address

is selected, this location is
the address the Business
Partner pays from and where
dunning letters will be sent to.

Business Partner
payment address

If the Remit-To Address is

selected, the location is used to
send payments to the vendor.

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Callout:
clocation_cbplocation
org.adempiere.model.CalloutBPartnerLocation.formatPhone;
Location or Address
org.adempiere.model.CalloutBPartnerLocation.quickEntryMandatory

ISDN

String

Ship
Address

Yes-No

Invoice
Address

Yes-No

Pay-From
Address

Yes-No

(Y)

Remit-To
Address

Yes-No

(Y)

Sales
Region

Table

(Y)

(Y)

C_Sales Region
csalesregion_bpartnerlocation
(No summary)

762

(see same above)

The Location / Address field
defines the location of an entity.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Customer
Address
ID

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

6. Tab: Bank Account - C_BP_BankAccount

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Bank Account
Comment/Help: The Define Bank Account Tab defines the banking information for this business partner. This data is used for processing payments and remittances.
Tab Level: 1
Table 185.6. Bank Account Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Bank
Account

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Bank Account of
the Business Partner

The Partner Bank Account

identifies the bank account to be
used for this Business Partner

C_BP_BankAccount_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Search

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cbpbankaccount
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cbpbankaccount
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
(same as first report)
763

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
(see same above)

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

ACH

Yes-No

Account
Usage

List

Bank

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

None Both Direct

Debit Direct
Deposit (B)

List

Routing
No

String

Account
No

String

Credit
Card

List

Number

String

Verification
Code

String

Exp.
Month

Integer

Comment/Help

Automatic
Clearing House

The ACH checkbox indicates

if this Bank Account
accepts ACH transactions.

Business Partner
Bank Account usage

cbank_cbpbankaccount

Bank
Account
Type

Description

Savings Checking
Cash Card

Determines how the

bank account is used.

Bank

The Bank is a unique identifier

of a Bank for this Organization
or for a Business Partner with
whom this Organization transacts.

Bank Account Type

The Bank Account Type

field indicates the type of
account (savings, checking
etc) this account is defined as.

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.
Account Number
Purchase Card Amex
MasterCard ATM
Diners Discover Visa

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

ReadOnly Logic:
Credit Card (Visa,
@CustomerPaymentProfileID@!''
MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

ReadOnly Logic:
@CustomerPaymentProfileID@!''
Credit Card Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

764

Credit Card
Verification code
on credit card

The Credit Card Verification

indicates the verification code on
the credit card (AMEX 4 digits
on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Exp. Year

Integer

(2000)

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

Account
Name

String

Account
Street

String

Account
City

String

Account
Zip/Postal

String

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Account
State

String

State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Account
Country

String

Driver
License

String

Social
Security
No

String

Account
EMail

String

Address
verified

List

No Match
Unavailable Match

Zip
verified

List

No Match
Unavailable Match

Customer
Payment
Profile ID

String

ReadOnly Logic:
Name on Credit Card
@CustomerPaymentProfileID@!''
or Account holder
Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder
City or the Credit Card
or Account Holder

Country
Payment Identification
- Driver License
Payment Identification
- Social Security No

765

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.
The Street Address of the
Credit Card or Account holder.
The Account City indicates
the City of the Credit
Card or Account holder

Account Country Name

The Driver's License being
used as identification.
The Social Security number
being used as identification.

Email Address

The EMail Address indicates

the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

This address has

been verified

The Address Verified indicates

if the address has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

The Zip Code

has been verified

The Zip Verified indicates if

the zip code has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Payment
Processor

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cpaymentprocessor_cbpbankaccou

Description

Comment/Help

Payment processor for

electronic payments

The Payment Processor

indicates the processor to be
used for electronic payments

7. Tab: Shipping Accounts - C_BP_ShippingAcct

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 185.7. Shipping Accounts Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_BP_ShippingAcct_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Search

Active

Yes-No

Shipper
Account
Number

String

Shipper
Meter

String

Duties
Shipper
Account

String

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cbpshippingacct
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
(Y)

766

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Shipping
Processor

Table

Business
Partner
Shipping
Account

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_cbpshippinga
to) address for this
Business Partner

Comment/Help
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

M_ShippingProcessor
mshippingprocessor_cbpshipping

8. Tab: Customer Accounting - C_BP_Customer_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Customer Accounting
Comment/Help: The Customer Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced on an accounts receivable transaction.
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 185.8. Customer Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Receivable
Services

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

creceivableservices_cbpcustome

Description

Comment/Help

Customer Accounts
Receivables
Services Account

Account to post services related

Accounts Receivables if you
want to differentiate between
Services and Product related
revenue. This account is only used,
if posting to service accounts is
enabled in the accounting schema.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

767

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_creceivable_cbpcustomer

Account for Customer

Receivables

The Customer Receivables

Accounts indicates the account to
be used for recording transaction
for customers receivables.

vc_cprepayment_cbpcustomer

Account for customer

prepayments

The Customer Prepayment

account indicates the account
to be used for recording
prepayments from a customer.

cbuspartner_cbpcustomer_acct

cacctschema_cbpcustomeracct

(Y)

Customer Account
Receivables

Customer Account
Prepayment

9. Tab: Vendor Accounting - C_BP_Vendor_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Vendor Accounting
Comment/Help: The Vendor Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced in an accounts payable transaction.
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 185.9. Vendor Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Vendor
Service
Liability

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

vc_vliabilityservices_cbpvendo

768

Description

Comment/Help

Account for Vendor

Service Liability

The Vendor Service Liability

account indicates the account to use
for recording service liabilities. It
is used if you need to distinguish

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
between Liability for products and
services. This account is only used,
if posting to service accounts is
enabled in the accounting schema.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Vendor
Liability

Account

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_vliability_cbpvendor

Account for
Vendor Liability

The Vendor Liability account

indicates the account used
for recording transactions
for vendor liabilities

vc_vprepayment_cbpvendor

Account for Vendor

Prepayments

The Vendor Prepayment Account

indicates the account used to
record prepayments from a vendor.

c_buspartner_c_bp_vendor_acct

cacctschema_cbpvendoracct

(Y)

Vendor
Account
Prepayment

10. Tab: Employee Accounting - C_BP_Employee_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Employee Accounting
Comment/Help: The Employee Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced on a expense reimbursement.
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
769

Window: Business Partner

Table 185.10. Employee Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Employee
Expense

Account

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_eexpense_cbpemployee

Account for
Employee Expenses

The Employee Expense

Account identifies the
account to use for recording
expenses for this employee.

vc_eprepayment_cbpemployee

Account for Employee

Expense Prepayments

The Employee Prepayment

Account identifies the account
to use for recording expense
advances made to this employee.

cbuspartner_c_bpemployeeacct

cacctschema_cbpemployeeacct

(Y)

Employee Account
Prepayment

Description

11. Tab: Customer - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Customer Parameters
Comment/Help: The Customer Tab defines a Business Partner who is a customer of this organization. If the Customer check box is selected then the necessary
fields will display.
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
770

Window: Business Partner

Table 185.11. Customer Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Tax ID

String

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Freight
Cost Rule

List

NAICS/
SIC

String

Partner
Parent

ID

Rating

String

Tax Group

Table
Direct

ctaxgroup_cbpartner

Logo

Image

logo_cbpartner

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

Table

Description

Comment/Help

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html
cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

Is
Yes-No
Manufacturer
Language

Values (Default)

('N')

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Indicate role of this

Business partner
as Manufacturer

AD_Language System

Language for
this entity

ad_language_c_buspartner

771

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner

ID

First Sale

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Share

Integer

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

D-U-N-S

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

M_PriceList

Prospect

Yes-No

(N)

Vendor

Yes-No

Link
Organization

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Button
adorg_cbpartnerorg

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

ReadOnly Logic:
The Business Partner is
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0
another Organization

772

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Send
EMail

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

for explicit InterOrg transactions

the counter-document is created

automatically. Example: You have
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
BPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on purchases

If a business partner is exempt from

tax on purchases, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

C_BPartner_UU String
PO Tax
exempt

Credit
Status

Summary
Level

Yes-No

List

(N)

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

Yes-No

773

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Employee

Yes-No

Employees

SO Tax
exempt

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Number of employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

Integer

Yes-No

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

Open
Balance

Amount

Description

String

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).
Optional short
description
of the record
774

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Reference
No

String

Name 2

String

Additional Name

URL

URL

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Greeting

Table
Direct

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Payment
Rule

List

PO
Payment
Term

Table

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cgreeting_cbpartner
Direct Deposit Credit
Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment
C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

cbpgroup_cbpartner

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

Description

Comment/Help

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Purchase
payment option

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage

adclient_cbpartner

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
775

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Active

Yes-No

Customer

Yes-No

Document
Copies

Integer

Invoice
Rule

List

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Delivery
Rule

List

Delivery
Via

List

Price List

Table
Direct

(Y)

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Frequency and
method of invoicing

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner
After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
mpricelist_cbpartner
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
WHERE
776

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
Discount
Schema

Table

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Payment
Rule

List

Payment
Term

Table

Sales
Table
Representative

Dunning

Order
Reference

Table
Direct

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

mdiscounts_cbpartner

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Flat discount
percentage
Direct Deposit Credit
Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment
C_PaymentTerm Sales
AD_User

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

How you pay

the invoice
The terms of Payment
(timing, discount)

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')
cdunning_cbpartner

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.
The Sales Representative
indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

String

777

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Order
Description

String

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Credit
Limit

Amount

Credit
Used

Values (Default)

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Print Format for

printing Invoices

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Amount

Dunning
Grace Date

Date

Customer
Profile ID

String

778

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Window: Business Partner

12. Tab: Vendor - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Vendor Parameters
Comment/Help: The Vendor Tab defines a Business Partner that is a Vendor for this Organization. If the Vendor check box is selected the necessary fields will
display.
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 185.12. Vendor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Language

Table

AD_Language System

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ad_language_c_buspartner

Description

Comment/Help

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Rating

String

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

Business
Partner

ID
Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Greeting

Table
Direct

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Flat discount
percentage

This is a
summary entity

cgreeting_cbpartner
779

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Dunning

Table
Direct

Share

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cdunning_cbpartner

Integer

Sales
Table
Representative

Price List

Table
Direct

Delivery
Via

List

Payment
Term

Table

Document
Copies

Integer

Credit
Limit

Amount

AD_User

Description

Comment/Help

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

C_PaymentTerm Sales

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

780

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Discount
Schema

Table

Order
Reference

String

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Delivery
Rule

List

Link
Organization

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

mdiscounts_cbpartner

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner
After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

Button

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

781

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
the counter-document is created
The Business Partner is automatically. Example: You have
another Organization
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
for explicit InterBPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
Org transactions
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Customer

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Customer
Profile ID

String

URL

URL

Prospect

Yes-No

Dunning
Grace Date

Date

Payment
Rule

List

Logo

Image

logo_cbpartner

Tax Group

Table
Direct

ctaxgroup_cbpartner

Validation Rule

(N)

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

C_BPartner_UU String
PO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

(N)
Business partner
is exempt from
tax on purchases

782

If a business partner is exempt from

tax on purchases, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Name 2

String

SO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

D-U-N-S

String

Invoice
Rule

List

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Employee

Yes-No

Employees

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Print Format for

printing Invoices

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

Method for
charging Freight

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.
The Freight Cost Rule
indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Additional Name

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Frequency and
method of invoicing

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Number of employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Integer

783

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Order
Description

String

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

Reference
No

String

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

First Sale

Date

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Credit
Used

Amount

Tax ID

String

Partner
Parent

ID

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

784

Description

Comment/Help

Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

NAICS/
SIC

String

Open
Balance

Amount

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Credit
Status

List

Potential
Life Time
Value

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product Instance
Guarantee Date

with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less

than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html
The Total Open Balance Amount is
the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).

cbpgroup_cbpartner

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

Amount

785

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Vendor

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

List

PO
Payment
Term

Table

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner

(same as first report)

(Y)

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment
C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

M_PriceList

Comment/Help

adclient_cbpartner

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

Payment
Rule

Description

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

Purchase
payment option

Payment rules for

a purchase order

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
COUNT(*) FROM
this Business Partner
M_PriceList_Version
786

(see same above)

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.
Identifies the price list used
by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

WHERE
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
PO
Discount
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

Is
Yes-No
Manufacturer

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage

('N')

1099
Vendor

Yes-No

(N)

Default
1099 Box

Table

ASU_1099Box

Indicate role of this

Business partner
as Manufacturer

default1099box_cbpartner

13. Tab: Employee - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Employee Parameters
Comment/Help: The Employee Tab defines a Business Partner who is an Employee of this organization. If the Employee is also a Sales Representative then the
check box should be selected.
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 185.13. Employee Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Tax ID

String

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

Values (Default)

M_PriceList

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner = 'N' AND (SELECT
this Business Partner
COUNT(*) FROM
787

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_PriceList_Version
WHERE
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
Price List

Table
Direct

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Link
Organization

Button

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

Summary
Level

Yes-No

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Prospect

Yes-No

(N)

788

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
the counter-document is created
The Business Partner is automatically. Example: You have
another Organization
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
for explicit InterBPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
Org transactions
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Vendor

Yes-No

Customer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Yes-No

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

First Sale

Date

Business
Partner
Group

Values (Default)

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Partner
Parent

ID

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage

cbpgroup_cbpartner

AD_User

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')
cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

Business Partner Parent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Flat discount
percentage
Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency
789

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner

ID

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

PO
Payment
Term

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

Credit
Status

List

Language

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

String

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Order
Description

String

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

AD_Language System
ad_language_c_buspartner

D-U-N-S

Description

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Print Format for

printing Invoices

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

790

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Payment
Rule

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Payment
Term

Table

Rating

String

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

URL

URL

Employees

Integer

SO Tax
exempt

Open
Balance

C_PaymentTerm Sales

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

Description

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Number of employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Yes-No

Amount

Comment/Help

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Total Open Balance
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Amount in primary
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Accounting Currency
the Business Partner. The amount
is used for Credit Management.
791

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Name 2

String

Additional Name

Reference
No

String

Invoice
Rule

List

Discount
Schema

Table

Share

Integer

Order
Reference

String

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site
After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered
M_DiscountSchema
not PL

Frequency and
method of invoicing

mdiscounts_cbpartner

792

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.
The Invoice Rule defines how
a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Document
Copies

Integer

Credit
Limit

Amount

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Delivery
Rule

List

NAICS/
SIC

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

String

Description

Comment/Help

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html

793

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Greeting

Table
Direct

Dunning

Table
Direct

Payment
Rule

List

Delivery
Via

List

Credit
Used

Amount

Values (Default)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

cgreeting_cbpartner

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

cdunning_cbpartner

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

Table
Direct

String

Description

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Client

Search
Key

Constraint Value

Purchase
payment option

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

adclient_cbpartner

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner

(same as first report)

(Y)

794

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Employee

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

795

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

Chapter 186. Window: Business Partner Group

Description: Maintain Business Partner Groups
Comment/Help: The Business Partner Group window allows you to define the accounting parameters at a group level. If you define the accounting parameters
for a group any Business Partner entered using this group will have these accounting parameters automatically populated. You can then make any modifications
necessary at the Business Partner level.
Created:2000-12-17 20:47:06.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Business Partner Group - C_BP_Group

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Groups for Reporting Accounting Defaults
Comment/Help: The Business Partner Group Tab allow for the association of business partners for reporting and accounting defaults.
Tab Level: 0
Table 186.1. Business Partner Group Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business
Partner
Group

ID
Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
796

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Print Color

Table
Direct

Priority
Base

List

Confidential Yes-No
Info
Price List

Table
Direct

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Color used for

printing and display

adprintcolor_cbpgroup
Lower Higher Same

(N)

M_PriceList

Colors used for printing and display

Base of Priority

When deriving the Priority

from Importance, the Base is
"added" to the User Importance.

Can enter confidential

information

When entering/updating Requests

over the web, the user can
mark his info as confidential

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpgroup
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbpgroup
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

797

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Discount
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Credit
Watch %

Number

If iDempiere maintains credit

Credit Watch - Percent
status, the status "Credit OK" is
of Credit Limit when
moved to "Credit Watch" if the
OK switches to Watch credit available reaches the percent
entered. If not defined, 90% is used.

Price
Match
Tolerance

Number

PO-Invoice Match
Price Tolerance
in percent of the
purchase price

Tolerance in Percent of matching

the purchase order price to the
invoice price. The difference is
posted as Invoice Price Tolerance
for Standard Costing. If defined,
the PO-Invoice match must be
explicitly approved, if the matching
difference is greater then the
tolerance. Example: if the purchase
price is $100 and the tolerance
is 1 (percent), the invoice price
must be between $99 and 101
to be automatically approved.

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Dunning

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mdiscountschema_cbpgroup

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountschemapo_cbpgroup

Table
Direct

Description

Comment/Help

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage

cdunning_cbpgroup

2. Tab: Accounting - C_BP_Group_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Accounting
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines the default accounts for any business partner that references this group. These default values can be modified for
each business partner if required.
798

Window: Business Partner Group

Tab Level: 1
Table 186.2. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Notinvoiced
Receipts

Account

Unearned
Revenue

Account

Account

Payment
Discount
Revenue

Account

Write-off

Account

Comment/Help

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Account for
not-invoiced
Material Receipts

The Not Invoiced Receipts account

indicates the account used for
recording receipts for materials
that have not yet been invoiced.

vc_unearnedrevenue_cbpgroup

Account for
unearned revenue

The Unearned Revenue indicates

the account used for recording
invoices sent for products or
services not yet delivered. It
is used in revenue recognition

vc_paydiscountexp_cbpgroup

Payment Discount
Expense Account

vc_paydiscountrev_cbpgroup

Payment Discount
Revenue Account

vc_writeoff_cbpgroup

Account for
Receivables write-off

cbpgroup_cbpgroupacct

cacctschema_cbpgroupacct

(Y)

vc_notinvoicedreceipts_cbpgrou

Payment
Discount
Expense

Description

799

Indicates the account to be charged

for payment discount expenses.
Indicates the account to be charged
for payment discount revenues.
The Write Off Account
identifies the account to book
write off transactions to.

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

NotAccount
invoiced
Receivables
Customer Account
Prepayment

Vendor
Liability

Account

Notinvoiced
Revenue

Account

Customer Account
Receivables

Vendor
Account
Prepayment
Receivable
Services

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_notinvoicedrec_cbpgroup

Account for not

invoiced Receivables

The Not Invoiced Receivables

account indicates the account
used for recording receivables
that have not yet been invoiced.

vc_cprepayment_cbpgroup

Account for customer

prepayments

The Customer Prepayment

account indicates the account
to be used for recording
prepayments from a customer.

vc_vliability_cbpgroup

Account for
Vendor Liability

The Vendor Liability account

indicates the account used
for recording transactions
for vendor liabilities

vc_notinvoicedrevenue_cbpgroup

Account for not

invoiced Revenue

The Not Invoiced Revenue

account indicates the account
used for recording revenue
that has not yet been invoiced.

vc_creceivable_cbpgroup

Account for Customer

Receivables

The Customer Receivables

Accounts indicates the account to
be used for recording transaction
for customers receivables.

vc_vprepayment_cbpgroup

Account for Vendor

Prepayments

The Vendor Prepayment Account

indicates the account used to
record prepayments from a vendor.

Customer Accounts
Receivables
Services Account

Account to post services related

Accounts Receivables if you
want to differentiate between
Services and Product related
revenue. This account is only used,
if posting to service accounts is
enabled in the accounting schema.

Account for Vendor

Service Liability

The Vendor Service Liability

account indicates the account to use
for recording service liabilities. It
is used if you need to distinguish
between Liability for products and
services. This account is only used,

Account

creceivableservices_cbpgroupac

Vendor
Service
Liability

Account
vc_vliabilityservices_cbpgroup

800

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
if posting to service accounts is
enabled in the accounting schema.

Copy
Accounts

Button

3. Tab: Assigned Partners - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partners in Group
LinkColumn: Business Partner Group
Tab Level: 1
Table 186.3. Assigned Partners Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Vendor

Yes-No

Payment
Rule

List

Price List

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

How you pay

the invoice

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
801

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Discount
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Delivery
Rule

List

Document
Copies

Integer

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Partner
Parent

ID

Credit
Used

Amount

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

mdiscounts_cbpartner

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

Print Format for

printing Invoices

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

802

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

M_PriceList

Dunning

Table
Direct

PO
Payment
Term

Table

Sales
Table
Representative

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Order
Reference

String

Payment
Rule

List

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

AD_User

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Comment/Help
Identifies the price list used
by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

cdunning_cbpartner

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On

Description

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND

803

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Purchase
payment option

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Credit Direct Debit

Mixed POS Payment
Payment
Term

Table

C_PaymentTerm Sales

Invoice
Rule

List

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

Business
Partner

ID

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Employee

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'
cpaymentterm_cbpartner

Frequency and
method of invoicing

Identifies a
Business Partner

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Flat discount
percentage

Yes-No

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

Customer

Description

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Yes-No

804

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Link
Organization

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Order
Description

String

Delivery
Via

List

Credit
Limit

Amount

Min Shelf
Life %

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

Integer

805

Description

Comment/Help

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
the counter-document is created
The Business Partner is automatically. Example: You have
another Organization
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
for explicit InterBPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
Org transactions
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.

Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Greeting

Table
Direct

Name

String

adclient_cbpartner

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner

cbpgroup_cbpartner

Business Partner Group

(same as first report)

cgreeting_cbpartner

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.
(see same above)

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Name 2

String

Additional Name

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Summary
Level

Yes-No
This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Credit
Status

List

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set

(Y)

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK
806

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Open
Balance

Amount

Tax ID

String

SO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

D-U-N-S

String

Reference
No

String

NAICS/
SIC

String

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).
Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html

807

Window: Business Partner Group

Field
Name

Reference

Rating

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

URL

URL

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Language

Table

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Number of employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

AD_Language System
ad_language_c_buspartner

Prospect

Yes-No

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

Employees

Integer

(N)

Share

Integer

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

First Sale

Date
Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

808

Chapter 187. Window: Business Partner Info

Description: Document Information of Business Partners
Comment/Help: null
Created:2003-07-27 13:06:18.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:03:39.0

1. Tab: Partner Selection - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Selection
Where Clause: C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
Tab Level: 0
Table 187.1. Partner Selection Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Table
Representative

Employees

Values (Default)
AD_User

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

Integer
Number of employees

Name 2

String

Price List

Table
Direct

Comment/Help
The Sales Representative
indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Additional Name
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner M_PriceList_Version
of a Price List
WHERE
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
809

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than

M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
Credit
Limit

Amount

Greeting

Table
Direct

Tax ID

String

Discount
Schema

Table

Prospect

Yes-No

SO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

cgreeting_cbpartner

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

mdiscounts_cbpartner

(N)

810

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Link
Organization

Button

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

Order
Description

String

URL

URL

Reference
No

String

Credit
Status

List

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

811

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
the counter-document is created
The Business Partner is automatically. Example: You have
another Organization
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
for explicit InterBPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
Org transactions
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.
Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

PO
Payment
Term

Table

Delivery
Via

List

Payment
Rule

List

Rating

String

Dunning

Table
Direct

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Business
Partner

ID

Invoice
Rule

List

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

cdunning_cbpartner

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Purchase
payment option

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage
Flat discount
percentage

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
812

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Frequency and
method of invoicing

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Immediate After
Order delivered
Share

Integer

Payment
Term

Table

C_PaymentTerm Sales

Delivery
Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

Order
Reference

String

Freight
Cost Rule

List

M_PriceList

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

813

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

NAICS/
SIC

String

Partner
Parent

ID

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Credit
Used

Amount

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Language

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

Business Partner Parent

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

Print Format for

printing Invoices

AD_Language System
ad_language_c_buspartner

814

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.
You need to define a Print
Format to print the document.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

D-U-N-S

String

Document
Copies

Integer

Payment
Rule

List

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

First Sale

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Validation Rule

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner

Description

Comment/Help

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

How you pay

the invoice

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

adclient_cbpartner

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

String

Optional short
description
of the record

815

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Open
Balance

Amount

Customer

Yes-No

Vendor

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cbpgroup_cbpartner

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).
Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Yes-No

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

Employee

Description

Yes-No

816

Window: Business Partner Info

2. Tab: Partner Orders - C_Order

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Orders
Where Clause: C_Order.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Tab Level: 1
Table 187.2. Partner Orders Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Process
Order

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Target
Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Credit
Approved

Yes-No

Printed

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('SOO',
'POO') AND
Target document
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
cdoctypetarget_corder
type for conversing
AND
documents
COALESCE(C_DocType.DocSubTypeSO,'
')< > 'RM'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.docType

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates

if the credit approval was
successful for Orders

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Delivered

Yes-No

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Transferred

Yes-No

(@IsApproved@)

Transferred to General The transferred checkbox indicates

Ledger (i.e. accounted)
if the transactions associated
817

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Activity

Table
Direct

Processed

Yes-No

Charge
amount

Amount

Charge

Table

cactivity_corder

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Charge
ccharge_corder

Order
Reference

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

String

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Process
Order

Button

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Delivery
Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

Invoice
Contact

Table

AD_User

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_corder
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

mshipper_corder

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
aduserbill_corder
Contact for invoicing
818

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Payment

Search

Selected

Yes-No

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Cash Journal Line

cpayment_corder

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

corder_ref

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

cbpartnerpay_corder

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

cbplocationpay_corder

Location of the
Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

cconversiontype_corder

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

_Posted Status(N)

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

Referenced
Order

Search

C_Order

Payment
BPartner

ID

Payment
Location

ID

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

ccashline_corder

819

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Trx
Organization

Table

Account_ID - User1
celementvalueuser1_corder

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celemenrvalueuser2_corder

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Account_ID - User2

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_corder

Copy
Lines

Button

Freight
Amount

Amount

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

String

Copy From Record

Freight Amount

Copy From Record

The Freight Amount indicates
the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
adorg_corder
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.organization

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document

820

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Document
Type

Table
Direct

C_DocType(0)

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

c_doctype_corder

Date
Ordered

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Document type or rules

The current status

of the document

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date of Order
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
Accounting Date

821

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules
The Document Status indicates
the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date
Promised

Date

Date
printed

Date

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice
Partner

Table

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Invoice
Location

Table

(@#Date@)

C_BPartner (Trx)

C_BPartner Location

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_corder
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR 'N'='@IsSOTrx@'
OR EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_BP_Relation
Business Partner
cbpartnerbill_corder
r WHERE
to be invoiced
C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=r.C_BPartnerRelation_ID
AND
r.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
r.IsBillTo='Y'))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartnerBill

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
AND
Business Partner
cbplocationbill_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
Location for invoicing
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

822

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Delivery
Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (F)

Priority

List

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Invoice
Rule

List

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Price List

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Description

Comment/Help

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.warehouse
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_corder
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@IsDropShip@=Y
(N)
Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer
After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered (I)

Frequency and
method of invoicing

(@IsSOTrx@)

This is a Sales
Transaction
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
Unique identifier
mpricelist_soheader
M_PriceList_Version
of a Price List
WHERE
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
823

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
Drop Shipments do not cause
any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.
The Invoice Rule defines how
a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.
Price Lists are used to determine
the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
Currency

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

SelfService

Yes-No

Payment
Rule

Payment

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Project

Table
Direct

(@C_Currency_ID@)

The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_corder
AD_User

(B)

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
aduser_sr_corder
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

ReadOnly Logic:
@OrderType@='WP'

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_soheader '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.paymentTerm
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_corder
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
824

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Campaign

Table
Direct

Total
Lines

Amount

Grand
Total

Amount

Order

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_corder
Marketing Campaign

Comment/Help
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Description

Comment/Help

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

3. Tab: Partner Shipments - M_InOut

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Shipments
Where Clause: M_InOut.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Tab Level: 1
Table 187.3. Partner Shipments Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

celementvalueuser1_minout

825

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Invoice

Search

No
Packages

Integer

Business
Partner

Search

Date
received

Date

Project

Table
Direct

Freight
Amount

Amount

Process
Now

Button

Charge
amount

Amount

Ship Date

Date
+Time

Priority

List

User
Element
List 2

Table

Create
Package

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cinvoice_minout
(1)

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Number of
packages shipped
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_minout
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.bpartner
Date a product
was received
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_minout
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

826

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Shipment Date/Time

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User2
celementvalueuser2_minout

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

In Transit

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Movement is in transit

Material Movement is in
transit - shipped, but not
received. The transaction
is completed, if confirmed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Generate
Invoice
from
Receipt

Button

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Generate To

(@IsSOTrx@)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Create
Button
Confirmation
Delivery
Via

List

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Create
lines from

Button

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
vbplocation_minout
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'
Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

Method for
charging Freight
Process which
will generate a
new document
827

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.
The Create From process will
create a new document based

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Trx
Organization

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

List

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Comment/Help

lines based on an
existing document

on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_minout

Delivery
Rule

Description

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (A)

_Posted Status

Process
Shipment

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Tracking
No

String

Number to track
the shipment

Pick Date

Date
+Time

Date/Time when
picked for Shipment

Campaign

Table
Direct

ccampaign_minout

Marketing Campaign

828

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Date
Ordered

Date

Charge

Table

C_Charge
ccharge_minout

Order
Reference

Activity

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

String

Table
Direct

cactivity_minout

Date
printed

Date

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Referenced
Shipment

ID

(-1)

mshipper_minout

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_minout
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
minout_ref

829

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Document
No

String

Document
Status

List

Constraint Value

adorg_minout

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('MMR',
cdoctype_minout
'MMS') AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.docType

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
830

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
Movement
Type

Movement
Date

List

Date

Sales
Table
Representative

Description

Text

Warehouse

Table
Direct

In Dispute

Yes-No

Order

Search

Production - Customer
Shipment Customer
Returns Vendor
Returns Inventory
Out Movement
From Movement
To Work Order +
Production + Vendor
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order (@#Date@)

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)
Method of moving
the inventory

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

AD_User - SalesRep
Sales Representative
or Company Agent

aduser_sr_minout

Optional short
description
of the record
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_minout
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.warehouse
and Service Point
Document is in dispute
(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
corder_minout
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
Order
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.order

831

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Sales Representative
indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
The document is in dispute.
Use Requests to track details.
The Order is a control document.
The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Shipment/
Receipt

ID

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

4. Tab: Partner Invoices - C_Invoice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Invoices
Where Clause: C_Invoice.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Tab Level: 1
Table 187.4. Partner Invoices Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Approved

Yes-No

(@IsApproved@)

Activity

Table
Direct

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Target
Document
Type

Table

Constraint Value

cactivity_cinvoice

C_DocType

Validation Rule

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
c_bplocation_cinvoice
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARI',
'API','ARC','APC')
Target document
AND
cdoctypetarget_cinvoice
type for conversing
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
documents
AND
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.docType

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

832

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adorgtrx_cinvoice

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Comment/Help

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

_Posted Status(N)

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

(@IsSOTrx@)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Printed

Yes-No

Transferred

Yes-No

Create
lines from

Description

Button

Process which
will generate a
new document
833

The Create From process will

create a new document based

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Payment
Rule

Payment

(P)

Process
Invoice

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

User
Element
List 2

Table

Date
Ordered

Date

Generate
Receipt
from
Invoice

Button

Project

Table
Direct

Order
Reference

String

Validation Rule

celementvalueuser1_cinvoice

Description

Comment/Help

lines based on an
existing document

on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Account_ID - User2
celementvalueuser2_cinvoice

Generate To

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_cinvoice
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

834

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Pay
Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Process
Invoice

Button

Account
Date

Date

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_cinvoice '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.paymentTerm
Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Button

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_cinvoice
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

(@#Date@)

Copy From Record

(-1)

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

Accounting Date

Copy
Lines

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cinvoice
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

835

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
Copy From Record
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Price List

Table
Direct

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cinvoice
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Campaign

Table
Direct

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_cinvoice
Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Charge

Table

Date
printed

Date

Payment

Search

Charge
amount

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

cconversiontype_cinvoice

Comment/Help

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

cinvoice_ref
The Cash Journal Line indicates
a unique line in a cash journal.

ccashline_cinvoice

Cash Journal Line

ccharge_cinvoice

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

C_Charge

cpayment_cinvoice

836

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Total
Lines

Amount

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
Type

Table
Direct

(0)

Document
No

String

Document
Status

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

adorg_cinvoice

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

cdoctype_cinvoice

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

The current status

of the document

837

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
SelfService

Yes-No

Date
Invoiced

Date

the document status, use

the Document Action field

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Sales
Search
Representative

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date printed on Invoice
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

AD_User - SalesRep
Sales Representative
or Company Agent

aduser_sr_cinvoice

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Paid

Yes-No

The document is paid

In Dispute

Yes-No

(N)

Currency

Table
Direct

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Grand
Total

Amount

Order

Search

Comment/Help

ccurrency_cinvoice

corder_cinvoice

838

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.
The Date Invoice indicates the
date printed on the invoice.
The Sales Representative
indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Invoice

ID

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Description

Comment/Help

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Authorization
Code Delayed
Capture returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Credit Card Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

5. Tab: Partner Payments - C_Payment

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Payments
Where Clause: C_Payment.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Tab Level: 1
Table 187.5. Partner Payments Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

Validation Rule

celementvalueuser2_cpayment

Authorization String
Code (DC)
Number

String

Social
Security
No

String

Exp.
Month

Integer

Activity

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
(1)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
cactivity_cpayment

839

Payment Identification
- Social Security No

The Social Security number

being used as identification.

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Routing
No

String

Order

Search

Tender
type

List

Voice
authorization
code

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.
(C_Order.DocStatus='WP'
OR
(C_Order.DocStatus='CO'
AND EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_DocType
dt WHERE
C_Order.C_DocType_ID=dt.C_DocType_ID
AND
(dt.DocSubTypeSO='SO'
OR
dt.DocBaseType='POO'))
corder_cpayment
Order
AND EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_OrderLine
ol WHERE
C_Order.C_Order_ID=ol.C_Order_ID
AND
ol.QtyInvoiced< >
ol.QtyOrdered)))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.order
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Invoice_ID@!0
| @C_Charge_ID@!0
Direct Deposit Credit
Card Check Account
Cash Direct Debit (K)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

840

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Method of Payment

The Tender Type indicates

the method of payment (ACH
or Direct Deposit, Credit
Card, Check, Direct Debit)

Voice Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Project

Table
Direct

Transaction
Type

List

Exp. Year

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cproject_cpayment

Description

Comment/Help

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Sales Credit (Payment)

Voice Authorization
Void Delayed Capture
Authorization (S)

AD_Ref_List.Value
NOT IN ('A', 'F')

Integer

(03)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Receipt

Yes-No

Over/
Under
Payment

Yes-No

(Y)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Over-Payment
ReadOnly Logic:
(unallocated) or
@C_Charge_ID@!
Under-Payment
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
(partial payment)

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
to receive money for more than the
particular invoice. Underpayments
(positive) is a partial payment
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

Approved

Yes-No

(N)

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Allocated

Yes-No

Indicates if the
payment has
been allocated

The Allocated checkbox

indicates if a payment has
been allocated or associated
with an invoice or invoices.

Online
Process

Button

This payment can

be processed online

The Online Processing

indicates if the payment
can be processed online.

Process
Payment

Button

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

User
Element
List 1

Table

Type of credit
card transaction

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a sales
transaction (receipt)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
_Document
Action(CO)
Account_ID - User1
celementvalueuser1_cpayment

User defined
list element #1
841

The user defined element

displays the optional elements

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Process
Payment

Button

CVV
Match

Yes-No

Credit Card
Verification
Code Match

The Credit Card Verification

Code was matched

Swipe

String

Track 1 and 2 of
the Credit Card

Swiped information for Credit

Card Presence Transactions

Address
verified

List

This address has

been verified

The Address Verified indicates

if the address has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Info

String
Response info

The Info indicates any response

information returned from
the Credit Card Company.

State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Result of transmission

The Response Result indicates

the result of the transmission
to the Credit Card Company.

Credit Card
Verification code
on credit card

The Credit Card Verification

indicates the verification code on
the credit card (AMEX 4 digits
on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)

Payment batch for EFT

Electronic Fund
Transfer Payment Batch.

The Zip Code

has been verified

The Zip Verified indicates if

the zip code has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated

Account
State

String

Result

String

Verification
Code

String

Payment
Batch

Table
Direct

Zip
verified

List

Campaign

Table
Direct

No Match
Unavailable Match

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

cpaymentbatch_cpayment
No Match
Unavailable Match

ccampaign_cpayment

842

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Account
Street

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder

The Street Address of the

Credit Card or Account holder.

Account
Zip/Postal

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Account
Date

Date

Micr

String

Description

String

Processed

Yes-No

Reconciled

Yes-No

Posted

Button

(@#Date@)
Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Combination of
routing no, account
and check no

The Micr number is the

combination of the bank
routing number, account
number and check number

Optional short
description
of the record
The document has
been processed

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Processed checkbox
indicates that a document
has been processed.

Payment is reconciled
with bank statement
_Posted Status(N)
Posting status

Account
Country

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Account
City

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

843

Country
City or the Credit Card
or Account Holder

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines
Account Country Name
The Account City indicates
the City of the Credit
Card or Account holder

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Account
EMail

String

Account
Name

String

PO
Number

String

Response
Message

String

Original
Transaction
ID

String

Charge

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Email Address

The EMail Address indicates

the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Name on Credit Card

or Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Purchase
Order Number

The PO Number indicates

the number assigned
to a purchase order

Response message

The Response Message indicates

the message returned from
the Credit Card Company as
the result of a transmission

Original
Transaction ID

The Original Transaction

ID is used for reversing
transactions and indicates the
transaction that has been reversed.

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

ccharge_cpayment

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
844

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Additional
document charges

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Invoice_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
Account
No

String

Trx
Organization

Table

String

Reference

String

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Payment Identification
- Driver License

The Driver's License being

used as identification.

Payment reference

The Payment Reference

indicates the reference
returned from the Credit
Card Company for a payment

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_cpayment

Driver
License

Account Number

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

(0)

Credit
Card

List

Purchase Card
Amex MasterCard

Callout:
Overpayments (negative) are
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
unallocated amounts and allow you
Over-Payment
ReadOnly Logic:
to receive money for more than the
(unallocated) or
@C_Charge_ID@!
particular invoice. Underpayments
Under-Payment (partial
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
(positive) is a partial payment
payment) Amount
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

845

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Bank Account of
the Business Partner

The Partner Bank Account

identifies the bank account to be
used for this Business Partner

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

ATM Diners
Discover Visa (M)
Partner
Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Charge
amount

Amount

Reference
(DC)

String

cbpbankacct_cpayment
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cpayment
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_cpayment
Rate Type

Authorization String
Code
Check No

String

Prepayment

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)
adorg_cpayment

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Payment Reference
Delayed Capture

The Payment Reference

indicates the reference
returned from the Credit
Card Company for a payment

Authorization
Code returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

The Payment/Receipt
is a Prepayment

Payments not allocated to an

invoice with a charge are posted
to Unallocated Payments. When
setting this flag, the payment
is posted to the Customer or
Vendor Prepayment account.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

846

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARR', 'APP') AND
cdoctype_cpayment
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.docType

Document
sequence number
of the document

Document
Status

SelfService

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

Yes-No

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry

847

Comment/Help
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules
The document number is usually
automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
The Document Status indicates
the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

(@#Date@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

can be changed
via Self-Service

entered or created via Self-Service

or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Transaction
Date

Date

Callout:
Transaction Date
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Online
Access

Yes-No

Currency

Table
Direct

Payment
amount

Amount

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Amount being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

Discount
Amount

Amount

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Calculated amount
ReadOnly Logic:
of discount
@C_Charge_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Write-off
Amount

Amount

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
ReadOnly Logic:
Amount to write-off
@C_Charge_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

Delayed
Capture

Yes-No

Invoice

Search

cbankaccount_cpayment
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Can be accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_cpayment
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Delayed Capture is required, if you

ship products. The first credit card
Charge after Shipment
transaction is the Authorization,
the second is the actual transaction
after the shipment of the product.
C_Invoice.DocStatus
cinvoice_cpayment IN ('CO', 'CL')Callout:
Invoice Identifier
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.invoice
848

The Invoice Document.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Description

Comment/Help

The asset is
fully depreciated

The asset costs are fully amortized.

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@!0 |
@C_Charge_ID@!0
Payment

ID

6. Tab: Partner Assets - A_Asset

[IMAGE]
Description: Business Partner Assets
Where Clause: A_Asset.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Tab Level: 1
Table 187.6. Partner Assets Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Fully
depreciated

Yes-No

(N)

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Life use

Integer

Owned

Yes-No

Asset
Depreciation
Date

Date

Address

Location
(Address)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Callout:
mlocator_aasset
Warehouse Locator
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.location
Units of use until
the asset is not
usable anymore

Life use and the actual use may be

used to calculate the depreciation

The asset is owned

by the organization

The asset may not be in

possession, but the asset is
legally owned by the organization

Date of last
depreciation

Date of the last deprecation,

if the asset is used
internally and depreciated.

Callout:
clocation_aasset
Location or Address
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.locator
849

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Asset
Disposal
Date

Date

Location
comment

String

Asset

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Date when the asset

is/was disposed
Additional comments
or remarks concerning
the location
Asset used internally
or by customers

Version
No

String

Business
Partner

Search

In
Possession

Yes-No

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Depreciate

Yes-No

Usable
Life Years

Integer

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Version Number

cbpartner_aasset

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

The asset is in
the possession of
the organization

Assets which are not in possession

are e.g. at Customer site and may or
may not be owned by the company.

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@Callout:
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aasset
org.idempiere.fa.model.CalloutAsset.locator
to) address for this
Business Partner
The asset will
be depreciated

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner
The asset is used internally
and will be depreciated

Years of the usable

life of the asset
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_aasset
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

850

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Disposed

Yes-No

Usable
Life Months

Integer

Use units

Integer

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Asset
Group

Search

Constraint Value

Comment/Help

The asset is disposed

The asset is no longer

used and disposed

Currently used
units of the assets
(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(same as first report)

A_Asset_Group

A_Asset_Type_ID
IN (NULL,
@A_Asset_Type_ID@)

String

Product

Search

Group of Assets

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
mproduct_aasset

Product
Attribute

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
Product Attribute
Set Instance

mattributesetinstance_aasset

851

(see same above)

The group of assets determines
default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

String

Description

Attribute
Set
Instance

Description

Months of the usable

life of the asset

aassetgroup_aasset

Name

Validation Rule

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Lot No

String

Serial No

String

Quantity

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates

the specific lot that a
product was part of.

Product Serial Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Date when Asset

was put into service

The date when the asset was

put into service - usually used
as start date for depreciation.

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Description

Comment/Help

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Quantity

In Service
Date

Date

Guarantee
Date

Date

7. Tab: Partner Requests - R_Request

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Requests
Where Clause: R_Request.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Tab Level: 1
Table 187.7. Partner Requests Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Campaign

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccampaign_rrequest

852

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Description

Comment/Help

Entry
Confidentiality

List

Close Date

Date
+Time

Close Date

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Last Alert

Date
+Time

Date when last

alert were sent

The last alert date is updated

when a reminder email is sent

Created

Date
+Time

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Standard
Response

Table
Direct

Request

ID

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

Order

Search

Confidentiality of
the individual entry

(SYSDATE)

Callout:
Request Standard
rstandardresponse_rrequest
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyResponse
Response

minout_rrequest

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

End Time

Date
+Time

Invoice

Search

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

adrole_rrequest

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

c_bpartner_rrequest

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

corder_rrequest

Role

Text blocks to be copied

into request response text

(-1)

AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'

End of the time span

rinvoice_rrequest

Invoice Identifier
853

The Invoice Document.

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Quantity
Used

Quantity

RMA

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Search
mproduct_rrequest

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Invoiced

Yes-No

Escalated

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Project

Table
Direct

Asset

Record ID

Comment/Help

Quantity used
for this event
Return Material
Authorization

mrma_rrequest
Product

Description

(-1)

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_rrequest
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

This request has

been escalated

The Escalated checkbox indicates

that this request has been
escalated or raised in importance.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

cproject_rrequest

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

aasset_rrequest

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

(Y)

Search

Button

854

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyMail

Amount

Result

Text

Activity

Table
Direct

Related
Request

Search

Start Time

Date
+Time

Payment

Search

SelfService

Yes-No

R_Request

Comment/Help

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Amount associated
with this request

The Request Amount indicates

any amount that is associated
with this request. For example, a
warranty amount or refund amount.

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

cactivity_rrequest

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

rrequest_related

Related Request
(Master Issue, ..)

rmailtext_rrequest

Request
Amount

Description

Request related to this request

Time started
cpayment_rrequest
(N)

855

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Table

Table
Direct

Request
Invoice

Search

C_Invoice

Next
action

List

None Follow up (F)

Start Date

Date
+Time

Product
Used

Search

Confidentiality

List

M_Product
(no summary)

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

adtable_rrequest

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

cinvoicerequest_rrequest

The generated invoice

for this request

The optionally generated

invoice for the request

Next Action
to be taken

The Next Action indicates the next

action to be taken on this request.

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

Product/Resource/
Service used
in Request

Invoicing uses the Product used.

mproductspent_rrequest

Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Type of Confidentiality

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.type
Type of request (e.g.
rrequesttype_rrequest
Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Document
sequence number
of the document

856

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
The document number is usually
automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Group

Table
Direct

rgroup_rrequest

Request Group

Category

Table
Direct

rcategory_rrequest

Request Category

Status

Table
Direct

Resolution

Table
Direct

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
R_RequestType
rt INNER JOIN
R_StatusCategory
rstatus_rrequest
sc ON
Request Status
(rt.R_StatusCategory_ID=sc.R_StatusCategory_ID)
WHERE
R_Status.R_StatusCategory_ID=sc.R_StatusCategory_ID
AND
rt.R_RequestType_ID=@R_RequestType_ID@)
rresolution_rrequest

Request Resolution

857

Group of requests (e.g. version

numbers, responsibility, ...)
Category or Topic of the Request
Status if the request (open,
closed, investigating, ..)

Resolution status (e.g.

Fixed, Rejected, ..)

Window: Business Partner Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Priority

List

User
Importance

List

Description

Comment/Help

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

The Priority indicates the

importance of this request.

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Priority of the
issue for the User

Sales
Table
AD_User Representative
Internal(@#AD_User_ID@)

Summary

Text

Date last
action

Date
+Time

Last Result

String

Due type

List

Date next
action

Date
+Time

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adusersr_rrequest

Overdue
Scheduled Due (5)

858

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Date this request

was last acted on

The Date Last Action

indicates that last time that
the request was acted on.

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Status of the next

action for this Request

The Due Type indicates

if this request is Due,
Overdue or Scheduled.

Date that this request

should be acted on

The Date Next Action indicates

the next scheduled date for an
action to occur for this request.

Chapter 188. Window: Calendar Year and Period

Description: Maintain Calendars Years Periods
Comment/Help: The Calendar Year and Periods defines the calendars that will be used for period control and reporting. You can also define non-standard calendars
(e.g. business year from July to June).
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Calendar - C_Calendar

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define your calendar
Comment/Help: The Calendar Tab defines each calendar that will be used by an Organization.
Tab Level: 0
Table 188.1. Calendar Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Calendar

ID

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Accounting
Calendar Name

The Calendar uniquely identifies

an accounting calendar. Multiple
calendars can be used. For
example you may need a standard
calendar that runs from Jan 1
to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar
that runs from July 1 to June 30.

c_calendarclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_calendarorg

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
859

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Calendar Year and Period

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

Comment/Help

Calendar Year

The Year uniquely identifies an

accounting year for a calendar.

2. Tab: Year - C_Year

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Calendar Year
Comment/Help: The Year Window is used to define each year for the specified calendar.
Tab Level: 1
Table 188.2. Year Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Year

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

Calendar

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_yearclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_yearorg

Table
Direct
c_calendar_year

Year

String

860

Accounting
Calendar Name

The Calendar uniquely identifies

an accounting calendar. Multiple
calendars can be used. For
example you may need a standard
calendar that runs from Jan 1
to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar
that runs from July 1 to June 30.

The Fiscal Year

The Year identifies the

accounting year for a calendar.

Window: Calendar Year and Period

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Create
Periods

Button

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

3. Tab: Period - C_Period

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Calendar Periods
Comment/Help: The Period Tab defines a Period No, Name and Start Date for each Calendar Year. Each period begins on the defined Start Date and ends one
day prior to the next period's Start Date.
Tab Level: 2
Table 188.3. Period Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Period

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

Year

Table
Direct

Period No

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Period of the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

c_periodclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_periodorg

c_year_period

861

Calendar Year

The Year uniquely identifies an

accounting year for a calendar.

Unique Period Number

The Period No identifies a

specific period for this year.
Each period is defined by a start
and end date. Date ranges for a
calendar and year cannot overlap.

Window: Calendar Year and Period

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

Start Date

Date

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Period
Type

List

Period Type

The Period Type indicates the type

(Standard or Adjustment) of period.

Open/
Close All

Button

Description

Comment/Help

Adjustment
Period Standard
Calendar Period (S)

4. Tab: Period Control - C_PeriodControl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Period Control
Comment/Help: The Period Control Tab displays the status of a Period (Never Opened, Opened, Closed).
Tab Level: 3
Table 188.4. Period Control Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Period
Control

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

862

(see same above)

Window: Calendar Year and Period

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

Period

Table
Direct

Document
BaseType

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
c_period_periodcontrol

Period of the Calendar

Material Production
AP Credit Memo AR
Credit Memo GL
Journal AP Invoice
AP Payment AR
Invoice Sales Order
AR Pro Forma Invoice
Material Receipt
Material Movement
Purchase Order Bank
Statement Cash Journal
Payment Allocation
Project Issue Match
PO Manufacturing
Order Quality Order
Payroll Manufacturing
Cost Collector
Match Invoice GL
Document AR Receipt
Material Delivery
Purchase Requisition
Material Physical
Inventory Maintenance
Order Distribution
Order Fixed Assets
Disposal Fixed Assets
Addition Fixed
Assets Depreciation

Logical type
of document

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.
The Document Base Type
identifies the base or starting
point for a document. Multiple
document types may share a
single document base type.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

Period
Status

List

Open Closed
Permanently closed
Never opened (N)

Current state
of this period
863

(see same above)

The Period Status indicates
the current status for this

Window: Calendar Year and Period

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
period. For example 'Closed',
'Open', 'Never Opened'.

Period
Action

List

Open/
Close

Button

Close Period < No

Action> Permanently
Close Period
Open Period (N)

Action taken
for this period

The Period Action indicates

the action to be taken for this
period. For example 'Close
Period' or 'Open Period'.

5. Tab: Non Business Day - C_NonBusinessDay

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Non Business Days
Comment/Help: The Non Business Days Tab defines those days to exclude when calculating the due date for given payment terms. For example, if an invoice
terms was Net 10 days and the Invoice Date was 2/17/2000 the due date would be 2/27/2000. If 2/27/2000 was defined as a non business day then the due date
on the Invoice would be 2/28/2000.
Tab Level: 1
Table 188.5. Non Business Day Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Day on which business

is not transacted

The Non Business Day identifies a

day that should not be considered
a day when business is transacted

C_NonBusinessDay_UU
String
Non
Business
Day

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Calendar

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
c_nonbusinesdaysclient
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_nonbusinesdaysorg

Accounting
Calendar Name

c_calendarnonbusinessday
864

The Calendar uniquely identifies

an accounting calendar. Multiple

Window: Calendar Year and Period

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
calendars can be used. For
example you may need a standard
calendar that runs from Jan 1
to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar
that runs from July 1 to June 30.

Active

Yes-No

Name

String

Date

Date

Country

Table
Direct

(Y)

CCountry_CNonBusinessDay

865

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Date when business

is not conducted

The Date field identifies

a calendar date on which
business will not be conducted.

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

Chapter 189. Window: Cash Plan

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2010-12-08 21:22:01.0
Updated:2010-12-08 21:22:01.0

1. Tab: Cash Plan - C_CashPlan

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 189.1. Cash Plan Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Approved

Yes-No

(@IsApproved@)

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Cash Plan

ID

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Document
No

String
Document
sequence number
of the document

866

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of

Window: Cash Plan

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Description

Text

Document
Date

Date

Business
Partner

Search

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Cash Flow
Type

List

Generate
Periodic
Plan

Button

Optional short
description
of the record
(@#Date@)
Date of the Document

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_ccashplan
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Financing Operational
Investment

867

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Document Date indicates
the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Window: Cash Plan

Field
Name

Reference

Project

Table
Direct
Table
Direct

Activity

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Grand
Total

Amount

Copy
From
Cash Plan

Button

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cproject_ccashplan

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

cactivity_ccashplan

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_ccashplan
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_ccashplan

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

user1_ccashplan

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

user2_ccashplan

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

Copy From Record

Copy From Record
(Y)

(same as first report)

868

(see same above)

Window: Cash Plan

2. Tab: Cash Plan Line - C_CashPlanLine

[IMAGE]
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 189.2. Cash Plan Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Cash
Plan Line

ID

Project
Task

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Cash Plan

Search

Line No

Integer

Business
Partner

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_ccashplanline
Task in a Phase
(Y)

(same as first report)

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.
(see same above)

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_ccashplanline
Phase of a Project

ccashplan_ccashplanline

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
C_CashPlanLine
WHERE
C_CashPlanLine_ID=@C_CashPlanLine_ID@)
Search

Description

Unique line for

this document

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_ccashplanline
869

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This

Window: Cash Plan

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Transaction
Date

Date

Product

Search

Charge

Table
Direct

Name

Text

Quantity

Quantity

Probability

Number

Line Total

Amount

Project

Table
Direct
Table
Direct

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
mproduct_ccashplanline M_Product.IsActive='Y' Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

ccharge_ccashplanline

String

Description

Activity

Transaction Date

(1)

cproject_ccashplanline

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Quantity
Entered is based on
the selected UoM

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

Total line
amount incl. Tax

Total line amount

Financial Project

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
cactivity_ccashplanline
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

870

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.
Activities indicate tasks that
are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Window: Cash Plan

Field
Name

Reference

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_ccashplanline
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)

Comment/Help
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_ccashplanline

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

user1_ccashplanline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

user2_ccashplanline

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

871

Chapter 190. Window: Change Audit

Description: Audit of data changes
Comment/Help: Log of data changes
Created:2003-05-29 22:32:36.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Change Audit - AD_ChangeLog

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Log of data changes
Comment/Help: Log of data changes
LinkColumn: Client
Tab Level: 0
Table 190.1. Change Audit Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Session

Table
Direct

Transaction

String

Change
Log

ID

Updated

Date
+Time

adsession_adchangelog

Description

User Session
Online or Web

Online or Web Session Information

Name of the
transaction

Internal name of the transaction

Log of data changes

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated
872

Comment/Help

Log of data changes

The Updated field indicates the
date that this record was updated.

Window: Change Audit

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Updated
By

Table

AD_User

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Column

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adtable_adchangelog

adcolumn_adchangelog
(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The change is a
customization of
the data dictionary
and can be applied
after Migration

The migration "resets" the

system to the current/original
setting. If selected you can
save the customization and
re-apply it. Please note that
you need to check, if your
customization has no negative
side effect in the new release.

Customization Yes-No

Event
Change
Log

List

Insert Delete Update

Old Value

String

The old file data

Old data overwritten in the field

New Value

String

New field value

New data entered in the field

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Un-Do
Changes

Button

Re-Do
Changes

Button

Type of Event
in Change Log

873

Chapter 191. Window: Charge

Description: Maintain Charges
Comment/Help: The Charges Window defines the different charges that may be incurred. These can include Bank Charges, Vendor Charges and Handling Charges.
Created:1999-12-04 21:41:28.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Charge - C_Charge

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Charge
Comment/Help: The Charge Tab defines the unique charges that may be associated with a document. The optional Business Partner allows to create Purchase
Orders from Requisitions.
Tab Level: 0
Table 191.1. Charge Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Charge

ID

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Same
Currency

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
874

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Charge
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Charge
amount

Amount

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Same Tax

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Charge
Type

Table
Direct

(Y)

ctaxcategory_ccharge

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Use the same tax as

the main transaction

The Same Tax checkbox indicates

that this charge should use the
same tax as the main transaction.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

(N)

cbpartner_ccharge

cchargetype_ccharge

2. Tab: Accounting - C_Charge_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Charge Accounting
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters used for transactions including a charge or charges.
Tab Level: 1
875

Window: Charge
Table 191.2. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Charge

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Charge
Account

Account

Charge
Account
Revenue
(Deprecated)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_chexpense_ccharge

Charge Account

The Charge Account

identifies the account to
use when recording charges

chrevenue_cchargeacct

Charge Revenue
Account

The Charge Revenue Account

identifies the account
to use when recording
charges paid by customers.

cchrage_cchargeacct

cacctschema_cchargeacct

(Y)

3. Tab: Translation - C_Charge_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Translation
Comment/Help: The Translation Tab defines a Document Type in an alternate language.
Tab Level: 1

876

Window: Charge
Table 191.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Charge

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

Name

String

Translated

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ccharge_cchargetrl

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

adlangu_cchargetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

AD_Language

(Y)

Yes-No

877

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Chapter 192. Window: Charge Type

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-08-26 22:58:29.0
Updated:2008-08-26 22:58:29.0

1. Tab: Charge Type - C_ChargeType

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 192.1. Charge Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

878

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Charge Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Charge
Type

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: Charge Type by Doc Type - C_ChargeType_DocType

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Charge Type
Tab Level: 1
Table 192.2. Charge Type by Doc Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Charge
Type

Table
Direct

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Allow
Positive

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow
Negative

Yes-No

(Y)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

cchargetype_cchargetypedoctype

cdoctype_cchargetypedoctype

C_ChargeType_DocType_UU
String

879

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 193. Window: Chart

Description: Chart Definition
Comment/Help: null
Created:2010-08-23 14:44:43.0
Updated:2010-08-23 14:44:43.0

1. Tab: Chart - AD_Chart

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 193.1. Chart Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Chart_UU String
Chart

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

(same as first report)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Chart Type

List

Optional short
description
of the record
Ring Chart 3D Pie
Chart Pie Chart
Waterfall Chart 3D
Line Chart Line Chart

Type of chart to render

880

(see same above)

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Chart
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Display chart legend

Toggles the display

of the chart legend

3D Stacked Bar Chart

Stacked Bar Chart
3D Bar Chart Bar
Chart Stacked Area
Chart Area Chart
Window
Height

Integer

Display
Legend

Yes-No

('Y')

Orientation

List

Vertical Horizontal (V)

Domain
Label

String

Label for the

domain axis.

Range
Label

String

Label for the

range axis.

Time
Series

Yes-No

(N)

Time Unit

List

Year Quarter
Month Week Day

Time
Scope

Integer

Entity
Type

Table

The orientation
of the chart.

The domain data

for the chart is
organised by time.
The unit of time for
grouping chart data.
The number of time
units to include
the chart result.

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adchart

Active

A time series chart will

automatically group and
restrict the data by the time
unit and scope specified.

Yes-No

881

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Chart

2. Tab: Datasource - AD_ChartDatasource

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Chart
Tab Level: 1
Table 193.2. Datasource Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Chart
Datasource

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Chart

Table
Direct

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

String

Entity
Type

Table

Optional short
description
of the record
_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adchartdatasource

Sql FROM

(see same above)

(see same above)

adchart_adchartdatasource

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

SQL FROM clause

The Select Clause indicates

the SQL FROM clause to
use for selecting the record

Text

882

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Chart
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
for a measure calculation. It
can have JOIN clauses. Do
not include the FROM itself.

Sql
WHERE

Text

(WHERE ...)
Fully qualified SQL
WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Fully qualified data

category column

The Category Column determines

how the chart data is grouped

Fully qualified
date column

The Date Column indicates

the date to be used when
calculating this measurement

Series
Column

String

Category
Column

String

Date
Column

String

Time
Offset

Integer

Number of time units

to offset displayed
chart data from
the current date.

For example an offset of

-12 with a chart time unit of
Month will result in previous
year data being displayed.

Value
Column

String

Fully qualified
data value column

The Value Column contains

the value data for the chart

Table

Table
Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Key
Column

String

Active

Yes-No

adtable_adchartdatasource

Key Column for Table

(Y)

(same as first report)

3. Tab: Translation - AD_Chart_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Chart
Tab Level: 1
883

(see same above)

Window: Chart
Table 193.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Chart_Trl_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

ADOrg_ADChartTrl

Chart

Search

ADChart_ADChartTrl

Language

Table

ADClient_ADChartTrl

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

(same as first report)

(same as first report)

AD_Language
ADLanguage_ADChartTrl

(see same above)

(see same above)

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Domain
Label

String

Label for the

domain axis.

Range
Label

String

Label for the

range axis.

884

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 194. Window: Chat Type

Description: Maintain Chat Types
Comment/Help: Chat Types
Created:2006-04-16 15:36:19.0
Updated:2006-04-18 12:28:35.0

1. Tab: Chat Type - CM_ChatType

[IMAGE]
Description: Maintain Type of discussion / chat
Comment/Help: Chat Type allows you to receive subscriptions for particular content of discussions. It is linked to a table.
Tab Level: 0
Table 194.1. Chat Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Chat Type

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Type of
discussion / chat

Chat Type allows you

to receive subscriptions
for particular content of
discussions. It is linked to a table.

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
885

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Chat Type

Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Table

Table
Direct

Moderation
Type

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adtable_cmchattype
Not moderated
Before Publishing
After Publishing (N)

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Type of moderation

2. Tab: Updates - CM_ChatTypeUpdate

[IMAGE]
Description: Subscribers for the Chat Type
Comment/Help: Subscribers receive updates per email or notice
LinkColumn: Chat Type
Tab Level: 1
Table 194.2. Updates Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Chat Type

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

cmchattype_cmchattypeupdate

Type of
discussion / chat

Chat Type allows you

to receive subscriptions
for particular content of
discussions. It is linked to a table.

aduser_cmchattypeupdate

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

886

Window: Chat Type

Field
Name

Reference

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

CM_ChatTypeUpdate_UU
String

887

Description

Comment/Help

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Chapter 195. Window: Client

Description: Maintain Clients/Tenants
Comment/Help: The Client is the highest level of an independent business entity. Each Client will have one or more Organizations reporting to it. Each Client
defines the accounting parameters (Accounting Schema, Tree definition, Non Monetary UOM's). To create new Clients, run the Initial Client Setup with the System
Administrator Role. Do not create a new client in this window, but use "Initial Client Setup" to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new
client here, you will not be able to view it and also the required client infrastructure would not have been set up.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Client - AD_Client

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Client/Tenant Definition
Comment/Help: The Client Definition Tab defines a unique client. Do not create a new client in this window, but use "Initial Client Setup" (System Administrator
Role) to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new client here, you will not be able to view it and also the required client infrastructure
would not have been set up.
Tab Level: 0
Table 195.1. Client Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Document
Directory

String

Unix
Attachment
Path

String

Cost
Yes-No
Immediately

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Directory for
documents from the
application server

Directory to store documents

by the application server. The
path/directory is accessed by
the application server and may
not be accessible to clients.

Update Costs
immediately for testing

If selected, costs are updated

immediately when a Cost Detail
record is created (by matching or
shipping). Otherwise the costs are

(N)

888

Window: Client
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
updated by batch or when the costs
are needed for posting. You should
select this only if you are testing,

Post
Yes-No
Immediately
(Deprecated)

(N)

Post the accounting

immediately for
testing (Deprecated)

Windows
Attachment
Path

If selected, the accounting

consequences are immediately
generated when completing
a document. Otherwise the
document is posted by a batch
process. You should select
this only if you are testing.
Deprecated column - use instead
the functionality Client Accounting.

String

Store
Yes-No
Attachments
On File
System

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutClient.storeAttachmentOnFileSystem

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
889

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Client
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Use Beta
Functions

Yes-No

(Y)

Language

Table

Multi
Lingual
Documents

Yes-No

Auto
Archive

List

Material
Policy

List

Mail Host

AD_Language System

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Enable the use of

Beta Functionality

The exact scope of Beta

Functionality is listed in the release
note. It is usually not recommended
to enable Beta functionality
in production environments.

Callout:
Language for
adlangu_adclient
org.compiere.model.CalloutClient.clientLanguageWarning
this entity

All (Reports,
Documents)
Documents
None External
Documents (N)

Documents are
Multi Lingual

Enable and level of

automatic Archive
of documents

iDempiere allows to automatically

create archives of Documents
(e.g. Invoices) or Reports. You
view the archived material
with the Archive Viewer

Material
Movement Policy

The Material Movement Policy

determines how the stock is
flowing (FiFo or LiFo) if a
specific Product Instance was
not selected. The policy can not
contradict the costing method
(e.g. FiFo movement policy
and LiFo costing method).

Hostname of
Mail Server for
SMTP and IMAP

The host name of the Mail

Server for this client with SMTP
services to send mail, and IMAP
to process incoming mail.

Your mail server

requires Authentication

Some email servers require

authentication before sending
emails. If yes, users are
required to define their email

(N)

890

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting
If selected, you enable multi
lingual documents and need
to maintain translations for
entities used in documents
(examples: Products, Payment
Terms, ...). Please note, that the
base language is always English.

LiFo FiFo (F)

String

SMTP
Yes-No
Authentication

Description

Window: Client
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
user name and password. If
authentication is required and
no user name and password
is required, delivery will fail.

SMTP Port

Integer

SMTP Port Number

SMTP
SSL/TLS

Yes-No

Request
EMail

String

Request
Folder

String

Email folder used to read emails to

EMail folder to process
process as requests, If left empty
incoming emails; if
the default mailbox (INBOX) will
empty INBOX is used
be used. Requires IMAP services.

Request
User

String

EMail user name for requests,

alerts and escalation are sent
from this email address as well as
delivery information if the sales rep
does not have an email account.
Required, if your mail server
requires authentification as well
as for processing incoming mails.

(N)

Use SSL/
TLS for SMTP

EMail address to send

automated mails from
or receive mails for
automated processing
(fully qualified)

User Name (ID)

of the email owner

Request
User
Password

String

Server
EMail

Yes-No

EMails for requests, alerts and

escalation are sent from this
email address as well as delivery
information if the sales rep does
not have an email account. The
address must be filly qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com)
and should be a valid address.

Password of the
user name (ID) for
mail processing

Send EMail
from Server

891

When selected, mail is sent from

the server rather then the client.
This decreases availability. You
would select this when you do not
want to enable email relay for the
client addresses in your mail server.

Window: Client
Field
Name

Reference

Test EMail

Button

Model
Validation
Classes

String

Store
Archive
On File
System

Yes-No

IsUseASP

Yes-No

Replication
Strategy

Table
Direct

Windows
Archive
Path

String

Unix
Archive
Path

String

Password
Policies

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Test EMail

List of data model

validation classes
separated by ;

List of classes
implementing the interface
org.compiere.model.ModelValidator,
separated by semicolon. The class
is called for the client and allows to
validate documents in the prepare
stage and monitor model changes.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutClient.storeArchiveOnFileSystem

(N)
Data Replication
Strategy

adreplicationstrategy_adclient

The Data Replication

Strategy determines what
and how tables are replicated

adpasswordrule_adclient

2. Tab: Client Info - AD_ClientInfo

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Client Info
Comment/Help: The Client Info Tab defines the details for each client. The accounting rules and high level defaults are defined here. The Calendar is used to
determine if a period is open or closed.
Tab Level: 1
892

Window: Client
Table 195.2. Client Info Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_ClientInfo_UUString
Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Discount
calculated
from Line
Amounts

Yes-No

Calendar

Table
Direct

adclient_adclientinfo

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0

Table

UOM for
Length

Table

UOM for
Volume

Table

Accounting
Calendar Name

The Calendar uniquely identifies

an accounting calendar. Multiple
calendars can be used. For
example you may need a standard
calendar that runs from Jan 1
to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar
that runs from July 1 to June 30.

Primary rules
for accounting

An Accounting Schema defines

the rules used accounting
such as costing method,
currency and calendar.

Standard Unit of
Measure for Length

The Standard UOM for

Length indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by length in a document.

Standard Unit of
Measure for Volume

The Standard UOM for

Volume indicates the UOM
to use for products referenced
by volume in a document.

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0
ccalendar_adclientinfo

Primary
Accounting
Schema

Payment Discount
calculation does
not include Taxes
and Charges

If the payment discount is

calculated from line amounts only,
the tax and charge amounts are
not included. This is e.g. business
practice in the US. If not selected
the total invoice amount is used
to calculate the payment discount.

C_AcctSchema
cacctschema1_adclientinfo

C_UOM
c_uom_length_ad_clientinfo

C_UOM
c_uom_volume_ad_clientinfo

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0

893

Window: Client
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

UOM for
Weight

Table

C_UOM

Template
B.Partner

Search

Constraint Value

c_uom_weight_ad_clientinfo

C_BPartner (Trx)

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0
cbpartnercashtrx_adclientinfo

UOM
for Time

Table

Product
for Freight

Search

M_Product
(no summary)

Charge for
Freight

Table

C_Charge

Attachment
Store

Table
Direct

Archive
Store

Table

c_uom_time_ad_clientinfo

Show
Yes-No
Confirmation
On
Document
Action
Close
Days to
keep Log

C_UOM

mproductfreight_adclientinfo

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0

Comment/Help

Standard Unit of
Measure for Weight

The Standard UOM for

Weight indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by weight in a document.

Business Partner
used for creating
new Business
Partners on the fly

When creating a new Business

Partner from the Business Partner
Search Field (right-click: Create),
the selected business partner is
used as a template, e.g. to define
price list, payment terms, etc.

Standard Unit of
Measure for Time

The Standard UOM for

Time indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by time in a document.

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Client_ID=0

cchargefreight_adclientinfo
adstorageprovider_adclientinfo

AD_StorageProvider_ID
storagearchive_adclientinfo
(N)

Integer

Show
Yes-No
Confirmation
On
Document

Description

Number of days to
keep the log entries
(N)

894

Older Log entries may be deleted

Window: Client
Field
Name
Action
Void

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Menu Tree

Table

AD_Tree

BPartner
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Product
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Project
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Sales
Region
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Campaign
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Activity
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Logo

Image

Logo
Report

Image

Logo Web

Image

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adtreeorg_adclientinfo

Trees are used

for (financial)
reporting and security
access (via role)

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting and
security access (via role)

adtreemenu_adclientinfo

Tree of the menu

Menu access tree

adtreebpartner_adclientinfo

Trees are used for

(financial) reporting

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

adtreeproduct_adclientinfo

Trees are used for

(financial) reporting

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

adtreeproject_adclientinfo

Trees are used for

(financial) reporting

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

adtreesalesreg_adclientinfo

Trees are used for

(financial) reporting

adtreecampaign_adclientinfo

Trees are used for

(financial) reporting

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

adtreeactivity_adclientinfo

Trees are used for

(financial) reporting

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

logo_adclientinfo
logoreport_adclientinfo
logoweb_adclientinfo

3. Tab: Client Share - AD_ClientShare

[IMAGE]
Description: Force (not) sharing of client/org entities
Comment/Help: Business Partner can be either defined on Client level (shared) or on Org level (not shared). You can define here of Products are always shared
(i.e. always created under Organization "*") or if they are not shared (i.e. you cannot enter them with Organization "*"). The creation of "Client and Org" shared
records is the default and is ignored.
895

Window: Client
Tab Level: 1
Table 195.3. Client Share Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Client
Share

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Client

Table
Direct

adclient_adclientshare

Organization

Table
Direct

adorg_adclientshare

Name

String

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Force (not) sharing

of client/org entities

For entities with data access level

of Client+Organization either
force to share the entries or not.
Example: Product and Business
Partner can be either defined
on Client level (shared) or on
Org level (not shared). You can
define here of Products are always
shared (i.e. always created under
Organization "*") or if they are
not shared (i.e. you cannot enter
them with Organization "*")

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table

Table
Direct

Share
Type

List

adtable_adclientshare

AD_Table.AccessLevel
IN ('2','3','6','7') AND
AD_Table.IsView='N'

Client (all shared)

Client or Org
Org (not shared)

Database Table
information

Type of sharing

896

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition
Defines if a table is shared
within a client or not.

Chapter 196. Window: Commission

Description: Maintain Commissions and Royalties
Comment/Help: Define how and when you want the commissions to be calculated and to whom to pay it. The Commissions Window allows you define how
commissions and royalties will be paid. You can pay multiple commissions for the same order or invoice (e.g. to the person entering the transaction, to the person
responsible for sale of the product (category) and or business partner (group).
Created:2001-03-11 17:40:39.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Commission - C_Commission

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Commission Rule
Comment/Help: Define when to pay a commission to whom. For each period, you start the calculation of the commission after the transaction for that period are
completed or closed.
Tab Level: 0
Table 196.1. Commission Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Commission

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Commission

The Commission Rules or

internal or external company
agents, sales reps or vendors.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

897

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Commission
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Business
Partner /
Sales Rep

Search

C_BPartner Vendor
or SalesRep

Currency

Charge

Values (Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

cbpartner_ccommission

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Table
Direct

ccurrency_ccommission

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Table
Direct

ccharge_ccommission

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Basis for the

calculation the
commission

The Calculation Basis indicates

the basis to be used for the
commission calculation.

Frequency of event

The frequency type is

used for calculating the
date of the next event.

Calculation
Basis

List

Order Invoice
Receipt (I)

Frequency
Type

List

Yearly Weekly
Monthly Quarterly (M)

Copy
Lines

Button

List
Details

Yes-No

Generate
Commission

Button

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

898

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

List document details

The List Details checkbox

indicates that the details for each
document line will be displayed.

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Window: Commission

2. Tab: Commission Line - C_CommissionLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define your commission calculation rule
Comment/Help: Define the selection criteria for paying the commission. If you do not enter restricting parameters (e.g. for specific Business Partner (Groups) or
Product (Categories), etc. all transactions for the period will be used to calculate the commission. After converting from the transaction to the commission currency,
the formula for calculating the commission is: (Converted Amount - Subtract Amount) * Amount Multiplier + (Actual Quantity - Subtract Quantity) * Quantity
Multiplier You can choose, that only positive amounts (Converted Amount - Subtract Amount) and positive quantities (Actual Quantity - Subtract Quantity) are
used in the calculation.
Tab Level: 1
Table 196.2. Commission Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Commission
Line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Commission Line

The Commission Line is a unique

instance of a Commission Run.
If the commission run was done
in summary mode then there
will be a single line representing
the selected documents totals. If
the commission run was done in
detail mode then each document
that was included in the run will
have its own commission line.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Commission

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

ccommission_ccommissionline
(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
899

Commission

The Commission Rules or

internal or external company
agents, sales reps or vendors.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Window: Commission
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Commission only
Orders or Invoices,
where this Sales
Rep is entered

Sales Reps are entered in Orders

and Invoices. If selected, only
Orders and Invoices for this
Sales Reps are included in the
calculation of the commission.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

C_CommissionLine
WHERE
C_Commission_ID=@C_Commission_ID@)
Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Commission Yes-No
only
specified
Orders
Organization

Table

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Sales
Region

Table
Direct

Payment
Rule

List

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_ccommissionline

cbpgroup_commissionline

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_ccommissionline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

mproductcat_ccommissionline

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_ccommissionline
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
csalesregion_ccommissionline
Direct Deposit Credit
Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Sales coverage region

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

900

How you pay

the invoice

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The Sales Region indicates a
specific area of sales coverage.
The Payment Rule indicates
the method of invoice payment.

Window: Commission
Field
Name

Reference

Subtract
Quantity

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number

Quantity to subtract
when generating
commissions

The Quantity Subtract

identifies the quantity to be
subtracted before multiplication

Multiplier
Quantity

Number

Value to multiply
quantities by
for generating
commissions.

The Multiplier Quantity field

indicates the amount to multiply
the quantities accumulated
for this commission run.

Subtract
Amount

Amount

Subtract Amount
for generating
commissions

The Subtract Amount indicates the

amount to subtract from the total
amount prior to multiplication.

Multiplier
Amount

Number

Multiplier Amount
for generating
commissions

The Multiplier Amount indicates

the amount to multiply the
total amount generated by
this commission run by.

Positive
only

Yes-No
Do not generate
negative commissions

The Positive Only check box

indicates that if the result of
the subtraction is negative, it
is ignored. This would mean
that negative commissions
would not be generated.

901

Chapter 197. Window: Commission Run

Description: Check and modify Commissions
Comment/Help: The Commission Run Window displays the results of processing commissions. When the Generate Commission process is selected from the
Commissions Window, the results are displayed here. If the result is satisfactory, generate an AP invoice to pay the commission.
Created:2001-03-31 11:50:27.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Commission Run - C_CommissionRun

[IMAGE]
Description: Commission run for a period
Comment/Help: Commission run for a period defined in the Commission window.
Tab Level: 0
Table 197.1. Commission Run Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Commission
Run

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Commission
Run or Process

The Commission Run is a unique

system defined identifier of a
specific run of commission. When
a Commission is processed on
the Commission Screen, the
Commission Run will display.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Commission

Table
Direct

ccommission_ccommissionrun

Commission

902

The Commission Rules or

internal or external company
agents, sales reps or vendors.

Window: Commission Run

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Start Date

Date

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

Grand
Total

Amount

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Create
Invoice

Button

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(Y)

903

Window: Commission Run

2. Tab: Commission Amount - C_CommissionAmt

[IMAGE]
Description: Commission line amounts
Comment/Help: For each commission line, a line is generated. You can overwrite the amount and quantity to modify the commission amount, but the suggested
way is creating additional Commission Detail lines. Please be aware that manual changes will not reconcile with the Commission Details.
Tab Level: 1
Table 197.2. Commission Amount Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Commission
Amount

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Commission
Run

Table
Direct
ccommentrun_ccommissionamt

Commission
Line

Description

Comment/Help

Generated
Commission Amount

The Commission Amount

indicates the resulting amount
from a Commission Run.

Commission
Run or Process

The Commission Run is a unique

system defined identifier of a
specific run of commission. When
a Commission is processed on
the Commission Screen, the
Commission Run will display.

Commission Line

The Commission Line is a unique

instance of a Commission Run.
If the commission run was done
in summary mode then there
will be a single line representing
the selected documents totals. If
the commission run was done in
detail mode then each document
that was included in the run will
have its own commission line.

Table
Direct

ccomline_ccomamt

904

Window: Commission Run

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Converted
Amount

Amount

Actual
Quantity

Quantity

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Commission Amount
Amount

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Converted Amount

The Converted Amount is the

result of multiplying the Source
Amount by the Conversion
Rate for this target currency.

The actual quantity

The Actual Quantity

indicates the quantity as
referenced on a document.

Commission Amount

The Commission Amount is the

total calculated commission. It
is based on the parameters as
defined for this Commission Run.

3. Tab: Commission Detail - C_CommissionDetail

[IMAGE]
Description: Commission Detail Information
Comment/Help: You may alter the amount and quantity of the detail records, but the suggested way is to add new correcting lines. The amounts are converted from
the transaction currency to the Commission Currency (defined in the Commission window) using the start date and the spot exchange rate.
Tab Level: 2
Table 197.3. Commission Detail Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Commission
Detail

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Supporting
information for
Commission Amounts

The Commission Detail provides

supporting information on
a Commission Run. Each
document line that was
part of the Commission
Run will be reflected here.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
905

(see same above)

Window: Commission Run

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Commission
Amount

Table
Direct

Reference

String

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Active

Yes-No

Info

String

Actual
Amount

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Converted
Amount

Amount

Actual
Quantity

Number

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Generated
Commission Amount

The Commission Amount

indicates the resulting amount
from a Commission Run.

Reference for
this record

The Reference displays the

source document number.

corderline_ccommissiondetail

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

cinvoiceline_ccommissiondet

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Information

The Information displays data

from the source document line.

The actual amount

Actual amount indicates the agreed

upon amount for a document.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Converted Amount

The Converted Amount is the

result of multiplying the Source
Amount by the Conversion
Rate for this target currency.

The actual quantity

The Actual Quantity

indicates the quantity as
referenced on a document.

ccommissionamt_ccomdetail

(Y)

ccurrency_ccommissiondetail

906

Chapter 198. Window: Commodity Shipment

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-12-06 18:58:59.0
Updated:2012-12-06 18:58:59.0

1. Tab: Commodity Shipment - M_CommodityShipment

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 198.1. Commodity Shipment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_CommodityShipment_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

Active

Yes-No

Harmonized
Code

String

Country
Of
Manufacture

Table

Export
License
Number

String

M_Product
(no summary) mproduct_mcommodityshipment
(Y)

C_Country
countryofmanufacture_mcommodit

907

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Commodity Shipment

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Commodity
Shipment

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

908

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 199. Window: Contact

Description: Maintain Contacts
Comment/Help: The Contact Window allows you to maintain Contacts who are individuals you deal with. Contacts may also be internal or external users who can
log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. A contact can also be a business partner contact.
Created:2013-08-25 14:49:13.0
Updated:2013-09-12 01:13:21.0

1. Tab: Contact - AD_User

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: The contact details
Where Clause: AD_User.C_BPartner_ID IS
c_bpartner.c_bpartner_id=ad_user.c_bpartner_id)

NOT

NULL

AND

'Y'

(select

c_bpartner.iscustomer

from

c_bpartner

where

Tab Level: 0
Table 199.1. Contact Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ad_user_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_user_client

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record
909

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Contact
Field
Name

Reference

Comments

Text

Active

Yes-No

EMail
Address

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

(Y)

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Title

String

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aduser
to) address for this
Business Partner

Position

Table
Direct

C_Job.IsEmployee=(SELECT
IsEmployee FROM
cjob_aduser
Job Position
C_BPartner WHERE
C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

Birthday

Date

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aduser C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0

Identifies a
Business Partner

Birthday or
Anniversary day

910

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

Birthday or Anniversary day

Window: Contact
Field
Name

Reference

Last
Contact

Date

Last Result

String

User/
Contact

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date this individual

was last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Activity - C_ContactActivity

[IMAGE]
Description: Contact Activity
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 199.2. Activity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Contact
Activity

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

User/
Contact

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Events, tasks,
communications
related to a contact
(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search

(@AD_User_ID@)

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

aduser_ccontactactivity
911

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This

Window: Contact
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Activity
Type

List

Description

String

Email Meeting
Phone call Task

Type of activity, e.g.

task, email, phone call
Optional short
description
of the record

Sales
Table AD_User(@#SalesRep_ID@)
Representative

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
Sales Representative
SalesRep_CContactActivity
AND
or Company Agent
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))

Sales
Opportunity

Table
Direct

Comments

Text

Start Date

Date
+Time

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Sales Representative
indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

(@C_Opportunity_ID@)
copportunity_ccontactactivity
Comments or
additional information
(@SQL=SELECT
SYSDATE AS
DefaultValue
FROM DUAL)

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.
The Start Date indicates
the first or starting date

End Date

Date
+Time

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Complete

Yes-No

It is complete

Indication that this is complete

912

Chapter 200. Window: Context Help

Description: Maintain Context Helps
Comment/Help: The Context Help window defines the context help message text to display in the help pane. It is for Web UI only.
Created:2013-02-05 14:52:07.0
Updated:2013-02-08 14:20:41.0

1. Tab: Context Help - AD_CtxHelp

[IMAGE]
Description: Context Helps
Comment/Help: The Context Help tab defines the type of context help
Tab Level: 0
Table 200.1. Context Help Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_CtxHelp_UU String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
913

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Context Help

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Context
Type

List

Tab Process Form

Info Workflow Task
Home All Node

Context
Help

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Type of Context Help

The Context Type field

indicates the type of context
help (tab, process, form etc)
this context help is defined as

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Message - AD_CtxHelpMsg

[IMAGE]
Description: Context Help Messages
Comment/Help: The Message tab displays message text
LinkColumn: Context Help
ParentColumn: Context Help
Tab Level: 1
Table 200.2. Message Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_CtxHelpMsg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Context
Help

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Message
Text

Text

adctxhelp_adctxhelpmsg
(Y)

914

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Textual Informational,
Menu or Error
Message

The Message Text indicates

the message that will display

Window: Context Help

Field
Name

Reference

Context
Help
Message

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Translation - AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Context Help Message
ParentColumn: Context Help Message
Tab Level: 2
Table 200.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Context
Help
Message

Table
Direct

Language

Table

adctxhelpmsg_adctxhelpmsgtrl
AD_Language
adlangu_adctxhelpmsgtrl
(Y)

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Message
Text

Text

Textual Informational,
Menu or Error
Message

The Message Text indicates

the message that will display

915

Chapter 201. Window: Cost Adjustment

Description: Enter Inventory Cost Adjustment
Comment/Help: The Cost Adjustment Window allow user to enter cost adjustment for products
Created:2013-07-17 00:26:09.0
Updated:2013-07-17 00:26:09.0

1. Tab: Cost Adjustment - M_Inventory

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Where Clause: M_Inventory.C_DocType_ID IN (SELECT C_DocType_ID FROM C_DocType Where DocBaseType='MMI' AND DocSubTypeInv='CA')
Tab Level: 0
Table 201.1. Cost Adjustment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Perpetual
Inventory

Table
Direct

Create
Inventory
Count List

Button

Update
Quantity

Button

Active

Yes-No

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Process
Now

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mperpetualinv_minventory

Description

Comment/Help

Rules for generating

physical inventory

The Perpetual Inventory identifies

the Perpetual Inventory rule which
generated this Physical Inventory.

Generate List

(Y)

(same as first report)

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_minventory
and Service Point

The document has

been processed
916

(see same above)

The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Cost Adjustment

Field
Name

Reference

Approved

Yes-No

Phys.Inventory

ID

Approval
Amount

Amount

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

Document
Approval Amount

adorg_minventory

Approval Amount for Workflow

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

String

Document
sequence number
of the document

917

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Window: Cost Adjustment

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Costing
Method

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

C_DocType.DocBaseType='MMI'
cdoctype_minventory
AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

AD_Ref_List.Value
in ('A','I','S')

The Costing Method indicates how

costs will be calculated (Standard,
Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default
costing method is defined on
accounting schema level and can
be optionally overwritten in the
product category. The costing
method cannot conflict with
the Material Movement Policy
(defined on Product Category).

Average PO Lifo Fifo

Last PO Price Last
Invoice User Defined
Standard Costing
Average Invoice _

Indicates how Costs

will be calculated

Movement
Date

Date

Project

Table
Direct

cproject_minventory

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Table
Direct

cactivity_minventory

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

ccampaign_minventory

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_minventory

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning

Activity

Campaign

Trx
Organization

(@#Date@)

Validation Rule

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.checkPeriodOpen
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

Table
Direct

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

918

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Window: Cost Adjustment

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Document
Status

List

Account_ID - User1
celementvalueuser1_minvent

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celementvalueuser2_minvent

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User2

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Process
Inventory
Count

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status

The current status

of the document

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

2. Tab: Cost Adjustment Line - M_InventoryLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1

919

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Cost Adjustment

Table 201.2. Cost Adjustment Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Phys.Inventory
Line

ID

Quantity
book

Quantity

Quantity
count

Quantity

Processed

Yes-No

Internal
Use Qty

Quantity

Locator

Locator
(WH)

(@M_Locator_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Inventory
Type

List

Inventory Difference
Charge Account (D)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

Book Quantity

The Quantity Book indicates

the line count stored in the
system for a product in inventory

Counted Quantity

The Quantity Count indicates

the actual inventory count
taken for a product in inventory

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Internal Use
Quantity removed
from Inventory

Quantity of product inventory

used internally (positive if
taken out - negative if returned)

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@Callout:
mlocator_minventoryline
org.idempiere.model.CalloutFillLocator.fillLocator;
Warehouse Locator
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Type of inventory
difference

The type of inventory difference

determines which account is
used. The default is the Inventory
Difference account defined for
the warehouse. Alternatively, you
could select any charge. This allows
you to account for Internal Use
or extraordinary inventory losses.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

920

Window: Cost Adjustment

Field
Name

Reference

Cost
Adjustment

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

minventory_minventoryline

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_InventoryLine
WHERE
M_Inventory_ID=@M_Inventory_ID@)
M_Product (stocked)

Description

Comment/Help

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

Unique line for

this document

Product

Search

Callout:
mproduct_minventoryline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product
Product, Service, Item

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Description

String

Current
Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

(0)

The currently
used cost price

New Cost
Price

Costs
+Prices

(0)

New current cost

price after processing
of M_CostDetail

Charge

Table
Direct

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_minventoryline
Set Instance
Optional short
description
of the record

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
ccharge_minventoryline (ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
921

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)
Additional
document charges

Window: Cost Adjustment

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)

922

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 202. Window: Cost Element

Description: Maintain Product Cost Element
Comment/Help: You can define your own product cost elements.
Created:2005-04-24 22:06:58.0
Updated:2005-04-24 22:18:10.0

1. Tab: Cost Element - M_CostElement

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain product cost elements
Comment/Help: You can maintain multiple Material Costs. Which of the Material Cost Types is used for accounting is determined by the costing method. Define a
Costing Method (for Material Elements) only if you want the cost calculated for that costing method. For accounting, the costing method defined in the Accounting
Schema or Product Category Acct is used.
Tab Level: 0
Table 202.1. Cost Element Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Cost
Element

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Product Cost Element

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

923

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Cost Element

Field
Name

Reference

Description

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Cost
Element
Type

List

Burden (M.Overhead)
Outside Processing
Resource Material
Overhead

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsCalculated@=Y

Costing
Method

List

Average PO Lifo Fifo

Last PO Price Last
Invoice User Defined
Standard Costing
Average Invoice _

AD_Ref_List.Value <
> 'x' ReadOnly Logic:
@IsCalculated@=Y

Calculated

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsCalculated@=Y

924

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Type of Cost Element

Indicates how Costs

will be calculated

The Costing Method indicates how

costs will be calculated (Standard,
Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default
costing method is defined on
accounting schema level and can
be optionally overwritten in the
product category. The costing
method cannot conflict with
the Material Movement Policy
(defined on Product Category).

The value is calculated

by the system

You cannot change values

maintained by the system.

Chapter 203. Window: Cost Type

Description: Maintain Cost Types
Comment/Help: You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting.
Created:2003-06-01 23:19:56.0
Updated:2005-04-24 21:03:43.0

1. Tab: Cost Type - M_CostType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Type of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future)
Comment/Help: You can define multiple cost types. The cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting.
Tab Level: 0
Table 203.1. Cost Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Cost Type

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Type of Cost (e.g.

Current, Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost

types. A cost type selected
in an Accounting Schema
is used for accounting.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

925

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Cost Type

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

926

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 204. Window: Counter Document

Description: Maintain Counter Document Types
Comment/Help: When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document
type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO". If you define a
relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping. If not defined,
the first matching document type is used (e.g. AR Invoice - first AP Invoice document type)
Created:2004-04-14 12:51:49.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Counter Document - C_DocTypeCounter

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Counter Document Types
Comment/Help: When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document
type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO". If you define a
relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping. You can define
conter documents for all organizations (of the original transaction) or for a specific organization.
Tab Level: 0
Table 204.1. Counter Document Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Counter
Document

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

927

Description

Comment/Help

Counter Document
Relationship

When using explicit documents

for inter-org transaction (after
linking a Business Partner to an
Organization), you can determine
what document type the counter
document is based on the document
type of the original transaction.
Example: a "Standard Order"
creates a "Standard PO". If you
define a relationship here, you
overwrite the default counter
document type in the Document

Window: Counter Document

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Type definition. This allows you
to define a specific mapping.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Create
Counter
Document

Yes-No

Counter
Document
Type

Table

Document
Action

List

(Y)
cdoctype_cdoctypecounter

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Create Counter
Document

If selected, create specified

counter document. If not
selected, no counter document is
created for the document type.

(Y)

C_DocType

Generated Counter
Document Type (To)

cdoctypecount_cdoctypecount
Approve Reject
Post Close Reverse
- Correct Reverse Accrual Invalidate
< None> Complete
Void Unlock Prepare
Re-activate Wait
Complete (--)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The Document Type of the

generated counter document
You find the current status in
the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

The targeted status

of the document

928

Window: Counter Document

Field
Name

Reference

Valid

Yes-No

Validate
Document
Type

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

929

Description

Comment/Help

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Chapter 205. Window: Country Group

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2014-08-07 18:38:48.0
Updated:2014-08-07 18:38:48.0

1. Tab: Country Group - C_CountryGroup

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 205.1. Country Group Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Country
Group

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_CountryGroup_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_CCountryGroup
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_CCountryGroup
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Active

Yes-No

Name

String

(same as first report)

(Y)

930

(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Country Group

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Date From
Date To

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Date

Starting date
for a range

The Date From indicates

the starting date of a range.

Date

End date of
a date range

The Date To indicates the end

date of a range (inclusive)

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Country - C_CountryGroupCountry

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Country Group
Tab Level: 1
Table 205.2. Country Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Country
on Country
Group

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_CountryGroupCountry_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_CCountryGroupCountry
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)
(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_CCountryGroupCountry
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Country
Group

Table
Direct

CCountryGroup_CCountryGroupCou

Country

Table
Direct

CCountry_CCountryGroupCountry
931

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must

Window: Country Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

Date From

Date

Starting date
for a range

The Date From indicates

the starting date of a range.

Date To

Date

End date of
a date range

The Date To indicates the end

date of a range (inclusive)

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

3. Tab: Translation - C_CountryGroup_Trl

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Country Group
Tab Level: 1
Table 205.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(@AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_CCountryGroupTrl
(same as first report)
<>0
(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_CCountryGroupTrl
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Language

Table

Optional short
description
of the record
AD_Language
ADLanguage_CCountryGroupTrl

932

Language for
this entity

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Language identifies
the language to use for
display and formatting

Window: Country Group

Field
Name

Reference

Country
Group

Table
Direct

Translated

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

CCountryGroup_CCountryGroupTrl

(Y)

C_CountryGroup_Trl_UU
String

933

Chapter 206. Window: Country Region and City

Description: Maintain Countries Regions and Cities
Comment/Help: The Countries, Regions and Cities Window defines the different entities that can be used in any address field. It defines the format of the address
as well as associating Regions with Countries and Cities with Regions or Countries. < p> You would define Countries usually only on System level.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Country - C_Country

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Country
Comment/Help: The Country Tab defines any country in which you do business. Values entered here are referenced in location records for Business Partners.
Tab Level: 0
Table 206.1. Country Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Country

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Validation Rule

ccountry_ccountry

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

ISO
Country
Code

Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

c_countryclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_countryorg

String

Upper-case twoletter alphanumeric

ISO Country code
according to ISO
3166-1 - http://
www.chemie.fu934

For details - http://

www.din.de/gremien/nas/
nabd/iso3166ma/codlstp1.html
or - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec03en.htm

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

berlin.de/diverse/
doc/ISO_3166.html
Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Country
has Region

Yes-No

Region

String

Address
Print
Format

String

Reverse
Address
Lines

Yes-No

Capture
Sequence

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Country
contains Regions

The Country has Region checkbox

is selected if the Country being
defined is divided into regions.
If this checkbox is selected,
the Region Tab is accessible.

Name of the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Format for printing

this Address

The Address Print format

defines the format to be used
when this address prints. The
following notations are used:
@C@=City @P@=Postal
@A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region

Print Address
in reverse Order

If NOT selected the sequence is

Address 1, Address 2, Address
3, Address 4, City/Region/
Postal, Country. If selected the
sequence is Country, City/
Region/Postal, Address 4, Address
3, Address 2, Address 1. The
sequence of City/Region/Postal is
determined by the address format.

(State)

(@C@, @R@ @P@)

String

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The Capture Sequence defines the

fields to be used when capturing
935

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
an address on this country. The
following notations are used:
@CO@=Country, @C@=City,
@P@=Postal, @A@=PostalAdd,
@R@=Region, @A1@=Address
1 to @A4@=Address 4. Country
is always mandatory, add a
bang ! to make another field
mandatory, for example @C!
@ makes city mandatory, @A1!
@ makes Address 1 mandatory.

Local
Address
Format

Reverse
Local
Address
Lines

Postal
Code
Format

String

Format for printing

this Address locally

The optional Local Address Print

format defines the format to be
used when this address prints
for the Country. If defined, this
format is used for printing the
address for the country rather
then the standard address format.
The following notations are
used: @C@=City @P@=Postal
@A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region

Print Local Address

in reverse Order

If NOT selected the local

sequence is Address 1, Address
2, Address 3, Address 4, City/
Region/Postal, Country. If
selected the local sequence is
Country, City/Region/Postal,
Address 4, Address 3, Address
2, Address 1. The sequence of
City/Region/Postal is determined
by the local address format.

Format of the
postal code; Can
contain fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any

Yes-No

String

936

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Additional
Postal
code

Yes-No

Additional
Postal
Format

String

Phone
Format

String

937

Has Additional
Postal Code

The Additional Postal Code

checkbox indicates if this address
uses an additional Postal Code.
If it is selected an additional
field displays for entry of
the additional Postal Code.

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Format of the
phone; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Media Size

String

Java Media Size

Bank
Routing
No Format

String

Bank
Account
No Format

String

Language

Table

Currency

Use
Postcode
Lookup

Format of the Bank

Routing Number
Format of the
Bank Account
AD_Language

Table
Direct
Yes-No

The Java Media Size. Example:

"MediaSize.ISO.A4" (the package
javax.print.attribute.standard
is assumed). If you define your
own media size, use the fully
qualified name. If the pattern
for your language is not correct,
please create a iDempiere support
request with the correct information

adlanguage_ccountry

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

ccurrency_ccountry

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Does this country have

a post code web service

Enable the IsPostcodeLookup

if you wish to configure a
post code lookup web service

(N)

938

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Allow
Cities out
of List

Yes-No

(Y)

Lookup
URL

String

The URL of the web

service that the plugin
connects to in order to
retrieve postcode data

Enter the URL of the web service

that the plugin connects to in
order to retrieve postcode data

Lookup
Client ID

String

The ClientID or
Login submitted to
the Lookup URL

Enter the ClientID or Login for

your account provided by the
post code web service provider

Lookup
Password

String

The password
submitted to the
Lookup URL

Enter the password for your

account provided by the post
code web service provider

Lookup
ClassName

String

The class name of the

postcode lookup plugin

Enter the class name of the post

code lookup plugin for your
postcode web service provider

A flag to allow cities,

currently not in the
list, to be entered

2. Tab: Region - C_Region

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Regions
Comment/Help: The Region Tab defines a Region within a Country. This tab is enabled only if the Has Region checkbox is selected for the Country.
Display Logic: @HasRegion@='Y'
Tab Level: 1
Table 206.2. Region Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Region

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

c_regionclient

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
939

(see same above)

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Country

Name

Constraint Value

c_regionorg

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

ccountry_cregion

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

(Y)

(see same above)

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

3. Tab: City - C_City

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Cities
Comment/Help: The Cities Tab defines Cities within a Country or Region. Cities entered here are not referenced when entering the address.
LinkColumn: Region
Display Logic: @HasRegion@='Y'
Tab Level: 2

940

Window: Country Region and City

Table 206.3. City Fields
Field
Name

Reference

City

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Country

Table
Direct

Region

Table

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

ZIP

String

Area Code

String

Locode

String

Coordinates

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

City

City in a country

c_cityclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_cityorg

ccountry_ccity

C_Region

Description

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

C_Region.C_Country_ID=@C_Country_ID@
Identifies a
cregion_ccity
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP

identifies the postal code
for this entity's address.

Phone Area Code

Phone Area Code

Location code UN/LOCODE

UN/Locode is a combination
of a 2-character country code
and a 3-character location code,
e.g. BEANR is known as the
city of Antwerp (ANR) which
is located in Belgium (BE). <
p> See: http://www.unece.org/
cefact/locode/service/main.htm

Location coordinate

This column contains the

geographical coordinates (latitude/
longitude) of the location.< p>

(Y)

String

941

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
In order to avoid unnecessary
use of non-standard characters
and space, the following standard
presentation is used: 0000N
00000W 0000S 00000E where
the two last digits refer to
minutes and the two or three
first digits indicate the degrees

4. Tab: Translation - C_Region_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Region
Tab Level: 2
Table 206.4. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_Region_Trl_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Region

Search

Language

Table

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

ADClient_CRegionTrl

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(see same above)

ADOrg_CRegionTrl

(same as first report)

CRegion_CRegionTrl

Identifies a
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

ADLanguage_CRegionTrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

AD_Language

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

942

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

5. Tab: City (Without Regions) - C_City

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Cities without Region
LinkColumn: Country
Where Clause: C_Region_ID IS NULL AND C_Country_ID = @C_Country_ID@
Tab Level: 1
Table 206.5. City (Without Regions) Fields
Field
Name

Reference

City

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Country

Values (Default)

Table
Direct

Region

Table

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

City

City in a country

c_cityclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_cityorg

ccountry_ccity

C_Region

Description

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

C_Region.C_Country_ID=@C_Country_ID@
Identifies a
cregion_ccity
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

943

Window: Country Region and City

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ZIP

String

Area Code

String

Locode

String

Coordinates

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP

identifies the postal code
for this entity's address.

Phone Area Code

Phone Area Code

Location code UN/LOCODE

UN/Locode is a combination
of a 2-character country code
and a 3-character location code,
e.g. BEANR is known as the
city of Antwerp (ANR) which
is located in Belgium (BE). <
p> See: http://www.unece.org/
cefact/locode/service/main.htm

Location coordinate

This column contains the

geographical coordinates (latitude/
longitude) of the location.< p>
In order to avoid unnecessary
use of non-standard characters
and space, the following standard
presentation is used: 0000N
00000W 0000S 00000E where
the two last digits refer to
minutes and the two or three
first digits indicate the degrees

String

6. Tab: Translation - C_Country_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Country
Tab Level: 1

944

Window: Country Region and City

Table 206.6. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Country

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Region

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ccountry_ccountrytrl

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

adlanguage_ccountrytrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Name of the Region

7. Tab: Country Group - C_CountryGroupCountry

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Country
Tab Level: 1
945

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Region Name defines the
name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Window: Country Region and City

Table 206.7. Country Group Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Country
on Country
Group

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_CountryGroupCountry_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_CCountryGroupCountry
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)
(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_CCountryGroupCountry
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Country

Table
Direct

CCountry_CCountryGroupCountry

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

Country
Group

Table
Direct

Date From

Date

Starting date
for a range

The Date From indicates

the starting date of a range.

Date To

Date

End date of
a date range

The Date To indicates the end

date of a range (inclusive)

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

CCountryGroup_CCountryGroupCou

(Y)

946

Chapter 207. Window: Currency

Description: Maintain Currencies
Comment/Help: The Currency Window defines any currency which will be used in documents or reporting. You would define used currencies on System level and
add currencies on Client level only for statistical currencies (e.g. for instable currencies)
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Currency - C_Currency

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Currency
Comment/Help: The Currency Tab defines any currency you will transact with or report in.
Tab Level: 0
Table 207.1. Currency Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Currency

ID

EMU
Entry Date

Date

EMU Rate

Number

The Euro
Currency

Yes-No

(N)

EMU
Member

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

947

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Date when the

currency joined /
will join the EMU

The EMU Entry Date defines

the date that this currency
entered, or will enter the
Economic Monetary Union.

Official rate
to the Euro

The EMU Rate defines the official

rate to be used when converting
from this currency to the Euro.

This currency
is the Euro

The Euro Currency checkbox

is used to indicate if this
currency is the Euro Currency.

This currency
is member if

The Emu Member checkbox

is used to indicate if this

Window: Currency
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

the European
Monetary Union

currency is a member of the

European Economic Union.

c_currencyclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_currencyorg

ISO
Currency
Code

String

Symbol

String

Symbol of the
currency (opt used
for printing only)

The Currency Symbol defines

the symbol that will print
when this currency is used.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Standard
Precision

Integer

(2)
Rule for rounding
calculated amounts

The Standard Precision

defines the number of decimal
places that amounts will be
rounded to for accounting
transactions and documents.

Costing
Precision

Integer

Rounding used
costing calculations

The Costing Precision defines the

number of decimal places that
amounts will be rounded to when
performing costing calculations.

Three letter ISO 4217

Code of the Currency

(4)

For details - http://www.unece.org/

trade/rec/rec09en.htm

2. Tab: Conversion Rates - C_Conversion_Rate

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define currency conversion rates
Comment/Help: The Conversion Rate Tab defines the rates to use when converting a source currency to an accounting or reporting currency. Note that only the
multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only.
948

Window: Currency
LinkColumn: Currency
Tab Level: 1
Table 207.2. Conversion Rates Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Conversion
Rate

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Table

C_Currencies

Currency

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Rate used for

converting currencies

The Conversion Rate defines

the rate (multiply or divide) to
use when converting a source
currency to an accounting currency.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
c_conversion_rateclient
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_conversion_rateorg

ccurrency_cconversionrate

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

c_currencyconvrateto

Target currency

The Currency To defines the target

currency for this conversion rate.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency
To

Table

C_Currencies

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Valid from

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Multiply
Rate

Number

cconversiontype_cconvrate

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.rate
Rate to multiple
the source by to
calculate the target.

949

To convert Source number

to Target number, the Source
is multiplied by the multiply
rate. If the Multiply Rate is
entered, then the Divide Rate
will be automatically calculated.

Window: Currency
Field
Name

Reference

Divide
Rate

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.rate
To convert Source
number to Target
number, the
Source is divided

Comment/Help
To convert Source number
to Target number, the Source
is divided by the divide rate.
If you enter a Divide Rate,
the Multiply Rate will be
automatically calculated.

3. Tab: Accounting - C_Currency_Acct

[IMAGE]
Description: Currency Accounting
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters used for transactions including a currency. Please nore that if not defined, the default
accounts of the Accounting Schema are used!
LinkColumn: Currency
Tab Level: 1
Table 207.3. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Currency

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccurrency_ccurrencyacct

cacctschema_ccurrencyacct

(Y)
950

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Currency
Field
Name

Reference

Realized
Gain Acct

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Realized Gain Account

The Realized Gain Account

indicates the account to be used
when recording gains achieved
from currency revaluation
that have been realized.

vc_realizedloss_ccurrency

Realized Loss Account

The Realized Loss Account

indicates the account to be used
when recording losses incurred
from currency revaluation
that have yet to be realized.

vc_unrealizedgain_ccurrency

Unrealized Gain
Account for
currency revaluation

The Unrealized Gain Account

indicates the account to be used
when recording gains achieved
from currency revaluation
that have yet to be realized.

vc_unrealizedloss_ccurrency

Unrealized Loss
Account for
currency revaluation

The Unrealized Loss Account

indicates the account to be used
when recording losses incurred
from currency revaluation
that have yet to be realized.

Description

Comment/Help

vc_realizedgain_ccurrency

Realized
Loss Acct

Unrealized
Gain Acct

Unrealized
Loss Acct

Account

Account

Account

4. Tab: Translation - C_Currency_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Currency
Tab Level: 1
Table 207.4. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

951

(see same above)

Window: Currency
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Currency

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

ccurrency_ccurrencytrl

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

adlanguage_ccurrencytrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Language

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Symbol

String

Symbol of the
currency (opt used
for printing only)

The Currency Symbol defines

the symbol that will print
when this currency is used.

952

Chapter 208. Window: Currency Rate

Description: Maintain Currency Conversion Rates
Comment/Help: The Conversion Rates window is used to define the conversion rates that will be used when converting document amounts from one currency to
another. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Conversion Rate - C_Conversion_Rate

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Currency Conversion Rates
Comment/Help: The Conversion Rates tab is used to define conversion rates to be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another. Conversion
rates can be defined for multiple rate types. They can also be effective for a defined range of dates. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is
for visualization only.
Tab Level: 0
Table 208.1. Conversion Rate Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Conversion
Rate

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Table

C_Currencies

Currency

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Rate used for

converting currencies

The Conversion Rate defines

the rate (multiply or divide) to
use when converting a source
currency to an accounting currency.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
c_conversion_rateclient
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_conversion_rateorg

The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_cconversionrate

953

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Window: Currency Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Currency
To

Table

C_Currencies

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Valid from

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Target currency

The Currency To defines the target

currency for this conversion rate.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Multiply
Rate

Number

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.rate
Rate to multiple
the source by to
calculate the target.

To convert Source number

to Target number, the Source
is multiplied by the multiply
rate. If the Multiply Rate is
entered, then the Divide Rate
will be automatically calculated.

Divide
Rate

Number

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.rate
To convert Source
number to Target
number, the
Source is divided

To convert Source number

to Target number, the Source
is divided by the divide rate.
If you enter a Divide Rate,
the Multiply Rate will be
automatically calculated.

c_currencyconvrateto

cconversiontype_cconvrate

954

Chapter 209. Window: Currency Type

Description: Maintain Currency Conversion Rate Types
Comment/Help: The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
Created:2003-12-21 00:29:33.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Conversion Type - C_ConversionType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Currency Conversion Rate Type
Comment/Help: The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
Tab Level: 0
Table 209.1. Conversion Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Currency
Type

ID
Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
955

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Currency Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

(Y)

956

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Chapter 210. Window: Customer

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-25 14:50:07.0
Updated:2013-09-12 01:14:54.0

1. Tab: Customer - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer information
Where Clause: C_BPartner.IsCustomer='Y'
Tab Level: 0
Table 210.1. Customer Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner

ID

Logo

Image

Dunning
Grace Date

Date

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

logo_cbpartner

957

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

PO
Payment
Term

Table

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Employee

Yes-No

Greeting

Table
Direct

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner
C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

M_PriceList

Description

Comment/Help

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage
Payment rules for
a purchase order

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

cgreeting_cbpartner
Freight included Fix
price Line Calculated

958

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Partner
Parent

ID

Vendor

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Description

Comment/Help

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

adclient_cbpartner

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Name 2

String

Additional Name

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Customer

Yes-No
Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

(Y)

959

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Credit
Status

List

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Open
Balance

Amount

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).

Credit
Limit

Amount
Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Credit
Used

Tax ID

Amount

String

960

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Tax Group

Table
Direct

SO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

PO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

D-U-N-S

String

Reference
No

String

NAICS/
SIC

String

Rating

String

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on purchases

If a business partner is exempt from

tax on purchases, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

ctaxgroup_cbpartner

(N)

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html

cbpgroup_cbpartner

961

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Language

Table

AD_Language System

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ad_language_c_buspartner
Sales
Table
Representative

AD_User

URL

Prospect

Yes-No

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

Employees

Integer

Comment/Help

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

URL

Description

(N)

962

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Number of employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Share

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

First Sale

Date
Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

Price List

Table
Direct

Discount
Schema

Table

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Order
Description

String

Order
Reference

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
M_DiscountSchema
not PL

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

mdiscounts_cbpartner

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Flat discount
percentage

963

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Description to be
used on orders

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Document
Copies

Integer

Delivery
Rule

List

Delivery
Via

List

Invoice
Rule

List

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Payment
Rule

List

Payment
Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Frequency and
method of invoicing

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner

Schedule for
generating Invoices

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

Print Format for

printing Invoices

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
964

How you pay

the invoice
Purchase
payment option

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.
You need to define a Print
Format to print the document.
The Payment Rule indicates
the method of invoice payment.

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

cdunning_cbpartner

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Credit Direct Debit

Mixed POS Payment
Payment
Term

Table

Dunning

Table
Direct

C_PaymentTerm Sales

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

2. Tab: Opportunities - C_Opportunity

[IMAGE]
Description: Opportunities
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 210.2. Opportunities Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Sales
Opportunity

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
No

String
Document
sequence number
of the document

965

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Business
Partner

Search

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

(@C_BPartner_ID@)
Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_copportunity

Sales
Table
Representative

Sales
Stage

Table

Probability

Amount

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_copportunity
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

ccampaign_copportunity

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

salesrep_copportunity

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

AD_User - SalesRep

C_SalesStage

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Callout:
Stages of the
csalesstage_copportunity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOpportunity.salesStage
sales process

966

Define what stages your sales

process will move through

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Expected
Close

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Opportunity Amount
Amount
Weighted
Amount

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Description

String

Comments

Text

Order

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@> 0

Date

Cost

Amount

Comment/Help

Expected Close Date

The Expected Close Date indicates

the expected last or final date

The estimated value

of this opportunity.
The amount adjusted
by the probability.
The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_copportunity

Optional short
description
of the record
Comments or
additional information
C_Order.C_Opportunity_ID=@C_Opportunity_ID@

corder_copportunity

Close Date

Description

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer Contacts
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
967

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Comments field allows
for free form entry of
additional information.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Close Date

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Cost information

3. Tab: Contacts - AD_User

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Window: Customer
Table 210.3. Contacts Fields
Field
Name

Reference

User/
Contact

ID

EMail
User ID

String

Supervisor

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_User
aduser_supervisor

LDAP
User Name

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

User Name (ID) in

the Mail System

The user name in the mail system

is usually the string before
the @ of your email address.
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

User Name used

for authorization
via LDAP
(directory) services

Optional LDAP system user name

for the user. If not defined, the
normal Name of the user is used.
This allows to use the internal
(LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and
the normal display name (e.g. Jorg
Janke). The LDAP User Name can
also be used without LDAP enables
(see system window). This would
allow to sign in as jjanke and use
the display name of Jorg Janke.

String

EMail
User
Password

String

Trx
Organization

Table

Password of your
email user id
AD_Org (Trx)

Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_aduser

968

Required if the mail server requires

authentification to send emails.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Business
Partner

Search

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ad_user_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_user_client

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aduser C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0

Identifies a
Business Partner

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comments

Text

Active

Yes-No

EMail
Address

String

Password

String

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_User_ID@=0

969

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Greeting

Table
Direct

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Title

String

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Birthday

Date

Birthday or
Anniversary day

Birthday or Anniversary day

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

Notification
Type

List

Position

Table
Direct

Full BP
Access

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cgreeting_aduser

Description

Comment/Help

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aduser
to) address for this
Business Partner

EMail+Notice EMail
None Notice (E)

C_Job.IsEmployee=(SELECT
IsEmployee FROM
cjob_aduser
Job Position
C_BPartner WHERE
C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
(Y)
The user/contact has
full access to Business
Partner information
and resources

EMail
Verify

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Date
+Time

Date Email
was verified

970

If selected, the user has full access

to the Business Partner (BP)
information (Business Documents
like Orders, Invoices - Requests)
or resources (Assets, Downloads).
If you deselect it, the user has no
access rights unless, you explicitly
grant it in tab "BP Access"

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Verification
Info

String

Last
Contact

Date

Last Result

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Verification
information of
EMail Address

The field contains additional

information how the EMail
Address has been verified

Date this individual

was last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

4. Tab: Activities - C_ContactActivity

[IMAGE]
Description: Customer Contact Activities
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 2
Table 210.4. Activities Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Contact
Activity

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Events, tasks,
communications
related to a contact

Sales
Table AD_User(@#SalesRep_ID@)
EXISTS (SELECT *
Representative
FROM C_BPartner
Sales Representative
SalesRep_CContactActivity
bp WHERE
or Company Agent
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
971

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AND
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))
Activity
Type

List

Description

String

User/
Contact

Search

Sales
Opportunity

Table
Direct

Comments

Text

Start Date

Date
+Time

Email Meeting
Phone call Task

Type of activity, e.g.

task, email, phone call
Optional short
description
of the record

(@AD_User_ID@)
aduser_ccontactactivity

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

(@C_Opportunity_ID@)
copportunity_ccontactactivity

(@SQL=SELECT
SYSDATE AS
DefaultValue
FROM DUAL)

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date
+Time

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Complete

Yes-No

It is complete

Indication that this is complete

5. Tab: Locations - C_BPartner_Location

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer Locations
Tab Level: 1

972

Window: Customer
Table 210.5. Locations Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Partner
Location

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
c_buspartner_locationclient
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
c_buspartner_locationorg
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Search

Name

String

cbpartner_cbplocation

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(.)

Active

Yes-No

Address

Location
(Address)

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

ISDN or modem line

The ISDN identifies a ISDN

or Modem line number.

Business Partner
Shipment Address

If the Ship Address is selected,

the location is used to ship

ISDN

String

Ship
Address

Yes-No

(Y)

Callout:
clocation_cbplocation
org.adempiere.model.CalloutBPartnerLocation.formatPhone;
Location or Address
org.adempiere.model.CalloutBPartnerLocation.quickEntryMandatory

(Y)

973

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
goods to a customer or
receive goods from a vendor.

Invoice
Address

Yes-No

(Y)

Pay-From
Address

Yes-No

(Y)

Remit-To
Address

Yes-No

(Y)

Sales
Region

Table

C_Sales Region
csalesregion_bpartnerlocation
(No summary)

Business Partner
Invoice/Bill Address

If the Invoice Address is selected,

the location is used to send
invoices to a customer or
receive invoices from a vendor.

Business Partner
pays from that
address and we'll send
dunning letters there

If the Pay-From Address

is selected, this location is
the address the Business
Partner pays from and where
dunning letters will be sent to.

Business Partner
payment address

If the Remit-To Address is

selected, the location is used to
send payments to the vendor.

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Description

Comment/Help

6. Tab: Contract Prices - M_BP_Price

[IMAGE]
Description: Customer specific prices
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 210.6. Contract Prices Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner
Price

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
974

(see same above)

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Product

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_mbpprice

mproduct_mbpprice
Active

Yes-No

Valid from

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

(see same above)

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Comments

Text

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

Price
Override
Type

List

Break
Value

Number

Discount
%

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Standard
Price

Costs
+Prices

(Y)

Comment/Help

Discount Fixed Price

Type of price
override, fixed price
or discount off list

ccurrency_mbpprice

975

Low Value of trade

discount break level

Starting Quantity or Amount

Value for break level

Discount in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Net Price

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

Net Price including

all discounts

If price is set as "Net Price" no

further discounts will be applied.

Description

Comment/Help

7. Tab: Requests - R_Request

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer requests
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 210.7. Requests Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Confidentiality

List

Close Date

Date
+Time

Product
Used

Search

Created

Date
+Time

Asset

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Type of Confidentiality

Close Date
M_Product
(no summary)

mproductspent_rrequest

(SYSDATE)

aasset_rrequest

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
976

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Product/Resource/
Service used
in Request

Invoicing uses the Product used.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyMail

rmailtext_rrequest

Result

Text

Request
Amount

Amount

Start Date

Date
+Time

Role

Table
Direct

(-1)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Activity

Table
Direct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

Amount associated
with this request

The Request Amount indicates

any amount that is associated
with this request. For example, a
warranty amount or refund amount.

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'
adrole_rrequest

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_rrequest
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

cactivity_rrequest

Business Activity

977

Comment/Help

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
Activities indicate tasks that
are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner

Search

Request
Invoice

Search

Project

Table
Direct

Payment

Search

Product

Search

Values (Default)

C_Invoice

Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

c_bpartner_rrequest

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

cinvoicerequest_rrequest

The generated invoice

for this request

The optionally generated

invoice for the request

cproject_rrequest

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

cpayment_rrequest

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

mproduct_rrequest
Campaign

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Table
Direct
ccampaign_rrequest

End Time

Date
+Time

Table

Table
Direct

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

Quantity
Used

Quantity

Related
Request

Search

Marketing Campaign

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

End of the time span

adtable_rrequest

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Material Shipment
Document

minout_rrequest

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Quantity used
for this event
R_Request

Related Request
(Master Issue, ..)

rrequest_related

978

Request related to this request

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Request

Description

Comment/Help

ID

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Last Alert

Date
+Time

Date when last

alert were sent

The last alert date is updated

when a reminder email is sent

Escalated

Yes-No

This request has

been escalated

The Escalated checkbox indicates

that this request has been
escalated or raised in importance.

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Entry
Confidentiality

List

SelfService

Yes-No

Record ID

Button

Start Time

Date
+Time

Processed

Yes-No

RMA

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Confidentiality of
the individual entry

(N)
This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Time started

mrma_rrequest

979

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Next
action

List

None Follow up (F)

Invoice

Search

Standard
Response

Table
Direct

Order

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

rinvoice_rrequest

Description

Comment/Help

Next Action
to be taken

The Next Action indicates the next

action to be taken on this request.

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Callout:
Request Standard
rstandardresponse_rrequest
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyResponse
Response

corder_rrequest

Order

Text blocks to be copied

into request response text
The Order is a control document.
The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.type
Type of request (e.g.
rrequesttype_rrequest
Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Document
sequence number
of the document

980

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
The document number is usually
automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Group

Table
Direct

rgroup_rrequest

Request Group

Category

Table
Direct

rcategory_rrequest

Request Category

Status

Table
Direct

Resolution

Table
Direct

Priority

List

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

User
Importance

List

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Priority of the
issue for the User

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
R_RequestType
rt INNER JOIN
R_StatusCategory
rstatus_rrequest
sc ON
Request Status
(rt.R_StatusCategory_ID=sc.R_StatusCategory_ID)
WHERE
R_Status.R_StatusCategory_ID=sc.R_StatusCategory_ID
AND
rt.R_RequestType_ID=@R_RequestType_ID@)
rresolution_rrequest

Sales
Table
AD_User Representative
Internal(@#AD_User_ID@)

Summary

Request Resolution

adusersr_rrequest

Text

981

Group of requests (e.g. version

numbers, responsibility, ...)
Category or Topic of the Request
Status if the request (open,
closed, investigating, ..)

Resolution status (e.g.

Fixed, Rejected, ..)
The Priority indicates the
importance of this request.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Date last
action

Date
+Time

Last Result

String

Due type

List

Date next
action

Date
+Time

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Overdue
Scheduled Due (5)

Description

Comment/Help

Date this request

was last acted on

The Date Last Action

indicates that last time that
the request was acted on.

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Status of the next

action for this Request

The Due Type indicates

if this request is Due,
Overdue or Scheduled.

Date that this request

should be acted on

The Date Next Action indicates

the next scheduled date for an
action to occur for this request.

Description

Comment/Help

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

8. Tab: Orders - RV_OrderDetail

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 210.8. Orders Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Activity

Table
Direct

Approved

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Yes-No

982

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Invoice
Contact

Search

AD_User

Lot

Search

Margin %

Number

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct

Attribute
Set
Instance

Search

Campaign

Table
Direct

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

Discount
%

Number

Document
Action

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business Partner
Contact for invoicing

Approve Reject
Post Close Reverse
- Correct Reverse Accrual Invalidate
< None> Complete
Void Unlock Prepare
Re-activate Wait
Complete (CO)

Product Lot Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

Margin for a product

as a percentage

The Margin indicates the margin

for this product as a percentage of
the limit price and selling price.

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Delivered Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Discount in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.
You find the current status in
the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

The targeted status

of the document

983

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Lot No

String

Guarantee
Date

Date

Invoice
Location

Search

Invoice net
Amount

Amount

Invoice
Partner

Search

Lost Sales
Amt

Amount

Lost
Sales Qty

Quantity

Project

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_BPartner Location

Description

Comment/Help

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates

the specific lot that a
product was part of.

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal

guarantee or availability expires

Business Partner
Location for invoicing

C_BPartner (Trx)

Net amount
of this Invoice

Indicates the net amount for

this invoice. It does not include
shipping or any additional charges.

Business Partner
to be invoiced

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

Amount of lost sales

in Invoice Currency

Table
Direct

Quantity of
potential sales

When an order is closed and

there is a difference between
the ordered quantity and the
delivered (invoiced) quantity is
the Lost Sales Quantity. Note
that the Lost Sales Quantity is
0 if you void an order, so close
the order if you want to track lost
opportunities. [Void = data entry
error - Close = the order is finished]

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity
Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

984

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Reserved
Quantity

Quantity

Sales
Order Line

Search

Credit
Approved

Yes-No

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Serial No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates

if the credit approval was
successful for Orders

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Product Serial Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.
The margin amount is
calculated as the difference
between actual and limit price
multiplied by the quantity

Margin
Amount

Amount

Difference between
actual and limit
price multiplied
by the quantity

Product
Attribute

String

Product Attribute
Instance Description

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Order

Search

Order

985

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Order
Reference

String

Date
Ordered

Date

Date
Promised

Date

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Document
Status

List

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Search

User/
Contact

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Description

Comment/Help

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

The current status

of the document

Identifies a
Business Partner
Identifies the (ship
to) address for this
Business Partner
User within the system
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

986

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Customer
Field
Name

Reference

Currency

Search

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Product

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

AD_User - SalesRep

Search

Quantity

Quantity

UOM

Table
Direct

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Ordered
Quantity

Quantity

Price

Costs
+Prices

Qty to
deliver

Quantity

Qty to
invoice

Quantity

The Quantity
Entered is based on
the selected UoM

987

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

Price Entered - the

price based on the
selected/base UoM

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Chapter 211. Window: Customer RMA

Description: Manage Return Material Authorization
Comment/Help: A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
Created:2004-02-19 22:59:58.0
Updated:2009-09-11 00:49:06.0

1. Tab: Customer RMA - M_RMA

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer Return Material Authorization
Comment/Help: A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
Where Clause: M_RMA.IsSOTrx='Y'
Tab Level: 0
Table 211.1. Customer RMA Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Referenced
RMA

Search

M_RMA

Approved

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

refrma_mrma

M_RMA_UU String
Process
Now

Description

Yes-No

988

Window: Customer RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Currency

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccurrency_mrma

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

RMA

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Document
No

String

Name

String

989

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Customer RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Document
Type

Table

RMA
Type

Table
Direct

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

Business
Partner

Search

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint
C_DocType RMA

Callout:
cdoctype_mrma
org.adempiere.model.CalloutRMA.docType
Document type or rules

M_InOut
minout_mrma

cbpartner_mrma

Sales
Search
Representative

Amount

Amount

Document
Status

List

Return Material
Authorization Type

mrmatype_mrma
M_InOut.MovementType
IN ('C-', 'V+') AND
M_InOut.DocStatus
IN ('CO', 'CL')
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

990

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules
Types of RMA
The Material Shipment / Receipt

MaterialShipment
Document

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Amount

Amount

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

AD_User - SalesRep
salesrep_mrma

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Customer RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Process
RMA

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Order

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corder_mrma

Create
lines from

Button

Create
Order
From
RMA

Button

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Generate To

(@IsSOTrx@)

This is a Sales
Transaction

2. Tab: RMA Line - M_RMALine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Return Material Authorization Line
Comment/Help: Detail information about the returned goods
Tab Level: 1

991

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Window: Customer RMA

Table 211.2. RMA Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

RMA Line

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Delivered Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Return Material
Authorization Line

Detail information about

the returned goods

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

M_RMALine_UUString
Referenced
RMA Line

Table

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

RMA

Table
Direct

Line No

M_RMALine

refrmaline_mrmaline

Return Material
Authorization

mrma_mrmaline

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM M_RMALine
WHERE
M_RMA_ID=@M_RMA_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

(Y)

992

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Customer RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Table
Direct

M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID=@InOut_ID@Callout:
Line on Shipment or
minoutline_mrmaline
org.adempiere.model.CalloutRMA.inoutline
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_mrmaline
org.adempiere.model.CalloutRMA.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_InOutLine_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Charge

Table
Direct

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
Additional
ccharge_mrmaline
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
document charges
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.adempiere.model.CalloutRMA.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_InOutLine_ID@!

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

993

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Customer RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

0|
@M_Product_ID@!0
Quantity

Amount

Quantity

Amount

Tax

Table
Direct

Line
Amount

Amount

ReadOnly Logic:
@M_InOutLine_ID@!
0
ctax_mrmaline

Amount
Amount

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

3. Tab: RMA Tax - M_RMATax

[IMAGE]
Description: RMA Tax
Comment/Help: The RMA Tax Tab displays the tax amount for a RMA based on the lines entered.
LinkColumn: RMA
Tab Level: 1
Table 211.3. RMA Tax Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_RMATax_UU String
Active

Yes-No

(Y)
994

Window: Customer RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

RMA

Search
mrma_mrmatax

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Base for calculating

the tax amount

The Tax Base Amount indicates

the base amount used for
calculating the tax amount.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Tax

Table
Direct

ctax_mrmatax

Tax
Provider

Table
Direct

ctaxprovider_mrmatax

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax base
Amount

Amount

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

995

Chapter 212. Window: Customer Return

Description: Customer Return (Receipts)
Comment/Help: The Customer Return Window defines the receipt of product or material from a Customer Return.
Created:2009-09-11 00:33:23.0
Updated:2009-09-11 00:33:23.0

1. Tab: Customer Return - M_InOut

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Enter Customer Returns
Comment/Help: The Customer Return Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Returns from a Customer.
Process: Delivery Note / Shipment Print - Rpt M_InOut
Where Clause: M_InOut.MovementType IN ('C+')
Tab Level: 0
Table 212.1. Customer Return Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Shipment/
Receipt

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ID

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Tracking
No

String

Number to track
the shipment

Invoice

Search

Ship Date

Date
+Time

No
Packages

Integer

(1)

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

(@IsSOTrx@)

cinvoice_minout

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Shipment Date/Time

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Number of
packages shipped
This is a Sales
Transaction
996

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Approved

Description

Comment/Help

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Pick Date

Date
+Time

Date/Time when
picked for Shipment

Date
printed

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Process
Now

Button

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Create
Package

Button

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Referenced
Shipment

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Order

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

minout_ref

adorg_minout

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
corder_minout
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
Order
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.order

997

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Date
Ordered

Date

RMA

Search

Document
No

String

Order
Reference

Date of Order
(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
Return Material
mrma_minout
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
Authorization
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.rma

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number

String

998

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Movement
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('MMR',
cdoctype_minout
'MMS') AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.docType
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

Accounting Date

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_minout
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.bpartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
vbplocation_minout
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_minout
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

999

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Priority

List

Delivery
Via

List

Shipper

Table

Sales
Table
Representative

Delivery
Rule

List

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight
Amount

Amount

Charge

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_minout
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.warehouse
and Service Point
High Medium Low
Minor Urgent (5)

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
The Priority indicates the
importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

mshipper_minout

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

aduser_sr_minout

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

M_Shipper

Comment/Help

Priority of a document

AD_User - SalesRep

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (A)

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

C_Charge
ccharge_minout

Charge
amount

Description

Amount

1000

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

(N)

DropShip_BPartner_ID
Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

dropshipbpartner_minout

Description

Comment/Help

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Business Partner
to ship to

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Drop
Shipment
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshiplocation_minout
AND
Location for
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y' shipping to

Drop
Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshipuser_minout
Contact for
drop shipment

Create
lines from

Button

Generate
Invoice
from
Receipt

Button

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Generate To

Table
Direct

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_minout
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

cactivity_minout

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

ccampaign_minout

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.

1001

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Movement
Type

List

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_minout

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_minout

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celementvalueuser2_minout

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

Production - Customer
Shipment Customer
Returns Vendor
Returns Inventory
Out Movement
From Movement
To Work Order +
Production + Vendor
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order -

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)
Method of moving
the inventory

Create
Button
Confirmation
In Transit

Yes-No
Movement is in transit

1002

Material Movement is in
transit - shipped, but not
received. The transaction
is completed, if confirmed.

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Date
received

Date

Document
Status

List

Process
Shipment

Button

In Dispute

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
_Document
Action(CO)

Description

Comment/Help

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

2. Tab: Customer Return Line - M_InOutLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer Return Line
Comment/Help: The Customer Return Line Tab defines the individual items in a Customer Return.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 212.2. Customer Return Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1003

Description

Comment/Help

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Invoiced

Yes-No

Referenced
Shipment
Line

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Description
Only

Yes-No

(N)

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

minoutline_ref

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Customer
Return

Search

RMA Line

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Product

Constraint Value

adorg_minoutline

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Material Shipment
Document

minout_minoutline

M_RMALine.M_RMA_ID=@M_RMA_ID@Callout:
Return Material
mrmaline_minoutline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.rmaLine
Authorization Line

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM M_InOutLine
WHERE
M_InOut_ID=@M_InOut_ID@)

Search

Unique line for

this document

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
mproduct_minoutline
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.product

1004

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Detail information about
the returned goods
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Charge

Table
Direct

Description

Text

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.asi
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_minoutline
Set Instance
(@M_Locator_ID@)

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@Callout:
mlocator_minoutline
Warehouse Locator
org.idempiere.model.CalloutFillLocator.fillLocator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
Additional
ccharge_minoutline
JOIN C_DocType dt
document charges
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0) ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Optional short
description
of the record
1005

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
Entered is based on
the selected UoM
( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
cuom_minoutline
OR EXISTS ( /
Unit of Measure
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
1006

Comment/Help
The Quantity Entered is converted
to base product UoM quantity
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
Movement
Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Callout:
Quantity of a
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
product moved.

Picked
Quantity

Quantity

Target
Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

Project

Table
Direct

(0)

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
cproject_minoutline (C_Project.C_BPartner_ID Financial Project
IS NULL OR
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@

1007

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
Activity

Table
Direct

cactivity_minoutline

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
c_projectphase_minoutline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_minoutline
Task in a Phase

Campaign

Table
Direct

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_minoutline
Marketing Campaign

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_minoutline

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celemenrvalueuser1_minoutline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2
celemenrvalueuser2_minoutline

3. Tab: Attributes - M_InOutLineMA

[IMAGE]
1008

Window: Customer Return

Description: Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation
Tab Level: 2
Table 212.3. Attributes Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

M_InOutLineMA_UU
String
Active

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Date
Material
Policy

Date

(Y)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

minoutline_minoutlinema

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

masi_minourlinema

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Time used for

LIFO and FIFO
Material Policy

This field is used to record

time used for LIFO and
FIFO material policy

(1)

4. Tab: Confirmations - M_InOutLineConfirm

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Optional Confirmations of Receipt Lines
Comment/Help: The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt Line
1009

Window: Customer Return

Tab Level: 2
Table 212.4. Confirmations Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Invoice
Line

Search

Values (Default)

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cinvoiceline_minoutlineconfirm

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

minventoryline_minoutlineconfi

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation

Table
Direct

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation
Line

ID

Confirmation
No

String

Target
Quantity

Quantity

minoutline_minoutconfirm

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

minoutconfirm_minoutlineconf

Material Shipment or
Receipt Confirmation

Confirmation of Shipment
or Receipt - Created from
the Shipment/Receipt

Material Shipment
or Receipt
Confirmation Line

Confirmation details

Confirmation Number
Target Movement
Quantity

1010

The Quantity which

should have been received

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Confirmed
Quantity

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Difference

Quantity

Difference Quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description

Comment/Help

Match Purchase
Order to Shipment/
Receipt and Invoice

The matching record is usually

created automatically. If price
matching is enabled on business
partner group level, the matching
might have to be approved.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

5. Tab: Matched POs - M_MatchPO

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Purchase Order Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line
LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 212.5. Matched POs Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Delete

Button

Match PO

ID

Account
Date

Posted

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Date

Button

_Posted Status

1011

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Document
No

String

Transaction
Date

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

minoutline_mmatchpo

Date

1012

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Order Line

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Quantity

Quantity

Product

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

corderline_mmatchpo

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

cinvoiceline_mmatchpo

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Search
mproduct_mmatchpo

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchpo

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Description

Comment/Help

6. Tab: Matched Invoices - M_MatchInv

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Invoice Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line
LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 212.6. Matched Invoices Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Delete

Button

Match
Invoice

ID

Account
Date

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Match Shipment/
Receipt to Invoice
Accounting Date
1013

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Document
No

String

minoutline_mmatchinv

1014

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name

Window: Customer Return

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction
Date

Date

Invoice
Line

Search

Quantity

Quantity

Product

convoiceline_mmatchinv

Search
mproduct_mmatchinv

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchin

1015

Product Attribute
Set Instance

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Chapter 213. Window: Dashboard Content

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2007-07-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2013-09-12 17:06:23.0

1. Tab: Dashboard Content - PA_DashboardContent

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 213.1. Dashboard Content Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Dashboard
Content

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

PA_DashboardContent_UU
String
User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(0)

Role

Table
Direct

(0)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Name

String

aduser_padashboardcontent

AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'
adrole_padashboardcontent
Responsibility Role
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1016

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.
(see same above)
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Dashboard Content

Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Column
No

Integer

Line No

Number

Description

String

HTML

Text Long

Gadget
URI

String

Goal

Table
Direct

Goal
Display

List

Window

Table
Direct

Process

Table
Direct

Embed
Report
Content

Yes-No

Process
Parameters

String

Chart

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(1)

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dashboard content
column number

Dashboard content column

number, not used by the
swing client at the moment.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

URI for
Dashboard Gadget

URI for Dashboard Gadget.

This can be absolute path
to a zul file or an unique
gadget id which is instantiated
through OSGi factory services.

Performance Goal

The Performance Goal indicates

what this users performance
will be measured against.

Type of goal display

on dashboard

Display goal on dashboard

as html table or graph.

adwindow_padashboardcontent

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

adprocess_padashboardcontent

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

pagoal_padashboardcontent
HTML Table Chart (T)

(N)

Embed report content

into dashboard
Comma separated
process parameter list
adchart_padashboardcontent
1017

A list of name value pair process

parameter separated by comma

Window: Dashboard Content

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Collapsible

Yes-No

Collapsed
By Default

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(Y)

Flag to indicate
the state of the
dashboard panel

Flag to indicate the state

of the dashboard panel
(i.e. collapsible or static)

Yes-No

(N)

Flag to set the

initial state of
collapsible field group.

Show in
Dashboard

Yes-No

('Y')

Show the dashlet

in the dashboard

Show on
Login

Yes-No

(Y)

2. Tab: Dashboard Content Access PA_DashboardContent_Access

[IMAGE]
Display Logic: @#AD_Client_ID@ > 0
Tab Level: 1
Table 213.2. Dashboard Content Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

PA_DashboardContent_Access_UU
String
PA_DashboardContent_Access_ID
ID
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
adclient_padashboardcontentacc
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)
(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
adorg_padashboardcontentaccess
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Dashboard
Content

Table
Direct

padashboardcontacc_padashboard

1018

Window: Dashboard Content

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Search

AD_User(-1)

Role

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

aduser_padashboardcontentacces

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adrole_padashboardcontentacces

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

3. Tab: Translation - PA_DashboardContent_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 213.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

PA_DashboardContent_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Dashboard
Content

Table
Direct

Language

Table

padashboardcontent_padashboard
AD_Language
adlangu_padashboardcontenttrl
(Y)

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

1019

Window: Dashboard Content

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

HTML

Text Long

Optional short
description
of the record

1020

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 214. Window: Dashboard Preference

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-08-22 17:27:17.0
Updated:2012-08-22 17:31:25.0

1. Tab: Preference - PA_DashboardPreference

[IMAGE]
Where Clause: PA_DashboardPreference.AD_Client_ID = @#AD_Client_ID@
Tab Level: 0
Table 214.1. Preference Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(0)

Role

Table
Direct

(0)

Dashboard
Content

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Column
No

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(same as first report)

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

aduser_padashboardpreference

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adrole_padashboardpreference

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dashboard content
column number

Dashboard content column

number, not used by the
swing client at the moment.

padashboardcontent_padashpref

(1)

1021

Window: Dashboard Preference

Field
Name

Reference

Line No

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Collapsed
By Default

Yes-No

(N)

Flag to set the

initial state of
collapsible field group.

Show in
Dashboard

Yes-No

('Y')

Show the dashlet

in the dashboard

Dashboard
Preference

ID

1022

Chapter 215. Window: Depreciation Methods

Description: Depreciation Methods
Comment/Help: The Depreciation method windows allows the user to review the depreciation calculations available in Adempiere
Created:2008-05-30 17:04:06.0
Updated:2012-04-12 16:02:35.0

1. Tab: Depreciation Functions - A_Depreciation

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 215.1. Depreciation Functions Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Script

Memo

Depreciation

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

DepreciationType String
1023

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Depreciation Methods

Field
Name

Reference

Description

Active

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

1024

Chapter 216. Window: Discount Schema

Description: Maintain Trade Discount Schema
Comment/Help: Trade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage
Created:2001-12-28 21:01:25.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Discount Schema - M_DiscountSchema

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Trade Discount Schema
Comment/Help: Trade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage
Where Clause: M_DiscountSchema.DiscountType< > 'P'
Tab Level: 0
Table 216.1. Discount Schema Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Discount
Schema

ID

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Valid from

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1025

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

Window: Discount Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Discount
Type

List

Flat Percent Breaks

Pricelist Formula

Script

Text

Dynamic Java
Language Script
to calculate result

Use Java language constructs to

define the result of the calculation

B.Partner
Flat
Discount

Yes-No

Use flat discount

defined on Business
Partner Level

For calculation of the discount,

use the discount defined
on Business Partner Level

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Quantity
based

Yes-No

(Y)

Accumulation
Level

List

Line (L)

Renumber

Button

(('@IsSOTrx@'='N'
AND Value='P') OR
('@IsSOTrx@'='Y'
AND Value< > 'P'))

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Type of trade
discount calculation

Type of procedure used to calculate

the trade discount percentage

Flat discount
percentage
Trade discount
break level based on
Quantity (not value)
Level for accumulative
calculations

2. Tab: Discount Break - M_DiscountSchemaBreak

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Trade discount based on breaks (steps)
Display Logic: @DiscountType@=B
1026

The calculation of the trade

discount level is based on the
quantity of the order and not
the value amount of the order

Window: Discount Schema

Tab Level: 1
Table 216.2. Discount Break Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Discount
Schema
Break

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Discount
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

mdiscounts_mdsbreak

(Y)

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_DiscountSchemaBreak
WHERE
M_DiscountSchema_ID=@M_DiscountSchema_ID@)

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Break
Value

Number

Description

Comment/Help

Trade Discount Break

Trade discount based

on breaks (steps)

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
mprodcategory_mdiscountsbreak

Category of a Product

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
mproduct_mdiscountsbreak
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_Category_ID@!
0
Low Value of trade
discount break level
1027

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Starting Quantity or Amount

Value for break level

Window: Discount Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

B.Partner
Flat
Discount

Yes-No

(N)

Break
Discount
%

Number

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1028

Description

Comment/Help

Use flat discount

defined on Business
Partner Level

For calculation of the discount,

use the discount defined
on Business Partner Level

Trade Discount
in Percent for
the break level

Trade Discount in Percent

for the break level

Chapter 217. Window: Document Sequence

Description: Maintain System and Document Sequences
Comment/Help: The Sequence Window defines how document numbers will be sequenced. Change the way document numbers are generated. You may add a
prefix or a suffix or change the current number.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Sequence - AD_Sequence

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Sequence Definition
Comment/Help: The Sequence Tab defines the numeric sequencing to use for documents. These can also include a alpha suffix and / or prefix.
Tab Level: 0
Table 217.1. Sequence Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Current
Next
(System)

Integer

(100)

Sequence

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Next sequence
for system use

Document Sequence
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Comment/Help
This field is for system use only
and should not be modified.
The Sequence defines the
numbering sequence to
be used for documents.

sequenceclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

sequenceorg

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1029

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Document Sequence

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Auto
numbering

Yes-No

Used for
Record ID

Yes-No

Value
Format

String

(Y)

Increment

Integer

(1)

Current
Next

Integer

(1000000)

1030

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Automatically assign
the next number

The Auto Numbering checkbox

indicates if the system will assign
the next number automatically.

The document
number will be used
as the record key

The Used for Record ID checkbox

indicates if the document id will
be used as the key to the record

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

The number to
increment the last
document number by

The Increment indicates the

number to increment the last
document number by to arrive
at the next sequence number

The next number

to be used

The Current Next indicates the next

number to use for this document

Window: Document Sequence

Field
Name

Reference

Decimal
Pattern

String

Prefix

String

Suffix

String

Organization Yes-No
level

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Org
Column

String

Restart
sequence
every Year

Yes-No

Date
Column

String

Restart
sequence
every
month

Yes-No

(N)

Start No

Integer

(1000000)

Activate
Audit

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

Java Decimal Pattern

Option Decimal pattern in

Java notation. Examples:
0000 will format 23 to 0023

Prefix before the

sequence number

The Prefix indicates the

characters to print in front
of the document number.

Suffix after the number

The Suffix indicates the characters

to append to the document number.

This sequence
can be defined for
each organization
Fully qualified
Organization column
(AD_Org_ID)

The Organization Column indicates

the organization to be used in
calculating this measurement.

Restart the sequence

with Start on every 1/1

The Restart Sequence Every

Year checkbox indicates that the
documents sequencing should
return to the starting number
on the first day of the year.

Fully qualified
date column

The Date Column indicates

the date to be used when
calculating this measurement

ReadOnly Logic:
@StartNewYear@=N
Starting number/
%26
position
@IsOrgLevelSequence@=N
Activate Audit Trail
of what numbers
are generated

1031

The Start Number indicates

the starting position in the line
or field number in the line
The Activate Audit checkbox
indicates if an audit trail of
numbers generated will be kept.

Window: Document Sequence

2. Tab: Sequence No - AD_Sequence_No

[IMAGE]
Display Logic: @StartNewYear@='Y' | @IsOrgLevelSequence@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 217.2. Sequence No Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Sequence

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

sequence_noclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Table
Direct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

sequence_noorg

Table
Direct

ad_sequence_sequenceno
(Y)

Document Sequence

The Sequence defines the

numbering sequence to
be used for documents.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

YearMonth

String

YYYYMM

Current
Next

Integer

The next number

to be used

AD_Sequence_No_UU
String

1032

The Current Next indicates the next

number to use for this document

Chapter 218. Window: Document Type

Description: Maintain Document Types
Comment/Help: The Document Type Window defines any document to be used in the system. Each document type provides the basis for processing of each
document and controls the printed name and document sequence used.
Created:1999-06-29 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Document Type - C_DocType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define a Document Type
Comment/Help: The Document Definition Tab defines the processing parameters and controls for the document. Note that shipments for automatic documents like
POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations!
Tab Level: 0
Table 218.1. Document Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Charges

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Charges can be added

to the document

The Charges checkbox indicates

that charges can be added to
this document. Charges can
include items like shipping,
handling or bank charges.

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Document
Type

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1033

Window: Document Type

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

Print Text

String

Document
Note

Text

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

GL
Category

Table
Direct

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Document
BaseType

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

glcategory_cdoctype

Material Production
AP Credit Memo AR
Credit Memo GL
Journal AP Invoice
AP Payment AR
Invoice Sales Order
AR Pro Forma Invoice
Material Receipt
Material Movement
Purchase Order Bank

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Logical type
of document

1034

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Document Base Type

identifies the base or starting
point for a document. Multiple
document types may share a
single document base type.

Window: Document Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Statement Cash Journal

Payment Allocation
Project Issue Match
PO Manufacturing
Order Quality Order
Payroll Manufacturing
Cost Collector
Match Invoice GL
Document AR Receipt
Material Delivery
Purchase Requisition
Material Physical
Inventory Maintenance
Order Distribution
Order Fixed Assets
Disposal Fixed Assets
Addition Fixed
Assets Depreciation
SO Sub
Type

List

Prepay Order On
Credit Order POS
Order Warehouse
Order Standard Order
Quotation Return
Material Proposal

The SO Sub Type indicates the type

of sales order this document refers
to. This field only appears when
the Document Base Type is Sales
Order. The selection made here
will determine which documents
will be generated when an order is
processed and which documents
must be generated manually or in
batches. The following outlines
Sales Order Sub Type
this process. SO Sub Type of < b>
Standard Order< /b> will generate
just the < b> Order< /b> document
when the order is processed. The
< b> Delivery Note< /b> , < b>
Invoice< /b> and < b> Receipt< /
b> must be generated via other
processes. SO Sub Type of <
b> Warehouse Order< /b> will
generate the < b> Order< /b> and <
1035

Window: Document Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
b> Delivery Note< /b> . The < b>
Invoice< /b> and < b> Receipt< /
b> must be generated via other
processes. SO Sub Type of < b>
Credit Order< /b> will generate the
< b> Order< /b> , < b> Delivery
Note< /b> and < b> Invoice< /
b> . The < b> Receipt< /b> must be
generated via other processes. SO
Sub Type of < b> POS< /b> (Point
of Sale) will generate all document

Inv Sub
Type

List

Pro forma
Invoice

Yes-No

Document
Type for
ProForma

Table

Physical Inventory
Internal Use Inventory
Cost Adjustment

C_DocType

Inventory Sub Type

The Inventory Sub Type indicates

the type of inventory this document
refers to. This field only appears
when the Document Base Type
is Material Physical Inventory.
The selection made here will
determine which window must
be used and which data in the
lines is relevant for the document.
Internal Use inventory (based on
Internal Used Quantity) or Physical
Inventory (based on difference
between Qty Counted vs Qty Book)

Indicates if Pro
Forma Invoices
can be generated
from this document

The Pro Forma Invoice checkbox

indicates if pro forma invoices
can be generated from this sales
document. A pro forma invoice
indicates the amount that will be
due should an order be shipped.

C_DocType.DocBaseType='ARF'
Document type used
for pro forma invoices
cdoctype_proforma
generated from this
sales document

1036

he Document Type for Invoice

indicates the document type that
will be used when an invoice
is generated from this sales
document. This field will display
only when the base document

Window: Document Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
type is Sales Order and the Pro
Forma Invoice checkbox is selected

Document
Type for
Invoice

Table

C_DocType

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARI',
Document type
'API','ARC','APC')
used for invoices
cdoctype_invoice
AND
generated from this
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
sales document
AND
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@

The Document Type for Invoice

indicates the document type
that will be used when an
invoice is generated from this
sales document. This field will
display only when the base
document type is Sales Order.

Document
Type for
Shipment

Table

C_DocType

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('MMR',
Document type
'MMS') AND
used for shipments
cdoctype_shipment
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
generated from this
sales document

he Document Type for Shipments

indicates the document type that
will be used when a shipment
is generated from this sales
document. This field will
display only when the base
document type is Sales Order.

Document
is Number
Controlled

Yes-No

(Y)

Document
Sequence

Table

AD_Sequence
for Documents

Overwrite
Sequence
on
Complete

Yes-No

(N)

Definite
Sequence

Table

AD_Sequence
for Documents

Overwrite
Date on
Complete

Yes-No

(N)

The document has a

document sequence
Document sequence
determines
the numbering
of documents

ad_sequence_doctypedoc

The Document Number Controlled

checkbox indicates if this document
type will have a sequence number.
The Document Sequence
indicates the sequencing rule
to use for this document type.

definitesequence_cdoctype

Pick/QA
Yes-No
Confirmation

Require Pick or
QA Confirmation
before processing
1037

The processing of the Shipment

(Receipt) requires Pick (QA)
Confirmation. Note that shipments
for automatic documents

Window: Document Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
like POS/Warehouse Orders
cannot have confirmations!

Ship/
Yes-No
Receipt
Confirmation

Split when
Difference

Difference
Document

Yes-No

Table

Yes-No

In Transit

Yes-No

Split document when

there is a difference

If the confirmation contains

differences, the original document
is split allowing the original
document (shipment) to be
processed and updating Inventory and the newly created document for
handling the dispute at a later time.
Until the confirmation is processed,
the inventory is not updated.

(N)

C_DocType

C_DocType.DocBaseType='@DocBaseType@'

Document type
for generating in
dispute Shipments

cdoctypedifference_cdoctype

Prepare
Split
Document

Require Ship or
Receipt Confirmation
before processing

The processing of the Shipment

(Receipt) requires Ship (Receipt)
Confirmation. Note that shipments
for automatic documents
like POS/Warehouse Orders
cannot have confirmations!

(Y)

Prepare generated
split shipment/
receipt document

Movement is in transit

Create
Counter
Document

Yes-No

If the confirmation contains

differences, the original document
is split allowing the original
document (shipment) to be
processed and updating Inventory and the newly created document for
handling the dispute at a later time.
Until the confirmation is processed,
the inventory is not updated.

(Y)

Create Counter
Document

1038

Material Movement is in
transit - shipped, but not
received. The transaction
is completed, if confirmed.
If selected, create specified
counter document. If not

Window: Document Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
selected, no counter document is
created for the document type.

Default
Counter
Document

Yes-No

Mandatory
Charge or
Product

Yes-No

(N)

Print
Format

Table
Direct

(0)

Document
Copies

Integer

(1)

adprintformat_cdoctype

2. Tab: Translation - C_DocType_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Translation
Comment/Help: The Translation Tab defines a Document Type in an alternate language.
Tab Level: 1

1039

The document type

is the default counter
document type

When using explicit documents

for inter-org transaction (after
linking a Business Partner to an
Organization), you can determine
what document type the counter
document is based on the document
type of the original transaction.
Example: when generating a
Sales Order, use this Sales Order
document type. This default can
be overwritten by defining explicit
counter document relationships.

Data Print Format

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Window: Document Type

Table 218.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Print Text

String

Document
Note

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cdoctype_cdoctypetrl

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

adlanguage_cdoctypetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

AD_Language

(Y)

1040

Chapter 219. Window: Dunning

Description: Maintain Dunning Levels
Comment/Help: The Dunning Window defines the parameters that will be used when generating Dunning Letters. Each customer can be associated with a Dunning
Code.
Created:1999-12-04 21:34:10.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Dunning - C_Dunning

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Dunning Rules
Comment/Help: The Dunning Tab defines the parameters for a dunning level.
Tab Level: 0
Table 219.1. Dunning Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Dunning

ID

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Send
dunning
letters

Yes-No
Indicates if dunning
letters will be sent

The Send Dunning Letters

checkbox indicates if dunning
letters will be sent to Business
Partners who use this dunning rule.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1041

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Dunning
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Create
levels
sequentially

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Create Dunning Letter

by level sequentially

If selected, the dunning

letters are created in the
sequence of the dunning levels.
Otherwise, the dunning level
is based on the days (over)due.

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

2. Tab: Level - C_DunningLevel

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Dunning Level
Comment/Help: The Dunning Level Tab defines the timing and frequency of the dunning notices.
Tab Level: 1
Table 219.2. Level Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Dunning
Level

ID

Charge
Interest

Yes-No

Indicates if interest
will be charged on
overdue invoices

The Charge Interest checkbox

indicates if interest will be charged
on overdue invoice amounts.

Interest
in percent

Number

Percentage interest
to charge on
overdue invoices

The Interest amount in percent

indicates the interest to be charged
on overdue invoices. This field

1042

Window: Dunning
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
displays only if the charge interest
checkbox has been selected.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Dunning

Table
Direct

Name

cdunning_cdunninglevel

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Days after
due date

Number

Show
Not Due

Yes-No

Days
between
dunning

Integer

Show
All Due

Yes-No

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Days after due date

to dun (if negative
days until due)

The Days After Due Date indicates

the number of days after the
payment due date to initiate
dunning. If the number is negative,
it includes not the not due invoices.

Show/print all
invoices which
are not due (yet).

1043

The dunning letter with this level

includes all not due invoices.

Days between sending

dunning notices

The Days Between Dunning

indicates the number of days
between sending dunning notices.

Show/print all
due invoices

The dunning letter with this

level includes all due invoices.

Window: Dunning
Field
Name

Reference

Charge fee

Yes-No

Fee
Amount

Amount

Print Text

String

Note

Text

Dunning
Print
Format

Table

Credit
Stop

Yes-No

Set
Payment
Term

Yes-No

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Collection
Status

List

Is
Statement

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_PrintFormat
adprintformat_cdunninglevel

cpaymentterm_cdunninglevel
Dunning Collection
Agency Legal
Procedure
Uncollectable

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if fees
will be charged for
overdue invoices

The Charge Fee checkbox

indicates if the dunning letter will
include fees for overdue invoices

Fee amount in
invoice currency

The Fee Amount indicates the

charge amount on a dunning letter
for overdue invoices. This field
will only display if the charge
fee checkbox has been selected.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

Print Format
for printing
Dunning Letters

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Set the business

partner to credit stop

If a dunning letter of this level

is created, the business partner
is set to Credit Stop (needs
to be manually changed).

Set the payment term

of the Business Partner

If a dunning letter of this level is

created, the payment term of this
business partner is overwritten.

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Invoice
Collection Status

(N)

Dunning Level
is a definition
of a statement

1044

Status of the invoice

collection process

Window: Dunning

3. Tab: Translation - C_DunningLevel_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Dunning Level Translation
Tab Level: 2
Table 219.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Dunning
Level

Table
Direct

Language

Table

cdunninglevel_cdltrl
AD_Language
adlanguage_cdunninglevel
(Y)

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Active

Yes-No

Print Text

String

Note

Text

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

1045

Chapter 220. Window: Dunning Run

Description: Manage Dunning Runs
Comment/Help: Manage Dunning Runs
Created:2004-03-06 00:59:09.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Dunning Run - C_DunningRun

[IMAGE]
Description: Manage Dunning Run
Comment/Help: Manage Dunning Run
Tab Level: 0
Table 220.1. Dunning Run Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Dunning
Run

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dunning
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Dunning

Table
Direct

Dunning
Level

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Dunning Run

Date of Dunning
Dunning Rules for
overdue invoices

cdunning_cdunningrun

C_DunningLevel.C_Dunning_ID=@C_Dunning_ID@
cdunninglevel_cdunningrun
1046

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

Window: Dunning Run

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Create
Dunning
Run

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Send

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Entry - C_DunningRunEntry

[IMAGE]
Description: Dunning Run Entry
Comment/Help: Maintain details of the dunning letter to a business partner
Process: Dunning Letter - Rpt C_Dunning
Tab Level: 1
Table 220.2. Entry Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Dunning
Run Entry

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Dunning
Run

Table
Direct

Dunning Run Entry

cdunningrun_cdunningrunentry

Dunning Run
1047

Window: Dunning Run

Field
Name
Dunning
Level

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Table (@C_DunningLevel_ID@)
Direct

C_DunningLevel.C_Dunning_ID=@C_Dunning_ID@
AND ((SELECT
C_DunningLevel_ID
FROM C_DunningRun
WHERE
C_DunningRun.C_DunningRun_ID=@C_DunningRun_ID@)
cdunninglevel_cdunningrunentry IS NULL OR
C_DunningLevel.C_DunningLevel_ID
IN (SELECT
C_DunningLevel_ID
FROM C_DunningRun
WHERE
C_DunningRun.C_DunningRun_ID=@C_DunningRun_ID@))

Active

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Currency

Search

(Y)
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cdunningrunentry
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

(-1)

(see same above)

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cdunningrunentry
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Amount

Sales
Table
Representative

(same as first report)

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_cdunningrune
to) address for this
Business Partner

ccurrency_cdunningrunentry
Amount

Description

1048

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Amount

Amount

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

AD_User - SalesRep
salesrep_cdunningrunentry

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Window: Dunning Run

Field
Name

Reference

Quantity

Quantity

Note

Text

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Line - C_DunningRunLine

[IMAGE]
Description: Dinning Run Line
Comment/Help: Maintain the information of the dunning letter line
Tab Level: 2
Table 220.3. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Dunning
Run Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Dunning
Run Entry

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Dunning Run Line

cdunningrunentry_line

Dunning Run Entry

(Y)

(same as first report)

1049

(see same above)

Window: Dunning Run

Field
Name

Reference

Invoice

Search

Payment

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

ReadOnly Logic:
cinvoice_cdunningrunline @C_Invoice_ID@!0 |
@C_Payment_ID@!0

Invoice Identifier

ReadOnly Logic:
cpayment_cdunningrunline @C_Invoice_ID@!0 |
@C_Payment_ID@!0

Payment identifier

The Invoice Document.

Invoice
Payment
Schedule

Table
Direct

Amount

Amount

In Dispute

Yes-No

Open
Amount

Amount

Converted
Amount

Amount

Days due

Integer

Number of days
due (negative: due
in number of days)

Times
Dunned

Integer

Number of times
dunned previously

Fee
Amount

Amount

Interest
Amount

Amount

Total
Amount

Amount

cinvoicepayschedule_cdunningru

Comment/Help

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Invoice Payment
Schedule

The Invoice Payment

Schedule determines when
partial payments are due.

Amount

Amount

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Open item amount

Converted Amount

1050

The Converted Amount is the

result of multiplying the Source
Amount by the Conversion
Rate for this target currency.

Fee amount in
invoice currency

The Fee Amount indicates the

charge amount on a dunning letter
for overdue invoices. This field
will only display if the charge
fee checkbox has been selected.

Interest Amount

The Interest Amount indicates

any interest charged or
received on a Bank Statement.

Total Amount

The Total Amount indicates

the total document amount.

Window: Dunning Run

Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1051

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 221. Window: Element

Description: Maintain System Elements
Comment/Help: The System Element Window is the Central Repository for Field Names Descriptions and Help/Comments
Created:1999-09-26 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Element - AD_Element

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Element
Comment/Help: The Element Tab defines each system level element.
Tab Level: 0
Table 221.1. Element Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

System
Element

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

DB
Column
Name

String

Name

String

System Element
The System Element allows
enables the central
for the central maintenance
maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.

1052

Name of the column

in the database

The Column Name indicates

the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

Window: Element
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Print Text

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.
Optional short
description
of the record

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adelement

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

String

Name on PO Screens

PO Print
name

String

Print name on PO
Screens/Reports

PO
Description

String

Description
in PO Screens

PO Help

Text

Help for PO Screens

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1

1053

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

PO Name

2. Tab: Translation - AD_Element_Trl

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Window: Element
Table 221.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

System
Element

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Comment/Help

System Element
The System Element allows
enables the central
for the central maintenance
maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.

adelement_adelementtrl

AD_Language
ad_language_ad_element_trl

Active

Description

(Y)

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Print Text

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

PO Name

String

Name on PO Screens

PO Print
name

String

Print name on PO
Screens/Reports

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

1054

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Element
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

PO
Description

String

Description
in PO Screens

PO Help

String

Help for PO Screens

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Used in Column - AD_Column

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Used in Column
Comment/Help: The Used in Column Tab defines the table and column this element resides in.
LinkColumn: System Element
Tab Level: 1
Table 221.3. Used in Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Identifier

Yes-No

Reference

Table

AD_Reference
ad_reference_columndatatype
Data Types

Column
Encryption

Button

AD_Column
Encrypted(N)

columnclient

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
Optional short
description
of the record

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsKey@=Y |
@IsParent@=Y |
@IsIdentifier@=Y |
1055

Comment/Help
(see same above)
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

This column is part of

the record identifier

The Identifier checkbox indicates

that this column is part of the
identifier or key for this table.

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

Display or Storage
is encrypted

Display encryption (in Window/

Tab/Field) - all characters are
displayed as '*' - in the database it
is stored in clear text. You will not

Window: Element
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

@IsTranslated@=Y |
@ColumnName@=AD_Client_ID
|
@ColumnName@=AD_Client_ID
|
@ColumnName@=AD_Org_ID
|
@ColumnName@=IsActive
|
@ColumnName@=Created
|
@ColumnName@=Updated
|
@ColumnName@=DocumentNo
|
@ColumnName@=Value
|
@ColumnName@=Name
|
@AD_Reference_ID@=23
|
@AD_Reference_ID@=36
| @ColumnSQL@!''
Length

Integer

Synchronize
Column

Button

Key
column

Yes-No

Callout

String

Comment/Help
be able to report on these columns.
Data storage encryption (in Table/
Column) - data is stored encrypted
in the database (dangerous!) and
you will not be able to report
on those columns. Independent
from Display encryption.

Length of the column The Length indicates the length of a

in the database
column as defined in the database.

1056

Change database
table definition
when changing
dictionary definition

When selected, the database

column definition is updated
based on your entries in
the Column definition of
the Application Dictionary.

This column is the

key in this table

The key column must also be

display sequence 0 in the field
definition and may be hidden.

Fully qualified
class names and
method - separated
by semicolons

A Callout allow you to create

Java extensions to perform certain
tasks always after a value changed.
Callouts should not be used for

Window: Element
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
validation but consequences of a
user selecting a certain value. The
callout is a Java class implementing
org.compiere.model.Callout and
a method name to call. Example:
"org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText"
instantiates the class
"CalloutRequest" and calls
the method "copyText". You
can have multiple callouts by
separating them via a semicolon

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adcolumn

Column
SQL

Read Only
Logic

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Virtual Column (r/o)

You can define virtual columns (not

stored in the database). If defined,
the Column name is the synonym
of the SQL expression defined here.
The SQL expression must be valid.
Example: "Updated-Created" would
list the age of the entry in days

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14

String

Text

1057

Window: Element
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Default
Logic

Text

Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

Version

Amount

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Always
Updatable

Yes-No

The column is always

updateable, even

If selected and if the window / tab

is not read only, you can always

(N)

1058

Window: Element
Field
Name

Organization

Name

Reference

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

(@AD_Org_ID@)
columnorg

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

if the record is not

active or processed

update the column. This might

be useful for comments, etc.

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

String

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Max.
Value

String

Maximum
Value for a field

The Maximum Value indicates the

highest allowable value for a field

Min.
Value

String

Minimum
Value for a field

The Minimum Value indicates the

lowest allowable value for a field.

System
Element

Search

Value
Format

String

Callout:
System Element
The System Element allows
org.compiere.model.Callout_AD_Column.element
enables the central
for the central maintenance
ad_element_ad_column
maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.
ReadOnly Logic:
@#UIClient@!swing

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

1059

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Window: Element
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Reference
Key

Table

AD_Reference Values

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Process

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
ad_reference_columnvalue@AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END

Comment/Help
The Reference Value indicates
where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.

ad_valrule_column

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

adprocess_adcolumn

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Selection
Column

Yes-No

Is this column
used for finding
rows in windows

If selected, the column is listed in

the first find window tab and in
the selection part of the window

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Parent link
column

Yes-No

This column is a link

to the parent table (e.g.
header from lines)
- incl. Association
key columns

The Parent checkbox

indicates if this column is
a link to the parent table.

Updatable

Yes-No

(Y)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Mandatory

Yes-No

Table

Table
Direct

Column

ID

ad_table_column

1060

Determines, if the
field can be updated

The Updatable checkbox

indicates if a field can
be updated by the user.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

Window: Element
Field
Name

Reference

DB
Column
Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
Name of the column
org.compiere.model.Callout_AD_Column.columnName
in the database

Comment/Help
The Column Name indicates
the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

4. Tab: Used in Process Parameter - AD_Process_Para

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: System Element
Tab Level: 1
Table 221.4. Used in Process Parameter Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process

Table
Direct

Process
Parameter

ID

DB
Column
Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adprocess_adprocesspara

Description

Comment/Help

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Name of the column

in the database

The Column Name indicates

the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

5. Tab: Used in Info Column - AD_InfoColumn

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: System Element
Tab Level: 1
Table 221.5. Used in Info Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Info
Window

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adinfowindow_adinfocolumn
1061

Description

Comment/Help

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as

Window: Element
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

Info
Column

DB
Column
Name

ID

String

1062

Info Window Column

Column in the Info Window for

display and/or selection. If used
for selection, the column cannot
be a SQL expression. The SQL
clause must be fully qualified
based on the FROM clause in
the Info Window definition

Name of the column

in the database

The Column Name indicates

the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

Chapter 222. Window: Entity Type

Description: Maintain System Entity Type
Comment/Help: The entity type determines the ownership of Application Dictionary entries. The types "Dictionary" and "iDempiere" should not be used and are
maintainted by iDempiere (i.e. all changes are reversed during migration to the current definition).
Created:2006-06-11 11:22:09.0
Updated:2006-06-11 11:41:58.0

1. Tab: Entity Type - AD_EntityType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: System Entity Type
Comment/Help: The entity type determines the ownership of Application Dictionary entries. The types "Dictionary" and "iDempiere" should not be used and are
maintainted by iDempiere (i.e. all changes are reversed during migration to the current definition).
Tab Level: 0
Table 222.1. Entity Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Entity
Type

ID

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(0)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

Entity
Type

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

System Entity Type

The entity type determines

the ownership of Application
Dictionary entries. The types
"Dictionary" and "iDempiere"
should not be used and are
maintainted by iDempiere (i.e.
all changes are reversed during
migration to the current definition).

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(same as first report)
Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
1063

(see same above)

(see same above)
The Entity Types "Dictionary",
"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically

Window: Entity Type

Field
Name

Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ownership and
synchronization

synchronized and customizations

deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Version

String

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Classpath

String
Extension Classpath

If your appplication requires

additional jar files, enter them
here. The jar files must be located
in the $IDEMPIERE_HOME/
lib directory.

Java Package of
the model classes

By default, the Java model

classes for extensions are in
the compiere.model package.
If you provide a jar file in the
classpath, you can define here
your specific model package.
The model classes are used to
save/modify/delete entries and
as well as in Workflow. Refer to
the Compiere naming convention
to make sure that your class is
used rather then the base classes.

ModelPackage String

1064

Window: Entity Type

Field
Name

Reference

Register
Extension

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description

Comment/Help

System Modification
or Extension

Description of the System

modification or extension

2. Tab: System Modifin - AD_Modification

[IMAGE]
Description: System Modification or Extension
Comment/Help: Description of the System modification or extension
LinkColumn: Entity Type
Tab Level: 1
Table 222.2. System Modifin Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Modification

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew
Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

adenritytype_admodification

Sequence

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_Modification

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first
1065

(see same above)

(see same above)
The Entity Types "Dictionary",
"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Window: Entity Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

WHERE
EntityType='@EntityType@')
Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active
Version

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

String

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

1066

Chapter 223. Window: Error Message

Description: Display Error Messages
Comment/Help: The Error Message Window displays all error messages generated. This is for System Admin use only. The records must be manually deleted.
Created:2000-09-15 14:51:56.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Error Message - AD_Error

[IMAGE]
Description: Error Message
Comment/Help: The Error Message Tab displays error messages that have been generated. They can be deleted with an automated clean up process.
Tab Level: 0
Table 223.1. Error Message Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Error

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Language

Table

AD_Language

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adlangu_aderror

1067

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Window: Error Message

Field
Name

Reference

Validation
code

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1068

Description

Comment/Help

Validation Code

The Validation Code displays the

date, time and message of the error.

Chapter 224. Window: Expense Report

Description: Time and Expense Report
Comment/Help: The time and expense report allows you to capture time spent on a project, billable time and to claim expenses.
Created:2002-06-15 22:08:17.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Expense Report - S_TimeExpense

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Time and Expense Report
Comment/Help: Enter the time and expenses for the Employee or Contractor (Business Partner). The price list determines the default costs of the expenses, products
or resource to be reimbursed. In that sense, it is a "Purchase Price" list. The Warehouse is used to correct the inventory of items invoiced to customers (i.e. if not
invoiced, the inventory is not adjusted). Please note that the Business Partner < b> must< /b> be an Employee with an Address and Contact!
Tab Level: 0
Table 224.1. Expense Report Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Expense
Report

ID

Active

Yes-No

Process
Now

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Time and
Expense Report
(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document
1069

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.

Window: Expense Report

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Description

String

Business
Partner

Table

Report
Date

Date

Price List

Table
Direct

Approval
Amount

Amount

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Optional short
description
of the record
C_BPartner
Employee w Address

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_stimeexpense

(@#Date@)

Expense/Time
Report Date
Unique identifier
of a Price List

mpricelist_stimeexpense

Document
Approval Amount
Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

mwarehouse_stimeexpense

1070

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
Date of Expense/Time Report
Price Lists are used to determine
the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.
Approval Amount for Workflow
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Window: Expense Report

Field
Name

Reference

Approved

Yes-No

Document
Status

List

Process
Expenses

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
_Document
Action(CO)

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

2. Tab: Report Line - S_TimeExpenseLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Time and Expense Report Line
Comment/Help: Enter the expense items and billable or non-billable hours. If you enter a non-zero amount in Invoiced Amount, that amount will be used for billing
the customer - otherwise the price on the current sales price list of the customer.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 224.2. Report Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Order Line

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corderline_stimeexpenseline
1071

Description

Comment/Help

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Window: Expense Report

Field
Name

Reference

Expense
Line

ID

Time Type

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Time and Expense

Report Line
stimetype_stimeexpenseline

Type of time recorded

Differentiate time types

for reporting purposes
(In parallel to Activities)

cinvoiceline_stimeexpenseline

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Invoice
Line

Search

Active

Yes-No

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Price
Invoiced

Costs
+Prices

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Expense
Report

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Expense
Date

(Y)

The priced invoiced

to the customer
(in the currency
of the customer's
AR price list) - 0
for default price

Time and
Expense Report

stimeexpense_line

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
S_TimeExpenseLine
WHERE
S_TimeExpense_ID=@S_TimeExpense_ID@)
Date

The invoiced price is derived

from the Invoice Price entered
and can be overwritten. If the
price is 0, the default price on
the customer's invoice is used.

Unique line for

this document

(@DateExpense@;
@DateReport@)

Date of expense

1072

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Date of expense

Window: Expense Report

Field
Name

Reference

Time
Report

Values (Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Line is a time report

only (no expense)

The line contains

only time information

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Product

Search

Quantity

UOM

Table
Direct

Expense
Amount

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Invoice
Price

Costs
+Prices

Converted
Amount

Amount

Description

String

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_stimeexpenseline
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0

Resource Assignment
Assignment
Quantity

Constraint Value

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Callout:
sresourceassign_steline
Resource Assignment
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product
(1)

ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0
cuom_stimeexpenseline

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Callout:
Amount for
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.amount
this expense
(@$C_Currency_ID@)
Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_stimeexpenseline
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.amount
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Unit price to be
invoiced or 0
for default price

Unit Price in the currency of

the business partner! If it is
0, the standard price of the
sales price list of the business
partner (customer) is used.

Converted Amount

The Converted Amount is the

result of multiplying the Source
Amount by the Conversion
Rate for this target currency.

Optional short
description
of the record

1073

Expense amount in currency

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Expense Report

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Note

Text

Business
Partner

Search

Campaign

Table
Direct

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_stimeexpenseline
Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Project

Table
Direct

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_stimeexpenseline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase.C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_stimeexpenseline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectTask.C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_stimeexpenseline
Task in a Phase

Activity

Table
Direct

Processed

Yes-No

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_stimeexpenseline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Description

Comment/Help

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
cactivity_stimeexpenseline
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Quantity Quantity
Reimbursed

1074

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.
Activities indicate tasks that
are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

The reimbursed
quantity

The reimbursed quantity is

derived from the entered quantity
and can be overwritten when
approving the expense report.

Window: Expense Report

Field
Name

Reference

Price
Reimbursed

Costs
+Prices

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1075

Description

Comment/Help

The reimbursed
price (in currency
of the employee's
AP price list)

The reimbursed price is derived

from the converted price and
can be overwritten when
approving the expense report.

Chapter 225. Window: Expense Type

Description: Maintain Expense Report Types
Comment/Help: null
Created:2002-06-15 21:53:30.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Expense Type - S_ExpenseType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Expense Report Type
Tab Level: 0
Table 225.1. Expense Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Expense
Type

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Expense report type

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1076

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

UOM

Table
Direct

Invoiced

Yes-No

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Description

Comment/Help

mfreightcategory_mproduct

Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

sexpensetype_mproduct

Expense report type

cuom_sexpensetype

mproductcategory_sexpensetype

ctaxcategory_sexpensetype

2. Tab: Expense Product - M_Product

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Product definition of Expense Type
LinkColumn: Expense Type
Tab Level: 1
Table 225.2. Expense Product Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Expense
Type

Table
Direct

Units Per
Pallet

Costs
+Prices

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Units Per Pallet

1077

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Shelf
Width

Integer

Shelf
Depth

Integer

Print detail
records on
pick list

Yes-No

Verified

Yes-No

Stocked

Yes-No

Verify
BOM
Structure

Button

Min
Guarantee
Days

Integer

SelfService

Yes-No

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Shelf width required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf depth required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

The BOM
configuration
has been verified

The Verified check box indicates

if the configuration of this
product has been verified.
This is used for products that
consist of a bill of materials

(N)

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

(N)

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

(Y)

mlocator_mproduct

1078

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

(N)

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

Print detail
records on
invoice

Yes-No

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Shelf
Height

Amount

Weight

Amount

Mail
Template

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Description

Bill of Materials

1079

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

If selected, the
product is displayed
in the initial or
any empty search

In the display of products in

the Web Store, the product is
displayed in the initial view or
if no search criteria are entered.
To be displayed, the product
must be in the price list used.

Print detail BOM

elements on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Shelf height required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),

Table
Direct

rmailtext_mproduct

Comment/Help

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Resource

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

mattrsetinst_mproduct

Product Attribute
Set Instance

Table
Direct

sresource_mproduct

Resource

Subscription
Type

Table
Direct

csubscriptiontype_mproduct

Type of subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Product

ID
Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct
mattributeset_mproduct

Guarantee
Days

Integer

Version
No

String

Volume

Amount

If the value is 0, there is no

Number of days
limit to the availability or
the product is
guarantee, otherwise the guarantee
guaranteed or available
date is calculated by adding
the days to the delivery date.
Version Number

Volume of a product
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

adclient_mproduct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1080

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client
(see same above)

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Document
Note

Text

UPC/EAN

String

SKU

Constraint Value

ad_org_mproduct

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

(see same above)

(see same above)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Optional short
description
of the record

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

String

1081

Comment/Help

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Classification

String

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

Revenue
Recognition

Table
Direct

UOM

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Product
Type

List

Purchased

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
mproduct_mproductcategory
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

M_Product Category

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
ctaxcategory_mproduct
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
crevrecognition_mproduct

cuom_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Unit of Measure

AD_User - SalesRep
Sales Representative
or Company Agent

salesrep_mproduct

Item Service Resource

Expense type
Online Asset (I)

Type of product

(Y)

Organization
purchases this product

1082

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.
The type of product also determines
accounting consequences.
The Purchased check box
indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Sold

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Discontinued Yes-No

Discontinued
At

Date

Image
URL

URL

Description
URL

URL

Description

Comment/Help

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

URL for the

description

3. Tab: Price - M_ProductPrice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Expense Type Pricing
Comment/Help: The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a product is contained in.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 2
Table 225.3. Price Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1083

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Standard
Price

Costs
+Prices

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mproductprice
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mpricelistver_mproductprice

(Y)

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

M_ProductPrice_UUString

4. Tab: Accounting - M_Product_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Accounting Parameters
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this Expense Type.
Not all accounts apply.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 2
Table 225.4. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1084

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Product

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Product
Asset

Account

Product
Expense

Account

Product
COGS

Account

Purchase
Price
Variance

Account

Invoice
Price
Variance

Account

Trade
Discount
Received

Account

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_passet_mproduct

Account for Product

Asset (Inventory)

The Product Asset Account

indicates the account used for
valuing this a product in inventory.

vc_pexpense_mproduct

Account for
Product Expense

The Product Expense

Account indicates the account
used to record expenses
associated with this product.

vc_pcogs_mproduct

Account for Cost

of Goods Sold

The Product COGS Account

indicates the account used
when recording costs
associated with this product.

m_product_m_product_acct

cacctschema_mproductacct

(Y)

The Purchase Price Variance is

Difference between
used in Standard Costing. It reflects
Standard Cost and
the difference between the Standard
Purchase Price (PPV)
Cost and the Purchase Order Price.

vc_ppurchasepv_mproduct

vc_pinvoicepv_mproduct

Difference between
Costs and Invoice
Price (IPV)

The Invoice Price Variance is used

reflects the difference between the
current Costs and the Invoice Price.

vc_ptdiscountrec_mproduct

Trade Discount
Receivable Account

The Trade Discount Receivables

Account indicates the
account for received trade
discounts in vendor invoices

1085

Window: Expense Type

Field
Name

Reference

Trade
Discount
Granted

Account

Product
Revenue

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_ptdiscountgrant_mproduct

Trade Discount
Granted Account

The Trade Discount Granted

Account indicates the
account for granted trade
discount in sales invoices

vc_prevenue_mproduct

Account for
Product Revenue
(Sales Account)

The Product Revenue

Account indicates the account
used for recording sales
revenue for this product.

1086

Chapter 226. Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Description: View expenses and charges not reimbursed
Comment/Help: Before reimbursing expenses, check the open expense items
Created:2003-02-06 12:27:51.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Employee, Vendor - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner to be reimbursed
Comment/Help: Select the business partner to be reimbursed.
Where Clause: C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID IN (SELECT DISTINCT C_BPartner_ID FROM S_TimeExpense WHERE Processed='Y')
Tab Level: 0
Table 226.1. Employee, Vendor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Company
Agent

Yes-No

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Dunning

Table
Direct

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

Values (Default)

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

M_PriceList

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

Print Format for

printing Invoices

cdunning_cbpartner

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
COUNT(*) FROM
this Business Partner
M_PriceList_Version
1087

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.
The Dunning indicates the
rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.
Identifies the price list used
by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

WHERE
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Customer

Yes-No

URL

URL

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Company
Agent

Table

AD_User

Price List
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

adclient_cbpartner

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cbpartner

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')
Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

mdiscounts_cbpartner

1088

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Invoice
Rule

List

SO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

Tax ID

String

One time
transaction

Yes-No

Payment
Rule

List

Employees

Integer

Credit
Limit

Reference
No

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Frequency and
method of invoicing

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Purchase
payment option

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site
1089

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

Number of employees
Amount

String

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Order
Description

String

Description

String

Order
Reference

String

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

First Sale

Date

Delivery
Rule

List

Description to be
used on orders
Optional short
description
of the record

cbpgroup_cbpartner

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

1090

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

D-U-N-S

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Price List

Table
Direct

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Share

Integer

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

NAICS/
SIC

String

Greeting

Table
Direct

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

Language

Table

AD_Language System

List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html
Greeting to print
on correspondence

cgreeting_cbpartner

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Flat discount
percentage

ad_language_c_buspartner
Payment
Rule

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

1091

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Delivery
Via

List

Payment
Term

Table

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Credit
Used

Amount

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Credit
Status

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

Comment/Help

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

C_PaymentTerm Sales

Description

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

1092

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Document
Copies

Integer

Partner
Parent

ID

Rating

String

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Business
Partner

ID

Active

Yes-No

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Link
Organization

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

1093

Description

Comment/Help

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
the counter-document is created
The Business Partner is automatically. Example: You have
another Organization
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
for explicit InterBPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
Org transactions
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Prospect

Yes-No

(N)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Name 2

String

Vendor

Yes-No

Employee

Table

Open
Balance

Amount

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Additional Name
Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Yes-No

PO
Payment
Term

(see same above)

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).

1094

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

2. Tab: Report Line - S_TimeExpenseLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Time and Expense Report Line (not reimbursed)
Comment/Help: View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense header where the expense lines
were not invoiced yet.
LinkColumn: Client
Where Clause: S_TimeExpenseLine.ConvertedAmt < > 0 AND S_TimeExpenseLine.C_InvoiceLine_ID IS NULL AND EXISTS (SELECT * FROM
S_TimeExpense t WHERE t.S_TimeExpense_ID=S_TimeExpenseLine.S_TimeExpense_ID AND t.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@ AND t.Processed='Y')
Tab Level: 1
Table 226.2. Report Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Invoice
Price

Costs
+Prices

Active

Yes-No

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Expense
Line

ID

Time and Expense

Report Line

Price
Invoiced

Costs
+Prices

The priced invoiced

to the customer
(in the currency
of the customer's
AR price list) - 0
for default price

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

(Y)
corderline_stimeexpenseline

Description

Comment/Help

Unit price to be
invoiced or 0
for default price

Unit Price in the currency of

the business partner! If it is
0, the standard price of the
sales price list of the business
partner (customer) is used.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Invoiced Quantity

1095

The invoiced price is derived

from the Invoice Price entered
and can be overwritten. If the
price is 0, the default price on
the customer's invoice is used.
The Invoiced Quantity indicates
the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Search

Expense
Report

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_stimeexpenseline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Date

Processed

Yes-No

Time
Report

Yes-No

Invoice
Line

Search

Invoiced

Yes-No

Product

Search

Identifies a
Business Partner

Comment/Help

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Time and
Expense Report

stimeexpense_line

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
S_TimeExpenseLine
WHERE
S_TimeExpense_ID=@S_TimeExpense_ID@)

Expense
Date

Description

Unique line for

this document

(@DateExpense@;
@DateReport@)

Date of expense

cinvoiceline_stimeexpenseline

Date of expense

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Line is a time report

only (no expense)

The line contains

only time information

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
mproduct_stimeexpenseline
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
Product, Service, Item
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.product
ReadOnly Logic:

1096

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0
Resource Assignment
Assignment
Quantity

UOM

Quantity

Table
Direct

Callout:
sresourceassign_steline
Resource Assignment
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product
(1)

ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0
cuom_stimeexpenseline

Quantity Quantity
Reimbursed

Expense
Amount

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Converted
Amount

Amount

Price
Reimbursed

Costs
+Prices

Time Type

Table
Direct

Description

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

The reimbursed
quantity

The reimbursed quantity is

derived from the entered quantity
and can be overwritten when
approving the expense report.

Callout:
Amount for
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.amount
this expense
(@$C_Currency_ID@)
Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_stimeexpenseline
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.amount
for this record

stimetype_stimeexpenseline

String

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Converted Amount

The Converted Amount is the

result of multiplying the Source
Amount by the Conversion
Rate for this target currency.

The reimbursed
price (in currency
of the employee's
AP price list)

The reimbursed price is derived

from the converted price and
can be overwritten when
approving the expense report.

Type of time recorded

Differentiate time types

for reporting purposes
(In parallel to Activities)

Optional short
description
of the record

1097

Expense amount in currency

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Expenses (not reimbursed)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Note

Text

Campaign

Table
Direct

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_stimeexpenseline
Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Project

Table
Direct

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_stimeexpenseline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Activity

Table
Direct

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
cactivity_stimeexpenseline
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase.C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_stimeexpenseline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectTask.C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_stimeexpenseline
Task in a Phase

1098

Description

Comment/Help

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Chapter 227. Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Description: View expenses and charges not invoiced to customers
Comment/Help: Before invoicing to customers, check the expense lines to be invoiced
Created:2002-07-14 18:54:12.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Customer - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner (Customers) to be invoiced
Where Clause: C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID IN (SELECT C_BPartner_ID FROM S_TimeExpenseLine WHERE IsInvoiced='Y' AND C_OrderLine_ID IS NULL)
Tab Level: 0
Table 227.1. Customer Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Tax ID

String

Reference
No

String

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Document
Copies

Integer

Constraint Value

adorg_cbpartner

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

1099

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Employee

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

URL

URL

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

M_PriceList

Order
Description

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

adclient_cbpartner

Description

Comment/Help

Actual Life
Time Revenue

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
Description to be
used on orders

1100

(see same above)

Identifies the price list used
by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Credit
Limit

Amount

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Description

String

Vendor

Yes-No

Credit
Status

List

Acquisition
Cost

Costs
+Prices

Business
Partner

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Flat discount
percentage
Optional short
description
of the record
Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,
Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit
is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit
Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

1101

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Rating

String

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Language

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

List

AD_Language System

Invoice
Rule

List

First Sale

Date

Delivery
Via

List

Employees

Integer

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

Language for
this entity
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

Purchase
payment option

Frequency and
method of invoicing

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Comment/Help

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage

ad_language_c_buspartner
Payment
Rule

Description

1102

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Number of employees

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Print Format for

printing Invoices

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

Invoice
Schedule

Table
Direct

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Credit
Used

Amount

Dunning

Table
Direct

Order
Reference

String

Payment
Rule

List

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

cdunning_cbpartner

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

cgreeting_cbpartner

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner

Table
Direct

Greeting

Constraint Value

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

1103

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

mdiscounts_cbpartner

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Credit Direct Debit

Mixed POS Payment
Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Partner
Parent

ID

D-U-N-S

String

Discount
Schema

Table

PO
Payment
Term

Table

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

NAICS/
SIC

String

Delivery
Rule

List

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

cbpgroup_cbpartner

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html
After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

Defines the
timing of Delivery

1104

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Share

Integer

Sales
Table
Representative

Link
Organization

Values (Default)

AD_User

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

Yes-No

SO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

One time
transaction

Comment/Help

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

Button

Prospect

Description

(N)

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
the counter-document is created
The Business Partner is automatically. Example: You have
another Organization
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
for explicit InterBPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
Org transactions
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.
Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Indicates if the
business partner is a

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales

Yes-No

Sales
Yes-No
Representative

1105

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

sales representative
or company agent

representative may also be an

employee, but does not need to be.

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Name 2

String

Customer

Yes-No

Table
Direct

Payment
Term

Table

Open
Balance

Amount

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Additional Name
Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

Price List

(see same above)

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0
C_PaymentTerm Sales

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.
Price Lists are used to determine
the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Total Open Balance
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Amount in primary
the Business Partner. The amount
Accounting Currency
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).

1106

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

2. Tab: Report Line - S_TimeExpenseLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Time and Expense Report Line (not invoiced)
Comment/Help: View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense line where the expense lines have
no orders yet. (Sales Orders are created).
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Where Clause: S_TimeExpenseLine.IsInvoiced='Y' AND S_TimeExpenseLine.C_OrderLine_ID IS NULL AND EXISTS (SELECT * FROM S_TimeExpense t
WHERE t.S_TimeExpense_ID=S_TimeExpenseLine.S_TimeExpense_ID AND t.Processed='Y')
Tab Level: 1
Table 227.2. Report Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Invoice
Line

Search

Active

Yes-No

Price
Reimbursed

Expense
Line

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Costs
+Prices

The reimbursed
price (in currency
of the employee's
AP price list)

The reimbursed price is derived

from the converted price and
can be overwritten when
approving the expense report.

ID

Time and Expense

Report Line

cinvoiceline_stimeexpenseline
(Y)

Quantity Quantity
Reimbursed

The reimbursed
quantity

The reimbursed quantity is

derived from the entered quantity
and can be overwritten when
approving the expense report.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1107

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner

Search

Expense
Report

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_stimeexpenseline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Date

Processed

Yes-No

Time
Report

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Time and
Expense Report

stimeexpense_line

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
S_TimeExpenseLine
WHERE
S_TimeExpense_ID=@S_TimeExpense_ID@)

Expense
Date

Description

Unique line for

this document

(@DateExpense@;
@DateReport@)

Date of expense

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Date of expense

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Yes-No

Line is a time report

only (no expense)

The line contains

only time information

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Sales
Order Line

Search

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Product

Search

Resource Assignment
Assignment

corderline_stimeexpenseline

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_stimeexpenseline
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0
Callout:
sresourceassign_steline
Resource Assignment
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product

1108

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Expense
Amount

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Invoice
Price

Costs
+Prices

Converted
Amount

Amount

Price
Invoiced

Costs
+Prices

Time Type

Table
Direct

Description

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

cuom_stimeexpenseline

Callout:
Amount for
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.amount
this expense
(@$C_Currency_ID@)
Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_stimeexpenseline
org.compiere.model.CalloutTimeExpense.amount
for this record

Unit Price in the currency of

the business partner! If it is
0, the standard price of the
sales price list of the business
partner (customer) is used.

Converted Amount

The Converted Amount is the

result of multiplying the Source
Amount by the Conversion
Rate for this target currency.

Type of time recorded

String

Optional short
description
of the record

1109

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Unit price to be
invoiced or 0
for default price

The priced invoiced

to the customer
(in the currency
of the customer's
AR price list) - 0
for default price
stimetype_stimeexpenseline

Expense amount in currency

The invoiced price is derived

from the Invoice Price entered
and can be overwritten. If the
price is 0, the default price on
the customer's invoice is used.
Differentiate time types
for reporting purposes
(In parallel to Activities)
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Expenses (to be invoiced)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Note

Text

Campaign

Table
Direct

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_stimeexpenseline
Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Project

Table
Direct

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_stimeexpenseline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Activity

Table
Direct

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
cactivity_stimeexpenseline
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase.C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_stimeexpenseline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectTask.C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_stimeexpenseline
Task in a Phase

1110

Description

Comment/Help

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Chapter 228. Window: Export Format

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-03-05 00:52:09.0
Updated:2009-12-01 22:44:58.0

1. Tab: Export Format - EXP_Format

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 228.1. Export Format Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Create
from a
Window

Button

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Version

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

1111

Comment/Help

(see same above)

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Export Format

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Comment/
Help

Text

Table

Search

Sql
WHERE

Text

Test
Import
Model

Button

Test
Export
Model

Button

Export
Format

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

('Y')

adtable_expformat

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

2. Tab: Export Format Line - EXP_FormatLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 228.2. Export Format Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Format
Line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1112

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Export Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Export
Format

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

expformat_expformatline
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Comment/
Help

Text

Position

Comment/Help

('Y')

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Type of Validation
(SQL, Java Script,
Java Language)

The Type indicates the

type of validation that will
occur. This can be SQL, Java
Script or Java Language.

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Position),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
EXP_FormatLine
WHERE
EXP_Format_ID=@EXP_Format_ID@)

Mandatory

Yes-No

Type

List

XML Element
Referenced EXP
Format XML

1113

Window: Export Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Attribute Embedded
EXP Format (E)
Column

Search

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_expformatline
Column in the table

Is Part
Unique
Index

Yes-No

(N)

Embedded
Format

Table

EXP_Format

Reference

Table

AD_Reference
Data Types

Date
Format

String

Link to the database

column of the table

expembeddedformat_expformatlin
System Reference
and Validation
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_Reference_ID@!
15 %26
@AD_Reference_ID@!
16

1114

Date format used

in the input format

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.
The date format is usually detected,
but sometimes need to be defined.

Chapter 229. Window: Export Processor

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-03-05 00:53:10.0
Updated:2008-03-05 00:53:10.0

1. Tab: Export Processor - EXP_Processor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 229.1. Export Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Export
Processor

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Export
Processor
Type

Table
Direct

expprocessortype_expprocessor

1115

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Export Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Comment/
Help

Text

Host

String

Port

Integer

Account

String

Password
Info

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

('Y')

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

2. Tab: Export Processor Parameter - EXP_ProcessorParameter

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 229.2. Export Processor Parameter Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Processor
Parameter

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Export
Processor

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

expprocessor_expprocessorparam
(same as first report)
1116

(see same above)

Window: Export Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Comment/
Help

Text

Parameter
Value

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

('Y')

1117

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Chapter 230. Window: Export Processor Type

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-03-05 00:53:56.0
Updated:2008-03-05 00:53:56.0

1. Tab: Export Processor Type - EXP_Processor_Type

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 230.1. Export Processor Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Export
Processor
Type

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1118

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Export Processor Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

('Y')

Comment/
Help

Text

Java Class

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1119

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Chapter 231. Window: Field Group

Description: Define Field Group
Comment/Help: The Field Group Window allows you to define subsections in a tab. For System Admin use only.
Created:2001-01-11 17:28:09.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Field group - AD_FieldGroup

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: System Admin use only. Field Groups allow for grouping of fields within a window
Tab Level: 0
Table 231.1. Field group Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Field
Group

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

entityt_adfieldgroup

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
1120

Description

Comment/Help

Logical grouping
of fields

The Field Group indicates the

logical group that this field belongs
to (History, Amounts, Quantities)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"

Window: Field Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Field
Group
Type

List

Tab Label Collapse

Collapsed
By Default

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ownership and
synchronization

might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Flag to set the

initial state of
collapsible field group.

2. Tab: Translation - AD_FieldGroup_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 231.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Field
Group

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adfieldgroup_trl

Logical grouping
of fields

The Field Group indicates the

logical group that this field belongs
to (History, Amounts, Quantities)

adlanguage_adfieldgrouptrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

AD_Language

(Y)

1121

Window: Field Group

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

Comment/Help

Tab within a Window

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

Field on a
database table

The Field identifies a

field on a database table.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

3. Tab: Used in Field - AD_Field

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Field Group
Tab Level: 1
Table 231.3. Used in Field Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Tab

Table
Direct

Field

ID

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ad_tab_field

1122

Chapter 232. Window: Financial Report

Description: Maintain Financial Reports
Comment/Help: Financial Reports are the combination of a Report Column Set and Line Set.
Created:2001-05-13 09:38:47.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Financial Report - PA_Report

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 232.1. Financial Report Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Financial
Report

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Calendar

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Financial Report

adorg_pareport

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

cacctschema_pareport

ccalendar_pareport

1123

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Accounting
Calendar Name

The Calendar uniquely identifies

an accounting calendar. Multiple
calendars can be used. For
example you may need a standard
calendar that runs from Jan 1
to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar
that runs from July 1 to June 30.

Window: Financial Report

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Report
Line Set

Table
Direct

Report
Column
Set

Table
Direct

Report
Cube

Table

Jasper
Process

Table AD_Process_JasperReports
jasperprocess_pareport

List
Sources

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

pareport_lineset
Collection of
Columns for Report

pareport_columnset
PA_ReportCube

PA_ReportCube.C_Calendar_ID=@C_Calendar_ID@
Define reporting
cube for prepareportcube_pareport
calculation of summary
accounting data.

The Report Column Set identifies

the columns used in a Report.
Summary data will be
generated for each period of
the selected calendar, grouped
by the selected dimensions..

The Jasper Process

used by the printengine
if any process defined

Yes-No

List Report
Line Sources

List the Source Accounts for

Summary Accounts selected

List
Yes-No
Transactions

List the report

transactions

List the transactions of

the report source lines

Include
source
accounts
with no
transaction

Yes-No

Create
Report

Button

Print
Format

Table
Direct

(N)

(0)

Include source
accounts with no
transaction for list
report line sources

adprintformat_pareport

Data Print Format

1124

List the Source Accounts with

or without transactions for
Summary Accounts selected

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

Window: Financial Report

Field
Name

Reference

Create
Report
(Jasper)

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1125

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 233. Window: Form

Description: Special Forms
Comment/Help: The Forms Window defines any window which is not automatically generated. For System Admin use only.
Created:2000-07-13 18:08:09.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Form - AD_Form

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Special Form
Comment/Help: The Forms Tab defines any window which is not automatically generated. For System Admin use only.
Tab Level: 0
Table 233.1. Form Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Special
Form

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

Web URL of
the jsp function

For the Web UI, define the

URL to perform the function
(usually a jsp). The URL also
can be external to the system.

AD_Form_UU String
jsp URL

URL

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1126

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Form
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

Beta
Yes-No
Functionality
Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adform

Data
Access
Level

List

Classname

String

System+Client
Client only Client
+Organization System
only All Organization

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This functionality
is considered Beta

Beta functionality is not

fully tested or completed.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Access Level required

Java Classname
Context
Help

Table
Direct
adctxhelp_adform

AD_CtxHelp_ID
IN (SELECT
AD_CtxHelp_ID
FROM AD_CtxHelp
WHERE CtxType
IS NULL OR
CtxType IN ('A', 'F'))

1127

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Indicates the access level required

for this record or process.

The Classname identifies

the Java classname used
by this report or process.

Window: Form

2. Tab: Access - AD_Form_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Form Access
Comment/Help: The Forms Access Tab defines the access rules for this form
LinkColumn: Special Form
Tab Level: 1
Table 233.2. Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Special
Form

Table
Direct

Role

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adform_adformaccess

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

adrole_adformaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

(Y)

AD_Form_Access_UU
String

3. Tab: Translation - AD_Form_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
1128

Window: Form
Table 233.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Special
Form

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adform_adformtrl

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

adlanguage_adformtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

1129

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Chapter 234. Window: Freight Category

Description: Maintain Freight Categories
Comment/Help: Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
Created:2003-06-07 21:51:15.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Freight Category - M_FreightCategory

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Category of the Freight
Comment/Help: Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected
Tab Level: 0
Table 234.1. Freight Category Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Freight
Category

ID
Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1130

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Freight Category

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1131

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 235. Window: GL Budget

Description: Maintain General Ledger Budgets
Comment/Help: null
Created:1999-09-26 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Budget - GL_Budget

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: The GL Budget Tab defines a General Ledger Budget
Comment/Help: The GL Budgets are used to define the anticipated costs of doing business. They are used in reporting as a comparison to actual amounts.
Tab Level: 0
Table 235.1. Budget Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Budget

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget

identifies a user defined
budget. These can be used
in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1132

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: GL Budget
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Primary

Yes-No

Budget
Status

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Approved Draft (D)

1133

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates if this is
the primary budget

The Primary checkbox indicates if

this budget is the primary budget.

Indicates the current

status of this budget

The Budget Status indicates

the current status of this
budget (i.e Draft, Approved)

Chapter 236. Window: GL Category

Description: Maintain General Ledger Categories
Comment/Help: The GL Category Window allows you to define categories to be used in journals. These categories provide a method of optionally grouping and
reporting on journals.
Created:1999-06-29 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: GL Category - GL_Category

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define General Ledger Categories
Comment/Help: The GL Category Tab defines optional identifiers for a document or journal. Each Category may be used on a document, manual journal or import
Tab Level: 0
Table 236.1. GL Category Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

GL
Category

ID

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1134

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: GL Category
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Category
Type

List

Manual Document
Import System
generated (M)

Document
BaseType

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Material Production
AP Credit Memo AR
Credit Memo GL
Journal AP Invoice
AP Payment AR
Invoice Sales Order
AR Pro Forma Invoice
Material Receipt
Material Movement
Purchase Order Bank
Statement Cash Journal
Payment Allocation
Project Issue Match
PO Manufacturing
Order Quality Order
Payroll Manufacturing
Cost Collector
Match Invoice GL
Document AR Receipt
Material Delivery
Purchase Requisition
Material Physical
Inventory Maintenance
Order Distribution
Order Fixed Assets
Disposal Fixed Assets
Addition Fixed
Assets Depreciation

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Source of the Journal

with this category

The Category Type indicates

the source of the journal for
this category. Journals can be
generated from a document,
entered manually or imported.
The Document Base Type
identifies the base or starting
point for a document. Multiple
document types may share a
single document base type.

Logical type
of document

1135

Window: GL Category
Field
Name

Reference

Default

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Translation - GL_Category_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: GL Category
Tab Level: 1
Table 236.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

GL_Category_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

GL
Category

Search

Language

Table

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

ADClient_GLCategoryTrl

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(see same above)

ADOrg_GLCategoryTrl

(same as first report)

GLCategory_GLCategoryTrl

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

ADLanguage_GLCategoryTrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

AD_Language

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

1136

Chapter 237. Window: GL Distribution

Description: General Ledger Distribution
Comment/Help: If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of
the distribution lines. The distribution is a one-step operation based on the percentage of the lines.
Created:2004-03-19 12:50:50.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Distribution - GL_Distribution

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: General Ledger Distribution
Comment/Help: If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the
distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the percentage of the lines. If the total percent is less then 100 and one line is 0 (null), it gets the remainder.
If there is no line with 0, any rounding is adjusted in the line with the biggest amount.
Tab Level: 0
Table 237.1. Distribution Fields
Field
Name

Reference

GL
Distribution

ID

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

adorg_gldist

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger
Distribution

If the account combination

criteria of the Distribution is
met, the posting to the account
combination is replaced by the
account combinations of the
distribution lines. The distribution
is prorated based on the ratio
of the lines. The distribution
must be valid to be used.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1137

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Values (Default)

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Create
Reversal

Yes-No

(Y)

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Any
Yes-No
Organization

Organization

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

cacctschema_gldist

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Indicates that reversal

movement will be
created, if disabled the
original movement
will be deleted.

cdoctype_gldistribution

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Match any value of the

Organization segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

AD_Org (Trx)

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

adorgorg_gldist
1138

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Any
Account

Yes-No

(Y)

Account

Table

Account_ID (Trx)

Any
Activity

Yes-No

(Y)

Activity

Any
Product

Product

Table
Direct
Yes-No

Constraint Value

cevalueacct_gldist

cactivity_gldist

mproduct_gldist
Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Description

Comment/Help

Match any value of

the Account segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Account used

The (natural) account used

Match any value of

the Activity segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Match any value of

the Product segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

(Y)

Search

Any
Bus.Partner

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

(Y)

cbpartner_gldist

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

1139

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Match any value

of the Business
Partner segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Any
Project

Yes-No

(Y)

Project

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Campaign

Comment/Help

Match any value of

the Project segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Match any value of

the Campaign segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Match any value

of the Location
From segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Location that inventory

was moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Match any value of the

Location To segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Search
cproject_gldist

Any
Campaign

Description

Yes-No

(Y)

Table
Direct
ccampaign_gldist

Any
Location
From

Yes-No

Location
From

Table

Any
Location
To

Yes-No

(Y)

C_Location
clocfrom_gldist
(Y)

1140

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Location
To

Table

C_Location

Any Sales
Region

Yes-No

Sales
Region

Validation Rule

clocto_gldist

Table

csalesregopn_gldist

User
Element
List 1

Yes-No

Table

Comment/Help

Location that inventory

was moved to

The Location To indicates

the location that a
product was moved to.

Match any value of the

Sales Region segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Match any value

of the Transaction
Organization segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Match any value of

the User 1 segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

(Y)

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_gldist

Any
User 1

Description

(Y)

Table
Direct

Any Trx
Yes-No
Organization

Trx
Organization

Constraint Value

(Y)

Account_ID - User1
cevalueuser1_gldist

1141

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Any
User 2

Yes-No

(Y)

User
Element
List 2

Table

Total
Percent

Number

Valid

Yes-No

Verify

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Match any value of

the User 2 segment

If selected, any value of the

account segment will match.
If not selected, but no value
of the accounting segment is
selected, the matched value
must be null (i.e. not defined).

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User2
cevalueuser2_gldist

Sum of the
Percent details
(N)

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

2. Tab: Line - GL_DistributionLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: General Ledger Distribution Target Line
Comment/Help: If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of
the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the perecent value of the lines. A Percent value of 0 (null) indicates the remainder to 100. There can
only be one line with 0 percent.
Tab Level: 1
Table 237.2. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

GL
Distribution
Line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1142

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger
Distribution Line

If the account combination criteria

of the Distribution is met, the
posting to the account combination
is replaced by the account
combinations of the distribution

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
lines. The distribution is prorated
based on the ratio of the lines.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

GL
Distribution

adorg_gldistline

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Table
Direct
General Ledger
Distribution

gldistribution_gldistline

Line No

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
GL_DistributionLine
WHERE
GL_Distribution_ID=@GL_Distribution_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

Percent

Number

Unique line for

this document

(Y)

Overwrite Yes-No
Organization

Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgorg_gldistline

1143

If the account combination

criteria of the Distribution is
met, the posting to the account
combination is replaced by the
account combinations of the
distribution lines. The distribution
is prorated based on the ratio
of the lines. The distribution
must be valid to be used.
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Percentage

The Percent indicates

the percentage used.

Overwrite the
account segment
Organization with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Overwrite
Account

Yes-No

Account

Table

Overwrite
Activity

Yes-No

Activity

Table
Direct

Overwrite
Product

Yes-No

Product

Search

Values (Default)

Account_ID (Trx)

Constraint Value

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Overwrite
Project

Yes-No

Project

Table
Direct

Description

Comment/Help

Overwrite the account

segment Account with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

Account used

The (natural) account used

Overwrite the account

segment Activity with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Overwrite the account

segment Product with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

cevalueacct_gldistline

cactivity_gldistline

mproduct_gldistline
Overwrite
Bus.Partner

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Overwrite the account

If not overwritten, the value of
segment Business
the original account combination
Partner with the
is used. If selected, but not
value specified
specified, the segment is set to null.
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_gldistline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

cproject_gldistline

1144

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Overwrite the account

segment Project with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Overwrite
Campaign

Yes-No

Campaign

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccampaign_gldistline

Overwrite
Location
From

Yes-No

Location
From

Table

Overwrite
Location
To

Yes-No

Location
To

Table

Overwrite
Sales
Region

Yes-No

Sales
Region

Table
Direct

C_Location
clocfrom_gldistline

C_Location
clocto_gldistline

csalesregion_gldistline

Overwrite Yes-No
Trx
Organuzation

Description

Comment/Help

Overwrite the
account segment
Campaign with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Overwrite the
account segment
Location From with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

Location that inventory

was moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Overwrite the
account segment
Location From with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

Location that inventory

was moved to

The Location To indicates

the location that a
product was moved to.

Overwrite the
account segment
Sales Region with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Overwrite the account

If not overwritten, the value of
segment Transaction
the original account combination
Organization with
is used. If selected, but not
the value specified
specified, the segment is set to null.

1145

Window: GL Distribution
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adorgtrx_gldistline

Overwrite
User1

Yes-No

User
Element
List 1

Table

Overwrite
User2

Yes-No

User
Element
List 2

Table

Description

Comment/Help

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Overwrite the account

segment User 1 with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Overwrite the account

segment User 2 with
the value specified

If not overwritten, the value of

the original account combination
is used. If selected, but not
specified, the segment is set to null.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1
cevalueuser1_gldistline

Account_ID - User2
cevalueuser2_gldistline

1146

Chapter 238. Window: GL Journal

Description: Enter and change Manual Journal Entries
Comment/Help: The GL Journal Window allows you to enter and modify manual journal entries
Created:2012-07-23 11:18:20.0
Updated:2012-07-23 11:18:20.0

1. Tab: Journal - GL_Journal

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: General Ledger Journal
Tab Level: 0
Table 238.1. Journal Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Journal

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger Journal

The General Ledger Journal

identifies a group of journal
lines which represent a
logical business transaction

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Process
Now

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

(N)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

1147

Window: GL Journal
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

(@
$C_AcctSchema_ID@)

Journal
Batch

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

PostingType

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

c_acctschema_gl_journal

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

gljournalbatch_gljournal

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,

1148

Window: GL Journal
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Commitment
(@PostingType@)
Budget

Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Table
Direct
glbudget_gljournal

Document
Type

Table
Direct

(@C_DocType_ID@)

GL
Category

Table
Direct

(@GL_Category_ID@)

Document
Date

Date

(@DateDoc@)

Account
Date

Date

(@DateAcct@)

Period

Table

C_Period (all)
(@C_Period_ID@)

Comment/Help

General Ledger Budget

C_DocType.DocBaseType='GLJ'
AND
cdoctype_gljournal C_DocType.AD_Org_ID Document type or rules
IN (0,
@AD_Org_ID@)
null
glcategory_gljournal

General Ledger
Category

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date of the Document

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period;
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
Accounting Date

c_period_journal

(EXISTS
( SELECT * FROM
C_PeriodControl
pc WHERE
C_Period.C_Period_ID
= pc.C_Period_ID
Period of the Calendar
AND pc.PeriodStatus
= 'O') OR EXISTS
( SELECT * FROM
C_AcctSchema a,
C_Period p WHERE
C_Period.C_Period_ID
1149

The General Ledger Budget

identifies a user defined
budget. These can be used
in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.
The Document Date indicates
the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
The Period indicates an exclusive
range of dates for a calendar.

Window: GL Journal
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

= p.C_Period_ID AND
a.AutoPeriodControl =
'Y' AND ( (p.StartDate
BETWEEN
SYSDATE a.Period_OpenHistory
AND SYSDATE +
a.Period_OpenFuture)
OR (p.EndDate
BETWEEN
SYSDATE a.Period_OpenHistory
AND SYSDATE +
a.Period_OpenFuture))))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period
Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Rate

Number

Control
Amount

Amount

Approved

Yes-No

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_gljournal
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_gljournal
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

(1)

(Y)

1150

Currency
Conversion Rate

The Currency Conversion Rate

indicates the rate to use when
converting the source currency
to the accounting currency

If not zero, the

Debit amount of the
document must be
equal this amount

If the control amount is zero, no

check is performed. Otherwise
the total Debit amount must be
equal to the control amount,
before the document is processed.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Window: GL Journal
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Total
Debit

Amount

(0)

Total
Credit

Amount

(0)

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Process
Journal

Button

Copy
Details

Button

Posted

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Total debit in
document currency

The Total Debit indicates the

total debit amount for a journal or
journal batch in the source currency

Total Credit in
document currency

The Total Credit indicates the

total credit amount for a journal or
journal batch in the source currency

The current status

of the document

_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document
Copy From Record

_Posted Status(N)
Posting status

2. Tab: Line - GL_JournalLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: General Ledger Journal Line
Comment/Help: The GL Journal Line Tab defines the individual debit and credit transactions that comprise a journal.
Tab Level: 1

1151

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup
Copy From Record
The Posted field indicates the
status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Window: GL Journal
Table 238.2. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Journal
Line

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

('N')

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Journal

Table
Direct

Line No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger
Journal Line

The General Ledger Journal

Line identifies a single
transaction in a journal.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
adorg_gljournalline
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account

(see same above)

adclient_gljournalline

gljournal_gljournalline

General Ledger Journal

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
GL_JournalLine
WHERE
GL_Journal_ID=@GL_Journal_ID@)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Generated

Yes-No

Unique line for

this document

(Y)

1152

The General Ledger Journal

identifies a group of journal
lines which represent a
logical business transaction
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This Line is generated

The Generated checkbox

identifies a journal line that
was generated from a source
document. Lines could also be
entered manually or imported.

Window: GL Journal
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Currency

Table
Direct

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Account
Date

Date

(@DateAcct@)

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Account

Table

C_ElementValue (trx)

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
AND
account_gljournalline
Account used
ae.ElementType='AC'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)
AND
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account

The (natural) account used

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Identifies a
cbpartner_gljournalline
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
for this record
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
Accounting Date

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_gljournalline
Rate Type

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_gljournalline

1153

Comment/Help
Indicates the Currency to
be used when processing
or reporting on this record
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
The Currency Conversion
Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Window: GL Journal
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Activity

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

Campaign

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
cactivity_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Business Activity
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
ccampaign_gljournalline

Comment/Help
Activities indicate tasks that
are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Sales
Region

Table

C_Sales Region
(No summary)

Callout:
csalesregion_gljournalline
Sales coverage region
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Project

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

Callout:
cproject_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Sub
Account

Table
Direct

C_SubAcct.C_ElementValue_ID=@Account_ID@

Sub account for

Element Value

csubacct_gljournalline

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

Product

Search

M_Product
(no summary)

Callout:
mproduct_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Location
From

Search

C_Location

Callout:
Location that inventory
clocfrom_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
was moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Location
To

Search

C_Location

Location that inventory

was moved to

The Location To indicates

the location that a
product was moved to.

User
Column 1

ID

clocto_gljournalline

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
User defined
accounting Element

1154

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.

Window: GL Journal
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

User
Column 2

ID

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
User defined
accounting Element

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
User defined
user1_gljournalline
AND
list element #1
ae.ElementType='U1'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
User defined
user2_gljournalline
AND
list element #2
ae.ElementType='U2'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Alias List

Table

C_ValidCombination
Callout:
Valid Account
(with Alias defined)aliasvalidcombination_gljourna
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.alias
Alias List

The Combination identifies a

valid combination of element
which represent a GL account.

Rate

Number

(@CurrencyRate@; 1)

The Currency Conversion Rate

indicates the rate to use when

Callout:
Currency
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.amt
Conversion Rate
1155

Window: GL Journal
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
converting the source currency
to the accounting currency

Combination Account

Callout:
Valid Account
cvc_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.alias
Combination

Create
Asset

Yes-No

('N')

Asset

Search

A_Asset_ID
aasset_gljournalline

Asset
Group

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

Table
Direct
aassetgroup_gljournalline

The Combination identifies a

valid combination of element
which represent a GL account.

Source
Debit

Amount

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.amt
Source Debit Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source
Credit

Amount

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.amt
Source Credit Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Accounted
Debit

Amount

Accounted
Credit

Amount

UOM

Table
Direct

Quantity

Amount

cuom_gljournalline

1156

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Chapter 239. Window: GL Journal Batch

Description: Enter and change Manual Journal Entries
Comment/Help: The GL Journal Window allows you to enter and modify manual journal entries
Created:1999-06-29 00:00:00.0
Updated:2012-07-23 10:36:10.0

1. Tab: Batch - GL_JournalBatch

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: General Ledger Journal Batch
Comment/Help: The GL Journal Batch Tab defines the control parameters for a Journal Batch. A Batch can consist of multiple Journals. If the Control Amount is
not zero, it is compared to the Total Debit Amount. The Control/Debit/Credit Amount is in Source Document Currency.
Tab Level: 0
Table 239.1. Batch Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Journal
Batch

ID

Active

Yes-No

Process
Now

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(Y)

1157

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Description

String

PostingType

List

Document
Type

Table
Direct

GL
Category

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Optional short
description
of the record
Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment (A)

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Posting Type indicates the
type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

C_DocType.DocBaseType='GLJ'
AND
cdoctype_gljournalbatchC_DocType.AD_Org_ID Document type or rules
IN (0,
@AD_Org_ID@)

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

null

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

glcategory_gljournalbatch

1158

General Ledger
Category

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Document
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date of the Document

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period
Accounting Date

Period

Table

C_Period (all)

(EXISTS
( SELECT * FROM
C_PeriodControl
pc WHERE
C_Period.C_Period_ID
= pc.C_Period_ID
AND pc.PeriodStatus
= 'O') OR EXISTS
( SELECT * FROM
C_AcctSchema a,
C_Period p WHERE
C_Period.C_Period_ID
= p.C_Period_ID AND
c_period_journalbatch a.AutoPeriodControl = Period of the Calendar
'Y' AND ( (p.StartDate
BETWEEN
SYSDATE a.Period_OpenHistory
AND SYSDATE +
a.Period_OpenFuture)
OR (p.EndDate
BETWEEN
SYSDATE a.Period_OpenHistory
AND SYSDATE +
a.Period_OpenFuture))))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period

1159

Comment/Help
The Document Date indicates
the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
The Period indicates an exclusive
range of dates for a calendar.

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Currency

Table
Direct

(@$C_Currency_ID@)

Control
Amount

Amount

Approved

Yes-No

Total
Debit

Amount

Total
Credit

Amount

Document
Status

List

Process
Batch

Button

Copy
Details

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccurrency_gljournalbatch

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

If not zero, the

Debit amount of the
document must be
equal this amount

If the control amount is zero, no

check is performed. Otherwise
the total Debit amount must be
equal to the control amount,
before the document is processed.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Total debit in
document currency

The Total Debit indicates the

total debit amount for a journal or
journal batch in the source currency

Total Credit in
document currency

The Total Credit indicates the

total credit amount for a journal or
journal batch in the source currency

The current status

of the document

_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document
Copy From Record

2. Tab: Journal - GL_Journal

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
1160

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup
Copy From Record

Window: GL Journal Batch

Description: General Ledger Journal
Comment/Help: The GL Journal Tab defines the control parameters for a single GL Journal. If the Control Amount is not zero, it is compared to the Total Debit
Amount. The Control/Debit/Credit Amount is in Source Document Currency.
Tab Level: 1
Table 239.2. Journal Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Journal

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger Journal

The General Ledger Journal

identifies a group of journal
lines which represent a
logical business transaction

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Processed

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

(N)

Process
Journal

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

(@
$C_AcctSchema_ID@)

Process
Now

Button

Journal
Batch

Table
Direct

c_acctschema_gl_journal

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

gljournalbatch_gljournal

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

1161

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

PostingType

List

Budget

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment
(@PostingType@)

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

General Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget

identifies a user defined
budget. These can be used
in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

glbudget_gljournal

1162

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Document
Type

Table
Direct

(@C_DocType_ID@)

GL
Category

Table
Direct

(@GL_Category_ID@)

Document
Date

Date

(@DateDoc@)

Account
Date

Date

(@DateAcct@)

Period

Table

C_Period (all)
(@C_Period_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_DocType.DocBaseType='GLJ'
AND
cdoctype_gljournal C_DocType.AD_Org_ID Document type or rules
IN (0,
@AD_Org_ID@)
null
glcategory_gljournal

General Ledger
Category

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date of the Document

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period;
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
Accounting Date

c_period_journal

(EXISTS
( SELECT * FROM
C_PeriodControl
pc WHERE
C_Period.C_Period_ID
= pc.C_Period_ID
AND pc.PeriodStatus
= 'O') OR EXISTS
( SELECT * FROM
C_AcctSchema a,
Period of the Calendar
C_Period p WHERE
C_Period.C_Period_ID
= p.C_Period_ID AND
a.AutoPeriodControl =
'Y' AND ( (p.StartDate
BETWEEN
SYSDATE a.Period_OpenHistory
AND SYSDATE +
a.Period_OpenFuture)
1163

Comment/Help
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.
The Document Date indicates
the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
The Period indicates an exclusive
range of dates for a calendar.

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

OR (p.EndDate
BETWEEN
SYSDATE a.Period_OpenHistory
AND SYSDATE +
a.Period_OpenFuture))))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period
Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Rate

Number

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_gljournal
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_gljournal
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

(1)

Control
Amount

Amount

Approved

Yes-No

(Y)

Total
Debit

Amount

(0)

Total
Credit

Amount

(0)

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided

Currency
Conversion Rate

The Currency Conversion Rate

indicates the rate to use when
converting the source currency
to the accounting currency

If not zero, the

Debit amount of the
document must be
equal this amount

If the control amount is zero, no

check is performed. Otherwise
the total Debit amount must be
equal to the control amount,
before the document is processed.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Total debit in
document currency

The Total Debit indicates the

total debit amount for a journal or
journal batch in the source currency

Total Credit in
document currency

The Total Credit indicates the

total credit amount for a journal or
journal batch in the source currency

The current status

of the document
1164

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
Posted

Button

Comment/Help
the document status, use
the Document Action field

_Posted Status(N)
Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

3. Tab: Line - GL_JournalLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: General Ledger Journal Line
Comment/Help: The GL Journal Line Tab defines the individual debit and credit transactions that comprise a journal.
Tab Level: 2
Table 239.3. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Journal
Line

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

('N')

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Journal

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

General Ledger
Journal Line

The General Ledger Journal

Line identifies a single
transaction in a journal.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
adorg_gljournalline
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account

(see same above)

adclient_gljournalline

gljournal_gljournalline

General Ledger Journal

1165

The General Ledger Journal

identifies a group of journal

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
lines which represent a
logical business transaction

Line No

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
GL_JournalLine
WHERE
GL_Journal_ID=@GL_Journal_ID@)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Generated

Yes-No

Unique line for

this document

(Y)

Currency

Table
Direct

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Account
Date

Date

(@DateAcct@)

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Account

Table

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This Line is generated

The Generated checkbox

identifies a journal line that
was generated from a source
document. Lines could also be
entered manually or imported.

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
for this record
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
Accounting Date

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.rate
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_gljournalline
Rate Type
C_ElementValue (trx)

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
account_gljournalline
Account used
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
AND
1166

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
The Currency Conversion
Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.
The (natural) account used

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ae.ElementType='AC'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)
AND
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Identifies a
cbpartner_gljournalline
Business Partner
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_gljournalline

Activity

Table

C_Activity
(No summary)

Campaign

Table

C_Campaign
(No summary)

Callout:
cactivity_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Business Activity
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
ccampaign_gljournalline

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.
Activities indicate tasks that
are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Sales
Region

Table

C_Sales Region
(No summary)

Callout:
csalesregion_gljournalline
Sales coverage region
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Project

Table

C_Project (No
summary)

Callout:
cproject_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Sub
Account

Table
Direct

C_SubAcct.C_ElementValue_ID=@Account_ID@
Sub account for
csubacct_gljournalline
Element Value

The Element Value (e.g. Account)

may have optional sub accounts
for further detail. The sub account
is dependent on the value of the

1167

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
account, so a further specification.
If the sub-accounts are more or
less the same, consider using
another accounting dimension.

Product

Search

M_Product
(no summary)

Callout:
mproduct_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Location
From

Search

C_Location

Callout:
Location that inventory
clocfrom_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
was moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

Location
To

Search

C_Location

Location that inventory

was moved to

The Location To indicates

the location that a
product was moved to.

User
Column 1

ID

clocto_gljournalline

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
User defined
accounting Element

User
Column 2

ID

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
User defined
accounting Element

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
User defined
user1_gljournalline
ae WHERE
list element #1
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
AND
ae.ElementType='U1'
1168

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)
A user defined accounting element
referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)
The user defined element
displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account
User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
User defined
user2_gljournalline
AND
list element #2
ae.ElementType='U2'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.account

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Alias List

Table

C_ValidCombination
Callout:
Valid Account
(with Alias defined)aliasvalidcombination_gljourna
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.alias
Alias List

The Combination identifies a

valid combination of element
which represent a GL account.

Rate

Number

(@CurrencyRate@; 1)

The Currency Conversion Rate

indicates the rate to use when
converting the source currency
to the accounting currency

Combination Account

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.amt
Currency
Conversion Rate
Callout:
Valid Account
cvc_gljournalline
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.alias
Combination

Create
Asset

Yes-No

('N')

Asset

Search

A_Asset_ID
aasset_gljournalline

Asset
Group

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

Table
Direct
aassetgroup_gljournalline

1169

The Combination identifies a

valid combination of element
which represent a GL account.

Window: GL Journal Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Source
Debit

Amount

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.amt
Source Debit Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source
Credit

Amount

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.amt
Source Credit Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Accounted
Debit

Amount

Accounted
Credit

Amount

UOM

Table
Direct

Quantity

Amount

cuom_gljournalline

1170

Description

Comment/Help

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Chapter 240. Window: GL Journal Generator

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-09-24 12:16:25.0
Updated:2012-09-24 12:16:25.0

1. Tab: GL Journal Generator - GL_JournalGenerator

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 240.1. GL Journal Generator Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

GL Journal
Generator

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

1171

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: GL Journal Generator

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Document
Type

Table
Direct

GL
Category

Table
Direct

PostingType

List

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Account
Adjust DR

Table

C_ElementValue (trx)

Account
Adjust CR

Table

C_ElementValue (trx)

Validation Rule

Description

C_DocType.DocBaseType='GLJ'
AND
cdoctype_qssjournalgenerator
C_DocType.AD_Org_ID Document type or rules
IN (0,
@AD_Org_ID@)
(@GL_Category_ID@)
glcategory_qssjournalgenerator

null

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment (A)
(@
$C_AcctSchema_ID@)
cacctschema_qssjournalgenerato

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
celementvalueadjustdr_qssjourn
AND
ae.ElementType='AC'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)
AND
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y'
EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
celementvalueadjustcr_qssjourn
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
AND
ae.ElementType='AC'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)
1172

Comment/Help

Window: GL Journal Generator

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AND
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y'
Generate
GL Journal

Button

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

2. Tab: Generator Line - GL_JournalGeneratorLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: GL Journal Generator
Tab Level: 1
Table 240.2. Generator Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Generator
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

GL Journal
Generator

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

qssjournalgenerator_qssjournal

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
GL_JournalGeneratorLine
WHERE
GL_JournalGenerator_ID=@GL_JournalGenerator_ID@)

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

1173

Window: GL Journal Generator

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Account
DR

Table

C_ElementValue (trx)

Account
CR

Table

C_ElementValue (trx)

Type
of BP
Dimension

List

Column Fixed Same

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
celementvaluedr_qssjournalgene
AND
ae.ElementType='AC'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)
AND
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y'
EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
celementvaluecr_qssjournalgene
AND
ae.ElementType='AC'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)
AND
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y'

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_qssjournalgeneratorl

1174

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: GL Journal Generator

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

BP
Column

String

Same
Product

Yes-No

(N)

Copy All
Dimensions

Yes-No

(N)

Multiplier
Amount

Number

(1)

Round
Factor

Integer

(0)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Multiplier Amount
for generating
commissions

The Multiplier Amount indicates

the amount to multiply the
total amount generated by
this commission run by.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

3. Tab: Generator Source - GL_JournalGeneratorSource

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Generator Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 240.3. Generator Source Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Generator
Source

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Generator
Line

Table
Direct

qssjournalgeneratorline_qssjou
1175

Description

Comment/Help

Window: GL Journal Generator

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Account
Element

Table

C_ElementValue (all)

GL
Category

Table
Direct

Multiplier
Amount

Number

Round
Factor

Integer

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Validation Rule

Description

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
ae WHERE
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID=ae.C_Element_ID
celementvalue_qssjournalgenera
AND
Account Element
ae.ElementType='AC'
AND
ae.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@)
AND
C_ElementValue.IsActive='Y'
glcategory_gljournalgenerators

(1)

(Y)

1176

Comment/Help
Account Elements can be natural
accounts or user defined values.

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Multiplier Amount
for generating
commissions

The Multiplier Amount indicates

the amount to multiply the
total amount generated by
this commission run by.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 241. Window: Greeting

Description: Maintain Greetings
Comment/Help: The Greeting Window defines a greeting that is then associated with a Business Partner or Business Partner Contact.
Created:2000-03-19 10:35:21.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Greeting - C_Greeting

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Greeting
Comment/Help: The Greeting Tab defines the manner in which you will address business partners on documents.
Tab Level: 0
Table 241.1. Greeting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Greeting

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Greeting

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1177

Description

Comment/Help

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

For letters, e.g.

"Dear { 0} " or
"Dear Mr. { 0} " - At

The Greeting indicates

what will print on letters
sent to a Business Partner.

Window: Greeting
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

runtime, " { 0} " is

replaced by the name
First
name only

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Print only the first

name in greetings

The First Name Only checkbox

indicates that only the
first name of this contact
should print in greetings.

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Translation - C_Greeting_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 241.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Greeting

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cgreeting_cgreetingtrl

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

adlanguage_cgreetingtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

AD_Language

(Y)

1178

Window: Greeting
Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Greeting

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

String

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

For letters, e.g.

"Dear { 0} " or
"Dear Mr. { 0} " - At
runtime, " { 0} " is
replaced by the name

1179

The Greeting indicates

what will print on letters
sent to a Business Partner.

Chapter 242. Window: House Keeping

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-09-06 20:12:10.0
Updated:2008-09-06 20:12:10.0

1. Tab: House Keeping - AD_HouseKeeping

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 242.1. House Keeping Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

1180

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: House Keeping

Field
Name

Reference

Table

Table
Direct

Sql
WHERE

String

Save In
Historic

Yes-No

Export
XML
Backup

Yes-No

Backup
Folder

FilePath

House
Keeping

Button

Last Run

Date
+Time

Last
Deleted

Integer

Active

Yes-No

House
Keeping
Configuration

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adtable_adhousekeeping

Description

Comment/Help

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Backup Folder

(Y)

(same as first report)

1181

(see same above)

Chapter 243. Window: Import Account

Description: Import Natural Account Values
Comment/Help: The Import Natural Account Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button
will either add or modify the appropriate records.
Created:2003-01-11 16:29:10.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Import Account - I_ElementValue

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 243.1. Import Account Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Import
Account

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Account
Element

Table
Direct

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Element
Name

String

Import Account Value

celementvalue_ielementvalue

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Account Element

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Name of the Element

1182

Window: Import Account

Field
Name

Reference

Element

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

celement_ielementvalue

Description

Comment/Help

Accounting Element

The Account Element uniquely

identifies an Account Type.
These are commonly known
as a Chart of Accounts.

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Account
Type

List

Account
Sign

List

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Parent Key

String

Optional short
description
of the record
Asset Revenue
Expense Owner's
Equity Liability Memo

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Indicates the
type of account

Valid account types are A - Asset,

E - Expense, L - Liability, OOwner's Equity, R -Revenue and
M- Memo. The account type is
used to determine what taxes,
if any are applicable, validating
payables and receivables for
business partners. Note: Memo
account amounts are ignored
when checking for balancing

Indicates the Natural

Sign of the Account
as a Debit or Credit

Indicates if the expected balance

for this account should be a Debit
or a Credit. If set to Natural,
the account sign for an asset or
expense account is Debit Sign
(i.e. negative if a credit balance).

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Natural Debit Credit

Key if the Parent

1183

(see same above)

Window: Import Account

Field
Name

Reference

Parent
Account

Table

Post
Actual

Yes-No

Post
Budget

Yes-No

Post
Statistical

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_ElementValue (all)
cevalueparent_ielementvalue

Description

Comment/Help

The parent
(summary) account
Actual Values
can be posted

The Post Actual indicates

if actual values can be
posted to this element value.

Budget values
can be posted

The Post Budget indicates

if budget values can be
posted to this element value.

Post statistical
quantities to
this account?

Post
Yes-No
Encumbrance

Post commitments
to this account

Document
Controlled

Yes-No

Control account
- If an account is
controlled by a
document, you cannot
post manually to it

Default
Account

String

Name of the Default

Account Column

Column

Table

Import
Accounts

Button

Processed

Yes-No

I_ElementValue
Column

adcolumn_ielementvalue

1184

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 244. Window: Import Bank Statement

Description: Import Bank Statements
Comment/Help: null
Created:2003-06-07 20:39:05.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Bank Statement - I_BankStatement

[IMAGE]
Description: Import Bank Statement
Tab Level: 0
Table 244.1. Bank Statement Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Import
Bank
Statement

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Bank
Statement

Search

Bank
statement
line

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Import of the
Bank Statement
Has this import
been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

cbankstatement_ibankstatement

Bank Statement
of account

The Bank Statement identifies

a unique Bank Statement
for a defined time period.
The statement defines all
transactions that occurred

cbankstmtline_ibankstmt

Line on a statement
from this Bank

The Bank Statement Line identifies

a unique transaction (Payment,
Withdrawal, Charge) for the
defined time period at this Bank.

Search

1185

Window: Import Bank Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Import
Error
Message

String

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Routing
No

String

Bank
Account
No

String

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Statement
date

Date

Line No

Integer

Reference
No

Optional short
description
of the record

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.
Bank Account Number

cbankaccount_ibankstatement

String

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Date of the statement

The Statement Date field defines

the date of the statement.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

1186

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices

Window: Import Bank Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Line
Description

String

Statement
Line Date

Date

Account
Date

Date

Effective
date

Date

Reversal

Yes-No

ISO
Currency
Code

String

Currency

Table
Direct

Description of the Line

Date of the
Statement Line

Amount

Charge
Name

String

Charge

Table
Direct

Date when money

is available

The Effective Date indicates

the date that money is
available from the bank.

This is a reversing
transaction

The Reversal check box

indicates if this is a reversal
of a prior transaction.

Three letter ISO 4217

Code of the Currency

ccurrency_ibankstatement

Transaction Amount
Amount
Statement
amount

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

For details - http://www.unece.org/

trade/rec/rec09en.htm

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Amount of a
transaction

The Transaction Amount indicates

the amount for a single transaction.

Statement Amount

The Statement Amount

indicates the amount of
a single statement line.

Name of the Charge

Additional
document charges

ccharge_ibankstmt

1187

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Window: Import Bank Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Interest
Amount

Amount

Charge
amount

Amount

Memo

String

Business
Partner
Key

String

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice
Document
No

String

Invoice

Search

Payment
Document
No

String

Payment

Search

Transaction
Type

List

Match
Bank
Statement

Button

Import
Bank
Statement

Button

Create
Payment

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Interest Amount

The Interest Amount indicates

any interest charged or
received on a Bank Statement.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Memo Text
Key of the
Business Partner

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_ibankstatement

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Document Number
of the Invoice
cinvoice_ibankstatement

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Document number
of the Payment
cpayment_ibankstatement

Payment identifier

Sales Credit (Payment)

Voice Authorization
Void Delayed
Capture Authorization

Type of credit
card transaction

1188

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.
The Transaction Type indicates the
type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Window: Import Bank Statement

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Processed

Yes-No

EFT
Statement
Reference

String

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Statement Reference

Information from EFT media

EFT
Statement
Date

Date

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Statement Date

Information from EFT media

EFT
Trx ID

String

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Transaction ID

Information from EFT media

EFT Trx
Type

String

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Transaction Type

Information from EFT media

EFT
Check No

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Check No

Information from EFT media

EFT
Reference

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Reference

Information from EFT media

EFT
Memo

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Memo

Information from EFT media

EFT Payee

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Payee
information

Information from EFT media

EFT Payee
Account

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Payee
Account Information

Information from EFT media

EFT
Statement
Line Date

Date

Electronic
Funds Transfer
Statement Line Date

Information from EFT media

EFT
Effective
Date

Date

Electronic Funds
Transfer Valuta
(effective) Date

Information from EFT media

1189

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Import Bank Statement

Field
Name

Reference

EFT
Currency
EFT
Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Electronic Funds
Transfer Currency

Information from EFT media

Amount

Electronic Funds
Transfer Amount

1190

Chapter 245. Window: Import Business Partner

Description: Import Business Partner
Comment/Help: The Import Business Partner Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button
will either add or modify the appropriate records.
Created:1999-12-29 05:00:02.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Import Business Partner - I_BPartner

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 245.1. Import Business Partner Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Import
Business
Partner

ID

Imported

Yes-No

(N)

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Business
Partner

Search
Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Import
Error
Message

String

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

cbpartner_ibpartner

1191

Window: Import Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Name 2

String

Additional Name

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

D-U-N-S

String

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

NAICS/
SIC

String

Tax ID

String

Group Key

String

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Address 1

String

Address 2

String

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html
Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Business Partner
Group Key
The Business Partner Group
provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

cbpgroup_ibpartner

Business Partner Group

cbpartnerlocation_ibpartner

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for

1192

Window: Import Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

ZIP

String

Additional
Zip

String

City

String

Region

String

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP

identifies the postal code
for this entity's address.

Additional ZIP
or Postal code

The Additional ZIP or Postal

Code identifies, if appropriate, any
additional Postal Code information.

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Name of the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Region

Table
Direct

C_Region.C_Country_ID=@C_Country_ID@
Identifies a
cregion_ibpartner
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

ISO
Country
Code

String

Upper-case twoletter alphanumeric

ISO Country code
according to ISO
3166-1 - http://
www.chemie.fuberlin.de/diverse/
doc/ISO_3166.html

For details - http://

www.din.de/gremien/nas/
nabd/iso3166ma/codlstp1.html
or - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec03en.htm

Country

Table
Direct

ccountry_ipartner

(-1)

Country

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_ibpartner
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Title

String

Name this entity

is referred to as

Contact
Name

String

Business Partner
Contact Name
1193

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
The Title indicates the name
that an entity is referred to as.

Window: Import Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

Contact
Description

String

Comments

Text

Phone

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description of Contact
Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Birthday

Date

EMail
Address

String

Birthday or
Anniversary day

Electronic
Mail Address

Password

String

Interest
Area

String

Interest
Area

Table
Direct

Birthday or Anniversary day

The Email Address is the
Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".

rinterestarea_ibpartner

1194

Name of the
Interest Area

Name of the Interest

Area of the user

Interest Area or Topic

Interest Areas reflect interest

in a topic by a contact.
Interest areas can be used
for marketing campaigns.

Window: Import Business Partner

Field
Name

Reference

BP
Contact
Greeting

String

Greeting

Table
Direct

Customer

Yes-No

Employee

Vendor

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Greeting for Business

Partner Contact
cgreeting_ibpartner

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Yes-No

Yes-No

Import
Business
Partners

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Comment/Help

1195

Chapter 246. Window: Import Confirmations

Description: Import Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines
Comment/Help: Import Confirmation data of existing Receipt/Shipment Confirmations
Created:2004-07-02 14:36:09.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Confirmation Lines - I_InOutLineConfirm

[IMAGE]
Description: Import Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines
Comment/Help: Import Confirmation data of existing Receipt/Shipment Confirmations
Tab Level: 0
Table 246.1. Confirmation Lines Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Imported

Yes-No

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation
Import
Line

ID

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Import Confirmation Line Details

Material Shipment or
Receipt Confirmation
Import Line

Messages generated
from import process

1196

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Window: Import Confirmations

Field
Name

Reference

Ship/
Search
Receipt
Confirmation
Line

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Material Shipment
or Receipt
Confirmation Line

minoutlineconfirm_import

Confirmation
No

String

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

Difference

Quantity

Difference Quantity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Comment/Help
Confirmation details

Confirmation Number
Confirmation of a received quantity

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Import
Button
Confirmations
Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

1197

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 247. Window: Import Currency Rate

Description: Import Currency Conversion Rates
Comment/Help: The rates are imported after validation of currencies and conversion rate type as well as rates. The multiply rate is used. If a reciprocal rate is to
be created, the divide rate is used.
Created:2003-12-29 19:53:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Import Currency Rate - I_Conversion_Rate

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Import Currency Conversion Rate
Tab Level: 0
Table 247.1. Import Currency Rate Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Import
Conversion
Rate

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Conversion
Rate

Table
Direct

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Import Currency
Conversion Rate

cconversionrate_iconvrate

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Rate used for

converting currencies

The Conversion Rate defines

the rate (multiply or divide) to
use when converting a source
currency to an accounting currency.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1198

(see same above)

Window: Import Currency Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

ISO
Currency
Code

String

Currency

Table
Direct

ISO
Currency
To Code

String

Currency
To

Table

Currency
Type Key

String

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Multiply
Rate

Number

Divide
Rate

Number

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Three letter ISO 4217

Code of the Currency
The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_iconvrate

Three letter ISO

4217 Code of
the To Currency
C_Currencies

Comment/Help

ccurrency_iconvrateto

cconvtype_iconvrate

1199

For details - http://www.unece.org/

trade/rec/rec09en.htm
Indicates the Currency to
be used when processing
or reporting on this record
For details - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec09en.htm

Target currency

The Currency To defines the target

currency for this conversion rate.

Key value for

the Currency
Conversion Rate Type

The date type key for the

conversion of foreign
currency transactions

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Rate to multiple
the source by to
calculate the target.

To convert Source number

to Target number, the Source
is multiplied by the multiply
rate. If the Multiply Rate is
entered, then the Divide Rate
will be automatically calculated.

To convert Source
number to Target
number, the
Source is divided

To convert Source number

to Target number, the Source
is divided by the divide rate.
If you enter a Divide Rate,
the Multiply Rate will be
automatically calculated.

Window: Import Currency Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Valid from

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Create
Reciprocal
Rate

Yes-No

Create Reciprocal
Rate from current
information

If selected, the imported USD->

EUR rate is used to create/calculate
the reciprocal rate EUR-> USD.

Import
Conversion
Rate

Button

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(N)

1200

Chapter 248. Window: Import GL Journal

Description: Import General Ledger Journals
Comment/Help: You way want to check the balance of the import with "Validate Only" before importing. Unbalanced Journals are imported; the handling is based
on your settings for the posting process. The optional balance check checks the entire import, not individual batches and journals.
Created:2003-06-07 20:41:39.0
Updated:2005-10-08 10:25:04.0

1. Tab: General Ledger - I_GLJournal

[IMAGE]
Description: Import General Ledger
Comment/Help: A new Journal Batch is created, if the Batch Document No or accounting schema are different. A new Journal is created, if the Document No,
Currency, Document Type, GL Category, Posting Type or Accounting type is different. You can also force the creation of a new Batch or Jornal by selecting the
creat new flag.< p> Please note that there are three Organization Fields: The Document Organization is the owner of the document and set directly or per parameter
default. The Organization is part of the accounting key and only required id no Valid Account Comination is specified; If not defined it is derived from the Document
Organization. The Transaction Organization is part of the account combination. The optional balance check applies to the entire import, not for individual batches
or journals. The document numbers will be overwritten if the document type is not set to manual sequences.
Tab Level: 0
Table 248.1. General Ledger Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Import GL
Journal

ID

Import General
Ledger Journal

Imported

Yes-No

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Import
Error
Message

String

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

1201

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Import GL Journal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Journal
Batch

Search

Client Key

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Document
Org

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Batch
Document
No

String

Create
New Batch

Yes-No

Batch
Description

String

Journal

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

gljournalbatch_igljournal

Create
New
Journal

Yes-No

Account
Schema
Name

String

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Document
Organization
(independent from
account organization)
Document Number
of the Batch

(N)

If selected a new
batch is created

Note that the balance check

does not check that individual
batches are balanced.

Description
of the Batch

gljournal_igljournal

String

Comment/Help

Key of the Client

adorgdoc_igljournal

Journal
Document
No

Description

General Ledger Journal

The General Ledger Journal

identifies a group of journal
lines which represent a
logical business transaction

Document number
of the Journal
(N)

If selected a new
journal within the
batch is created

Note that the balance check

does not check that individual
journals are balanced.

Name of the
Accounting Schema
cacctschema_igljournal

Rules for accounting

1202

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in

Window: Import GL Journal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

PostingType

List

Budget

Table
Direct

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment

glbudget_igljournal

Document
Type
Name

String

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Category
Name

String

GL
Category

Table
Direct

Account
Date

Date

Period

Table
Direct

Journal
Line

Search

Line No

Integer

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

General Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget

identifies a user defined
budget. These can be used
in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

Name of the
Document Type

cdoctype_igljournal

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Name of the Category

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

cperiod_igljournal

Period of the Calendar

The Period indicates an exclusive

range of dates for a calendar.

gljourbelline_igljournal

General Ledger
Journal Line

The General Ledger Journal

Line identifies a single
transaction in a journal.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also

glcategory_igljournal

1203

Window: Import GL Journal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Description

String

Source
Debit

Amount

Source
Credit

Amount

ISO
Currency
Code

String

Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type Key

String

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Rate

Number

Accounted
Debit

Amount

Accounted
Credit

Amount

Optional short
description
of the record
Source Debit Amount

The Source Debit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Source Credit Amount

The Source Credit Amount

indicates the credit amount for
this line in the source currency.

Three letter ISO 4217

Code of the Currency

ccurrency_igljournal

cconversiontype_igljournal

1204

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

For details - http://www.unece.org/

trade/rec/rec09en.htm

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Key value for

the Currency
Conversion Rate Type

The date type key for the

conversion of foreign
currency transactions

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Currency
Conversion Rate

The Currency Conversion Rate

indicates the rate to use when
converting the source currency
to the accounting currency

Accounted
Debit Amount

The Account Debit Amount

indicates the transaction
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

Accounted
Credit Amount

The Account Credit Amount

indicates the transaction

Window: Import GL Journal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
amount converted to this
organization's accounting currency

UOM

Table
Direct

Quantity

Quantity

Combination

cuom_igljournal

Search
cvalidcombination_igljournal

Org Key

String

Organization

Table
Direct

Account
Key

String

Account

Table

Business
Partner
Key

String

Business
Partner

Search

Product
Key

String

UPC/EAN

String

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Valid Account
Combination

The Combination identifies a

valid combination of element
which represent a GL account.

Key of the
Organization
(0)

adorg_igljournal

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Key of Account
Element
Account_ID (Trx) celvalueaccount_igljournal

Account used

The (natural) account used

Key of the
Business Partner

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_igljournal

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Key of the Product

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

1205

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,

Window: Import GL Journal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

SKU

Product

String
Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Search
mproduct_ogljournal

Project
Key

String

Project

Search

Key of the Project

cproject_igljournal
Campaign
Key

String

Campaign

Table
Direct

Financial Project
Text key of
the Campaign

ccampaign_igljournal

Activity
Key

String

Activity

Table
Direct

Sales
Region
Key

String

Sales
Region

Table
Direct

Trx Org
Key

String

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Text key for Activity

cactivity_gljournal

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Text key of the

Sales Region
csalesregion_igljournal

Sales coverage region

Key of the Transaction
Organization
1206

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Window: Import GL Journal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Location
From

Table

Location
To

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Import
Journal

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adorgtrx_igljournal

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

clocfrom_igljournal

Location that inventory

was moved from

The Location From

indicates the location that a
product was moved from.

clocto_igljournal

Location that inventory

was moved to

The Location To indicates

the location that a
product was moved to.

cevalueuser1_igljournal

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celvalueuser2_igljournal

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

C_Location

C_Location

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

1207

Chapter 249. Window: Import Inventory

Description: Import Inventory Transactions
Comment/Help: Validate and Import Inventory Transactions
Created:2003-05-28 22:43:30.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Inventory - I_Inventory

[IMAGE]
Description: Import Inventory
Comment/Help: Validate and Import Inventory Transactions. The Locator is primarily determined by the Locator Key, then the Warehouse and X,Y,Z fields.< p>
A Physical Inventory is created per Warehouse and Movement Date.
Tab Level: 0
Table 249.1. Inventory Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mwarehouse_iinventory
(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

Import
Inventory

ID

Import Inventory
Transactions

Imported

Yes-No

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

Phys.Inventory Search
minventory_iinventory

1208

Window: Import Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

minventoryline_iinventory

Description

Comment/Help

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Document
Type
Name

String

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Movement
Date

Date

Warehouse
Key

String

Aisle (X)

String

Bin (Y)

String

Level (Z)
Locator
Key

Name of the
Document Type
C_DocType.DocBaseType='MMI'
cdoctype_iinventory
AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

Key of the Warehouse

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules
The Movement Date indicates
the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
Key to identify the Warehouse

X dimension,
e.g., Aisle

The X dimension indicates the

Aisle a product is located in.

Y dimension, e.g., Bin

The Y dimension indicates

the Bin a product is located in

String

Z dimension,
e.g., Level

The Z dimension indicates the

Level a product is located in.

String

Key of the
Warehouse Locator

1209

Window: Import Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Locator

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

UPC/EAN

String

Product

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mlocator_iinventory

Description

Comment/Help

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

(same as first report)

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Lot number
(alphanumeric)

The Lot Number indicates

the specific lot that a
product was part of.

Product Serial Number

The Serial Number identifies a

tracked, warranted product. It can
only be used when the quantity is 1.

Book Quantity

The Quantity Book indicates

the line count stored in the
system for a product in inventory

Counted Quantity

The Quantity Count indicates

the actual inventory count
taken for a product in inventory

Internal Use
Quantity removed
from Inventory

Quantity of product inventory

used internally (positive if
taken out - negative if returned)

Search
mproduct_iinventory

Lot No

String

Serial No

String

Quantity
book

Quantity

Quantity
count

Quantity

Internal
Use Qty

Quantity

Charge
Name

String

Name of the Charge

1210

(see same above)

Window: Import Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Charge

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccharge_iinventory

Description

Comment/Help

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Current
Cost Price

Amount

The currently
used cost price

Cost
Adjustment
Line

Search

Import
Inventory

Button

M_InventoryLine

Unique line in an
Inventory cost
adjustment document

MCostingLine_IInventory

1211

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Cost Adjustment Line

indicates the inventory cost
adjustment document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

Chapter 250. Window: Import Inventory Move

Description: This window allow import Inventory Move transaction
Comment/Help: null
Created:2010-06-20 19:40:14.0
Updated:2010-06-20 19:47:15.0

1. Tab: Import Inventory Move - I_Movement

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 250.1. Import Inventory Move Fields
Field
Name

Reference

I_Movement_ID

ID

Active

Yes-No

Inventory
Move

Search

Move Line

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Import
Error
Message

String

Document
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

mmovement_imovement

Movement
of Inventory

The Inventory Movement

uniquely identifies a
group of movement lines.

mmovementline_imovement

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

M_Movement

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(same as first report)

1212

(see same above)

(see same above)

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the

Window: Import Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Org Key

String

Movement
Date

Date

Document
Type
Name

String

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Business
Partner
Key

String

Key of the
Organization
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Name of the
Document Type

cdoctype_imovement

Document type or rules

Key of the
Business Partner

1213

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Window: Import Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

ShipperName

String

Shipper

Table

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Delivery
Via

String

Delivery
Rule

String

Priority

Values (Default)

M_Shipper

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cbpartner_imovement

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

mshipper_imovement

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

aduser_imovement

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

String

Freight
Cost Rule

String

Project
Key

String

Project

Table
Direct

Key of the Project

cproject_imovement

Financial Project

1214

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Import Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Campaign
Key

String

Campaign

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

String

Trx
Organization

Table

Marketing Campaign

String

User
Element
List 2

String

Product
Key

String

Product

Search

AD_Org (Trx)

String

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Key of the Product

mproduct_imovement
Locator
Key

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Key of the Transaction

Organization

adorgtrx_imovement

User
Element
List 1

Comment/Help

Text key of
the Campaign

ccampaign_imovement

Trx Org
Key

Description

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Key of the
Warehouse Locator
mlocator_imovement

Warehouse Locator
1215

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Window: Import Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Locator
To Key

String

Locator To

Locator
(WH)

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mlocatorto_imovement

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Imported

Yes-No

(N)

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

Import
Inventory
Move

Button

1216

Description

Comment/Help

Location inventory
is moved to

The Locator To indicates

the location where the
inventory is being moved to.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 251. Window: Import Invoice

Description: Import Invoices
Comment/Help: Import invoiced loaded
Created:2003-06-07 21:07:40.0
Updated:2005-04-02 23:33:51.0

1. Tab: Invoice - I_Invoice

[IMAGE]
Description: Import Invoices
Comment/Help: You should supply the Document Type Name (or ID). The Document Type is on purpose not fully derived as it has too many consequences if it's
wrong. The best way is to set the Document Type Name as a Constant in your Import File Format or as an imported field in the file.
Tab Level: 0
Table 251.1. Invoice Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

I_Invoice_UU String
Import
Invoice

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Invoice

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Import
Error
Message

String

Import Invoice
Has this import
been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

cinvoice_iinvoice

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

cinvliceline_iinvoice

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

1217

Window: Import Invoice

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
Type
Name

String

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

adorg_iinvoice

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Name of the
Document Type
C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARI',
cdoctype_iinvoice
'API','ARC','APC') Document type or rules
AND
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@

Document
sequence number
of the document

1218

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Window: Import Invoice

Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Description

String

Sales
Table
Representative

Currency

Price List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Optional short
description
of the record

adusersalesrep_iinvoice

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Table
Direct

ccurrency_iinvoice

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Table
Direct

mpricelist_iinvoice

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Payment
Term Key

String

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

Business
Partner
Key

String

Name

String

AD_User - SalesRep

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Key of the
Payment Term
cpaymentterm_iinvoice

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

cbpartner_iinvoice

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Key of the
Business Partner

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1219

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Import Invoice

Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Address

Search

Address 1

String

Address 2

String

City

String

ZIP

String

Region

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_iinvoice
to) address for this
Business Partner
clocation_iinvoice

Table
Direct

ISO
Country
Code

Yes-No

Country

Table
Direct

cregion_iinvoice

ccountry_iinvoice

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP

identifies the postal code
for this entity's address.

Name of the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Identifies a
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

Upper-case twoletter alphanumeric

ISO Country code
according to ISO
3166-1 - http://
www.chemie.fuberlin.de/diverse/
doc/ISO_3166.html

For details - http://

www.din.de/gremien/nas/
nabd/iso3166ma/codlstp1.html
or - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec03en.htm

Country

1220

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Location or Address

String

Region

Comment/Help

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

Window: Import Invoice

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Contact
Name

String

Business Partner
Contact Name

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

EMail
Address

String
Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Date printed on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Date
Invoiced

Date

Account
Date

Date

Product

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_iinvoice
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Search
nproduct_iinvoice

Product
Key

String

Charge

Table
Direct

Charge
Name

String

SKU

String

Comment/Help
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Key of the Product

Additional
document charges

ccharge_iinvoice

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Name of the Charge

Stock Keeping Unit

1221

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be

Window: Import Invoice

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

UPC/EAN

String

Ordered
Quantity

Quantity

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Line
Description

String

Tax
Indicator

String

Tax

Table
Direct

Tax
Amount

Amount

Project

Search

String

Campaign

Table
Direct

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

Description of the Line

ctax_iinvoice

cproject_iinvoice
Project
Key

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Short form for

Tax to be printed
on documents

The Tax Indicator identifies the

short name that will print on
documents referencing this tax.

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Key of the Project

ccampaign_iinvoice

Marketing Campaign

1222

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing

Window: Import Invoice

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Activity

Table
Direct

Activity
Key

String

Trx
Organization

Table

cactivity_iinvoice

Business Activity

Text key for Activity

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_iinvoice

1099 Box

Table

1099 Box
Value

String

Import
Invoice

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

ASU_1099Box

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

c1099box_iinvoice

1223

Chapter 252. Window: Import Loader Format

Description: Maintain Import Loader Formats
Comment/Help: The Import Loader Format Window is used for defining the file layout for product information which will be imported.
Created:2000-09-15 14:54:13.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Import Format - AD_ImpFormat

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 252.1. Import Format Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Import
Format

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Table

Table
Direct

(Y)
adtable_adimpformat

AD_Table.TableName
LIKE 'I#_%'
ESCAPE '#'
1224

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Window: Import Loader Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Format

List

Fixed Position Tab

Separated XML
Custom Separator Char
Comma Separated

Separator
Character

String

Copy
Lines

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Format of the data

The Format is a drop down list

box for selecting the format
type (text, tab delimited, XML,
etc) of the file to be imported

2. Tab: Format Field - AD_ImpFormat_Row

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Format Fields
Comment/Help: Define the individual field based on the table definition. Please note that you have to make sure that a Constant has the correct SQL data type (i.e. if
it is a 'string', you need to enclose it like 'this'). < p> Product mapping (for details see documentation): < pre> H_Item => Value H_ItemDesc => Name / Description
H_ItemDefn => Help H_ItemType => ProductCategory H_PartnrID => Value of Business Partner H_Commodity1 => Vendor Product No H_Commodity2 =>
SKU H_ItemClass => Classification (A,B,C..) V_OperAmt_T_Cur => Currency V_OperAmt_T => Price < /pre>
Tab Level: 1
Table 252.2. Format Field Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Format
Field

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Import
Format

Table
Direct

adimpformat_adimpformatrow
1225

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Import Loader Format

Field
Name

Reference

Sequence

Integer

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_ImpFormat_Row
WHERE
AD_ImpFormat_ID=@AD_ImpFormat_ID@)

Description

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String

Active

Yes-No

Column

Table
Direct

Data Type

List

Data
Format

String

Start No

Integer

End No

Integer

Decimal
Point

String

Divide
by 100

Yes-No

Comment/Help

(Y)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
AND
AD_Column.IsKey='N'
AND
adcolumn_adimpformatrow
Column in the table
AD_Column.ColumnName
NOT IN
('I_IsImported',
'I_ErrorMsg')
Number Date
Constant String

Link to the database

column of the table

Type of data

(.)

Format String in Java

Notation, e.g. ddMMyy

The Date Format indicates

how dates are defined on
the record to be imported.
It must be in Java Notation

Starting number/
position

The Start Number indicates

the starting position in the line
or field number in the line

Decimal Point in
the data file - if any
Divide number by 100
to get correct amount
1226

Window: Import Loader Format

Field
Name

Reference

Constant
Value

String

Callout

String

Script

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Constant value
A Callout allow you to create
Java extensions to perform certain
tasks always after a value changed.
Callouts should not be used for
validation but consequences of a
user selecting a certain value. The
Fully qualified
callout is a Java class implementing
class names and
org.compiere.model.Callout and
method - separated
a method name to call. Example:
by semicolons
"org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText"
instantiates the class
"CalloutRequest" and calls
the method "copyText". You
can have multiple callouts by
separating them via a semicolon
Dynamic Java
Language Script
to calculate result

1227

Use Java language constructs to

define the result of the calculation

Chapter 253. Window: Import Order

Description: Import Orders
Comment/Help: Please set Y/N selections in the import loader format explicitly (e.g. as constants) and no not leave them NULL. A NULL value stands for "don't
know". In general, selection boxes are not selected if the value is not "Y" (i.e. could be null or any other value). All tests are made on "Y" or "not Y" - i.e. NULL
values are not "not Y", but NULL (don't know) - see SQL Language introductions.
Created:2003-06-07 21:30:29.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Order - I_Order

[IMAGE]
Description: Import Orders
Comment/Help: You should supply the Document Type Name (or ID). The Document Type is on purpose not fully derived as it has too many consequences if it's
wrong. The best way is to set the Document Type Name as a Constant in your Import File Format or as an imported field in the file.
Tab Level: 0
Table 253.1. Order Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Freight
Amount

Amount

Import
Order

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Order

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Import Orders

corder_iorder

1228

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an

Window: Import Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Sales
Order Line

Search

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
Type
Name

String

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

corderline_iorder

adorg_iorder

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Name of the
Document Type

cdoctype_iorder

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('SOO',
Document type or rules
'POO','DOO')

Document
sequence number
of the document

1229

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules
The document number is usually
automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain

Window: Import Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Description

String

Sales
Table
Representative

Delivery
Rule

Currency

Price List

List

This is a Sales
Transaction
Optional short
description
of the record
AD_User - SalesRep
adusersalesrep_iorder

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Table
Direct

ccurrency_iorder

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Table
Direct

mpricelist_iorder

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Payment
Term Key

String

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Key of the
Payment Term
cpaymentterm_iorder

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

mwarehouse_iorder

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

1230

Window: Import Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Business
Partner

Search

Business
Partner
Key

String

Name

String

Invoice To

Table

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Address

Search

Address 1

String

Address 2

String

City

String

ZIP

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

mshipper_iorder

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

cbpartner_iorder

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Key of the
Business Partner

C_BPartner Location

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

cbpartnerlocbillto_iorder

Bill to Address

The Bill/Invoice To indicates the

address to use when remitting bills

cbolocation_iorder

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

clocation_iorder

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP

identifies the postal code
for this entity's address.

1231

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Window: Import Order

Field
Name

Reference

Region

String

Region

Table
Direct

ISO
Country
Code

String

Country

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cregion_iorder

ccountry_iorder

Comment/Help

Name of the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Identifies a
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

Upper-case twoletter alphanumeric

ISO Country code
according to ISO
3166-1 - http://
www.chemie.fuberlin.de/diverse/
doc/ISO_3166.html

For details - http://

www.din.de/gremien/nas/
nabd/iso3166ma/codlstp1.html
or - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec03en.htm

Country

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_iorder
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Contact
Name

String

Business Partner
Contact Name

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

EMail
Address

String
Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date
Ordered

(-1)

Description

Date

1232

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Import Order

Field
Name

Reference

Account
Date

Date

Product

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Search
mproduct_iorder

Product
Key

String

Charge

Table
Direct

Charge
Name

String

SKU

String

UPC/EAN

Description

Key of the Product

Additional
document charges

ccharge_iorder

Name of the Charge

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

String

UOM

Table
Direct

Ordered
Quantity

Quantity

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

cuom_iorder

1233

Window: Import Order

Field
Name

Reference

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Line
Description

String

Tax
Indicator

String

Tax

Table
Direct

Tax
Amount

Amount

Project

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Activity

Trx
Organization

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

Short form for

Tax to be printed
on documents

The Tax Indicator identifies the

short name that will print on
documents referencing this tax.

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

ccampaign_iorder

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

cactivity_iorder

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

ctax_iorder

Table
Direct

Table
Direct
Table

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_iorder

Order
Source
Key

Comment/Help

Description of the Line

cproject_iorder
Campaign

Description

String

1234

Window: Import Order

Field
Name

Reference

Order
Source

Table
Direct

Import
Orders

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

cordersource_iorder

1235

Chapter 254. Window: Import Payment

Description: Import Payments
Comment/Help: null
Created:2003-06-07 21:19:14.0
Updated:2006-02-20 21:15:47.0

1. Tab: Payment - I_Payment

[IMAGE]
Description: Import Payments
Tab Level: 0
Table 254.1. Payment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Charge

Table
Direct

Charge
Name

String

Info

String

Verification
Code

String

Processed

Yes-No

Swipe

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccharge_ipayment

Description

Comment/Help

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Name of the Charge

1236

Response info

The Info indicates any response

information returned from
the Credit Card Company.

Credit Card
Verification code
on credit card

The Credit Card Verification

indicates the verification code on
the credit card (AMEX 4 digits
on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Track 1 and 2 of
the Credit Card

Swiped information for Credit

Card Presence Transactions

Window: Import Payment

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

PO
Number

String

Charge
amount

Amount

Active

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Delayed
Capture

Yes-No

Tax
Amount

Amount

Import
Payment

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Payment

Search

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Purchase
Order Number

The PO Number indicates

the number assigned
to a purchase order

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Delayed Capture is required, if you

ship products. The first credit card
Charge after Shipment
transaction is the Authorization,
the second is the actual transaction
after the shipment of the product.
Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Import Payment

cpayment_ipayment

1237

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Window: Import Payment

Field
Name

Reference

Bank
Account
No

String

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Bank Account Number

Receipt

Yes-No

Document
Type
Name

String

Document
Type

Table
Direct

cbankaccount_ipayment

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

This is a sales
transaction (receipt)
Name of the
Document Type

cdoctype_ipayment

Document type or rules

1238

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Window: Import Payment

Field
Name

Reference

Transaction
Date

Date

Account
Date

Date
+Time

Business
Partner
Key

String

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice
Document
No

String

Invoice

Search

ISO
Currency
Code

String

Currency

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Amount

Discount
Amount

Amount

Write-off
Amount

Amount

Comment/Help

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Key of the
Business Partner

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_ipayment

Payment
amount

Description

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Document Number
of the Invoice
cinvoice_ipayment

Invoice Identifier
Three letter ISO 4217
Code of the Currency

ccurrency_ipayment

1239

The Invoice Document.

For details - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec09en.htm

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Amount being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Amount to write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

Window: Import Payment

Field
Name

Reference

Over/
Under
Payment

Yes-No

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

Tender
type

List

Credit
Card

List

Transaction
Type

List

Number

String

Exp.
Month

Integer

Exp. Year

Integer

Routing
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Over-Payment
(unallocated) or
Under-Payment
(partial payment)

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
to receive money for more than the
particular invoice. Underpayments
(positive) is a partial payment
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
Over-Payment
to receive money for more than the
(unallocated) or
particular invoice. Underpayments
Under-Payment (partial
(positive) is a partial payment
payment) Amount
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.
Direct Deposit Credit
Card Check Account
Cash Direct Debit

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'X'

Method of Payment

The Tender Type indicates

the method of payment (ACH
or Direct Deposit, Credit
Card, Check, Direct Debit)

Purchase Card Amex

MasterCard ATM
Diners Discover Visa

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

Sales Credit (Payment)

Voice Authorization
Void Delayed
Capture Authorization

Type of credit
card transaction

1240

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Credit Card Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

Bank Routing Number

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a

Window: Import Payment

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

Account
No

String
Account Number

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Check No

String

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Micr

String

Combination of
routing no, account
and check no

The Micr number is the

combination of the bank
routing number, account
number and check number

Account
Name

String

Name on Credit Card

or Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Account
Street

String

Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder

The Street Address of the

Credit Card or Account holder.

Account
City

String

Account
Zip/Postal

String

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Account
State

String

State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Account
Country

String

Driver
License

String

Social
Security
No

String

Account
EMail

String

City or the Credit Card

or Account Holder

Country
Payment Identification
- Driver License
Payment Identification
- Social Security No

Email Address

1241

The Account City indicates

the City of the Credit
Card or Account holder

Account Country Name

The Driver's License being
used as identification.
The Social Security number
being used as identification.
The EMail Address indicates
the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

Window: Import Payment

Field
Name

Reference

Voice
authorization
code

String

Original
Transaction
ID

String

Approved

Yes-No

Result

String

Response
Message

String

Reference

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Authorization String
Code
Import
Payments

Button

1242

Description

Comment/Help

Voice Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Original
Transaction ID

The Original Transaction

ID is used for reversing
transactions and indicates the
transaction that has been reversed.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Result of transmission

The Response Result indicates

the result of the transmission
to the Credit Card Company.

Response message

The Response Message indicates

the message returned from
the Credit Card Company as
the result of a transmission

Payment reference

The Payment Reference

indicates the reference
returned from the Credit
Card Company for a payment

Authorization
Code returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Chapter 255. Window: Import Price List

Description: Import Price Lists
Comment/Help: The Import Price List Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will
either add or modify the appropriate records.
Created:2009-03-17 23:16:39.0
Updated:2009-03-17 23:16:39.0

1. Tab: Import Price List - I_PriceList

[IMAGE]
Description: Import Price Lists
Tab Level: 0
Table 255.1. Import Price List Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

Import
Price List

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Price List

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(N)

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

mpricelist_ipricelist

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1243

Window: Import Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

ISO
Currency
Code

String

Currency

Table
Direct

Price
Precision

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
Three letter ISO 4217
Code of the Currency

ccurrency_ipricelist

Yes-No

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Enforce
price limit

Yes-No

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

mpricelistversion_ipricelist

1244

For details - http://www.unece.org/

trade/rec/rec09en.htm

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Precision (number of
decimals) for the Price

The prices of the price list are

rounded to the precision entered.
This allows to have prices with
below currency precision, e.g.
$0.005. Enter the number of
decimals or -1 for no rounding.

This is a Sales
Price List

The Sales Price List check

box indicates if this price list
is used for sales transactions.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Do not allow prices

below the limit price

The Enforce Price Limit check

box indicates that prices cannot
be below the limit price in
Orders and Invoices. This can be
overwritten, if the role allows this.

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common

Integer

Sales
Price list

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Import Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

Valid from

Date

Product
Key

String

Product

Table
Direct

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Standard
Price

Costs
+Prices

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Business
Partner
Key

String

Business
Partner

Search

Break
Value

Number

UOM
Code

String

UOM

Table
Direct

Import
Price Lists

Button

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Key of the Product

mproduct_ipricelist

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

The Key of the

Business Partner

cbpartner_ipricelist

cuom_ipricelist

1245

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Low Value of trade

discount break level

Starting Quantity or Amount

Value for break level

UOM EDI X12 Code

The Unit of Measure Code

indicates the EDI X12 Code
Data Element 355 (Unit or
Basis for Measurement)

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Import Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1246

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 256. Window: Import Processor

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-03-05 00:54:14.0
Updated:2008-03-05 00:54:14.0

1. Tab: Import Processor - IMP_Processor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 256.1. Import Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Import
Processor

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

('Y')

1247

Comment/Help

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Import Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Import
Processor
Type

Table
Direct

Frequency
Type

List

Frequency

Integer

Days to
keep Log

Integer

Date
last run

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Frequency of event

The frequency type is

used for calculating the
date of the next event.

Frequency of events

The frequency is used in

conjunction with the frequency
type in determining an event.
Example: If the Frequency Type
is Week and the Frequency
is 2 - it is every two weeks.

impprocessortype_impprocessor
Minute Hour Day

(7)

Number of days to
keep the log entries

Older Log entries may be deleted

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Date
next run

Date
+Time

Date the process

will run next

The Date Next Run indicates the

next time this process will run.

Host

String

Port

Integer

Account

String

Password
Info

String

2. Tab: Parameter - IMP_ProcessorParameter

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1

1248

Window: Import Processor

Table 256.2. Parameter Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Import
Processor
Parameter

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Import
Processor

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

impprocessor_impprocessorparam
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Comment/
Help

Text

Parameter
Value

String

Comment/Help

('Y')

3. Tab: Log - IMP_ProcessorLog

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
1249

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Import Processor

Table 256.3. Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Import
Processor
Log

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Import
Processor

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Binary
Data

Binary

Error

Yes-No

Reference

String

Reference for
this record

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Summary

Text

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Text
Message

Text

impprocessor_impprocessorlog
('Y')

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

Binary Data
('Y')

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.
The Binary field stores binary data.

An Error occurred
in the execution

Text Message

1250

Chapter 257. Window: Import Processor Type

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-03-05 00:55:58.0
Updated:2008-03-05 00:55:58.0

1. Tab: Import Processor Type - IMP_Processor_Type

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 257.1. Import Processor Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Import
Processor
Type

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1251

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Import Processor Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

('Y')

Comment/
Help

Text

Java Class

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1252

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Chapter 258. Window: Import Product

Description: Import Products
Comment/Help: The Import Products Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will
either add or modify the appropriate records.
Created:2003-01-11 16:25:16.0
Updated:2005-07-24 13:06:38.0

1. Tab: Import Product - I_Product

[IMAGE]
Description: Import Products
Comment/Help: Before importing, iDempiere checks the Unit of Measure (default if not set), the Product Category (default if not set), the Business Partner, the
Currency (defaults to accounting currency if not set), the Product Type (only Items and Services), the uniqueness of UPC, Key and uniqueness and existence of
the Vendor Product No. iDempiere tries to map to existing products, if the UPC, the Key and the Vendor Product No matches (in this sequence). If the imported
record could be matched, product field values will only be overwritten, if the corresponding Import field is explicitly defined. Example: the Product Category will
only be overwritten if explicitly set in the Import.
Tab Level: 0
Table 258.1. Import Product Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Import
Product

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Product

Table
Direct

Import
Error
Message

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Import Item or Service

mproduct_iproduct

String

1253

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Window: Import Product

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Document
Note

Text

Comment/
Help

Text

UPC/EAN

String

SKU

Optional short
description
of the record

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

String

1254

Comment/Help

Window: Import Product

Field
Name

Reference

UOM
Code

String

UOM

Table
Direct

Product
Category
Key

String

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Product
Type

List

Classification

String

Volume

Amount

Weight

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cuom_iproduct

mproductcategory_iproduct

Item Service Resource

Expense type
Online Asset (I)

Description

Comment/Help

UOM EDI X12 Code

The Unit of Measure Code

indicates the EDI X12 Code
Data Element 355 (Unit or
Basis for Measurement)

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Shelf width required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf height required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf depth required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Amount

Shelf
Width

Integer

Shelf
Height

Integer

Shelf
Depth

Integer

1255

Window: Import Product

Field
Name

Reference

Units Per
Pallet

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Discontinued Yes-No

Discontinued
At

Date

Image
URL

URL

Description
URL

URL

Business
Partner
Key

String

Business
Partner

Search

ISO
Currency
Code

String

Currency

Table
Direct

Description

Comment/Help

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

URL for the

description
The Key of the
Business Partner

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_iproduct

Three letter ISO 4217

Code of the Currency

ccurrency_iproduct

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
For details - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec09en.htm

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

List Price

Costs
+Prices

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

PO Price

Costs
+Prices

Price based on a
purchase order

The PO Price indicates the price for

a product per the purchase order.

1256

Window: Import Product

Field
Name

Reference

Standard
Price

Costs
+Prices

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Royalty
Amount

Amount

Price
effective

Date

Partner
Product
Key

String

Partner
Category

String

Manufacturer

String

Minimum
Order Qty

Integer

Order
Pack Qty

Integer

Cost per
Order

Costs
+Prices

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

(Included) Amount
for copyright, etc.

1257

Effective Date of Price

The Price Effective indicates

the date this price is for. This
allows you to enter future prices
for products which will become
effective when appropriate.

Product Key of the

Business Partner

The Business Partner Product Key

identifies the number used by the
Business Partner for this product.
It can be printed on orders and
invoices when you include the
Product Key in the print format.

Product Category of
the Business Partner

The Business Partner Category

identifies the category used by the
Business Partner for this product.

Manufacturer
of the Product

The manufacturer of the Product

(used if different from the
Business Partner / Vendor)

Minimum order
quantity in UOM

The Minimum Order Quantity

indicates the smallest quantity of
this product which can be ordered.

Package order
size in UOM (e.g.
order set of 5 units)

The Order Pack Quantity

indicates the number of units
in each pack of this product.

Fixed Cost Per Order

The Cost Per Order indicates

the fixed charge levied when an
order for this product is placed.

Window: Import Product

Field
Name

Reference

Promised
Delivery
Time

Integer

Import
Products

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1258

Description

Comment/Help

Promised days between

order and delivery

The Promised Delivery Time

indicates the number of days
between the order date and the
date that delivery was promised.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 259. Window: Import Report Line Set

Description: Import Report Line Sets
Comment/Help: The Import Report Line Set Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button
will either add or modify the appropriate records.
Created:2003-01-11 16:30:16.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Import Report Line Set - I_ReportLine

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 259.1. Import Report Line Set Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Import
Report
Line Set

ID

Imported

Yes-No

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Report
Line Set
Name

String

Import Report
Line Set values
Has this import
been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.

Name of the
Report Line Set
1259

Window: Import Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Report
Line Set

Table
Direct

pareportlineset_ireportline

Report
Line

Table
Direct

pareportline_ireportline

Name

String

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment

Amount
Type

List

Period Credit Only

Period Debit Only
Period Quantity Year
Balance Year Credit
Only Year Debit
Only Total Credit
Only Total Balance
Period Balance Total

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Type of amount
to report

1260

You can choose between the

total and period amounts as
well as the balance or just
the debit/credit amounts.

Window: Import Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

PA Amount Type
for reporting

The amount type to report on:

Quantity, Credit Only, Debit Only,
Balance (expected sign) or Balance
(accounted sign). "Expected
sign" adjusts the sign of the result
based on the Account Type and
Expected Sign of each Account
Element, whereas "accounted
sign" always returns DR-CR.

PA Period Type

The Period Type to report

on: Period, Year, Total or
Natural. Natural = Year for
P %26 L accounts, Total
for Balance Sheet accounts.

Quantity Year Quantity

Total Debit Only
Natural Balance
Amount
Type

Period
Type

List

List

Balance (expected
sign) Credit Only
Balance (accounted
sign) Quantity
(accounted sign)
Debit Only Quantity
(expected sign)

Total Year
Natural Period

Line Type

List

Segment Value
Calculation

Calculation

List

Add (Op1+Op2)
Percentage (Op1 of
Op2) Add Range
(Op1 to Op2)
Subtract (Op1-Op2)

Report
Source

Table
Direct

Element
Key

String

Account
Element

Table
Direct

Import
Report
Line Set

Button

Restriction of what
will be shown
in Report Line

pareportsource_ireportline

Key of the element

celementvalue_ireportline

Account Element

1261

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Window: Import Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1262

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 260. Window: Import Template

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2014-10-29 19:34:06.0
Updated:2014-10-29 19:34:06.0

1. Tab: Import Template - AD_ImportTemplate

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 260.1. Import Template Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_ImportTemplate_UU
String
Import
Template

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Name

String

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_ADImportTemplate
(same as first report)
<>0
(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_ADImportTemplate
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Window

Table
Direct

ADWindow_ADImportTemplate
1263

(see same above)

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

Window: Import Template

Field
Name

Reference

Tab

Table
Direct

Character
Set

String

CSV
Header

String

CSV Alias
Header

String

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@
ADTab_ADImportTemplate
Tab within a Window

Comment/Help
The Tab indicates a tab that
displays within a window.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutImportTemplate.characterSet

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: Import Template Access - AD_ImportTemplateAccess

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Import Template
Tab Level: 1
Table 260.2. Import Template Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_ImportTemplateAccess_UU
String
Import
Template
Access

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_ADImportTemplateAcces
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)
(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_ADImportTemplateAccess
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Import
Template

Table
Direct

ADImportTemplate_ADImportTempl

1264

Window: Import Template

Field
Name

Reference

Role

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ADRole_ADImportTemplateAccess

Allow
Insert

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow
Merge

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow
Update

Yes-No

(Y)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

1265

Description

Comment/Help

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 261. Window: Imported Fixed Asset

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2010-06-20 15:50:46.0
Updated:2010-06-20 15:50:46.0

1. Tab: Fixed Asset - I_FixedAsset

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 261.1. Fixed Asset Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Remaining
Period

Integer

(0)

Active

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

Processed

Yes-No

City

Search

ccity_ifixedasset

Asset class

Table
Direct

aassetclass_ifixedasset

Asset Type

Table
Direct

aassettype_ifixedasset

Asset
Depreciation
Date

Date

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

('Y')

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(1)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

1266

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

City

City in a country

Date of last
depreciation

Date of the last deprecation,

if the asset is used
internally and depreciated.

Window: Imported Fixed Asset

Field
Name

Reference

Depreciation Amount
Amount /
Period

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(0)

Description

Applies to Straight
Line depreciation

City Value

String

Asset Type
Value

String

Asset
Class Key

String

Imported

Yes-No

Import
Error
Message

String

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Asset

Search

('N')

aasset_ifixedasset

Inventory
No

String

Name

String

In Service
Date

Date

Account
Date

Date

Comment/Help

1267

Has this import

been processed

The Imported check box indicates

if this import has been processed.

Messages generated
from import process

The Import Error Message displays

any error messages generated
during the import process.
(see same above)
(see same above)

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Date when Asset

was put into service

The date when the asset was

put into service - usually used
as start date for depreciation.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated

Window: Imported Fixed Asset

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Asset
Group

Table
Direct

Asset
Group Key

String

BPartner
(Agent)

Search

Business
Partner
Key

String

Product

Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

aassetgroup_ifixedasset

Group of Assets

cbpartnersr_ifixedasset

Business Partner
(Agent or Sales Rep)
The Key of the
Business Partner

mproduct_ifixedasset
Product
Key

String

Description

String

UOM

Search

Symbol

String

Locator

Table
Direct

Locator
Key

String

Quantity

Quantity

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Key of the Product

Optional short
description
of the record
cuom_ifixedasset

mlocator_ifixedasset

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Symbol for a
Unit of Measure

The Symbol identifies the

Symbol to be displayed and
printed for a Unit of Measure

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Key of the
Warehouse Locator
(1)
Quantity

1268

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Window: Imported Fixed Asset

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Asset Cost

Amount

(0)

Asset
Salvage
Value

Number

Usable
Life Months

Integer

Use Life
- Months
(fiscal)

Integer

Current
Period

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Months of the usable

life of the asset

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(fiscal)
Document
Action

List

Import
Fixed
Asset

Button

Imported
Fixed
Asset

ID

Approve Reject
Post Close Reverse
- Correct Reverse Accrual Invalidate
< None> Complete
Void Unlock Prepare
Re-activate Wait
Complete ('CO')

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup
The targeted status
of the document

1269

Chapter 262. Window: Info Window

Description: Define Info and search/select Window
Comment/Help: The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection.
Created:2006-06-17 17:17:44.0
Updated:2006-07-07 18:43:36.0

1. Tab: Window - AD_InfoWindow

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Info and search/select Window
Comment/Help: The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection.
Tab Level: 0
Table 262.1. Window Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Info
Window

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

AD_InfoWindow_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1270

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

Entity
Type

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_InfoWindow
WHERE
AD_InfoWindow_ID=@AD_InfoWindow_ID@)
Table

Table

Table
Direct

Sql FROM

Text

Sql
WHERE

Values (Default)

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adinfowindow

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

adtable_adinfowindow

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

SQL FROM clause

The Select Clause indicates

the SQL FROM clause to
use for selecting the record
for a measure calculation. It
can have JOIN clauses. Do
not include the FROM itself.

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Text

1271

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Sql
ORDER
BY

Text

Other SQL
Clause

Text

Validate

Button

Distinct

Yes-No

(N)

Default

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Fully qualified
ORDER BY clause

The ORDER BY Clause indicates

the SQL ORDER BY clause
to use for record selection

Other SQL Clause

Any other complete clause like

GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER
BY, etc. after WHERE clause.

Select Distinct
Default value

Max
Query
Records

Integer

(0)

Valid

Yes-No

(N)

Show in
Dashboard

Yes-No

(Y)

Context
Help

Table
Direct

Image
URL

String

If defined, you cannot

query more records
as defined - the
query criteria needs
to be changed to
query less records
Element is valid

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.
Enter the number of records
a user will be able to query to
avoid unnecessary system load.
If 0, no restrictions are imposed.

The element passed

the validation check

Show the dashlet

in the dashboard
AD_CtxHelp_ID
IN (SELECT
AD_CtxHelp_ID
adctxhelp_adinfowindow FROM AD_CtxHelp
WHERE CtxType
IS NULL OR
CtxType IN ('A', 'I'))

URL of image

1272

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Window: Info Window

2. Tab: Column - AD_InfoColumn

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Info Window Column
Comment/Help: Column in the Info Window for display and/or selection. If used for selection, the column cannot be a SQL expression. The SQL clause must be
fully qualified based on the FROM clause in the Info Window definition
Tab Level: 1
Table 262.2. Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Info
Column

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Info Window Column

Column in the Info Window for

display and/or selection. If used
for selection, the column cannot
be a SQL expression. The SQL
clause must be fully qualified
based on the FROM clause in
the Info Window definition

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

Info
Window

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

System
Element

Search

DB
Column
Name

String

adinfowindow_adinfocolumn

(see same above)

(see same above)

System Element
The System Element allows
enables the central
for the central maintenance
maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.

adelement_adinfocolumn

Name of the column

in the database

1273

The Column Name indicates

the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Sequence

Integer

Sql
SELECT

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_InfoColumn
WHERE
AD_InfoWindow_ID=@AD_InfoWindow_ID@)

Description

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String
SQL SELECT clause

The Select Clause indicates the

SQL SELECT clause to use
for selecting the record for a
measure calculation. Do not
include the SELECT itself.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Displayed

Yes-No

(Y)

Query
Criteria

Yes-No

Centrally
maintained

Yes-No

(Y)

Mandatory

Yes-No

(N)

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Determines, if this
field is displayed

If the field is displayed, the field

Display Logic will determine at
runtime, if it is actually displayed

The column is also

The column is used to enter queries
used as a query criteria - the SQL cannot be an expression

1274

Information
maintained in System
Element table

The Centrally Maintained checkbox

indicates if the Name, Description
and Help maintained in 'System
Element' table or 'Window' table.

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Identifier

Yes-No

(N)

Selection
Column
Sequence

Integer

(0)

Display
Logic

Text

Default
Logic

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

This column is part of

the record identifier

The Identifier checkbox indicates

that this column is part of the
identifier or key for this table.

Selection Column
Sequence

For ordering sequence

of selection column

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
If the Field is
logic operators := AND or OR with
displayed, the result
the previous result from left to right
determines if the field
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
is actually displayed
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;

1275

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

Query
Operator

List

Query
Function

String

Like = > > = < < = !=

Reference

Table

AD_Reference
Data Types

Reference
Key

Table

AD_Reference Values

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Entity
Type

Table

Operator for
database query

adreference_adinfocolumn

Database function
for query

Database function for user

query. If the database function
takes more than just the column
name parameter, use ? to
indicate where the column name
should goes to. E.g: Upper,
Trunc and To_Char(?,'MM')

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
adreferencevalue_adinfocolumn
@AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END

advalrule_adinfocolumn

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adinfocolumn

1276

The Reference Value indicates

where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

3. Tab: Column Translation - AD_InfoColumn_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Infow Window Column Translation
LinkColumn: Info Column
Tab Level: 2
Table 262.3. Column Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Client

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Info
Column

Table
Direct

Language

Name

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(see same above)

adinfocolumn_adinfocolumntrl

Info Window Column

Column in the Info Window for

display and/or selection. If used
for selection, the column cannot
be a SQL expression. The SQL
clause must be fully qualified
based on the FROM clause in
the Info Window definition

adlanguage_adinfocolumntrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

String

1277

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Translated

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

4. Tab: Window Translation - AD_InfoWindow_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Info Window Translation
LinkColumn: Info Window
Tab Level: 1
Table 262.4. Window Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Client

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Info
Window

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(see same above)

adinfowindow_adinfowindowtrl

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

adlanguage_adinfowindowtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

AD_Language

String
1278

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Translated

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

5. Tab: Related Info Window - AD_InfoRelated

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Info Window
Tab Level: 1
Table 262.5. Related Info Window Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_InfoRelated_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Info
Window

Table
Direct

Name

String

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_ADInfoRelated
(same as first report)
<>0
ADOrg_ADInfoRelated

(same as first report)

ADInfoWindow_ADInfoRelated

1279

(see same above)

(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

Related
Info
Window

Table AD_RelatedInfoWindow(0)
RelatedInfo_ADInfoRelated

Related
Info
Column

Table

Sequence

Integer

InfoRelated

ID

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

AD_LinkInfowindow(0)
AD_InfoColumn.AD_InfoWindow_ID=@RelatedInfo_ID@
RelatedColumn_ADInfoRelated
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Description

Comment/Help

6. Tab: Process - AD_InfoProcess

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 262.6. Process Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_InfoProcess_UU
String
Info
Process

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_ADInfoProcess
(same as first report)
<>0
1280

(see same above)

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Info
Window

Table
Direct

Image
URL

String

Process

Table
Direct

Sequence

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_ADInfoProcess
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

ADInfoWindow_ADInfoProcess

ADProcess_ADInfoProcess

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_InfoProcess
WHERE
AD_InfoWindow_ID=@AD_InfoWindow_ID@)
List

ViewID
Column

Table
Direct

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Integer

LayoutType

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Button Menu List (B)

Layout type of
info process
AD_InfoColumn.AD_InfoWindow_ID=@AD_InfoWindow_ID@

ADInfoColumn_ADInfoProcess

Display
Logic

Description

Info Window Column

Column in the Info Window for

display and/or selection. If used
for selection, the column cannot
be a SQL expression. The SQL
clause must be fully qualified
based on the FROM clause in
the Info Window definition

If the Field is
displayed, the result
determines if the field
is actually displayed

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window

Text

1281

Process info can display

as button, list, menu

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

7. Tab: Role Access - AD_InfoWindow_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Info Window
Tab Level: 1
Table 262.7. Role Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_InfoWindow_Access_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Role

Table
Direct

Info
Window

Table
Direct

adrole_adinfowindowaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

adinfowindow_adinfowindowacces

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as

1282

Window: Info Window

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

1283

(see same above)

Chapter 263. Window: Interest Area

Description: Interest Area or Topic
Comment/Help: Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns.
Created:2002-10-01 23:04:38.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Interest Area - R_InterestArea

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Interest Area or Topic
Comment/Help: Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. If a list is not "Self Service", it is not
visible for users via the web.
Tab Level: 0
Table 263.1. Interest Area Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Interest
Area

ID
Interest Area or Topic

Interest Areas reflect interest

in a topic by a contact.
Interest areas can be used
for marketing campaigns.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1284

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search

Window: Interest Area

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

SelfService

Yes-No

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

2. Tab: Subscriptions - R_ContactInterest

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: User Subscriptions
LinkColumn: Interest Area
Tab Level: 1
Table 263.2. Subscriptions Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Interest
Area

Table
Direct

rinterestarea_rcontactinterest

Description

Interest Area or Topic

1285

Comment/Help

Interest Areas reflect interest

in a topic by a contact.
Interest areas can be used
for marketing campaigns.

Window: Interest Area

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(@AD_User_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Subscribe
Date

Date

Optout Date

Date

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_rcontactinterest
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Comment/Help
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date the contact

actively subscribed

Date the contact

subscribe the interest area

Date the contact

opted out

If the field has a date,

the customer opted out
(unsubscribed) and cannot
receive mails for the Interest Area

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

R_ContactInterest_UU
String

3. Tab: LDAP Access - AD_LdapAccess

[IMAGE]
Description: User Access via LDAP
LinkColumn: Interest Area
Tab Level: 1
Table 263.3. LDAP Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Active

Yes-No

Ldap
Access

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Interest
Area

Table
Direct

Ldap Access Log

rinterestarea_adldapaccess

Interest Area or Topic

1286

Access via LDAP

(see same above)
(see same above)
Interest Areas reflect interest
in a topic by a contact.

Window: Interest Area

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Interest areas can be used
for marketing campaigns.

Ldap
Processor

Table
Direct
adldapprocessor_adldapaccess

LDAP Server to
authenticate and
authorize external
systems based
on iDempiere

The LDAP Server allows third

party software (e.g. Apache) to
use the users defined in the system
to authentificate and authorize
them. There is only one server
per iDempiere system. The "o"
is the Client key and the optional
"ou" is the Interest Area key.

aduser_adldapaccess

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Error

Yes-No

An Error occurred
in the execution

Summary

Text

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(SYSDATE)

1287

Chapter 264. Window: Internal Use Inventory

Description: Enter Internal Use of Inventory
Comment/Help: The Internal Use of Inventory Window allows enter the quantity of used products.
Created:2004-11-26 20:49:19.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Internal Use - M_Inventory

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Internal Use Inventory
Process: Physical Inventory Print - Rpt M_Inventory
Where Clause: M_Inventory.C_DocType_ID IN (SELECT C_DocType_ID FROM C_DocType Where DocBaseType='MMI' AND (DocSubTypeInv='IU' OR
DocSubTypeInv IS NULL))
Tab Level: 0
Table 264.1. Internal Use Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Create
Inventory
Count List

Button

Phys.Inventory

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Process
Now

Yes-No

Update
Quantity

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Generate List

1288

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Internal Use Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Perpetual
Inventory

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Rules for generating

physical inventory

The Perpetual Inventory identifies

the Perpetual Inventory rule which
generated this Physical Inventory.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

mperpetualinv_minventory

adorg_minventory

String

Document
sequence number
of the document

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

1289

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Internal Use Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Movement
Date

Date

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Project

Table
Direct

cproject_minventory

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Table
Direct

cactivity_minventory

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_minventory

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_minvent

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Activity

Campaign

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_minventory
and Service Point
(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.checkPeriodOpen
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory
C_DocType.DocBaseType='MMI'
cdoctype_minventory
AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@

Table
Direct
ccampaign_minventory

Trx
Organization

User
Element
List 1

Description

Table

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Account_ID - User1

1290

Comment/Help
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
The Movement Date indicates
the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

Window: Internal Use Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

Approved

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Approval
Amount

Amount

Document
Approval Amount

Approval Amount for Workflow

Document
Status

List

celementvalueuser2_minvent

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Process
Inventory
Count

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status

The current status

of the document

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

2. Tab: Internal Use Line - M_InventoryLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Internal Use Inventory Line
Comment/Help: The Inventory Count Line defines the counts of the individual products in inventory.
Tab Level: 1

1291

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Internal Use Inventory

Table 264.2. Internal Use Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Inventory
Type

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Type of inventory
difference

The type of inventory difference

determines which account is
used. The default is the Inventory
Difference account defined for
the warehouse. Alternatively, you
could select any charge. This allows
you to account for Internal Use
or extraordinary inventory losses.

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

Book Quantity

The Quantity Book indicates

the line count stored in the
system for a product in inventory

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Counted Quantity

The Quantity Count indicates

the actual inventory count
taken for a product in inventory

Inventory Difference
Charge Account (D)

Phys.Inventory
Line

ID

Quantity
book

Quantity

Active

Yes-No

Quantity
count

Quantity

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Phys.Inventory Table
Direct
Line No

Integer

(Y)

minventory_minventoryline
(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
1292

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Window: Internal Use Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_InventoryLine
WHERE
M_Inventory_ID=@M_Inventory_ID@)
Locator

Locator
(WH)

(@M_Locator_ID@)

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@Callout:
mlocator_minventoryline
org.idempiere.model.CalloutFillLocator.fillLocator;
Warehouse Locator
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product

Search

M_Product (stocked)

Callout:
mproduct_minventoryline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product
Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Internal
Use Qty

Quantity

Internal Use
Quantity removed
from Inventory

Quantity of product inventory

used internally (positive if
taken out - negative if returned)

Charge

Table
Direct

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_minventoryline
Set Instance

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
ccharge_minventoryline C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
1293

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Additional
document charges

Window: Internal Use Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)

3. Tab: Attributes - M_InventoryLineMA

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 2
Table 264.3. Attributes Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

minventoryline_milinema

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

masi_minventorylinema

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

(1)

1294

Window: Internal Use Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Time used for

LIFO and FIFO
Material Policy

This field is used to record

time used for LIFO and
FIFO material policy

M_InventoryLineMA_UU
String
Date
Material
Policy

Date

Auto
Generated

Yes-No

(N)

Record is Auto
Generated by System.

1295

Chapter 265. Window: Inventory Move

Description: Inventory Move
Comment/Help: The Inventory Move Window allows you to move inventory from one location or warehouse to another. After the appropriate lines are entered
selecting the 'Process Movements' button will adjust the inventory.
Created:1999-12-19 21:36:30.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Move - M_Movement

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Enter Inventory Movement
Comment/Help: The Move Tab defines and identifies the movement of an item or items in inventory.
Process: Inventory Move Print - Rpt M_Movement
Tab Level: 0
Table 265.1. Move Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Yes-No

Charge

Table
Direct

Inventory
Move

ID

Charge
amount

Amount

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccharge_mmovement

(Y)
1296

Description

Comment/Help

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Movement
of Inventory

The Inventory Movement

uniquely identifies a
group of movement lines.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Freight
Amount

Amount

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Distribution
Order

Search

Order
Reference

String

Document
No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

adorg_mmovement

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

ddorder_mmovement

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain

String

1297

Window: Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Sales
Table
Representative

AD_User - SalesRep
Sales Representative
or Company Agent

salesrep_mmovement

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Movement
Date

Date

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.checkPeriodOpen
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory
C_DocType.DocBaseType='MMM'
cdoctype_mmovement
AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_mmovement

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_mmovement
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'
Method or manner
of product delivery

mshipper_mmovement

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_mmovement
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

1298

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Movement Date indicates
the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Delivery
Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

Delivery
Rule

List

Priority

List

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Campaign

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent
Freight included Fix
price Line Calculated

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
cproject_mmovement C_Project.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Project.Processed='N'

Financial Project

cactivity_mmovement

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a

Table
Direct
ccampaign_mmovement

Trx
Organization

Description

Table

AD_Org (Trx)
adorgtrx_mmovement

1299

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Approved

celementvalueuser1_mmove

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celementvalueuser2_mmove

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Approval
Amount

Amount

Document
Approval Amount

Approval Amount for Workflow

Create
lines from

Button

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

In Transit

Yes-No

Date
received

Date

Document
Status

List

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
1300

Movement is in transit

Material Movement is in
transit - shipped, but not
received. The transaction
is completed, if confirmed.

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Process
Movements

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

2. Tab: Move Line - M_MovementLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Enter Inventory Movement Line
Comment/Help: The Move Line Tab defines the product and quantity to be moved and the location it is moving from and to.
Tab Level: 1
Table 265.2. Move Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Processed

Yes-No

Move Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1301

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

Window: Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Inventory
Move

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

mmovement_mmovementline

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_MovementLine
WHERE
M_Movement_ID=@M_Movement_ID@)

Distribution
Order Line

Table
Direct

Description

String

Search
Key

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Product

Search

M_Product (stocked)

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Attribute
Set
Instance
To

Product
Attribute

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Locator To

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Movement
of Inventory

The Inventory Movement

uniquely identifies a
group of movement lines.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

DD_OrderLine.DD_Order_ID=@DD_Order_ID@
ddorderline_mmovementline
Optional short
description
of the record
(same as first report)
(same as first report)
Callout:
mproduct_mmovementline
org.compiere.model.CalloutMovement.product
Product, Service, Item

mattrsetinst_mmovementline

Product Attribute
Set Instance

mattributesetinstanceto_mmovem

Target Product
Attribute Set Instance

(@M_Locator_ID@)

mlocatorto_mmovementline

Locator
M_Locator(@M_LocatorTo_ID@)
(WH)
mlocator_movementline

1302

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
(see same above)
(see same above)
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Location inventory
is moved to

The Locator To indicates

the location where the
inventory is being moved to.

Window: Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Target
Quantity

Quantity

(0)

Target Movement
Quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

(0)

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

(0)

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Callout:
Quantity of a
org.compiere.model.CalloutMovement.qty
product moved.

Comment/Help
The Movement Quantity
indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.
The Quantity which
should have been received

3. Tab: Attributes - M_MovementLineMA

[IMAGE]
Description: Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation
Tab Level: 2
Table 265.3. Attributes Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_MovementLineMA_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Move Line

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

(@AD_Org_ID@)

mmovementline_mmovementlinema

Inventory Move
document Line

masi_mmovementlinema

Product Attribute
Set Instance
1303

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.

Window: Inventory Move

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Date
Material
Policy

Date

Auto
Generated

Yes-No

(1)

(N)

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Time used for

LIFO and FIFO
Material Policy

This field is used to record

time used for LIFO and
FIFO material policy
Record is Auto
Generated by System.

1304

Chapter 266. Window: Invoice (Customer)

Description: Customer Invoice Entry
Comment/Help: The Customer Invoice Window allows you to display and enter invoices for a customer. Invoices can also be generated from Sales Orders or
Delivery documents.
Created:1999-12-19 21:29:22.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Invoice - C_Invoice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer Invoice
Comment/Help: The Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated for a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts receivable.
Process: Invoice Print - Rpt C_Invoice
Where Clause: C_Invoice.IsSOTrx='Y'
Tab Level: 0
Table 266.1. Invoice Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Printed

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Generate
Receipt
from
Invoice

Button

Invoice

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Generate To

Invoice Identifier
1305

The Invoice Document.

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Process
Invoice

Button

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Transferred

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

cpayment_cinvoice

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

ccashline_cinvoice

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(@IsSOTrx@)

Approved

Yes-No

(@IsApproved@)

Payment

Search

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Date
printed

Date

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

cinvoice_ref

adorg_cinvoice

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

1306

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Order

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corder_cinvoice

Date
Ordered

Date

Document
No

String

Order
Reference

Description

Comment/Help

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number

String

1307

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Target
Document
Type

Table

SelfService

Yes-No

Date
Invoiced

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

C_DocType

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARI',
'API','ARC','APC')
Target document
AND
cdoctypetarget_cinvoice
type for conversing
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
documents
AND
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.docType
This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date printed on Invoice
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

Accounting Date

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
You can convert document types
(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.
The Date Invoice indicates the
date printed on the invoice.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_cinvoice
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
c_bplocation_cinvoice
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

1308

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Price List

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Charge

Table

Validation Rule

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cinvoice
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Comment/Help
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
Price Lists are used to determine
the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

ccurrency_cinvoice

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

cconversiontype_cinvoice

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

aduser_sr_cinvoice

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

AD_User - SalesRep

C_Charge
ccharge_cinvoice

Charge
amount

Description

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cinvoice
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

Table
Direct

Sales
Search
Representative

Constraint Value

Amount

1309

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Payment
Rule

Payment

(P)

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Create
lines from

Button

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

Project

Table
Direct

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_cinvoice
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_cinvoice '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.paymentTerm

cactivity_cinvoice

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_cinvoice
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_cinvoice

1310

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Total
Lines

Amount

Grand
Total

Amount

Document
Status

List

Account_ID - User1
celementvalueuser1_cinvoice

Table
Direct

Pay
Schedule
valid

Yes-No

In Dispute

Yes-No

Copy
Lines

Button

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Account_ID - User2
celementvalueuser2_cinvoice

Document
Type

User defined
list element #1

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

(0)
cdoctype_cinvoice

Document type or rules

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid
(N)

Document is in dispute
Copy From Record

1311

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules
Payment Schedules allow
to have multiple due dates.
The document is in dispute.
Use Requests to track details.
Copy From Record

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Process
Invoice

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status(N)

Paid

Yes-No

Collection
Status

List

Dunning
Grace Date

Date

Dunning
Level

Table
Direct

Cash
Plan Line

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

The document is paid

Dunning Collection
Agency Legal
Procedure
Uncollectable

Invoice
Collection Status

cdunninglevel_cinvoice
C_CashPlan_ID
IN (SELECT
C_CashPlan_ID
FROM C_CashPlan
ccashplanline_cinvoice
WHERE
IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@')
AND DateTrx>
=SYSDATE

IsFixedAssetInvoice
Yes-No

2. Tab: Invoice Line - C_InvoiceLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer Invoice Line
Comment/Help: The Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
1312

Status of the invoice

collection process

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Table 266.2. Invoice Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Invoice
Line

ID

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Revenue
Recognition
Start

Date
+Time

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_cinvoiceline
Phase of a Project
Revenue Recognition
Start Date

Revenue
Amount
Recognition
Amt

Sales
Order Line

Description

Search

corderline_cinvoiceline

The date the revenue

recognition starts.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Revenue
Recognition Amount

The amount for revenue recognition

calculation. If empty, the
complete invoice amount is
used. The difference between
Revenue Recognition Amount
and Invoice Line Net Amount is
immediately recognized as revenue.

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

IsFixedAssetInvoice
Yes-No
Active

Yes-No

Tax
Amount

Amount

Referenced
Invoice
Line

ID

Project
Task

Table
Direct

(Y)

Callout:
Tax Amount
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

convoiceline_ref
C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_cinvoiceline
Task in a Phase

1313

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Line Total

Amount

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Invoice

Search

Line No

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Search

Product

Search

Charge

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

Total line
amount incl. Tax

Total line amount

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

adorg_cinvoiceline
cinvoice_cinvoiceline

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_InvoiceLine
WHERE
C_Invoice_ID=@C_Invoice_ID@)

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Description

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

minoutline_cinvoiceline

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_cinvoiceline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0
(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
ccharge_cinvoiceline
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
1314

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Additional
document charges

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocTypeTarget_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

mattrsetinst_cinvoiceline

Resource Assignment
Assignment

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product
sresourceassign_cinvoiceline
Resource Assignment
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
Entered is based on
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
the selected UoM
( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
cuom_cinvoiceline
*/ SELECT * FROM
Unit of Measure
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
1315

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Quantity Entered is converted
to base product UoM quantity
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
1316

Comment/Help

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Price

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
Invoiced Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
Actual Price

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Tax

Table
Direct

Callout:
ctax_cinvoiceline
Tax identifier
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Project

Table
Direct

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_cinvoiceline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

(1)

List Price

cactivity_cinvoiceline

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
ccampaign_cinvoiceline
Marketing Campaign
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
1317

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.
The List Price is the official List
Price in the document currency.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Line
Amount

Amount

Description
Only

Printed

Yes-No

Yes-No

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_cinvoiceline

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celemenrvalueuser1_cinvline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celemenrvalueuser2_cinvline

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

(N)

(Y)

1318

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Asset

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aasset_cinvoiceline

Description

Comment/Help

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

3. Tab: Invoice Tax - C_InvoiceTax

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Customer Invoice Tax
Comment/Help: The Invoice Tax Tab displays the total tax due based on the Invoice Lines.
LinkColumn: Invoice
Tab Level: 1
Table 266.3. Invoice Tax Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_InvoiceTax_UUString
Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice

Search

cinvoice_cinvoicetax

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Tax

Table
Direct

ctax_cinvoicetax

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Tax
Provider

Table
Direct

ctaxprovider_cinvoicetax
1319

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax base
Amount

Amount

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Base for calculating

the tax amount

The Tax Base Amount indicates

the base amount used for
calculating the tax amount.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

4. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_InvoicePaySchedule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Invoice Payment Schedule
Tab Level: 1
Table 266.4. Payment Schedule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Invoice
Payment
Schedule

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice

Search

cinvoice_cinvoicepaysched

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Payment
Schedule

Table
Direct

cpayschedule_cinvoicepaysched

Payment Schedule
Template

Information when parts

of the payment are due

1320

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Payment
Schedule

The Invoice Payment

Schedule determines when
partial payments are due.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Due Date

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date

Date when the

payment is due

Date when the payment is due

without deductions or discount

Amount
due

Amount

Amount of the
payment due

Full amount of the payment due

Discount
Date

Date

Last Date for payments

with discount

Last Date where a deduction of

the payment discount is allowed

Discount
Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Validate

Button

Valid

Yes-No

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an

5. Tab: Allocation - C_AllocationLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Allocation of the Invoice to Payments or Cash
LinkColumn: Invoice
Tab Level: 1
Table 266.5. Allocation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Manual

Yes-No

Order

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corder_callocation

1321

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_callocationline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Allocation
Line

ID

Allocation Line

Allocation of Cash/
Payment to Invoice

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Invoice

Search

cinvoice_callocationline

Invoice Identifier

Allocation

Table
Direct

callocation_callocationline

Payment allocation

Transaction
Date

Date

Payment

Search

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Amount

Amount

Discount
Amount

Amount

Write-off
Amount

Amount

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

The Invoice Document.

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

cpayment_callocationline

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

ccashline_callocationline

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Amount in a
defined currency

The Amount indicates the

amount for this document line.

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Amount to write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

Over-Payment
(unallocated) or

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
to receive money for more than the

1322

Window: Invoice (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1323

Description

Comment/Help

Under-Payment (partial
payment) Amount

particular invoice. Underpayments

(positive) is a partial payment
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

Chapter 267. Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Description: Vendor Invoice Entry
Comment/Help: The Vendor Invoice Window allows you to display and enter Invoices from a Vendor. Vendor Invoices can also be generated from Purchase
Orders or Delivery Receipts.
Created:2000-05-23 23:38:01.0
Updated:2008-05-30 17:04:56.0

1. Tab: Invoice - C_Invoice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Vendor Invoice
Comment/Help: The Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated by a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts payable.
Process: Invoice Print - Rpt C_Invoice
Where Clause: C_Invoice.IsSOTrx='N'
Tab Level: 0
Table 267.1. Invoice Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Invoice

Button

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Date
printed

Date

Collection
Status

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Dunning Collection
Agency Legal
Procedure
Uncollectable

Description

Comment/Help

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Invoice
Collection Status

1324

Status of the invoice

collection process

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Transferred

Yes-No

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Approved

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Printed

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Invoice

ID

Payment

Search

Processed

Yes-No

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccashline_cinvoice
(@IsApproved@)

Description

Comment/Help

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

cinvoice_ref

cpayment_cinvoice

(@IsSOTrx@)

1325

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Purchase
Order

Constraint Value

adorg_cinvoice

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search

corder_cinvoice

Date
Ordered

Date

Document
No

String

Comment/Help

1326

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Order
Reference

String

Values (Default)

Description

Text

Target
Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Date
Invoiced

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Optional short
description
of the record
C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARI',
'API','ARC','APC')
Target document
AND
cdoctypetarget_cinvoice
type for conversing
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
documents
AND
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.docType
(same as first report)
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date printed on Invoice
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

Accounting Date

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
You can convert document types
(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

(see same above)

The Date Invoice indicates the
date printed on the invoice.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_cinvoice
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
c_bplocation_cinvoice
AND
to) address for this
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

1327

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'
User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Price List

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Company
Agent

Search

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Charge

Table

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cinvoice
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cinvoice
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

(@C_Currency_ID@)

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
Price Lists are used to determine
the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

ccurrency_cinvoice

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

cconversiontype_cinvoice

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

aduser_sr_cinvoice

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

AD_User - SalesRep

C_Charge
ccharge_cinvoice

1328

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Charge
amount

Amount

Payment
Rule

Payment

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Create
lines from

Button

Generate
Receipt
from
Invoice

Button

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(P)

Description

Comment/Help

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_cinvoice '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.paymentTerm
Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Generate To

Table
Direct

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_cinvoice
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
cactivity_cinvoice

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
ccampaign_cinvoice
Marketing Campaign
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'

1329

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Total
Lines

Amount

Grand
Total

Amount

Document
Status

List

Document
Type

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_cinvoice

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_cinvoice

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2
celementvalueuser2_cinvoice

Table
Direct

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

(0)
cdoctype_cinvoice

Document type or rules

1330

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Copy
Lines

Button

Pay
Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Process
Invoice

Button

Paid

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Cash
Plan Line

Search

In Dispute

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Copy From Record

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid
_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document

Comment/Help
Copy From Record
Payment Schedules allow
to have multiple due dates.
You find the current status in
the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

The document is paid

_Posted Status(N)
Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

C_CashPlan_ID
IN (SELECT
C_CashPlan_ID
FROM C_CashPlan
ccashplanline_cinvoice
WHERE
IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@')
AND DateTrx>
=SYSDATE
(N)

IsFixedAssetInvoice
Yes-No

2. Tab: Invoice Line - C_InvoiceLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Vendor Invoice Line
Comment/Help: The Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
1331

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Table 267.2. Invoice Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Referenced
Invoice
Line

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

convoiceline_ref
('N')

IsFixedAssetInvoice
Yes-No
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Resource Assignment
Assignment

mattrsetinst_cinvoiceline

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product
sresourceassign_cinvoiceline
Resource Assignment
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Revenue
Amount
Recognition
Amt

Processed

Yes-No

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Invoice
Line

ID

Project
Task

Table
Direct

Revenue
Recognition Amount

The amount for revenue recognition

calculation. If empty, the
complete invoice amount is
used. The difference between
Revenue Recognition Amount
and Invoice Line Net Amount is
immediately recognized as revenue.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_cinvoiceline
Phase of a Project

Invoice Detail Line

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_cinvoiceline
Task in a Phase

1332

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.
A Project Task in a Project
Phase represents the actual work.

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

C_InvoiceLine_UUString
Revenue
Recognition
Start

Date
+Time

RMA Line

Search

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Invoice

Search

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Line No

Integer

Revenue Recognition
Start Date
Return Material
Authorization Line

mrmaline_cinvoiceline

Search

Product

Search

Detail information about

the returned goods

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

adorg_cinvoiceline
cinvoice_cinvoiceline

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

corderline_cinvoiceline

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_InvoiceLine
WHERE
C_Invoice_ID=@C_Invoice_ID@)

Receipt
Line

The date the revenue

recognition starts.

Unique line for

this document

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

minoutline_cinvoiceline

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_cinvoiceline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0

1333

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Charge

Table
Direct

1099 Box

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
Additional
ccharge_cinvoiceline
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
document charges
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocTypeTarget_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0

TableASU_1099Box(@SQL=SELECT
Default1099Box_ID
FROM C_BPartner
WHERE
C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
c1099box_cinvoiceline
AND
Is1099Vendor='Y'
AND IsVendor='Y'
AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')
1334

Comment/Help
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

Text

Create
Asset

Yes-No

('N')

Capital/
Expense

List

Capital Expense

Asset

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aasset_cinvoiceline

Asset
Group

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

Table
Direct
aassetgroup_cinvoiceline

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
Entered is based on
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
the selected UoM
( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
cuom_cinvoiceline
IsDefault='Y' AND
Unit of Measure
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
1335

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
1336

Comment/Help

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

(1)

Price

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
Invoiced Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
Actual Price

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Tax

Table
Direct

Tax
Amount

Amount

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

List Price
Callout:
ctax_cinvoiceline
Tax identifier
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
Callout:
Tax Amount
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
for a document
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_cinvoiceline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
cactivity_cinvoiceline

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_cinvoiceline
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_cinvoiceline

1337

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.
The List Price is the official List
Price in the document currency.
The Tax indicates the type
of tax used in document line.
The Tax Amount displays the
total tax amount for a document.
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Line
Amount

Amount

Line Total

Amount

Description
Only

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

Account_ID - User1
celemenrvalueuser1_cinvline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celemenrvalueuser2_cinvline

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Account_ID - User2

Total line
amount incl. Tax
(N)

(Y)

3. Tab: Landed Costs - C_LandedCost

[IMAGE]
1338

Total line amount

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Description: Landed cost to be allocated to material receipts
Comment/Help: Landed costs allow you to allocate costs to previously received material receipts. Examples are freight, excise tax, insurance, etc. Select either a
Receipt, Receipt Line or a specific Product to allocate the costs to.
Tab Level: 2
Table 267.3. Landed Costs Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Landed
Cost

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice
Line

Search

Cost
Distribution

List

Cost
Element

Table
Direct

Description

String

Receipt

Search

Receipt
Line

Table
Direct

cinvoiceline_clandedcost
Quantity Volume
Weight Line Costs (Q)

Description

Comment/Help

Landed cost to
be allocated to
material receipts

Landed costs allow you to allocate

costs to previously received
material receipts. Examples are
freight, excise tax, insurance, etc.

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Landed Cost
Distribution

How landed costs are

distributed to material receipts

M_CostElement.CostElementType='M'
AND
ccostelement_clandedcost
Product Cost Element
M_CostElement.CostingMethod
IS NULL

minout_clandedcost

M_InOut.IsSOTrx='N'

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID=@M_InOut_ID@
Line on Shipment or
minoutline_clandedcost
Receipt document

1339

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

Distribute
Costs

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_clandedcost
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

4. Tab: Landed Cost Allocation - C_LandedCostAllocation

[IMAGE]
Description: Allocation of Landed Costs to Product
Comment/Help: Calculated when preparing the Invoice
LinkColumn: Invoice Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 267.4. Landed Cost Allocation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Landed
Cost
Allocation

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice
Line

Search

Product

Search

Allocation for
Land Costs

cinvoiceline_clandedcostalloc

Invoice Detail Line

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_clandedcostalloc
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
1340

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Amount

Amount

Quantity

Quantity

Base

Number

Cost
Element

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

masi_clandedcostallocation

Description

Comment/Help

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Amount

Amount

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Calculation Base
mcostelement_mlandedcostalloc

Product Cost Element

5. Tab: Matched POs - M_MatchPO

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Purchase Order Lines matched to this Invoice Line
LinkColumn: Invoice Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 267.5. Matched POs Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Account
Date

Date

Match PO

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ID

1341

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Match Purchase
Order to Shipment/
Receipt and Invoice

The matching record is usually

created automatically. If price
matching is enabled on business

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
partner group level, the matching
might have to be approved.

Delete

Button

Posted

Button

_Posted Status
Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice
Line

Search

Document
No

String

cinvoiceline_mmatchpo

1342

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction
Date

Date

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Receipt
Line

Search

Quantity

Quantity

Product

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

corderline_mmatchpo

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

minoutline_mmatchpo

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Search
mproduct_mmatchpo

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchpo

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Description

Comment/Help

6. Tab: Matched Receipts - M_MatchInv

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Material Receipt Lines matched to this Invoice Line
LinkColumn: Invoice Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 267.6. Matched Receipts Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Delete

Button

Match
Invoice

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Match Shipment/
Receipt to Invoice
1343

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Processed

Yes-No

Account
Date

Date

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice
Line

Search

Document
No

String

convoiceline_mmatchinv

1344

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction
Date

Date

Receipt
Line

Search

Quantity

Quantity

Product

minoutline_mmatchinv

Search
mproduct_mmatchinv

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Posted

Button

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchin

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

7. Tab: Invoice Tax - C_InvoiceTax

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Vendor Invoice Tax
Comment/Help: The Invoice Tax Tab displays the total tax due based on the Invoice Lines.
LinkColumn: Invoice
Tab Level: 1

1345

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Table 267.7. Invoice Tax Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

C_InvoiceTax_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice

Search

cinvoice_cinvoicetax

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Tax

Table
Direct

ctax_cinvoicetax

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Tax
Provider

Table
Direct

ctaxprovider_cinvoicetax

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Tax base
Amount

Amount

Base for calculating

the tax amount

The Tax Base Amount indicates

the base amount used for
calculating the tax amount.

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No
Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

8. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_InvoicePaySchedule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Invoice Payment Schedule
LinkColumn: Invoice
Tab Level: 1
1346

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Table 267.8. Payment Schedule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Invoice
Payment
Schedule

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice

Search

cinvoice_cinvoicepaysched

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Payment
Schedule

Table
Direct

cpayschedule_cinvoicepaysched

Payment Schedule
Template

Information when parts

of the payment are due

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Due Date

Date

Date when the

payment is due

Date when the payment is due

without deductions or discount

Amount
due

Amount

Amount of the
payment due

Full amount of the payment due

Discount
Date

Date

Last Date for payments

with discount

Last Date where a deduction of

the payment discount is allowed

Discount
Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Validate

Button

Valid

Yes-No

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

(Y)

9. Tab: Allocation - C_AllocationLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
1347

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Payment
Schedule

The Invoice Payment

Schedule determines when
partial payments are due.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Description: Allocation of the Invoice to Payments or Cash
LinkColumn: Invoice
Tab Level: 1
Table 267.9. Allocation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Manual

Yes-No

Purchase
Order

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corder_callocation

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_callocationline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Description

Comment/Help

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Allocation Line

Allocation of Cash/
Payment to Invoice

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Search

Allocation
Line

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Invoice

Search

cinvoice_callocationline

Invoice Identifier

Allocation

Table
Direct

callocation_callocationline

Payment allocation

Transaction
Date

Date

Payment

Search

cpayment_callocationline
1348

The Invoice Document.

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Window: Invoice (Vendor)

Field
Name

Reference

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Amount

Amount

Discount
Amount

Amount

Write-off
Amount

Amount

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccashline_callocationline

Description

Comment/Help

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Amount in a
defined currency

The Amount indicates the

amount for this document line.

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Amount to write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
Over-Payment
to receive money for more than the
(unallocated) or
particular invoice. Underpayments
Under-Payment (partial
(positive) is a partial payment
payment) Amount
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

1349

Chapter 268. Window: Invoice Batch

Description: Expense Invoice Batch
Comment/Help: Enter expense invoices in batch. After creating the lines, the actual invoices are created when processing the batch
Created:2005-04-02 19:34:06.0
Updated:2005-07-27 18:21:35.0

1. Tab: Invoice Batch - C_InvoiceBatch

[IMAGE]
Description: Enter Expense Invoice Batch Header
Comment/Help: Set Currency and decide if this for AR (sales) Invoices or AP (vendor) invoices. Optionally enter a Control amount.
Tab Level: 0
Table 268.1. Invoice Batch Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Invoice
Batch

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Document
No

String

Expense Invoice
Batch Header

Document
sequence number
of the document

1350

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic

Window: Invoice Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Description

String

Document
Date

Date

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

(N)

Company
Agent

Table

AD_User - SalesRep

Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Optional short
description
of the record
(@#Date@)

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Date of the Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

aduser_cinvoicebatch

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

ccurrency_cinvoicebatch

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

cconventiontype_cinvoicebatch

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

(@$C_Currency_ID@)

1351

Window: Invoice Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Control
Amount

Amount

(0)

Document
Amt

Amount

Create
Invoices

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

If not zero, the

Debit amount of the
document must be
equal this amount

If the control amount is zero, no

check is performed. Otherwise
the total Debit amount must be
equal to the control amount,
before the document is processed.

Document Amount
ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@=Y
The document has
been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

2. Tab: Batch Line - C_InvoiceBatchLine

[IMAGE]
Description: Enter Expense Invoice Batch Line
Comment/Help: A new invoice is created, if there is a different Document Number, Business Partner or Location (address). Note that the Document Number may
be overwritten - depending on the Number control of the selected Document Type.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 268.2. Batch Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Invoice
Batch Line

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Expense Invoice
Batch Line
(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

1352

Window: Invoice Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Invoice
Batch

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Constraint Value

adorg_cinvoicebatchline

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Expense Invoice
Batch Header

cinvoicebatch_cinvoicebline

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
C_InvoiceBatchLine
WHERE
C_InvoiceBatch_ID=@C_InvoiceBatch_ID@)

Unique line for

this document

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARI',
'API','ARC','APC')
AND
cdoctype_cinvoicebatchline
Document type or rules
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.docType

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Document
Type

Table
Direct

(@C_DocType_ID@)

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Document
No

String

(@DocumentNo@)

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback

Document
sequence number
of the document

1353

Window: Invoice Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Date
Invoiced

Date

(@DateInvoiced@;
@DateDoc@)

Account
Date

Date

(@DateAcct@;
@DateDoc@)

Callout:
Date printed on Invoice
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.date

Accounting Date

Business
Partner

Search

(@C_BPartner_ID@)

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_cinvoicebatchline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.bPartner

Partner
Location

Table(@C_BPartner_Location_ID@)C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@Callout:
Identifies the (ship
Direct
cbplocation_cinvoicebline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.tax
to) address for this
Business Partner

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(@AD_User_ID@)

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Charge

Search

Callout:
Additional
ccharge_cinvoicebatchline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.charge
document charges

Price

Amount

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cinvoicebatchline
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.amt
Entered is based on
the selected UoM

1354

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Date Invoice indicates the
date printed on the invoice.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
The Quantity Entered is converted
to base product UoM quantity
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)
The price entered is converted
to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Window: Invoice Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

(@IsTaxIncluded@)

Tax

Table
Direct

Line
Amount

Amount

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.amt
Tax is included
in the price
Callout:
ctax_cinvoicebatchline
Tax identifier
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoiceBatch.amt

Comment/Help
The Tax Included checkbox
indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.
The Tax indicates the type
of tax used in document line.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Line Total

Amount

Total line
amount incl. Tax

Total line amount

Project

Search

Activity

Trx
Organization

Table
Direct
Table

cproject_cinvoicebatchline

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

cactivity_cinvoicebatchline

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_cinvoicebatchline

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1
celementvalueu1_cinvoicebline

User defined
list element #1

1355

The user defined element

displays the optional elements

Window: Invoice Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User
Element
List 2

Table

Invoice

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Processed

Yes-No

Account_ID - User2
celementvalueu2_cinvoicebline

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

cinvoice_cinvoicebatchline

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

cinvoiceline_cinvoicebline

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

1356

Chapter 269. Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Description: Maintain Invoice Payment Schedule
Comment/Help: Maintain Payment Schedule of unpaid invoices
Created:2003-06-03 01:50:07.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Invoice - C_Invoice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Select Invoice
Comment/Help: Select from invoices not fully paid.
Where Clause: C_Invoice.IsPaid='N' AND C_Invoice.IsSOTrx='Y'
Tab Level: 0
Table 269.1. Invoice Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Project

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

celementvalueuser2_cinvoice

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

cconversiontype_cinvoice

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_cinvoice
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
1357

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Date
printed

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Paid

Yes-No

The document is paid

Generate
Receipt
from
Invoice

Button

Transferred

Yes-No

cinvoice_ref

Generate To

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Create
lines from

Button

Active

Yes-No

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Copy
Lines

Button

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status(N)

(Y)

(@IsSOTrx@)

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Copy From Record

1358

Copy From Record

Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

In Dispute

Yes-No

(N)

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Process
Invoice

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

Process
Invoice

Button

Printed

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Payment

Search

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Approved

Yes-No

Price List

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

cpayment_cinvoice

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

ccashline_cinvoice

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

celementvalueuser1_cinvoice

(@IsApproved@)

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cinvoice
COUNT(*) FROM
of a Price List
M_PriceList_Version
WHERE
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
1359

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
Activity

Table
Direct

Invoice

ID

Charge
amount

Amount

Account
Date

Date

Trx
Organization

Table

cactivity_cinvoice

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Campaign

Table
Direct

Target
Document
Type

Table

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

(@#Date@)

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_cinvoice

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_cinvoice
Marketing Campaign

C_DocType

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARI',
Target document
'API','ARC','APC')
cdoctypetarget_cinvoice
type for conversing
AND
documents
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND

1360

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.
You can convert document types
(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.docType
Order
Reference

Charge

String

Table

C_Charge
ccharge_cinvoice

Date
Ordered

Date

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Order

adorg_cinvoice

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

corder_cinvoice

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

cdoctype_cinvoice

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed

(0)

1361

Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Document
Status

Date
Invoiced

List

Date

Sales
Search
Representative

SelfService

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
(@#Date@)

The current status

of the document

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date printed on Invoice
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

AD_User - SalesRep
aduser_sr_cinvoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Yes-No

1362

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Description

Text

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_cinvoice
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
c_bplocation_cinvoice
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Payment
Rule

Payment

(P)

Currency

Table
Direct

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Grand
Total

Amount

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Total
Lines

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cinvoice
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

ccurrency_cinvoice

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_cinvoice '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.paymentTerm
Total of all
document lines
1363

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Pay
Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid

Comment/Help
Payment Schedules allow
to have multiple due dates.

2. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_InvoicePaySchedule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Mainain Payment Schedule
Tab Level: 1
Table 269.2. Payment Schedule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Invoice
Payment
Schedule

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Invoice

Search

cinvoice_cinvoicepaysched

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Payment
Schedule

Table
Direct

cpayschedule_cinvoicepaysched

Payment Schedule
Template

Information when parts

of the payment are due

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Due Date

Date

Date when the

payment is due

Date when the payment is due

without deductions or discount

Amount
due

Amount

Amount of the
payment due

Full amount of the payment due

(Y)

1364

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Payment
Schedule

The Invoice Payment

Schedule determines when
partial payments are due.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Invoice Payment Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Discount
Date

Date

Discount
Amount

Amount

Validate

Button

Valid

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1365

Description

Comment/Help

Last Date for payments

with discount

Last Date where a deduction of

the payment discount is allowed

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Chapter 270. Window: Invoice Schedule

Description: Maintain Invoicing Schedule
Comment/Help: The Invoice Schedule Window defines the frequency and cut off dates for generating summary invoices. If a customer requires a single invoice
for multiple shipments you would define the appropriate invoice schedule and associate it with the Customer.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Invoice Schedule - C_InvoiceSchedule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Invoice Schedule
Comment/Help: The Invoice Schedule Tab defines the frequency for which batch invoices will be generated for a Business Partner.
Tab Level: 0
Table 270.1. Invoice Schedule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice
Schedule

ID

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1366

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Invoice Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Amount
Limit

Yes-No

Send invoices
only if the amount
exceeds the limit

The Amount Limit checkbox

indicates if invoices will be sent out
if they are below the entered limit.

Amount

Amount

Amount

Amount

Invoice
Frequency

List

How often invoices

will be generated

The Invoice Frequency indicates

the frequency of invoice
generation for a Business Partner.

Invoice
on even
weeks

Yes-No
Send invoices
on even weeks

The Invoice on Even Weeks

checkbox indicates if biweekly
invoices should be sent
on even week numbers.

Invoice
Week Day

List

Invoice
weekday
cutoff

Daily Monthly Twice

Monthly Weekly

Sunday Monday
Tuesday Thursday
Saturday
Wednesday Friday

Day to generate
invoices

List

Sunday Monday
Tuesday Thursday
Saturday
Wednesday Friday

Last day in the

week for shipments
to be included

The Invoice Week Day Cutoff

indicates the last day of the week
a shipment must be made to be
included in the invoice schedule.

Invoice
Day

Integer

(1)
Day of Invoice
Generation

The Invoice Day indicates

the day of invoice generation.
If twice monthly, the second
time is 15 days after this day.

Invoice
day cut-off

Integer

Last day for

including shipments

The Invoice Day Cut Off indicates

the last day for shipments to be
included in the current invoice
schedule. For example, if the
invoice schedule is defined for the

(1)

1367

The Invoice Week Day

indicates the day of the
week to generate invoices.

Window: Invoice Schedule

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
first day of the month, the cut off
day may be the 25th of the month.
An shipment on the 24th of May
would be included in the invoices
sent on June 1st but a shipment
on the 26th would be included
in the invoices sent on July 1st.

1368

Chapter 271. Window: LDAP Server

Description: LDAP Server to authenticate and authorize external systems based on iDempiere
Comment/Help: The LDAP Server allows third party software (e.g. Apache) to use the users defined in the system to authentificate and authorize them. There is
only one server per iDempiere system. The "o" is the Client key and the optional "ou" is the Interest Area key.
Created:2006-10-29 00:00:00.0
Updated:2006-10-29 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: LDAP Server - AD_LdapProcessor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: LDAP Server to authenticate and authorize external systems based on iDempiere
Comment/Help: The LDAP Server allows third party software (e.g. Apache) to use the users defined in the system to authentificate and authorize them. There is
only one server per iDempiere system. The "o" is the Client key and the optional "ou" is the Interest Area key.
Tab Level: 0
Table 271.1. LDAP Server Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Yes-No

Ldap
Processor

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

LDAP Server to
authenticate and
authorize external
systems based
on iDempiere

The LDAP Server allows third

party software (e.g. Apache) to
use the users defined in the system
to authentificate and authorize
them. There is only one server
per iDempiere system. The "o"
is the Client key and the optional
"ou" is the Interest Area key.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1369

(see same above)

Window: LDAP Server

Field
Name

Reference

Organization

Table
Direct

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Ldap Port

Integer

(389)

The port the

server is listening

The default LDAP port is 389

Supervisor

Table

AD_User

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Number of days to
keep the log entries

Older Log entries may be deleted

aduser_adldapprocessor

Days to
keep Log

Integer

(7)

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Date
next run

Date
+Time

Date the process

will run next

The Date Next Run indicates the

next time this process will run.

2. Tab: LDAP Server Log - AD_LdapProcessorLog

[IMAGE]
Description: Log of the LDAP Server
Tab Level: 1

1370

Window: LDAP Server

Table 271.2. LDAP Server Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Ldap
Processor
Log

ID

Binary
Data

Binary

Active

Yes-No

Client

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

LDAP Server Log

Binary Data

The Binary field stores binary data.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Ldap
Processor

Table
Direct
adldapprocessor_adldapproclog

(SYSDATE)

(see same above)

LDAP Server to
authenticate and
authorize external
systems based
on iDempiere

The LDAP Server allows third

party software (e.g. Apache) to
use the users defined in the system
to authentificate and authorize
them. There is only one server
per iDempiere system. The "o"
is the Client key and the optional
"ou" is the Interest Area key.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.
The Summary allows free form
text entry of a recap of this request.

Created

Date
+Time

Summary

Text

Textual summary
of this request

Error

Yes-No

An Error occurred
in the execution

Reference

String

Reference for
this record

Text
Message

Text

Description

String

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Text Message
Optional short
description
of the record

1371

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 272. Window: Label Printer

Description: Maintain Label Printer Definition
Comment/Help: null
Created:2003-10-07 17:16:48.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Printer - AD_LabelPrinter

[IMAGE]
Description: Define Label Printer
Tab Level: 0
Table 272.1. Printer Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Label
printer

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Label Printer
Definition

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Comment/Help

(Y)
1372

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Label Printer

2. Tab: Function - AD_LabelPrinterFunction

[IMAGE]
Description: Label Printer Function
Tab Level: 1
Table 272.2. Function Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Label
printer
Function

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Label
printer

Table
Direct

Name

String

Function of
Label Printer

Label Printer
Definition

adlabelprinter_function

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Function
Prefix

String

Data sent before

the function

XY
Position

Yes-No

The Function
is XY position

XY
Separator

String

The separator between

the X and Y function.

(Y)

1373

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This function positions for

the next print operation

Window: Label Printer

Field
Name

Reference

Function
Suffix

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Data sent after
the function

1374

Comment/Help

Chapter 273. Window: Language

Description: Maintain Languages
Comment/Help: The Language Window allows you to define multiple parallel language for users. This allows users to access the same data but have the windows,
tabs and fields appear in different languages. If a language is a System Language, you can change the User Interface to this language (after translation). Otherwise
the language is only used for printing documents. For the language code, we suggest using the Java convention of country and language (e.g. fr_CN - Canadian
French). Verify the translation creates missing translation records. Start this process after creating a new language.
Created:1999-05-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Language - AD_Language

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: System and User Languages
Comment/Help: If you want to add an additional User Interface language, select "System Language". Otherwise, the system allows you to just translate elements
for printing documents.
Tab Level: 0
Table 273.1. Language Fields
Field
Name
Language
ID

Decimal
Point

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The number notation

has a decimal point
(no decimal comma)

If selected, Numbers are printed

with a decimal point "." - otherwise
with a decimal comma ",". The
thousand separator is the opposite.
If the pattern for your language
is not correct, please create
a iDempiere support request
with the correct information

ID
(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(AD_Language_ID),0)+1
AS DefaultValue
FROM AD_Language)
Yes-No

AD_Language_UUString
1375

Window: Language
Field
Name

Reference

Time
Pattern

String

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Language

String

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Java Time Pattern

Option Time pattern in Java

notation. Examples: "hh:mm:ss
aaa z" - "HH:mm:ss" If the pattern
for your language is not correct,
please create a iDempiere support
request with the correct information

languageclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

languageorg

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Print Text

String

ISO
Language
Code

String

Lower-case twoletter ISO-3166

code - http://
www.ics.uci.edu/
pub/ietf/http/
related/iso639.txt

The ISO Language Code

indicates the standard ISO code
for a language in lower case.
Information can be found at
http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/
ietf/http/related/iso639.txt

ISO
Country
Code

String

Upper-case twoletter alphanumeric

ISO Country code
according to ISO
3166-1 - http://
www.chemie.fu-

For details - http://

www.din.de/gremien/nas/
nabd/iso3166ma/codlstp1.html
or - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec03en.htm

1376

Window: Language
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

berlin.de/diverse/
doc/ISO_3166.html
System
Language

Yes-No
The screens, etc.
are maintained
in this Language

Select, if you want to have

translated screens available in
this language. Please notify your
system administrator to run the
language maintenance scripts to
enable the use of this language. If
the language is not supplied, you
can translate the terms yourself.

Login
Locale

Yes-No

(N)

Base
Language

Yes-No

(N)

The system
information is
maintained in
this language

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date
Pattern

String
Java Date Pattern

Option Date pattern in Java

notation. Examples: dd.MM.yyyy
- dd/MM/yyyy If the pattern for
your language is not correct,
please create a iDempiere support
request with the correct information

Printer paper definition

Printer Paper Size,

Orientation and Margins

Print Paper

Table
Direct

Language
Maintenance

Button

adprintpaper_adlanguage

1377

Chapter 274. Window: Lead

Description: Maintain Leads
Comment/Help: The Lead Window allows you to maintain Sales Leads. These are unqualified contacts to who you wish to market to.
Created:2013-08-25 14:49:57.0
Updated:2013-09-12 01:14:09.0

1. Tab: Lead - AD_User

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Any information about the contact
Where Clause: AD_User.IsSalesLead='Y'
Tab Level: 0
Table 274.1. Lead Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Verification
Info

String

EMail
User ID

String

Title

String

Business
Partner

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aduser C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0
1378

Description

Comment/Help

Verification
information of
EMail Address

The field contains additional

information how the EMail
Address has been verified

User Name (ID) in

the Mail System

The user name in the mail system

is usually the string before
the @ of your email address.
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Lead
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Is In
Payroll

Yes-No

(N)

Salt

String

Full BP
Access

Yes-No

Supervisor

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Random data added

to improve password
hash effectiveness
(Y)

AD_User

The user/contact has

full access to Business
Partner information
and resources

If selected, the user has full access

to the Business Partner (BP)
information (Business Documents
like Orders, Invoices - Requests)
or resources (Assets, Downloads).
If you deselect it, the user has no
access rights unless, you explicitly
grant it in tab "BP Access"

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

User Name used

for authorization
via LDAP
(directory) services

Optional LDAP system user name

for the user. If not defined, the
normal Name of the user is used.
This allows to use the internal
(LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and
the normal display name (e.g. Jorg
Janke). The LDAP User Name can
also be used without LDAP enables
(see system window). This would
allow to sign in as jjanke and use
the display name of Jorg Janke.

String

Password

String

User PIN

String

Comment/Help

Defined if any User

Contact will be used
for Calculate Payroll

aduser_supervisor

LDAP
User Name

Description

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_User_ID@=0

1379

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".

Window: Lead
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

EMail
User
Password

String

Greeting

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

ID

Notification
Type

List

EMail+Notice EMail
None Notice (E)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Password of your
email user id
cgreeting_aduser

adorgtrx_aduser

EMail
Verify

Date
+Time

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Last
Contact

Date

Last Result

String

Connection
Profile

List

Description

Comment/Help
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Date Email
was verified
C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aduser
to) address for this
Business Partner

Terminal Server
VPN WAN LAN

1380

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Date this individual

was last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

How a Java
Client connects
to the server(s)

Depending on the connection

profile, different protocols are
used and tasks are performed
on the server rather then the
client. Usually the user can select
different profiles, unless it is

Window: Lead
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
enforced by the User or Role
definition. The User level profile
overwrites the Role based profile.

Sales Lead

Yes-No

(N)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

This contact
is a sales lead
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ad_user_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_user_client

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Convert
Lead

Button

Active

Yes-No

Phone

Sales leads can be

converted into full contacts
with Business Partners.

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

EMail
Address

String
Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to

(Y)

1381

Window: Lead
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Fax

String

Address

Location
(Address)

Birthday

Date

BP Name

String

BP
Address

Location
(Address)

Position

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Lead
Source

Lead
Source
Description

List

clocation_aduser

Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Birthday or
Anniversary day

Birthday or Anniversary day

Address of the
Business Partner

bplocation_aduser

C_Job.IsEmployee=(SELECT
IsEmployee FROM
cjob_aduser
Job Position
C_BPartner WHERE
C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

ccampaign_aduser

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

salesrep_aduser

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

AD_User - SalesRep

Cold Call Conference

Existing Customer
Email Employee
Partner Trade
Show Word of
Mouth Web Site

The source of this

lead/opportunity

Text

Additional information
on the source of this
lead/opportunity
1382

Window: Lead
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Lead
Status

List

Converted
Expired New
Recycled Working

Lead
Status
Description

Text

Comments

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The status of this

lead/opportunity
in the sales cycle
Additional information
on the status of this
lead/opportunity
Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: Activity - C_ContactActivity

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 274.2. Activity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Contact
Activity

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/
Contact

Search

(@AD_User_ID@)

Events, tasks,
communications
related to a contact

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

aduser_ccontactactivity

1383

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Lead
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Activity
Type

List

Email Meeting
Phone call Task

Description

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Type of activity, e.g.
task, email, phone call
Optional short
description
of the record

Sales
Table AD_User(@#SalesRep_ID@)
Representative

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
Sales Representative
SalesRep_CContactActivity
AND
or Company Agent
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))

Sales
Opportunity

Table
Direct

Comments

Text

Start Date

Date
+Time

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Sales Representative
indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

(@C_Opportunity_ID@)
copportunity_ccontactactivity
Comments or
additional information
(@SQL=SELECT
SYSDATE AS
DefaultValue
FROM DUAL)

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.
The Start Date indicates
the first or starting date

End Date

Date
+Time

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Complete

Yes-No

It is complete

Indication that this is complete

1384

Chapter 275. Window: Location

Description: Maintain Location Address
Comment/Help: The Location Window defines the address data within the system. This window is for System Admin only. Users would access location entries
using the location button or tab on the appropriate window (i.e Order Entry or Business Partner)
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Location - C_Location

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Location
Comment/Help: The Location Tab defines the location of an Organization.
Tab Level: 0
Table 275.1. Location Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Address

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

C_Location_UU String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Address 1

String

Address 2

String

adclient_clocation

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_clocation

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the

address for an entity's location

Address line 2
for this location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for

1385

Window: Location
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Address 3

Address 4

String

Address Line 4
for the location

The Address 4 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

City

City in a country

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP

identifies the postal code
for this entity's address.

Additional ZIP
or Postal code

The Additional ZIP or Postal

Code identifies, if appropriate, any
additional Postal Code information.

String

City

String

City

Search

ZIP

String

Additional
Zip

String

Region

Table
Direct

Region

String

Country

Address Line 3
for the location

The Address 2 provides

additional address information
for an entity. It can be used for
building location, apartment
number or similar information.

Table
Direct

Validate
Address

Button

Result

Text

ccity_clocation

C_Region.C_Country_ID=@C_Country_ID@
Identifies a
c_region_location
geographical Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.

Name of the Region

The Region Name defines the

name that will print when this
region is used in a document.

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

c_country_location

1386

Window: Location
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Valid

Yes-No

(N)

Address
Validation

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

caddressvalidation_clocation

1387

Description

Comment/Help

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Chapter 276. Window: Lot

Description: Product Lot Definition
Comment/Help: Maintain the individual Lot of a Product
Created:2003-05-05 21:03:29.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Lot - M_Lot

[IMAGE]
Description: Product Lot Definition
Comment/Help: Maintain the individual Lot of a Product
Tab Level: 0
Table 276.1. Lot Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Lot

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

mproduct_mlot
Lot
Control

Table
Direct

Name

String

Validation Rule

mlotctl_mlot

1388

Description

Comment/Help

Product Lot Definition

The individual Lot of a Product

Product Lot Control

Definition to create Lot

numbers for Products

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Lot
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

Text

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Date From
Date To

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date

Starting date
for a range

The Date From indicates

the starting date of a range.

Date

End date of
a date range

The Date To indicates the end

date of a range (inclusive)

(Y)

1389

Chapter 277. Window: Lot Control

Description: Product Lot Control
Comment/Help: Definition to create Lot numbers for Products
Created:2003-05-05 21:10:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Lot Control - M_LotCtl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Product Lot Control
Comment/Help: Definition to create Lot numbers for Products
Tab Level: 0
Table 277.1. Lot Control Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Lot
Control

ID

Product Lot Control

Definition to create Lot

numbers for Products

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1390

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Lot Control

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Start No

Integer

(100)

Increment

Integer

(1)

Current
Next

Integer

(100)

Prefix

String

Suffix

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Starting number/
position

The Start Number indicates

the starting position in the line
or field number in the line

The number to
increment the last
document number by

The Increment indicates the

number to increment the last
document number by to arrive
at the next sequence number

The next number

to be used

The Current Next indicates the next

number to use for this document

Prefix before the

sequence number

The Prefix indicates the

characters to print in front
of the document number.

Suffix after the number

The Suffix indicates the characters

to append to the document number.

2. Tab: Exclude - M_LotCtlExclude

[IMAGE]
Description: Exclude the ability to create Lots in Attribute Sets
Comment/Help: Create a record, if you want to exclude the ability to create Lots in Product Attribute Set information. Note that the information is cached. To
have effect you may have to re-login or reset cache.
Tab Level: 1
Table 277.2. Exclude Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Exclude
Lot

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Exclude the ability

to create Lots in
Attribute Sets
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1391

(see same above)

Window: Lot Control

Field
Name

Reference

Organization

Table
Direct

Lot
Control

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Table

Table
Direct

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

mlotctl_mlotctlexclude

(see same above)

Product Lot Control

Definition to create Lot

numbers for Products

(same as first report)

(see same above)

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM AD_Column
c WHERE
AD_Table.AD_Table_ID=c.AD_Table_ID
AND
Database Table
adtable_mlotctlexclude
c.ColumnName='M_AttributeSetInstance_ID'
information
AND
c.IsUpdateable='Y')
AND
AD_Table.IsView='N'
This is a Sales
Transaction

1392

Comment/Help

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Chapter 278. Window: Mail Template

Description: Maintain Mail Template
Comment/Help: Mail templates can contain variables of the user, business partner or a general object. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner
and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object). So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name. For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business Partner's language selection.
Created:2001-01-11 17:37:42.0
Updated:2005-11-13 13:37:48.0

1. Tab: Mail Template - R_MailText

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Mail Template
Comment/Help: A mail template can contain variables, e.g. @Name@. The variables are replaced based on the context. First, the the User is searched to find the
variables. Additional objects are used for dunning (business partner, dunning entry), asset delivery (asset) and invoice print (business partner, invoice)
Tab Level: 0
Table 278.1. Mail Template Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Mail
Template

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1393

Description

Comment/Help

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and

Window: Mail Template

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

(Y)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

Subject

String

Mail Header (Subject)

The subject of the mail message

Mail Text

Text

Text used for

Mail message

The Mail Text indicates the

text used for mail messages.

Mail
Text 2

Text

Optional second
text part used for
Mail message

The Mail Text indicates the

text used for mail messages.

Mail
Text 3

Text

Optional third text part

used for Mail message

The Mail Text indicates the

text used for mail messages.

HTML

Yes-No

Text has HTML tags

2. Tab: Translation - R_MailText_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Translation
LinkColumn: Mail Template
Tab Level: 1
1394

Window: Mail Template

Table 278.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Language

Name

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

rmailtext_rmailtexttrl

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

adlanguage_rmailtexttrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

String

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Subject

Text

Mail Header (Subject)

The subject of the mail message

1395

Window: Mail Template

Field
Name

Reference

Mail Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Text

Text used for

Mail message

The Mail Text indicates the

text used for mail messages.

Mail
Text 2

Text

Optional second
text part used for
Mail message

The Mail Text indicates the

text used for mail messages.

Mail
Text 3

Text

Optional third text part

used for Mail message

The Mail Text indicates the

text used for mail messages.

Description

Comment/Help

Mail sent to the user

Archive of mails sent to users

(same as first report)

(see same above)

3. Tab: User Mail - AD_UserMail

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Mail sent to the user
LinkColumn: Mail Template
Tab Level: 1
Table 278.3. User Mail Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

User Mail

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Mail
Message

Table
Direct

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Web Store Mail

Message Template

wmailmsg_adusermail

Text templates
for mailings

rmailtext_adusermail

1396

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and

Window: Mail Template

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

User/
Contact

Search

Message
ID

String

Delivery
Confirmation

String

Delivered

List

aduser_adusermail

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

EMail Message ID

SMTP Message ID
for tracking purposes

EMail Delivery
confirmation
Yes No

1397

Chapter 279. Window: Marketing Campaign

Description: Maintain Marketing Campaigns
Comment/Help: The Marketing Campaign Window defines the start and end date for a campaign. It also gives a running balance of the invoice amounts which
referred to this campaign.
Created:1999-09-23 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Campaign - C_Campaign

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Marketing Campaign
Comment/Help: The Marketing Campaign Tab defines the parameters for a Campaign. These include a start and end date as well as the amount of any invoices
that have been processed which reference this campaign.
Tab Level: 0
Table 279.1. Campaign Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Campaign

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

(same as first report)

1398

(see same above)

Window: Marketing Campaign

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Channel

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

cchannel_ccampaign

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Sales Channel

The Sales Channel identifies

a channel (or method)
of sales generation.

Start Date

Date

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Costs

Costs
+Prices

Costs in accounting
currency

The Costs indicates the

cost of a campaign in an
Organizations accounting currency.

2. Tab: Opportunity - C_Opportunity

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Campaign
Tab Level: 1

1399

Window: Marketing Campaign

Table 279.2. Opportunity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Sales
Opportunity

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Business
Partner

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

(@C_BPartner_ID@)
cbpartner_copportunity

1400

Window: Marketing Campaign

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Campaign

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Sales
Stage

Table

Probability

Amount

Expected
Close Date

Date

Constraint Value

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Description

String

Comments

Text

Order

Table
Direct

Description

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_copportunity
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

ccampaign_copportunity

Marketing Campaign

salesrep_copportunity

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

AD_User - SalesRep

C_SalesStage

Comment/Help

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Callout:
Stages of the
csalesstage_copportunity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOpportunity.salesStage
sales process

Expected Close Date

Opportunity Amount
Amount
Weighted
Amount

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@> 0

Define what stages your sales

process will move through
The Expected Close Date indicates
the expected last or final date

The estimated value

of this opportunity.
The amount adjusted
by the probability.
The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_copportunity

Optional short
description
of the record
Comments or
additional information
C_Order.C_Opportunity_ID=@C_Opportunity_ID@
corder_copportunity
Order

1401

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Comments field allows
for free form entry of
additional information.
The Order is a control document.
The Order is complete when

Window: Marketing Campaign

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Close Date

Date

Cost

Amount

Close Date

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Cost information

3. Tab: Translation - C_Campaign_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Campaign
Tab Level: 1
Table 279.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_Campaign_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Campaign

Search

Language

Active

Table

Yes-No

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

ADClient_CCampaignTrl

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

ADOrg_CCampaignTrl

(same as first report)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(see same above)

CCampaign_CCampaignTrl

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

ADLanguage_CCampaignTrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Language

(Y)
1402

Window: Marketing Campaign

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

Name

String

Description

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

String

Description

Comment/Help

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

1403

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 280. Window: Marketing Channel

Description: Maintain Marketing Channels
Comment/Help: The Marketing Channel Window defines the different channels used in Marketing Campaigns
Created:1999-09-23 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Channel - C_Channel

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Distribution Channel
Comment/Help: The Marketing Channel Tab defines the different methods or processes through which customers are obtained.
Tab Level: 0
Table 280.1. Channel Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Channel

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Sales Channel

The Sales Channel identifies

a channel (or method)
of sales generation.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1404

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Marketing Channel

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Print Color

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adprintcolor_cchannel

1405

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Color used for

printing and display

Colors used for printing and display

Chapter 281. Window: Matched Invoices

Description: View Matched Invoices
Comment/Help: View detals of matched invoice lines to material receipt lines
Created:1999-05-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2005-11-25 15:02:24.0

1. Tab: Match Invoice - M_MatchInv

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: View matched Invoices
Comment/Help: View detals of matched invoice lines to material receipt lines
Tab Level: 0
Table 281.1. Match Invoice Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Match
Invoice

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Match Shipment/
Receipt to Invoice
(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document

1406

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic

Window: Matched Invoices

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction
Date

Date

Description

String

Invoice
Line

Search

Receipt
Line

Search

Product

Search

Transaction Date
Optional short
description
of the record

Product
Attribute

Quantity

Quantity

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

convoiceline_mmatchinv

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

minoutline_mmatchinv

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

mproduct_mmatchinv
Attribute
Set
Instance

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchin

1407

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Window: Matched Invoices

Field
Name

Reference

Account
Date

Date

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Delete

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

Button

1408

Chapter 282. Window: Matched Purchase Orders

Description: View Matched Purchase Orders
Comment/Help: View detals of matched purchase order lines to invoice lines and material receipt lines
Created:2001-09-05 21:54:50.0
Updated:2005-11-25 15:02:56.0

1. Tab: Match PO - M_MatchPO

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: View matched Purchase Orders
Comment/Help: View detals of matched purchase order lines to invoice lines and material receipt lines
Tab Level: 0
Table 282.1. Match PO Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Match PO

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Match Purchase
Order to Shipment/
Receipt and Invoice

The matching record is usually

created automatically. If price
matching is enabled on business
partner group level, the matching
might have to be approved.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
No

String
Document
sequence number
of the document
1409

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the

Window: Matched Purchase Orders

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction
Date

Date

Description

String

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Receipt
Line

Search

Product

Search

Transaction Date
Optional short
description
of the record

Product
Attribute

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

corderline_mmatchpo

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

cinvoiceline_mmatchpo

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

minoutline_mmatchpo

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

mproduct_mmatchpo
Attribute
Set
Instance

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchpo

1410

Product Attribute
Set Instance

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.

Window: Matched Purchase Orders

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity

Account
Date

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Difference between
Purchase and Invoice
Price per matched line

The difference between purchase

and invoice price may be used for
requiring explicit approval if a
Price Match Tolerance is defined
on Business Partner Group level.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Date

Approved

Yes-No

Price
Match
Difference

Amount

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Delete

Quantity

(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

_Posted Status

Button

1411

Chapter 283. Window: Material Receipt

Description: Vendor Shipments (Receipts)
Comment/Help: The Vendor Shipment Window defines the receipt of product or material from a Vendor. The Shipment may be manually entered or may be
generated from a Purchase Order or Vendor Invoice.
Created:2000-05-23 23:44:52.0
Updated:2005-02-26 10:20:01.0

1. Tab: Material Receipt - M_InOut

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Enter Receipts
Comment/Help: The Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments from a Vendor.
Process: Delivery Note / Shipment Print - Rpt M_InOut
Where Clause: M_InOut.MovementType IN ('V+')
Tab Level: 0
Table 283.1. Material Receipt Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Pick Date

Date
+Time

Date/Time when
picked for Shipment

Receipt

ID

Material Shipment
Document

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Referenced
Shipment

ID

(@IsSOTrx@)

minout_ref
1412

Description

Comment/Help

The Material Shipment / Receipt

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Create
Package

Button

Process
Now

Button

Printed

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Invoice

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Date
printed

Date

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Ship Date

Date
+Time

Shipment Date/Time

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Tracking
No

String

No
Packages

Integer

(1)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Purchase
Order

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cinvoice_minout

Number to track
the shipment
Number of
packages shipped

adorg_minout

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
corder_minout
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
Order
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.order

1413

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Date
Ordered

Date

RMA

Search

Document
No

String

Order
Reference

Date of Order
(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
Return Material
mrma_minout
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
Authorization
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.rma

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number

String

1414

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Movement
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('MMR',
cdoctype_minout
'MMS') AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.docType
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

Accounting Date

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_minout
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.bpartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
vbplocation_minout
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_minout
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

1415

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Priority

List

Values (Default)

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

List

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Company
Agent

Table

AD_User - SalesRep

Delivery
Rule

List

List

Freight
Amount

Amount

Charge

Table

Validation Rule

Comment/Help
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

mshipper_minout

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

aduser_sr_minout

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (A)

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

C_Charge
ccharge_minout

Charge
amount

Description

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_minout
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.warehouse
and Service Point

Delivery
Via

Freight
Cost Rule

Constraint Value

Amount

1416

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

(N)

DropShip_BPartner_ID
Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

dropshipbpartner_minout

Description

Comment/Help

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Business Partner
to ship to

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Drop
Shipment
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshiplocation_minout
AND
Location for
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y' shipping to

Drop
Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshipuser_minout
Contact for
drop shipment

Create
lines from

Button

Generate
Invoice
from
Receipt

Button

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Generate To

Table
Direct

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_minout
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

cactivity_minout

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

ccampaign_minout

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.

1417

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Movement
Type

List

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_minout

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_minout

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celementvalueuser2_minout

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

Production - Customer
Shipment Customer
Returns Vendor
Returns Inventory
Out Movement
From Movement
To Work Order +
Production + Vendor
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order -

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)
Method of moving
the inventory

Create
Button
Confirmation
In Transit

Yes-No
Movement is in transit

1418

Material Movement is in
transit - shipped, but not
received. The transaction
is completed, if confirmed.

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Date
received

Date

Document
Status

List

Process
Shipment

Button

In Dispute

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
_Document
Action(CO)

Description

Comment/Help

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

_Posted Status

2. Tab: Receipt Line - M_InOutLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Shipment Line
Comment/Help: The Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 283.2. Receipt Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1419

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Referenced
Shipment
Line

ID

Description
Only

Yes-No

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

minoutline_ref
(N)

Invoiced

Yes-No

Receipt
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Receipt

Search

Purchase
Order Line

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Product

Constraint Value

adorg_minoutline

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Material Shipment
Document

minout_minoutline

C_OrderLine.C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@Callout:
corderline_minout
Sales Order Line
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.orderLine

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM M_InOutLine
WHERE
M_InOut_ID=@M_InOut_ID@)

Search

Unique line for

this document

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
mproduct_minoutline
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.product

1420

The Material Shipment / Receipt

The Sales Order Line is a unique
identifier for a line in an order.
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Charge

Table
Direct

Description

Text

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.asi
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_minoutline
Set Instance
(@M_Locator_ID@)

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@Callout:
mlocator_minoutline
Warehouse Locator
org.idempiere.model.CalloutFillLocator.fillLocator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
Additional
ccharge_minoutline
JOIN C_DocType dt
document charges
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0) ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Optional short
description
of the record
1421

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
Entered is based on
the selected UoM
( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
cuom_minoutline
OR EXISTS ( /
Unit of Measure
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
1422

Comment/Help
The Quantity Entered is converted
to base product UoM quantity
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
Movement
Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Callout:
Quantity of a
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
product moved.

Picked
Quantity

Quantity

Target
Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

Project

Table
Direct

(0)

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
cproject_minoutline (C_Project.C_BPartner_ID Financial Project
IS NULL OR
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@

1423

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
Activity

Table
Direct

cactivity_minoutline

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
c_projectphase_minoutline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_minoutline
Task in a Phase

Campaign

Table
Direct

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_minoutline
Marketing Campaign

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_minoutline

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celemenrvalueuser1_minoutline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2
celemenrvalueuser2_minoutline

3. Tab: Confirmations - M_InOutLineConfirm

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
1424

Window: Material Receipt

Description: Optional Confirmations of Receipt Lines
Comment/Help: The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 283.3. Confirmations Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Invoice
Line

Search

Processed

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cinvoiceline_minoutlineconfirm

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

minventoryline_minoutlineconfi

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Receipt
Line

Search

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation

Table
Direct

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation
Line

ID

minoutline_minoutconfirm

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

minoutconfirm_minoutlineconf

Material Shipment or
Receipt Confirmation

Confirmation of Shipment
or Receipt - Created from
the Shipment/Receipt

Material Shipment
or Receipt
Confirmation Line
1425

Confirmation details

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Confirmation
No

String

Target
Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Difference

Quantity

Difference Quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Confirmation Number

4. Tab: Attributes - M_InOutLineMA

[IMAGE]
Description: Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation
Tab Level: 2
Table 283.4. Attributes Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_InOutLineMA_UU
String
Active

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Receipt
Line

Search

(Y)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

minoutline_minoutlinema

1426

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Date
Material
Policy

Date

Auto
Generated

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

masi_minourlinema

(1)

Description

Comment/Help

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Time used for

LIFO and FIFO
Material Policy

This field is used to record

time used for LIFO and
FIFO material policy

(N)

Record is Auto
Generated by System.

5. Tab: Matched POs - M_MatchPO

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Purchase Order Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line
LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 283.5. Matched POs Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Match PO

ID

Delete

Button

Active

Yes-No

Account
Date

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1427

Description

Comment/Help

Match Purchase
Order to Shipment/
Receipt and Invoice

The matching record is usually

created automatically. If price
matching is enabled on business
partner group level, the matching
might have to be approved.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Receipt
Line

Search

Document
No

String

The document has

been processed

minoutline_mmatchpo

1428

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Transaction
Date

Date

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Product

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Description

Comment/Help

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

corderline_mmatchpo

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

cinvoiceline_mmatchpo

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

mproduct_mmatchpo
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Quantity

Quantity

Posted

Button

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchpo

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Description

Comment/Help

_Posted Status

6. Tab: Matched Invoices - M_MatchInv

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Invoice Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line
LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 283.6. Matched Invoices Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Match
Invoice

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Match Shipment/
Receipt to Invoice
1429

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Account
Date

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

Delete

Button

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Receipt
Line

Search

Document
No

String

minoutline_mmatchinv

1430

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain

Window: Material Receipt

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction
Date

Date

Invoice
Line

Search

Product

Search

convoiceline_mmatchinv

mproduct_mmatchinv
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Quantity

Quantity

Posted

Button

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchin

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

1431

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Chapter 284. Window: Menu

Description: Maintain Menu
Comment/Help: The Maintain Menu Window defines the Menu which will display. It is for System Admin use only. The menu items that each user will see depends
upon the security defined.
Created:1999-05-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Menu - AD_Menu

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Menu
Comment/Help: The Menu Tab defines the tree structured menu which will be used for the selected Organization. Note that the name and description will be
automatically synchronized (overwritten), if not a summary node.
Tab Level: 0
Table 284.1. Menu Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Menu

ID

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a Menu

The Menu identifies a unique

Menu. Menus are used to
control the display of those
screens a user has access to.

adclient_admenu

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_menu_org

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1432

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Menu
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_admenu

Centrally
maintained

Yes-No

(Y)

Read Only

Yes-No

(N)

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Action

List

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Window

Table
Direct

Workflow

Table
Direct

Form Report
Window Task
Process WorkFlow
Workbench Info

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Information
maintained in System
Element table

The Centrally Maintained checkbox

indicates if the Name, Description
and Help maintained in 'System
Element' table or 'Window' table.

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Indicates the Action

to be performed

The Action field is a drop down

list box which indicates the Action
to be performed for this Item.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

adwindow_admenu

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

adworkflow_admenu

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

1433

Window: Menu
Field
Name

Reference

OS Task

Table
Direct
Table
Direct

Process

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adtask_admenu

Operation System Task

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

adprocess_admenu

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.
The Special Form field identifies a
unique Special Form in the system.

Special
Form

Table
Direct

adform_admenu

Special Form

Workbench

Table
Direct

admenu_adworkbench

Collection of
windows, reports

Info
Window

Table
Direct

adinfowindow_admenu

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

2. Tab: Translation - AD_Menu_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Menu Translation - May not need to be translated
Comment/Help: Menu translations are derived from Window, Process, etc. You only need to translate Summary level items all others will be translated automatically
(overwritten)
Tab Level: 1
Table 284.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Menu

Table
Direct

ad_menutrl

Description

Identifies a Menu
1434

Comment/Help

The Menu identifies a unique

Menu. Menus are used to

Window: Menu
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
control the display of those
screens a user has access to.

Language

Table

AD_Language
ad_language_menutrl

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

(Y)

String

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

1435

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 285. Window: Message

Description: Maintain Information and Error Messages
Comment/Help: The Message Window defines the Message Text and Message Tips for each system generated message. It is for System Admin use only.
Created:1999-05-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Message - AD_Message

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Information Error and Menu Messages
Comment/Help: The Message Tab displays error message text and menu messages
Tab Level: 0
Table 285.1. Message Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Message

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

System Message

Information and Error messages

messageclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

messageorg

(same as first report)

entityt_admessage

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D

1436

(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations

Window: Message
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Message
Type

List

Message
Text

Text

Message
Tip

Text

Error Information
Menu (I)

Type of message
(Informational,
Menu or Error)
Textual Informational,
Menu or Error
Message

The Message Type indicates

the type of message being
defined. Valid message types are
Informational, Menu and Error.
The Message Text indicates
the message that will display

Additional tip or
help for this message

The Message Tip defines

additional help or information
about this message.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Translation - AD_Message_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 285.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Message

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Information and Error messages

ad_messagetrl

System Message

ad_language_messagetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Language

(Y)
1437

Window: Message
Field
Name

Reference

Translated

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Message
Text

Text

Textual Informational,
Menu or Error
Message

The Message Text indicates

the message that will display

Message
Tip

Text

Additional tip or
help for this message

1438

The Message Tip defines

additional help or information
about this message.

Chapter 286. Window: Migration Scripts

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-02-15 15:41:58.0
Updated:2008-02-15 15:41:58.0

1. Tab: Migration Scripts - AD_MigrationScript

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 286.1. Migration Scripts Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Migration
Script

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String

Comment/Help

Table to check whether

the migration script
has been applied

File Name FileName

Developer
Name

Description

String

1439

(see same above)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Name of the
local file or URL

Name of a file in the local

directory space - or URL
(file://.., http://.., ftp://..)

Window: Migration Scripts

Field
Name

Reference

Apply
Script

Yes-No

Active

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Project

String

Name of the Project

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Reference

Text

Reference for
this record

The Reference displays the

source document number.

URL

URL

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Release
No

Text

Internal Release
Number

Status

List

Script

Binary

Apply
Migration
Scripts

Button

In Progress
Completed Error

1440

Status of the currently

running check

Status of the currently

running check

Dynamic Java
Language Script
to calculate result

Use Java language constructs to

define the result of the calculation

Chapter 287. Window: Model Validator

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2007-10-22 00:00:00.0
Updated:2007-10-22 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Model Validator - AD_ModelValidator

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 287.1. Model Validator Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(0)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(same as first report)

entityt_admodelvalidator

Name

Description

Description

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
1441

(see same above)

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

String

String

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Model Validator

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/
Help

String

Model
Validation
Class

String

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Model
Validator

ID

1442

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Chapter 288. Window: Move Confirmation

Description: Confirm Inventory Moves
Comment/Help: The document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.. If there is a difference quantity, a Physical
Inventory is created for the source (from) warehouse. If there is a scrapped quantity, a Physical Inventory is created for the target (to) warehouse.
Created:2004-06-17 11:29:43.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Confirmation - M_MovementConfirm

[IMAGE]
Description: Confirm Inventory Moves
Comment/Help: The document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.
Tab Level: 0
Table 288.1. Confirmation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Process
Now

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Move
Confirm

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(Y)

1443

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Inventory Move
Confirmation

The document is automatically

created when the document type of
the movement indicates In Transit.

Window: Move Confirmation

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Inventory
Move

Search

Description

String

Approved

Yes-No

Approval
Amount

Amount

Document
Status

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mmovement_mmovementconfirm

(N)

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Movement
of Inventory

The Inventory Movement

uniquely identifies a
group of movement lines.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Document
Approval Amount

Approval Amount for Workflow

The current status

of the document

1444

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change

Window: Move Confirmation

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Reversed Voided In
Progress Waiting
Payment Unknown
Closed Not Approved
Process
Button
Confirmation

Comment/Help
the document status, use
the Document Action field

_Document Action

Phys.Inventory Search
minventory_mmovconfirm

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Line - M_MovementLineConfirm

[IMAGE]
Description: Confirm Inventory Move Lines
Comment/Help: The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
Tab Level: 1
Table 288.2. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Move Line
Confirm

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Move
Confirm

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Inventory Move
Line Confirmation
(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

mmovementconfirm_mmovlineconf

1445

Inventory Move
Confirmation

The document is automatically

created when the document type of
the movement indicates In Transit.

Window: Move Confirmation

Field
Name

Reference

Move Line

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mmovementline_mmovlineconfirm

Description

Comment/Help

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

Target
Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Difference

Quantity

Difference Quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Processed

minventoryline_mmovlineconfirm

Yes-No

1446

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 289. Window: My Profile

Description: My user information
Comment/Help: null
Created:2009-09-12 14:20:46.0
Updated:2009-09-12 14:20:46.0

1. Tab: User Contact - AD_User

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain User or Business Partner Contact
Comment/Help: The User Tab defines the log in for Users who have access to the system. For application access, users need to have a role assigned.
Where Clause: AD_User.AD_User_ID=@#AD_User_ID@
Tab Level: 0
Table 289.1. User Contact Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

ID

Convert
Lead

Button

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ad_user_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_user_client

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1447

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: My Profile
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Search
Key

String

Description

String

Comments

Text

Active

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

EMail
Address

String

(same as first report)

Optional short
description
of the record

String

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aduser C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aduser
to) address for this
Business Partner

Title

String

User PIN

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_User_ID@=0

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner
The Email Address is the
Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".
Name this entity
is referred to as

1448

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comments or
additional information

Electronic
Mail Address

Password

(see same above)

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Window: My Profile
Field
Name

Reference

Birthday

Description

Comment/Help

Date

Birthday or
Anniversary day

Birthday or Anniversary day

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

Notification
Type

List

Position

Table
Direct

Full BP
Access

Yes-No

EMail
User ID

String

EMail
User
Password

String

Supervisor

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

EMail+Notice EMail
None Notice (E)

C_Job.IsEmployee=(SELECT
IsEmployee FROM
cjob_aduser
Job Position
C_BPartner WHERE
C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
(Y)
The user/contact has
full access to Business
Partner information
and resources

If selected, the user has full access

to the Business Partner (BP)
information (Business Documents
like Orders, Invoices - Requests)
or resources (Assets, Downloads).
If you deselect it, the user has no
access rights unless, you explicitly
grant it in tab "BP Access"

User Name (ID) in

the Mail System

The user name in the mail system

is usually the string before
the @ of your email address.
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

Password of your
email user id
AD_User

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

aduser_supervisor

1449

Required if the mail server requires

authentification to send emails.
The Supervisor indicates who
will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Window: My Profile
Field
Name

Reference

LDAP
User Name

String

Trx
Organization

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

List

Auto
expand
menu

List

Greeting

Table
Direct

EMail
Verify

Date
+Time

Comment/Help

User Name used

for authorization
via LDAP
(directory) services

Optional LDAP system user name

for the user. If not defined, the
normal Name of the user is used.
This allows to use the internal
(LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and
the normal display name (e.g. Jorg
Janke). The LDAP User Name can
also be used without LDAP enables
(see system window). This would
allow to sign in as jjanke and use
the display name of Jorg Janke.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

How a Java
Client connects
to the server(s)

Depending on the connection

profile, different protocols are
used and tasks are performed
on the server rather then the
client. Usually the user can select
different profiles, unless it is
enforced by the User or Role
definition. The User level profile
overwrites the Role based profile.

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_aduser

Connection
Profile

Description

Terminal Server
VPN WAN LAN

Yes No

If ticked, the menu

is automatically
expanded
Greeting to print
on correspondence

cgreeting_aduser

Date Email
was verified

1450

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Window: My Profile
Field
Name

Reference

Last
Contact

Date

Verification
Info

String

Last Result

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date this individual

was last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Verification
information of
EMail Address

The field contains additional

information how the EMail
Address has been verified

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Mail sent to the user

Archive of mails sent to users

2. Tab: User Mail - AD_UserMail

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Mail sent to the user
Comment/Help: Archive of mails sent to users
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 289.2. User Mail Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_UserMail_UUString
User Mail

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/
Contact

Search

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

aduser_adusermail

1451

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: My Profile
Field
Name

Reference

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Mail
Message

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Message
ID

String

EMail
sent from

String

To

String

Cc

String

Bcc

String

Subject

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

rmailtext_adusermail

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

wmailmsg_adusermail

Web Store Mail

Message Template

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

EMail Message ID

SMTP Message ID
for tracking purposes

String

Email Message Subject

Subject of the EMail

Mail Text

Text

Text used for

Mail message

The Mail Text indicates the

text used for mail messages.

Delivery
Confirmation

String

EMail Delivery
confirmation

Delivered

List

Yes No
1452

Chapter 290. Window: My Unprocessed Documents

Description: My Unprocessed Documents
Comment/Help: View my unprocessed documents
Created:2009-07-24 12:44:53.0
Updated:2009-07-24 13:07:49.0

1. Tab: Unprocessed Documents - RV_Unprocessed

[IMAGE]
Where Clause: RV_Unprocessed.CreatedBy=@#AD_User_ID@
Tab Level: 0
Table 290.1. Unprocessed Documents Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Table

Table
Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Record ID

Button
Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

1453

(see same above)

(see same above)

Window: My Unprocessed Documents

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Document
Date

Date
+Time

Account
Date

Date
+Time

Document
Status

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided In
Progress Waiting

1454

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Date of the Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: My Unprocessed Documents

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Payment Unknown
Closed Not Approved
Processed

Yes-No

Process
Now

Yes-No

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

1455

Chapter 291. Window: Notice

Description: View System Notices
Comment/Help: The system creates messages while performing processes. In this window you can view them.
Created:2000-12-18 22:09:08.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:27:25.0

1. Tab: Notice - AD_Note

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: System Notice
Comment/Help: The Notice Tab provides a method of viewing messages that are generated by this system when performing processes.
Where Clause: ((AD_Note.AD_User_ID IN (0,@#AD_User_ID@) OR AD_Note.AD_User_ID IS NULL) AND AD_Note.AD_BroadcastMessage_ID IS NULL)
Tab Level: 0
Table 291.1. Notice Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Note_UU String
Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Notice

ID

Broadcast
Message

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Message

Table

AD_Message

System Notice
adbroadcastmessage_adnote

Broadcast Message

admessage_adnote

System Message
1456

Information and Error messages

Window: Notice
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Workflow
Activity

Table
Direct

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Reference

String

Text
Message

Text

Description

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

aduser_adnote

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adwfactivity_adnote

Workflow Activity

The Workflow Activity is the

actual Workflow Node in a
Workflow Process instance

adtable_adnote

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Reference for
this record

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Text Message
Optional short
description
of the record

Acknowledge Yes-No

Delete
Notices

The document has

been processed

Button

1457

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Processed checkbox
indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 292. Window: Online Transaction History

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-10-30 19:28:58.0
Updated:2012-10-30 19:28:58.0

1. Tab: Online Transaction History - C_OnlineTrxHistory

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 292.1. Online Transaction History Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_OnlineTrxHistory_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Active

Yes-No

adtable_conlinetrxhistory

(Y)
1458

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Online Transaction History

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Text
Message

Text

Error

Yes-No

(N)

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

Online
Transaction
History

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Text Message
An Error occurred
in the execution
The document has
been processed

1459

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 293. Window: Order Source

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2009-09-18 13:27:44.0
Updated:2009-09-18 13:27:44.0

1. Tab: Order Source - C_OrderSource

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 293.1. Order Source Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Order
Source

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

adclient_cordersource

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_cordersource

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1460

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Order Source

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

('Y')

1461

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 294. Window: Organization

Description: Maintain Organizations
Comment/Help: The Organization Window allows you to define and maintain Organizational entities. An Organization is often a legal entity or sub-unit for which
documents and transactions are processed
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Organization - AD_Org

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Organizations
Comment/Help: The Organization Tab is used to define an Organization. Each Organization has a Key and Name and optionally a Description. When adding a
new organization, you must re-login to be able to access the new organization.
Tab Level: 0
Table 294.1. Organization Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Client

TableAD_Client(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
adclient_adorg
(same as first report)
Direct

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

(see same above)

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1462

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Organization
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Replication
Strategy

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

ad_org__ad_repli_ad_replica

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Data Replication
Strategy

The Data Replication

Strategy determines what
and how tables are replicated

2. Tab: Organization Info - AD_OrgInfo

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Organization Detail Information
Comment/Help: The Organization Info Tab is used to define an Organization's address, DUNS number and Tax Identification number
Tab Level: 1
Table 294.2. Organization Info Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Receipt
Footer
Msg

String

(1)

This message will be

displayed at the bottom
of a receipt when doing
a sales or purchase

Bank for
transfers

Table

C_Bank

Bank account
depending on
currency will be
used from this bank
for doing transfers

cbank_adorginfo

1463

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Organization
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

CashBook
for
transfers

Table

C_CashBook

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Address

Location
(Address)

Organization
Type

Table
Direct

Parent
Organization

Table

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Drop Ship
Warehouse

Table

D-U-N-S

String

Tax ID

String

Supervisor

Search

Calendar

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ccashbook_adorginfo

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

c_location_ad_orginfo

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

adorgtype_adorginfo

Organization Type

Organization Type allows you

to categorize your organizations
for reporting purposes

adorgparent_adorginfo

Parent (superior)
Organization

Parent Organization - the next level

in the organizational hierarchy.

adorg_adorginfo

AD_Org (Trx)

M_Warehouse
of Client

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_adorginfo
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
The (logical)
warehouse to use for
dropshipwarehouse_adorginfo
recording drop ship
receipts and shipments.

The drop ship warehouse

will be used for recording
material transactions relating
to drop shipments to and
from this organization.

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

aduser_adorginfo

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

ccalendar_adorginfo

Accounting
Calendar Name

The Calendar uniquely identifies

an accounting calendar. Multiple

AD_User - Internal

1464

Window: Organization
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
calendars can be used. For
example you may need a standard
calendar that runs from Jan 1
to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar
that runs from July 1 to June 30.

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

EMail
Address

Logo

String

Image

logo_adorginfo

3. Tab: Accounting - C_InterOrg_Acct

[IMAGE]
Description: Organization Accounting
Comment/Help: The Organization Accounting Tab defines the default accounting parameters to be used by this Organization.
Tab Level: 1
Table 294.3. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1465

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Organization
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)
adorg_cinterorgacct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

InterOrganization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Intercompany Account
Due From
Acct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Organization valid
for intercompany
documents

The Inter Organization field

identifies an Organization which
can be used by this Organization
for intercompany documents.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_intercompanyduefrom_cintero

Intercompany
Due From /
Receivables Account

The Intercompany Due

From account indicates the
account that represents money
owed to this organization
from other organizations.

vc_intercompanydueto_cinterorg

The Intercompany Due To Account

Intercompany Due
indicates the account that represents
To / Payable Account
money owed to other organizations.

cacctschema_cinterorgacct

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
adorgto_cinterorgacct
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Intercompany Account
Due To
Acct

4. Tab: Org Assignment - C_OrgAssignment

[IMAGE]
Description: User Assigment to Organization
Comment/Help: Assign Users to Organizations
LinkColumn: Organization
Tab Level: 1

1466

Window: Organization
Table 294.4. Org Assignment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Org
Assignment

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

Valid from
Valid to

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

adorg_corgassignment

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Assignment to
(transaction)
Organization

Assignment to the transaction

organization (cost center).

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
User within the system
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
aduser_corgassignment
- Internal or Business
AND
Partner Contact
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))
(Y)

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

1467

Chapter 295. Window: Organization Type

Description: Maintain Organization Types
Comment/Help: Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes
Created:2004-02-19 10:49:23.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Org Type - AD_OrgType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations
Comment/Help: Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes
Tab Level: 0
Table 295.1. Org Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization
Type

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Organization Type

Organization Type allows you

to categorize your organizations
for reporting purposes

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
(same as first report)

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1468

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Organization Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Print Color

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adprintcolor_adorgtype

1469

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Color used for

printing and display

Colors used for printing and display

Chapter 296. Window: POS Key Layout

Description: POS Function Key Layout
Comment/Help: null
Created:2004-07-09 13:00:06.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: POS Key Layout - C_POSKeyLayout

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: POS Function Key Layout
Comment/Help: POS Function Key Layout
Tab Level: 0
Table 296.1. POS Key Layout Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

POS Key
Layout

ID

POS Function
Key Layout

POS Function Key Layout

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1470

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: POS Key Layout

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

POS Key
Layout
Type

List

Keyboard
Numberpad Product

Columns

Integer

Print Color

Table
Direct

adprintcolor_cposkeylayout

Color used for

printing and display

Print Font

Table
Direct

adprintfont_cposkeylayout

Maintain Print Font

2. Tab: Key Sequence - C_POSKey

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Key Sequence
Tab Level: 1

3. Tab: POS Key - C_POSKey

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: POS Function Key
Comment/Help: POS Function Key Assignment
Tab Level: 1

1471

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The type of
Key Layout

Keyboard: used for POS text field

on screen keyboard Numberpad:
used for POS numeric field on
screen numberpad Product: used to
quickly add products to POS order

Number of columns

The number of columns

in the layout grid
Colors used for printing and display
Font used for printing

Window: POS Key Layout

Table 296.2. POS Key Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

POS Key

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

POS Key
Layout

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

Comment/Help

POS Function Key

Define a POS Function Key

POS Function
Key Layout

cposkeylayout_c_poskey

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_POSKey
WHERE
C_POSKeyLayout_ID=@C_POSKeyLayout_ID@)

Name

Description

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Key
Layout

Table

C_POSKeyLayout

Product

Search

Quantity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Quantity
Quantity

Description

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Key Layout to be
displayed when
this key is pressed

subkeylayout_cposkey

mproduct_cposkey

POS Function Key Layout

String
1472

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The Quantity indicates the
number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Window: POS Key Layout

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Print Color

Table
Direct

(-1)

adprintcolor_cposkey

Color used for

printing and display

Colors used for printing and display

Print Font

Table
Direct

(-1)

adprintfont_cposkey

Maintain Print Font

Column
span

Integer

Number of
columns spanned

Row Span

Integer

Number of
rows spanned

Image

Image
adimage_cposkey

Image or Icon

1473

Font used for printing

Images and Icon can be used to

display supported graphic formats
(gif, jpg, png). You can either load
the image (in the database) or point
to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can
point to a resource, http address)

Chapter 297. Window: POS Payment

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-09-06 21:50:17.0
Updated:2012-09-06 21:50:17.0

1. Tab: POS Payment - C_POSPayment

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 297.1. POS Payment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_POSPayment_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Order

Search

Payment

Search

POS
Tender
Type

Table
Direct

corder_cpospayment

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

cpayment_cpospayment

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Callout:
cpostendertype_cpospayment
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.SalesOrderTenderType

1474

Window: POS Payment

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Tender
type

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Account
Cash Direct Debit

Payment
amount

Amount

Account
Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Method of Payment

The Tender Type indicates

the method of payment (ACH
or Direct Deposit, Credit
Card, Check, Direct Debit)

Amount being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

String

Name on Credit Card

or Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Routing
No

String

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

Check No

String

Account
No

String

Micr

String

Post Dated

Yes-No

Date
Promised

Date

Check
Status

List

Delayed Replaced
Charged Received
Returned

Credit
Card

List

Purchase Card Amex

MasterCard ATM
Diners Discover Visa

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Account Number

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Combination of
routing no, account
and check no

The Micr number is the

combination of the bank
routing number, account
number and check number

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

(N)

1475

Window: POS Payment

Field
Name

Reference

Number

String

Voice
authorization
code

String

Deposit
Group

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

POS
Payment

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic: N

(Y)

1476

Description

Comment/Help

Credit Card Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

Voice Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 298. Window: POS Tender Type

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-09-06 21:57:28.0
Updated:2012-09-06 21:57:28.0

1. Tab: POS Tender Type - C_POSTenderType

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 298.1. POS Tender Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_POSTenderType_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

1477

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: POS Tender Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Guarantee

Yes-No

(N)

Post Dated

Yes-No

(N)

Tender
type

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Account
Cash Direct Debit

Active

Yes-No

POS
Tender
Type

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Guarantee for a Credit

(Y)

1478

Method of Payment

The Tender Type indicates

the method of payment (ACH
or Direct Deposit, Credit
Card, Check, Direct Debit)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 299. Window: POS Terminal

Description: Maintain your Point of Sales Terminal
Comment/Help: The POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form
Created:2004-07-09 12:53:46.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: POS Terminal - C_POS

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Point of Sales Terminal
Comment/Help: The POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form
Tab Level: 0
Table 299.1. POS Terminal Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

POS
Terminal

ID
Point of Sales Terminal

The POS Terminal defines

the defaults and functions
available for the POS Form

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1479

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: POS Terminal

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

aduser_cpos

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Table
Direct

ccashbook_cpos

Cash Book for

recording petty
cash transactions

The Cash Book identifies a unique

cash book. The cash book is
used to record cash transactions.

Table
Direct

mpricelist_cpos

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Allow modifying
the price

Allow modifying the price for

products with a non zero price

mwarehouse_cpos

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

cbankaccount_cpos

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Sales
Table
Representative

Cash Book

Price List

Modify
Price

Yes-No

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Template
B.Partner

Search

POS Key
Layout

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)
AD_User - SalesRep

(N)

C_DocType.DocSubTypeSO='WR'
cdoctype_cpos
Document type or rules
C_BPartner Customers
cbpartnercashtrx_cpos

Business Partner
used for creating
new Business
Partners on the fly

cposkeylayout_cpos

POS Function
Key Layout

1480

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules
When creating a new Business
Partner from the Business Partner
Search Field (right-click: Create),
the selected business partner is
used as a template, e.g. to define
price list, payment terms, etc.
POS Function Key Layout

Window: POS Terminal

Field
Name

Reference

Auto
Logout
Delay

Integer

On Screen
Keyboard
layout

Table

On Screen
Number
Pad layout

Table

Printer
Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Automatically
logout if terminal
inactive for this period

Measured in seconds, zero

for no automatic logout

oskkeylayout_cpos

The key layout to use

for on screen keyboard
for text fields.

If empty, the on screen

keyboard will not be used.

osnpkeylayout_cpos

The key layout to use

for on screen number
pad for numeric fields.

If empty, the on screen

numberpad will not be used.

C_POSKeyLayout

C_POSKeyLayout

Name of the Printer

CashDrawer

String

1481

Internal (Operating System)

Name of the Printer; Please mote
that the printer name may be
different on different clients. Enter
a printer name, which applies
to ALL clients (e.g. printer on a
server). < p> If none is entered,
the default printer is used. You
specify your default printer when
you log in. You can also change
the default printer in Preferences.

Chapter 300. Window: Pack In

Description: Imports a package
Comment/Help: Imports a package previously created by PackOut
Created:2006-12-11 23:47:41.0
Updated:2012-05-28 11:35:53.0

1. Tab: PackIn - AD_Package_Imp_Proc

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Import a package created by PackOut
Tab Level: 0
Table 300.1. PackIn Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Package
Source
Type

List

WebService
File ('File')

Package
Imp. Proc.

ID

Package
Directory

FilePath

Package directory,
default to
AdempiereHome/
packages

Package
Source

FileName

Fully qualified package

source file name

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Type of package
source - file, ftp,
webservice etc

1482

(see same above)

Window: Pack In
Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Values (Default)

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Update
System
Maintained
Application
Dictionary

Yes-No

(N)

Date
Processed

Date
+Time

Process
Message

Text

PackIn

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1483

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Chapter 301. Window: Pack Out

Description: Create 2pack package
Comment/Help: null
Created:2006-12-11 23:46:18.0
Updated:2012-05-25 11:29:38.0

1. Tab: Export Package - AD_Package_Exp

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 301.1. Export Package Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Creation
Directory

Text

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

IsActive

Yes-No

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

Package
Type

List

Version

String

Create
Date

Date
+Time

Processed

Yes-No

Processed
By

Table

AD_User

Processed
Date

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Description

(same as first report)

Comment/Help

(see same above)

Remote Transfer
XML File Local
Transfer ('X')

(SYSDATE)

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"
ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

1484

Window: Pack Out

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

AD_Package_Exp_IDID
Table

AD_User

Release
No

List

Release 2.5.2a Release

2.5.2b Release
2.5.2c Release 2.5.2d
Release 2.5.3a Release
2.5.3b No specific
release Release 3.1.0
Release 3.2.0 Release
2.5.2e Release 3.3.0

String

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Name of
Package

String

Package
Version

String

EMail
Address

String

Description
of Package

Memo

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

Created By

User Name

Constraint Value

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

Internal Release
Number

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
< > 0 ReadOnly Logic: (same as first report)
@Processed@="Y"
ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

1485

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Pack Out

Field
Name

Reference

Instructions

Memo

Date From

Date

Export
Dictionary
Entity

Yes-No

Export
Package

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Starting date
for a range

The Date From indicates

the starting date of a range.

(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@="Y"

2. Tab: Package Details - AD_Package_Exp_Detail

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 301.2. Package Details Fields
Field
Name

Reference

IsActive

Yes-No

Processing

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

AD_Package_Exp_Detail_ID
ID
Item Name

String

Additional Name

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Package
Build ID

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10

(see same above)

(see same above)

adpackageexp_adpackageexpdetai
Unique line for
this document
1486

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also

Window: Pack Out

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_Package_Exp_Detail
WHERE
AD_Package_Exp_ID=@AD_Package_Exp_ID@)
Type

Entity
Type

Menu

File Name

List

control the display order of

the lines within a document.

File - Code or other

Data Application or
Module Process/
Report ReportView
Role SQL Statement
Table Window
Form Workflow
Dynamic Validation
Rule Message
Reference Model
Validator Entity Type
Import Format Code
Snipit PrintFormat
Workbench

The Type indicates the

type of validation that will
occur. This can be SQL, Java
Script or Java Language.
Type of Validation
(SQL, Java Script,
Java Language)

Search

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

System Entity Type

The entity type determines

the ownership of Application
Dictionary entries. The types
"Dictionary" and "iDempiere"
should not be used and are
maintainted by iDempiere (i.e.
all changes are reversed during
migration to the current definition).

Identifies a Menu

The Menu identifies a unique

Menu. Menus are used to
control the display of those
screens a user has access to.

Name of the
local file or URL

Name of a file in the local

directory space - or URL
(file://.., http://.., ftp://..)

AD_Menu Parent
admenu_adpackageexpdetail

String

1487

Window: Pack Out

Field
Name

Reference

Source
File
Directory

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

adform_adpackageexpdetail

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

adprocess_adpackageexpdetail

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

adworkflow_adpackageexpdetail

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

adwindow_adpackageexpdetail

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

adworkbench_adpackageexpdetail

Collection of
windows, reports

adrole_adpackageexpdetail

Responsibility Role

Target_Directory String
Destination_FileName
String
Destination_Directory
String
Table

Search

DBType

List

adtable_adpackageexpdetail
DB2 Firebird MySQL
Oracle Postgres SQL
Server All Database
Types Sybase ('ALL')

SQLStatement Memo
Old
Package
Code

Memo

New
Package
Code

Memo

Form

Search

Process

Search

Workflow

Search

Window

Search

Workbench

Search

Role

Table
Direct

1488

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Window: Pack Out

Field
Name

Reference

Report
View

Search

Import
Format

Table
Direct

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Message

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

View used to
generate this report

The Report View indicates the

view used to generate this report.

advalrule_adpackageexpdetail

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

Table
Direct

admessage_adpackageexpdetail

System Message

Print
Format

Table
Direct

adprintformat_adpackageexpdeta

Data Print Format

Release
No

List

adreportview_adpackageexpdetai
adimpformat_adpackageexpdetail

Release 2.5.2a Release

2.5.2b Release
2.5.2c Release 2.5.2d
Release 2.5.3a Release
2.5.3b No specific
release Release 3.1.0
Release 3.2.0 Release
2.5.2e Release 3.3.0

Information and Error messages

The print format determines
how data is rendered for print.

Internal Release
Number

Notes

Memo

Reference

Table
Direct

adreference_adpackageexpdetail

Model
Validator

Table
Direct

admodval_adpackageexpdetail

1489

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

Chapter 302. Window: Package Maintenance

Description: Package installation history and maintenance
Comment/Help: Review package installation. Also perform package rollback if required
Created:2006-12-11 23:45:42.0
Updated:2006-12-12 01:43:06.0

1. Tab: Package Installation Log - AD_Package_Imp

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Installation history of packages
Tab Level: 0
Table 302.1. Package Installation Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Version

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

(see same above)

CreatorContact String
Creator

String

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

Release
No

String

Internal Release
Number

Processed

Yes-No

CreatedDate

String

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

The document has

been processed

1490

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.
(see same above)
(see same above)

Window: Package Maintenance

Field
Name

Reference

Package
Imp.

ID

Name

String

Package
Version

String

Description

Memo

EMail
Address

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Package
Status

String

UpdatedDate

String

PackRoll

Button

Uninstall

Yes-No

(N)

2. Tab: Objects Installed - AD_Package_Imp_Detail

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
1491

Window: Package Maintenance

Table 302.2. Objects Installed Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Client

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Package
Imp.

ID

Imp.
Package
Detail

ID

Backup

ID

Name

String

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Indicates the Action

to be performed

The Action field is a drop down

list box which indicates the Action
to be performed for this Item.

Action

String

Original

ID

Success

String

Table

ID

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

DB Table
Name

String

Name of the table

in the database

The DB Table Name indicates

the name of the table in database.

Type

String

Type of Validation
(SQL, Java Script,
Java Language)

The Type indicates the

type of validation that will
occur. This can be SQL, Java
Script or Java Language.

Uninstall

Yes-No

1492

Window: Package Maintenance

3. Tab: Object Backups - AD_Package_Imp_Backup

[IMAGE]
Description: Details by column original values before the record was overwritten
Comment/Help: Displays values for each column for each record that was updated by a package install. This backup is used in the package reversal process.
Tab Level: 2
Table 302.3. Object Backups Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

ID

Package
Imp.

ID

Imp.
Package
Detail

ID

Imp.
Package
Backup

ID

Table

ID

Column

Table

Reference

Table

ColValue

String

Uninstall

Yes-No

Package
Imp. Bck.
Directory

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

AD_Column Name
adcolumn_adpackageimpbackup
AD_Reference
adreference_adpackageimpbackup
Data Types

1493

Window: Package Maintenance

Field
Name

Reference

Package
Imp.
Org. Dir.

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1494

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 303. Window: Packages Installed

Description: List of packages installed
Comment/Help: null
Created:2006-12-11 23:45:25.0
Updated:2006-12-12 01:43:07.0

1. Tab: Packages Installed - AD_Package_Imp_Inst

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Packages Installed
Tab Level: 0
Table 303.1. Packages Installed Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Version

String

Creator

String

Active

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Release
No

String

Internal Release
Number

CreatorContact

Text

EMail
Address

String
Electronic
Mail Address

Process
Now

Yes-No

1495

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Window: Packages Installed

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Package
Imp. Inst.

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Package
Version

String

Description

Text

Package
Status

String

Created

Date
+Time

Updated

Date
+Time

Uninstall

Yes-No

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

1496

Chapter 304. Window: Part Type

Description: Manufacturing Part Types
Comment/Help: null
Created:2011-07-27 15:18:08.0
Updated:2011-07-27 15:18:08.0

1. Tab: Type - M_PartType

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 304.1. Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Part Type

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

1497

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 305. Window: Partner Relation

Description: Maintain Business Partner Relations
Comment/Help: Business Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices.
Created:2004-02-19 13:23:20.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Relation - C_BP_Relation

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner Relation
Comment/Help: Business Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices. If the Location
of the Business partner is not defined, the rule applies to all location of that Business Partner
Tab Level: 0
Table 305.1. Relation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Partner
Relation

ID
Business
Partner Relation

Business Partner Relation allow to

maintain Third Party Relationship
rules: who receives invoices for
shipments or pays for invoices.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1498

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Partner Relation

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Related
Partner

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cbprelation
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_cbprelation
to) address for this
Business Partner
C_BPartner (Trx)
Related
Business Partner

cbpartner_cbprelationbp

Related
Partner
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

Ship
Address

Yes-No

(N)

Invoice
Address

Yes-No

Pay-From
Address

Yes-No

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner
The related Business Partner
Acts on behalf of the Business
Partner - example the Related
Partner pays invoices of the
Business Partner - or we pay to
the Related Partner for invoices
received from the Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartnerRelation_ID@
Location of the related
cbplocation_cbprelationbp
Business Partner

1499

Business Partner
Shipment Address

If the Ship Address is selected,

the location is used to ship
goods to a customer or
receive goods from a vendor.

Business Partner
Invoice/Bill Address

If the Invoice Address is selected,

the location is used to send
invoices to a customer or
receive invoices from a vendor.

Business Partner
pays from that
address and we'll send
dunning letters there

If the Pay-From Address

is selected, this location is
the address the Business
Partner pays from and where
dunning letters will be sent to.

Window: Partner Relation

Field
Name

Reference

Remit-To
Address

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1500

Description

Comment/Help

Business Partner
payment address

If the Remit-To Address is

selected, the location is used to
send payments to the vendor.

Chapter 306. Window: Parts and BOMs

Description: Maintain Bill of Materials
Comment/Help: The Bill of Materials Window defines all product bills of materials used by an organization for light manufacturing.
Created:2011-07-27 15:18:45.0
Updated:2011-07-27 15:18:45.0

1. Tab: Part - M_Product

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: The Product that will be produced from this Bill of Materials
Where Clause: M_Product.IsSummary='N'
Tab Level: 0
Table 306.1. Part Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Group1

String

Shelf
Width

Integer

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Standard
Cost

Amount

Group2

String

Shelf
Depth

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mfreightcategory_mproduct

Description

Comment/Help

Shelf width required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Standard Costs

Shelf depth required

1501

Standard (plan) costs.

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Product

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

UnitsPerPack Integer

Units Per
Pallet

Costs
+Prices

Shelf
Height

Amount

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Low Level

Integer

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Description

Comment/Help

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

The Units Per Pack

indicates the no of
units of a product
packed together.

(0)

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Shelf height required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
and determines if
a net requirement
should be exploited

Text templates
for mailings

rmailtext_mproduct

1502

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Revenue
Recognition

Table
Direct

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

Print detail
records on
invoice

Yes-No

Print detail
records on
pick list

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Company
Agent

Table

crevrecognition_mproduct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

If selected, the
product is displayed
in the initial or
any empty search

In the display of products in

the Web Store, the product is
displayed in the initial view or
if no search criteria are entered.
To be displayed, the product
must be in the price list used.

Print detail BOM

elements on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for

(Y)

AD_User - SalesRep

salesrep_mproduct
1503

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Version
No

String

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Document
Note

Text

UPC/EAN

String

adclient_mproduct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_org_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

(see same above)

(same as first report)

Version Number
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

1504

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Optional short
description
of the record

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

SKU

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Product
Category

Table
Direct

M_Product Category

Classification

String

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
ctaxcategory_mproduct
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

UOM

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Product
Type

List

Weight

Amount

Volume

Stocked

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
mproduct_mproductcategory
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

cuom_mproduct

Item Service Resource

Expense type
Online Asset (I)

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Unit of Measure

Type of product

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

1505

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Amount

Yes-No

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Manufactured Yes-No
Phantom

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Description
This product is
manufactured

(N)
Phantom Component

Kanban
controlled

Yes-No

(N)

Part Type

Table
Direct

mparttype_mproduct

Locator

Locator
(WH)

mlocator_mproduct

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

Verified

Yes-No

(N)

Button

(N)

Purchased

Yes-No

(Y)

Sold

Yes-No

(Y)

Phantom Component are not

stored and produced with the
product. This is an option to avild
maintaining an Engineering and
Manufacturing Bill of Materials.

This part is
Kanban controlled

Warehouse Locator
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Bill of Materials

(N)

Verify
BOM
Structure

Comment/Help

Discontinued Yes-No

1506

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.
The Bill of Materials check
box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

The BOM
configuration
has been verified

The Verified check box indicates

if the configuration of this
product has been verified.
This is used for products that
consist of a bill of materials

Organization
purchases this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Discontinued
At

Date

Expense
Type

Table
Direct

sexpensetype_mproduct

Expense report type

Resource

Table
Direct

sresource_mproduct

Resource

Subscription
Type

Table
Direct

csubscriptiontype_mproduct

Type of subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

Exclude
Auto
Delivery

Yes-No

Exclude from
automatic Delivery

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for
high demand items. If selected,
you need to create the shipment
manually. But, the item is always
included, when the delivery rule
of the Order is Force (e.g. for
POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Image
URL

URL

Description
URL

URL

Guarantee
Days

Integer

Min
Guarantee
Days

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

(N)

URL for the

description
If the value is 0, there is no
Number of days
limit to the availability or
the product is
guarantee, otherwise the guarantee
guaranteed or available
date is calculated by adding
the days to the delivery date.
Minimum number
of guarantee days

1507

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Attribute
Set

Attribute
Set
Instance

Table
Direct

Product
Attribute

mattributeset_mproduct

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

mattrsetinst_mproduct

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Bill of Materials - M_Product_BOM

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: The component products.
Display Logic: @IsBOM@='Y'
Tab Level: 1
Table 306.2. Bill of Materials Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

BOM Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

Line No

Integer

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mproductbom
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10

Unique line for

this document
1508

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_Product_BOM
WHERE
M_Product_ID=@M_Product_ID@)
Active

Yes-No

Description

String

BOM
Type

List

BOM
Product

Search

BOM
Quantity

Quantity

Part Type

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

Standard
Cost

Amount

control the display order of

the lines within a document.

(Y)

In alternative Group 5
In alternative Group 6
In alternative Group
8 In alternative
Group 9 Standard
Part Optional Part In
alternative Group 2 In
alternaltve Group 3 In
alternative Group 7 In
alternative Group 1 In
alternative Group 4 (P)
M_Product
(no summary)

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The type of Bills of Materials
determines the state

Type of BOM

mproduct_bomproduct

(1)

Bill of Material
Component Product

The BOM Product identifies

an element that is part
of this Bill of Materials.

Bill of Materials
Quantity

The BOM Quantity indicates

the quantity of the product in its
Unit of Measure (multiplication)

(same as first report)

Bill of Materials

Standard Costs

1509

(see same above)

The Bill of Materials check
box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.
Standard (plan) costs.

Window: Parts and BOMs

Field
Name

Reference

Std Cost
Amount
Sum

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1510

Description

Comment/Help

Standard Cost Invoice

Amount Sum (internal)

Current cumulative amount

for calculating the standard
cost difference based on
(actual) invoice price

Chapter 307. Window: Password Rule

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-04-19 17:17:59.0
Updated:2012-04-19 17:17:59.0

1. Tab: Password Rule - AD_PasswordRule

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 307.1. Password Rule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Minimum
Length

Integer

Maximum
Length

Integer

Maximum
Length of Data

Alphabetical
Character

Integer

Require at least
# alphabetical
in passwords

Digit
Character

Integer

Require at least #
digit in passwords
1511

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Password Rule

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Uppercase
Character

Integer

Require at least
# upper case char

Lowercase
Character

Integer

Require at least
# lower case char

Non Alpha
Numeric
Character

Integer

Alphabetical
Sequence

Integer

Lenght of alphabetical
sequence to validate

Numerical
Sequence

Integer

Length of numerical
sequence to validate

QWERTY
Sequence

Integer

Lenght of QWERTY
sequences to validate

Repeat
Character
Regex

Integer

User Name
Rule

Yes-No

(N)

Validate the password

doesn't contain user
name (ignore case and
match backwards)

Whitespace

Yes-No

(N)

Whitespace validation

Using
Dictionary

Yes-No

(N)

Match
Backwards
of
Dictionary

Yes-No

(N)

Comment/Help

Require at least # nonalphanumeric char

Length of repeated
characters to validate

Match dictionary
words backwards

Path
FileName
Dictionary
Word
Length
Dictionary

Integer

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

1512

(see same above)

Window: Password Rule

Field
Name

Reference

Password
Policies

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1513

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 308. Window: Payment

Description: Process Payments and Receipts
Comment/Help: The Process Payments Window allows you to enter payments and reaipts for invoices. If the payment is for a single invoice then it can be processed
here. If it is for multiple invoices or is a partial payment then it should be processed in the Payment Allocation Window.
Created:2000-12-18 23:36:15.0
Updated:2005-12-18 12:35:02.0

1. Tab: Payment - C_Payment

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Payment or Receipt
Comment/Help: Enter payment or receipt for a Business Partner. If it is for a single invoice it can be allocated directly to that invoice using this screen. You can
also apply over/under payments: You have an over-payment, if you received more money than due for a single invoice. Instead of writing the difference off (i.e.
would be a gain), you can leave the amount unallocated and use it for later invoices or credit memos. Please note that the Amount is the payment amount, so you
need to enter the over-payment as a negative amount. You can also receive a partial payment (under-payment). If you decide not to write off the remaining invoice
amount, enter the under-payment as a positive amount. Note that printed payments are archived in Payment Selection (Prepared Payment). For Posting, the bank
account organization is used, if it is not a charge.
Process: Payment Print - Rpt C_Payment
Where Clause: C_Payment.C_BPartner_ID IS NOT NULL
Tab Level: 0
Table 308.1. Payment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Reference
(DC)

String

Info

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1514

Description

Comment/Help

Payment Reference
Delayed Capture

The Payment Reference

indicates the reference
returned from the Credit
Card Company for a payment

Response info

The Info indicates any response

information returned from
the Credit Card Company.

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

CVV
Match

Yes-No

Process
Payment

Button

Referenced
Payment

Table

Swipe

Description

Comment/Help

Credit Card
Verification
Code Match

The Credit Card Verification

Code was matched

String

Track 1 and 2 of
the Credit Card

Swiped information for Credit

Card Presence Transactions

Authorization String
Code (DC)

Authorization
Code Delayed
Capture returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Payment batch for EFT

Electronic Fund
Transfer Payment Batch.

Payment
Batch

Table
Direct

Delayed
Capture

Yes-No

Partner
Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Reversal
ID

Table

Charge
amount

Amount

Payment

ID

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

C_Payment

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

refpayment_cpayment

cpaymentbatch_cpayment

Delayed Capture is required, if you

ship products. The first credit card
Charge after Shipment
transaction is the Authorization,
the second is the actual transaction
after the shipment of the product.

C_Payment

cbpbankacct_cpayment

Bank Account of
the Business Partner

reversal_cpayment

ID of document
reversal

(Y)

1515

The Partner Bank Account

identifies the bank account to be
used for this Business Partner

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Cash Book

Table
Direct

Processed
On

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_payment__c_cashbo_c_cashbook

Number

Description

Comment/Help

Cash Book for

recording petty
cash transactions

The Cash Book identifies a unique

cash book. The cash book is
used to record cash transactions.

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if
allowed by the DB) when a
document has been processed.

C_Payment_UU String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

adorg_cpayment

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

String

Document
sequence number
of the document

1516

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Receipt

Yes-No

Transaction
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cbankaccount_cpayment

Description

Comment/Help

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARR', 'APP') AND
cdoctype_cpayment
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.docType

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

This is a sales
transaction (receipt)
Callout:
Transaction Date
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct

Accounting Date

Optional short
description
of the record

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Description

String

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice

Search

C_Invoice.DocStatus
IN ('CO', 'CL')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.invoice
cinvoice_cpayment
Invoice Identifier
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@!0 |
@C_Charge_ID@!0

The Invoice Document.

Order

Search

(C_Order.DocStatus='WP'
OR
(C_Order.DocStatus='CO'
AND EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_DocType
dt WHERE

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cpayment
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

corder_cpayment

1517

Identifies a
Business Partner

Order

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_Order.C_DocType_ID=dt.C_DocType_ID
AND
(dt.DocSubTypeSO='SO'
OR
dt.DocBaseType='POO'))
AND EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_OrderLine
ol WHERE
C_Order.C_Order_ID=ol.C_Order_ID
AND
ol.QtyInvoiced< >
ol.QtyOrdered)))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.order
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Invoice_ID@!0
| @C_Charge_ID@!0
Project

Charge

Table
Direct

cproject_cpayment

Table
Direct

ccharge_cpayment

Financial Project
(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
1518

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Additional
document charges

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Invoice_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
Prepayment

Activity

Campaign

Yes-No

Table
Direct

cactivity_cpayment

Table

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_cpayment

User
Element
List 1

Business Activity

Table
Direct
ccampaign_cpayment

Trx
Organization

The Payment/Receipt
is a Prepayment

Payments not allocated to an

invoice with a charge are posted
to Unallocated Payments. When
setting this flag, the payment
is posted to the Customer or
Vendor Prepayment account.

Table

Account_ID - User1
celementvalueuser1_cpayment

User defined
list element #1
1519

The user defined element

displays the optional elements

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

Payment
amount

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_cpayment
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_cpayment
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Discount
Amount

Amount

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Calculated amount
ReadOnly Logic:
of discount
@C_Charge_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Write-off
Amount

Amount

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
ReadOnly Logic:
Amount to write-off
@C_Charge_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

Over/
Under
Payment

Yes-No

(Y)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Over-Payment
ReadOnly Logic:
(unallocated) or
@C_Charge_ID@!
Under-Payment
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
(partial payment)

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
to receive money for more than the
particular invoice. Underpayments
(positive) is a partial payment
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

User defined
list element #2

celementvalueuser2_cpayment

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Amount being paid

1520

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.
Indicates the amount this payment
is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

(0)

Tender
type

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Account
Cash Direct Debit (K)

POS
Tender
Type

Table
Direct

Online
Access

Yes-No

Routing
No

String

Account
No

String

Check No

String

Micr

String

Credit
Card

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Callout:
Overpayments (negative) are
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
unallocated amounts and allow you
Over-Payment
ReadOnly Logic:
to receive money for more than the
(unallocated) or
@C_Charge_ID@!
particular invoice. Underpayments
Under-Payment (partial
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
(positive) is a partial payment
payment) Amount
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Method of Payment

The Tender Type indicates

the method of payment (ACH
or Direct Deposit, Credit
Card, Check, Direct Debit)

Can be accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

cpostendertype_cpayment
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

Purchase Card
Amex MasterCard
ATM Diners
Discover Visa (M)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

1521

Account Number

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Combination of
routing no, account
and check no

The Micr number is the

combination of the bank
routing number, account
number and check number

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Transaction
Type

List

Sales Credit (Payment)

Voice Authorization
Void Delayed Capture
Authorization (S)

Number

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
AD_Ref_List.Value
NOT IN ('A', 'F')

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Description

Comment/Help

Type of credit
card transaction

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Credit Card Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

Credit Card
Verification code
on credit card

The Credit Card Verification

indicates the verification code on
the credit card (AMEX 4 digits
on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)

Verification
Code

String

Exp.
Month

Integer

(1)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

Exp. Year

Integer

(03)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

Account
Name

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Name on Credit Card

or Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Account
Street

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder

The Street Address of the

Credit Card or Account holder.

Account
City

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Account
Zip/Postal

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Account
State

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Account
Country

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Country

Driver
License

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Payment Identification
- Driver License

1522

City or the Credit Card

or Account Holder

The Account City indicates

the City of the Credit
Card or Account holder

Account Country Name

The Driver's License being
used as identification.

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Social
Security
No

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Account
EMail

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Tax
Amount

Amount

PO
Number

String

Voice
authorization
code

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Original
Transaction
ID

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Online
Process

Button

Approved

Yes-No

Result

String

Response
Message

String

Voided

Yes-No

Void
Message

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
(N)

(N)

1523

Description

Payment Identification
- Social Security No

Comment/Help
The Social Security number
being used as identification.

Email Address

The EMail Address indicates

the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Purchase
Order Number

The PO Number indicates

the number assigned
to a purchase order

Voice Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Original
Transaction ID

The Original Transaction

ID is used for reversing
transactions and indicates the
transaction that has been reversed.

This payment can

be processed online

The Online Processing

indicates if the payment
can be processed online.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Result of transmission

The Response Result indicates

the result of the transmission
to the Credit Card Company.

Response message

The Response Message indicates

the message returned from
the Credit Card Company as
the result of a transmission

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Reference

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Authorization String
Code
Zip
verified

List

No Match
Unavailable Match

Address
verified

List

No Match
Unavailable Match

Payment
Processor

Table
Direct

Customer
Payment
Profile ID

String

Customer
Profile ID

String

Customer
Address
ID

String

Document
Status

List

Process
Payment

Button

cpaymentprocessor_cpayment

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Description

Comment/Help

Payment reference

The Payment Reference

indicates the reference
returned from the Credit
Card Company for a payment

Authorization
Code returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

The Zip Code

has been verified

The Zip Verified indicates if

the zip code has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

This address has

been verified

The Address Verified indicates

if the address has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Payment processor for

electronic payments

The Payment Processor

indicates the processor to be
used for electronic payments

The current status

of the document

_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document
1524

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

SelfService

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Allocated

Yes-No

Reconciled

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Indicates if the
payment has
been allocated

The Allocated checkbox

indicates if a payment has
been allocated or associated
with an invoice or invoices.

_Posted Status(N)

Payment is reconciled
with bank statement

2. Tab: Allocate - C_PaymentAllocate

[IMAGE]
Description: Allocate Payments to Invoices
Comment/Help: You can directly allocate payments to invoices with the same currency when creating the Payment. Note that you can over- or under-allocate the
payment.< b> When processing the payment, the allocation is created.< b> The Organization is set to the invoice organization
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 308.2. Allocate Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Allocate
Payment

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1525

Description

Comment/Help

Allocate Payment
to Invoices

You can directly allocate payments

to invoices when creating the
Payment. Note that you can
over- or under-allocate the

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
payment. When processing the
payment, the allocation is created.

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Payment

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Invoice

Search

Invoice
Amt

Amount

Amount

Amount

Callout:
Amount in a
org.compiere.model.CalloutPaymentAllocate.amounts
defined currency

The Amount indicates the

amount for this document line.

Discount
Amount

Amount

Callout:
Calculated amount
org.compiere.model.CalloutPaymentAllocate.amounts
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Write-off
Amount

Amount

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPaymentAllocate.amounts
Amount to write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

Callout:
Overpayments (negative) are
org.compiere.model.CalloutPaymentAllocate.amounts
unallocated amounts and allow you
Over-Payment
to receive money for more than the
(unallocated) or
particular invoice. Underpayments
Under-Payment (partial
(positive) is a partial payment
payment) Amount
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

cpayment_cpaymentallocate

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

C_Invoice.DocStatus
IN ('CO', 'CL') AND
C_Invoice.C_Currency_ID=@C_Currency_ID@
AND
cinvoice_cpaymentallocate
Invoice Identifier
C_Invoice.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
C_Invoice.IsSOTrx='@IsReceipt@'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPaymentAllocate.invoice

1526

The Invoice Document.

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Remaining
Amt

Amount

Allocation
Line

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
MAX(p.PayAmt)COALESCE(SUM(a.Amount),0)
FROM C_Payment p
LEFT OUTER JOIN
C_PaymentAllocate
a ON
(p.C_Payment_ID=a.C_Payment_ID)
WHERE
p.C_Payment_ID=@C_Payment_ID@)

Table
Direct

Description

Comment/Help

Remaining Amount

cpaymtallocate_callocationline

Allocation Line

Allocation of Cash/
Payment to Invoice

Description

Comment/Help

Allocation Line

Allocation of Cash/
Payment to Invoice

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

3. Tab: Allocations - C_AllocationLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Display Allocation of the Payment/Receipt to Invoices
LinkColumn: Payment
Tab Level: 1
Table 308.3. Allocations Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Allocation
Line

ID

Active

Yes-No

Manual

Yes-No

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

ccashline_callocationline

1527

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Business
Partner

Search

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Payment

Search

Allocation

Table
Direct

Transaction
Date

Date

Invoice

Search

Order

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_callocationline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Amount

Discount
Amount

Amount

Write-off
Amount

Amount

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

Comment/Help

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

cpayment_callocationline

Payment identifier

callocation_callocationline

Payment allocation

cinvoice_callocationline

corder_callocation

Amount

Description

1528

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Amount in a
defined currency

The Amount indicates the

amount for this document line.

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Amount to write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

Over-Payment
(unallocated) or

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
to receive money for more than the

Window: Payment
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1529

Description

Comment/Help

Under-Payment (partial
payment) Amount

particular invoice. Underpayments

(positive) is a partial payment
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

Chapter 309. Window: Payment Batch

Description: Process Payment Patches for EFT
Comment/Help: Electronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch.
Created:2004-01-29 14:36:21.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:26:02.0

1. Tab: Payment Batch - C_PaymentBatch

[IMAGE]
Description: Process Payment Batch
Comment/Help: Electronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch.
Tab Level: 0
Table 309.1. Payment Batch Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Payment
Batch

ID

Payment batch for EFT

Electronic Fund
Transfer Payment Batch.

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
No

String
Document
sequence number
of the document

1530

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Payment
Processor

Table
Direct

Processing
date

Date

Process
Now

Button

(Y)
cpaymtprocessor_cpaymtbatch

2. Tab: Payment - C_Payment

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: View Payment Information
LinkColumn: Payment Batch
1531

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Payment processor for

electronic payments

The Payment Processor

indicates the processor to be
used for electronic payments

Window: Payment Batch

Tab Level: 1
Table 309.2. Payment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

Delayed
Capture

Yes-No

Trx
Organization

Table

Validation Rule

celementvalueuser2_cpayment

String

Reference

String

Result

Comment/Help

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Delayed Capture is required, if you

ship products. The first credit card
Charge after Shipment
transaction is the Authorization,
the second is the actual transaction
after the shipment of the product.
AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_cpayment

Account
Name

Description

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Name on Credit Card

or Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Payment reference

The Payment Reference

indicates the reference
returned from the Credit
Card Company for a payment

Result of transmission

The Response Result indicates

the result of the transmission
to the Credit Card Company.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

String

Charge
amount

Amount

Social
Security
No

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

1532

Payment Identification
- Social Security No

The Social Security number

being used as identification.

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Exp.
Month

Integer

(1)

Activity

Table
Direct

Driver
License

String

Campaign

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Payment Identification
- Driver License

The Driver's License being

used as identification.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Credit Card Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

The Zip Code

has been verified

The Zip Verified indicates if

the zip code has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Authorization
Code Delayed
Capture returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Combination of
routing no, account
and check no

The Micr number is the

combination of the bank
routing number, account
number and check number

Bank Account of
the Business Partner

The Partner Bank Account

identifies the bank account to be
used for this Business Partner

cactivity_cpayment
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

ccampaign_cpayment

Check No

String

Number

String

Zip
verified

List

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
No Match
Unavailable Match

Authorization String
Code (DC)
Micr

String

Partner
Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Account
Zip/Postal

String

cbpbankacct_cpayment
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

1533

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Authorization String
Code
Transaction
Type

List

Process
Payment

Button

SelfService

Yes-No

Over/
Under
Payment

Yes-No

Allocated

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

CVV
Match

Yes-No

Sales Credit (Payment)

Voice Authorization
Void Delayed Capture
Authorization (S)

AD_Ref_List.Value
NOT IN ('A', 'F')

_Document
Action(CO)

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Authorization
Code returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

Type of credit
card transaction

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Over-Payment
ReadOnly Logic:
(unallocated) or
@C_Charge_ID@!
Under-Payment
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
(partial payment)

(Y)

1534

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
to receive money for more than the
particular invoice. Underpayments
(positive) is a partial payment
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

Indicates if the
payment has
been allocated

The Allocated checkbox

indicates if a payment has
been allocated or associated
with an invoice or invoices.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Credit Card
Verification
Code Match

The Credit Card Verification

Code was matched

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

Process
Payment

Button

Online
Access

Yes-No

Credit
Card

List

Verification
Code

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Original
Transaction
ID

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Response
Message

String

Account
Street

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder

The Street Address of the

Credit Card or Account holder.

Voice
authorization
code

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Voice Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Reconciled

Yes-No

celementvalueuser1_cpayment

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
Purchase Card
Amex MasterCard
ATM Diners
Discover Visa (M)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Description

Comment/Help

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Can be accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

Credit Card
Verification code
on credit card

The Credit Card Verification

indicates the verification code on
the credit card (AMEX 4 digits
on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)

Original
Transaction ID

The Original Transaction

ID is used for reversing
transactions and indicates the
transaction that has been reversed.

Response message

The Response Message indicates

the message returned from
the Credit Card Company as
the result of a transmission

Payment is reconciled
with bank statement

1535

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Online
Process

Button

Approved

Yes-No

Account
State

String

PO
Number

String

Account
Country

String

Swipe

String

Info

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Account
City

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Account
EMail

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Reference
(DC)

String

Account
No

String

Exp. Year

Integer

(03)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

1536

Description

Comment/Help

This payment can

be processed online

The Online Processing

indicates if the payment
can be processed online.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Purchase
Order Number

The PO Number indicates

the number assigned
to a purchase order

Country

Account Country Name

Track 1 and 2 of
the Credit Card

Swiped information for Credit

Card Presence Transactions

Response info

The Info indicates any response

information returned from
the Credit Card Company.

City or the Credit Card

or Account Holder

The Account City indicates

the City of the Credit
Card or Account holder

Email Address

The EMail Address indicates

the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

Payment Reference
Delayed Capture

The Payment Reference

indicates the reference
returned from the Credit
Card Company for a payment

Account Number

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Payment

ID

Address
verified

List

Tax
Amount

Amount

Routing
No

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Payment
Batch

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

No Match
Unavailable Match

Description

Comment/Help

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

This address has

been verified

The Address Verified indicates

if the address has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

adorg_cpayment

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

cpaymentbatch_cpayment

1537

Payment batch for EFT

Electronic Fund
Transfer Payment Batch.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Receipt

Yes-No

Transaction
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

cbankaccount_cpayment

Account at the Bank

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARR', 'APP') AND
cdoctype_cpayment
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.docType

String

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice

Search

Order

Search

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

This is a sales
transaction (receipt)
Callout:
Transaction Date
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct

Accounting Date

Description

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Optional short
description
of the record
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cpayment
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_Invoice.DocStatus
IN ('CO', 'CL')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.invoice
cinvoice_cpayment
Invoice Identifier
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@!0 |
@C_Charge_ID@!0

The Invoice Document.

(C_Order.DocStatus='WP'
OR
(C_Order.DocStatus='CO'

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same

corder_cpayment

1538

Order

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AND EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_DocType
dt WHERE
C_Order.C_DocType_ID=dt.C_DocType_ID
AND
(dt.DocSubTypeSO='SO'
OR
dt.DocBaseType='POO'))
AND EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_OrderLine
ol WHERE
C_Order.C_Order_ID=ol.C_Order_ID
AND
ol.QtyInvoiced< >
ol.QtyOrdered)))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.order
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Invoice_ID@!0
| @C_Charge_ID@!0
Project

Charge

Table
Direct

cproject_cpayment

Table
Direct

ccharge_cpayment

Financial Project
(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
1539

Comment/Help
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Additional
document charges

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Invoice_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
Prepayment

Yes-No
The Payment/Receipt
is a Prepayment

Payments not allocated to an

invoice with a charge are posted
to Unallocated Payments. When
setting this flag, the payment
is posted to the Customer or
Vendor Prepayment account.

Currency

Table
Direct

Callout:
The Currency
ccurrency_cpayment
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Currency Conversion
cconversiontype_cpayment
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Payment
amount

Amount

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Amount being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

Write-off
Amount

Amount

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Amount to write-off
ReadOnly Logic:

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

1540

Window: Payment Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

@C_Charge_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
Discount
Amount

Amount

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Calculated amount
ReadOnly Logic:
of discount
@C_Charge_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

(0)

Callout:
Overpayments (negative) are
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
unallocated amounts and allow you
Over-Payment
ReadOnly Logic:
to receive money for more than the
(unallocated) or
@C_Charge_ID@!
particular invoice. Underpayments
Under-Payment (partial
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
(positive) is a partial payment
payment) Amount
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

Tender
type

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Account
Cash Direct Debit (K)

Document
Status

List

Posted

Button

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Method of Payment

The current status

of the document

_Posted Status(N)
Posting status

1541

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

The Tender Type indicates

the method of payment (ACH
or Direct Deposit, Credit
Card, Check, Direct Debit)
The Document Status indicates
the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Chapter 310. Window: Payment Processor

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-10-03 15:53:54.0
Updated:2012-10-03 15:53:54.0

1. Tab: Payment Processor - C_PaymentProcessor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 310.1. Payment Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Payment
Processor

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Payment processor for

electronic payments

The Payment Processor

indicates the processor to be
used for electronic payments

Commission stated
as a percentage

The Commission indicates

(as a percentage) the
commission to be paid.

cbankaccount_cpaymtprocessor

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

AD_Sequence
for Documents adsequence_cpaymentprocessor

Document Sequence

The Sequence defines the

numbering sequence to
be used for documents.

Fixed cost per

transaction

The Cost per Transaction

indicates the fixed cost per to
be charged per transaction.

C_PaymentProcessor_UU
String
Commission Number
%
Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Sequence

Table

Cost per
transaction

Costs
+Prices

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1542

(see same above)

Window: Payment Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Host
Address

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

String

Host Address
URL or DNS

The Host Address identifies the

URL or DNS of the target host

Host port

Integer

Host
Communication Port

The Host Port identifies the port

to communicate with the host.

Proxy
address

String

Address of your
proxy server

The Proxy Address must be defined

if you must pass through a firewall
to access your payment processor.

Proxy port

Integer

Port of your
proxy server

The Proxy Port identifies the

port of your proxy server.

Proxy
logon

String

Logon of your
proxy server

The Proxy Logon identifies the

Logon ID for your proxy server.

Proxy
password

String

Password of your
proxy server

The Proxy Password identifies the

password for your proxy server.

Accept
MasterCard

Yes-No

Accept Master Card

Indicates if Master
Cards are accepted

Accept
Visa

Yes-No

Accept
AMEX

Yes-No

Accept
Diners

Yes-No

(Y)

Accept Visa Cards

1543

Indicates if Visa Cards are accepted

Accept American
Express Card

Indicates if American
Express Cards are accepted

Accept Diner's Club

Indicates if Diner's
Club Cards are accepted

Window: Payment Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Accept
Corporate

Yes-No

Accept Corporate
Purchase Cards

Indicates if Corporate
Purchase Cards are accepted

Accept
Discover

Yes-No

Accept Discover Card

Indicates if Discover
Cards are accepted

Accept
Direct
Deposit

Yes-No

Accept Direct Deposit

(payee initiated)

Indicates if Direct Deposits (wire

transfers, etc.) are accepted. Direct
Deposits are initiated by the payee.

Accept
Direct
Debit

Yes-No
Accept Direct Debits
(vendor initiated)

Accept Direct Debit transactions.

Direct Debits are initiated
by the vendor who has
permission to deduct amounts
from the payee's account.

Accept
Electronic
Check

Yes-No

Accept
ATM

Yes-No

Accept Bank
ATM Card

Minimum
Amt

Amount

Minimum Amount in
Document Currency

Only
Currency

Table
Direct

Require
CreditCard
Verification
Code

Yes-No

Payment
Processor
Class

String

Accept ECheck
(Electronic Checks)

ccurrency_cpaymentprocessor

Indicates if EChecks are accepted

Indicates if Bank ATM

Cards are accepted

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Require 3/4
digit Credit
Verification Code

The Require CC Verification

checkbox indicates if this bank
accounts requires a verification
number for credit card transactions.

Payment Processor class

identifies the Java class used to
process payments extending the
org.compiere.model.PaymentProcessor
Payment Processor
class. Example implementations
Java Class
are Optimal Payments:
org.compiere.model.PP_Optimal
or Verisign:
org.compiere.model.PP_PayFlowPro
1544

Window: Payment Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Transaction
Type

List

Sales Credit (Payment)

Voice Authorization
Void Delayed
Capture Authorization

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1545

Description

Comment/Help

Type of credit
card transaction

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Chapter 311. Window: Payment Selection

Description: Select Invoices for Payment
Comment/Help: The Payment Selection Window allows you to select and process the invoices you want to pay. (a) You can create a Payment Selection and select
the invoices manually or generate the suggestions based on criteria. You can change the amount to be paid or delete invoices, you do not want to pay. (b) If you
are happy with the Payment Selection, you create the payments. (c) You print or export your payments in the Window Payment Print/Export
Created:2001-02-15 17:12:45.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Payment Selection - C_PaySelection

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Payment
Comment/Help: The Payment Selection Tab defines the bank account and date of the payments to be made. You also create the payments here.
Tab Level: 0
Table 311.1. Payment Selection Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Payment
Selection

ID

Payment Selection

The Payment Selection

identifies a unique Payment

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Name

String

(@#Date@)
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1546

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Payment Selection

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Payment
date

Date

Approved

Yes-No

Total
Amount

Amount

Create
From ...

Button

Prepare
Payment

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)
cbankaccount_cpayselection
(@#Date@)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Date Payment made

The Payment Date indicates the

date the payment was made.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Total Amount

The Total Amount indicates

the total document amount.

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

2. Tab: Payment Selection Line - C_PaySelectionLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Payment Selection Line
Comment/Help: The Payment Selection Line Tab defines the individual invoices an organization is paying to a Vendor with this payment.
Tab Level: 1

1547

Window: Payment Selection

Table 311.2. Payment Selection Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Payment
Selection
Line

ID

Manual

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Payment
Selection

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

cpaysel_cpayselline

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Payment
Rule

List

Direct Deposit
Credit Card Check
Cash On Credit
Direct Debit Mixed
POS Payment (S)

Invoice

Search

Comment/Help

Payment
Selection Line

The Payment Selection

Line identifies a unique
line in a payment

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Payment Selection

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
C_PaySelectionLine
WHERE
C_PaySelection_ID=@C_PaySelection_ID@)

Description

Description

Unique line for

this document

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

How you pay

the invoice

C_Invoice.DocStatus
cinvoice_cpayselectline IN ('CO', 'CL')Callout:
Invoice Identifier
org.compiere.model.CalloutPaySelection.invoice

1548

The Payment Selection

identifies a unique Payment

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

The Invoice Document.

Window: Payment Selection

Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Open
Amount

Amount

Payment
amount

Amount

Discount
Amount

Amount

Difference

Amount

Pay
Selection
Check

Table
Direct

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Open item amount

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPaySelection.payAmt
Amount being paid

Calculated amount
of discount

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.
The Discount Amount
indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Difference Amount
Payment
Selection Check

cpayselcheck_cpayselline
(N)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

3. Tab: Prepared Payment - C_PaySelectionCheck

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: View Generated Prepared Payments (Checks)
Comment/Help: You create the actual Payments via Payment Print/Export
Tab Level: 1
Table 311.3. Prepared Payment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Pay
Selection
Check

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Payment
Selection Check
1549

Comment/Help

Window: Payment Selection

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Payment
Selection

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

Payment
Rule

List

Quantity

Integer

Payment
amount

Amount

Discount
Amount

Amount

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

cpayselection_cpayselectcheck
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cpayselectioncheck
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
Direct Deposit Credit
Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

1550

Payment Selection

The Payment Selection

identifies a unique Payment

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Amount being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the

Window: Payment Selection

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Receipt

Yes-No

Payment

Search

Printed

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

This is a sales
transaction (receipt)
C_Payment

cpayment_cpayselectioncheck

(N)

1551

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 312. Window: Payment Term

Description: Maintain Payment Terms
Comment/Help: The Payment Terms Window defines the different payment terms that you offer your customers and that are offered to you by your vendors. Each
invoice must contain a Payment Term. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Payment Term - C_PaymentTerm

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Payment Terms
Comment/Help: The Payment Term Tab defines the different payments terms that you offer to your Business Partners when paying invoices and also those terms
which your Vendors offer you for payment of your invoices. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed.
Tab Level: 0
Table 312.1. Payment Term Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Payment
Term

ID

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1552

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Payment Term

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Fixed
due date

Yes-No

After
Delivery

Yes-No

Next
Business
Day

Yes-No

Fix month
day

Integer

Fix month
cutoff

Integer

Fix month
offset

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Integer

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Payment is due
on a fixed date

The Fixed Due Date checkbox

indicates if invoices using
this payment tern will be due
on a fixed day of the month.

Due after delivery

rather than
after invoicing

The After Delivery checkbox

indicates that payment
is due after delivery as
opposed to after invoicing.

Payment due on the

next business day

The Next Business Day checkbox

indicates that payment is
due on the next business day
after invoice or delivery.

Day of the month

of the due date

The Fix Month Day indicates the

day of the month that invoices are
due. This field only displays if the
fixed due date checkbox is selected.

Last day to include

for next due date

The Fix Month Cutoff indicates

the last day invoices can have
to be included in the current
due date. This field only
displays when the fixed due date
checkbox has been selected.

The Fixed Month Offset indicates

the number of months from the
Number of months
current month to indicate an invoice
(0=same, 1=following)
is due. A 0 indicates the same
month, a 1 the following month.

1553

Window: Payment Term

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
This field will only display if the
fixed due date checkbox is selected.

Net Days

Integer

Net Day

List

Discount
Days

Integer

Discount
%

Number

Discount
Days 2

Integer

Discount
2%

Number

Grace
Days

Integer

Document
Note

Text

Payment
Term
Usage

List

Validate

Button

Sunday Monday
Tuesday Thursday
Saturday
Wednesday Friday

Both Purchases
Sales (B)

Net Days in which

payment is due

Indicates the number of days after

invoice date that payment is due.

Day when
payment is due net

When defined, overwrites

the number of net days
with the relative number of
days to the the day defined.

Number of days from

invoice date to be
eligible for discount

The Discount Days indicates the

number of days that payment
must be received in to be
eligible for the stated discount.

Discount in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Number of days from

invoice date to be
eligible for discount

The Discount Days indicates the

number of days that payment
must be received in to be
eligible for the stated discount.

Discount in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Days after due

date to send first
dunning letter

The Grace Days indicates the

number of days after the due
date to send the first dunning
letter. This field displays only
if the send dunning letters
checkbox has been selected.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Payment term
usage indicates if
this payment term
is used for sales,
purchases or both.

1554

Window: Payment Term

Field
Name

Reference

Valid

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Description

Comment/Help

Days after due

date to send first
dunning letter

The Grace Days indicates the

number of days after the due
date to send the first dunning
letter. This field displays only
if the send dunning letters
checkbox has been selected.

Payment Schedule
Template

Information when parts

of the payment are due

Day when
payment is due net

When defined, overwrites

the number of net days
with the relative number of
days to the the day defined.

2. Tab: Schedule - C_PaySchedule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Payment Schedule
Tab Level: 1
Table 312.2. Schedule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Grace
Days

Integer

Payment
Schedule

ID

Net Day

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Sunday Monday
Tuesday Thursday
Saturday
Wednesday Friday

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

cpaymentterm_cpayschedule
(Y)
1555

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Payment Term

Field
Name

Reference

Valid

Yes-No

Percentage

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Number

Percent of the
entire amount

Percentage of an
amount (up to 100)

Net Days

Integer

Net Days in which

payment is due

Indicates the number of days after

invoice date that payment is due.

Discount
Days

Integer

Number of days from

invoice date to be
eligible for discount

The Discount Days indicates the

number of days that payment
must be received in to be
eligible for the stated discount.

Discount
%

Number

Discount in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Translation - C_PaymentTerm_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 312.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cpaymentterm_cpaytermtrl

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

adlanguage_cpaymenttermtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

AD_Language

String
1556

Window: Payment Term

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Document
Note

Text

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

1557

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Chapter 313. Window: Payment Transaction

Description: Payment Transactions
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-10-22 15:57:37.0
Updated:2012-10-22 15:57:37.0

1. Tab: Payment Transaction - C_PaymentTransaction

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 313.1. Payment Transaction Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

C_PaymentTransaction_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Payment
Transaction

ID

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Receipt

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

cbankaccount_cpaymenttransacti

Account at the Bank

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

This is a sales
transaction (receipt)
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cpaymenttransaction
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

1558

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Payment Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Transaction
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Description

String

Invoice

Search

Order

Search

Project

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Optional short
description
of the record
C_Invoice.DocStatus
IN ('CO', 'CL')
cinvoice_cpaymenttransaction ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@!0 |
@C_Charge_ID@!0

The Invoice Document.

Invoice Identifier

(C_Order.DocStatus='WP'
OR
(C_Order.DocStatus='CO'
AND EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_DocType
dt WHERE
C_Order.C_DocType_ID=dt.C_DocType_ID
AND
(dt.DocSubTypeSO='SO'
OR
corder_cpaymenttransaction
Order
dt.DocBaseType='POO'))
AND EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_OrderLine
ol WHERE
C_Order.C_Order_ID=ol.C_Order_ID
AND ol.QtyInvoiced<
> ol.QtyOrdered)))
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Invoice_ID@!0
| @C_Charge_ID@!0
cproject_cpaymenttransaction

Financial Project

1559

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Payment Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Charge

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
Additional
ccharge_cpaymenttransactionJOIN C_DocType dt
document charges
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0) ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Invoice_ID@!
0 | @C_Order_ID@!0
cactivity_cpaymenttransaction

1560

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Table
Direct
ccampaign_cpaymenttransaction

Comment/Help

Window: Payment Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

user1_cpaymenttransaction

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

user2_cpaymenttransaction

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

adorgtrx_cpaymenttransaction

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Payment
amount

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Tender
type

List

POS
Tender
Type

Table
Direct

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

(0)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutPayment.amounts
Amount being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

ccurrency_cpaymenttransaction

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

cconversiontype_cpaymenttransa

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Method of Payment

The Tender Type indicates

the method of payment (ACH
or Direct Deposit, Credit
Card, Check, Direct Debit)

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Account
Cash Direct Debit (K)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

cpostendertype_cpaymenttransac

1561

Window: Payment Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Online
Access

Yes-No

Partner
Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Routing
No

String

Account
No

String

Check No

String

Micr

String

Credit
Card

List

Transaction
Type

List

Number

String

Verification
Code

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Can be accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

Bank Account of
the Business Partner

The Partner Bank Account

identifies the bank account to be
used for this Business Partner

cbpbankaccount_cpaymenttransac

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

Purchase Card
Amex MasterCard
ATM Diners
Discover Visa (M)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Sales Credit (Payment)

Voice Authorization
Void Delayed Capture
Authorization (S)
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

1562

Account Number

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Combination of
routing no, account
and check no

The Micr number is the

combination of the bank
routing number, account
number and check number

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

Type of credit
card transaction

The Transaction Type indicates the

type of transaction to be submitted
to the Credit Card Company.

Credit Card Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

Credit Card
Verification code
on credit card

The Credit Card Verification

indicates the verification code on
the credit card (AMEX 4 digits
on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back)

Window: Payment Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Exp.
Month

Integer

Exp. Year

Integer

Account
Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(1)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Expiry Month

The Expiry Month indicates the

expiry month for this credit card.

(03)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Expiry Year

The Expiry Year indicates the

expiry year for this credit card.

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Name on Credit Card

or Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

Account
Street

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Street address of
the Credit Card or
Account holder

The Street Address of the

Credit Card or Account holder.

Account
City

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Account
Zip/Postal

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Zip Code of the

Credit Card or
Account Holder

The Zip Code of the Credit

Card or Account Holder.

Account
State

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

The State of the Credit

Card or Account holder

Account
Country

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Country

Driver
License

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Payment Identification
- Driver License

Social
Security
No

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Account
EMail

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Tax
Amount

Amount

PO
Number

String

1563

City or the Credit Card

or Account Holder

Payment Identification
- Social Security No

The Account City indicates

the City of the Credit
Card or Account holder

Account Country Name

The Driver's License being
used as identification.
The Social Security number
being used as identification.

Email Address

The EMail Address indicates

the EMail address off the
Credit Card or Account holder.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Purchase
Order Number

The PO Number indicates

the number assigned
to a purchase order

Window: Payment Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Voice
authorization
code

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Voice Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Original
Transaction
ID

String

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsApproved@=Y

Original
Transaction ID

The Original Transaction

ID is used for reversing
transactions and indicates the
transaction that has been reversed.

Void It

Button

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Delayed
Capture

Yes-No

Result

String

Response
Message

String

Info

String

Voided

Yes-No

Void
Message

Text

Reference

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

(N)

Delayed Capture is required, if you

ship products. The first credit card
Charge after Shipment
transaction is the Authorization,
the second is the actual transaction
after the shipment of the product.
Result of transmission

The Response Result indicates

the result of the transmission
to the Credit Card Company.

Response message

The Response Message indicates

the message returned from
the Credit Card Company as
the result of a transmission

Response info

The Info indicates any response

information returned from
the Credit Card Company.

Payment reference

The Payment Reference

indicates the reference
returned from the Credit
Card Company for a payment

(N)

1564

Window: Payment Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Authorization String
Code
Zip
verified

List

No Match
Unavailable Match

Address
verified

List

No Match
Unavailable Match

CVV
Match

Yes-No

Payment
Processor

Table
Direct

Customer
Payment
Profile ID

String

Customer
Profile ID

String

Customer
Address
ID

String

Payment

Search

Cash Book

Table
Direct

Payment
Batch

Table
Direct

Referenced
Payment
Transaction

Search

Description

Comment/Help

Authorization
Code returned

The Authorization Code

indicates the code returned from
the electronic transmission.

The Zip Code

has been verified

The Zip Verified indicates if

the zip code has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

This address has

been verified

The Address Verified indicates

if the address has been verified
by the Credit Card Company.

Credit Card
Verification
Code Match

The Credit Card Verification

Code was matched

cpaymentprocessor_cpaymenttran

Payment processor for

electronic payments

The Payment Processor

indicates the processor to be
used for electronic payments

cpayment_cpaymenttransaction

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

ccashbook_cpaymenttransaction

Cash Book for

recording petty
cash transactions

The Cash Book identifies a unique

cash book. The cash book is
used to record cash transactions.

cpaymentbatch_cpaymenttransact

Payment batch for EFT

Electronic Fund
Transfer Payment Batch.

C_PaymentTransaction
refpaymenttransaction_cpayment

1565

Window: Payment Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

SelfService

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

1566

Description

Comment/Help

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 314. Window: Payments into Batch

Description: Process Payments
Comment/Help: The Process Payments Window allows you to enter payments for invoices. If the payment is for a single invoice then it can be processed here.
Created:2013-01-23 18:12:25.0
Updated:2013-04-11 15:00:38.0

1. Tab: Batch - C_DepositBatch

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 314.1. Batch Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

C_DepositBatch_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Bank
Account

Table
Direct

Deposit
Date

Date

cbankaccount_cdepositbatch

Account at the Bank

(@#Date@)

1567

The Bank Account identifies

an account at this Bank.

Window: Payments into Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Document
Date

Date

Description

String

Deposit
Amount

Amount

Create
lines from

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_DocType.DocBaseType
cdoctype_cdepositbatch IN ('ARR', 'APP') AND Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Date of the Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

(@#Date@)

1568

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Process which
will generate a

The Create From process will

create a new document based

Window: Payments into Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Deposit
Batch
Close

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Deposit
Batch

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

new document
lines based on an
existing document

on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@Processed@='Y'

2. Tab: Lines - C_DepositBatchLine

[IMAGE]
Read Only Logic: @Processed@='Y'
Tab Level: 1
Table 314.2. Lines Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_DepositBatchLine_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Deposit
Batch

Search

cdepositbatch_cdepositbatchlin
1569

Window: Payments into Batch

Field
Name

Reference

Line No

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
C_DepositBatchLine
WHERE
C_DepositBatch_ID=@C_DepositBatch_ID@)

Payment

Table
Direct

Payment
amount

Amount

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Deposit
Batch Line

ID

Description

Unique line for

this document

C_Payment.IsReconciled='N'
AND
C_Payment.TrxType
< > 'X' AND
cpayment_cdepositbatchline
(C_Payment.C_DepositBatch_IDPayment identifier
= 0 OR
C_Payment.C_DepositBatch_ID
IS NULL) AND
C_Payment.C_DocType_ID=@C_DocType_ID@

(Y)

1570

Comment/Help
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Amount being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 315. Window: Performance Benchmark

Description: Performance Benchmark
Comment/Help: Data Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
Created:2005-12-26 12:28:41.0
Updated:2005-12-26 12:38:50.0

1. Tab: Benchmark - PA_Benchmark

[IMAGE]
Description: Performance Benchmark
Comment/Help: Data Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
Tab Level: 0
Table 315.1. Benchmark Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Benchmark

ID

Performance
Benchmark

Data Series to compare

internal performance
with (e.g. stock price, ...)

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1571

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Performance Benchmark

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Accumulation
Type

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Average Sum

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

How to accumulate
data on time axis

Sum adds the data points (e.g.

stock volume) - Average is
appropriate for e.g. Stock Price

Description

Comment/Help

Performance
Benchmark Data Point

Data Series Point to compare

internal performance
with (e.g. stock price, ...)

2. Tab: Data - PA_BenchmarkData

[IMAGE]
Description: Performance Benchmark Data Point
Comment/Help: Data Series Point to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...)
Tab Level: 1
Table 315.2. Data Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Benchmark
Data

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Benchmark

Table
Direct

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

pabenchmark_pabenchmarkdata

(see same above)

Performance
Benchmark

Data Series to compare

internal performance
with (e.g. stock price, ...)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

1572

(see same above)

Window: Performance Benchmark

Field
Name

Reference

Description

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date

Date
+Time

Benchmark Date

Value

Number

Benchmark Value

1573

Date of the Benchmark Data Point

Value of the Benchmark Data Point

Chapter 316. Window: Performance Color Schema

Description: Maintain Performance Color Schema
Comment/Help: Visual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). iDempiere support two levels (e.g. redgreen) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be beween 0 and unlimited
(i.e. above 100%).
Created:2005-12-23 16:43:05.0
Updated:2005-12-23 16:51:06.0

1. Tab: Color Schema - PA_ColorSchema

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Performance Color Schema
Comment/Help: Visual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). iDempiere support two levels (e.g. redgreen) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be beween 0 and unlimited
(i.e. above 100%).
Tab Level: 0
Table 316.1. Color Schema Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Color
Schema

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Performance
Color Schema

Visual representation of
performance by color. The Schema
has often three levels (e.g. redyellow-green). iDempiere support
two levels (e.g. red-green) or four
levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silvergold). Note that Measures without
a goal are represented white. The
percentages could be beween 0
and unlimited (i.e. above 100%).

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1574

(see same above)

Window: Performance Color Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Organization

Table
Direct

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Mark 1
Percent

Integer

Percentage up to
this color is used

Example 50 - i.e. below

50% this color is used

Color 1

Table

Mark 2
Percent

Integer

Color 2

Table

Mark 3
Percent

Integer

Color 3

Table

Mark 4
Percent

Integer

Color 4

Table

Entity
Type

Table

AD_PrintColor adprintcolor1_pacolorschema

First color used

Percentage up to
this color is used

AD_PrintColor adprintcolor2_pacolorschema

Second color used

Percentage up to
this color is used

AD_PrintColor adprintcolor3_pacolorschema

Example 100 - e.g., if Mark

2 is 80 - this color is used
between 80% and 100%

Third color used

Percentage up to
this color is used

AD_PrintColor adprintcolor4_pacolorschema
_EntityTypeNew(U)

Example 80 - e.g., if Mark

1 is 50 - this color is used
between 50% and 80%

Example 9999 - e.g., if Mark 3 is

100 - this color is used above 100%

Forth color used

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D

entityt_pacolorschema

1575

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Chapter 317. Window: Performance Goal

Description: Define Performance Goals
Comment/Help: The Performance Goal Window allows you to define performance goals or all, a role or a user
Created:2001-04-24 17:54:57.0
Updated:2005-12-31 10:07:05.0

1. Tab: Performance Goal - PA_Goal

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Performance Goal
Comment/Help: The Performance Goal Tab defines specific goals for performance.
Tab Level: 0
Table 317.1. Performance Goal Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Goal

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Performance Goal

The Performance Goal indicates

what this users performance
will be measured against.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1576

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Performance Goal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Note

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Role

Table
Direct

(-1)

User/
Contact

Search

(-1)

Sequence

Integer

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Color
Schema

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

(same as first report)

(see same above)

adrole_pagoal

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

aduser_pagoal

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

pacolorschema_pagoal

Parent
Goal

Table

Measure
Target

Number

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Performance
Color Schema

Visual representation of
performance by color. The Schema
has often three levels (e.g. redyellow-green). iDempiere support
two levels (e.g. red-green) or four
levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silvergold). Note that Measures without
a goal are represented white. The
percentages could be beween 0
and unlimited (i.e. above 100%).

Parent Goal

You can create a hierarchy of

goals by linking the sub-goals to
the summary goal. The measures
are automatically rolled up

Target value
for measure

The Measure Target indicates the

target or goal for this measure.

PA_Goal Parent
pagoalparent_pagoal

1577

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Window: Performance Goal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
It is used as in comparing
against the actual measures

Measure

Table
Direct

pameasure_pagoal

Concrete Performance
Measurement

The Measure identifies a

concrete, measurable indicator
of performance. For example,
sales dollars, prospects contacted.

Date From

Date
+Time

Starting date
for a range

The Date From indicates

the starting date of a range.

Date To

Date
+Time

End date of
a date range

The Date To indicates the end

date of a range (inclusive)

Measure
Scope

List

Performance
Measure Scope

The scope of the goal can

be broken down for initial
display. Example: Scope is Year,
Display is Month - the goal is
entered as a yearly number, the
display divides the goal by 12

Year Quarter Total

Week Month Day

Measure
Display

List

Year Quarter Total

Week Month Day

Measure Scope
initially displayed

Chart Type

List

Bar Chart Pie Chart

Ring Chart Area
Chart Waterfall Chart
Line Chart (BC)

Type of chart to render

Measure
Actual

Number

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Performance Number
Goal
Relative
Weight

Number

(1)

Actual value that

has been measured.

The Measure Actual indicates

the actual measured value.
The measured values are
used in determining if a
performance goal has been met

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Target achievement
from 0..1

The Goal Performance indicates

the target achievement from 0 to 1.

The relative weight allows you to

Relative weight of
adjust the project cycle report based
this step (0 = ignored)
on probabilities. For example,
if you have a 1:10 chance in
1578

Window: Performance Goal

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
closing a contract when it is
in the prospect stage and a 1:2
chance when it is in the contract
stage, you may put a weight of
0.1 and 0.5 on those steps. This
allows sales funnels or measures
of completion of your project.

2. Tab: Restriction - PA_GoalRestriction

[IMAGE]
Description: Performance Goal Restriction
Comment/Help: Restriction of the performance measure to the Organization, Business Partner or Product defined. Example: The performance is only measured
for HQ The measure must support the data, otherwise it is ignored.
Tab Level: 1
Table 317.2. Restriction Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Goal
Restriction

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Goal

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Performance
Goal Restriction

Restriction of the performance

measure to the Organization,
Business Partner or Product
defined. Example: The performance
is only measured for HQ The
measure must support the
data, otherwise it is ignored.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
adorg_pagoalrestriction

(same as first report)

pagoal_pagoalrestriction

Performance Goal

1579

(see same above)

(see same above)
The Performance Goal indicates
what this users performance
will be measured against.

Window: Performance Goal

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Restriction
Type

List

Organization

Table

Business
Partner

Search

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Organization Business
Partner Product
Bus.Partner Group
Product Category
AD_Org (all but 0)

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Goal Restriction Type

Enter one or more records per Goal

Restriction Type (e.g. Org o1, o2)

adorg2_pagoalrestriction

(same as first report)

(see same above)

cbpartner_pagoalrestriction

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

cbpgroup_pagoalrestriction

Business Partner Group

The Business Partner Group

provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

mproduct_pagoalrestriction

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

mproductcat_pagoalrestriction

1580

Chapter 318. Window: Performance Measure

Description: Define your Performance Measures
Comment/Help: The Performance Measure Window allows you to define the rules and restrictions for performance measurement. You can, for example, restrict
performance measurement to sales for a certain product category for a defined time frame.
Created:2001-04-24 18:53:57.0
Updated:2005-12-26 14:51:59.0

1. Tab: Measure - PA_Measure

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Performance Measure
Comment/Help: The Performance Measure Tab defines the date range and method to be used for measuring performance.
Tab Level: 0
Table 318.1. Measure Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Measure

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Concrete Performance
Measurement

The Measure identifies a

concrete, measurable indicator
of performance. For example,
sales dollars, prospects contacted.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1581

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Performance Measure

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Measure
Data Type

List

Status Qty/
Amount Qty/
Amount in Time (T)

Measure
Type

List

Manual
Actual

Number

Note

Text

Measure
Calculation

Table
Direct

Calculation
Class

String

Ratio

Table
Direct

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Request Project
User defined Ratio
Manual Calculated
Achievements (M)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Type of data Status or in Time

Status represents values valid at a

certain time (e.g. Open Invoices)
- No history is maintained. Time
represents a values at a given
time (e.g. Invoice Amount on
1/1) - History is maintained

The Measure Type indicates how

Determines
the actual measure is determined.
how the actual
For example, one measure may be
performance is derived
manual while another is calculated.

pameasurecalc_pameasure

Manually entered
actual value

The Manual Active identifies

a manually entered actual
measurement value.

Note for manual entry

The Note allows for entry

for additional information
regarding a manual entry.

Calculation method for

measuring performance

The Measure Calculation

indicates the method of
measuring performance.

Java Class for

calculation,
implementing
Interface Measure

The Calculation Class

indicates the Java Class used
for calculating measures.

paratio_pameasure

Performance Ratio

Calculation instruction set

for a performance ratio

rrequesttype_pameasure

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

1582

Window: Performance Measure

Field
Name

Reference

Project
Type

Table
Direct

Benchmark

Table
Direct

Reporting
Hierarchy

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cprojecttype_pameasure

Type of the project

Type of the project with optional

phases of the project with
standard performance information

pabenchmark_pameasure

Performance
Benchmark

Data Series to compare

internal performance
with (e.g. stock price, ...)

pahierarchy_pameasure

Optional Reporting
Hierarchy - If
not selected the
default hierarchy
trees are used.

Reporting Hierarchy allows you

to select different Hierarchies/
Trees for the report. Accounting
Segments like Organization,
Account, Product may have
several hierarchies to accomodate
different views on the business.

Table
Direct

2. Tab: Achievement - PA_Achievement

[IMAGE]
Description: Performance Achievement
Comment/Help: The Performance Achievement Tab defines the Tasks to be achieved. The performance is measured by the percentage of reached achievements.
Display Logic: @MeasureType@=A
Tab Level: 1
Table 318.2. Achievement Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Achievement

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1583

Description

Comment/Help

Performance
Achievement

The Achievement identifies

a unique task that is part of
an overall performance goal.

Window: Performance Measure

Field
Name

Reference

Measure

Table
Direct

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

pameasure_paachievement

Description

Comment/Help

Concrete Performance
Measurement

The Measure identifies a

concrete, measurable indicator
of performance. For example,
sales dollars, prospects contacted.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

Document
Date

Date

Note

Text

Achieved

Yes-No

Manual
Actual

Number

(Y)

1584

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Date of the Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

The goal is achieved

The Achieved checkbox indicates

if this goal has been achieved.

Manually entered
actual value

The Manual Active identifies

a manually entered actual
measurement value.

Chapter 319. Window: Performance Measure

Calculation
Description: Define how you calculate your performance measures
Comment/Help: The Performance Measure Calculation defines how performance measures will be calculated. The sql needs to return a single value. Please check
examples. The date trestriction is defined in the Goal. Any restrictions for Organizations, Business Partners, Products, etc. are as Performance Goal Restrictions.
Created:2001-04-24 17:57:06.0
Updated:2005-12-26 14:52:03.0

1. Tab: Performance Measure Calculation - PA_MeasureCalc

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain your Performance Measure Calculation
Comment/Help: The Performance Measure Calculation defines how performance measures will be calculated. See examples. The SELECT definition must contain
the SELECT and FROM keywords in upper case, the WHERE definition must contain the WHERE keyword in upper case. The main table must not have an alias!
The WHERE clause can only contain values of the main table (e.g. when selecting from Header and lines, only header variables can be used in the where clause)
and be fully qualified if there is more then one table.
Tab Level: 0
Table 319.1. Performance Measure Calculation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Measure
Calculation

ID

Calculation method for

measuring performance

The Measure Calculation

indicates the method of
measuring performance.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1585

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

Window: Performance Measure Calculation

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_pameasurecalc

Sql
SELECT

Sql
WHERE

Text

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

SQL SELECT clause

The Select Clause indicates the

SQL SELECT clause to use
for selecting the record for a
measure calculation. Do not
include the SELECT itself.

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Fully qualified
date column

The Date Column indicates

the date to be used when
calculating this measurement

(SELECT ... FROM ...)

(WHERE ...)

Date
Column

String

(x.Date)

Org
Column

String

(x.AD_Org_ID)

Fully qualified
Organization column
(AD_Org_ID)

The Organization Column indicates

the organization to be used in
calculating this measurement.

B.Partner
Column

String

(x.C_BPartner_ID)

Fully qualified
Business Partner
key column
(C_BPartner_ID)

The Business Partner

Column indicates the
Business Partner to use when
calculating this measurement

1586

Window: Performance Measure Calculation

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Product
Column

String

(x.M_Product_ID)

Table

Table
Direct

Key
Column

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adtable_pameasurecalc

Description

Comment/Help

Fully qualified
Product column
(M_Product_ID)

The Product Column indicates

the product to use to use when
calculating this measurement.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Key Column for Table

1587

Chapter 320. Window: Performance Ratio

Description: Maintain Performance Ratios
Comment/Help: Calculation instruction for a ratio
Created:2005-12-26 12:48:57.0
Updated:2006-01-04 14:11:21.0

1. Tab: Ratio - PA_Ratio

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Performance Ratio
Comment/Help: Calculation instruction set for a performance ratio
Tab Level: 0
Table 320.1. Ratio Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Ratio

ID

Performance Ratio

Calculation instruction set

for a performance ratio

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String

(see same above)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

1588

Window: Performance Ratio

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cacctschema_paratio

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Description

Comment/Help

Performance
Ratio Element

Individual calculation
instruction for a ratio

2. Tab: Element - PA_RatioElement

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Performance Ratio Element
Comment/Help: Individual calculation instruction for a ratio
Tab Level: 1
Table 320.2. Element Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Ratio
Element

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Ratio

Table
Direct

Name

String

paratio_paratioelement

1589

(see same above)

(see same above)

Performance Ratio

Calculation instruction set

for a performance ratio

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Performance Ratio

Field
Name

Reference

Description

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Operand

List

Element
Type

List

Measure
Calculation

Table
Direct

Constant
Value

Number

Ratio Used

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Plus Multiply
Divide Minus (P)

Ratio Operand

Ratio Constant
Calculation
Account Value

Ratio Element Type

Calculation method for

measuring performance

pameasurecalc_paratioelement

Operand how data is calculated.

If it is the first in the series,
'minus' will create a negative
value, otherwise ignored.
Type of data used
for the calculation
The Measure Calculation
indicates the method of
measuring performance.

Constant value
PA_Ratio
paratioused_paratioelement

Performance
Ratio Used

Existing Performance Ratio

to be used in the calculation.
Make sure that the Ratio is
not self-referencing (loop).

celementvalue_paratioelement

Account used

The (natural) account used

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Account

Table

Account_ID

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment

1590

Chapter 321. Window: Physical Inventory

Description: Enter Physical Inventory
Comment/Help: The Physical Inventory Window allows you to generate inventory count lists. These counts can then be processed which will update the actual
inventory with the new counts. Normally you would create inventory count lines automaticelly. If you create them manually, make sure that the book value is correct.
Created:1999-12-19 21:31:09.0
Updated:2005-07-21 11:46:36.0

1. Tab: Inventory Count - M_Inventory

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Inventory Count
Comment/Help: The Inventory Count Tab defines the parameters for a manual count and adjustment of inventory. When creating the inventory count list
automatically, only the actual stored products are included. The exception is when you select the equals 0 (=0) option, then zero on hand records of all stocked
products is created for that location.
Process: Physical Inventory Print - Rpt M_Inventory
Where Clause: M_Inventory.C_DocType_ID IN (SELECT C_DocType_ID FROM C_DocType Where DocBaseType='MMI' AND (DocSubTypeInv='PI' OR
DocSubTypeInv IS NULL))
Tab Level: 0
Table 321.1. Inventory Count Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Yes-No

Phys.Inventory

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)
1591

Description

Comment/Help

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Physical Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

Constraint Value

adorg_minventory

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

String

Document
sequence number
of the document

Description

String

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Perpetual
Inventory

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_minventory
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Rules for generating

physical inventory

The Perpetual Inventory identifies

the Perpetual Inventory rule which
generated this Physical Inventory.

mperpetualinv_minventory

1592

Window: Physical Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Movement
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Create
Inventory
Count List

Button

Update
Quantity

Button

Project

Table
Direct

cproject_minventory

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Table
Direct

cactivity_minventory

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Activity

Campaign

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.checkPeriodOpen
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory
C_DocType.DocBaseType='MMI'
cdoctype_minventory
AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@

Comment/Help
The Movement Date indicates
the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

Generate List

Table
Direct
ccampaign_minventory

Trx
Organization

Description

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_minventory

1593

Window: Physical Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

User
Element
List 2

Table

Approved

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

celementvalueuser1_minvent

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celementvalueuser2_minvent

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Approval
Amount

Amount

Document
Approval Amount

Approval Amount for Workflow

Document
Status

List

Account_ID - User2

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Process
Inventory
Count

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

2. Tab: Inventory Count Line - M_InventoryLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Inventory Count Line
Comment/Help: The Inventory Count Line defines the counts of the individual products in inventory. Normally you would create inventory count lines automaticelly.
If you create them manually, make sure that the book value is correct. You can set the Organization, if it is a charge, otherwise it is set to the header organization.
1594

Window: Physical Inventory

Tab Level: 1
Table 321.2. Inventory Count Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Search
Key

String

Phys.Inventory
Line

ID

Active

Yes-No

Internal
Use Qty

Quantity

UPC/EAN

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

(Y)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Internal Use
Quantity removed
from Inventory

Quantity of product inventory

used internally (positive if
taken out - negative if returned)

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Phys.Inventory Table
Direct
Line No

Integer

minventory_minventoryline
(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
1595

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also

Window: Physical Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_InventoryLine
WHERE
M_Inventory_ID=@M_Inventory_ID@)

Comment/Help
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Locator

Locator
(WH)

(@M_Locator_ID@)

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@Callout:
mlocator_minventoryline
org.idempiere.model.CalloutFillLocator.fillLocator;
Warehouse Locator
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product

Search

M_Product (stocked)

Callout:
mproduct_minventoryline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product
Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Quantity
count

Quantity

Quantity
book

Quantity

Description

String

Inventory
Type

List

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInventory.product
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_minventoryline
Set Instance

Counted Quantity

The Quantity Count indicates

the actual inventory count
taken for a product in inventory

Book Quantity

The Quantity Book indicates

the line count stored in the
system for a product in inventory

Optional short
description
of the record
Inventory Difference
Charge Account (D)
Type of inventory
difference

Charge

Table
Direct

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
ccharge_minventoryline
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
1596

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Additional
document charges

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The type of inventory difference
determines which account is
used. The default is the Inventory
Difference account defined for
the warehouse. Alternatively, you
could select any charge. This allows
you to account for Internal Use
or extraordinary inventory losses.
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Window: Physical Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)

3. Tab: Attributes - M_InventoryLineMA

[IMAGE]
Description: Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation
Tab Level: 2
Table 321.3. Attributes Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_InventoryLineMA_UU
String
Active

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(Y)

1597

Window: Physical Inventory

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Date
Material
Policy

Date

Auto
Generated

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

minventoryline_milinema

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

masi_minventorylinema

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Time used for

LIFO and FIFO
Material Policy

This field is used to record

time used for LIFO and
FIFO material policy

(1)

(N)

Record is Auto
Generated by System.

1598

Chapter 322. Window: Position

Description: Maintain Job Positions
Comment/Help: Maintain internal (employee) or external positions
Created:2005-05-15 01:54:15.0
Updated:2005-11-13 13:38:40.0

1. Tab: Position - C_Job

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Job Position
Comment/Help: Maintain internal (employee) or external positions
Tab Level: 0
Table 322.1. Position Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Position

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Job Position

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1599

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Position
Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Employee

Yes-No

(Y)

Position
Category

Values (Default)

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cjobcategory_cjob

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Job Position Category

Classification of Job Positions

2. Tab: Assignment - C_JobAssignment

[IMAGE]
Description: Employee Assignment
LinkColumn: Position
Tab Level: 1
Table 322.2. Assignment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Position
Assignment

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Position

Table
Direct

Assignment of
Employee (User)
to Job Position

cjob_cjobassignment

Job Position
1600

Window: Position
Field
Name

Reference

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

Valid from

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
User within the system
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
aduser_cjobassignment
- Internal or Business
AND
Partner Contact
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))
(Y)

Comment/Help
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date
+Time

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date
+Time

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

3. Tab: Remuneration - C_JobRemuneration

[IMAGE]
Description: Position Remuneration
LinkColumn: Position
Tab Level: 1
Table 322.3. Remuneration Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Position
Remuneration

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Remuneration
for the Position
(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1601

(see same above)

Window: Position
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Position

Table
Direct

cjob_cjobremuneration

Job Position

Remuneration

Table
Direct

cremuneration_cjobrem

Wage or Salary

Active

Yes-No

Valid from

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(Y)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date
+Time

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date
+Time

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

1602

Chapter 323. Window: Position Category

Description: Maintain Job Position Categories
Comment/Help: null
Created:2005-05-15 02:08:06.0
Updated:2005-11-13 13:38:46.0

1. Tab: Position Category - C_JobCategory

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Job Position Categories
Tab Level: 0
Table 323.1. Position Category Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Position
Category

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Job Position Category

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1603

Comment/Help
Classification of Job Positions

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Position Category

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1604

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 324. Window: Post Depreciation Entry

Description: Create Depreciation Entry
Comment/Help: The Depreciation Entry window allows you to create and post the depreciation expense entry to the GL
Created:2008-05-30 16:49:50.0
Updated:2012-03-09 15:20:54.0

1. Tab: Create Depreciation Entry - A_Depreciation_Entry

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 324.1. Create Depreciation Entry Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Currency

Table
Direct

Process
Depreciation
Entry

Button

Depreciation
Entry

ID

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Client
Organization

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@
$C_CURRENCY_ID@)
ccurrency_adepreciationentry

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Table
GL Category
Direct Type(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Table
Direct

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

1605

Window: Post Depreciation Entry

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Description

String

Entry Type

List

Depreciation
Forecasts New Splits
Transfers Disposals

PostingType

List

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment ('A')

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

C_DocType.DocBaseType='FDP'
AND
cdoctype_adepreciationentry
C_DocType.AD_Org_ID Document type or rules
IN (0,
@AD_Org_ID@)
Optional short
description
of the record

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction
1606

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Window: Post Depreciation Entry

Field
Name

Reference

GL
Category

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Document
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date of the Document

Account
Date

Date

(@Date@)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period
Accounting Date

Period

Table

Document
Status

List

Process
Depreciation
Entry
Approved

Posted

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
null

glcategory_adepreciationentry

Comment/Help

General Ledger
Category

The General Ledger Category

is an optional, user defined
method of grouping journal lines.

C_AcctSchema.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
cacctschema_adepreciationentry

Rules for accounting

C_Period - all,
Callout:
cperiod_adepreciationentry
Period of the Calendar
acct, sysdate, desc
org.compiere.model.CalloutGLJournal.period
Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved ('DR')

The current status

of the document

_Document
Action('CO')

Yes-No(@#IsCanApproveOwnDoc@)

Button

Description

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.
The Period indicates an exclusive
range of dates for a calendar.
The Document Status indicates
the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status('N')

1607

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Window: Post Depreciation Entry

2. Tab: Records - A_Depreciation_Exp

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Depreciation Entry
Tab Level: 1
Table 324.2. Records Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table

AD_Org (all)

ID

ID

Delta
Asset Cost

Amount

Asset
Addition

Table
Direct

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
- fiscal
(delta)
Asset
Disposed

Table
Direct

Asset Cost

Amount

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

aassetaddition_adepreciationex
(0)

aassetdisposed_adepreciationex

(0)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(fiscal)
A_Account_Number_Acct
Account

Comment/Help

(0)

Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
Accumulated Amount
Depreciation
(delta)

Description

aaccountnumber_adepreciationex
1608

Window: Post Depreciation Entry

Field
Name

Reference

Remaining
Amt

Amount

Use Life
- Months
(fiscal)

Integer

Process
Depreciation
Expense

Button

Usable
Life Months

Integer

Remaining
Amt
(fiscal)

Amount

Client

Table

Depreciation
Entry

Search

Asset

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Months of the usable

life of the asset

AD_Client

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

adepreciationentry_adepreciati

aasset_adepreciationexp

Entry Type

List

Depreciation
Forecasts New Splits
Transfers Disposals

Description

String

Expense

Amount

(0)

Expense
(fiscal)

Amount

(0)

Account
(debit)

Account

C_ValidCombination

Optional short
description
of the record

draccou_adepreciationexp

Account used

1609

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The (natural) account used

Window: Post Depreciation Entry

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Account
(credit)

Account

C_ValidCombination

Asset
Period

Integer

C_Period (all)

Account
Date

Date

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

craccou_adepreciationexp

Description

Account used

Comment/Help
The (natural) account used

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Depreciate

Yes-No

The asset will

be depreciated

The asset is used internally

and will be depreciated

PostingType

List

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment ('A')

1610

Chapter 325. Window: Preference

Description: Maintain System Client Org and User Preferences
Comment/Help: System Admin use only.
Created:1999-06-29 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Preference - AD_Preference

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain System Client Org and User Preferences
Tab Level: 0
Table 325.1. Preference Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Preference

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Window

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Personal Value
Preference
ad_preference_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_preference_org

(same as first report)

(see same above)

ad_user_preference

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

ad_window_preference

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

1611

Window: Preference
Field
Name

Reference

Process

Table
Direct

Preference
For

List

Attribute

String

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ad_process_preference

Description

Comment/Help

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Window Process (W)

Type of preference,
it can window,
info window or
parameter process

(Y)

(same as first report)

1612

(see same above)

Chapter 326. Window: Price List

Description: Maintain Product Price Lists
Comment/Help: The Price List Window allows you to generate product price lists for your Business Partners. Price lists determine currency and tax treatment. Price
list versions allow to maintain parallel lists for different date ranges. The most current pricelist version is used based on the document date. < BR> All pricelists
have three prices: List, Standard and Limit < BR> First step is to create a base price list. You can manually add products and enter the prices or create them
automatically. The base price list is often the purchase price list with list price ('official' retail price), the standard price (your purchase price). The limit price can
be used to check your final purchase costs after discounts, rebates, etc. < BR> Pricelists can be calculated and copied. To speed up the calculation, the parameters
are stored an used when creating a new price list version.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Price List - M_PriceList

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Price Lists
Comment/Help: Price lists determine currency of the document as well as tax treatment.
Tab Level: 0
Table 326.1. Price List Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Price List

ID

Base
Pricelist

Table

M_PriceList

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

M_PriceList.C_Currency_ID=@C_Currency_ID@
Pricelist to be used,
basepricelist
if product not found
on this pricelist
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1613

The Base Price List identifies

the default price list to be
used if a product is not found
on the selected price list
(see same above)

Window: Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Currency

Price
Precision

(Y)

Table
Direct
Integer

Sales
Price list

Yes-No

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Enforce
price limit

Yes-No

ccurrency_mpricelist

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Precision (number of
decimals) for the Price

The prices of the price list are

rounded to the precision entered.
This allows to have prices with
below currency precision, e.g.
$0.005. Enter the number of
decimals or -1 for no rounding.

This is a Sales
Price List

The Sales Price List check

box indicates if this price list
is used for sales transactions.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Do not allow prices

below the limit price

The Enforce Price Limit check

box indicates that prices cannot
be below the limit price in

(2)

1614

Comment/Help

Window: Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Orders and Invoices. This can be
overwritten, if the role allows this.

2. Tab: Version - M_PriceList_Version

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain price list versions
Comment/Help: Price lists are automatically created based on Product Purchasing Information and the Vendor Category Discount. The other alternative is to copy
them from existing pricelists and the re-calculate them. You can also re-calculate the pricelist by referencing no pricelist or referencing the same pricelist. If no
base price list is selected, the Procuct Purchase records are used as reference.
Tab Level: 1
Table 326.2. Version Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Price List
Version

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Price List

Table
Direct

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mpricelist_mpricelistversion

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(@#Date@)

1615

Window: Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Price List
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema
PL

Base
Price List

Table

Valid from

Date

Create
Price List

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mdiscounts_mplversion

M_PriceList Version
mpricelistversionbase_mpriceli
(@#Date@)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Source for Price

list calculations

The Base Price List identifies

the Base Pricelist used for
calculating prices (the source)

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Product Price - M_ProductPrice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Product Prices
Comment/Help: The Price List Tab displays the prices for a product based on the selected price list.
LinkColumn: Price List Version
Tab Level: 2
Table 326.3. Product Price Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1616

Window: Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Active

Yes-No

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Standard
Price

Costs
+Prices

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mpricelistver_mproductprice

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mproductprice
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
(Y)

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

M_ProductPrice_UUString

4. Tab: Product Price Break - M_ProductPriceVendorBreak

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Price List Version
Tab Level: 2
Table 326.4. Product Price Break Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1617

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Business
Partner

Search

Break
Value

Number

Active

Yes-No

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Standard
Price

Costs
+Prices

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Product
Price
Break

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mpricelistversion_mproductpric

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mproductpricevendorbr
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
C_BPartner (Trx)
cbpartner_mproductpricevendorb

(Y)

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Low Value of trade

discount break level

Starting Quantity or Amount

Value for break level

(same as first report)

(see same above)

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

5. Tab: Translation - M_PriceList_Version_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Price List Version
Tab Level: 2

1618

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Price List

Table 326.5. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_PriceList_Version_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1
ADClient_MPriceListVersionTrl

(same as first report)

Organization

Table
Direct

ADOrg_MPriceListVersionTrl

(same as first report)

Price List
Version

Search
MPriceListVersion_MPriceListVe

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

Language

Table

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String

(@#Date@)
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Language
ADLanguage_MPriceListVersionTr

(see same above)

(see same above)

6. Tab: Translation - M_PriceList_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Price List
Tab Level: 1
Table 326.6. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_PriceList_Trl_UU
String
1619

Window: Price List

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

Price List

Search

Language

Table

Constraint Value

ADClient_MPriceListTrl

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

Description

(same as first report)

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

ADOrg_MPriceListTrl

(same as first report)

MPriceList_MPriceListTrl

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

ADLanguage_MPriceListTrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

AD_Language

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

1620

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 327. Window: Price List Schema

Description: Maintain Price List Schema
Comment/Help: Price List schema defines calculation rules for price lists
Created:2001-12-28 21:01:25.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Price List Schema - M_DiscountSchema

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Price List Schema
Comment/Help: Price List schema defines calculation rules for price lists
Where Clause: M_DiscountSchema.DiscountType='P'
Tab Level: 0
Table 327.1. Price List Schema Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Script

Text

Accumulation
Level

List

Flat
Discount
%

Number

B.Partner
Flat
Discount

Yes-No

Quantity
based

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Line (L)

Description

Comment/Help

Dynamic Java
Language Script
to calculate result

Use Java language constructs to

define the result of the calculation

Level for accumulative

calculations
Flat discount
percentage

(Y)

1621

Use flat discount

defined on Business
Partner Level

For calculation of the discount,

use the discount defined
on Business Partner Level

Trade discount
break level based on
Quantity (not value)

The calculation of the trade

discount level is based on the

Window: Price List Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
quantity of the order and not
the value amount of the order

Price List
Schema

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Valid from

Date

Schema
Type

List

Renumber

Button

(Y)

Flat Percent Breaks

Pricelist Formula

(('@IsSOTrx@'='N'
AND Value='P') OR
('@IsSOTrx@'='Y'
AND Value< > 'P'))

Description: Trade Discount Price List Lines

1622

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Type of trade
discount calculation

2. Tab: Schema Line - M_DiscountSchemaLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Type of procedure used to calculate

the trade discount percentage

Window: Price List Schema

Comment/Help: Pricelists are created based on Product Purchase and Category Discounts. The parameters listed here allow to copy and calculate pricelists.< BR>
The calculation: < UL> < LI> Copy and convert price from referenced price list < LI> result plus Surcharge Amount < LI> result minus Discount < LI> if resulting
price is less than the original limit price plus min Margin, use this price (only if Margin is not zero) < LI> if resulting price is more than the original limit price plus
max Margin, use this price (only if Margin us not zero) < LI> Round resulting price < /UL> < B> The Formula< /B> is< BR> NewPrice = (Convert(BasePrice) +
Surcharge) * (100-Discount) / 100; < BR> if MinMargin < > 0 then NewPrice = Max (NewPrice, Convert(OrigLimitPrice) + MinMargin); < BR> if MaxMargin
< > 0 then NewPrice = Min (NewPrice, Convert(OrigLimitPrice) + MaxMargin); < BR> < BR> < B> Example:< /B> (assuming same currency)< BR> Original
Prices: List=300, Standard=250, Limit=200; < BR> New List Price: Base=List, Surcharge=0, Discount=0, Round
Tab Level: 1
Table 327.2. Schema Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Discount
Pricelist

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Price List
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema
PL

Active

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

mdiscountschema_mdsline

(Y)

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_DiscountSchemaLine
WHERE
M_DiscountSchema_ID=@M_DiscountSchema_ID@)

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Description

Comment/Help

Line of the pricelist

trade discount schema

For the Pricelist Discount Type,

you enter how the list, standard
and limit price is calculated.

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

cconversiontype_mdiscschline

1623

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Window: Price List Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Conversion
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Business
Partner

Search

Product

Search

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Classification

String

Group1

String

Group2

String

List price
Base

List

List price
min
Margin

Amount

List price
Surcharge
Amount

Amount

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_mdiscountsline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Description

Comment/Help

Date for selecting

conversion rate

The Conversion Date identifies the

date used for currency conversion.
The conversion rate chosen must
include this date in it's date range

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mdiscountsline
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mprodcategory_mdiscountsline

Standard Price Limit

(PO) Price List
Price Fixed Price
Product Cost (L)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Price used as the

basis for price
list calculations

1624

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

The List Price Base indicates the

price to use as the basis for the
calculation of a new price list.

Minimum margin
for a product

The List Price Min Margin

indicates the minimum margin
for a product. The margin is
calculated by subtracting the
original list price from the newly
calculated price. If this field
contains 0.00 then it is ignored.

List Price
Surcharge Amount

The List Price Surcharge Amount

indicates the amount to be added
to the price prior to multiplication.

Window: Price List Schema

Field
Name

Reference

List price
max
Margin

Amount

List price
Discount
%

Number

List price
Rounding

List

Fixed
List Price

Amount

Standard
price Base

List

Standard
price min
Margin

Amount

Standard
price

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Currency Precision
No Rounding
Quarter .25 .50 .75
Dime .10, .20, .30, ...
Nickel .05, .10, .15, ...
Ending in 9/5 Whole
Number .00 Ten
10.00, 20.00, .. (C)

Description

Comment/Help

Maximum margin
for a product

The List Price Max Margin

indicates the maximum margin
for a product. The margin is
calculated by subtracting the
original list price from the newly
calculated price. If this field
contains 0.00 then it is ignored.

Discount from list

price as a percentage

The List Price Discount Percentage

indicates the percentage discount
which will be subtracted from the
base price. A negative amount
indicates the percentage which
will be added to the base price.
The List Price Rounding
indicates how the final
list price will be rounded.

Rounding rule
for final list price

Fixes List Price

(not calculated)
Standard Price Limit
(PO) Price List
Price Fixed Price
Product Cost (S)

Base price for

calculating new
standard price

1625

The Standard Price Base indicates

the price to use as the basis for the
calculation of a new price standard.

Minimum margin
allowed for a product

The Standard Price Min Margin

indicates the minimum margin
for a product. The margin is
calculated by subtracting the
original Standard price from the
newly calculated price. If this field
contains 0.00 then it is ignored.

Amount added to a
price as a surcharge

The Standard Price Surcharge

Amount indicates the amount

Window: Price List Schema

Field
Reference
Name
Surcharge
Amount
Standard
max
Margin

Amount

Standard
price
Discount
%

Number

Standard
price
Rounding

List

Fixed
Standard
Price

Amount

Limit
price Base

List

Limit
price min
Margin

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
to be added to the price
prior to multiplication.

Currency Precision
No Rounding
Quarter .25 .50 .75
Dime .10, .20, .30, ...
Nickel .05, .10, .15, ...
Ending in 9/5 Whole
Number .00 Ten
10.00, 20.00, .. (C)

Maximum margin
allowed for a product

The Standard Price Max Margin

indicates the maximum margin
for a product. The margin is
calculated by subtracting the
original Standard price from the
newly calculated price. If this field
contains 0.00 then it is ignored.

Discount percentage
to subtract
from base price

The Standard Price Discount

Percentage indicates the
percentage discount which
will be subtracted from the
base price. A negative amount
indicates the percentage which
will be added to the base price.
The Standard Price Rounding
indicates how the final
Standard price will be rounded.

Rounding rule for

calculated price

Fixed Standard Price

(not calculated)
Standard Price Limit
(PO) Price List
Price Fixed Price
Product Cost (X)

Base price for

calculation of
the new price
Minimum difference
to original limit
price; ignored if zero

1626

Identifies the price to be used as the

base for calculating a new price list.

Indicates the minimum margin

for a product. The margin is
calculated by subtracting the
original limit price from the newly

Window: Price List Schema

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
calculated price. If this field
contains 0.00 then it is ignored.

Limit price
Surcharge
Amount

Amount

Limit
price max
Margin

Amount

Limit price
Discount
%

Number

Limit price
Rounding

List

Fixed
Limit Price

Amount added to the

converted/copied price
before multiplying

Indicates the amount to be

added to the Limit price
prior to multiplication.

Maximum difference
to original limit
price; ignored if zero

Indicates the maximum margin

for a product. The margin is
calculated by subtracting the
original limit price from the newly
calculated price. If this field
contains 0.00 then it is ignored.

Discount in percent
Indicates the discount in percent to
to be subtracted from be subtracted from base, if negative
base, if negative it will
it will be added to base price
be added to base price
Currency Precision
No Rounding
Quarter .25 .50 .75
Dime .10, .20, .30, ...
Nickel .05, .10, .15, ...
Ending in 9/5 Whole
Number .00 Ten
10.00, 20.00, .. (C)

Rounding of
the final result

Amount

Fixed Limit Price

(not calculated)

1627

A drop down list box which

indicates the rounding (if
any) will apply to the final
prices in this price list.

Chapter 328. Window: Print Color

Description: Maintain Print Color
Comment/Help: Colors used for printing
Created:2002-07-11 18:51:42.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Print Color - AD_PrintColor

[IMAGE]
Description: Maintain Print Color
Comment/Help: Colors used for printing
Tab Level: 0
Table 328.1. Print Color Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Print Color

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1628

Description

Comment/Help

Color used for

printing and display

Colors used for printing and display

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Window: Print Color

Field
Name

Reference

Validation
code

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Validation Code

The Validation Code displays the

date, time and message of the error.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Translation - AD_PrintColor_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Print Color
Tab Level: 1
Table 328.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_PrintColor_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1
ADClient_ADPrintColorTrl

(same as first report)

Organization

Table
Direct

ADOrg_ADPrintColorTrl

(same as first report)

Print Color

Search

ADPrintColor_ADPrintColorTrl

Color used for

printing and display

Language

Table

ADLanguage_ADPrintColorTrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

AD_Language

(see same above)

(see same above)
Colors used for printing and display

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

1629

Chapter 329. Window: Print Font

Description: Maintain Print Font
Comment/Help: Font used for printing
Created:2002-07-11 18:57:07.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Print Font - AD_PrintFont

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Print Font
Comment/Help: Font used for printing
Tab Level: 0
Table 329.1. Print Font Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Print Font

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1630

Description

Comment/Help

Maintain Print Font

Font used for printing

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Window: Print Font

Field
Name

Reference

Validation
code

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1631

Description

Comment/Help

Validation Code

The Validation Code displays the

date, time and message of the error.

Chapter 330. Window: Print Form

Description: Maintain Print Forms (Invoices, Checks, ..) used
Comment/Help: Define the documents you use for this Client/Organnization. Note that the check format is defined in the Bank (Account) Window.< p> The highest
priotity has the Print Format, you define on a Document Type (example specific Export Invoice format). The next level is the set of Print Formats, you defined for
the organziation of the document printed. The default is the set of Print Formats defines for all organizations of the Client (Organization=*).
Created:2001-07-28 19:50:25.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Print Form - AD_PrintForm

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Print Form (Invoices, Checks, ..) information
Comment/Help: The selection determines what Print Format is used to print a particular Form for your Organization.
Tab Level: 0
Table 330.1. Print Form Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Print Form

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Form

adclient_adprintform

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1632

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Print Form

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Order Print
Format

Table

AD_PrintFormat Order

Order
Mail Text

Table

R_MailText

Shipment
Print
Format

Table

Shipment
Mail Text

Table

R_MailText

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

Invoice
Mail Text

Table

Remittance
Print
Format

Table

Remittance
Mail Text

Table

Project
Print
Format

Table

Project
Mail Text

Table

Distribution
Order Print
Format

Table

Distribution
Order
Mail Text

Table

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

adprintformat_formorder

Print Format for

Orders, Quotes, Offers

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

rmailtext_orderadprintform

Email text used

for sending order
acknowledgements
or quotations

Standard email template used

to send acknowledgements
or quotations as attachments.

Print Format
for Shipments,
Receipts, Pick Lists

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

AD_PrintFormat
Shipment
adprintformat_formshipment

R_MailText

Email text used for

Standard email template used to
sending delivery notes send delivery notes as attachments.

rmailtext_shipadprintform

adprintformat_forminvoice

Print Format for

printing Invoices

rmailtext_invoiceadprintform

Email text used for

sending invoices

AD_PrintFormat
Check
adprintformat_formremittance

Print Format for

separate Remittances

R_MailText

Standard email template used

to send invoices as attachments.
You need to define a Print
Format to print the document.

rmailtext_remitadprintform

Email text used for

sending payment
remittances

adprintformat_formproject

Standard Project
Print Format

rmailtext_projectadprintform

Standard text for

Project EMails

Standard text for Project EMails

Print Format
for printing
Distribution Order

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Email text used

for sending
Distribution Order

Standard email template

used to send Manufacturing
Order as attachments.

AD_PrintFormat

R_MailText

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

AD_PrintFormat
Distribution Order distriborderprintformat_adprin
R_MailText
distribordermailtext_adprintfo

1633

Standard email template used to

send remittances as attachments.
Standard Project Print Format

Window: Print Form

Field
Name

Reference

Manufacturing Table
Order Print
Format
Manufacturing Table
Order
Mail Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_PrintFormat
Manufacturing Order
manuforderprintformat_adprintf
R_MailText
manufordermailtext_adprintform

1634

Description

Comment/Help

Print Format
for printing
Manufacturing Order

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Email text used

for sending
Manufacturing Order

Standard email template

used to send Manufacturing
Order as attachments.

Chapter 331. Window: Print Format

Description: Maintain Print Format
Comment/Help: The print format determines how data is rendered for print.
Created:2002-07-11 19:01:44.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Print Format - AD_PrintFormat

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Print Format
Comment/Help: The print format determines how data is rendered for print.
Tab Level: 0
Table 331.1. Print Format Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Data Print Format

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

AD_PrintFormat_UU
String
Print
Format

ID

(0)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1635

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Default

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Table

Table
Direct

adtable_adprintformat

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Report
View

Table
Direct

adprintview_adprintformat

View used to
generate this report

The Report View indicates the

view used to generate this report.

Form

Yes-No
If Selected, a Form is
printed, if not selected
a columnar List report

A form has individual elements

with layout information (example:
invoice, check) A columnar list
report has individual columns
(example: list of invoices)

Table based
List Reporting

Table based columnar list

reporting is invoked from
the Window Report button

Printer paper definition

Printer Paper Size,

Orientation and Margins

Table
Based

Yes-No

Print Paper

Table
Direct

Standard
Header/
Footer

Yes-No

Print Table
Format

Table
Direct

Printer
Name

String

(Y)

adprintpaper_adprintformat
(Y)

The standard Header

and Footer is used
adprintformattable_format

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsForm@=Y

1636

If the standard header is not used,

it must be explicitly defined.

Table Format
in Reports

Print Table Format determines

Fonts, Colors of the printed Table

Name of the Printer

Internal (Operating System)

Name of the Printer; Please mote
that the printer name may be
different on different clients. Enter
a printer name, which applies
to ALL clients (e.g. printer on a
server). < p> If none is entered,
the default printer is used. You
specify your default printer when
you log in. You can also change
the default printer in Preferences.

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Header
Margin

Integer

Footer
Margin

Integer

Print Font

Table
Direct

ad_printfont_adprintformat

Maintain Print Font

Print Color

Table
Direct

adprintcolor_adprintformat

Color used for

printing and display

Jasper
Process

Table AD_Process_JasperReports
jasperprocess_adprintformat

Window

Table
Direct

Classname

String

Copy/
Create

Button

Args

String

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Margin of the Header

in 1/72 of an inch

Distance from the top of

the printable page to the
start of the main content
in 1/72 of an inch (point)

Margin of the Footer

in 1/72 of an inch

Distance from the bottom

of the main content to the
end of the printable page
in 1/72 of an inch (point)
Font used for printing
Colors used for printing and display

The Jasper Process

used by the printengine
if any process defined

adwindow_adprintformat

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

Java Classname

The Classname identifies

the Java classname used
by this report or process.

2. Tab: Display Order - AD_PrintFormatItem

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Display Order of the Print Format Items
Tab Level: 1

3. Tab: Sort Order - AD_PrintFormatItem

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
1637

Window: Print Format

Description: Sort Order of the Print Format Items
Tab Level: 1

4. Tab: Format Item - AD_PrintFormatItem

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Print Format Item
Comment/Help: Item in the print format maintaining layout information. The following additional variables are available when printing: < p> @*Page@ - the
current page number @*PageCount@ - the total number of pages @*MultiPageInfo@ - "Page x of y" - only printed if more than one page @*CopyInfo@ - if
it is a copy of the document "Duplicate" is printed @*ReportName@ - name of the report @*Header@ - Full Header with user/client/org name and connection
@*CurrentDate@ - the print date @*CurrentDateTime@ - the print time < p> The layoit logic for forms is: - if not printed: ignore - set New Line Position - new
page - new line, if something was printed since last new line - format item - print it (if not null/empty selected) (i.e. supress null does not prevent new line)
Where Clause: AD_PrintFormatItem.IsPrinted='Y'
Tab Level: 1
Table 331.2. Format Item Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Graph

Table
Direct

Print
Format
Item

ID

Printed

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Print
Format

Table
Direct

adprintgraph_printformatitem

Description

Comment/Help

Graph included
in Reports

Pie/Line Graph to be
printed in Reports

Item/Column in
the Print format
Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

adprintformat_printformatitem

Data Print Format

1638

Item/Column in the print format

maintaining layout information
The Printed checkbox indicates
if this document or line will
included when printing.

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Sequence

Integer

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_PrintFormatItem
WHERE
AD_PrintFormat_ID=@AD_PrintFormat_ID@)

Description

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String

Print Text

String

Print Label
Suffix

String

Active

Yes-No

Centrally
maintained

Yes-No

Suppress
Null

Yes-No

Suppress
Repeats

Yes-No

Comment/Help

(Y)

(N)

1639

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence
after the field

The Label to be printed

indicates the name that will
be printed on a document or
correspondence after the field.
The max length is 60 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Information
maintained in System
Element table

The Centrally Maintained checkbox

indicates if the Name, Description
and Help maintained in 'System
Element' table or 'Window' table.

Suppress columns
or elements with
NULL value

If a Form entry is NULL and if

selected, the field (including label)
is not printed. If all elements in
a table column are NULL and if
selected, the column is not printed.

Suppress repeated
elements in column.

Determines whether repeated

elements in a column are
repeated in a printed table.

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Format
Type

List

Field Text
Rectangle Line Print
Format Image (F)

Print Format Type

The print format type

determines what will be printed.

Column

Table
Direct

Line
Width

Integer

Format
Pattern

String

Included
Print
Format

Table

Image
Field

Yes-No

Image
attached

Yes-No

Image
URL

URL

Area

List

Content Header
Footer (C)

Print Area

Barcode
Type

List

Code 39 USD3
w/o Checksum
Code 39 linear w/
o Checksum Code
39 3 of 9 linear w/o
Checksum Codeabar
linear Code 128 A

Type of barcode

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_adprintformatitem
Column in the table
(1)

Link to the database

column of the table

Width of the lines

AD_PrintFormat
adprintformat_printformatchild

1640

The pattern
used to format a
number or date.

A string complying with

either Java SimpleDateFormat
or DecimalFormat pattern
syntax used to override the
default presentation format of
a date or number type field.

Print format that

is included here.

Included Print formats allow to

e.g. Lines to Header records. The
Column provides the parent link.

The image is retrieved

from the data column

The Image URL is retrieved

from the data column

The image to be
printed is attached
to the record

The image to be printed is

stored in the database as
attachment to this record. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.
Print area of this item

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The item is
relative positioned
(not absolute)

The relative positioning of

the item is determined by
X-Z space and next line

character set Code 128

B character set Code
128 C character set
Code 39 linear with
Checksum EAN 128
Codabar Monarch
linear Codabar NW-7
linear PDF417 two
dimensional SCC-14
shipping code UCC/
EAN 128 Shipment
ID number UCC/
EAN 128 UCC 128
Codabar USD-4 linear
SSCC-18 number
UCC/EAN 128 Code
39 3 of 9 linear with
Checksum Codabar 2
of 7 linear Code 128
dynamically switching
Global Trade Item No
GTIN UCC/EAN 128
Code 39 USD3 with
Checksum US Postal
Service UCC/EAN
128 EAN 13 UPC-A
Relative
Position

Yes-No

Set NL
Position

Yes-No

(Y)

When enabled, the current x

(horizontal) Position before
printing the item is saved. The
next New Line will use the saved
Set New Line Position
x (horizontal) Position, enabling to
print data in columns. The setting
is not restricted to an area (header,
content, footer), allowing to align

1641

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
information also with Header
and Footer with the Content.

X Position

Integer

Absolute X
(horizontal) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Absolute X (horizontal)
position in 1/72 of an inch

Y Position

Integer

Absolute Y
(vertical) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Absolute Y (vertical)
position in 1/72 of an inch

Next Line

Yes-No

Next Page

Yes-No

Below
Column

Integer

Line
Alignment

List

Field
Alignment

List

X Space

(Y)

Leading (left)
Center None
Trailing (right) (X)

Print item on next line

If not selected, the item is

printed on the same line

The column is printed

on the next page

Before printing this column,

there will be a page break.

Print this column

below the column
index entered

This column is printed in a second

line below the content of the
first line identified. Please be
aware, that this is depends on the
actual sequence. Enter a 1 to add
the info below the first column.

Line Alignment

Default Leading
(left) Block Center
Trailing (right) (D)

For relative positioning,

the line alignment

Field Text Alignment

Alignment of field text. The

default is determined by the data/
display type: Numbers are right
aligned, other data is left aligned

Integer

Relative X
(horizontal) space
in 1/72 of an inch

Relative X (horizontal) space

in 1/72 of an inch in relation to
the end of the previous item.

Y Space

Integer

Relative Y
(vertical) space
in 1/72 of an inch

Relative Y (vertical) space in

1/72 of an inch in relation to
the end of the previous item.

Max
Width

Integer

Maximum Width
in 1/72 if an inch 0 = no restriction

Maximum width of the element

in 1/72 of an inch (point). If zero
(0), there is no width restriction.

1642

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Fixed
Width

Yes-No

Shape
Type

List

Max
Height

Integer

One Line
Only

Yes-No

Fill Shape

Yes-No

Print Color

Table
Direct

adprintcolor_adprintformatitem

Color used for

printing and display

Print Font

Table
Direct

adprintfont_adprintformatitem

Maintain Print Font

Arc
Diameter

Integer

Order by

Yes-No

Record
Sort No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Normal Rectangle
Oval Round Rectangle
3D Rectangle (N)

Description

Comment/Help

Column has
a fixed width

The Column has a fixed width,

independent from the content

Type of the shape

to be painted
Maximum Height
in 1/72 if an inch 0 = no restriction

Maximum height of the element

in 1/72 of an inch (point). If zero
(0), there is no height restriction.

If selected, only
one line is printed

If the column has a width

restriction, the text is
broken into multiple lines.
If One Line is selected,
only the first line is printed.

(Y)

(N)

Fill the shape with

the color selected

(0)

Font used for printing

Arc Diameter for

rounded Rectangles

Width of the horizontal/

vertical diameter of the
arc at the four corners

Include in sort order

The records are ordered by the

value of this column. If a column
is used for grouping, it needs to be
included in the sort order as well.

Determines in what
order the records
are displayed

The Record Sort No indicates

the ascending sort sequence
of the records. If the number
is negative, the records are
sorted descending. Example: A
tab with C_DocType_ID (1),
DocumentNo (-2) will be sorted
ascending by document type
and descending by document

Integer

1643

Colors used for printing and display

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
number (SQL: ORDER BY
C_DocType, DocumentNo DESC)

Descending

Yes-No

Group by

Yes-No

Page break

Yes-No

Calculate
Sum ()

Yes-No

Running
Total

Yes-No

Calculate
Count (#)

Yes-No

Running
Total
Lines

Integer

Calculate
Minimum

Yes-No

(N)

Sort your data

using a SQL Desc
Order By statement
After a group change,
totals, etc. are printed

Grouping allows to print sub-totals.

If a group changes, the totals are
printed. Group by columns need
to be included in the sort order.

Start with new page

Before printing this

item, create a new page

Calculate the
Sum of numeric
content or length

Calculate the Sum () of the data

if the field is numeric, otherwise
total sum length of the field.

Create a running
total (sum)

A running total creates a sum

at the end of a page and on
the top of the next page for all
columns, which have a Sum
function. You should define
running total only once per format.

Count number of
not empty elements

Calculate the total number (#)

of not empty (NULL) elements
(maximum is the number of lines).

Create Running
Total Lines (page
break) every x lines

When you want to print running

totals, enter the number of lines
per page after you want to create
a running total line and page
break. You should define running
total only once per format.

Calculate the
minimum amount

Calculate the Minimum

() of the data if the field
is numeric, otherwise
minimum length of the field.

(20)

()

1644

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Calculate
Maximum
(?)

Yes-No

Calculate
Mean ()

Yes-No

Calculate
Variance
(#)

Yes-No

Calculate
Deviation

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Calculate the
maximum amount

() of the data if the field

is numeric, otherwise
maximum length of the field.

Calculate the Maximum

()

Calculate Average
of numeric
content or length

Calculate the Mean () of the

data if the field is numeric,
otherwise calculate the
average length of the field.

Calculate Variance

The Variance (#) is the a

measure of dispersion - used in
combination with the Mean ()

Calculate Standard
Deviation

The Standard Deviation () is the

a measure of dispersion - used in
combination with the Mean ()

5. Tab: Item Translation - AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Print Format Translation
LinkColumn: Print Format Item
Tab Level: 2
Table 331.3. Item Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Print
Format
Item

Table
Direct

Item/Column in
the Print format

adprintformatitem_trl

1645

Comment/Help

Item/Column in the print format

maintaining layout information

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Language

Table

AD_Language

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adlanguage_adprintformitemtrl
Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Print Text

String

Print Label
Suffix

String

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence
after the field

The Label to be printed

indicates the name that will
be printed on a document or
correspondence after the field.
The max length is 60 characters.

Description

Comment/Help

Graph included
in Reports

Pie/Line Graph to be
printed in Reports

6. Tab: Graph - AD_PrintGraph

[IMAGE]
Description: Define Graph to be included
Tab Level: 2
Table 331.4. Graph Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Graph

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1646

Window: Print Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Print
Format

Table
Direct

(0)

Name

String

adprintformat_adprintgraph

Description

Comment/Help

Data Print Format

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Graph
Type

List

Pie Chart Line

Chart Bar Chart

Type of graph
to be painted

Type of graph to be painted

Description
Column

Table

AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_PrintGraph.AD_PrintFormat_ID=@AD_PrintFormat_ID@
Description Column
adprintformatitem_graphdescr
for Pie/Line/Bar Charts

Data
Column

Table

AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_PrintGraph.AD_PrintFormat_ID=@AD_PrintFormat_ID@
Data Column for
adprintformatitem_graphdata
Pie and Line Charts

Data
Column 2

Table

AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_PrintGraph.AD_PrintFormat_ID=@AD_PrintFormat_ID@
Data Column
adprintformatitem_graphdata1
for Line Charts

Additional Graph Data

Column for Line/Bar Charts

Data
Column 3

Table

AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_PrintGraph.AD_PrintFormat_ID=@AD_PrintFormat_ID@
Data Column
adprintformatitem_graphdata2
for Line Charts

Additional Graph Data

Column for Line/Bar Charts

Data
Column 4

Table

AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_PrintGraph.AD_PrintFormat_ID=@AD_PrintFormat_ID@
Data Column
adprintformatitem_graphdata3
for Line Charts

Additional Graph Data

Column for Line/Bar Charts

Data
Column 5

Table

AD_PrintFormatItem
AD_PrintGraph.AD_PrintFormat_ID=@AD_PrintFormat_ID@
Data Column
adprintformatitem_graphdata4
for Line Charts

Additional Graph Data

Column for Line/Bar Charts

1647

Graph Description Column

for Pie and Line/Bar Charts
Graph Data Column for
Pie and Line/Bar Charts

Window: Print Format

7. Tab: Translate - AD_PrintFormat_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Print Format
Tab Level: 1
Table 331.5. Translate Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_PrintFormat_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Print
Format

Table
Direct

(0)

Language

Table

AD_Language

Name

adprintformat_trl

Data Print Format

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

adlanguage_adprintformtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

1648

Chapter 332. Window: Print Label

Description: Print Label Format
Comment/Help: Maintain Format to print Labels
Created:2003-05-28 21:46:04.0
Updated:2005-07-25 12:34:40.0

1. Tab: Label - AD_PrintLabel

[IMAGE]
Description: Print Label
Comment/Help: Maintain the Format for printing Labels
Tab Level: 0
Table 332.1. Label Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Print Label

ID

Label Format to print

Format for printing Labels

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
1649

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Print Label

Field
Name

Reference

Table

Table
Direct

Label
printer

Table
Direct

Printer
Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adtable_adprintlabel

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

adlabelprinter_printlabel

Label Printer
Definition

Name of the Printer

Landscape

Yes-No

Label
Height

Integer

Label
Width

Integer

Internal (Operating System)

Name of the Printer; Please mote
that the printer name may be
different on different clients. Enter
a printer name, which applies
to ALL clients (e.g. printer on a
server). < p> If none is entered,
the default printer is used. You
specify your default printer when
you log in. You can also change
the default printer in Preferences.

Landscape orientation
Height of the label
Width of the Label

Physical height of the label

Physical Width of the Label

2. Tab: Line - AD_PrintLabelLine

[IMAGE]
Description: Print Label Line
Comment/Help: Maintain Format of the line on a Label
Tab Level: 1
Table 332.2. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Print
Label Line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1650

Description

Comment/Help

Print Label
Line Format

Format of the line on a Label

Window: Print Label

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Print Label

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

Name

String

adprintlabel_adprintlabelline

Description

Label Format to print

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Comment/Help

Format for printing Labels

The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Label
Format
Type

List

Text Field (F)

Print Text

String

Column

Table
Direct

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_adprintlabelline
Column in the table

X Position

Integer

Absolute X
(horizontal) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Absolute X (horizontal)
position in 1/72 of an inch

Y Position

Integer

Absolute Y
(vertical) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Absolute Y (vertical)
position in 1/72 of an inch

Label
printer
Function

Table
Direct

Label Format Type

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

AD_LabelPrinterFunction.AD_LabelPrinter_ID=@AD_LabelPrinter_ID@
Function of
adlabelprintfunc_labelline
Label Printer

1651

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.
Link to the database
column of the table

Window: Print Label

3. Tab: Translation - AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl

[IMAGE]
Description: Print Label Line Translation
Comment/Help: Maintain the translation for Label Line formats
LinkColumn: Print Label Line
Tab Level: 3
Table 332.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Print
Label Line

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Print Text

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adprintlabelline_trl

Print Label
Line Format

adlanguage_adplabellinetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

AD_Language

(Y)

1652

Format of the line on a Label

Chapter 333. Window: Print Paper

Description: Maintain Print Paper
Comment/Help: Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins
Created:2002-07-11 19:15:33.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Print Paper - AD_PrintPaper

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Print Paper
Comment/Help: Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins. The Validation Code contains the Media Size name. The names of the media sizes correspond to those
in the IPP 1.1 RFC 2911 - http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2911.txt If the name is not found, the SizeX/Y with the dimension is used. Size and dimension are ignored,
if a valid media size name is used.
Tab Level: 0
Table 333.1. Print Paper Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Print Paper

ID

Printer paper definition

Printer Paper Size,

Orientation and Margins

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1653

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Print Paper

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Landscape

Yes-No

(Y)

Landscape orientation

Validation
code

String

(iso-a4)

Dimension
Units

List

MM Inch

Size X

Number

X (horizontal)
dimension size

Size of X (horizontal)
dimension in Units

Size Y

Number

Y (vertical)
dimension size

Size of Y (vertical)
dimension in Units

Top
Margin

Integer

(36)

Bottom
Margin

Integer

(36)

Left
Margin

Integer

(36)

Right
Margin

Integer

(36)

Set Print
Format

Button

Validation Code

The Validation Code displays the

date, time and message of the error.

Units of Dimension

Top Space in 1/72 inch

1654

Space on top of a page in 1/72 inch

Bottom Space
in 1/72 inch

Space on bottom of
a page in 1/72 inch

Left Space in 1/72 inch

Space on left side of

a page in 1/72 inch

Right Space
in 1/72 inch

Space on right side

of a page in 1/72 inch

Chapter 334. Window: Print Table Format

Description: Define Report Table Format
Comment/Help: The Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed. Please note that the Report Table FOrmat is cached to improve performance.
Created:2002-08-24 16:57:43.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Print Table Format - AD_PrintTableFormat

[IMAGE]
Description: Define Report Table Format
Comment/Help: The Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed. If you leave the entries empty, the default colors and fonts are used: Fonts
are based on the Font used in the Report; Page Header and Table Header will be bold, the Function Font is Bold-Italic, the Footer Font is two points smaller,
the Parameter Font is Italic.
Tab Level: 0
Table 334.1. Print Table Format Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Print Table
Format

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ID

Table Format
in Reports

Print Table Format determines

Fonts, Colors of the printed Table

Footer
Center

String

Content of the center

portion of the footer.

Footer Left

String

Content of the left

portion of the footer.

Header
Right

String

Content of the right

portion of the header.

Header
Center

String

Content of the center

portion of the header.

Header
Left

String

Content of the left

portion of the header.
1655

Window: Print Table Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Footer
Right

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Content of the right

portion of the footer.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Comment/Help

(Y)

Header
Row Color

Table

AD_PrintColor

Header
Row BG
Color

Table

AD_PrintColor

Header
Row Font

Table

AD_PrintFont

Multi Line
Header

Yes-No

(N)

Paint
Header
Lines

Yes-No

(Y)

Header
Line Color

Table

AD_PrintColor

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

adprintcolor_tablehdrtextfg

Foreground color if
the table header row

adprintcolor_tablehdrtextbg

Background color
of header row

adprintfont_tablehdr

Header row Font

1656

Table header row foreground color

Table header row background color

Font of the table header row

Print column
headers on mutliple
lines if necessary.

If selected, column header text

will wrap onto the next line -otherwise the text will be truncated.

Paint Lines over/

under the Header Line

If selected, a line is painted

above and below the header line
using the stroke information

Table header
row line color

adprintcolor_tablehdrline

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Color of the table header row lines

Window: Print Table Format

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Header
Stroke
Type

List

Solid Line Dashed

Line Dash-Dotted
Line Dotted Line (S)

Header
Stroke

Number

(2)

Paint
Vertical
Lines

Yes-No

Paint
Horizontal
Lines

Yes-No

Paint
Boundary
Lines

Yes-No

Line Color

Table

AD_PrintColor

Line
Stroke
Type

List

Solid Line Dashed

Line Dash-Dotted
Line Dotted Line (S)

Line
Stroke

Number

(1)

Print
Function
Symbols

Yes-No

Function
Color

Table

AD_PrintColor

Function
BG Color

Table

AD_PrintColor

Function
Font

Table

AD_PrintFont

Image
attached

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Type of the Header

Line Stroke
Width of the
Header Line Stroke

Comment/Help
Type of the line printed

The width of the header line

stroke (line thickness) in Points.
Paint vertical table lines

Paint vertical lines

Paint horizontal table lines
Paint horizontal lines

Paint table
boundary lines
adprintcolor_tableline

Paint lines around table

Table line color

Type of the
Line Stroke

Type of the line printed

Width of the
Line Stroke

The width of the line stroke

(line thickness) in Points.

Print Symbols for

Functions (Sum,
Average, Count)

If selected, print symbols

- otherwise print
names of the function

adprintcolor_tablefunctfg

Function
Foreground Color

Foreground color of a function row

adprintcolor_tablefunctbg

Function
Background Color

Background color of a function row

adprintfont_tableformatfunc

Function row Font

The image to be
printed is attached
to the record

1657

Font of the function row

The image to be printed is
stored in the database as
attachment to this record. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Window: Print Table Format

Field
Name

Reference

Image
URL

URL

Image

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adimage_adprinttableformat

1658

Description

Comment/Help

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Image or Icon

Images and Icon can be used to

display supported graphic formats
(gif, jpg, png). You can either load
the image (in the database) or point
to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can
point to a resource, http address)

Chapter 335. Window: Process Audit

Description: Audit process use
Comment/Help: Process Instance Information
Created:2004-06-15 09:33:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Process Audit - AD_PInstance

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Audit Process use
Tab Level: 0
Table 335.1. Process Audit Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_PInstance_UUString
Process
Instance

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Updated

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Process

Table
Direct

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Instance of the process

adprocess_adpinstance

1659

Window: Process Audit

Field
Name

Reference

Record ID

Integer

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Error Msg

String

Result

Integer

Processing

Yes-No

Run as Job

Yes-No

(N)

Notification
Type

List

EMail+Notice
EMail None Notice

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aduser_pinstance

Description

Comment/Help

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

2. Tab: Parameter Audit - AD_PInstance_Para

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Audit Process Parameter Values
Tab Level: 1
Table 335.2. Parameter Audit Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

1660

Window: Process Audit

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Process
Instance

Table
Direct

Sequence

ID

Parameter
Name

String

Info

String

Info To

String

Process
String

String

Process
String To

String

Process
Date

Date
+Time

Process Parameter

Process
Date To

Date
+Time

Process Parameter

Process
Number

Number

Process
Number
To

Number

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
adpinstance_adpinstancepara

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Instance of the process

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Information

Process Parameter
Process Parameter

Process Parameter

Process Parameter

3. Tab: Log - AD_PInstance_Log

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Process Log
Tab Level: 1
1661

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

The Information displays data

from the source document line.

Window: Process Audit

Table 335.3. Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Instance

Table
Direct

Log

ID

Process ID

ID

Process
Date

Date

Process
Number

Number

Process
Message

String

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adpinstance_pilog

Description

Comment/Help

Instance of the process

Process Parameter
Process Parameter

adtable_adpinstancelog

1662

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Chapter 336. Window: Product

Description: Maintain Products
Comment/Help: The Product Window defines all products used by an organization. These products include those sold to customers, used in the manufacture of
products sold to customers and products purchased by an organization.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2005-07-24 13:06:42.0

1. Tab: Product - M_Product

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Product
Comment/Help: The Product Tab defines each product and identifies it for use in price lists and orders. The Location is the default location when receiving the
stored product.
Tab Level: 0
Table 336.1. Product Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Product

ID

Revenue
Recognition

Table
Direct

Standard
Cost

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

crevrecognition_mproduct

Description

Comment/Help

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Standard Costs

UnitsPerPack Integer

The Units Per Pack

indicates the no of
units of a product
packed together.

M_Product_UU String
1663

Standard (plan) costs.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Low Level

Integer

(0)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Version
No

String

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Document
Note

Text

UPC/EAN

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The Low Level is

used to calculate
the material plan
and determines if
a net requirement
should be exploited
adclient_mproduct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_org_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

(see same above)

(same as first report)

Version Number
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

1664

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Optional short
description
of the record

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies

Window: Product
Field
Name

SKU

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

superset European
Article Number)

(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,

Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Classification

String

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
ctaxcategory_mproduct
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

UOM

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Company
Agent

Description

Table

(Y)

M_Product Category

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
mproduct_mproductcategory
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

cuom_mproduct

Unit of Measure

AD_User - SalesRep
Sales Representative
or Company Agent

salesrep_mproduct

1665

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Product
Type

List

Item Service Resource

Expense type
Online Asset (I)

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

rmailtext_mproduct

Weight

Volume

Description

Comment/Help

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Amount

Amount

Own Box

Yes-No

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

(N)
mfreightcategory_mproduct

1666

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Stocked

Yes-No

(Y)

Manufactured Yes-No
Phantom

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

(N)

This product is
manufactured

(N)
Phantom Component

Kanban
controlled

Yes-No

(N)

Part Type

Table
Direct

mparttype_mproduct

Locator

Locator
(WH)

mlocator_mproduct

Shelf
Width

Integer

Shelf
Height

Amount

Shelf
Depth

Integer

Units Per
Pallet

Costs
+Prices

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

(N)

Phantom Component are not

stored and produced with the
product. This is an option to avild
maintaining an Engineering and
Manufacturing Bill of Materials.

This part is
Kanban controlled

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

1667

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Shelf width required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf height required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Shelf depth required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Bill of Materials

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Verified

Yes-No

(N)

Verify
BOM
Structure

Button

Print detail
records on
invoice

Yes-No

Print detail
records on
pick list

Yes-No

Purchased

Yes-No

(Y)

Sold

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The BOM
configuration
has been verified

The Verified check box indicates

if the configuration of this
product has been verified.
This is used for products that
consist of a bill of materials

Print detail BOM

elements on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Organization
purchases this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

(N)

Discontinued Yes-No

Discontinued
At

Date

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

Expense
Type

Table
Direct

sexpensetype_mproduct

Expense report type

Resource

Table
Direct

sresource_mproduct

Resource

Exclude
Auto
Delivery

Yes-No

(N)

Exclude from
automatic Delivery
1668

The product is excluded from

generating Shipments. This allows
manual creation of shipments for

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
high demand items. If selected,
you need to create the shipment
manually. But, the item is always
included, when the delivery rule
of the Order is Force (e.g. for
POS). This allows finer granularity
of the Delivery Rule Manual.

Image
URL

URL

Subscription
Type

Table
Direct

Description
URL

URL

Guarantee
Days

Integer

If the value is 0, there is no

Number of days
limit to the availability or
the product is
guarantee, otherwise the guarantee
guaranteed or available
date is calculated by adding
the days to the delivery date.

Min
Guarantee
Days

Integer
Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct
mattributeset_mproduct

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

mattrsetinst_mproduct

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

csubscriptiontype_mproduct

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Type of subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

URL for the

description

1669

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Copy from
product

Button

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Group1

String

Group2

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Copy From Record

Comment/Help
Copy From Record

If selected, the
product is displayed
in the initial or
any empty search

In the display of products in

the Web Store, the product is
displayed in the initial view or
if no search criteria are entered.
To be displayed, the product
must be in the price list used.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

(Y)

2. Tab: BOM - PP_Product_BOM

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Bill of Material product lines
Comment/Help: The Bill of Materials tab defines those products that are generated from other products. A Bill of Material (BOM) is one or more Products or
BOMs. Available Quantity: - Stored BOMs have to be created via "Production" - The available quantity of a non-stored BOMs is dynamically calculated - The
attribute "Stored" is defined in the "Product" tab Price: - BOMs must be listed in Pricelists - If the price is 0.00, the price is dynamically calculated Printing: Usually, only the BOM information is printed - For invoices, delivery slips and pick lists, you have the option to print the details - In the details, the quantity is
listed - and the price, if this is dynamically calculated
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1

1670

Window: Product
Table 336.2. BOM Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Button

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Search
Key

String

UOM

Table
Direct

Name

Text

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
mproduct_ppproductbom
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.eevolution.model.CalloutBOM.getdefaults
Product Attribute
Set Instance

mattributesetinstance_ppproduc

(same as first report)

cuom_ppproductbom

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
(see same above)

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

1671

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Change
Notice

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Revision

String

Valid from

Date

Valid to

Date

BOM
Type

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Bill of Materials
(Engineering) Change
Notice (Version)

mchangenotice_ppproductbom

(@#Date@)

Product Configure
Future Previous
Maintenance Current
Active Make-ToOrder Repair Previous,
Spare Make-To-Kit (A)

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range
The type of Bills of Materials
determines the state

Type of BOM

1672

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

BOM Use

List

Master Manufacturing
Planning Quality
Engineering (M)

BOM %26
Formula

ID

Copy
BOM
Lines
From

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

The use of the

Bill of Material

Comment/Help
By default the Master BOM is used,
if the alternatives are not defined

BOM %26 Formula

Copy From Record
Copy From Record

3. Tab: Components - PP_Product_BOMLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Components
Comment/Help: Components of Bill fo Material
LinkColumn: BOM %26 Formula
Tab Level: 2
Table 336.3. Components Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_ORG_ID@)

BOM Line

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
BOM Line

Client
Line No

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM

Unique line for

this document
1673

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The BOM Line is a

unique identifier for a
BOM line in an BOM.
(see same above)
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

PP_Product_BOMLine
WHERE
PP_Product_BOM_ID=@PP_Product_BOM_ID@)
Product

Search

Component
Type

List

UOM

Table
Direct

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Callout:
mproduct_ppproductbomline
org.eevolution.model.CalloutBOM.parent
Product, Service, Item
Component Phantom
Planning Tools
Option By-Product
Packing Variant
Co-Product (CO)

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Component Type
for a Bill of
Material or Formula

The Component Type can be: 1.By Product: Define a By Product

as Component into BOM 2.Component: Define a normal
Component into BOM 3.- Option:
Define an Option for Product
Configure BOM 4.- Phantom:
Define a Phantom as Component
into BOM 5.- Packing: Define a
Packing as Component into BOM
6.- Planning : Define Planning as
Component into BOM 7.- Tools:
Define Tools as Component into
BOM 8.- Variant: Define Variant
for Product Configure BOM

cuom_ppproductbomline

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

mattributesetinstance_ppprodbl

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Optional short
description
of the record

1674

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Change
Notice

Table
Direct

Valid from

Date

Valid to

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mchangenotice_ppproductbomline
(@#Date@)

Description

Comment/Help

Bill of Materials
(Engineering) Change
Notice (Version)
Valid from including
this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Is Qty
Percentage

Yes-No

Indicate that this

component is based
in % Quantity

Indicate that this component

is based in % Quantity

Is Critical
Component

Yes-No

Indicate that a
Manufacturing Order
can not begin without
have this component

Indicate that a Manufacturing

Order can not begin without
have this component

Quantity
in %

Number

Exist two way the add a compenent

to a BOM or Formula: 1.- Adding
a Component based in quantity
Indicate the Quantity
to use in this BOM 2.- Adding a
% use in this Formula
Component based in % to use the
Order Quantity of Manufacturing
Order in this Formula.

Quantity

Number
Indicate the Quantity
use in this BOM

Exist two way the add a compenent

to a BOM or Formula: 1.- Adding
a Component based in quantity
to use in this BOM 2.- Adding a
Component based in % to use the
Order Quantity of Manufacturing
Order in this Formula.

(N)

Scrap %

Number

Indicate the Scrap

% for calculate
the Scrap Quantity

Scrap is useful to determinate

a rigth Standard Cost and
management a good supply.

Quantity
Assay

Quantity

Indicated the Quantity

Assay to use into
Quality Order

Indicated the Quantity Assay

to use into Quality Order

1675

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Issue
Method

List

Issue Floor Stock

Backflush (1)

Backflush
Group

String

Lead Time
Offset

Integer

Optional Lead
Time offset before
starting production

Optional Lead Time offset

before starting production

Feature

String

Indicated the Feature

for Product Configure

Indicated the Feature

for Product Configure

Forecast

Quantity

Indicated the % of
participation this
component into a of
the BOM Planning

The BOM of Planning Type are

useful to Planning the Product
family. For example is possible
create a BOM Planning for an
Automobile 10% Automobile
Red 35% Automobile Blue
45% Automobile Black 19%
Automobile Green 1% Automobile
Orange When Material Plan
is calculated MRP generate a
Manufacturing Order meet to
demand to each of the Automobile

BOM %26
Formula

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Method Issue: The component

are delivered one for one and is
necessary indicate the delivered
quantity for each component.
There are two
Method BackFlush: The component
methods for issue
are delivered based in BOM,
the components to
The delivered quantity for each
Manufacturing Order
component is based in BOM
or Formula and Manufacturing
Order Quantity. Use the field
Backflush Group for grouping the
component in a Backflush Method.
The Grouping
Components to
the Backflush

Search

Comment/Help

ppproductbom_ppproductbomline

1676

BOM %26 Formula

When the components are deliver

is possible to indicated The
Backflush Group this way you
only can deliver the components
that are for this Backflush Group.

Window: Product

4. Tab: Bill of Materials - M_Product_BOM

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Bill of Material product lines
Comment/Help: The Bill of Materials tab defines those products that are generated from other products. A Bill of Material (BOM) is one or more Products or
BOMs. Available Quantity: - Stored BOMs have to be created via "Production" - The available quantity of a non-stored BOMs is dynamically calculated - The
attribute "Stored" is defined in the "Product" tab Price: - BOMs must be listed in Pricelists - If the price is 0.00, the price is dynamically calculated Printing: Usually, only the BOM information is printed - For invoices, delivery slips and pick lists, you have the option to print the details - In the details, the quantity is
listed - and the price, if this is dynamically calculated
Display Logic: @IsBOM@='Y'
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.4. Bill of Materials Fields
Field
Name

Reference

BOM Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

Line No

Integer

Active

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mproductbom
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_Product_BOM
WHERE
M_Product_ID=@M_Product_ID@)

Yes-No

Description

Unique line for

this document

(Y)

(same as first report)

1677

Comment/Help

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

(see same above)

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

BOM
Type

List

BOM
Product

Search

BOM
Quantity

Quantity

Part Type

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

Standard
Cost

Amount

Std Cost
Amount
Sum

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

In alternative Group 5
In alternative Group 6
In alternative Group
8 In alternative
Group 9 Standard
Part Optional Part In
alternative Group 2 In
alternaltve Group 3 In
alternative Group 7 In
alternative Group 1 In
alternative Group 4 (P)
M_Product
(no summary)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The type of Bills of Materials
determines the state

Type of BOM

mproduct_bomproduct

(1)

Bill of Material
Component Product

The BOM Product identifies

an element that is part
of this Bill of Materials.

Bill of Materials
Quantity

The BOM Quantity indicates

the quantity of the product in its
Unit of Measure (multiplication)

(same as first report)

Bill of Materials

Standard Costs

Standard Cost Invoice

Amount Sum (internal)

1678

(see same above)

The Bill of Materials check
box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.
Standard (plan) costs.
Current cumulative amount
for calculating the standard
cost difference based on
(actual) invoice price

Window: Product

5. Tab: Substitute - M_Substitute

[IMAGE]
Description: Define Substitute
Comment/Help: The Substitute Tab defines products which may be used as a replacement for the selected product.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.5. Substitute Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Product

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

m_substitute_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

m_substitute_org

mproduct_substitute

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Search

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Substitute

Search

M_Product
(no summary)

Comment/Help

mproduct_substitutesub

M_Substitute_UUString
1679

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Entity which can

be used in place
of this entity

The Substitute identifies

the entity to be used as a
substitute for this entity.

Window: Product

6. Tab: Related - M_RelatedProduct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Related Product
Comment/Help: Related Product - e.g. for promotions
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.6. Related Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

Name

String

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mrelated_product
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Related
Product
Type

List

Web Promotion
Alternative
Supplemental

Related
Product

Search

M_Product
(no summary)

mproduct_mrelatedproduct

1680

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Related Product

M_RelatedProduct_UU
String

Comment/Help

Window: Product

7. Tab: Replenish - M_Replenish

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Product Replenishment
Comment/Help: The Replenishment Tab defines the type of replenishment quantities. This is used for automated ordering. If you select a custom replenishment
type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.7. Replenish Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

m_product_replenish
Warehouse

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

m_warehouse_replenish

Locator

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Replenish
Type

List

Manual Reorder below

Minimum Level
Custom Maintain
Maximum Level

Description

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@
mlocator_mreplenish
Warehouse Locator

1681

Comment/Help

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
The Locator indicates where in a
Warehouse a product is located.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Method for reordering a product

The Replenish Type indicates if

this product will be manually reordered, ordered when the quantity
is below the minimum quantity
or ordered when it is below the
maximum quantity. If you select
a custom replenishment type, you

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
need to create a class implementing
org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface
and set that on warehouse level.

Minimum
Level

Amount

Maximum
Level

Amount

Source
Warehouse

Table

Qty Batch
Size

Quantity

M_Warehouse
mwarehousesource_mreplenish
of Client

Minimum Inventory
level for this product

Indicates the minimum

quantity of this product to
be stocked in inventory.

Maximum Inventory
level for this product

Indicates the maximum

quantity of this product to
be stocked in inventory.

Optional Warehouse
to replenish from

If defined, the warehouse selected

is used to replenish the product(s)

M_Replenish_UUString

8. Tab: Purchasing - M_Product_PO

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Purchasing
Comment/Help: The Purchasing Tab define the pricing and rules ( pack quantity, UPC, minimum order quantity) for each product.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.8. Purchasing Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

m_productpo_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

m_productpo_org

1682

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Product

Search

(@M_Product_ID@)
m_product_productpo

Business
Partner

Search

Quality
Rating

Integer

Active

Yes-No

Current
vendor

Yes-No

UPC/EAN

String

Currency

Table
Direct

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Price
effective

Date

PO Price

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
c_buspartner_m_product_po
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Method for
rating vendors

The Quality Rating indicates

how a vendor is rated (higher
number = higher quality)

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

Use this Vendor

for pricing and
stock replenishment

The Current Vendor indicates

if prices are used and Product
is reordered from this vendor

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Effective Date of Price

The Price Effective indicates

the date this price is for. This
allows you to enter future prices
for products which will become
effective when appropriate.

Price based on a
purchase order

The PO Price indicates the price for

a product per the purchase order.

ccurrency_mproductpo

Costs
+Prices
1683

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Royalty
Amount

Amount

(Included) Amount
for copyright, etc.

Last PO
Price

Costs
+Prices

Price of the last

purchase order
for the product

The Last PO Price indicates

the last price paid (per the
purchase order) for this product.

Last
Invoice
Price

Costs
+Prices

Price of the last

invoice for the product

The Last Invoice Price indicates

the last price paid (per the
invoice) for this product.

UOM

Table
Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Minimum
Order Qty

Quantity

Minimum order
quantity in UOM

The Minimum Order Quantity

indicates the smallest quantity of
this product which can be ordered.

Order
Pack Qty

Quantity

Package order
size in UOM (e.g.
order set of 5 units)

The Order Pack Quantity

indicates the number of units
in each pack of this product.

Promised
Delivery
Time

Integer
Promised days between
order and delivery

The Promised Delivery Time

indicates the number of days
between the order date and the
date that delivery was promised.

Actual
Delivery
Time

Integer
Actual days between
order and delivery

The Actual Delivery Time

indicates the number of days
elapsed between placing an order
and the delivery of the order

Cost per
Order

Costs
+Prices

Fixed Cost Per Order

The Cost Per Order indicates

the fixed charge levied when an
order for this product is placed.

Partner
Product
Key

String

Product Key of the

Business Partner

The Business Partner Product Key

identifies the number used by the
Business Partner for this product.
It can be printed on orders and
invoices when you include the
Product Key in the print format.

c_uom_m_product_po

Description

(@Value@)

1684

Comment/Help

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Category

String

Manufacturer

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Discontinued Yes-No

Discontinued
At

Date

Description

Comment/Help

Product Category of
the Business Partner

The Business Partner Category

identifies the category used by the
Business Partner for this product.

Manufacturer
of the Product

The manufacturer of the Product

(used if different from the
Business Partner / Vendor)

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

M_Product_PO_UUString

9. Tab: Business Partner - C_BPartner_Product

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Business Partner specific Information of a Product
Comment/Help: Note that some information is for reference only! The
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.9. Business Partner Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1685

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

mproduct_cbpproduct
Business
Partner

Search

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Partner
Product
Key

String

Partner
Category

String

Manufacturer

String

Quality
Rating

Number

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

Min Shelf
Life Days

Integer

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cbpproduct
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

(Y)

1686

Identifies a
Business Partner

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Product Key of the

Business Partner

The Business Partner Product Key

identifies the number used by the
Business Partner for this product.
It can be printed on orders and
invoices when you include the
Product Key in the print format.

Product Category of
the Business Partner

The Business Partner Category

identifies the category used by the
Business Partner for this product.

Manufacturer
of the Product

The manufacturer of the Product

(used if different from the
Business Partner / Vendor)

Method for
rating vendors

The Quality Rating indicates

how a vendor is rated (higher
number = higher quality)

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Minimum Shelf Life

in days based on

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Is
Yes-No
Manufacturer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Product Instance
Guarantee Date

If > 0 you cannot select

products with a shelf life less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Indicate role of this

Business partner
as Manufacturer

C_BPartner_Product_UU
String

10. Tab: Price - M_ProductPrice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Product Pricing
Comment/Help: The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a product is contained in.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.10. Price Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mproductprice
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

mpricelistver_mproductprice

1687

Comment/Help

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
Each Price List can have multiple
versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Standard
Price

Costs
+Prices

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

M_ProductPrice_UUString

11. Tab: Download - M_ProductDownload

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Product Downloads
Comment/Help: Define downloads for a product. If the product is an asset, the user can download the data.
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.11. Download Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product
Download

ID
Product downloads

Define download for a product.

If the product is an asset, the
user can download the data.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mproductdownload
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
1688

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Download
URL

URL

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

URL of the
Download files

Semicolon separated list of URLs

to be downloaded or distributed

12. Tab: Accounting - M_Product_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Accounting Parameters
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this product.
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.12. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

m_product_m_product_acct

cacctschema_mproductacct

(Y)
1689

Description

Comment/Help

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Product
Asset

Account

Product
Expense

Account

Cost
Account
Adjustment
Inventory
Clearing

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_passet_mproduct

Account for Product

Asset (Inventory)

The Product Asset Account

indicates the account used for
valuing this a product in inventory.

vc_pexpense_mproduct

Account for
Product Expense

The Product Expense

Account indicates the account
used to record expenses
associated with this product.

pcostadjustment_mproductacct

Product Cost
Adjustment Account

Account used for posting product

cost adjustments (e.g. landed costs)

pinventoryclearing_mproductacc

Product Inventory
Clearing Account

Account used for posting matched

product (item) expenses (e.g. AP
Invoice, Invoice Match). You
would use a different account
then Product Expense, if you want
to differentiate service related
costs from item related costs. The
balance on the clearing account
should be zero and accounts for
the timing difference between
invoice receipt and matching.

vc_pcogs_mproduct

Account for Cost

of Goods Sold

The Product COGS Account

indicates the account used
when recording costs
associated with this product.

vc_prevenue_mproduct

Account for
Product Revenue
(Sales Account)

The Product Revenue

Account indicates the account
used for recording sales
revenue for this product.

Account

Product
COGS

Account

Product
Revenue

Account

Purchase
Price
Variance

Account

Invoice
Price
Variance

Account

The Purchase Price Variance is

Difference between
used in Standard Costing. It reflects
Standard Cost and
the difference between the Standard
Purchase Price (PPV)
Cost and the Purchase Order Price.

vc_ppurchasepv_mproduct

Difference between
Costs and Invoice
Price (IPV)

vc_pinvoicepv_mproduct

1690

The Invoice Price Variance is used

reflects the difference between the
current Costs and the Invoice Price.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Trade
Discount
Received

Account

Trade
Discount
Granted

Account

Rate
Variance

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_ptdiscountrec_mproduct

Trade Discount
Receivable Account

The Trade Discount Receivables

Account indicates the
account for received trade
discounts in vendor invoices

vc_ptdiscountgrant_mproduct

Trade Discount
Granted Account

The Trade Discount Granted

Account indicates the
account for granted trade
discount in sales invoices

The Rate Variance

account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

The Rate Variance is used in

Standard Costing. It reflects the
difference between the Standard
Cost Rates and The Cost Rates
of Manufacturing Order. If
you change the Standard Rates
then this variance is generate.

pratevariance_mproductacct

Average
Cost
Variance

Account

Work In
Process

Account

Landed
Cost
Clearing

Account

Floor
Stock

paveragecostvariance_mproducta

The Average Cost Variance is used

in weighted average costing to
Average Cost Variance
reflect differences when posting
costs for negative inventory.
The Work in
Process account is
the account used
Manufacturing Order

pwip_mproductacct

plandedcostclearingvc_mprodacc

Product Landed Cost

Clearing Account

Account used for posting of

estimated and actual landed
cost amount. The balance on
the clearing account should be
zero and accounts for the timing
difference between material
receipt and landed cost invoice.

pfloorstock_mproductacct

The Floor Stock

account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

The Floor Stock is used for

accounting the component with
Issue method is set Floor stock
into Bill of Material %26 Formula
Window. The components with
Issue Method defined as Floor

Account

1691

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
stock is acounting next way:
Debit Floor Stock Account
Credit Work in Process Account

Method
Change
Variance

Account

pmethodchangevariance_mproduct

Usage
Variance

Account

The Usage Variance is used in

Standard Costing. It reflects the
difference between the Quantities
of Standard BOM or Time Standard
The Usage Variance
Manufacturing Workflow and
account is the
Quantities of Manufacturing
account used
BOM or Time Manufacturing
Manufacturing Order
Workflow of Manufacturing
Order. If you change the Quantities
or Time defined in BOM
or Workflow Manufacturig
then this variance is generate.

pusagevariance_mproductacct

Mix
Variance

Account

Labor

Account

Burden

The Method Change

Variance account
is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Method Change Variance is

used in Standard Costing. It reflects
the difference between the Standard
BOM , Standard Manufacturing
Workflow and Manufacturing
BOM Manufacturing Workflow.
If you change the method the
manufacturing defined in BOM
or Workflow Manufacturig
then this variance is generate.

pmixvariance_mproductacct

The Mix Variance

account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

The Mix Variance is used when a

co-product received in Inventory
is different the quantity expected

plabor_mproductacct

The Labor account

is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Labor is used for

accounting the productive Labor

pburden_mproductacct

The Burden account

is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Burden is used for

accounting the Burden

Account

1692

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Cost Of
Production

Account

Outside
Processing

Account

Overhead

Account

Scrap

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

pcostofproduction_mproductacct

The Cost Of
Production account
is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Cost Of Production is used for

accounting Non productive Labor

poutsideprocessing_mproductacc

The Outside Processing

Account is the
account used in
Manufacturing Order

The Outside Processing

Account is used for accounting
the Outside Processing

poverhead_mproductacct

The Overhead account

is the account used in
Manufacturing Order

pscrap_mproductacct

The Scrap account is

the account used in
Manufacturing Order

Account

13. Tab: Transactions - M_Transaction

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Transactions for stored Products
Comment/Help: The Transaction Tab displays the transactions that have been processed for this product.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.13. Transactions Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Inventory
Transaction

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1693

Comment/Help

(see same above)

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Active

Yes-No

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Movement
Date

Date

Movement
Type

List

Receipt
Line

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_minventorycount
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattrsetinst_mtransaction

(Y)
mlocator_minventorycount

Production - Customer
Shipment Customer
Returns Vendor
Returns Inventory
Out Movement
From Movement
To Work Order +
Production + Vendor
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order -

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Movement Type indicates
the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

Method of moving
the inventory

Search

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

minoutline_mtransaction

1694

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Move Line

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

minventoryline_mtransaction

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

mmovementline_mtransaction

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

mproductionline_mtransaction

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

cprojectissue_mtransaction

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Description

Comment/Help

Search

Production
Line

Search

Project
Issue

Search

Manufacturing Table
Cost
Direct
Collector

ppcostcollector_mtransaction

14. Tab: Translation - M_Product_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.14. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Table
Direct

mproduct_mproducttrl

Product, Service, Item

1695

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Language

Table

AD_Language

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adlanguage_mproducttrl
Name

Description

Comment/Help

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

String

Document
Note

String

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Description

Comment/Help

15. Tab: Located at - M_Storage

[IMAGE]
Description: Where are my units located?
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.15. Located at Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

1696

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

Active

Yes-No

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Date
Material
Policy

Date

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Date last
inventory
count

Date

On Hand
Quantity

Quantity

PO
Quantity

Quantity

On Order
Quantity

Quantity

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
(Y)

LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1

1697

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Time used for

LIFO and FIFO
Material Policy

This field is used to record

time used for LIFO and
FIFO material policy

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Date of Last
Inventory Count

The Date Last Inventory

Count indicates the last time
an Inventory count was done.

On Hand Quantity

The On Hand Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product that
is on hand in a warehouse.

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

16. Tab: UOM Conversion - C_UOM_Conversion

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]

Comment/Help

Window: Product
Table 336.16. UOM Conversion Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Search

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

UOM

Table
Direct

C_UOM

UoM To

Table

C_UOM

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
c_uom_conversionclient
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_uom_conversionorg

Product

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cuomconversion
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

cuom_cuomconversion

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

c_uomconversionto

Target or destination
Unit of Measure

The UOM To indicates

the destination UOM for
a UOM Conversion pair.

Multiply
Rate

Number

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.rate
Rate to multiple
the source by to
calculate the target.

To convert Source number

to Target number, the Source
is multiplied by the multiply
rate. If the Multiply Rate is
entered, then the Divide Rate
will be automatically calculated.

Divide
Rate

Number

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.rate
To convert Source
number to Target
number, the
Source is divided

To convert Source number

to Target number, the Source
is divided by the divide rate.
If you enter a Divide Rate,
the Multiply Rate will be
automatically calculated.

UOM
Conversion

ID
Unit of Measure
Conversion

1698

The UOM Conversion identifies

a unique to and from Unit
of Measure, conversion rate
and conversion date range.

Window: Product

17. Tab: Costs - M_Cost

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 336.17. Costs Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Product

Constraint Value

Product
Attribute

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Cost Type

Table
Direct

Cost
Element

Table
Direct

Description

Text

Description

Comment/Help

adclient_mcost

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_m_cost

mproduct_mcost

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Validation Rule

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

cacctschema_mcost

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

mcosttype_mcost

Type of Cost (e.g.

Current, Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost

types. A cost type selected
in an Accounting Schema
is used for accounting.

masi_mcost

mcostelement_mcost

(CostingMethod
IS NULL OR
CostingMethod='S')

Product Cost Element

Optional short
description
of the record

1699

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Costing
Method

List

Average PO Lifo Fifo

Last PO Price Last
Invoice User Defined
Standard Costing
Average Invoice _ (x)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Current
Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

ReadOnly Logic:
@CostingMethod@!x

Current
Cost Price
Lower
Level

Costs
+Prices

ReadOnly Logic:
@CostingMethod@!x

Future
Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

ReadOnly Logic:
@CostingMethod@!S

Future
Cost Price
Lower
Level

Costs
+Prices

ReadOnly Logic:
@CostingMethod@!S

Percent

Integer

Current
Quantity

Quantity

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates how Costs

will be calculated

The Costing Method indicates how

costs will be calculated (Standard,
Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default
costing method is defined on
accounting schema level and can
be optionally overwritten in the
product category. The costing
method cannot conflict with
the Material Movement Policy
(defined on Product Category).

The currently
used cost price

Current Price Lower

Level Is the sum
of the costs of the
components of this
product manufactured
for this level.

Current Price Lower Level is used

for get the total costs for lower
level the a product manufactured.
The Current Price Lower Level
always will be calculated. You
can see the Current Cost Price and
Current Cost Price Lower Level
with Cost Bill of Material %26
Formula Detail Report. The sum
the Current Cost Price + Current
Cost Price Lower Level is the total
cost to a product manufactured.

Percentage

The Percent indicates

the percentage used.

Current Quantity

1700

Window: Product
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Cost
Frozen

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Indicated that the
Standard Cost is frozen

Accumulated Amount
Amt

Total Amount

Accumulated Quantity
Qty

Total Quantity

Processed

Yes-No

M_Cost_UU

String

Comment/Help

(N)

The document has

been processed

1701

Sum of all amounts

Sum of the quantities
The Processed checkbox
indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 337. Window: Product Category

Description: Maintain Product Categories
Comment/Help: The Product Category allows you to define different groups of products. These groups can be used in generating Price Lists, defining margins and
for easily assigning different accounting parameters for products.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2005-07-24 13:06:50.0

1. Tab: Product Category - M_Product_Category

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Product Category
Comment/Help: The Product Category defines unique groupings of products. Product categories can be used in building price lists.
Tab Level: 0
Table 337.1. Product Category Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product
Category

ID
Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1702

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Parent
Product
Category

Table

M_Product Category

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Material
Policy

List

LiFo FiFo (F)

Default

Optional short
description
of the record
Callout:
mproductcat_parentcat
org.compiere.model.CalloutProductCategory.testForLoop
(same as first report)

(see same above)

Material
Movement Policy

The Material Movement Policy

determines how the stock is
flowing (FiFo or LiFo) if a
specific Product Instance was
not selected. The policy can not
contradict the costing method
(e.g. FiFo movement policy
and LiFo costing method).

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Project's planned
margin as a percentage

The Planned Margin Percentage

indicates the anticipated
margin percentage for
this project or project line

Group of Assets

The group of assets determines

default accounts. If an asset
group is selected in the product
category, assets are created
when delivering the asset.

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Planned
Margin %

Number

Asset
Group

Table
Direct

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(Y)

aassetgroup_mproductcategory

1703

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Print Color

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adprintcolor_mproductcategory

Description

Comment/Help

Color used for

printing and display

Colors used for printing and display

2. Tab: Accounting - M_Product_Category_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Accounting Parameters
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines default accounting parameters. Any product that uses a product category can inherit its default accounting parameters.
If the Costing method is not defined, the default costing method of the accounting schema is used.
Tab Level: 1
Table 337.2. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Costing
Method

List

Average PO Lifo Fifo

Last PO Price Last
Invoice User Defined
Standard Costing
Average Invoice _

mprodcat_mprodcatacct

cacctschema_mprodcatacct

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'x'

1704

Description

Comment/Help

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates how Costs

will be calculated

The Costing Method indicates how

costs will be calculated (Standard,
Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default
costing method is defined on
accounting schema level and can

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
be optionally overwritten in the
product category. The costing
method cannot conflict with
the Material Movement Policy
(defined on Product Category).

Costing
Level

List

Product
Asset

Account

Product
Expense

Account

Cost
Account
Adjustment
Inventory
Clearing

Product
COGS

Client Batch/
Lot Organization
The lowest level
to accumulate
Costing Information

If you want to maintain different

costs per organization (warehouse)
or per Batch/Lot, you need to
make sure that you define the costs
for each of the organizations or
batch/lot. The Costing Level is
defined per Accounting Schema
and can be overwritten by Product
Category and Accounting Schema.

vc_passet_mproductcategory

Account for Product

Asset (Inventory)

The Product Asset Account

indicates the account used for
valuing this a product in inventory.

vc_pexpense_mproductcategory

Account for
Product Expense

The Product Expense

Account indicates the account
used to record expenses
associated with this product.

pcostadjustment_mproductcatego

Product Cost
Adjustment Account

Account used for posting product

cost adjustments (e.g. landed costs)

pinventoryclearing_mproductcat

Product Inventory
Clearing Account

Account used for posting matched

product (item) expenses (e.g. AP
Invoice, Invoice Match). You
would use a different account
then Product Expense, if you want
to differentiate service related
costs from item related costs. The
balance on the clearing account
should be zero and accounts for
the timing difference between
invoice receipt and matching.

vc_pcogs_mproductcategory

Account for Cost

of Goods Sold

The Product COGS Account

indicates the account used

Account

Account

1705

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
when recording costs
associated with this product.

Product
Revenue

Account

Purchase
Price
Variance

Account

Invoice
Price
Variance

Account

Trade
Discount
Received

Account

Trade
Discount
Granted

Account

Rate
Variance

Account

Account for
Product Revenue
(Sales Account)

vc_prevenue_mproductcategory

vc_ppurchasepv_mproductcategor

Work In
Process

Account

Average
Cost
Variance

Account

The Product Revenue

Account indicates the account
used for recording sales
revenue for this product.

The Purchase Price Variance is

Difference between
used in Standard Costing. It reflects
Standard Cost and
the difference between the Standard
Purchase Price (PPV)
Cost and the Purchase Order Price.

vc_pinvoicepv_mproductcategory

Difference between
Costs and Invoice
Price (IPV)

The Invoice Price Variance is used

reflects the difference between the
current Costs and the Invoice Price.

vc_ptdiscountrec_mproductcateg

Trade Discount
Receivable Account

The Trade Discount Receivables

Account indicates the
account for received trade
discounts in vendor invoices

vc_ptdiscountgrant_mproductcat

Trade Discount
Granted Account

The Trade Discount Granted

Account indicates the
account for granted trade
discount in sales invoices

pratevariance_mproductcategory

The Rate Variance

account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

The Rate Variance is used in

Standard Costing. It reflects the
difference between the Standard
Cost Rates and The Cost Rates
of Manufacturing Order. If
you change the Standard Rates
then this variance is generate.

pwip_mproductcategoryacct

The Work in
Process account is
the account used
Manufacturing Order

paveragecostvariance_mproductc

Average Cost Variance

1706

The Average Cost Variance is used

in weighted average costing to

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
reflect differences when posting
costs for negative inventory.

Floor
Stock

Account
The Floor Stock
account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

The Floor Stock is used for

accounting the component with
Issue method is set Floor stock
into Bill of Material %26 Formula
Window. The components with
Issue Method defined as Floor
stock is acounting next way:
Debit Floor Stock Account
Credit Work in Process Account

Product Landed Cost

Clearing Account

Account used for posting of

estimated and actual landed
cost amount. The balance on
the clearing account should be
zero and accounts for the timing
difference between material
receipt and landed cost invoice.

pmethodchangevariance_mprodcat

The Method Change

Variance account
is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Method Change Variance is

used in Standard Costing. It reflects
the difference between the Standard
BOM , Standard Manufacturing
Workflow and Manufacturing
BOM Manufacturing Workflow.
If you change the method the
manufacturing defined in BOM
or Workflow Manufacturig
then this variance is generate.

pusagevariance_mproductcategor

The Usage Variance is used in

Standard Costing. It reflects the
The Usage Variance
difference between the Quantities
account is the
of Standard BOM or Time Standard
account used
Manufacturing Workflow and
Manufacturing Order
Quantities of Manufacturing
BOM or Time Manufacturing

pfloorstock_mproductcategoryac

Landed
Cost
Clearing

Account

plandedcostclearingvc_mprcatac

Copy
Accounts

Button

Method
Change
Variance

Account

Usage
Variance

(N)

Account

1707

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Workflow of Manufacturing
Order. If you change the Quantities
or Time defined in BOM
or Workflow Manufacturig
then this variance is generate.

Mix
Variance

Account

Labor

Account

Burden

The Mix Variance is used when a

co-product received in Inventory
is different the quantity expected

plabor_mproductcategoryacct

The Labor account

is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Labor is used for

accounting the productive Labor

pburden_mproductcategoryacct

The Burden account

is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Burden is used for

accounting the Burden

pcostofproduction_mproductcate

The Cost Of
Production account
is the account used
Manufacturing Order

The Cost Of Production is used for

accounting Non productive Labor

poutsideprocessing_mproductcat

The Outside Processing

Account is the
account used in
Manufacturing Order

The Outside Processing

Account is used for accounting
the Outside Processing

poverhead_mproductcategoryacct

The Overhead account

is the account used in
Manufacturing Order

pscrap_mproductcategoryacct

The Scrap account is

the account used in
Manufacturing Order

Account

Cost Of
Production

Account

Outside
Processing

Account

Overhead

Account

Scrap

pmixvariance_mproductcategorya

The Mix Variance

account is the
account used
Manufacturing Order

Account

3. Tab: Assigned Products - M_Product

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Products assigned to Product Category
1708

Window: Product Category

LinkColumn: Product Category
Tab Level: 1
Table 337.3. Assigned Products Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Purchased

Yes-No

(Y)

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Shelf
Height

Amount

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Product

ID

Description
URL

URL

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

UOM

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
ctaxcategory_mproduct
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
mfreightcategory_mproduct

mlocator_mproduct

Description

Comment/Help

Organization
purchases this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Shelf height required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

URL for the

description
Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

cuom_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
1709

Unit of Measure

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Shelf
Width

Integer

Weight

Amount

Values (Default)

Sold

Yes-No

(Y)

Company
Agent

Table

AD_User - SalesRep

Stocked

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

salesrep_mproduct

Min
Guarantee
Days

Integer

Document
Note

Text

Comment/
Help

Text

Image
URL

URL

Print detail
records on
pick list

Yes-No

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

1710

Description

Comment/Help

Shelf width required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Print detail
records on
invoice

Yes-No

Description

String

Classification

String

Units Per
Pallet

Costs
+Prices

Verified

Yes-No

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Verify
BOM
Structure

Button

SKU

String

Mail
Template

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Description

Comment/Help

Print detail BOM

elements on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Optional short
description
of the record
Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

The BOM
configuration
has been verified

The Verified check box indicates

if the configuration of this
product has been verified.
This is used for products that
consist of a bill of materials

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business

(N)

mattrsetinst_mproduct

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(N)

Table
Direct
rmailtext_mproduct

1711

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Discontinued
At

Date

Guarantee
Days

Integer

Shelf
Depth

Integer

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct

Subscription
Type

Table
Direct

SelfService

Yes-No

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued
If the value is 0, there is no
Number of days
limit to the availability or
the product is
guarantee, otherwise the guarantee
guaranteed or available
date is calculated by adding
the days to the delivery date.
Shelf depth required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

mattributeset_mproduct

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

csubscriptiontype_mproduct

Type of subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

(Y)

1712

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Version
No

String

Revenue
Recognition

Table
Direct

Volume

Amount

UPC/EAN

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Version Number

crevrecognition_mproduct

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

String

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Product
Category

Table
Direct

M_Product Category

Search
Key

String

Bill of Materials

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

adclient_mproduct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_org_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
mproduct_mproductcategory
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

1713

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.
(see same above)

(same as first report)

Window: Product Category

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

(Y)

Discontinued Yes-No

Item Service Resource

Expense type
Online Asset (I)

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

Product
Type

List

Expense
Type

Table
Direct

sexpensetype_mproduct

Expense report type

Resource

Table
Direct

sresource_mproduct

Resource

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

Type of product

If selected, the
product is displayed
in the initial or
any empty search

4. Tab: Translation - M_Product_Category_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Product Category
Tab Level: 1
1714

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

In the display of products in

the Web Store, the product is
displayed in the initial view or
if no search criteria are entered.
To be displayed, the product
must be in the price list used.

Window: Product Category

Table 337.4. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_Product_Category_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1
ADClient_MProductCategoryTrl

(same as first report)

Organization

Table
Direct

ADOrg_MProductCategoryTrl

(same as first report)

Product
Category

Search

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

(see same above)

(see same above)

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

MProductCategory_MProductCateg

AD_Language
ADLanguage_MProductCategoryTrl

String

Optional short
description
of the record

1715

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 338. Window: Product Costs

Description: Maintain Product Costs
Comment/Help: Maintain Product Cost Elements
Created:2005-04-24 22:26:46.0
Updated:2005-07-26 14:03:49.0

1. Tab: Select Product - M_Product

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Select the product
Tab Level: 0
Table 338.1. Select Product Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

SelfService

Yes-No

(Y)

Revenue
Recognition

Table
Direct

Volume

Amount

Subscription
Type

Table
Direct

Verified

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

crevrecognition_mproduct

csubscriptiontype_mproduct
(N)

1716

Description

Comment/Help

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Type of subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

The BOM
configuration
has been verified

The Verified check box indicates

if the configuration of this
product has been verified.

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
This is used for products that
consist of a bill of materials

Min
Guarantee
Days

Integer

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct
mattributeset_mproduct

Minimum number
of guarantee days

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Version
No

String

Expense
Type

Table
Direct

sexpensetype_mproduct

Expense report type

Resource

Table
Direct

sresource_mproduct

Resource

Print detail
records on
invoice

Yes-No

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Print detail
records on
pick list

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Version Number

(Y)

1717

Print detail BOM

elements on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

If selected, the
product is displayed
in the initial or
any empty search

In the display of products in

the Web Store, the product is
displayed in the initial view or
if no search criteria are entered.
To be displayed, the product
must be in the price list used.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer
(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Discontinued Yes-No

Shelf
Depth

Integer

Weight

Amount

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
ctaxcategory_mproduct
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Sold

Yes-No

(Y)

Purchased

Yes-No

(Y)

Verify
BOM
Structure

Button

(N)

1718

Bill of Materials

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.
The Bill of Materials check
box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

Shelf depth required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

Organization
purchases this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Discontinued
At

Date

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

Description
URL

URL

URL for the

description

Image
URL

URL

Document
Note

Text

Shelf
Height

Amount

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Product

ID

Units Per
Pallet

Costs
+Prices

Guarantee
Days

Integer

Shelf
Width

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mfreightcategory_mproduct

Description

Comment/Help

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Shelf height required

The Shelf Height indicates

the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

If the value is 0, there is no

Number of days
limit to the availability or
the product is
guarantee, otherwise the guarantee
guaranteed or available
date is calculated by adding
the days to the delivery date.
Shelf width required

1719

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Classification

String

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Locator
(WH)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

String

Name

String

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

rmailtext_mproduct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

mlocator_mproduct

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

adclient_mproduct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_org_mproduct

mattrsetinst_mproduct

Locator

Search
Key

Constraint Value

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

(same as first report)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1720

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Product
Category

Table
Direct

M_Product Category

Product
Type

List

Item Service Resource

Expense type
Online Asset (I)

UPC/EAN

String

SKU

UOM

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
mproduct_mproductcategory
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

option in addition to the

search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
Optional short
description
of the record

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Type of product

cuom_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

1721

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

String

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Stocked

Yes-No

(Y)

Company
Agent

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Organization
stocks this product

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.

AD_User - SalesRep
salesrep_mproduct

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Product Costs - M_Cost

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Product Costs
Tab Level: 1
Table 338.2. Product Costs Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Product

Constraint Value

adclient_mcost

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_m_cost

mproduct_mcost

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

masi_mcost

cacctschema_mcost

1722

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Cost Type

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mcosttype_mcost

Cost
Element

Table
Direct

Description

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Costing
Method

List

Average PO Lifo Fifo

Last PO Price Last
Invoice User Defined
Standard Costing
Average Invoice _ (x)

mcostelement_mcost

(CostingMethod
IS NULL OR
CostingMethod='S')

Current
Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

ReadOnly Logic:
@CostingMethod@!x

Current
Cost Price
Lower
Level

Costs
+Prices

ReadOnly Logic:
@CostingMethod@!x

Description

Comment/Help

Type of Cost (e.g.

Current, Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost

types. A cost type selected
in an Accounting Schema
is used for accounting.

Product Cost Element

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates how Costs

will be calculated

The Costing Method indicates how

costs will be calculated (Standard,
Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default
costing method is defined on
accounting schema level and can
be optionally overwritten in the
product category. The costing
method cannot conflict with
the Material Movement Policy
(defined on Product Category).

The currently
used cost price

Current Price Lower

Level Is the sum
of the costs of the
components of this
product manufactured
for this level.

1723

Current Price Lower Level is used

for get the total costs for lower
level the a product manufactured.
The Current Price Lower Level
always will be calculated. You
can see the Current Cost Price and
Current Cost Price Lower Level
with Cost Bill of Material %26
Formula Detail Report. The sum
the Current Cost Price + Current
Cost Price Lower Level is the total
cost to a product manufactured.

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Future
Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

ReadOnly Logic:
@CostingMethod@!S

Future
Cost Price
Lower
Level

Costs
+Prices

ReadOnly Logic:
@CostingMethod@!S

Percent

Integer

Current
Quantity

Quantity

Cost
Frozen

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

Percentage

The Percent indicates

the percentage used.

Current Quantity
(N)

Indicated that the

Standard Cost is frozen

Accumulated Amount
Amt

Total Amount

Accumulated Quantity
Qty

Total Quantity

Processed

Yes-No

M_Cost_UU

String

(N)

The document has

been processed

Sum of all amounts

Sum of the quantities
The Processed checkbox
indicates that a document
has been processed.

3. Tab: Cost Movement - M_CostMovement_v

[IMAGE]
Description: Show movement of cost by transaction
LinkColumn: Organization
Where
Clause:
M_CostMovement_v.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
AND
M_CostMovement_v.M_Product_ID=@M_Product_ID@
AND
M_CostMovement_v.M_CostType_ID=@M_CostType_ID@
AND
M_CostMovement_v.C_AcctSchema_ID=@C_AcctSchema_ID@
AND
M_CostMovement_v.M_CostElement_ID=@M_CostElement_ID@ AND M_CostMovement_v.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID=@M_AttributeSetInstance_ID@
Tab Level: 2
1724

Window: Product Costs

Table 338.3. Cost Movement Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Cost
History

Table
Direct

Movement history
for M_Cost

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Cost Type

Table
Direct

(see same above)

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

Type of Cost (e.g.

Current, Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost

types. A cost type selected
in an Accounting Schema
is used for accounting.

Cost
Element

Table
Direct

Product Cost Element

Cost Detail

Table
Direct

Cost Detail
Information

Product

Table
Direct

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Amount

Amount

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Quantity

Quantity

Amount

Amount

Delta
Amount

Amount

Difference Amount

1725

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Delta
Quantity

Quantity

Old
Current
Quantity

Quantity

Old current quantity

before the processing
of M_CostDetail

Old
Current
Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

Old current cost price

before the processing
of M_CostDetail

Old
Quantity
Accumulated
Qty

Old accumulated qty

before the processing
of M_CostDetail

Old
Amount
Accumulated
Amt

Old accumulated amt

before the processing
of M_CostDetail

Quantity Difference

New
Current
Quantity

Quantity

New current quantity

after processing
of M_CostDetail

New Cost
Price

Costs
+Prices

New current cost

price after processing
of M_CostDetail

New
Quantity
Accumulated
Qty

New Accumulated
Qty after processing
of M_CostDetail

New
Amount
Accumulated
Amt

Accumulated Amt
after processing
of M_CostDetail

Description

String

Move Line

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record
Inventory Move
document Line

1726

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Movement Line indicates the
inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Invoice
Line

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Phys.Inventory Table
Line
Direct

Production
Line

Table
Direct

Project
Issue

Table
Direct

Purchase
Order Line

Table
Direct

Receipt
Line

Table
Direct

Match
Invoice

Search

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Match Shipment/
Receipt to Invoice

4. Tab: Cost Details - M_CostDetail

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: View Product Cost Details
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1

1727

Window: Product Costs

Table 338.4. Cost Details Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Cost Detail

ID

Cost Detail
Information

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Client

Table
Direct

adclient_mcostdetail

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

adorg_mcostdetail

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Cost
Element

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Price

Amount

Quantity

Quantity

Amount

Amount

Delta
Quantity

Quantity

Delta
Amount

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

Comment/Help

(see same above)

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

cacctschema_mcostdetail

Rules for accounting

mcostelement_mcostdetail

Product Cost Element

mproduct_mcostdetail

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

masi_mcostdetail

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Amount

Amount

Quantity Difference
Difference Amount

1728

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Created

Date
+Time

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Receipt
Line

Search

Move Line

Search

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Project
Issue

Search

Production
Line

Search

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

corderline_mcostdetail

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

minvoiceline_mcostdetail

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

minoutline_mcostdetail

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

mmovementline_mcostdetail

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

minventoryline_mcostdetail

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

cprojectissue_mcostdetail

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

mproductionline_mcostdetail

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(SYSDATE)

1729

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Current
Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

Current
Quantity

Quantity

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The currently
used cost price
Current Quantity

Accumulated Amount
Amt

Total Amount

Accumulated Quantity
Qty

Total Quantity

Sum of all amounts

Sum of the quantities

5. Tab: Cost Queue - M_CostQueue

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Cost Queue for Lifo/Fifo
Comment/Help: Note thet the cost queue may not be the same as the physical movement cost queue due to differences in costing level and warehouse priority.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 338.5. Cost Queue Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Client

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Cost Type

Table
Direct

(see same above)

cacctschema_mcostqueue

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

mcosttype_mcostqueue

Type of Cost (e.g.

Current, Plan, Future)

You can define multiple cost

types. A cost type selected

1730

Window: Product Costs

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
in an Accounting Schema
is used for accounting.

Cost
Element

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Current
Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

Current
Quantity

Quantity

mcostelement_mcostqueue

Product Cost Element

mproduct_mcostqueue

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

masi_mcostqueue

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

The currently
used cost price
Current Quantity

1731

Chapter 339. Window: Production (Single Product)

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2011-07-27 15:13:48.0
Updated:2011-07-27 15:13:48.0

1. Tab: Production - M_Production

[IMAGE]
Process: Production Plan - M_Production Plan
Where Clause: M_Production.IsUseProductionPlan='N'
Tab Level: 0
Table 339.1. Production Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Button

Production

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ID

Plan for producing

a product

The Production uniquely

identifies a Production Plan

Processed
On

Number

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if
allowed by the DB) when a
document has been processed.

Use
Production
Plan

Yes-No

Complete
Production

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsCreated@='N'
(@#AD_Client_ID@)

It is complete

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1732

Indication that this is complete

(see same above)

Window: Production (Single Product)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

Name

Constraint Value

adorg_mproduction

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

String

String

Date
Promised

Date

Document
sequence number
of the document

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
Date Order
was promised

1733

(see same above)

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

String

Description

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Date Promised indicates
the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Window: Production (Single Product)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Movement
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Product

Search

M_Product
BOM (stocked)

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Production
Quantity

Amount

(0)

Create/
Update
Production
lines

Button

(N)

Records
created

List

Yes No (N)

Process
Production

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Sales
Order Line

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.checkPeriodOpen
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutProduction.product
mproduct_mproduction
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsCreated@='Y'
mlocator_mproduction
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsCreated@='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The Locator indicates where in a
Warehouse a product is located.

Quantity of
products to produce

The Production Quantity identifies

the number of products to produce

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Identifies a
Business Partner

1734

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.

Warehouse Locator

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM M_Production
WHERE
corderline_mproduction
M_Production.C_OrderLine_ID Sales Order Line
=
C_OrderLine.C_OrderLine_ID
AND Processed = 'N')

cbpartner_mproduction

Comment/Help

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Production (Single Product)

Field
Name

Reference

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Campaign

Values (Default)

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
cproject_mproduction C_Project.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Project.Processed='N'

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

cactivity_mproduction

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_mproduction

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_mprod

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celementvalueuser2_mprod

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Table
Direct
ccampaign_mproduction

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Document
Status

List

AD_Org (Trx)

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment

The current status

of the document

1735

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Production (Single Product)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

_Posted Status

2. Tab: Production Line - M_ProductionLine

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Production
Tab Level: 1
Table 339.2. Production Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Product
Type

String

Production
Line

ID

Production
Plan

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mproductionplan_line
(@AD_Client_ID@)

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

Plan for how a

product is produced

The Production Plan

identifies the items and steps
in generating a product.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

1736

(see same above)

Window: Production (Single Product)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Production

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
Plan for producing
a product

mproduction_mproductionline

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_ProductionLine
WHERE
M_Production_ID=@M_Production_ID@)

Product

Search

End
Product

Yes-No

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Active

Yes-No

Planned
Quantity

Amount

Quantity
Used

Amount

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Description

Unique line for

this document

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
mproduct_mproductionline
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutProduction.product

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The Production uniquely

identifies a Production Plan
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

End Product
of production

mattrsetinst_mproductionline

(Y)

(@M_Locator_ID@)

mlocator_mproductionline

1737

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Planned quantity
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Window: Production (Single Product)

Field
Name

Reference

Available
Quantity
Description

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

Available Quantity
(On Hand - Reserved)

Quantity available to promise =

On Hand minus Reserved Quantity

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: QC Test - M_QualityTestResult

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Attribute Set Instance
Display Logic: @IsEndProduct@=Y
Tab Level: 2
Table 339.3. QC Test Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Quality
Test Result

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Quality
Test

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

mattributesetinstance_mquality

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

mqualitytest_mqualitytestresul
(Y)

1738

Window: Production (Single Product)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Expected
Result

String

Result

String

QC Pass

Yes-No

(N)

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1739

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 340. Window: Project

Description: Maintain Projects
Comment/Help: The Project Window is used to define the projects which will can be tracked by phases and tasks.
Created:1999-06-29 00:00:00.0
Updated:2006-03-26 19:42:05.0

1. Tab: Project - C_Project

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Project
Comment/Help: The Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed
to and used for this project. Note that when the project Type is changed, the Phases and Tasks are re-created.
Process: Project Print - Rpt C_Project
Tab Level: 0
Table 340.1. Project Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Project
Category

List

General Service
(Charge) Project
Asset Project Work
Order (Job) (N)

Generate
Order

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Button

Description

Comment/Help

Project Category

The Project Category determines

the behavior of the project:
General - no special accounting,
e.g. for Presales or general
tracking Service - no special
accounting, e.g. for Service/Charge
projects Work Order - creates
Project/Job WIP transactions ability to issue material Asset create Project Asset transactions
- ability to issue material

Generate To
1740

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Commitment Yes-No
is Ceiling

The commitment amount and

The commitment
quantity is the maximum amount
amount/quantity is
and quantity to be charged. Ignored,
the chargeable ceiling
if the amount or quantity is zero.

Commitment Yes-No

Is this document a
(legal) commitment?

Commitment indicates if the

document is legally binding.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Processed

Yes-No

Project

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

adorg_cproject

String

Sales
Table
Representative

Name

adclient_cproject

(same as first report)

AD_User - SalesRep
aduser_sr_cproject

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

Text

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

(Y)

1741

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Note

Text

Line Level

List

Set Project
Type

Button

Standard
Phase

Table
Direct

Contract
Date

Date

Finish
Date

Date

Business
Partner

Search

BPartner
(Agent)

Table

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Phase Task Project (P)

ReadOnly Logic:
cprojecttype_cproject @C_ProjectType_ID@!
0

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

Project Line Level

Level on which Project

Lines are maintained

Type of the project

Type of the project with optional

phases of the project with
standard performance information

C_Phase.C_ProjectType_ID=@C_ProjectType_ID@
Standard Phase of
cphase_cproject
the Project Type

The (planned) effective

date of this document.

The contract date is used to

determine when the document
becomes effective. This is
usually the contract date.
The contract date is used in
reports and report parameters.

Finish or (planned)
completion date

The finish date is used to indicate

when the project is expected to be
completed or has been completed.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cproject
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
C_BPartner SalesRep

Business Partner
(Agent or Sales Rep)

cbpartnersr_cproject

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_cproject
to) address for this
Business Partner
(-1)

Phase of the project with

standard performance
information with standard work

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cproject
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
1742

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Order
Reference

String

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

Planned
Amount

Amount

Planned
Quantity

Quantity

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

ccampaign_cproject

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

mpricelistversion_cproject

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

cpaymentterm_cproject

ReadOnly Logic:
mwarehouse_cproject @M_Warehouse_ID@!
0

ReadOnly Logic:
ccurrency_cproject@M_PriceList_Version_ID@!
0

1743

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Planned quantity
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Planned
Margin

Amount

Invoice
Rule

List

Committed
Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

None Time
%26Material max
Comitted Time
%26Material
Product Quantity
Committed Amount (-)

Description

Comment/Help

Project's planned
margin amount

The Planned Margin Amount

indicates the anticipated
margin amount for this
project or project line.

Invoice Rule
for the project

Amount
The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

The (legal)
commitment Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Committed Quantity
Quantity

Invoiced
Amount

Amount

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Project
Balance

Amount

Copy
Details

Button

Close
Project

Button

The Invoice Rule for the project

determines how orders (and
consequently invoices) are created.
The selection on project level can
be overwritten on Phase or Task

The amount invoiced

The amount invoiced

The quantity invoiced

Total Project Balance
Copy From Record

1744

The project balance is the sum

of all invoices and payments
Copy From Record

Window: Project

2. Tab: Project Line - C_ProjectLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Project Lines
Comment/Help: Maintain Project Level Lines
LinkColumn: Project
Display Logic: @ProjectLineLevel@=P
Where Clause: COALESCE(C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectTask_ID,0)=0 AND COALESCE(C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID,0)=0
Tab Level: 1
Table 340.2. Project Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_cprojectline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_cprojectline
Task in a Phase

Project
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Project

Table
Direct

Line No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Task or step
in a project

cproject_cprojectline

Financial Project

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_ProjectLine
WHERE
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@)

Unique line for

this document

1745

Comment/Help

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.
The Project Line indicates
a unique project line.

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Description

Text

Product

Search

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Planned
Price

Costs
+Prices

Planned
Quantity

Quantity

Get Price

Button

Planned
Amount

Amount

Printed

Yes-No

Planned
Margin

Amount

Committed
Amount

Amount

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cprojectline
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mproductcat_cprojectline

(1)

Category of a Product

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
Identifies the category which
this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Callout:
Planned price for
org.compiere.model.CalloutProject.planned
this project line

The Planned Price indicates

the anticipated price
for this project line.

Callout:
Planned quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutProject.planned
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Project's planned
margin amount

The Planned Margin Amount

indicates the anticipated
margin amount for this
project or project line.

The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which

(Y)

1746

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Committed Quantity
Quantity
The (legal)
commitment Quantity

Invoiced
Amount

Amount

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Order

Search

Purchase
Order

Table

Project
Issue

Table
Direct

Processed

Yes-No

The amount invoiced

(0)

C_Order

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.
The amount invoiced

The quantity invoiced

The Order is a control document.
The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

corder_cprojectline

Order

corderpo_cprojectline

Purchase Order

cprojectissue_cprojectline

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(N)

3. Tab: Phase - C_ProjectPhase

[IMAGE]
Description: Maintain Actual Project Phase
1747

Window: Project
Comment/Help: Actual Phase of the Project with Status information - generated from Phase of Project Type.
Display Logic: @ProjectLineLevel@=A | @ProjectLineLevel@=T
Tab Level: 1
Table 340.3. Phase Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Commitment Yes-No
is Ceiling

Description

Comment/Help

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

The commitment amount and

The commitment
quantity is the maximum amount
amount/quantity is
and quantity to be charged. Ignored,
the chargeable ceiling
if the amount or quantity is zero.

Project
Phase

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Project

Table
Direct

cproject_cprojectphase

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Standard
Phase

Table
Direct

cphase_cprojectphase

Standard Phase of
the Project Type

Phase of the project with

standard performance
information with standard work

Sequence

Integer

Name

Phase of a Project

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_ProjectPhase
WHERE
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1748

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

Text

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Complete

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Yes-No

It is complete

Indication that this is complete

Start Date

Date

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Invoice
Rule

List

Planned
Amount

Amount

Product

Search

Quantity

Quantity

Committed
Amount

(Y)

None Time
%26Material max
Comitted Time
%26Material
Product Quantity
Committed Amount
(@ProjInvoiceRule@)

Invoice Rule
for the project

Planned amount
for this project
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cprojectphase
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
(1)

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your

Amount

1749

The Invoice Rule for the project

determines how orders (and
consequently invoices) are created.
The selection on project level can
be overwritten on Phase or Task

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Generate
Order

Button

Order

Search

Generate Order

corder_cprojectphase

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

4. Tab: Phase Line - C_ProjectLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Project Lines of Phase
Comment/Help: Maintain Project Lines on Phase Level
LinkColumn: Project Phase
Display Logic: @ProjectLineLevel@=A
Where Clause: C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID > 0 AND COALESCE(C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectTask_ID,0)=0
Tab Level: 2
Table 340.4. Phase Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Project
Line

ID

Project

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cproject_cprojectline

1750

Description

Comment/Help

Task or step
in a project

The Project Line indicates

a unique project line.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Project
Task

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_cprojectline
Task in a Phase

Yes-No

Description

Text

Product

Search

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Planned
Price

Costs
+Prices

Planned
Quantity

Quantity

Get Price

Button

Comment/Help
A Project Task in a Project
Phase represents the actual work.

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_cprojectline
Phase of a Project

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_ProjectLine
WHERE
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@)

Active

Description

(Y)

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cprojectline
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mproductcat_cprojectline

(1)

Category of a Product

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
Identifies the category which
this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Callout:
Planned price for
org.compiere.model.CalloutProject.planned
this project line

The Planned Price indicates

the anticipated price
for this project line.

Callout:
Planned quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutProject.planned
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

1751

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Planned
Amount

Amount

Printed

Yes-No

Planned
Margin

Amount

Committed
Amount

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Project's planned
margin amount

The Planned Margin Amount

indicates the anticipated
margin amount for this
project or project line.

The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

The (legal)
commitment Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Committed Quantity
Quantity

Invoiced
Amount

Amount

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Order

Search

The amount invoiced

(0)

The amount invoiced

The quantity invoiced

corder_cprojectline

Order

1752

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Purchase
Order

Table

C_Order

Project
Issue

Table
Direct

Processed

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

corderpo_cprojectline

Purchase Order

cprojectissue_cprojectline

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Description

Comment/Help

Actual Project
Task in a Phase

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

(N)

5. Tab: Task - C_ProjectTask

[IMAGE]
Description: Actual Project Task
Comment/Help: A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work.
Display Logic: @ProjectLineLevel@=T
Tab Level: 2
Table 340.5. Task Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Project
Task

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

cprojectphase_cprojecttask

Phase of a Project

Standard
Task

Table
Direct

ctask_cprojecttask

Standard Project
Type Task
1753

Standard Project Task in a

Project Phase with standard effort

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Sequence

Integer

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_ProjectTask
WHERE
C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@)

Description

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Text

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Invoice
Rule

List

None Time
%26Material max
Comitted Time
%26Material
Product Quantity
Committed Amount
(@ProjInvoiceRule@)

Planned
Amount

Amount

Product

Search

Quantity

Quantity

Optional short
description
of the record

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Invoice Rule
for the project

Planned amount
for this project
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cprojecttask
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
(1)
Quantity

1754

Comment/Help

The Invoice Rule for the project

determines how orders (and
consequently invoices) are created.
The selection on project level can
be overwritten on Phase or Task

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The Quantity indicates the
number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Committed
Amount

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Description

Comment/Help

6. Tab: Task Line - C_ProjectLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Project Lines of Tasks
Comment/Help: Maintain Project Lines of Tasks
LinkColumn: Project Task
Display Logic: @ProjectLineLevel@=T
Where Clause: C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectTask_ID > 0
Tab Level: 3
Table 340.6. Task Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Project

Table
Direct

Project
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_cprojectline
Phase of a Project

cproject_cprojectline

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Task or step
in a project

The Project Line indicates

a unique project line.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1755

(see same above)

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Project
Task

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_cprojectline
Task in a Phase

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_ProjectLine
WHERE
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

Description

Text

Product

Search

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Planned
Price

Costs
+Prices

Planned
Quantity

Quantity

Get Price

Button

Planned
Amount

Amount

Description

(Y)

(1)

(see same above)

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cprojectline
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mproductcat_cprojectline

Comment/Help

Category of a Product

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
Identifies the category which
this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Callout:
Planned price for
org.compiere.model.CalloutProject.planned
this project line

The Planned Price indicates

the anticipated price
for this project line.

Callout:
Planned quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutProject.planned
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

1756

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Printed

Yes-No

(Y)

Planned
Margin

Amount

Committed
Amount

Amount

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Project's planned
margin amount

The Planned Margin Amount

indicates the anticipated
margin amount for this
project or project line.

The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

The (legal)
commitment Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Committed Quantity
Quantity

Invoiced
Amount

Amount

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Order

Search

Purchase
Order

Table

The amount invoiced

(0)

C_Order

The amount invoiced

The quantity invoiced

corder_cprojectline

Order

corderpo_cprojectline

Purchase Order

1757

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Project
Issue

Table
Direct

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cprojectissue_cprojectline

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

7. Tab: Accounting - C_Project_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Project Accounting
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized.
Tab Level: 1
Table 340.7. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Project

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_project_projectacct

cacctschema_cprojectacct

(Y)
1758

Description

Comment/Help

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Project
Field
Name

Reference

Project
Asset

Account

Work In
Progress

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_pjasset_cproject

Project Asset Account

The Project Asset account is

the account used as the final
asset account in capital projects

vc_pjwip_cproject

Account for
Work in Progress

The Work in Process account is

the account used in capital projects
until the project is completed

1759

Chapter 341. Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Description: Maintain Sales Order and Work Order Details
Comment/Help: The Project Window is used to maintain details of Projects Lines and Issues accross Phases/Tasks
Created:2003-07-10 15:52:32.0
Updated:2006-03-26 19:43:53.0

1. Tab: Project - C_Project

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Sales Order Projects and Work Orders
Comment/Help: The Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed
to and used for this project.
Process: Project Print - Rpt C_Project
Tab Level: 0
Table 341.1. Project Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Project

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Commitment Yes-No
Project
Category

List

General Service
(Charge) Project
Asset Project Work
Order (Job) (N)

1760

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Is this document a
(legal) commitment?

Commitment indicates if the

document is legally binding.

Project Category

The Project Category determines

the behavior of the project:
General - no special accounting,
e.g. for Presales or general
tracking Service - no special
accounting, e.g. for Service/Charge

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
projects Work Order - creates
Project/Job WIP transactions ability to issue material Asset create Project Asset transactions
- ability to issue material

Commitment Yes-No
is Ceiling

The commitment amount and

The commitment
quantity is the maximum amount
amount/quantity is
and quantity to be charged. Ignored,
the chargeable ceiling
if the amount or quantity is zero.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

adorg_cproject

String

Sales
Table
Representative

Name

adclient_cproject

(same as first report)

AD_User - SalesRep
aduser_sr_cproject

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

Text

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

(Y)

1761

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Field
Name

Reference

Note

Text

Set Project
Type

Button

Standard
Phase

Table
Direct

Contract
Date

Date

Finish
Date

Date

Business
Partner

Search

BPartner
(Agent)

Table

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Order
Reference

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
cprojecttype_cproject @C_ProjectType_ID@!
0

Description

Comment/Help

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

Type of the project

Type of the project with optional

phases of the project with
standard performance information

C_Phase.C_ProjectType_ID=@C_ProjectType_ID@
Standard Phase of
cphase_cproject
the Project Type

The (planned) effective

date of this document.

The contract date is used to

determine when the document
becomes effective. This is
usually the contract date.
The contract date is used in
reports and report parameters.

Finish or (planned)
completion date

The finish date is used to indicate

when the project is expected to be
completed or has been completed.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_cproject
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
C_BPartner SalesRep

Business Partner
(Agent or Sales Rep)

cbpartnersr_cproject

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_cproject
to) address for this
Business Partner
(-1)

Phase of the project with

standard performance
information with standard work

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cproject
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
cpaymentterm_cproject

1762

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,

The business partner order

reference is the order reference

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Field
Name

Reference

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

Planned
Amount

Amount

Planned
Quantity

Quantity

Planned
Margin

Amount

Invoice
Rule

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

for this specific transaction; Often

Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

ccampaign_cproject

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

mpricelistversion_cproject

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

ReadOnly Logic:
mwarehouse_cproject @M_Warehouse_ID@!
0

ReadOnly Logic:
ccurrency_cproject@M_PriceList_Version_ID@!
0

None Time
%26Material max
Comitted Time
%26Material

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Planned quantity
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Project's planned
margin amount

The Planned Margin Amount

indicates the anticipated
margin amount for this
project or project line.

Invoice Rule
for the project
1763

The Invoice Rule for the project

determines how orders (and
consequently invoices) are created.

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Product Quantity
Committed Amount (-)
Committed
Amount

The selection on project level can

be overwritten on Phase or Task

Amount
The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

The (legal)
commitment Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Committed Quantity
Quantity

Invoiced
Amount

Amount

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Project
Balance

Amount

Copy
Details

Button

Generate
Order

Button

Close
Project

Button

Comment/Help

The amount invoiced

The amount invoiced

The quantity invoiced

Total Project Balance
Copy From Record
Generate To

2. Tab: Line - C_ProjectLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Project Lines
1764

The project balance is the sum

of all invoices and payments
Copy From Record

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Comment/Help: The Project Lines Tab is used to define the lines (products and/or services) associated with this Project. This is an alternative to Project Phases.
You would use lines, if you do not want to use a Project Type template with phases.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Display Logic: @ProjectCategory@!S
Tab Level: 1
Table 341.2. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Project
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Project

Table
Direct

cproject_cprojectline

Description

Comment/Help

Task or step
in a project

The Project Line indicates

a unique project line.

Financial Project

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_cprojectline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_cprojectline
Task in a Phase

Line No

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_ProjectLine
WHERE
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

Description

Text

(Y)

1765

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Planned
Price

Costs
+Prices

Planned
Quantity

Quantity

Get Price

Button

Planned
Amount

Amount

Printed

Yes-No

Planned
Margin

Amount

Committed
Amount

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cprojectline
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mproductcat_cprojectline

(1)

Category of a Product

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
Identifies the category which
this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Callout:
Planned price for
org.compiere.model.CalloutProject.planned
this project line

The Planned Price indicates

the anticipated price
for this project line.

Callout:
Planned quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutProject.planned
for this project

The Planned Quantity indicates

the anticipated quantity for
this project or project line

Planned amount
for this project

The Planned Amount indicates

the anticipated amount for
this project or project line.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Project's planned
margin amount

The Planned Margin Amount

indicates the anticipated
margin amount for this
project or project line.

The (legal)
commitment amount

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

The (legal)
commitment Quantity

The commitment amount is

independent from the planned
amount. You would use the
planned amount for your

(Y)

Committed Quantity
Quantity

1766

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
realistic estimation, which
might be higher or lower than
the commitment amount.

Invoiced
Amount

Amount

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Order

Search

Purchase
Order

Table

Project
Issue

Table
Direct

Processed

Yes-No

The amount invoiced

(0)

C_Order

The amount invoiced

The quantity invoiced

The Order is a control document.
The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

corder_cprojectline

Order

corderpo_cprojectline

Purchase Order

cprojectissue_cprojectline

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(N)

3. Tab: Issues - C_ProjectIssue

[IMAGE]
Description: Issues to the Project
Comment/Help: The lab lists the Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock.
Display Logic: @ProjectCategory@!S
Tab Level: 1
1767

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Table 341.3. Issues Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Project
Issue

ID

Process
Now

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Project

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Line No

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cproject_cprojectissue
(Y)

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_ProjectIssue
WHERE
C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@)

Movement
Date

Date

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Description

Comment/Help

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cprojectissue
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
Product Attribute
Set Instance

mattrsetinst_cprojectissue

1768

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Field
Name

Reference

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Description

Text

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Expense
Line

Search

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mlocator_cprojectissue

Description

Comment/Help

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Optional short
description
of the record
minoutline_cprojectissue

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

stimeexpline_cprojectissue

Time and Expense

Report Line

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Shipment/Receipt Line
indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status(N)

4. Tab: Accounting - C_Project_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Project Accounting
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized.
Tab Level: 1
Table 341.4. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1769

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Project (Lines/Issues)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Project

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Project
Asset

Account

Work In
Progress

Account

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_pjasset_cproject

Project Asset Account

The Project Asset account is

the account used as the final
asset account in capital projects

vc_pjwip_cproject

Account for
Work in Progress

The Work in Process account is

the account used in capital projects
until the project is completed

c_project_projectacct

cacctschema_cprojectacct

(Y)

1770

Chapter 342. Window: Project Reporting

Description: Maintain Project Reporting Cycles
Comment/Help: The Project Cycle Window defines the steps associated with a specific Project. You may want to define several Project cycles to differentiate the
different types of projects. Project cycles may use all or a subset of the used Project Status (e.g. Your opportunity project cycle may include the steps from prospect
to contract - the service cycle may include steps from installation to customer acceptance.
Created:2001-03-11 17:44:08.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Project Cycle - C_Cycle

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Project Report Cycle
Comment/Help: Define the currency that projects Project are reported. The projects themselves could be in a different currency.
Tab Level: 0
Table 342.1. Project Cycle Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Project
Cycle

ID

Identifier for
this Project
Reporting Cycle

Identifies a Project Cycle which

can be made up of one or more
cycle steps and cycle phases.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1771

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Project Reporting

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Currency

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)
ccurrency_ccycle

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

2. Tab: Step - C_CycleStep

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Project Cycle Step
Comment/Help: The Cycle Step determines the logical sequence of events within your cycle. It is the common of similar Project Phases making different project
types comparable.
Tab Level: 1
Table 342.2. Step Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Cycle Step

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The step for this Cycle

Identifies one or more steps

within a Project Cycle. A
cycle Step has multiple Phases

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Project
Cycle

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

ccycle_ccyclestep
(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
1772

Identifier for
this Project
Reporting Cycle

Identifies a Project Cycle which

can be made up of one or more
cycle steps and cycle phases.

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Window: Project Reporting

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

FROM C_CycleStep
WHERE
C_Cycle_ID=@C_Cycle_ID@)
Active

Yes-No

Name

String

Relative
Weight

(Y)

Quantity

(1)

The relative weight allows you to

adjust the project cycle report based
on probabilities. For example,
if you have a 1:10 chance in
closing a contract when it is
Relative weight of
in the prospect stage and a 1:2
this step (0 = ignored)
chance when it is in the contract
stage, you may put a weight of
0.1 and 0.5 on those steps. This
allows sales funnels or measures
of completion of your project.

3. Tab: Cycle Phase - C_CyclePhase

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Link Cycle Step with Project Phases
Comment/Help: Link similar Project Phases to a Cycle Step
Tab Level: 2
Table 342.3. Cycle Phase Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1773

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Project Reporting

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Cycle Step

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Standard
Phase

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
ccyclestep_ccyclephase

(Y)
cphase_ccyclephase

C_CyclePhase_UUString

1774

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The step for this Cycle

Identifies one or more steps

within a Project Cycle. A
cycle Step has multiple Phases

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Standard Phase of
the Project Type

Phase of the project with

standard performance
information with standard work

Chapter 343. Window: Project Type

Description: Maintain Project Type and Phase
Comment/Help: Maintain Project Types and their Phases with standard performance information
Created:2003-05-28 22:08:57.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Project Type - C_ProjectType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Type of a Project
Comment/Help: Type of the project with optional phases and tasks of the project with standard performance information
Tab Level: 0
Table 343.1. Project Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Project
Type

ID
Type of the project

Type of the project with optional

phases of the project with
standard performance information

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1775

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Project Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Project
Category

List

General Service
(Charge) Project
Asset Project Work
Order (Job) (N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Project Category

The Project Category determines

the behavior of the project:
General - no special accounting,
e.g. for Presales or general
tracking Service - no special
accounting, e.g. for Service/Charge
projects Work Order - creates
Project/Job WIP transactions ability to issue material Asset create Project Asset transactions
- ability to issue material

Description

Comment/Help

Standard Phase of
the Project Type

Phase of the project with

standard performance
information with standard work

2. Tab: Standard Phase - C_Phase

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Standard Project Phase
Comment/Help: Standard Phase of the project with performance information
Tab Level: 1
Table 343.2. Standard Phase Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Standard
Phase

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

1776

(see same above)

Window: Project Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Project
Type

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
cprojecttype_cphase

Type of the project

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_Phase
WHERE
C_ProjectType_ID=@C_ProjectType_ID@)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Text

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Product

Search

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)
mproduct_cphase

Standard
Quantity

Quantity

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Standard Project Task
1777

Type of the project with optional

phases of the project with
standard performance information
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Standard Quantity

3. Tab: Standard Task - C_Task

(see same above)

Comment or Hint

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

(1)

Comment/Help

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Project Type

Comment/Help: Standard Project Task
Tab Level: 2
Table 343.3. Standard Task Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Standard
Task

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Standard
Phase

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Standard Project
Type Task

Standard Project Task in a

Project Phase with standard effort

Standard Phase of
the Project Type

cphase_ctask

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_Task
WHERE
C_Phase_ID=@C_Phase_ID@)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Text

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

1778

Phase of the project with

standard performance
information with standard work
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Project Type

Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

mproduct_ctask
Standard
Quantity

Quantity

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

(1)

Standard Quantity

1779

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Chapter 344. Window: Promotion

Description: Setup promotion rule
Comment/Help: null
Created:2009-04-09 16:57:36.0
Updated:2009-04-09 16:57:36.0

1. Tab: Promotion - M_Promotion

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 344.1. Promotion Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Relative
Priority

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Optional short
description
of the record
(0)
Which promotion
should be apply
to a product

1780

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The relative priority indicate
the promotion to use when a
product exists in more than one
promotion. Promotion with the
highest priority take precedence.

Window: Promotion
Field
Name

Reference

Campaign

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccampaign_mpromotion

Promotion

Description

Comment/Help

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

ID

2. Tab: Pre Condition - M_PromotionPreCondition

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 344.2. Pre Condition Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Promotion

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Business
Partner

Search

mpromotion_mpromotionprecondit
(0)

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
cbpartner_mpromotionpreconditi
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BP_Group_ID@!
0
1781

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Promotion
Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Price List

Table
Direct

mpricelist_mpromotionprecondit

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Table
Direct

mwarehouse_mpromotionprecondit

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

User entered promotion

code at sales time

If present, user entered the

promotion code at sales
time to get this promotion

Usage counter

Counter to record how many times

this promotion have been used

Maximum usage limit

Maximum number of time

this promotion can be use

Warehouse

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0
cbpgroup_mpromotionpreconditio
Business Partner Group

Comment/Help
The Business Partner Group
provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

Promotion
Code

String

Usage
Counter

Integer

(0)

Usage
Limit

Integer

(0)

Start Date

Date
+Time

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date
+Time

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Activity

Table
Direct

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Promotion
Pre
Condition

cactivity_mpromotionpreconditi

ID

3. Tab: Promotion Line - M_PromotionLine

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1

1782

Window: Promotion
Table 344.3. Promotion Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Promotion

Table
Direct

mpromotion_mpromotionline

Promotion
Group

Table
Direct

mpromotiongroup_mpromotionline

Minimum
Amt

Amount

Mandatory
Promotion
Line

Yes-No

Promotion
Line

ID

Minimum Amount in
Document Currency
(Y)

Order must have

this promotion line

The mandatory promotion check

box indicates that the order
must have this promotion line

4. Tab: Quantity Distribution - M_PromotionDistribution

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 344.4. Quantity Distribution Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

1783

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Promotion
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Promotion

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_PromotionDistribution
WHERE
M_Promotion_ID=@M_Promotion_ID@)

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

mpromotion_mpromotiondistribut

Promotion
Line

Table
Direct

Operation

List

>=<=

Quantity

Quantity

(0)

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

M_PromotionLine.M_Promotion_ID
mpromotionline_mpromotiondistr
=
@M_Promotion_ID@
Compare Operation
Quantity

Distribution
Type

List

Min Minus Max

Type of quantity
distribution calculation
using comparison
qty and order
qty as operand

Distribution
Sorting

List

Ascending Descending

Quantity distribution
sorting by unit price

Promotion
Distribution

ID

5. Tab: Reward - M_PromotionReward

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1

1784

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Window: Promotion
Table 344.5. Reward Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Promotion

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_PromotionReward
WHERE
M_Promotion_ID=@M_Promotion_ID@)

For all
distribution

Yes-No

Promotion
Distribution

Table
Direct

Same
distribution
for source
and target

Yes-No

Target
distribution

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

mpromotion_mpromotionreward
The Sequence indicates
the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

(N)

This reward is for

all distribution
M_PromotionDistribution.M_Promotion_ID
=
mpromotiondistribution_mpromot
@M_Promotion_ID@
ReadOnly Logic:
@IsForAllDistribution@=Y

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsForAllDistribution@=Y

M_PromotionDistribution

Use the same

distribution for
source and target

M_PromotionDistribution.M_Promotion_ID
=
Get product from target
@M_Promotion_ID@
mtargetdistribution_mpromotion
distribution to apply
ReadOnly Logic:
the promotion reward
@IsForAllDistribution@=Y|
@IsSameDistribution@=Y

1785

Use the same distribution for source

and target. Source distribution is for
the entitlement of the reward, target
distribution is the distribution to get
the product to apply the reward to

Window: Promotion
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Reward
Type

List

Flat Discount
Percentage
Absolute Amount

Amount

Amount

Quantity

Quantity

Distribution
Sorting

List

Charge

Table
Direct

Promotion
Reward

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Type of reward which

consists of percentage
discount, flat discount
or absolute amount

Ascending Descending

ReadOnly Logic:
@Qty@=0

Amount in a
defined currency

The Amount indicates the

amount for this document line.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Quantity distribution
sorting by unit price
Additional
document charges

ccharge_mpromotionreward

ID

1786

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Chapter 345. Window: Promotion Group

Description: Grouping of product for promotion setup
Comment/Help: null
Created:2009-04-09 16:49:11.0
Updated:2009-04-09 16:49:11.0

1. Tab: Promotion Group - M_PromotionGroup

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 345.1. Promotion Group Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Promotion
Group

ID

(Y)

1787

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Promotion Group

2. Tab: Group Line - M_PromotionGroupLine

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 345.2. Group Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Promotion
Group

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Promotion
Group
Line

ID

mpromotiongroup_mpromotiongrou
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mpromotiongroupline
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

1788

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Chapter 346. Window: Purchase Order

Description: Manage Purchase Orders
Comment/Help: The Purchase Order Window defines a purchase order for an organization. When a Purchase Order has been entered you can generate a Shipment
Document or Invoice from this Purchase Order
Created:2000-05-22 21:37:05.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Purchase Order - C_Order

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Order Header
Comment/Help: The Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an order. The field values defined will determine how the Order Lines are processed.
Process: Order Print - Rpt C_Order
Where Clause: C_Order.IsSOTrx='N'
Tab Level: 0
Table 346.1. Purchase Order Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Delivered

Yes-No

Payment
BPartner

ID

Payment
Location

ID

Invoice
Rule

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

cbpartnerpay_corder

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

cbplocationpay_corder

Location of the
Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery

Frequency and
method of invoicing
1789

Comment/Help

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

cpayment_corder

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

ccashline_corder

Cash Journal Line

Immediate After
Order delivered (I)
Date
printed

Date

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Referenced
Order

Search

Account
Date

Date

corder_ref

Payment

Search

Process
Order

Button

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Delivery
Rule

List

SelfService

C_Order

(@#Date@)

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (F)

Yes-No

1790

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Transferred

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Invoiced

Yes-No

Approved

Yes-No

Selected

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

Credit
Approved

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Purchase
Order

ID

(@IsSOTrx@)

(@IsApproved@)

(Y)

1791

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates

if the credit approval was
successful for Orders

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

String

Order
Reference

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
adorg_corder
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.organization

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

String

1792

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

Text

Target
Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Date
Ordered

Date

(@#Date@)

Date
Promised

Date

(@#Date@)

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice
Partner

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('SOO',
'POO') AND
Target document
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
cdoctypetarget_corder
type for conversing
AND
documents
COALESCE(C_DocType.DocSubTypeSO,'
')< > 'RM'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.docType
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date of Order
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
Date Order
was promised

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.
The Date Promised indicates
the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_corder
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR 'N'='@IsSOTrx@'
OR EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_BP_Relation
Business Partner
cbpartnerbill_corder
r WHERE
to be invoiced
C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=r.C_BPartnerRelation_ID
AND
r.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
r.IsBillTo='Y'))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartnerBill

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

1793

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Invoice
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Invoice
Contact

Table

AD_User

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_corder
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Table

(N)

C_BPartner Location

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
aduserbill_corder
Contact for invoicing
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.warehouse
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_corder
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@IsDropShip@=Y

C_BPartner (Trx)

Comment/Help

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
AND
Business Partner
cbplocationbill_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
Location for invoicing
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

DropShip_BPartner_ID
Search

Drop
Shipment
Location

Values (Default)

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
dropshipbpartner_corder
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Business Partner
to ship to

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
AND
Business Partner
dropshiplocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y' Location for
AND
shipping to
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

1794

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
Drop Shipments do not cause
any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.
If empty the business
partner will be shipped to.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Drop
Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

Delivery
Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

Freight
Amount

Amount

Priority

List

Price List

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshipuser_corder
Contact for
drop shipment

mshipper_corder

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_soheader
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
(@C_Currency_ID@)

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

ccurrency_corder

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

cconversiontype_corder

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define

1795

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Company
Agent

Table

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Charge

Table

AD_User

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
aduser_sr_corder
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

C_Charge
ccharge_corder

Charge
amount

Amount

Payment
Rule

Payment

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Project

Table
Direct

(B)

ReadOnly Logic:
@OrderType@='WP'

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_soheader '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.paymentTerm
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_corder
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

1796

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Document
Status

List

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

cactivity_corder

Validation Rule

Description

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_corder
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)

Comment/Help
Activities indicate tasks that
are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_corder

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_corder

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celemenrvalueuser2_corder

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

The current status

of the document

C_DocType(0)
c_doctype_corder

Document type or rules

1797

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Total
Lines

Amount

Grand
Total

Amount

Pay
Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Copy
Lines

Button

Process
Order

Button

Cash
Plan Line

Search

Posted

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid
Copy From Record

_Document
Action(CO)

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.
Copy From Record

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

C_CashPlan_ID
IN (SELECT
C_CashPlan_ID
FROM C_CashPlan
ccashplanline_corder
WHERE
IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@')
AND DateTrx>
=SYSDATE
_Posted Status(N)

2. Tab: PO Line - C_OrderLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Purchase Order Line
Comment/Help: The Purchase Order Line Tab defines the individual items in an order.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
1798

Window: Purchase Order

Table 346.2. PO Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Project
Task

Table
Direct

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Date
Delivered

Date

Processed

Yes-No

Lost
Sales Qty

Quantity

Revenue
Recognition
Start

Date
+Time

Date
Invoiced

Date

Values (Default)

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

Description

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_corderline
Task in a Phase
Lowest price
for a product

Comment/Help
A Project Task in a Project
Phase represents the actual work.
The Price Limit indicates the
lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

Date when the

product was delivered
The document has
been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Quantity of
potential sales

When an order is closed and

there is a difference between
the ordered quantity and the
delivered (invoiced) quantity is
the Lost Sales Quantity. Note
that the Lost Sales Quantity is
0 if you void an order, so close
the order if you want to track lost
opportunities. [Void = data entry
error - Close = the order is finished]

Revenue Recognition
Start Date
Date printed on Invoice

Resource Assignment
Assignment

Currency

Constraint Value

The date the revenue

recognition starts.
The Date Invoice indicates the
date printed on the invoice.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt;
sresourceassign_corderline
Resource Assignment
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
(@C_Currency_ID@)

The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_corderline

1799

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description
Only

Yes-No

(N)

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_corderline
Phase of a Project
(Y)

Revenue
Amount
Recognition
Amt

Purchase
Order Line

ID

Referenced
Order Line

Search

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Purchase
Order

Description

C_OrderLine
corderline_ref

adorg_corderline

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Revenue
Recognition Amount

The amount for revenue recognition

calculation. If empty, the
complete invoice amount is
used. The difference between
Revenue Recognition Amount
and Invoice Line Net Amount is
immediately recognized as revenue.

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search

corder_corderline

Order

1800

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table(@C_BPartner_Location_ID@)
Direct

(@SQL=SELECT
C_BPartner_ID AS
DefaultValue FROM
cbpartner_soline
C_Order WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)

Validation Rule
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Description

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
cbpartnerlocation_soline
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.tax

Date
Promised

Date

(@DatePromised@)

Date
Ordered

Date

(@DateOrdered@)

Line No

Constraint Value

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_OrderLine
WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)

Comment/Help
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Unique line for

this document

M_Warehouse of
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
Client(@M_Warehouse_ID@)
mwarehouse_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@OrderType@!'SO'

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Warehouse

Table

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_corderline
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Charge

Table
Direct

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

ccharge_corderline

1801

Additional
document charges

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocTypeTarget_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
Set Instance
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Description

Text

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Optional short
description
of the record
Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Entered is based on
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
the selected UoM
cuom_corderline

( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
1802

Unit of Measure

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Quantity Entered is converted
to base product UoM quantity
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
1803

Comment/Help

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
PO
Quantity

Quantity

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

On Order
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Shipper

(1)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Ordered Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

TableM_Shipper(@M_Shipper_ID@)
mshipper_corderline

Delivered Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product
The price entered is converted
to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM

Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

Price per Unit of

Measure including
all indirect costs
(Freight, etc.)

1804

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

Optional Purchase
Order Line cost price.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amtActual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
List Price
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Freight
Amount

Amount

Tax

Table
Direct

Discount
%

Number

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ctax_corderline

Description

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Callout:
Discount in percent
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_corderline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
cactivity_corderline

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_corderline
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_corderline

1805

Comment/Help

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Line
Amount

Amount

Account_ID - User1
celemenrvalueuser1_corderline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Match Purchase
Order to Shipment/
Receipt and Invoice

The matching record is usually

created automatically. If price
matching is enabled on business

Account_ID - User2
celemenrvalueuser2_corderline

3. Tab: Matching - M_MatchPO

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Material Receipt or Invoice Lines matched to this Purchse Order Line
LinkColumn: Sales Order Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 346.3. Matching Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Match PO

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1806

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
partner group level, the matching
might have to be approved.

Delete

Button

Account
Date

Date
Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Document
No

String

corderline_mmatchpo

1807

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction
Date

Date

Receipt
Line

Search

Invoice
Line

Search

Quantity

Quantity

Product

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

minoutline_mmatchpo

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

cinvoiceline_mmatchpo

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Search
mproduct_mmatchpo

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Posted

Button

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattributesetinstance_mmatchpo

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

4. Tab: Requisition Lines - M_RequisitionLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Related Purchase Requisition Lines
LinkColumn: Sales Order Line
Tab Level: 2
1808

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Purchase Order

Table 346.4. Requisition Lines Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Purchase
Order Line

Search

Requisition
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Requisition

Table
Direct

Line No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corderline_mrequisitionline

String

Product

Search

UOM

Search

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Material
Requisition Line

mrequisition_mrequisitionline

Material Requisition

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_RequisitionLine
WHERE
M_Requisition_ID=@M_Requisition_ID@)

Description

Description

Unique line for

this document

Optional short
description
of the record
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
AND
mproduct_mrequisitionline
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsPurchased='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequisition.product
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
cuom_mrequisitionline

Unit of Measure

1809

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Line
Amount

Amount

Business
Partner

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequisition.amt
Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequisition.amt
Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Search
cbpartner_mrequisitionline

5. Tab: Order Tax - C_OrderTax

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Order Tax
Comment/Help: The Order Tax Tab displays the tax associated with the Order Lines.
LinkColumn: Order
Tab Level: 1
Table 346.5. Order Tax Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_OrderTax_UU String
1810

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Purchase
Order

Search

corder_cordertax

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Base for calculating

the tax amount

The Tax Base Amount indicates

the base amount used for
calculating the tax amount.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Tax

Table
Direct

ctax_cordertax

Tax
Provider

Table
Direct

ctaxprovider_cordertax

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax base
Amount

Amount

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

6. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_OrderPaySchedule

[IMAGE]
Description: Order Payment Schedule
1811

Window: Purchase Order

LinkColumn: Order
Tab Level: 1
Table 346.6. Payment Schedule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Purchase
Order

Search

corder_corderpayschedule

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

cpayschedule_corderpayschedule

Payment Schedule
Template

Information when parts

of the payment are due

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Payment
Schedule

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Due Date

Date

Date when the

payment is due

Date when the payment is due

without deductions or discount

Amount
due

Amount

Amount of the
payment due

Full amount of the payment due

Discount
Date

Date

Last Date for payments

with discount

Last Date where a deduction of

the payment discount is allowed

Discount
Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Validate

Button

(Y)

1812

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Valid

Yes-No

Order
Payment
Schedule

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

7. Tab: Estimated Landed Cost - C_OrderLandedCost

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 346.7. Estimated Landed Cost Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_OrderLandedCost_UU
String
Estimated
Landed
Cost

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Purchase
Order

Search

corder_corderlandedcost

Cost
Element

Table
Direct

Order

M_CostElement.CostElementType='M'
AND
mcostelement_corderlandedcost
Product Cost Element
M_CostElement.CostingMethod
IS NULL
1813

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Cost
Distribution

List

Amount

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Quantity Volume
Weight Line Costs (Q)

Landed Cost
Distribution

How landed costs are

distributed to material receipts

(0)

Amount

Amount

Description

Comment/Help

8. Tab: Estimated Landed Cost Allocation C_OrderLandedCostAllocation

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 2
Table 346.8. Estimated Landed Cost Allocation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_OrderLandedCostAllocation_UU
String
Estimated
Landed
Cost
Allocation

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Estimated
Landed
Cost

Search

Purchase
Order Line

Table
Direct

Base

Number

corderlandedcost_corderlandedc
C_OrderLine.C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@
corderline_corderlandedcostall
Sales Order Line
Calculation Base
1814

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Window: Purchase Order

Field
Name

Reference

Quantity

Quantity

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Amount

1815

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Amount

Amount

Chapter 347. Window: Quality Test

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2011-07-27 15:16:55.0
Updated:2011-07-27 15:16:55.0

1. Tab: Test - M_QualityTest

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 347.1. Test Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Quality
Test

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

1816

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Quality Test

2. Tab: Product - M_Product_QualityTest

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Quality Test
Tab Level: 1
Table 347.2. Product Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Product
Quality
Test

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Quality
Test

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Yes-No

Expected
Result

String

Comment/Help

mqualitytest_mproductqualityte

mproduct_mproductqualitytest
Active

Description

(Y)

1817

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 348. Window: RMA Type

Description: Return Material Authorization Type
Comment/Help: Maintain the types of RMA
Created:2004-05-16 20:58:04.0
Updated:2009-09-11 00:48:00.0

1. Tab: RMA Type - M_RMAType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Return Material Authorization Type
Comment/Help: Maintain the types of RMA
Tab Level: 0
Table 348.1. RMA Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

RMA
Type

ID

Return Material
Authorization Type

Types of RMA

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1818

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: RMA Type

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1819

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 349. Window: Recurring

Description: Recurring Document
Comment/Help: Create new documents based on existing one
Created:2003-05-28 22:25:58.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Recurring - C_Recurring

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Recurring Document
Comment/Help: Maintain Recurring Documents. The Date Next Run determines the Document (and Accounting Date) of the generated documents.
Tab Level: 0
Table 349.1. Recurring Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Recurring

ID

Recurring Document

Recurring Documents

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1820

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Recurring
Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Recurring
Group

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Frequency
Type

List

Frequency

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Daily Monthly
Quarterly Weekly (M)

Frequency of event

The frequency type is

used for calculating the
date of the next event.

Frequency of events

The frequency is used in

conjunction with the frequency
type in determining an event.
Example: If the Frequency Type
is Week and the Frequency
is 2 - it is every two weeks.

CRecurringGroup_CRecurring

Maximum
Runs

Integer

Number of
recurring runs

Number of recurring documents

to be generated in total

Date
next run

Date
+Time

Date the process

will run next

The Date Next Run indicates the

next time this process will run.

Recurring
Type

List

Type of Recurring
Document

The type of document

to be generated

Order

Search

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

Invoice GL Journal
Project Order

ReadOnly Logic:
@DateLastRun@!''
ReadOnly Logic:
@DateLastRun@!''
corder_crecurring

Journal
Batch

Search

Invoice

Search

ReadOnly Logic:
gljournalbatch_crecurring @DateLastRun@!''

cinvoice_crecurring

ReadOnly Logic:
@DateLastRun@!''

1821

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Window: Recurring
Field
Name

Reference

Project

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cproject_crecurring

ReadOnly Logic:
@DateLastRun@!''

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Payment

Search

ReadOnly Logic:
@DateLastRun@!''

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Remaining
Runs

Integer

Number of recurring
runs remaining

Number of recurring
documents to be still generated

Start
Process

Button

Description

Comment/Help

Recurring
Document Run

History of Recurring
Document Generation

cpayment_crecurring

2. Tab: Run - C_Recurring_Run

[IMAGE]
Description: Recurring Document Run
Comment/Help: History of Recurring Document Generation
Tab Level: 1
Table 349.2. Run Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Recurring
Run

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Recurring

Table
Direct

crecurring_crecurringrun

Recurring Document
1822

Recurring Documents

Window: Recurring
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Created

Date
+Time

Active

Yes-No

Document
Date

Date

Payment

Search

Order

Search

Project

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date of the Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

corder_crecurringrun

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

cproject_crecurringrun

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

cinvoice_crecurringrun

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

gljournalbatch_crecurringrun

General Ledger
Journal Batch

The General Ledger Journal Batch

identifies a group of journals
to be processed as a group.

cpayment_crecurringrun

Search

Invoice

Search

Journal
Batch

Search

1823

Chapter 350. Window: Recurring Group

Description: Recurring Group
Comment/Help: null
Created:2014-07-27 15:38:22.0
Updated:2014-07-27 15:38:22.0

1. Tab: Recurring Group - C_RecurringGroup

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 350.1. Recurring Group Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_CRecurringGroup
(same as first report)
<>0
(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_CRecurringGroup
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

1824

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Recurring Group

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_RecurringGroup_UU
String
Recurring
Group

ID

1825

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 351. Window: Reference

Description: Maintain System References
Comment/Help: The Reference Window defines field/display types and validations. This window is for System Admin use only.
Created:1999-05-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2006-05-03 14:40:49.0

1. Tab: Reference - AD_Reference

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Reference header definitions
Comment/Help: The Reference Tab defines the references that are used to validate data
Tab Level: 0
Table 351.1. Reference Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Reference

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

referenceclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

referenceorg

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1826

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adreference

Validation
type

List

Value
Format

String

Order By
Value

Yes-No

List Validation
DataType Table
Validation

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Different method
of validating data

The Validation Type indicates

the validation method to
use. These include list, table
or data type validation.

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Order list using the

value column instead
of the name column

1827

Order list using the value column

instead of the name column

Window: Reference

2. Tab: List Validation - AD_Ref_List

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Reference List
Comment/Help: The List Validation Tab defines lists to validate data
Display Logic: @ValidationType@=L
Tab Level: 1
Table 351.2. List Validation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Reference
List

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Reference

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Reference List
based on Table

The Reference List field indicates

a list of reference values from
a database tables. Reference
lists populate drop down list
boxes in data entry screens

ad_reflist_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_reflist_org

System Reference
and Validation

ad_reference_reflist

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
1828

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D

entityt_adreflist

Description

Comment/Help

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Valid from

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: List Translation - AD_Ref_List_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Display Logic: @ValidationType@=L
Tab Level: 2
Table 351.3. List Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Reference
List

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ad_reflisttrl

Reference List
based on Table

The Reference List field indicates

a list of reference values from
a database tables. Reference
lists populate drop down list
boxes in data entry screens

ad_language_reflisttrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

AD_Language

1829

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

String

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description

Comment/Help

4. Tab: Table Validation - AD_Ref_Table

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Table validation
Comment/Help: The Table Validation Tab defines tables to validate data
Display Logic: @ValidationType@=T
Tab Level: 1
Table 351.4. Table Validation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ref_tableclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ref_tableorg

Reference

Table
Direct

ad_reference_reftable

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

Table

Table
Direct

add_table_reftable

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

1830

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Key
column

Table

AD_Column
ColumName

Display
column

Table

AD_Column
ColumName

Display
Value

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
Unique identifier
ad_column_reftable_id
of a record
AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
Column that
ad_column_reftable_display
will display

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adreftable

Sql
WHERE

Description

Text

Window

Table
Direct

Info
Window

Table
Direct

adwindow_adreftable

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
1831

The Display Column indicates

the column that will display.
The Display Value checkbox
indicates if the value column will
display with the display column.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Fully qualified
ORDER BY clause

The ORDER BY Clause indicates

the SQL ORDER BY clause
to use for record selection

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

AD_InfoWindow.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
Info and search/
adinfowindow_adreftable
select Window

5. Tab: Used in Column - AD_Column

The Key Column indicates

that this the unique identifier
of a record on this table.

Displays Value
column with the
Display column

Text

Sql
ORDER
BY

Comment/Help

The Info window is used to

search and select records as
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

Window: Reference
Description: Used in Column (Reference)
LinkColumn: Client
Display Logic: @ValidationType@!D
Where Clause: AD_Column.AD_Reference_Value_ID=@AD_Reference_ID@
Tab Level: 1
Table 351.5. Used in Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Identifier

Yes-No

Synchronize
Column

Button

Key
column

Yes-No

Read Only
Logic

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1832

Description

Comment/Help

This column is part of

the record identifier

The Identifier checkbox indicates

that this column is part of the
identifier or key for this table.

Change database
table definition
when changing
dictionary definition

When selected, the database

column definition is updated
based on your entries in
the Column definition of
the Application Dictionary.

This column is the

key in this table

The key column must also be

display sequence 0 in the field
definition and may be hidden.

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Process

Table
Direct

adprocess_adcolumn

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

Column

ID

Version

Amount

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Min.
Value

String

Minimum
Value for a field

The Minimum Value indicates the

lowest allowable value for a field.

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Max.
Value

String

Maximum
Value for a field

The Maximum Value indicates the

highest allowable value for a field

Parent link
column

Yes-No

This column is a link

to the parent table (e.g.
header from lines)
- incl. Association
key columns

The Parent checkbox

indicates if this column is
a link to the parent table.

Selection
Column

Yes-No

Is this column
used for finding
rows in windows

If selected, the column is listed in

the first find window tab and in
the selection part of the window

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Column
Encryption

Button

AD_Column
Encrypted(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsKey@=Y |
@IsParent@=Y |
@IsIdentifier@=Y |
Display or Storage
@IsTranslated@=Y |
is encrypted
@ColumnName@=AD_Client_ID
|
@ColumnName@=AD_Client_ID
|
1833

Display encryption (in Window/

Tab/Field) - all characters are
displayed as '*' - in the database it
is stored in clear text. You will not
be able to report on these columns.
Data storage encryption (in Table/
Column) - data is stored encrypted
in the database (dangerous!) and
you will not be able to report

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

@ColumnName@=AD_Org_ID
|
@ColumnName@=IsActive
|
@ColumnName@=Created
|
@ColumnName@=Updated
|
@ColumnName@=DocumentNo
|
@ColumnName@=Value
|
@ColumnName@=Name
|
@AD_Reference_ID@=23
|
@AD_Reference_ID@=36
| @ColumnSQL@!''
Always
Updatable

Yes-No

(N)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adcolumn

Column
SQL

on those columns. Independent

from Display encryption.

The column is always

updateable, even
if the record is not
active or processed

If selected and if the window / tab

is not read only, you can always
update the column. This might
be useful for comments, etc.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Virtual Column (r/o)

You can define virtual columns (not

stored in the database). If defined,
the Column name is the synonym
of the SQL expression defined here.
The SQL expression must be valid.
Example: "Updated-Created" would
list the age of the entry in days

String

1834

Comment/Help

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

Mandatory

Yes-No

Updatable

Yes-No

Value
Format

String

Callout

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Determines, if the
field can be updated

The Updatable checkbox

indicates if a field can
be updated by the user.

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

ReadOnly Logic:
@#UIClient@!swing

String

A Callout allow you to create

Java extensions to perform certain
tasks always after a value changed.
Callouts should not be used for
validation but consequences of a
user selecting a certain value. The
Fully qualified
callout is a Java class implementing
class names and
org.compiere.model.Callout and
method - separated
a method name to call. Example:
by semicolons
"org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText"
instantiates the class
"CalloutRequest" and calls
the method "copyText". You
can have multiple callouts by
separating them via a semicolon

1835

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

Default
Logic

Text

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Table

Table
Direct

DB
Column
Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

columnclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

columnorg

Database Table
information

ad_table_column

Callout:
Name of the column
org.compiere.model.Callout_AD_Column.columnName
in the database

1836

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition
The Column Name indicates
the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

Window: Reference
Field
Name

Reference

System
Element

Search

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
System Element
The System Element allows
org.compiere.model.Callout_AD_Column.element
enables the central
for the central maintenance
ad_element_ad_column
maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Length

Integer

Reference

Table

Reference
Key

Table

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Length of the column The Length indicates the length of a

in the database
column as defined in the database.
AD_Reference
ad_reference_columndatatype
Data Types
AD_Reference Values

System Reference
and Validation

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
ad_reference_columnvalue@AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END
Dynamic
Validation Rule

ad_valrule_column

6. Tab: Reference Translation - AD_Reference_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
1837

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.
The Reference Value indicates
where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.
These rules define how an entry
is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

Window: Reference
Table 351.6. Reference Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Reference

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_referencetrl

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

ad_language_referencetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

1838

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Chapter 352. Window: Registration

Description: User Asset Registration
Comment/Help: User Registration of an Asset
Created:2004-01-08 21:10:19.0
Updated:2012-03-09 15:15:56.0

1. Tab: Registration - A_Registration

[IMAGE]
Description: Asset User Registration
Comment/Help: User Registration of an Asset
Tab Level: 0
Table 352.1. Registration Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Registration

ID

User Asset Registration

User Registration of an Asset

Process
Now

Button

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1839

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Registration
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_aregistration
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_aregistration
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Asset

Search

(Y)
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aregistration
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Asset used internally

or by customers

aasset_aregistration

Registered

Yes-No

The application
is registered.

Allowed
to be
Published

Yes-No

You allow to publish

the information,
not just statistical
summary info

In
Production

Yes-No

The system is
in production

In Service
Date

Date

Note

String

1840

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
An asset is either created by
purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Date when Asset

was put into service

The date when the asset was

put into service - usually used
as start date for depreciation.

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

Window: Registration
Field
Name

Reference

Remote
Host

String

Remote
Addr

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Remote host Info

Remote Address

The Remote Address indicates an

alternative or external address.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Value - A_RegistrationValue

[IMAGE]
Description: Registration Values
Comment/Help: Indivifual values of Registration Attribute
LinkColumn: Registration
Tab Level: 1
Table 352.2. Value Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Registration

Table
Direct

aregistration_aregvalue

User Asset Registration

Registration
Attribute

Table
Direct

aregattribute_aregvalue

Asset Registration
Attribute

Define the individual values

for the Asset Registration

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

1841

User Registration of an Asset

Window: Registration
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

A_RegistrationValue_UU
String

1842

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 353. Window: Registration Attributes

Description: Asset Registration Attributes
Comment/Help: Define the individual values for the Asset Registration
Created:2004-01-08 21:02:47.0
Updated:2012-03-09 15:16:07.0

1. Tab: Attribute - A_RegistrationAttribute

[IMAGE]
Description: Asset Registration Attribute
Comment/Help: Define the individual values for the Asset Registration
Tab Level: 0
Table 353.1. Attribute Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Registration
Attribute

ID

Asset Registration
Attribute

Define the individual values

for the Asset Registration

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
1843

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Registration Attributes

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Sequence

Integer

Reference

Table

DB
Column
Name

String

Reference
Key

Table

AD_Reference Values

SelfService

Yes-No

(Y)

AD_Reference
Data Types

Validation Rule

adreference_aregattribute

Description

Comment/Help

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

Name of the column

in the database

The Column Name indicates

the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
adreferencevalue_aregattribute
@AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END
This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

The Reference Value indicates

where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.
Self-Service allows users to enter
data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

2. Tab: Product Assignment - A_RegistrationProduct

[IMAGE]
Description: Assignment of Atrributes to Products
Comment/Help: Determines, which attributes are assigned to a product
LinkColumn: Registration Attribute
Tab Level: 1
Table 353.2. Product Assignment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1844

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Registration Attributes

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Registration
Attribute

Table
Direct

Product

Search

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
Asset Registration
Attribute

aregattribute_aregproduct

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_aregproduct
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

(Y)

A_RegistrationProduct_UU
String

1845

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Define the individual values

for the Asset Registration
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 354. Window: Relation Type

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2009-11-13 15:18:43.0
Updated:2009-11-13 15:18:43.0

1. Tab: Relation Type - AD_RelationType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 354.1. Relation Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Relation
Type

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Directed

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record
(N)

Tells whether one

"sees" the other
end of the relation
1846

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Relation Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

from each end or

just from the source
Type

List

Implicit Explicit (I)

Source
Reference

Table

Source
Role

List

Target
Reference

Table

Target
Role

List

Order Invoice

If set, this role

will be used as
label for the zoom
destination instead
of the destinations's
window name

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

Type of Validation
(SQL, Java Script,
Java Language)

The Type indicates the

type of validation that will
occur. This can be SQL, Java
Script or Java Language.

AD_Reference Table
adreferencesource_adrelationty
Order Invoice

If set, this role

will be used as
label for the zoom
destination instead
of the destinations's
window name

AD_Reference Table
adreferencetarget_adrelationty

1847

(see same above)

Chapter 355. Window: Replication Strategy

Description: Maintain Data Replication Strategy
Comment/Help: The Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not syncronize Application
Dictionary items.
Created:2003-06-19 16:30:38.0
Updated:2008-03-24 09:09:35.0

1. Tab: Replication Strategy - AD_ReplicationStrategy

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Data Replication Strategy
Comment/Help: The Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not syncronize Application
Dictionary items.
Tab Level: 0
Table 355.1. Replication Strategy Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Replication
Strategy

ID

Data Replication
Strategy

The Data Replication

Strategy determines what
and how tables are replicated

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1848

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Replication Strategy

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adreplicationstrategy

Export
Processor

Table
Direct

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

expprocessor_adreplicationstra

2. Tab: Replication Table - AD_ReplicationTable

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Data Replication Strategy Table Info
Comment/Help: Determines how the table is replicated. You have full access to Local tables, Reference tables are on Remote systems and are read-only. The data
of Merge tables on Remote systems is copied to the central system.
Tab Level: 1
Table 355.2. Replication Table Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Replication
Table

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1849

Description

Comment/Help

Data Replication
Strategy Table Info

Determines how the

table is replicated

Window: Replication Strategy

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Replication
Strategy

Table
Direct

Table

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

Replication
Type

List

Entity
Type

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adrepstrategy_adreptable

Data Replication
Strategy

The Data Replication

Strategy determines what
and how tables are replicated

adtable_adreplicationtable

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(Y)

Local Merge
Reference Broadcast

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adreplicationtable

Type of Data
Replication

The Type of data Replication

determines the direction of the data
replication. Reference means that
the data in this system is read only
-> Local means that the data in this
system is not replicated to other
systems - Merge means that the
data in this system is synchronized
with the other system < ->

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

3. Tab: Replication Document - AD_ReplicationDocument

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
1850

Window: Replication Strategy

Tab Level: 1
Table 355.3. Replication Document Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Replication
Document

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Replication
Strategy

ID

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Table

Search

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

Replication
Type

List

Data Replication
Strategy

The Data Replication

Strategy determines what
and how tables are replicated

cdoctype_adreplicationdocument

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

adtable_adreplicationdocument

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

('Y')

Local Merge
Reference Broadcast
Type of Data
Replication

1851

The Type of data Replication

determines the direction of the data
replication. Reference means that
the data in this system is read only
-> Local means that the data in this
system is not replicated to other
systems - Merge means that the
data in this system is synchronized
with the other system < ->

Chapter 356. Window: Report %26 Process

Description: Maintain Reports %26 Processes
Comment/Help: The Report %26 Process Window is used to define the parameters and access rules for every Report and Process within the system. This window
is for System Admin use only.
Created:1999-12-11 19:33:27.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Report %26 Process - AD_Process

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Report %26 Process
Comment/Help: The Report and Process Tab defines each report and process run in the system. Please note that the Print Format is only used for Document Print
when you want to share a common format defined on System level. For normal reports and formats, you would not define a Print Format here, but modify the
generated print format and set it as the default.
Tab Level: 0
Table 356.1. Report %26 Process Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Workflow
Key

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Key of the
Workflow to start

AD_Process_UU String
Process

ID
Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

(same as first report)

1852

(see same above)

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Table

(Y)

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adprocess

Data
Access
Level

List

Report

Yes-No

Server
Process

Yes-No

Classname

String

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

Beta
Yes-No
Functionality
Entity
Type

Description

System+Client
Client only Client
+Organization System
only All Organization

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This functionality
is considered Beta

Beta functionality is not

fully tested or completed.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Access Level required

1853

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Indicates the access level required

for this record or process.

Indicates a
Report record

The Report checkbox indicates

that this record is a report
as opposed to a process

Run this Process

on Server only

Enabling this flag disables

to run the process on the
client. This potentially
decreases the availability.

Java Classname

The Classname identifies

the Java classname used
by this report or process.

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Procedure

String

Name of the
Database Procedure

The Procedure indicates the

name of the database procedure
called by this report or process.

Workflow

Table
Direct

AD_Workflow.AD_Table_ID Workflow or
adworkflow_adprocess
IS NOT NULL
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

Special
Form

Table
Direct

adform_adprocess

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

Report
View

Table
Direct

adreportview_adprocess

View used to
generate this report

The Report View indicates the

view used to generate this report.

Direct
print

Yes-No
Print without dialog

The Direct Print checkbox indicates

that this report will print without a
print dialog box being displayed.

Print
Format

Table
Direct

Data Print Format

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

Show Help

List

Statistic
Count

Integer

Internal statistics
how often the
entity was used

For internal use.

Statistic
Seconds

Integer

Internal statistics
how many seconds
a process took

For internal use

Jasper
Report

String

Context
Help

Table
Direct

adprintformat_adprocess
Ask user (for future
use) Don't show
help Show Help
Run silently Take Defaults (Y)

adctxhelp_adprocess

AD_CtxHelp_ID
IN (SELECT
AD_CtxHelp_ID
FROM AD_CtxHelp
WHERE CtxType
IS NULL OR
CtxType IN ('A', 'P'))

1854

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Copy
From
Report and
Process

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Copy settings from

one report and
process to another.

Copy the settings from the

selected report and process to
the current one. This overwrites
existing settings and translations.

2. Tab: Parameter - AD_Process_Para

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Report Parameter
Comment/Help: The Report Parameter Tab defines any parameters required to execute a report or process.
Tab Level: 1
Table 356.2. Parameter Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Process
Parameter

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process

Table
Direct

Name

Description

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adprocess_adprocesspara

Description

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1855

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Centrally
maintained

Yes-No

(Y)

Sequence

Integer

Entity
Type

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_Process_Para
WHERE
AD_Process_ID=@AD_Process_ID@)

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

String

System
Element

Search

Reference

Table

AD_Reference
Data Types

Reference
Key

Table

AD_Reference Values

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Information
maintained in System
Element table

The Centrally Maintained checkbox

indicates if the Name, Description
and Help maintained in 'System
Element' table or 'Window' table.
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adprocesspara

DB
Column
Name

Description

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Name of the column

in the database

The Column Name indicates

the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

System Element
The System Element allows
enables the central
for the central maintenance
maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.

adelement_adprocesspara

System Reference
and Validation

adreference_adprocesspara

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
Required to specify,
WHEN
adreferencevalue_adprocpara
if data type is
@AD_Reference_ID@
Table or List

1856

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.
The Reference Value indicates
where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

IN (17,28) THEN
'L' ELSE 'T' END
Value
Format

String

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Length

Integer

Encrypted

Yes-No

advalrule_ad_processpara

Length of the column The Length indicates the length of a

in the database
column as defined in the database.
(N)

Display or Storage
is encrypted

1857

Display encryption (in Window/

Tab/Field) - all characters are
displayed as '*' - in the database it
is stored in clear text. You will not
be able to report on these columns.
Data storage encryption (in Table/
Column) - data is stored encrypted
in the database (dangerous!) and
you will not be able to report
on those columns. Independent
from Display encryption.

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Mandatory

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Range

Yes-No

The parameter is
a range of values

The Range checkbox indicates that

this parameter is a range of values.

Default
Logic

String

Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,

Default
Logic 2

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

String

1858

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

Min.
Value

String

Minimum
Value for a field

The Minimum Value indicates the

lowest allowable value for a field.

Max.
Value

String

Maximum
Value for a field

The Maximum Value indicates the

highest allowable value for a field

Read Only
Logic

Text

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@

1859

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Display
Logic

Text

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
If the Field is
logic operators := AND or OR with
displayed, the result
the previous result from left to right
determines if the field
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
is actually displayed
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

3. Tab: Parameter Translation - AD_Process_Para_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 2
Table 356.3. Parameter Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process
Parameter

Table
Direct

adprocpara_adprocparatrl
1860

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Language

Table

AD_Language

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adlanguage_adprocessparatrl
Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

4. Tab: Report Translation - AD_Process_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 356.4. Report Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process

Table
Direct

ad_process_ad_process_trl

Description

Process or Report

1861

Comment/Help

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Language

Table

AD_Language

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ad_language_ad_process_trl
Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

5. Tab: Report Access - AD_Process_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Report Access
Comment/Help: The Report Access Tab determines who can access a report or process
LinkColumn: Process
Tab Level: 1
Table 356.5. Report Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ad_processaccess_client
(same as first report)
<>0
1862

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Report %26 Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Process

Role

Constraint Value

ad_processtaccess_org

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Table
Direct

adprocess_adprocessaccess

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Table
Direct

adrole_adprocessaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

(Y)

AD_Process_Access_UU
String

1863

Chapter 357. Window: Report Column Set

Description: Maintain Financial Report Column Sets
Comment/Help: The Report Column Set defines what data is printed in the columns of a report.
Created:2001-05-13 09:43:25.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Report Column Set - PA_ReportColumnSet

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Financial Report Column Sets
Comment/Help: Column Sets are the combination of Columns to be included in a Financial Report
Tab Level: 0
Table 357.1. Report Column Set Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Report
Column
Set

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Collection of
Columns for Report

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1864

Comment/Help
The Report Column Set identifies
the columns used in a Report.

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Report Column Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Copy
Columns

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: Report Column - PA_ReportColumn

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Financial Report Column
Comment/Help: A column represents a column in a Financial Report
Tab Level: 1
Table 357.2. Report Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Report
Column

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Report
Column
Set

Table
Direct

Name

String

Column in Report

Collection of
Columns for Report

pareportcolumnset_column

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1865

The Report Column Set identifies

the columns used in a Report.
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Report Column Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
PA_ReportColumn
WHERE
PA_ReportColumnSet_ID=@PA_ReportColumnSet_ID@)

PostingType

List

Budget

Table
Direct

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment (A)

glbudget_pareportcolumn

Amount
Type

Amount
Type

List

List

Balance (expected
sign) Credit Only
Balance (accounted
sign) Quantity
(accounted sign)
Debit Only Quantity
(expected sign) (B)

Period Credit Only

Period Debit Only
Period Quantity Year
Balance Year Credit
Only Year Debit
Only Total Credit
Only Total Balance

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

General Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget

identifies a user defined
budget. These can be used
in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

PA Amount Type
for reporting

The amount type to report on:

Quantity, Credit Only, Debit Only,
Balance (expected sign) or Balance
(accounted sign). "Expected
sign" adjusts the sign of the result
based on the Account Type and
Expected Sign of each Account
Element, whereas "accounted
sign" always returns DR-CR.

Type of amount
to report

1866

You can choose between the

total and period amounts as
well as the balance or just
the debit/credit amounts.

Window: Report Column Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

PA Period Type

The Period Type to report

on: Period, Year, Total or
Natural. Natural = Year for
P %26 L accounts, Total
for Balance Sheet accounts.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Perform conversion for

all amounts to currency

If a currency is selected,
only this currency will be
reported. If adhoc conversion
is selected, all currencies are
converted to the defined currency

Period Balance Total

Quantity Year Quantity
Total Debit Only
Natural Balance (BP)
Period
Type

List

Total Year
Natural Period (P)

Currency
Type

List

Accounting Currency
Source Currency (A)

Column
Type

List

Relative Period
Segment Value
Calculation (R)

Currency

Table
Direct

ccurrency_pareportcolumn

Adhoc
Conversion

Yes-No

(N)

Relative
Period

Number

(0)

Calculation

List

Add (Op1+Op2)
Percentage (Op1 of
Op2) Add Range
(Op1 to Op2) Subtract
(Op1-Op2) (A)

Operand 1

Table

PA_ReportColumn PA_ReportColumn.PA_ReportColumnSet_ID=@PA_ReportColumnSet_ID@
First operand
pareportcolumn_oper1
for calculation

Operand 2

Table

PA_ReportColumn PA_ReportColumn.PA_ReportColumnSet_ID=@PA_ReportColumnSet_ID@
Second operand
pareportcolumn_oper2
for calculation

Period offset
(0 is current)

1867

Window: Report Column Set

Field
Name

Reference

Operand 2
Line Name

String

Type

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Account Activity
Location From
Location To Campaign
Org Trx Project
Product Sales Region
Combination User
Element List 2
BPartner Organization
Sub Account User
Element List 1
User Column 1
User Column 2

Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Include
Nulls
in Org

Yes-No

(N)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Yes-No

Account
Element

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

Name of the financial

report line to
take values from

When specify this identified the

name of the financial report line
to take values from for column
Oper_2_ID. No validation at
entry time, value will be zero if
the name doesn't match any line.
The Element Type indicates if this
element is the Account element
or is a User Defined element.

Element Type (account

or user defined)

adorg_pareportcolumn

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Include nulls in
the selection of
the organization

Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_pareportcolumn

Include
Nulls in
Org Trx

Description

(N)

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Include nulls in
the selection of
the organization
transaction
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID
celementvalue_pareportcolumn
Account Element
IN (SELECT
1868

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Window: Report Column Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_Element_ID FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
WHERE
C_AcctSchema_ID=@
$C_AcctSchema_ID@
AND
ElementType='AC')
Include
Nulls in
Account

Yes-No

Product

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls in
Product

Yes-No

Campaign

Table
Direct

(N)

Include nulls in the

selection of the account

mproduct_pareportcolumn

Product, Service, Item

(N)

Include nulls in the

selection of the product

ccampaign_pareportcolumn

Include
Nulls in
Campaign

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls in
BPartner

Yes-No

Project

Table
Direct

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Marketing Campaign

(N)

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Include nulls in
the selection of
the campaign
Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_pareportcolumn

(N)

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Include nulls in
the selection of the
business partner
cproject_pareportcolumn

Financial Project

1869

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Report Column Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Include
Nulls in
Project

Yes-No

(N)

Address

Location
(Address)

Include
Nulls in
Location

Yes-No

Sales
Region

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls
in Sales
Region

Yes-No

Activity

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls in
Activity

Yes-No

User
Column 1

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Include nulls in the

selection of the project
clocation_pareportcolumn

Location or Address

(N)

Yes-No

User
Column 2

ID

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Include nulls
in the selection
of the location
csalesregion_pareportcolumn

Sales coverage region

(N)

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Include nulls in
the selection of
the sales region

cactivity_pareportcolumn

Business Activity

(N)

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Include nulls in the

selection of the activity

User defined
accounting Element

Include
Nulls
in User
Element 1

Comment/Help

(N)

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

Include nulls in
the selection of
the user element 1
User defined
accounting Element
1870

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content

Window: Report Column Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

Include
Nulls
in User
Element 2

Yes-No

Format
Pattern

String

Factor

List

(N)

Include nulls in
the selection of
the user element 2

The pattern
used to format a
number or date.

A string complying with

either Java SimpleDateFormat
or DecimalFormat pattern
syntax used to override the
default presentation format of
a date or number type field.

Scaling factor.

Numbers are divided by the

scaling factor for presentation.
E.g. 123,000 with a scaling factor
of 1,000 will display as 123.

Thousand Million

1871

Chapter 358. Window: Report Cube

Description: Define reporting cube for pre-calculation of summary accounting data.
Comment/Help: Summary data will be generated for each period of the selected calendar, grouped by the selected dimensions..
Created:2009-05-14 11:43:12.0
Updated:2009-05-14 11:43:12.0

1. Tab: Report Cube - PA_ReportCube

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 358.1. Report Cube Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Text

Calendar

Table
Direct

Optional short
description
of the record

Accounting
Calendar Name

ccalendar_pareportcube

1872

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Calendar uniquely identifies
an accounting calendar. Multiple
calendars can be used. For
example you may need a standard
calendar that runs from Jan 1
to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar
that runs from July 1 to June 30.

Window: Report Cube

Field
Name

Reference

Active

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Product
Dimension

Yes-No

Include Product as
a cube dimension

Business
Partner
Dimension

Yes-No

Include Business
Partner as a
cube dimension

Sales
Region
Dimension

Yes-No

OrgTrx
Dimension

Yes-No

Include OrgTrx as
a cube dimension

Activity
Dimension

Yes-No

Include Activity as
a cube dimension

Campaign
Dimension

Yes-No

Include Campaign
as a cube dimension

Project
Dimension

Yes-No

Include Project as
a cube dimension

Project
Phase
Dimension

Yes-No

Project
Task
Dimension

Yes-No

GL Budget
Dimension

Yes-No

Location
From
Dimension

Yes-No

Location
To
Dimension

Yes-No

Sub Acct
Dimension

Yes-No

Include Sales Region

as a cube dimension

Include Project Phase

as a cube dimension
Include Project Task
as a cube dimension
Include GL Budget
as a cube dimension
Include Location From
as a cube dimension
Include Location To
as a cube dimension
Include Sub Acct as
a cube dimension
1873

Window: Report Cube

Field
Name

Reference

User
Element
List 1
Dimension

Yes-No

User
Element
List 2
Dimension

Yes-No

User
Column 1
Dimension

Yes-No

User
Column 2
Dimension

Yes-No

Last
Recalculated

Date
+Time

Process
Now

Yes-No

Report
Cube

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Include User
Element List 1 as
a cube dimension
Include User
Element List 2 as
a cube dimension
Include User Element
1 as a cube dimension
Include User Element
2 as a cube dimension
The time last
recalculated.
(N)
Define reporting
cube for precalculation of summary
accounting data.

1874

Summary data will be

generated for each period of
the selected calendar, grouped
by the selected dimensions..

Chapter 359. Window: Report Line Set

Description: Maintain Financial Report Line Sets
Comment/Help: The Line Set determines, which lines are printed in a Financial Report
Created:2001-05-13 09:44:54.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Report Line Set - PA_ReportLineSet

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Financial Report Line Set
Tab Level: 0
Table 359.1. Report Line Set Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Report
Line Set

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
1875

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Copy
Lines

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Report Line - PA_ReportLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Financial Report Line
Tab Level: 1
Table 359.2. Report Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Report
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Parent

Table

PA_ReportLine Parent

PA_ReportLine.PA_ReportLineSet_ID=@PA_ReportLineSet_ID@
pareportline_parent

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Report
Line Set

Table
Direct

Name

String

Parent of Entity

The Parent indicates the

value used to represent the
next level in a hierarchy or
report to level for a record

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

pareportlineset_line

1876

Window: Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM PA_ReportLine
WHERE
PA_ReportLineSet_ID=@PA_ReportLineSet_ID@)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Line Type

List

Segment Value
Calculation

Calculation

List

Add (Op1+Op2)
Percentage (Op1 of
Op2) Add Range
(Op1 to Op2) Subtract
(Op1-Op2) (A)

Operand 1

Table

PA_ReportLine

PA_ReportLine.PA_ReportLineSet_ID=@PA_ReportLineSet_ID@
First operand
pareportline_oper1
for calculation

Operand 2

Table

PA_ReportLine

PA_ReportLine.PA_ReportLineSet_ID=@PA_ReportLineSet_ID@
Second operand
pareportline_oper2
for calculation

Inverse
Operation
for Debit/
Credit
Only
Column

Yes-No

(N)

PostingType

List

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Apply inverse
operation to debit or
credit only column

Actual Budget
Statistical Reservation
Commitment

The type of
posted amount
for the transaction
1877

The Posting Type indicates the

type of amount (Actual, Budget,

Window: Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Reservation, Commitment,
Statistical) the transaction.

Budget

Table
Direct
glbudget_pareportline

Amount
Type

Period
Type

Amount
Type

List

PA Amount Type
for reporting

The amount type to report on:

Quantity, Credit Only, Debit Only,
Balance (expected sign) or Balance
(accounted sign). "Expected
sign" adjusts the sign of the result
based on the Account Type and
Expected Sign of each Account
Element, whereas "accounted
sign" always returns DR-CR.

PA Period Type

The Period Type to report

on: Period, Year, Total or
Natural. Natural = Year for
P %26 L accounts, Total
for Balance Sheet accounts.

Balance (expected
sign) Credit Only
Balance (accounted
sign) Quantity
(accounted sign)
Debit Only Quantity
(expected sign)

List

List

General Ledger Budget

The General Ledger Budget

identifies a user defined
budget. These can be used
in reporting as a comparison
against your actual amounts.

Total Year
Natural Period

Period Credit Only

Period Debit Only
Period Quantity Year
Balance Year Credit
Only Year Debit
Only Total Credit
Only Total Balance
Period Balance Total
Quantity Year Quantity
Total Debit Only
Natural Balance

You can choose between the

total and period amounts as
well as the balance or just
the debit/credit amounts.
Type of amount
to report

3. Tab: Report Source - PA_ReportSource

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
1878

Window: Report Line Set

Description: Maintain Segment Values of Report Line Source
Tab Level: 2
Table 359.3. Report Source Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Report
Source

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Report
Line

Table
Direct

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Type

List

Account Activity
Location From
Location To Campaign
Org Trx Project
Product Sales Region
Combination User
Element List 2
BPartner Organization
Sub Account User
Element List 1
User Column 1
User Column 2

Restriction of what
will be shown
in Report Line

pareportline_pareportsource

Organization

Table

AD_Org (all but 0)

Include
Nulls
in Org

Yes-No

(N)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The Element Type indicates if this
element is the Account element
or is a User Defined element.

Element Type (account

or user defined)

adorg_pareportsource

(same as first report)

Include nulls in
the selection of
the organization
1879

(see same above)

Window: Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adorgtrx_pareportsource

Include
Nulls in
Org Trx

Yes-No

(N)

Account
Element

Table

C_ElementValue (all)

Include
Nulls in
Account

Yes-No

(N)

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls in
BPartner

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Include nulls in
the selection of
the organization
transaction
C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID
IN (SELECT
C_Element_ID FROM
C_AcctSchema_Element
WHERE
C_AcctSchema_ID=@
celementvalue_pareportsource
$C_AcctSchema_ID@
Account Element
AND
(ElementType='@ElementType@'
OR
('@ElementType@'='CO'
AND
ElementType='AC')))

Account Elements can be natural

accounts or user defined values.

Include nulls in the

selection of the account

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_pareportsource

(N)

Include nulls in
the selection of the
business partner

1880

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Product

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls in
Product

Yes-No

Address

Location
(Address)

Include
Nulls in
Location

Yes-No

Project

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls in
Project

Yes-No

Sales
Region

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls
in Sales
Region

Yes-No

Activity

Table
Direct

Include
Nulls in
Activity

Yes-No

Campaign

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mproduct_pareportsource
(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Include nulls in the

selection of the product
clocation_pareportsource

Location or Address

(N)

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Include nulls
in the selection
of the location
cproject_pareportsource

Financial Project

(N)

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Include nulls in the

selection of the project
csalesregion_pareportsource

Sales coverage region

(N)

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Include nulls in
the selection of
the sales region

cactivity_pareportsource

Business Activity

(N)

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Include nulls in the

selection of the activity

ccampaign_pareportsource

Marketing Campaign

1881

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing

Window: Report Line Set

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Include
Nulls in
Campaign

Yes-No

User
Column 1

ID

(N)

Include nulls in
the selection of
the campaign

User defined
accounting Element

Include
Nulls
in User
Element 1

Yes-No

User
Column 2

ID

(N)

Include nulls in
the selection of
the user element 1

User defined
accounting Element

Include
Nulls
in User
Element 2

Yes-No

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

(N)

Include nulls in
the selection of
the user element 2

1882

A user defined accounting element

referres to a iDempiere table. This
allows to use any table content
as an accounting dimension (e.g.
Project Task). Note that User
Elements are optional and are
populated from the context of
the document (i.e. not requested)

Chapter 360. Window: Report View

Description: Maintain Report Views
Comment/Help: The Report View Window defines the views used when generating reports. This window is for System Admin use only.
Created:2000-05-15 21:52:14.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Report View - AD_ReportView

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Report View
Comment/Help: The Define Report View defines the views used in report generation
Tab Level: 0
Table 360.1. Report View Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Report
View

ID

View used to
generate this report

The Report View indicates the

view used to generate this report.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1883

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Report View

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Table

Table
Direct

Sql
WHERE

String

Sql
ORDER
BY

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

entityt_adreportview

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

adtable_adreportview

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Fully qualified
ORDER BY clause

The ORDER BY Clause indicates

the SQL ORDER BY clause
to use for record selection

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D

String

2. Tab: Report View Column - AD_ReportView_Col

[IMAGE]
Description: Report View Column
Comment/Help: The Report View Column Tab defines any columns which will be overridden in the generation of the select SQL
Tab Level: 1
Table 360.2. Report View Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Report
view
Column

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1884

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Report View

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Report
View

Table
Direct

Column

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Function
Column

String

SQL
Group
Function

Yes-No

View used to
generate this report

adreportview_col

Comment/Help

The Report View indicates the

view used to generate this report.

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_adreportviewcol
Column in the table
(Y)

Link to the database

column of the table

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Overwrite Column
with Function

The Function Column indicates

that the column will be
overridden with a function

This function
will generate a
Group By Clause

The SQL Group Function

checkbox indicates that this
function will generate a Group
by Clause in the resulting SQL.

3. Tab: Available Columns - AD_ReportView_Column

[IMAGE]
Description: You can define on this tab which columns will be available as the print format items
LinkColumn: Report View
Tab Level: 1
Table 360.3. Available Columns Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_ReportView_Column_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
ADClient_ADReportViewColumn
(same as first report)
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1
1885

(see same above)

Window: Report View

Field
Name

Reference

Organization

Table
Direct

Report
View

Search

Column

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(@#AD_Org_ID@)
(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ADOrg_ADReportViewColumn
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
ADReportView_ADReportViewColum

View used to
generate this report

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
AND
AD_Column.AD_Column_ID
NOT IN (SELECT
ADColumn_ADReportViewColumn
AD_Column_ID
Column in the table
FROM
AD_ReportView_Column
WHERE
AD_ReportView_ID=@AD_ReportView_ID@)
(Y)

(same as first report)

1886

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The Report View indicates the

view used to generate this report.
Link to the database
column of the table

(see same above)

Chapter 361. Window: Reporting Hierarchy

Description: Define Reporting Hierarchy
Comment/Help: Reporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report. Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product
may have several hierarchies to accomodate different views on the business
Created:2005-10-23 18:52:30.0
Updated:2005-10-25 10:58:51.0

1. Tab: Reporting Hierarchy - PA_Hierarchy

[IMAGE]
Description: Reporting Hierarchy
Comment/Help: Reporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report. Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product
may have several hierarchies to accomodate different views on the business
Tab Level: 0
Table 361.1. Reporting Hierarchy Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Reporting
Hierarchy

ID
Optional Reporting
Hierarchy - If
not selected the
default hierarchy
trees are used.

Reporting Hierarchy allows you

to select different Hierarchies/
Trees for the report. Accounting
Segments like Organization,
Account, Product may have
several hierarchies to accomodate
different views on the business.

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1887

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Reporting Hierarchy

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Organization
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Account
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

AD_Tree.TreeType='EV'
Tree for Natural
adtreeaccount_pahierarchy
AND
Account Tree
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@

Activity
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

AD_Tree.TreeType='AY'
Trees are used for
adtreeactivity_pahierarchy
AND
(financial) reporting
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

BPartner
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

AD_Tree.TreeType='BP'
Trees are used for
adtreebpartner_pahierarchy
AND
(financial) reporting
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

Product
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

AD_Tree.TreeType='PR'
Trees are used for
adtreeproduct_pahierarchy
AND
(financial) reporting
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

Project
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

AD_Tree.TreeType='PJ'
Trees are used for
adtreeproject_pahierarchy
AND
(financial) reporting
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

Campaign
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

AD_Tree.TreeType='MC'
Trees are used for
adtreecampaign_pahierarchy
AND
(financial) reporting
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

Sales
Region
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

AD_Tree.TreeType='SR'
Trees are used for
adtreesr_pahierarchy
AND
(financial) reporting
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Tree.TreeType='OO'
Trees are used
AND
for (financial)
adtreeorg_pahierarchy
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
reporting and security
access (via role)

1888

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting and
security access (via role)

Chapter 362. Window: Request

Description: Work on your requests
Comment/Help: The Request Window is used to define and track any request assigned to you.
Created:2001-01-11 17:31:31.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:17:48.0

1. Tab: Request - R_Request

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Request
Comment/Help: The Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner or internally.
Where Clause: (R_Request.SalesRep_ID=@#AD_User_ID@ OR R_Request.AD_Role_ID=@#AD_Role_ID@) AND (R_Request.R_Status_ID IS NULL OR
R_Request.R_Status_ID IN (SELECT R_Status_ID FROM R_Status WHERE IsClosed='N'))
Tab Level: 0
Table 362.1. Request Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Start Plan

Date
+Time

Request

ID

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Complete
Plan

Date
+Time

Planned
Completion Date

Date when the task is

planned to be complete

Next
action

List

None Follow up (F)

Next Action
to be taken

The Next Action indicates the next

action to be taken on this request.

Fixed in

Table

M_ChangeNotice

Planned Start Date

Fixed in
Change Notice

mfixchangenotice_rrequest
1889

Date when you plan to start

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
No

String

Due type

List

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Group

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Overdue
Scheduled Due (5)

Description

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Status of the next

action for this Request

The Due Type indicates

if this request is Due,
Overdue or Scheduled.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.type
Type of request (e.g.
rrequesttype_rrequest
Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

rgroup_rrequest

Request Group

1890

Comment/Help

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Group of requests (e.g. version
numbers, responsibility, ...)

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Category

Table
Direct

Related
Request

Search

Status

Table
Direct

Resolution

Table
Direct

Priority

List

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

User
Importance

List

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Priority of the
issue for the User

Summary

Text

Confidentiality

List

Invoiced

Yes-No

Escalated

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

R_Request

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

rcategory_rrequest

Request Category

rrequest_related

Related Request
(Master Issue, ..)

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
R_RequestType
rt INNER JOIN
R_StatusCategory
rstatus_rrequest
sc ON
Request Status
(rt.R_StatusCategory_ID=sc.R_StatusCategory_ID)
WHERE
R_Status.R_StatusCategory_ID=sc.R_StatusCategory_ID
AND
rt.R_RequestType_ID=@R_RequestType_ID@)
rresolution_rrequest

Request Resolution

Textual summary
of this request
Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Comment/Help
Category or Topic of the Request
Request related to this request
Status if the request (open,
closed, investigating, ..)

Resolution status (e.g.

Fixed, Rejected, ..)
The Priority indicates the
importance of this request.

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Type of Confidentiality

(N)

1891

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

This request has

been escalated

The Escalated checkbox indicates

that this request has been
escalated or raised in importance.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Sales
Table
AD_User Representative
Internal(@#AD_User_ID@)

Role

Table
Direct

Date next
action

Date
+Time

Entry
Confidentiality

List

Standard
Response

Table
Direct

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

adusersr_rrequest

(-1)

Description

Comment/Help

can be changed
via Self-Service

entered or created via Self-Service

or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Date that this request

should be acted on

The Date Next Action indicates

the next scheduled date for an
action to occur for this request.

AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'
adrole_rrequest

Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Confidentiality of
the individual entry
Callout:
Request Standard
rstandardresponse_rrequest
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyResponse
Response
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyMail

Text templates
for mailings

rmailtext_rrequest

1892

Text blocks to be copied

into request response text
The Mail Template indicates the
mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Result

Text

Product
Used

Search

Quantity
Used

Quantity

Activity

Table
Direct

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Task
Status

List

Values (Default)

M_Product
(no summary)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mproductspent_rrequest

Description

Comment/Help

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

Product/Resource/
Service used
in Request

Invoicing uses the Product used.

Quantity used
for this event
cactivity_rrequest

0% Not Started 20%

Started 80% Nearly
Done 40% Busy 90%
Finishing 95% Almost
Done 99% Cleaning
up 100% Complete
60% Good Progress

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.
Completion Rate and
Status of the Task

Status of the Task

Quantity
Plan

Quantity

Start Time

Date
+Time

Time started

End Time

Date
+Time

End of the time span

Start Date

Date
+Time

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

Close Date

Date
+Time

Close Date

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Business
Partner

Search
Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Planned Quantity

c_bpartner_rrequest

1893

Planned Quantity

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Project

Table
Direct

Asset

Order

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_rrequest
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

aasset_rrequest

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

corder_rrequest

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

rinvoice_rrequest

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Search

Search

Product

Search
mproduct_rrequest

Payment

Search

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

RMA

Search

Request
Amount

Amount

Campaign

Table
Direct

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

cproject_rrequest

Search

Invoice

Comment/Help

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The Payment is a unique
identifier of this payment.

cpayment_rrequest

Payment identifier

minout_rrequest

Material Shipment
Document

mrma_rrequest

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Amount associated
with this request

The Request Amount indicates

any amount that is associated
with this request. For example, a
warranty amount or refund amount.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.

ccampaign_rrequest
1894

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

adtable_rrequest

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Date this request

was last acted on

The Date Last Action

indicates that last time that
the request was acted on.

Date when last

alert were sent

The last alert date is updated

when a reminder email is sent

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Date last
action

Date
+Time

Last Alert

Date
+Time

Last Result

String

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Updated

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated
By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Change
Request

Search
BOM (Engineering)
Change Request

Change requests for a Bill

of Materials. They can be
automatically created from
Requests, if enabled in the Request
Type and the Request Group
refers to a Bill of Materials

mchangerequest_rrequest

1895

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Request
Invoice

Search

C_Invoice

Processed

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cinvoicerequest_rrequest

Description

Comment/Help

The generated invoice

for this request

The optionally generated

invoice for the request

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: Updates - R_RequestUpdate

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request Updates
Comment/Help: Updated of the Request
Tab Level: 1
Table 362.2. Updates Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Active

Yes-No

Request
Update

ID

Start Time

Date
+Time

Time started

End Time

Date
+Time

End of the time span

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Request

Table
Direct

Entry
Confidentiality

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Request Updates

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

rrequest_rrequestupdate
Internal Partner
Confidential

Confidentiality of
the individual entry
1896

(see same above)

(see same above)
The Request identifies
a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Private Information
Public Information
Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Result

Memo

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

Quantity
Used

Quantity

Quantity used
for this event

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Product
Used

Table

Invoiced Quantity
M_Product
(no summary) mproductspent_rrequestupdate

Product/Resource/
Service used
in Request

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.
Invoicing uses the Product used.

3. Tab: History - R_RequestAction

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request History (Old values)
Comment/Help: The History Tab displays changes of a Request. The data displayed are the OLD (changed from) values. The new data is in the request.
Tab Level: 1
Table 362.3. History Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Request
History

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Request has
been changed

Old values

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1897

(see same above)

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Request

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
rrequest_rrequestaction

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Request
Type

Table
Direct

rrequesttype_rrequestaction

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

Group

Table
Direct

rgroup_rrequestaction

Request Group

Group of requests (e.g. version

numbers, responsibility, ...)

Category

Table
Direct

rcategory_rrequestaction

Request Category

Status

Table
Direct

rstatus_rrequestaction

Request Status

Status if the request (open,

closed, investigating, ..)

Resolution

Table
Direct

rresolution_rrequestaction

Request Resolution

Resolution status (e.g.

Fixed, Rejected, ..)

Priority

List

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

User
Importance

List

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

Priority of the
issue for the User

Summary

Text

Confidentiality

List

Textual summary
of this request
Internal Partner
Confidential
Private Information
Public Information

Type of Confidentiality

1898

Category or Topic of the Request

The Priority indicates the

importance of this request.

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Invoiced

Yes-No

Escalated

List

Yes No

SelfService

List

Yes No

Sales
Search
Representative

Role

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Date
+Time

Product
Used

Table

Quantity
Used

Quantity

Activity

Table
Direct

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Task
Status

List

Description

Comment/Help

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

This request has

been escalated

The Escalated checkbox indicates

that this request has been
escalated or raised in importance.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

adusersr_rrequestaction

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

adrole_rrequestaction

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Date that this request

should be acted on

The Date Next Action indicates

the next scheduled date for an
action to occur for this request.

AD_User

Table
Direct

Date next
action

Validation Rule

M_Product
(no summary)

Product/Resource/
Service used
in Request

mproductspent_rrequestaction

Invoicing uses the Product used.

Quantity used
for this event
cactivity_rrequestaction

0% Not Started 20%

Started 80% Nearly
Done 40% Busy 90%
Finishing 95% Almost

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Status of the Task

1899

Completion Rate and

Status of the Task

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Done 99% Cleaning

up 100% Complete
60% Good Progress
Quantity
Plan

Quantity

Start Plan

Date

Planned Start Date

Date when you plan to start

Complete
Plan

Date

Planned
Completion Date

Date when the task is

planned to be complete

Start Date

Date
+Time

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date
+Time

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Business
Partner

Search
Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Project

Table
Direct

Asset

Order

Planned Quantity

cbpartner_rrequestaction

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_rrequestaction
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Planned Quantity

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

cproject_rrequestaction

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

aasset_rrequestaction

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Search

Search

corder_rrequestaction

1900

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

Invoice

Search

Product

Search

Payment

Search

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

RMA

Table
Direct

Null
Columns

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cinvoice_rrequestaction

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

mproduct_rrequestaction

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

cpayment_rrequestaction

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

minout_mrequestaction

Material Shipment
Document

mrma_rrequestaction

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Columns with
NULL value

Null values are used for

showing "no change"

String

The Material Shipment / Receipt

4. Tab: Update Notification - R_RequestUpdates

[IMAGE]
Description: List Recipients for to receive Request Updates
LinkColumn: Request
Tab Level: 1
Table 362.4. Update Notification Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Request

Table
Direct

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

rrequest_rrupdates

1901

Comment/Help

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Window: Request
Field
Name

Reference

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aduser_rrequestupdates

(Y)

R_RequestUpdates_UU
String

1902

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Chapter 363. Window: Request (all)

Description: View and work on all requests
Comment/Help: This Request window is used to view all available requests
Created:2001-12-08 21:21:53.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:17:53.0

1. Tab: Request - R_Request

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Request
Comment/Help: The Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner or internally.
Tab Level: 0
Table 363.1. Request Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Complete
Plan

Date
+Time

Active

Yes-No

Request

ID

Start Plan

Date
+Time

Next
action

List

None Follow up (F)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Planned
Completion Date

Date when the task is

planned to be complete

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Planned Start Date

Next Action
to be taken

1903

Date when you plan to start

The Next Action indicates the next
action to be taken on this request.

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Overdue
Scheduled Due (5)

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Status of the next

action for this Request

The Due Type indicates

if this request is Due,
Overdue or Scheduled.

Due type

List

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Group

Table
Direct

rgroup_rrequest

Request Group

Category

Table
Direct

rcategory_rrequest

Request Category

Related
Request

Search

rrequest_related

Related Request
(Master Issue, ..)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.type
Type of request (e.g.
rrequesttype_rrequest
Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

R_Request

1904

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Group of requests (e.g. version
numbers, responsibility, ...)
Category or Topic of the Request
Request related to this request

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Status

Table
Direct

Resolution

Table
Direct

Priority

List

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

User
Importance

List

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Priority of the
issue for the User

Summary

Text

Confidentiality

List

Invoiced

Yes-No

Escalated

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

EXISTS (SELECT
* FROM
R_RequestType
rt INNER JOIN
R_StatusCategory
rstatus_rrequest
sc ON
Request Status
(rt.R_StatusCategory_ID=sc.R_StatusCategory_ID)
WHERE
R_Status.R_StatusCategory_ID=sc.R_StatusCategory_ID
AND
rt.R_RequestType_ID=@R_RequestType_ID@)
rresolution_rrequest

Request Resolution

Textual summary
of this request
Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Comment/Help
Status if the request (open,
closed, investigating, ..)

Resolution status (e.g.

Fixed, Rejected, ..)
The Priority indicates the
importance of this request.

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Type of Confidentiality

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

This request has

been escalated

The Escalated checkbox indicates

that this request has been
escalated or raised in importance.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

(N)

1905

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Sales
Table
AD_User Representative
Internal(@#AD_User_ID@)

Role

Table
Direct

Date next
action

Date
+Time

Entry
Confidentiality

List

Standard
Response

Table
Direct

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

adusersr_rrequest

(-1)

Comment/Help

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Date that this request

should be acted on

The Date Next Action indicates

the next scheduled date for an
action to occur for this request.

AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'
adrole_rrequest

Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Confidentiality of
the individual entry
Callout:
Request Standard
rstandardresponse_rrequest
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyResponse
Response
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyMail

rmailtext_rrequest

Result

Description

Text

1906

Text blocks to be copied

into request response text

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Product
Used

Search

M_Product
(no summary)

mproductspent_rrequest

Quantity
Used

Quantity

Activity

Table
Direct

Task
Status

List

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product/Resource/
Service used
in Request

Invoicing uses the Product used.

Quantity used
for this event
cactivity_rrequest

Business Activity

0% Not Started 20%

Started 80% Nearly
Done 40% Busy 90%
Finishing 95% Almost
Done 99% Cleaning
up 100% Complete
60% Good Progress

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
Completion Rate and
Status of the Task

Status of the Task

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Start Time

Date
+Time

Time started

End Time

Date
+Time

End of the time span

Start Date

Date
+Time

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

Close Date

Date
+Time

Close Date

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Business
Partner

Search
Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Invoiced Quantity

c_bpartner_rrequest

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_rrequest
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

1907

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Project

Table
Direct

Asset

Order

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cproject_rrequest

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

aasset_rrequest

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

corder_rrequest

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

rinvoice_rrequest

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Search

Search

Invoice

Search

Product

Search
mproduct_rrequest

Payment

Search

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

RMA

Search

Request
Amount

Amount

Campaign

Table
Direct

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The Payment is a unique
identifier of this payment.

cpayment_rrequest

Payment identifier

minout_rrequest

Material Shipment
Document

mrma_rrequest

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Amount associated
with this request

The Request Amount indicates

any amount that is associated
with this request. For example, a
warranty amount or refund amount.

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

ccampaign_rrequest

1908

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adtable_rrequest

Description

Comment/Help

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Date this request

was last acted on

The Date Last Action

indicates that last time that
the request was acted on.

Date when last

alert were sent

The last alert date is updated

when a reminder email is sent

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Date last
action

Date
+Time

Last Alert

Date
+Time

Last Result

String

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Updated

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated
By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Request
Invoice

Search

The generated invoice

for this request

The optionally generated

invoice for the request

C_Invoice

cinvoicerequest_rrequest

2. Tab: Updates - R_RequestUpdate

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
1909

Window: Request (all)

Description: Request Updates
Comment/Help: Updates of the Request
Tab Level: 1
Table 363.2. Updates Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Request
Update

ID

Start Time

Date
+Time

Time started

End Time

Date
+Time

End of the time span

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Request

Table
Direct

Request Updates

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

rrequest_rrequestupdate
Internal Partner
Confidential
Private Information
Public Information

(see same above)

The Request identifies
a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Entry
Confidentiality

List

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Result

Memo

Result of the
action taken

The Result indicates the result of

any action taken on this request.

Quantity
Used

Quantity

Quantity used
for this event

Confidentiality of
the individual entry

1910

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Product
Used

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_Product
(no summary) mproductspent_rrequestupdate

Description

Comment/Help

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Product/Resource/
Service used
in Request

Invoicing uses the Product used.

3. Tab: History - R_RequestAction

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request History (Old Values)
Comment/Help: The History Tab displays changes of a Request. The data displayed are the OLD (changed from) values. The new data is in the request.
Tab Level: 1
Table 363.3. History Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Request
History

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Request

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Request has
been changed

Old values

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

rrequest_rrequestaction

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

1911

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Group

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

rrequesttype_rrequestaction

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

Table
Direct

rgroup_rrequestaction

Request Group

Group of requests (e.g. version

numbers, responsibility, ...)

Category

Table
Direct

rcategory_rrequestaction

Request Category

Status

Table
Direct

rstatus_rrequestaction

Request Status

Status if the request (open,

closed, investigating, ..)

Resolution

Table
Direct

rresolution_rrequestaction

Request Resolution

Resolution status (e.g.

Fixed, Rejected, ..)

Priority

List

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

User
Importance

List

High Medium
Low Minor Urgent

Priority of the
issue for the User

Summary

Text

Confidentiality

List

Textual summary
of this request
Internal Partner
Confidential
Private Information
Public Information

Invoiced

Yes-No

Escalated

List

Yes No

SelfService

List

Yes No

Category or Topic of the Request

The Priority indicates the

importance of this request.

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Type of Confidentiality

1912

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

This request has

been escalated

The Escalated checkbox indicates

that this request has been
escalated or raised in importance.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Search
Representative

Role

Date
+Time

Activity

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Project

Table
Direct

Order

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adusersr_rrequestaction

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

adrole_rrequestaction

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Date that this request

should be acted on

The Date Next Action indicates

the next scheduled date for an
action to occur for this request.

cactivity_rrequestaction

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

cbpartner_rrequestaction

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

AD_User

Table
Direct

Date next
action

Asset

Values (Default)

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_rrequestaction
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

cproject_rrequestaction

Financial Project

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

aasset_rrequestaction

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Search

Search

corder_rrequestaction

1913

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Invoice

Search

Product

Search

Payment

Search

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

RMA

Table
Direct

Null
Columns

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cinvoice_rrequestaction

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

mproduct_rrequestaction

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

cpayment_rrequestaction

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

minout_mrequestaction

Material Shipment
Document

mrma_rrequestaction

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Columns with
NULL value

Null values are used for

showing "no change"

String

The Material Shipment / Receipt

4. Tab: Update Notification - R_RequestUpdates

[IMAGE]
Description: List Recipients for to receive Request Updates
Tab Level: 1
Table 363.4. Update Notification Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Request

Table
Direct

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

rrequest_rrupdates

1914

Comment/Help

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aduser_rrequestupdates

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

R_RequestUpdates_UU
String

5. Tab: Update Recipients - RV_RequestUpdates

[IMAGE]
Description: Display Recipients of Request Updates
Comment/Help: List of Recipients of Request Updates (with reason). Direct: Sales Rep, User and direct subscribers Indirect: Users with Role, Subscribers of
updates for Request Category, Type, Group)
Tab Level: 1
Table 363.5. Update Recipients Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Request

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect
1915

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

Window: Request (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

User/
Contact

Search

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Category

Table
Direct

Request Category

Group

Table
Direct

Request Group

Group of requests (e.g. version

numbers, responsibility, ...)

SelfService

Yes-No
This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

1916

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Category or Topic of the Request

Chapter 364. Window: Request Category

Description: Maintain Request Category
Comment/Help: Category or Topic of the Request
Created:2005-04-26 20:29:25.0
Updated:2005-04-26 21:30:22.0

1. Tab: Request Category - R_Category

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Request Category
Comment/Help: Category or Topic of the Request
Tab Level: 0
Table 364.1. Request Category Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Category

ID

Request Category

Category or Topic of the Request

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1917

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Request Category

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Product

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)
mproduct_rcategory

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

2. Tab: Update Notification - R_CategoryUpdates

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: List Recipients for to receive Request Updates
LinkColumn: Category
Tab Level: 1
Table 364.2. Update Notification Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Category

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Category or Topic of the Request

rcategory_rcategoryupdates

Request Category

aduser_rcategoryupdates

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag

(Y)

1918

Window: Request Category

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

R_CategoryUpdates_UU
String

1919

Description

Comment/Help

can be changed
via Self-Service

indicates, that this record was

entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Chapter 365. Window: Request Group

Description: Maintain Request Group
Comment/Help: Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...)
Created:2005-04-26 20:46:32.0
Updated:2005-04-26 21:21:32.0

1. Tab: Request Group - R_Group

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Request Groups
Comment/Help: Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...). If a BOM is referenced and enabled in Request Type, a BOM Change Request is
automatically created.
Tab Level: 0
Table 365.1. Request Group Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Group

ID

Request Group

Group of requests (e.g. version

numbers, responsibility, ...)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1920

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Request Group

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Change
Notice

Table
Direct

BOM %26
Formula

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

mchangenotice_rgroup

Bill of Materials
(Engineering) Change
Notice (Version)

ppproductbom_rgroup

BOM %26 Formula

2. Tab: Request Updates - R_GroupUpdates

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: List Recipients for to receive Request Updates
LinkColumn: Group
Tab Level: 1
Table 365.2. Request Updates Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Group

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

rgroup_rgroupupdates

Request Group

Group of requests (e.g. version

numbers, responsibility, ...)

aduser_ruserupdates

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)
1921

Window: Request Group

Field
Name

Reference

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

R_GroupUpdates_UU
String

1922

Description

Comment/Help

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Chapter 366. Window: Request Processor

Description: Define Request Processors
Comment/Help: The Request Processor Window allows you to define different processes that you want to occur and the frequency and timing of these processes
A Request Processor can be just for a specific Request Type or for all.
Created:2001-01-11 17:35:36.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Request Processor - R_RequestProcessor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request Processor
Comment/Help: The Request Processor Tab allows you to define processes that you want to occur and the frequency and timing of these processes. If no other user
is found, the items are assigned to the supervisor. A Request Processor can be just for a specific Request Type or for all.
Tab Level: 0
Table 366.1. Request Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

R_RequestProcessor_UU
String
Request
Processor

ID

Frequency
Type

List

Process
Now

Button

Frequency

Integer

Processor for Requests

Minute Hour Day
Frequency of event

The frequency type is

used for calculating the
date of the next event.

Frequency of events

The frequency is used in

conjunction with the frequency
type in determining an event.
Example: If the Frequency Type
is Week and the Frequency
is 2 - it is every two weeks.

(1)

1923

Processor for Requests

Window: Request Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Schedule

Table
Direct

Alert after
Days Due

Integer

(0)

Reminder
Days

Integer

(0)

Escalate
after
Days Due

Integer

(0)

Supervisor

Table

AD_User - Internal

(Y)

rrequesttype_rrequestprocessor

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

AD_Schedule.IsSystemSchedule='N'
adschedule_rrequestprocessor
OR
@AD_Client_ID@=0

aduser_rrequestprocessor
1924

Send email alert

after number of days
due (0=no alerts)

Send an email alert after the item

is Due (after Date Next Action).
If set to zero, no alert is sent.

Days between
sending Reminder
Emails for a due or
inactive Document

When a document is due for too

long without activity, a reminder
is sent. 0 means no reminders. The
Remind Days are the days when
the next email reminder is sent.

Escalation to superior
after number of
due days (0 = no)

The item will be escalated and

assigned to the supervisor after
the number of days over due.
If 0, there is no escalation.

Supervisor for this

user/organization -

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding

Window: Request Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

used for escalation

and approval

and escalating issues for

this user - or for approvals.

Inactivity
Alert Days

Integer

(0)

Send Alert when there

is no activity after
days (0= no alert)

An email alert is sent when the

request shows no activity for
the number of days defined.

Days to
keep Log

Integer

(7)

Number of days to
keep the log entries

Older Log entries may be deleted

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Date
next run

Date
+Time

Date the process

will run next

The Date Next Run indicates the

next time this process will run.

2. Tab: Routing - R_RequestProcessor_Route

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request Routing
Comment/Help: Define the sequence of request types and keywords and to whom the web and mail requests should be routed to. The keywords are separated by
space, comma, semicolon, tab or new line. The first match wins (first request type then keyword.
Tab Level: 1
Table 366.2. Routing Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Request
Routing

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Request
Processor

Table
Direct

Automatic routing
of requests

rrequestprocessor_route

Processor for Requests

1925

Processor for Requests

Window: Request Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Sequence

Integer

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Keyword

String

User/
Contact

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

rrequesttype_rprocessorrule

Table
Direct

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

Case insensitive
keyword

Case insensitive keyword for

matching. The individual keywords
can be separated by space, comma,
semicolon, tab or new line. Do not
use filler words like "a", "the". At
this point, there are NO text search
operators like "or" and "and".

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
User within the system
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
aduser_rrequestprocessorroute
- Internal or Business
AND
Partner Contact
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

3. Tab: Log - R_RequestProcessorLog

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 366.3. Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Request
Processor
Log

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1926

Description

Comment/Help

Result of the
execution of the
Request Processor

Result of the execution

of the Request Processor

Window: Request Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Binary
Data

Binary

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Request
Processor

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Summary

Binary Data

rrequestprocessor_log

Processor for Requests

(SYSDATE)

The Binary field stores binary data.

Processor for Requests

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Text

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Error

Yes-No

An Error occurred
in the execution

Reference

String

Reference for
this record

Text
Message

Text

Description

String

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Text Message
Optional short
description
of the record

1927

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 367. Window: Request Resolution

Description: Maintain Request Resolutions
Comment/Help: Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..)
Created:2005-04-26 20:48:01.0
Updated:2005-04-26 21:14:26.0

1. Tab: Request Resolution - R_Resolution

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Request Resolutions
Comment/Help: Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..)
Tab Level: 0
Table 367.1. Request Resolution Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Resolution

ID

Request Resolution

Resolution status (e.g.

Fixed, Rejected, ..)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1928

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Request Resolution

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1929

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 368. Window: Request Standard Response

Description: Maintain Request Standard Response
Comment/Help: Text blocks to be copied into request response text
Created:2005-04-26 20:49:05.0
Updated:2005-04-26 21:05:53.0

1. Tab: Standard Response - R_StandardResponse

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Request Standard Response
Comment/Help: Text blocks to be copied into request response text
Tab Level: 0
Table 368.1. Standard Response Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Standard
Response

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Response
Text

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

1930

Description

Comment/Help

Request Standard
Response

Text blocks to be copied

into request response text

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Request Response Text

Text block to be copied

into request response text

Chapter 369. Window: Request Status

Description: Maintain Request Status
Comment/Help: Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..)
Created:2005-04-26 20:49:56.0
Updated:2005-04-26 21:04:16.0

1. Tab: Status Category - R_StatusCategory

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request Status Category
Comment/Help: Category of Request Status enables to maintain different set of Status for different Request Categories
Tab Level: 0
Table 369.1. Status Category Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Status
Category

ID

Request Status
Category

Category of Request Status enables

to maintain different set of Status
for different Request Categories

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
1931

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Request Status

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Description

Comment/Help

Request Status

Status if the request (open,

closed, investigating, ..)

2. Tab: Request Status - R_Status

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Request Status
Comment/Help: Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..)
Tab Level: 1
Table 369.2. Request Status Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Status

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Status
Category

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

Request Status
Category

rstatuscategory_rstatus

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first
1932

Category of Request Status enables

to maintain different set of Status
for different Request Categories
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Window: Request Status

Field
Name

Reference

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

Web Can
Update

Yes-No

Update
Status

Table

R_Status

Timeout
in Days

Integer

(0)

Next
Status

Table

Open
Status

Yes-No

Comment/Help
(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Entry can be updated

from the Web
R_StatusCategory_ID=@R_StatusCategory_ID@
Automatically
updatestatus_rstatus
change the status
after entry from web
Timeout in Days
to change Status
automatically
R_Status

R_StatusCategory_ID=@R_StatusCategory_ID@
Move to next status
nextstatus_rstatus
automatically
after timeout
The status is closed

1933

Change the status automatically

after the entry was
changed via the Web
After the number of days of
inactivity, the status is changed
automatically to the Next Status.
If no Next Status is defined,
the status is not changed.
After the timeout, change
the status automatically
This allows to have the three
generat situations of "not
open" - "open" - "closed"

Window: Request Status

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Closed
Status

Yes-No

(N)

Final
Close

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The status is closed

This allows to have

multiple closed status

Entries with Final

Close cannot
be re-opened

1934

Chapter 370. Window: Request Type

Description: Maintain Request Types
Comment/Help: Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Created:2002-10-01 22:58:52.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Request Type - R_RequestType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..)
Comment/Help: Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.
Tab Level: 0
Table 370.1. Request Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Index the document

for the internal
search engine

For cross document search,

the document can be indexed
for faster search (Container,
Document Type, Request Type)

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

R_RequestType_UUString
Indexed

Yes-No

Request
Type

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1935

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

Window: Request Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Status
Category

Table
Direct

Default

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

EMail
when Due

Yes-No

Due Date
Tolerance

Integer

EMail
when
Overdue

Yes-No

Auto Due
Date Days

Integer

Invoiced

Yes-No

(Y)
rstatuscategory_rrequesttype

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Request Status
Category

Category of Request Status enables

to maintain different set of Status
for different Request Categories

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Send EMail when

Request becomes due

Send EMail when

Request becomes due

Tolerance in days
between the Date
Next Action and the
date the request is
regarded as overdue

When the Date Next Action is

passed, the Request becomes Due.
After the Due Date Tolerance,
the Request becomes Overdue.

Send EMail
when Request
becomes overdue

Send EMail when

Request becomes overdue

(N)

(Y)

(7)

(0)

(N)

1936

Automatic
Due Date Days

If a due date is not defined and the

Auto Due Days ins greater then
zero, a due date in the number
of days is automatically created.

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Window: Request Type

Field
Name

Reference

Confidentiality

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Internal Partner
Confidential Private
Information Public
Information (C)

Confidential Yes-No
Info

Description

Comment/Help

Type of Confidentiality

(N)

Can enter confidential

information

When entering/updating Requests

over the web, the user can
mark his info as confidential

Automatically create
BOM (Engineering)
Change Request

Create automatically a Product

Bill of Material (Engineering)
Change Request when the Request
Group references a Product BOM

Create
Change
Request

Yes-No

Header
Color

String

Header color of
calendar dashlet

Content
Color

String

Content color of
calendar dashlet

2. Tab: Update Notification - R_RequestTypeUpdates

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: List Recipients for to receive Request Updates
LinkColumn: Request Type
Tab Level: 1
Table 370.2. Update Notification Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Request
Type

Table
Direct

Type of request (e.g.

Inquiry, Complaint, ..)

rrequesttype_rrtupdates
1937

Comment/Help

Request Types are used for

processing and categorizing

Window: Request Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
requests. Options are Account
Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc.

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

aduser_rrequesttypeupdates

(Y)

R_RequestTypeUpdates_UU
String

1938

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Chapter 371. Window: Requisition

Description: Material Requisition
Comment/Help: Enter and maintain Material Requisitions. Material Requisition can be created automatically via Replenishment. You create generate optionally
consolidated Purchase Orders.
Created:2004-03-12 00:19:12.0
Updated:2005-10-24 15:25:20.0

1. Tab: Requisition - M_Requisition

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Material Requisition
Tab Level: 0
Table 371.1. Requisition Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Requisition

ID

Process
Now

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Document
Type

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Material Requisition

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

C_DocType.DocBaseType
cdoctype_mrequisition
= 'POR'
Document type or rules

Document
sequence number
of the document
1939

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules
The document number is usually
automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Description

String

Comment/
Help

String

Priority

List

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
User within the system
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
aduser_mrequisition
- Internal or Business
AND
Partner Contact
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))
Optional short
description
of the record

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

1940

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Approved

Yes-No

Date
Required

Date

Document
Date

Date

Warehouse

Table
Direct

mwarehouse_mrequisition

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Table
Direct

mprocelist_mrequisition

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Price List

Total
Lines

Amount

Document
Status

List

Process
Requisition

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Date when required

(@#Date@)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.checkPeriodOpen
Date of the Document

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

1941

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Window: Requisition

2. Tab: Requisition Line - M_RequisitionLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Material Requisition Line
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 371.2. Requisition Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Active

Yes-No

Requisition
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Requisition

Table
Direct

Line No

Business
Partner

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mattributesetinstance_mrequisi

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Material
Requisition Line

mrequisition_mrequisitionline

Material Requisition

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_RequisitionLine
WHERE
M_Requisition_ID=@M_Requisition_ID@)

Unique line for

this document

Search
Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_mrequisitionline

1942

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

UOM

Search

Charge

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
AND
mproduct_mrequisitionline
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsPurchased='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequisition.product
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
cuom_mrequisitionline

Unit of Measure

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
Additional
ccharge_mrequisitionline
JOIN C_DocType dt
document charges
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0) ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0

1943

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Description

String

Line
Amount

Amount

Purchase
Order Line

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequisition.amt
Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutRequisition.amt
Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

Optional short
description
of the record

Search

Comment/Help

corderline_mrequisitionline

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Purchase Orders - C_OrderLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Related Purchase Orders
LinkColumn: Sales Order Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 371.3. Purchase Orders Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Resource Assignment
Assignment

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product;
sresourceassign_corderline
Resource Assignment
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
1944

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity of
potential sales

When an order is closed and

there is a difference between
the ordered quantity and the
delivered (invoiced) quantity is
the Lost Sales Quantity. Note
that the Lost Sales Quantity is
0 if you void an order, so close
the order if you want to track lost
opportunities. [Void = data entry
error - Close = the order is finished]

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
Lost
Sales Qty

Quantity

Discount
%

Number

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Referenced
Order Line

Search

Description
Only

Yes-No

Callout:
Discount in percent
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
Lowest price
for a product
Callout:
List Price
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
C_OrderLine
corderline_ref

TableM_Shipper(@M_Shipper_ID@)
mshipper_corderline

Project

Table
Direct

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.
Reference of the Sales Order
Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
cproject_corderline (C_Project.C_BPartner_ID Financial Project
IS NULL OR
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
1945

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

(N)

Shipper

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
On Order
Quantity

Quantity

Active

Yes-No

Purchase
Order Line

ID

Quantity

Quantity

Processed

Yes-No

Freight
Amount

Amount

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Purchase
Order

(Y)

(1)

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Entered is based on
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
the selected UoM

adorg_corderline

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search

corder_corderline

Line No

Reserved Quantity

Order

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_OrderLine
WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)

Unique line for

this document

1946

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table(@C_BPartner_Location_ID@)
Direct

(@SQL=SELECT
C_BPartner_ID AS
DefaultValue FROM
cbpartner_soline
C_Order WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)

Validation Rule

Description

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
cbpartnerlocation_soline
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.tax

Date
Ordered

Date

(@DateOrdered@)

Date
Promised

Date

(@DatePromised@)

Date
Delivered

Date

Date
Invoiced

Date

Description

Text

Warehouse

Table

Product

Search

Comment/Help
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Date when the

product was delivered
Date printed on Invoice
Optional short
description
of the record
M_Warehouse of
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
Client(@M_Warehouse_ID@)
mwarehouse_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@OrderType@!'SO'
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_corderline
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0

1947

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Charge

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
Set Instance
@C_Charge_ID@!0
(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
Additional
ccharge_corderline
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
document charges
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocTypeTarget_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
(@C_Currency_ID@)

The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_corderline

1948

Comment/Help
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM

Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

Price per Unit of

Measure including
all indirect costs
(Freight, etc.)

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

UOM

Table
Direct

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amtActual Price
(@#C_UOM_ID@)

( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
cuom_corderline
M_Product p WHERE
Unit of Measure
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
1949

Comment/Help
The price entered is converted
to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion
Optional Purchase
Order Line cost price.

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
PO
Quantity

Quantity

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

(1)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Ordered Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

1950

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

Delivered Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Window: Requisition
Field
Name

Reference

Tax

Table
Direct

Line
Amount

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ctax_corderline

1951

Description

Comment/Help

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Chapter 372. Window: Resource

Description: Maintain Resources
Comment/Help: Maintain your Resources. The product for the resource is automatically created and synchronized. Update Name, Unit of Measure, etc. in the
Resource and don't change it in the product.
Created:2002-06-15 22:20:43.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Resource - S_Resource

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Resources
Tab Level: 0
Table 372.1. Resource Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Resource

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Resource

Chargeable Quantity
Quantity
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1952

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Resource
Type

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Available

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

sresourcetype_sresource
EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
User within the system
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
aduser_sresource
- Internal or Business
AND
Partner Contact
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))
mwarehouse_sresource
(Y)

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Resource is available

Resource is available
for assignments

2. Tab: Unavailability - S_ResourceUnAvailable

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Resource unavailability
Comment/Help: Dates, when the resource is not available (e.g. vacation)
Tab Level: 1
Table 372.2. Unavailability Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Resource
Unavailability

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ID

1953

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Resource

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Date From

sresource_sresunavailable

Description

Comment/Help

Resource

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date

Starting date
for a range

The Date From indicates

the starting date of a range.

Date To

Date

End date of
a date range

The Date To indicates the end

date of a range (inclusive)

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

3. Tab: Resource Product - M_Product

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Product information of Resource
Comment/Help: The product for the resource is automatically created and synchronized. Update Name, Unit of Measure, etc. in the Resource and don't change
it in the product.
LinkColumn: Resource
Tab Level: 1
Table 372.3. Resource Product Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1954

Description

Comment/Help

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Resource

Table
Direct

sresource_mproduct

Resource

Locator

Locator
(WH)

mlocator_mproduct

Warehouse Locator

Expense
Type

Table
Direct

sexpensetype_mproduct

Expense report type

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

mattrsetinst_mproduct

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Shelf
Width

Integer
Shelf width required

The Shelf Width indicates

the width dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Print detail
records on
invoice

Yes-No
Print detail BOM
elements on the invoice

The Print Details on Invoice

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Invoice
as opposed to this product.

Featured in
Web Store

Yes-No
If selected, the
product is displayed
in the initial or
any empty search

In the display of products in

the Web Store, the product is
displayed in the initial view or
if no search criteria are entered.
To be displayed, the product
must be in the price list used.

Volume

Amount
Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Stocked

Shelf
Height

Yes-No

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Organization
stocks this product

Amount
Shelf height required

1955

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

The Stocked check box

indicates if this product is
stocked by this Organization.
The Shelf Height indicates
the height dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Units Per
Pallet

Costs
+Prices

Print detail
records on
pick list

Yes-No

Verify
BOM
Structure

Button

Version
No

String

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Verified

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Units Per Pallet

The Units per Pallet indicates

the number of units of this
product which fit on a pallet.

Print detail
BOM elements
on the pick list

The Print Details on Pick List

indicates that the BOM element
products will print on the Pick
List as opposed to this product.

(N)

Version Number

rmailtext_mproduct

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

mfreightcategory_mproduct

Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

The BOM
configuration
has been verified

The Verified check box indicates

if the configuration of this
product has been verified.

(N)

1956

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
This is used for products that
consist of a bill of materials

Bill of
Materials

Yes-No

Min
Guarantee
Days

Integer

Guarantee
Days

Integer

Weight

Amount

(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Minimum number
of guarantee days

Shelf
Depth

Integer

Attribute
Set

Table
Direct

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Shelf depth required

The Shelf Depth indicates

the depth dimension required
on a shelf for a product

Product Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to

add additional attributes and values
to the product. You need to define a
Attribute Set if you want to enable
Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Type of subscription

Subscription type and

renewal frequency

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was

ID

Subscription
Type

Table
Direct

SelfService

Yes-No

When selecting batch/products

with a guarantee date, the
minimum left guarantee days
for automatic picking. You can
pick any batch/product manually.

If the value is 0, there is no

Number of days
limit to the availability or
the product is
guarantee, otherwise the guarantee
guaranteed or available
date is calculated by adding
the days to the delivery date.

mattributeset_mproduct

Product

Bill of Materials

The Bill of Materials check

box indicates if this product
consists of a bill of materials.

csubscriptiontype_mproduct
(Y)

1957

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Document
Note

Text

UPC/EAN

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

can be changed
via Self-Service

entered or created via Self-Service

or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

adclient_mproduct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_org_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

1958

(see same above)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Optional short
description
of the record

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Additional information
for a Document

The Document Note is used

for recording any additional
information regarding this product.

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

SKU

String

Active

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Classification

String

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

Revenue
Recognition

Table
Direct

UOM

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

(Y)

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
mproduct_mproductcategory
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Stock Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined

stock keeping unit. It may be
used for an additional bar code
symbols or your own schema.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Classification
for grouping

The Classification can be used

to optionally group products.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Method for
recording revenue

The Revenue Recognition

indicates how revenue will be
recognized for this product

M_Product Category

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
ctaxcategory_mproduct
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O
crevrecognition_mproduct

cuom_mproduct

ReadOnly Logic:
@ProductType@=R |
@ProductType@=E |
@ProductType@=O

Unit of Measure

AD_User - SalesRep
Sales Representative
or Company Agent

salesrep_mproduct

1959

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Product
Type

List

Item Service Resource

Expense type
Online Asset (I)

Purchased

Yes-No

(Y)

Sold

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Discontinued Yes-No

Discontinued
At

Date

Image
URL

URL

Description
URL

URL

Description

Comment/Help

Type of product

The type of product also determines

accounting consequences.

Organization
purchases this product

The Purchased check box

indicates if this product is
purchased by this organization.

Organization
sells this product

The Sold check box indicates if this

product is sold by this organization.

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

Discontinued At
indicates Date
when product
was discontinued

URL of image

URL for the

description

4. Tab: Price - M_ProductPrice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Resource Pricing
Comment/Help: The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a resource is contained in.
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 2

1960

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Window: Resource
Table 372.4. Price Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Search

Price List
Version

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Standard
Price

Costs
+Prices

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_mproductprice
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mpricelistver_mproductprice

(Y)

Comment/Help

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Identifies a unique
instance of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple

versions. The most common
use is to indicate the dates
that a Price List is valid for.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates

the standard or normal price
for a product on this price list

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

M_ProductPrice_UUString

5. Tab: Accounting - M_Product_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Accounting Parameters
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this resource. Not
all accounts apply to resources.
LinkColumn: Product
1961

Window: Resource
Tab Level: 2
Table 372.5. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Product

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Product
Asset

Account

Product
Expense

Account

Product
COGS

Account

Purchase
Price
Variance

Account

Invoice
Price
Variance

Account

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_passet_mproduct

Account for Product

Asset (Inventory)

The Product Asset Account

indicates the account used for
valuing this a product in inventory.

vc_pexpense_mproduct

Account for
Product Expense

The Product Expense

Account indicates the account
used to record expenses
associated with this product.

vc_pcogs_mproduct

Account for Cost

of Goods Sold

The Product COGS Account

indicates the account used
when recording costs
associated with this product.

m_product_m_product_acct

cacctschema_mproductacct

(Y)

The Purchase Price Variance is

Difference between
used in Standard Costing. It reflects
Standard Cost and
the difference between the Standard
Purchase Price (PPV)
Cost and the Purchase Order Price.

vc_ppurchasepv_mproduct

Difference between
Costs and Invoice
Price (IPV)

vc_pinvoicepv_mproduct

1962

The Invoice Price Variance is used

reflects the difference between the
current Costs and the Invoice Price.

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Trade
Discount
Received

Account

Trade
Discount
Granted

Account

Product
Revenue

Account

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_ptdiscountrec_mproduct

Trade Discount
Receivable Account

The Trade Discount Receivables

Account indicates the
account for received trade
discounts in vendor invoices

vc_ptdiscountgrant_mproduct

Trade Discount
Granted Account

The Trade Discount Granted

Account indicates the
account for granted trade
discount in sales invoices

vc_prevenue_mproduct

Account for
Product Revenue
(Sales Account)

The Product Revenue

Account indicates the account
used for recording sales
revenue for this product.

6. Tab: Assignment - S_ResourceAssignment

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Resource Assignments
Comment/Help: History of Assignments
LinkColumn: Resource
Tab Level: 1
Table 372.6. Assignment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Resource
Assignment

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Resource Assignment

1963

Window: Resource
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Resource

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Assign
From

Date
+Time

Assign resource from

Assign To

Date
+Time

Assign resource until

Quantity

Quantity

sresource_sresourceassignment

Description

Resource

(Y)

(same as first report)

Quantity
Confirmed

Yes-No

Name

String

Assignment
is confirmed

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record

1964

(see same above)

Assignment start
Assignment end
The Quantity indicates the
number of a specific product
or item for this document.
Resource assignment is confirmed
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 373. Window: Resource Type

Description: Maintain Resource Types
Comment/Help: Maintain Resource types and their principal availability. it is used to calculate the available time in a resource. It allows input of starting time and
end time for the slot according to the working days.
Created:2002-06-15 22:26:25.0
Updated:2007-12-17 01:34:30.0

1. Tab: Resource Type - S_ResourceType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Resource Types
Comment/Help: Maintain Resource types and their principal availability.
Tab Level: 0
Table 373.1. Resource Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Resource
Type

ID

Chargeable
Quantity

Integer

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
1965

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Resource Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

UOM

Table
Direct

Allow
UoM
Fractions

Yes-No

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

Single
Assignment
only

Yes-No

Time Slot

(Y)
cuom_sresourcetype
(N)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Allow Unit of
Measure Fractions

If allowed, you can

enter UoM Fractions

Category of a Product

Identifies the category which

this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Only one assignment

at a time (no
double-booking
or overlapping)

If selected, you can only have

one assignment for the resource
at a single point in time. It
is also not possible to have
overlapping assignments.

Yes-No

Resource has time

slot availability

Resource is only
available at certain times

Slot Start

Time

Time when
timeslot starts

Starting time for time slots

Slot End

Time

Time when
timeslot ends

Ending time for time slots

Day Slot

Yes-No

Resource has day

slot availability

Resource is only
available on certain days

Sunday

Yes-No

Available on Sundays

mprodcategory_sresourcetype

ctaxcategory_sresourcetype

1966

Window: Resource Type

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Monday

Yes-No

(Y)

Available on Mondays

Tuesday

Yes-No

(Y)

Available on Tuesdays

Wednesday

Yes-No

(Y)

Available on
Wednesdays

Thursday

Yes-No

(Y)

Available on
Thursdays

Friday

Yes-No

(Y)

Available on Fridays

Saturday

Yes-No

Available on Saturday

1967

Comment/Help

Chapter 374. Window: Return to Vendor

Description: Vendor Returns
Comment/Help: The Return to Vendor Window defines shipments made or to be made to a vendor as part of a return.
Created:2009-09-11 00:41:45.0
Updated:2009-09-11 00:41:45.0

1. Tab: Return to Vendor - M_InOut

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Vendor Returns
Comment/Help: The Return to Vendor Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments to a Vendor because of a Return
Process: Delivery Note / Shipment Print - Rpt M_InOut
Where Clause: M_InOut.MovementType IN ('V-')
Tab Level: 0
Table 374.1. Return to Vendor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Referenced
Shipment

ID

Receipt

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Weight

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

minout_ref

1968

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Process
Now

Button

Date
printed

Date

Volume

Number

Values (Default)

Invoice

Search

Active

Yes-No

Approved

Yes-No

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Purchase
Order

Search

Date
Ordered

Date

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cinvoice_minout
(Y)

(@IsSOTrx@)

adorg_minout

Description

Comment/Help

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
corder_minout
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.order Order

Date of Order

1969

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.
Indicates the Date
an item was ordered.

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

RMA

Search

Document
No

String

Order
Reference

Description

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
Return Material
mrma_minout
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
Authorization
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.rma

Document
sequence number
of the document

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Optional short
description
of the record
1970

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos
The document number is usually
automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

String

Text

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Movement
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('MMR',
cdoctype_minout
'MMS') AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.docType
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

Accounting Date

Comment/Help
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_minout
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.bpartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
vbplocation_minout
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Priority

List

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_minout
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_minout
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.warehouse
and Service Point

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Priority of a document

1971

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
The Priority indicates the
importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Delivery
Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (A)

Pick Date

Date
+Time

Company
Agent

Table

Delivery
Via

List

Shipper

Table

Create
Package

Button

Ship Date

Date
+Time

No
Packages

Integer

Tracking
No

String

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight
Amount

Amount

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Date/Time when
picked for Shipment
AD_User - SalesRep
aduser_sr_minout

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

M_Shipper

mshipper_minout

(1)

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Shipment Date/Time

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Number of
packages shipped
Number to track
the shipment

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

1972

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Create
lines from

Button

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

DropShip_BPartner_ID
Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

(N)

C_BPartner (Trx)

dropshipbpartner_minout

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Business Partner
to ship to

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Drop
Shipment
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshiplocation_minout
AND
Location for
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y' shipping to

Drop
Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshipuser_minout
Contact for
drop shipment

Generate
Invoice
from
Receipt

Button

Charge

Table

Generate To

C_Charge
ccharge_minout

Charge
amount

Amount

Project

Table
Direct

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_minout
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
1973

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Business Activity

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_minout

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_minout

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celementvalueuser2_minout

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

cactivity_minout

Table
Direct
ccampaign_minout

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Movement
Type

List

AD_Org (Trx)

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

Production - Customer
Shipment Customer
Returns Vendor
Returns Inventory
Out Movement
From Movement
To Work Order +
Production + Vendor
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order -

The Movement Type indicates

the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)
Method of moving
the inventory

1974

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Movement is in transit

Material Movement is in
transit - shipped, but not
received. The transaction
is completed, if confirmed.

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Create
Button
Confirmation
In Transit

Yes-No

Date
received

Date

Document
Status

List

Process
Shipment

Button

In Dispute

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

_Posted Status

2. Tab: Return to Vendor Line - M_InOutLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Return to Vendor Line
Comment/Help: The Return to Vendor Line Tab defines the individual items in a Return to Vendor.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
1975

Window: Return to Vendor

Table 374.2. Return to Vendor Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Invoiced

Yes-No

Description
Only

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

(N)

Referenced
Shipment
Line

ID

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Receipt
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

minoutline_ref

Return to
Vendor

Search

RMA Line

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

(Y)

adorg_minoutline

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Material Shipment
Document

minout_minoutline

M_RMALine.M_RMA_ID=@M_RMA_ID@Callout:
Return Material
mrmaline_minoutline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.rmaLine
Authorization Line

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM M_InOutLine
WHERE
M_InOut_ID=@M_InOut_ID@)

Unique line for

this document

1976

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Detail information about
the returned goods
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Charge

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_minoutline
Product, Service, Item
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.product
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.asi
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_minoutline
Set Instance
(@M_Locator_ID@)

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@Callout:
mlocator_minoutline
Warehouse Locator
org.idempiere.model.CalloutFillLocator.fillLocator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
Additional
ccharge_minoutline
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
document charges
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

1977

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

= 0) ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
Description

Text

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
Entered is based on
the selected UoM
( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
cuom_minoutline
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
Unit of Measure
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
1978

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
Movement
Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Callout:
Quantity of a
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
product moved.

Picked
Quantity

Quantity

Target
Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

(0)

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

1979

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_minoutline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
cactivity_minoutline

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
c_projectphase_minoutline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_minoutline
Task in a Phase

Campaign

Table
Direct

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_minoutline
Marketing Campaign

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Comment/Help
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_minoutline

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celemenrvalueuser1_minoutline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2
celemenrvalueuser2_minoutline

1980

Window: Return to Vendor

3. Tab: Confirmations - M_InOutLineConfirm

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Optional Confirmations of Return to Vendor Lines
Comment/Help: The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 374.3. Confirmations Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Invoice
Line

Search

Values (Default)

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

cinvoiceline_minoutlineconfirm

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

minventoryline_minoutlineconfi

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Receipt
Line

Search

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation

Table
Direct

minoutline_minoutconfirm

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

minoutconfirm_minoutlineconf

Material Shipment or
Receipt Confirmation

Confirmation of Shipment
or Receipt - Created from
the Shipment/Receipt

1981

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation
Line

ID

Confirmation
No

String

Target
Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Difference

Quantity

Difference Quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Material Shipment
or Receipt
Confirmation Line

Comment/Help
Confirmation details

Confirmation Number

4. Tab: Attributes - M_InOutLineMA

[IMAGE]
Description: Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation
Tab Level: 2
Table 374.4. Attributes Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

1982

Window: Return to Vendor

Field
Name

Reference

Receipt
Line

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

minoutline_minoutlinema

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

masi_minourlinema

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Time used for

LIFO and FIFO
Material Policy

This field is used to record

time used for LIFO and
FIFO material policy

(1)

M_InOutLineMA_UU
String
Date
Material
Policy

Date

1983

Chapter 375. Window: RfQ

Description: Manage Request for Quotations
Comment/Help: Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as
well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
Created:2004-02-19 13:46:22.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: RfQ - C_RfQ

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request for Quotation
Comment/Help: Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as
well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s)
Tab Level: 0
Table 375.1. RfQ Fields
Field
Name

Reference

RfQ

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Request for Quotation

Request for Quotation to be

sent out to vendors of a RfQ
Topic. After Vendor selection,
optionally create Sales Order or
Quote for Customer as well as
Purchase Order for Vendor(s)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
No

String

Document
sequence number
of the document
1984

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.

Window: RfQ
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Sales
Table
Representative

RfQ Topic

Table
Direct

Optional short
description
of the record

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

adusersalesrep_crfq

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

crfqtopic_crfq

Topic for Request

for Quotations

A Request for Quotation

Topic allows you to maintain

(Y)
AD_User - SalesRep

1985

Window: RfQ
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
a subscriber list of potential
Vendors to respond to RfQs

RfQ Type

List

Quote All
Quantities

Yes-No

Suppliers are requested

to provide responses
for all quantities

If selected, the response to the

Request for Quotation needs to
have a price for all Quantities

Quote
Total Amt

Yes-No

The response can

have just the total
amount for the RfQ

If not selected, the response

must be provided per line

Invited
Vendors
Only

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Responses
Accepted

Yes-No

Response
Date

Date

Work Start

Date

Currency

Table
Direct

Delivery
Days

Quote Total only

Quote All Lines Quote
Selected Lines (S)

Request for
Quotation Type

Only invited vendors

can respond to an RfQ
(Y)
This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service
(Y)

Are Responses to
the Request for
Quotation accepted
Date of the Response

The Request for Quotation is only

visible to the invited vendors
Self-Service allows users to enter
data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.
If selected, responses
for the RfQ are accepted
Date of the Response

Date when work is

(planned to be) started
(@
$C_Currency_ID @)

The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_crfq

Integer

Number of
Days (planned)
until Delivery

1986

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Window: RfQ
Field
Name

Reference

Work
Complete

Date

Create
%26 Invite

Button

Rank
Responses

Button

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Margin %

Number

Create
Sales
Order

Button

Order

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Date when work

is (planned to
be) complete

cbpartner_crfq

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_crfq
to) address for this
Business Partner
(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_crfq
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

corder_crfq

Create
Purchase
Order

Description

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Margin for a product

as a percentage

The Margin indicates the margin

for this product as a percentage of
the limit price and selling price.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Button
Create Purchase Order

1987

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: RfQ
Field
Name

Reference

Copy
Lines

Button

Close RfQ

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Description

Comment/Help

Request for
Quotation Line

Request for Quotation Line

2. Tab: Line - C_RfQLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: RfQ Line
Comment/Help: Request for Quotation Line
Tab Level: 1
Table 375.2. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

RfQ Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

RfQ

Table
Direct
crfq_crfqline

Line No

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
1988

Request for Quotation

Request for Quotation to be

sent out to vendors of a RfQ
Topic. After Vendor selection,
optionally create Sales Order or
Quote for Customer as well as
Purchase Order for Vendor(s)

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also

Window: RfQ
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AS DefaultValue
FROM C_RfQLine
WHERE
C_RfQ_ID=@C_RfQ_ID@)
Active

Yes-No

Product

Search

Comment/Help
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

(Y)

(same as first report)

mproduct_crfqline

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Work Start

Date

Date when work is

(planned to be) started

Delivery
Days

Integer

Number of
Days (planned)
until Delivery

Work
Complete

Date

Date when work

is (planned to
be) complete

Product Attribute
Set Instance

masetinstance_crfqline

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

3. Tab: Quantity - C_RfQLineQty

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: RfQ Line Quantity
Comment/Help: Request for Quotation Line Quantity - You may request a quotation for different quantities
Tab Level: 2
1989

(see same above)

Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: RfQ
Table 375.3. Quantity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

RfQ Line
Quantity

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

RfQ Line

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

UOM

Table
Direct

Quantity

Quantity

RfQ
Quantity

Yes-No

Benchmark
Price

Costs
+Prices

Purchase
Quantity

Yes-No

Best
Response
Amount

Amount

Offer
Quantity

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

crfqline_crfqlineqty
(Y)
cuom_crfqlineqty

Description

Comment/Help

Request for Quotation

Line Quantity

You may request a quotation

for different quantities

Request for
Quotation Line

Request for Quotation Line

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

(1)

(Y)

The quantity is used

when generating
RfQ Responses

When generating the RfQ

Responses, this quantity is included

Price to compare
responses to

This quantity is
used in the Purchase
Order to the Supplier

When multiple quantities

are used in an Request for
Quotation, the selected Quantity
is used for generating the
purchase order. If none selected
the lowest number is used.
Filled by Rank Response Process

Best Response Amount

This quantity is
used in the Offer
to the Customer

1990

When multiple quantities are

used in an Request for Quotation,
the selected Quantity is used

Window: RfQ
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
for generating the offer. If none
selected the lowest number is used.

Offer
Amount

Amount

Margin %

Number

Amount of the Offer

Margin for a product
as a percentage

1991

The Margin indicates the margin

for this product as a percentage of
the limit price and selling price.

Chapter 376. Window: RfQ Response

Description: Manage RfQ Responses
Comment/Help: null
Created:2004-03-23 23:23:35.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Response - C_RfQResponse

[IMAGE]
Description: RfQ Response
Comment/Help: Request for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor
Process: RfQ Response Print - Rpt C_RfQResponse
Tab Level: 0
Table 376.1. Response Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

RfQ
Response

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

RfQ

Table
Direct
crfq_crfqresponse

Description

Comment/Help

Request for Quotation

Response from a
potential Vendor

Request for Quotation Response

from a potential Vendor

Request for Quotation

1992

Request for Quotation to be

sent out to vendors of a RfQ
Topic. After Vendor selection,
optionally create Sales Order or
Quote for Customer as well as
Purchase Order for Vendor(s)

Window: RfQ Response

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Invited

Date

Response
Date

Date

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_crfqresponse
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_crfqresponse
to) address for this
Business Partner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_crfqresponse
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Date when (last)

invitation was sent
Date of the Response

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

1993

Date of the Response

Self-Service allows users to enter
data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Window: RfQ Response

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Currency

Table
Direct

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccurrency_crfqresponse

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

Price

Costs
+Prices

Work Start

Date

Date when work is

(planned to be) started

Delivery
Days

Integer

Number of
Days (planned)
until Delivery

Work
Complete

Date

Date when work

is (planned to
be) complete

Invite %26
Remind

Button

Ranking

Integer

Selected
Winner

Yes-No

Order

Table
Direct
corder_crfqresponse

Check
Complete

Button

Complete

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

1994

Relative Rank Number

One is the highest Rank

The response is the

selected winner

The response is the selected winner.

If selected on Response level,
the line selections are ignored.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

It is complete

Indication that this is complete

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: RfQ Response

2. Tab: Response Line - C_RfQResponseLine

[IMAGE]
Description: RfQ Response Line
Comment/Help: Request for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor
Tab Level: 1
Table 376.2. Response Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

RfQ
Response
Line

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

RfQ Line

Table
Direct

RfQ
Response

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Work Start

Date

Date when work is

(planned to be) started

Delivery
Days

Integer

Number of
Days (planned)
until Delivery

Work
Complete

Date

Date when work

is (planned to
be) complete

Request for Quotation

Response Line

Comment/Help
Request for Quotation Response
Line from a potential Vendor

crfqline_crfqresponseline

Request for
Quotation Line

Request for Quotation Line

crfqresponse_line

Request for Quotation

Response from a
potential Vendor

Request for Quotation Response

from a potential Vendor

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)

1995

Window: RfQ Response

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Selected
Winner

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

The response is the

selected winner

The response is the selected winner.

If selected on Response level,
the line selections are ignored.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

3. Tab: Response Quantity - C_RfQResponseLineQty

[IMAGE]
Description: RfQ Line Quantity Response
Comment/Help: Request for Quotation Response Line Quantity from a potential Vendor
Tab Level: 2
Table 376.3. Response Quantity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

RfQ
Response
Line Qty

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Request for
Quotation Response
Line Quantity

Request for Quotation

Response Line Quantity
from a potential Vendor

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
1996

(see same above)

Window: RfQ Response

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

RfQ
Response
Line

Table
Direct

RfQ Line
Quantity

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Price

Costs
+Prices

Discount
%

Number

Ranking

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Request for Quotation Response

Line from a potential Vendor

crfqresonseline_qty

Request for Quotation

Response Line

crfqlineqty_crfqresplineqty

Request for Quotation

Line Quantity

You may request a quotation

for different quantities

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

Discount in percent

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.

Relative Rank Number

One is the highest Rank

(Y)

1997

Chapter 377. Window: RfQ Topic

Description: Maintain RfQ Topics and Subscribers
Comment/Help: A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
Created:2004-02-19 13:45:55.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Topic - C_RfQ_Topic

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request for Quotation Topic
Comment/Help: A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs
Tab Level: 0
Table 377.1. Topic Fields
Field
Name

Reference

RfQ Topic

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Topic for Request

for Quotations

A Request for Quotation

Topic allows you to maintain
a subscriber list of potential
Vendors to respond to RfQs

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

1998

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: RfQ Topic

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Print
Format

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

(0)

adprintformat_arfqtopic

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Data Print Format

The print format determines

how data is rendered for print.

2. Tab: Subscriber - C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Request for Quotation Topic Subscriber
Comment/Help: Subcriber to invite to respond to RfQs
Tab Level: 1
Table 377.2. Subscriber Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

RfQ
Subscriber

ID

Request for Quotation

Topic Subscriber

Subscriber to invite
to respond to RfQs

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

RfQ Topic

Table
Direct

Topic for Request

for Quotations

c_rfqtopic_subscriber
1999

A Request for Quotation

Topic allows you to maintain

Window: RfQ Topic

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
a subscriber list of potential
Vendors to respond to RfQs

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Subscribe
Date

Date

Optout Date

Date

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_crfqtopicsubr
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerloc_crfqtopicsubr
to) address for this
Business Partner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_arfqtopicsubcr
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
(Y)

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date the contact

actively subscribed

Date the contact

subscribe the interest area

Date the contact

opted out

If the field has a date,

the customer opted out
(unsubscribed) and cannot
receive mails for the Interest Area

3. Tab: Restriction - C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly

[IMAGE]
Description: Include Subscriber Only for certain products or product categories
Comment/Help: Enter the products / product categories for which the subscriber should be included. If no product / category is entered, the subscriber is requested
to answer requests for all lines in a RfQ
Tab Level: 2

2000

Window: RfQ Topic

Table 377.3. Restriction Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

RfQ Topic
Subscriber
Restriction

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

RfQ
Subscriber

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Product

Search

Product
Category

Table
Direct

Description

String

crfqtopicsubscriber_only
(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Include Subscriber
only for certain
products or
product categories

Products and/or Product Categories

for which the subscriber
should be included. If no
product / category is entered, the
subscriber is requested to answer
requests for all lines in a RfQ

Request for Quotation

Topic Subscriber

Subscriber to invite
to respond to RfQs

(same as first report)

(see same above)

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_crfqtsubonly
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
(-1)
mprodcategory_crfqtsubonly

Category of a Product

Optional short
description
of the record

2001

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
Identifies the category which
this product belongs to.
Product categories are used
for pricing and selection.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 378. Window: Role

Description: Maintain User Responsibilities
Comment/Help: The Role Window allows you to define the different roles that users of this system will have. Roles control access to windows, tasks, reports, etc.
For a client an Administrator and User role are predefined. You may add additional roles to control access for specific functionality or data. You can add users to
the role. Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Role - AD_Role

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define responsibility roles
Comment/Help: Define the role and add the client and organizations the role has access to. You can give users access to this role and modify the access of this
role to windows, forms, processes and reports as well as tasks. If the Role User Level is Manual, the assigned acces rights are not automatically updated (e.g. if
a role has a restricted number of Windows/Processes it can access). You need to add organizational access unless the role has access to all organizations. The
SuperUser and the user creating a new role are assigned to the role automatically. If you select an Organization Tree, the user has access to the leaves of summary
organizations. Note: You cannot change the System Administrator role.
Tab Level: 0
Table 378.1. Role Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Role

ID

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

ad_roleclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_roleorg

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
2002

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Role
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

User Level

List

Client Organization
System Client
+Organization

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

System Client
Organization

The User Level field determines if

users of this Role will have access
to System level data, Organization
level data, Client level data or
Client and Organization level data.
The Manual check box indicates
if the process will done manually.

Manual

Yes-No

(Y)

This is a
manual process

Master
Role

Yes-No

(N)

A master role cannot

be assigned to users,
it is intended to define
access to menu option
and documents and
inherit to other roles

Currency

Table
Direct

(@$C_Currency_ID@)

Approval
Amount

c_currency_ad_role

Amount

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

The approval amount

limit for this role

The Approval Amount field

indicates the amount limit this Role
has for approval of documents.

Days
Integer
Approval
Accumulated

The days approval

indicates the days to
take into account to
verify the accumulated
approval amount.

The Days Approval Accumulated

field indicates the days to
take into account to verify the
accumulated approval amount.

Approval Amount
Amount
Accumulated

The approval
amount limit for this
role accumulated
on a period

The Approval Amount field

indicates the amount limit
this Role has for approval of
documents within a period limit.

2003

Window: Role
Field
Name

Reference

Approve
own
Documents

Yes-No

Menu Tree

Table

Values (Default)

AD_Tree

Constraint Value

adtree_adrole

Validation Rule

AD_Tree.TreeType='MM'

Description

Comment/Help

Users with this role

can approve their
own documents

If a user cannot approve their own

documents (orders, etc.), it needs
to be approved by someone else.

Tree of the menu

Menu access tree

UserDiscount Number
Overwrite
Price Limit

Yes-No

(N)

Overwrite Price
Limit if the Price
List enforces
the Price Limit

The Price List allows to enforce

the Price Limit. If set, a user
with this role can overwrite the
price limit (i.e. enter any price).

Supervisor

Search

AD_User - Internal

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Determines what
preferences the
user can set

Preferences allow you to define

default values. If set to None,
you cannot set any preference
nor value preference. Only
if set to Client, you can see
the Record Info Change Log.

adusersupervisor_adrole

Preference
Level

List

Client Organization
None User (O)

Maintain
Change
Log

Yes-No

(N)

Show
Accounting

Yes-No

(N)

Access
all Orgs

Yes-No

(N)

Organization
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Maintain a
log of changes
Users with this role
can see accounting
information
Access all
Organizations
(no org access
control) of the client
AD_Tree.TreeType='OO'
Trees are used
AND
for (financial)
adtreeorg_adrole
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
reporting and security
access (via role)

2004

If selected, a log of all

changes is maintained.
This allows to prevent access
to any accounting information.
When selected, the role has
access to all organizations of the
client automatically. This also
increases performance where
you have many organizations.
Trees are used for
(finanial) reporting and
security access (via role)

Window: Role
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Use User
Org
Access

Yes-No

(N)

Can
Report

Yes-No

Can
Export

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Use Org Access

defined by user instead
of Role Org Access

You can define the access to

Organization either by Role or
by User. You would select this,
if you have many organizations.

(Y)

Users with this role

can create reports

You can restrict the

ability to report on data.

Yes-No

(Y)

Users with this role

can export data

You can restrict the ability to

export data from iDempiere.

Personal
Lock

Yes-No

(N)
Allow users with
role to lock access
to personal records

If enabled, the user with the role

can prevent access of others to
personal records. If a record is
locked, only the user or people
who can read personal locked
records can see the record.

Personal
Access

Yes-No

(N)

Allow access to all

personal records

Users of this role have access to

all records locked as personal.

Confirm
Query
Records

Integer

(0)

Require Confirmation
if more records will be
returned by the query
(If not defined 500)

Enter the number of records

the query will return without
confirmation to avoid unnecessary
system load. If 0, the system
default of 500 is used.

Max
Query
Records

Integer

(0)

Access
Advanced

Yes-No

(Y)

Auto
expand
menu

Yes-No

(N)

If ticked, the menu

is automatically
expanded

Connection
Profile

List

Terminal Server
VPN WAN LAN

How a Java
Client connects
to the server(s)

If defined, you cannot

query more records
as defined - the
query criteria needs
to be changed to
query less records

2005

Enter the number of records

a user will be able to query to
avoid unnecessary system load.
If 0, no restrictions are imposed.

Depending on the connection

profile, different protocols are
used and tasks are performed

Window: Role
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
on the server rather then the
client. Usually the user can select
different profiles, unless it is
enforced by the User or Role
definition. The User level profile
overwrites the Role based profile.

Allow Info
Account

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow Info
Schedule

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow Info
Product

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow Info
BPartner

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow
Info Order

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow Info
Invoice

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow Info Yes-No

CashJournal

(N)

Allow
Info InOut

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow Info
Payment

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow
Info Asset

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow Info
Resource

Yes-No

(Y)

Allow
Info CRP

Yes-No

(N)

Allow
Info MRP

Yes-No

(N)

2006

Window: Role

2. Tab: Org Access - AD_Role_OrgAccess

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Role Org Access
Comment/Help: Add the client and organizations the user has access to. Entries here are ignored, if User Org Access is selected or the role has access to all roles.
Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
LinkColumn: Role
Display Logic: @IsMasterRole@=N
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.2. Org Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Role

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Read Only

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
adorg_adroleorgaccess
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adrole_adroleorgaccess
(Y)

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

AD_Role_OrgAccess_UU
String

3. Tab: User Assignment - AD_User_Roles

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Users with this Role
2007

Window: Role
Comment/Help: The User Assignment Tab displays Users who have been defined for this Role.
LinkColumn: Role
Display Logic: @IsMasterRole@=N
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.3. User Assignment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

Role

Search

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_userrolesclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_userrolesorg

AD_Role.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
adrole_aduserroles
AND
Responsibility Role
AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'

aduser_userroles

(Y)

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_User_Roles_UU
String

4. Tab: Window Access - AD_Window_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Window Access
Comment/Help: The Window Access Tab defines the Windows and type of access that this Role is granted.
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
2008

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Window: Role
Table 378.4. Window Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Role

Table
Direct

Window

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_functaccess_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_functaccessorg

adrole_adwindowaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

adwindow_adwindowaccess

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

(Y)

AD_Window_Access_UU
String

5. Tab: Process Access - AD_Process_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Process Access
Comment/Help: The Process Access Tab defines the Processes and type of access that this Role is granted.
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.5. Process Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ad_processaccess_client
(same as first report)
<>0
2009

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Role
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Role

Process

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_processtaccess_org

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Table
Direct

adrole_adprocessaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Table
Direct

adprocess_adprocessaccess

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

(Y)

(see same above)

AD_Process_Access_UU
String

6. Tab: Form Access - AD_Form_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Form Access
Comment/Help: The Form Access Tab defines the Forms and type of access that this Role is granted.
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.6. Form Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

2010

Window: Role
Field
Name

Reference

Role

Table
Direct

Special
Form

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adrole_adformaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

adform_adformaccess

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

(Y)

AD_Form_Access_UU
String

7. Tab: Info Access - AD_InfoWindow_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.7. Info Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_InfoWindow_Access_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Role

Table
Direct

Info
Window

Table
Direct

adrole_adinfowindowaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

adinfowindow_adinfowindowacces

Info and search/

select Window

The Info window is used to

search and select records as
well as display information
relevant to the selection.

2011

Window: Role
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

8. Tab: Workflow Access - AD_Workflow_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Access
Comment/Help: The Workflow Access Tab defines the Workflows and type of access that this Role is granted.
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.8. Workflow Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ad_workflowaccess_client
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ad_workflowaccess_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Role

Table
Direct

Workflow

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adrole_adworkflowaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

adworkfow_workflowaccess

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

(Y)

AD_Workflow_Access_UU
String

9. Tab: Task Access - AD_Task_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
2012

Window: Role
Description: Task Access
Comment/Help: The Task Access Tab defines the Task and type of access that this Role is granted.
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.9. Task Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Role

OS Task

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_taskaccess_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_taskaccess_org

Table
Direct

adrole_adtaskaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Table
Direct

adtask_adtaskaccess

Operation System Task

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

(Y)

AD_Task_Access_UU
String

10. Tab: Document Action Access AD_Document_Action_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define access to document type / document action / role combinations.
Comment/Help: Define access to document type / document action / role combinations.
LinkColumn: Role
2013

Window: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.10. Document Action Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Role

Table
Direct

adrole_addocumentactionaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Document
Type

Table
Direct

cdoctype_addocumentactionacces

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Reference
List

Table
Direct

AD_Ref_List.AD_Reference_ID=135
adreflist_addocumentactionacce

Active

Description

Yes-No

Comment/Help

Reference List
based on Table

The Reference List field indicates

a list of reference values from
a database tables. Reference
lists populate drop down list
boxes in data entry screens

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Document_Action_Access_UU
String

11. Tab: Included roles - AD_Role_Included

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Role
Display Logic: @IsMasterRole@=N
Tab Level: 1
Table 378.11. Included roles Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Search

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2014

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Role
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Search

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Sequence

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_Role_Included
WHERE
AD_Role_ID=@AD_Role_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

Role

Search

Table

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

(Y)

AD_Role

Comment/Help

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

ad_role_included_parent
Included
Role

Description

AD_Role.IsMasterRole='Y'
ad_role_included_role

AD_Role_Included_UU
String

2015

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Chapter 379. Window: Role Data Access

Description: Maintain Data Access Rules
Comment/Help: Maintain Data Access Roles of Roles/Responsibilties. Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
Created:2003-05-28 22:59:19.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Role - AD_Role

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Role with Data Access Restriction
Comment/Help: Select Role for with Data Access Restrictions. Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
Tab Level: 0
Table 379.1. Role Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Currency

Table
Direct

(@$C_Currency_ID@)

Overwrite
Price Limit

Yes-No

(N)

Organization
Tree

Table

AD_Tree

Approval
Amount

Amount

Supervisor

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_currency_ad_role

AD_User - Internal

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Overwrite Price
Limit if the Price
List enforces
the Price Limit

The Price List allows to enforce

the Price Limit. If set, a user
with this role can overwrite the
price limit (i.e. enter any price).

AD_Tree.TreeType='OO'
Trees are used
AND
for (financial)
adtreeorg_adrole
AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
reporting and security
access (via role)

adusersupervisor_adrole
2016

Trees are used for

(finanial) reporting and
security access (via role)

The approval amount

limit for this role

The Approval Amount field

indicates the amount limit this Role
has for approval of documents.

Supervisor for this

user/organization -

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding

Window: Role Data Access

Field
Name

Role

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

used for escalation

and approval

and escalating issues for

this user - or for approvals.

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

Tree of the menu

Menu access tree

System Client
Organization

The User Level field determines if

users of this Role will have access
to System level data, Organization
level data, Client level data or
Client and Organization level data.

Users with this role

can approve their
own documents

If a user cannot approve their own

documents (orders, etc.), it needs
to be approved by someone else.

Use Org Access

defined by user instead
of Role Org Access

You can define the access to

Organization either by Role or
by User. You would select this,
if you have many organizations.

ID

Menu Tree

Table

AD_Tree

User Level

List

Client Organization
System Client
+Organization

adtree_adrole

AD_Tree.TreeType='MM'

Approve
own
Documents

Yes-No

Use User
Org
Access

Yes-No

(N)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Manual

Yes-No

(Y)

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

ad_roleclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_roleorg

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
2017

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Role Data Access

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Preference
Level

List

Client Organization
None User (O)

Maintain
Change
Log

Yes-No

(N)

Show
Accounting

Yes-No

(N)

Access
all Orgs

Yes-No

(N)

Can
Report

Yes-No

Can
Export

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Determines what
preferences the
user can set

Preferences allow you to define

default values. If set to None,
you cannot set any preference
nor value preference. Only
if set to Client, you can see
the Record Info Change Log.

Maintain a
log of changes
Users with this role
can see accounting
information

If selected, a log of all

changes is maintained.
This allows to prevent access
to any accounting information.

Access all
Organizations
(no org access
control) of the client

When selected, the role has

access to all organizations of the
client automatically. This also
increases performance where
you have many organizations.

(Y)

Users with this role

can create reports

You can restrict the

ability to report on data.

Yes-No

(Y)

Users with this role

can export data

You can restrict the ability to

export data from iDempiere.

Personal
Lock

Yes-No

(N)
Allow users with
role to lock access
to personal records

If enabled, the user with the role

can prevent access of others to
personal records. If a record is
locked, only the user or people
who can read personal locked
records can see the record.

Personal
Access

Yes-No

Allow access to all

personal records

Users of this role have access to

all records locked as personal.

(N)

2. Tab: Table Access - AD_Table_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain Table Access
2018

Window: Role Data Access

Comment/Help: If listed here, the Role can(not) access all data of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality. If you Include Access to a table and
select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access). If you Exclude Access to a table and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise no
access). Please note that table access rules here are in addition to the Data Access Levels defined for a Table and the User Level defined for a Role. These rules are
evaulated first and you only need to define the exceptions to these rules here. < p> Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
Be aware that if you use Include rules, that you need to include also several supporting entiries. As an alternative, grant access only to functionality required.
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 379.2. Table Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Role

Table
Direct

Table

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Exclude

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_dataaccessclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_dataaccessorg

adrole_adtableaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

adtable_adtableaccess

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Exclude access to
the data - if not
selected Include
access to the data

If selected (excluded), the role

cannot access the data specified.
If not selected (included), the
role can ONLY access the data
specified. Exclude items represent
a negative list (i.e. you don't
have access to the listed items).
Include items represent a positive
list (i.e. you only have access
to the listed items). You would
usually not mix Exclude and
Include. If you have one include
rule in your list, you would only
have access to that item anyway.

2019

Window: Role Data Access

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Access
Type

List

Accessing Reporting
Exporting (A)

Read Only

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The type of access

for this rule

If you restrict Access to the

entity, you also cannot Report
or Export it (i.e. to have access
is a requirement that you can
report or export the data). The
Report and Export rules are further
restrictions if you have access.

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

Yes-No

Can
Report

Yes-No

Users with this role

can create reports

You can restrict the

ability to report on data.

Can
Export

Yes-No

Users with this role

can export data

You can restrict the ability to

export data from iDempiere.

AD_Table_Access_UU
String

3. Tab: Column Access - AD_Column_Access

[IMAGE]
Description: Maintain Column Access
Comment/Help: If listed here, the Role can(not) access the column of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality. If you Include Access to a column
and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access). If you Exclude Access to a column and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise
no access). Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 379.3. Column Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2020

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Role Data Access

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Role

Table
Direct

Table

Table
Direct

Column

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Exclude

Yes-No

(Y)

Read Only

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

adrole_adcolumnaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

adtable_adcolumnaccess

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_adcolumnaccess
Column in the table
(same as first report)

(see same above)

Exclude access to
the data - if not
selected Include
access to the data

If selected (excluded), the role

cannot access the data specified.
If not selected (included), the
role can ONLY access the data
specified. Exclude items represent
a negative list (i.e. you don't
have access to the listed items).
Include items represent a positive
list (i.e. you only have access
to the listed items). You would
usually not mix Exclude and
Include. If you have one include
rule in your list, you would only
have access to that item anyway.

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

Yes-No

AD_Column_Access_UU
String

4. Tab: Record Access - AD_Record_Access

[IMAGE]
Description: Maintain Record Access
2021

Link to the database

column of the table

Window: Role Data Access

Comment/Help: You create Record Access records by enabling "Personal Lock" for the administrative role and Ctl-Lock (holding the Ctrl key while clicking on
the Lock button). < p> If listed here, the Role can(not) access the data records of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality. If you Include Access
to a record and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access). If you Exclude Access to a recorf and select Read Only, you can only read data
(otherwise no access). Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
LinkColumn: Role
Tab Level: 1
Table 379.4. Record Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Role

Table
Direct

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Exclude

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adrole_ardecordaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

adtable_adrecordaccess

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Exclude access to
the data - if not
selected Include
access to the data

If selected (excluded), the role

cannot access the data specified.
If not selected (included), the
role can ONLY access the data
specified. Exclude items represent
a negative list (i.e. you don't
have access to the listed items).
Include items represent a positive
list (i.e. you only have access

2022

Window: Role Data Access

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
to the listed items). You would
usually not mix Exclude and
Include. If you have one include
rule in your list, you would only
have access to that item anyway.

Read Only

Dependent
Entities

Yes-No

Yes-No

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

Also check access

in dependent entities

Also dependent entities are

included. Please be aware, that
enabling this rule has severe
consequences and that this is only
wanted in some circumstances.
< p> Example Rule: "Include
Payment Term Immediate with
Dependent Entities" Primary effect:
users with this role can only select
the payment term Immediate
Secondary effect (dependent
entities): users with this role can
see only invoices/orders with
the payment term immediate.

(N)

2023

Chapter 380. Window: Role Toolbar Button Access

Description: Maintain toolbar button access rule
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-03-28 11:22:47.0
Updated:2012-10-23 17:42:57.0

1. Tab: Toolbar Button Access - AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 380.1. Toolbar Button Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Role

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Action

List

Form Report
Window Task
Process WorkFlow
Workbench Info

Process

Window

Table
Direct
Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Role.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
adrole_adtoolbarbuttonrestrict
AND
Responsibility Role
AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'
AD_Ref_List.Value
IN ('W','R')

Comment/Help

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Indicates the Action

to be performed

The Action field is a drop down

list box which indicates the Action
to be performed for this Item.

adprocess_adtoolbarbuttonrestr

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

adwindow_adtoolbarbuttonrestri

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

2024

Window: Role Toolbar Button Access

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Tab

Table
Direct

AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@
adtab_adtoolbarbuttonrestrict
Tab within a Window

ToolBar
Button

Table
Direct

(((AD_ToolbarButton.Action='@Action@')
OR
(AD_ToolbarButton.Action||'@Action@'='RW' ))
adtoolbarbutton_adtoolbarbutto
AND
(AD_ToolbarButton.AD_Tab_ID
IS NULL OR
COALESCE(AD_ToolbarButton.AD_Tab_ID,0)=@AD_Tab_ID:0@))

Exclude

Yes-No

(Y)

Exclude access to
the data - if not
selected Include
access to the data

ToolBar
Button
Restrict

ID

2025

Comment/Help
The Tab indicates a tab that
displays within a window.

If selected (excluded), the role

cannot access the data specified.
If not selected (included), the
role can ONLY access the data
specified. Exclude items represent
a negative list (i.e. you don't
have access to the listed items).
Include items represent a positive
list (i.e. you only have access
to the listed items). You would
usually not mix Exclude and
Include. If you have one include
rule in your list, you would only
have access to that item anyway.

Chapter 381. Window: Rule

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2008-01-23 11:59:57.0
Updated:2008-01-23 11:59:57.0

1. Tab: Rule - AD_Rule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 381.1. Rule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

2026

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Rule
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Event
Type

List

Callout Model
Validator Table Event
Model Validator Login
Event Human Resource
%26 Payroll Measure
for Performance
Analysis Process
Model Validator
Document Event
GL Reconciliation

Rule Type

List

Aspect Orient Program

JSR 94 Rule Engine
API SQL JSR 223
Scripting APIs

Data
Access
Level

List

System+Client
Client only Client
+Organization System
only All Organization

Script

Memo

Entity
Type

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Yes-No

Rule

ID

Comment/Help

Type of Event

Access Level required

Dynamic Java
Language Script
to calculate result
_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adrule

Active

Description

(Y)

2027

Indicates the access level required

for this record or process.

Use Java language constructs to

define the result of the calculation

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 382. Window: Sales Opportunity

Description: A potential sale
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-25 14:49:36.0
Updated:2013-09-12 01:14:37.0

1. Tab: Opportunity - C_Opportunity

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 382.1. Opportunity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Sales
Opportunity

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document

2028

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Business
Partner

Search

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

(@C_BPartner_ID@)
Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_copportunity

Sales
Table
Representative

Sales
Stage

Table

Probability

Amount

Expected
Close Date

Date

Opportunity Amount
Amount

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_copportunity
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

ccampaign_copportunity

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

salesrep_copportunity

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

AD_User - SalesRep

C_SalesStage

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Callout:
Stages of the
csalesstage_copportunity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOpportunity.salesStage
sales process

Expected Close Date

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@> 0
2029

The estimated value

of this opportunity.

Define what stages your sales

process will move through
The Expected Close Date indicates
the expected last or final date

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Weighted
Amount

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Description

String

Comments

Text

Order

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Date

Cost

Amount

Comment/Help

The amount adjusted

by the probability.
The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_copportunity

Optional short
description
of the record
Comments or
additional information
C_Order.C_Opportunity_ID=@C_Opportunity_ID@

corder_copportunity

Close Date

Description

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Comments field allows
for free form entry of
additional information.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Close Date

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Cost information

2. Tab: Quote/Order - C_Order

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Sales Opportunity
Tab Level: 1
Table 382.2. Quote/Order Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Payment
Location

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Location of the
Business Partner

cbplocationpay_corder
2030

Comment/Help

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

responsible for
the payment
Volume

Weight

Number
Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Number

AmountRefundedAmount
AmountTenderedAmount
Payment

Search

Date
printed

Date

Transferred

Yes-No

Order

cpayment_corder

ID

Payment
BPartner

ID

Process
Order

Button

Referenced
Order

Search

cbpartnerpay_corder

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

corder_ref

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

C_Order

2031

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates

if the credit approval was
successful for Orders

Active

Yes-No

Credit
Approved

Yes-No

Delivered

Yes-No

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Cash
Journal
Line

Search
Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Processed

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Selected

Yes-No

Order
Type

String

ccashline_corder

(@IsSOTrx@)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Type of Order: MRP

records grouped
by source (Sales
2032

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Order, Purchase
Order, Distribution
Order, Requisition)
Order
Source

Table
Direct

Linked
Order

Search

Processed
On

Number

POS
Terminal

Table
Direct

Approved

Yes-No

Cash
Plan Line

Search

Sales
Opportunity

Search

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

c_order__c_orders_c_ordersou
C_Order

This field links a

sales order to the
purchase order that
is generated from it.

linkorder_corder

cpos_corder
(@IsApproved@)

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if
allowed by the DB) when a
document has been processed.

Point of Sales Terminal

The POS Terminal defines

the defaults and functions
available for the POS Form

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

C_CashPlan_ID
IN (SELECT
C_CashPlan_ID
FROM C_CashPlan
ccashplanline_corder
WHERE
IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@')
AND DateTrx>
=SYSDATE
copportunity_corder
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
adorg_corder

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND

2033

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(see same above)

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Org.IsSummary='N'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.organization
Document
No

Order
Reference

Description

String

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

String

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

2034

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Target
Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

SelfService

Yes-No

Date
Ordered

Date

(@#Date@)

Date
Promised

Date

(@#Date@)

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice
Partner

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('SOO',
'POO') AND
Target document
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
cdoctypetarget_corder
type for conversing
AND
documents
COALESCE(C_DocType.DocSubTypeSO,'
')< > 'RM'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.docType
This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

C_BPartner (Trx)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date of Order
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
Date Order
was promised

Comment/Help
You can convert document types
(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.
Indicates the Date
an item was ordered.
The Date Promised indicates
the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_corder
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR 'N'='@IsSOTrx@'
OR EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
Business Partner
cbpartnerbill_corder
C_BP_Relation
to be invoiced
r WHERE
C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=r.C_BPartnerRelation_ID
AND
r.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

2035

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

r.IsBillTo='Y'))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartnerBill
Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Invoice
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Invoice
Contact

Table

AD_User

Delivery
Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (F)

Priority

List

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
AND
Business Partner
cbplocationbill_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
Location for invoicing
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_corder
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
aduserbill_corder
Contact for invoicing

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.warehouse
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_corder
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@IsDropShip@=Y
(N)

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer
2036

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
Drop Shipments do not cause
any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

DropShip_BPartner_ID
Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
dropshipbpartner_corder
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Business Partner
to ship to

Drop
Shipment
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
AND
Business Partner
dropshiplocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y' Location for
AND
shipping to
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

Drop
Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshipuser_corder
Contact for
drop shipment

Delivery
Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Freight
Amount

Amount

Invoice
Rule

List

mshipper_corder

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

M_FreightCategory_ID
in (select
M_FreightCategory_ID
mfreightcategory_order from M_Freight where Category of the Freight
M_Shipper_ID=@M_Shipper_ID@)
ReadOnly Logic:
@DocStatus@!=CO

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
2037

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Frequency and
method of invoicing

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Immediate After
Order delivered (I)
Price List

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_soheader
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
(@C_Currency_ID@)

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Charge

Table

AD_User

ccurrency_corder

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

cconversiontype_corder

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
aduser_sr_corder
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

C_Charge
ccharge_corder

Charge
amount

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Amount

2038

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Payment
Rule

Payment

(B)

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Promotion
Code

String

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ReadOnly Logic:
@OrderType@='WP'

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_soheader '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.paymentTerm
User entered promotion
code at sales time
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_corder
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
cactivity_corder

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_corder
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_corder

2039

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

If present, user entered the

promotion code at sales
time to get this promotion
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Total
Lines

Amount

Grand
Total

Amount

Document
Status

List

Account_ID - User1
celementvalueuser1_corder

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celemenrvalueuser2_corder

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Account_ID - User2

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Document
Type

Table
Direct

C_DocType(0)

Pay
Schedule
valid

Yes-No

(N)

Copy
Lines

Button

Process
Order

Button

The current status

of the document

c_doctype_corder

Document type or rules

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid
Copy From Record

_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document

2040

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules
Payment Schedules allow
to have multiple due dates.
Copy From Record
You find the current status in
the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Description

Comment/Help

Revenue
Recognition Amount

The amount for revenue recognition

calculation. If empty, the
complete invoice amount is
used. The difference between
Revenue Recognition Amount
and Invoice Line Net Amount is
immediately recognized as revenue.

3. Tab: Order Line - C_OrderLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Order
Tab Level: 2
Table 382.3. Order Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Revenue
Amount
Recognition
Amt

Date
Delivered

Date

Date when the

product was delivered

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Referenced
Order Line

Search

C_OrderLine

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_corderline
Phase of a Project

corderline_ref

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_corderline
Task in a Phase
2041

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Date
Invoiced

Date

Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

Sales
Order Line

ID

Currency

Table
Direct

Revenue
Recognition
Start

Date
+Time

Description
Only

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date printed on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Price per Unit of

Measure including
all indirect costs
(Freight, etc.)

(@C_Currency_ID@)
ccurrency_corderline

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Revenue Recognition
Start Date
(N)
if true, the line is
just description
and no transaction

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Order

adorg_corderline

Optional Purchase
Order Line cost price.

The date the revenue

recognition starts.
If a line is Description Only, e.g.
Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search

corder_corderline

Order

2042

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table(@C_BPartner_Location_ID@)
Direct

(@SQL=SELECT
C_BPartner_ID AS
DefaultValue FROM
cbpartner_soline
C_Order WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)

Validation Rule
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Description

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
cbpartnerlocation_soline
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.tax

Date
Promised

Date

(@DatePromised@)

Date
Ordered

Date

(@DateOrdered@)

Line No

Constraint Value

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_OrderLine
WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)

Comment/Help
A Business Partner is anyone
with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Unique line for

this document

M_Warehouse of
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
Client(@M_Warehouse_ID@)
mwarehouse_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@OrderType@!'SO'

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Warehouse

Table

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_corderline
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Charge

Table
Direct

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

ccharge_corderline

2043

Additional
document charges

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocTypeTarget_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Resource Assignment
Assignment

Description

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
Set Instance
@C_Charge_ID@!0

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt;
sresourceassign_corderline
Resource Assignment
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
2044

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Entered is based on
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
the selected UoM
( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
cuom_corderline
OR EXISTS ( /
Unit of Measure
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
2045

Comment/Help
The Quantity Entered is converted
to base product UoM quantity
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
Ordered
Quantity

Quantity

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

Reserved
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Shipper

(1)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Ordered Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

TableM_Shipper(@M_Shipper_ID@)
mshipper_corderline

2046

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

Delivered Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amtActual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
List Price
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Freight
Amount

Amount

Tax

Table
Direct

Discount
%

Number

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ctax_corderline

Description

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_corderline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_corderline
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_corderline

2047

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

Freight Amount

Callout:
Discount in percent
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

cactivity_corderline

Comment/Help

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Line
Amount

Amount

Lost
Sales Qty

Processed

Account_ID - User1
celemenrvalueuser1_corderline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Quantity of
potential sales

When an order is closed and

there is a difference between
the ordered quantity and the
delivered (invoiced) quantity is
the Lost Sales Quantity. Note
that the Lost Sales Quantity is
0 if you void an order, so close
the order if you want to track lost
opportunities. [Void = data entry
error - Close = the order is finished]

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Account_ID - User2
celemenrvalueuser2_corderline

Quantity

Yes-No

2048

Window: Sales Opportunity

4. Tab: Activity - C_ContactActivity

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Sales Opportunity
Tab Level: 1
Table 382.4. Activity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Contact
Activity

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Sales
Opportunity

Table
Direct

Activity
Type

List

Description

String

User/
Contact

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Events, tasks,
communications
related to a contact
(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

(@C_Opportunity_ID@)
copportunity_ccontactactivity
Email Meeting
Phone call Task

Type of activity, e.g.

task, email, phone call
Optional short
description
of the record

(@AD_User_ID@)

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

aduser_ccontactactivity

Sales
Table AD_User(@#SalesRep_ID@)
Representative

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
SalesRep_CContactActivity
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
2049

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
The Sales Representative
indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Window: Sales Opportunity

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))
Comments

Text

Start Date

Date
+Time

(@SQL=SELECT
SYSDATE AS
DefaultValue
FROM DUAL)

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date
+Time

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Complete

Yes-No

It is complete

Indication that this is complete

2050

Chapter 383. Window: Sales Order

Description: Enter and change sales orders
Comment/Help: The Order Window allows you to enter and modify Sales Orders.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Order - C_Order

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Order Header
Comment/Help: The Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an Order. Changing the Organization, Business Partner, Warehouse, Date Promised, etc. changes
these values on all the lines.
Process: Order Print - Rpt C_Order
Where Clause: C_Order.IsSOTrx='Y'
Tab Level: 0
Table 383.1. Order Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Date
printed

Date

Payment
BPartner

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

cbpartnerpay_corder

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

cpos_corder

Point of Sales Terminal

The POS Terminal defines

the defaults and functions
available for the POS Form

cpayment_corder

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

AmountTenderedAmount
POS
Terminal

Table
Direct

Payment

Search

2051

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Delivered

Yes-No

Order

ID

Referenced
Order

Search

Payment
Location

ID

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

C_Order_UU

String

Account
Date

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

corder_ref

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

cbplocationpay_corder

Location of the
Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

ccashline_corder

Cash Journal Line

C_Order

(@#Date@)

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

AmountRefundedAmount
Invoiced

Yes-No

Approved

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Process
Order

Button

(@IsApproved@)

2052

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Selected

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Printed

Yes-No

Transferred

Yes-No

Credit
Approved

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Volume

Number

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Processed
On

Number

Weight

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

(@IsSOTrx@)

2053

Description

Comment/Help

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates

if the credit approval was
successful for Orders

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if
allowed by the DB) when a
document has been processed.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Linked
Order

Search

C_Order

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

String

Order
Reference

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

This field links a

sales order to the
purchase order that
is generated from it.

linkorder_corder

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
adorg_corder
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.organization

(see same above)

String

2054

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Target
Document
Type

Table

SelfService

Yes-No

Date
Ordered

Date

(@#Date@)

Date
Promised

Date

(@#Date@)

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice
Partner

Table

C_DocType

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('SOO',
'POO') AND
Target document
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
cdoctypetarget_corder
type for conversing
AND
documents
COALESCE(C_DocType.DocSubTypeSO,'
')< > 'RM'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.docType
This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

C_BPartner (Trx)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date of Order
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
Date Order
was promised

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
You can convert document types
(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.
Indicates the Date
an item was ordered.
The Date Promised indicates
the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_corder
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
cbpartnerbill_corder
OR 'N'='@IsSOTrx@'
to be invoiced
OR EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

2055

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_BP_Relation
r WHERE
C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=r.C_BPartnerRelation_ID
AND
r.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
r.IsBillTo='Y'))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartnerBill
Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Invoice
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Invoice
Contact

Table

AD_User

Delivery
Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (F)

Priority

List

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
AND
Business Partner
cbplocationbill_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
Location for invoicing
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_corder
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
aduserbill_corder
Contact for invoicing

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

2056

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.warehouse
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_corder
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@IsDropShip@=Y
(N)
Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

DropShip_BPartner_ID
Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
dropshipbpartner_corder
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Business Partner
to ship to

Drop
Shipment
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
AND
Business Partner
dropshiplocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y' Location for
AND
shipping to
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

Drop
Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshipuser_corder
Contact for
drop shipment

Delivery
Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

mshipper_corder

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
Drop Shipments do not cause
any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.
If empty the business
partner will be shipped to.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

M_FreightCategory_ID
in (select
mfreightcategory_order M_FreightCategory_ID Category of the Freight
from M_Freight where
M_Shipper_ID=@M_Shipper_ID@)
2057

Comment/Help

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

ReadOnly Logic:
@DocStatus@!=CO
Freight
Amount

Amount

Priviledged
Rate

Yes-No

Online
Shipping
Sales
Order Rate
Inquiry

Button

Invoice
Rule

List

Price List

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

(N)

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered (I)

Frequency and
method of invoicing

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_soheader
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
(@C_Currency_ID@)

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

ccurrency_corder

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

cconversiontype_corder

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

2058

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Table
Representative

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Charge

Table

Values (Default)
AD_User

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
aduser_sr_corder
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

C_Charge
ccharge_corder

Charge
amount

Amount

Payment
Rule

Payment

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Promotion
Code

String

Project

Table
Direct

(B)

Description

ReadOnly Logic:
@OrderType@='WP'

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_soheader '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.paymentTerm
User entered promotion
code at sales time
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_corder
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

2059

Comment/Help

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

If present, user entered the

promotion code at sales
time to get this promotion
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Total
Lines

Amount

Grand
Total

Amount

Document
Status

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

cactivity_corder

Validation Rule

Description

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_corder
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)

Comment/Help
Activities indicate tasks that
are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_corder

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_corder

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celemenrvalueuser2_corder

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment

The current status

of the document

2060

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document type or rules

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules

Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
Document
Type

Table
Direct

C_DocType(0)

Pay
Schedule
valid

Yes-No

(N)

Copy
Lines

Button

Process
Order

Button

Order
Source

Table
Direct

Posted

Button

Order
Type

String

Cash
Plan Line

Search

c_doctype_corder

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid
Copy From Record

_Document
Action(CO)

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.
Copy From Record

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

c_order__c_orders_c_ordersou
_Posted Status(N)

Type of Order: MRP

records grouped
by source (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order, Distribution
Order, Requisition)
C_CashPlan_ID
IN (SELECT
C_CashPlan_ID
FROM C_CashPlan
ccashplanline_corder
WHERE
IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@')
AND DateTrx>
=SYSDATE

2061

Window: Sales Order

2. Tab: Order Line - C_OrderLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Order Line
Comment/Help: The Order Line Tab defines the individual line items that comprise an Order.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 383.2. Order Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Referenced
Order Line

Search

C_OrderLine

Date
Invoiced

Date

Currency

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corderline_ref

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Cost Price

Costs
+Prices

Project
Task

Table
Direct

Revenue
Recognition
Start

Date
+Time

Sales
Order Line

ID

(@C_Currency_ID@)
ccurrency_corderline

Description

Comment/Help

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Date printed on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

Price per Unit of

Measure including
all indirect costs
(Freight, etc.)
C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_corderline
Task in a Phase
Revenue Recognition
Start Date
Sales Order Line
2062

Optional Purchase
Order Line cost price.

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.
The date the revenue
recognition starts.
The Sales Order Line is a unique
identifier for a line in an order.

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Date
Delivered

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Date when the
product was delivered

Revenue
Amount
Recognition
Amt

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

Description
Only

Yes-No

Revenue
Recognition Amount

(N)

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)
adorg_corderline

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search

corder_corderline

Business
Partner

Search

The amount for revenue recognition

calculation. If empty, the
complete invoice amount is
used. The difference between
Revenue Recognition Amount
and Invoice Line Net Amount is
immediately recognized as revenue.

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
cprojectphase_corderline
Phase of a Project

Active

Order

Comment/Help

(@SQL=SELECT
C_BPartner_ID AS
DefaultValue FROM

cbpartner_soline

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

2063

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_Order WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)
Partner
Location

Table(@C_BPartner_Location_ID@)
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
cbpartnerlocation_soline
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.tax

Date
Promised

Date

(@DatePromised@)

Date
Ordered

Date

(@DateOrdered@)

Line No

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_OrderLine
WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Unique line for

this document

M_Warehouse of
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
Client(@M_Warehouse_ID@)
mwarehouse_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@OrderType@!'SO'

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Warehouse

Table

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_corderline
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Charge

Table
Direct

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

ccharge_corderline

2064

Additional
document charges

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocTypeTarget_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
Set Instance
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Resource Assignment
Assignment

Description

Text

Quantity

Quantity

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt;
sresourceassign_corderline
Resource Assignment
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
Optional short
description
of the record
(1)

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Entered is based on
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
the selected UoM
2065

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Quantity Entered is converted
to base product UoM quantity

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
cuom_corderline
Unit of Measure
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
2066

Comment/Help
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

conversion that is not

bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
Ordered
Quantity

Quantity

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

Reserved
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Shipper
Price

(1)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Ordered Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
Delivered Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

TableM_Shipper(@M_Shipper_ID@)
mshipper_corderline
Costs
+Prices

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

2067

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amtActual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
List Price
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Freight
Amount

Amount

Tax

Table
Direct

Discount
%

Number

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Trx
Organization

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ctax_corderline

Description

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Callout:
Discount in percent
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_corderline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
cactivity_corderline

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_corderline
Marketing Campaign

AD_Org (Trx)
Performing or
initiating organization

adorgtrx_corderline

2068

Comment/Help

The Discount indicates the discount

applied or taken as a percentage.
A Project allows you to
track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.
The organization which performs
or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Line
Amount

Amount

Lost
Sales Qty

Account_ID - User1
celemenrvalueuser1_corderline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Quantity of
potential sales

When an order is closed and

there is a difference between
the ordered quantity and the
delivered (invoiced) quantity is
the Lost Sales Quantity. Note
that the Lost Sales Quantity is
0 if you void an order, so close
the order if you want to track lost
opportunities. [Void = data entry
error - Close = the order is finished]

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Account_ID - User2
celemenrvalueuser2_corderline

Quantity

Processed

Yes-No

OrderLine
Create
Shipment

Button

(N)

2069

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

OrderLine
Create
Production

Button

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

3. Tab: Order Tax - C_OrderTax

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Order Tax
Comment/Help: The Order Tax Tab displays the tax amount for an Order based on the lines entered.
LinkColumn: Order
Tab Level: 1
Table 383.3. Order Tax Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_OrderTax_UU String
Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Order

Search

corder_cordertax

Order

2070

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Tax

Table
Direct

ctax_cordertax

Tax
Provider

Table
Direct

ctaxprovider_cordertax

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax base
Amount

Amount

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Base for calculating

the tax amount

The Tax Base Amount indicates

the base amount used for
calculating the tax amount.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

4. Tab: Payment Schedule - C_OrderPaySchedule

[IMAGE]
Description: Order Payment Schedule
LinkColumn: Order
Tab Level: 1
Table 383.4. Payment Schedule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

2071

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Order

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

corder_corderpayschedule

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

cpayschedule_corderpayschedule

Payment Schedule
Template

Information when parts

of the payment are due

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Payment
Schedule

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Due Date

Date

Date when the

payment is due

Date when the payment is due

without deductions or discount

Amount
due

Amount

Amount of the
payment due

Full amount of the payment due

Discount
Date

Date

Last Date for payments

with discount

Last Date where a deduction of

the payment discount is allowed

Discount
Amount

Amount

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Validate

Button

Valid

Yes-No

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

Order
Payment
Schedule

ID

(Y)

5. Tab: POS Payment - C_POSPayment

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Order
Display Logic: @PaymentRule@=M
Tab Level: 1
2072

Window: Sales Order

Table 383.5. POS Payment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_POSPayment_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Order

Search

Payment

Search

POS
Tender
Type

Table
Direct

Tender
type

List

Payment
amount

Amount

Account
Name
Routing
No

corder_cpospayment

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

cpayment_cpospayment

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Callout:
cpostendertype_cpospayment
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.SalesOrderTenderType
Direct Deposit Credit
Card Check Account
Cash Direct Debit

Method of Payment

The Tender Type indicates

the method of payment (ACH
or Direct Deposit, Credit
Card, Check, Direct Debit)

Amount being paid

Indicates the amount this payment

is for. The payment amount can be
for single or multiple invoices or
a partial payment for an invoice.

String

Name on Credit Card

or Account holder

The Name of the Credit

Card or Account holder.

String

The Bank Routing Number

(ABA Number) identifies a
Bank Routing Number
legal Bank. It is used in routing
checks and electronic transactions.

2073

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

Check No

String

Account
No

String

Micr

String

Post Dated

Yes-No

Date
Promised

Date

Check
Status

List

Delayed Replaced
Charged Received
Returned

Credit
Card

List

Purchase Card Amex

MasterCard ATM
Diners Discover Visa

Number

String

Voice
authorization
code

String

Deposit
Group

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Check Number

The Check Number indicates

the number on the check.

Account Number

The Account Number

indicates the Number
assigned to this bank account.

Combination of
routing no, account
and check no

The Micr number is the

combination of the bank
routing number, account
number and check number

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Credit Card (Visa,

MC, AmEx)

The Credit Card drop down list

box is used for selecting the type of
Credit Card presented for payment.

Credit Card Number

The Credit Card number indicates

the number on the credit card,
without blanks or spaces.

Voice Authorization
Code from credit
card company

The Voice Authorization Code

indicates the code received
from the Credit Card Company.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(N)

ReadOnly Logic: N

(Y)
2074

Window: Sales Order

Field
Name

Reference

POS
Payment

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2075

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 384. Window: Sales Region

Description: Maintain Sales Regions
Comment/Help: The Sales Region Window defines the different regions where you do business. You can generate reports based on Sales Regions
Created:1999-09-26 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Sales Region - C_SalesRegion

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Sales Region
Comment/Help: The Sales Region Tab defines the different regions where you do business. Sales Regions can be used when generating reports or calculating
commissions.
Tab Level: 0
Table 384.1. Sales Region Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Sales
Region

ID

Sales coverage region

The Sales Region indicates a

specific area of sales coverage.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2076

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Sales Region

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Sales
Table
Representative

Summary
Level

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Description

Comment/Help

AD_User - SalesRep
salesrep_csalesregion

Yes-No

2. Tab: Translation - C_SalesRegion_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Sales Region
Tab Level: 1
Table 384.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_SalesRegion_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
ReadOnly Logic: 1=1
ADClient_CSalesRegionTrl

(same as first report)

Organization

Table
Direct

ADOrg_CSalesRegionTrl

(same as first report)

Sales
Region

Search

CSalesRegion_CSalesRegionTrl

Sales coverage region

2077

(see same above)

(see same above)
The Sales Region indicates a
specific area of sales coverage.

Window: Sales Region

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Language

Table

AD_Language

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ADLanguage_CSalesRegionTrl

Description

Comment/Help

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

2078

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 385. Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Description: The Sales Rep Dashboard provides a single location for managing sales opportunities
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-25 14:50:44.0
Updated:2013-09-12 01:13:54.0

1. Tab: Dashboard - C_SalesDashboard

[IMAGE]
Description: Sales Rep dashboard
Where Clause: C_SalesDashboard.AD_User_ID=@#AD_User_ID@
Tab Level: 0
Table 385.1. Dashboard Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Sales
Pipeline

Chart

Opportunity
by
Campaign

Chart

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Chart

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency
2079

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Open
Requests

Chart

Sales Rep
Name

String

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Description

Comment/Help

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

2. Tab: Leads - AD_User

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Leads assigned to Sales Rep
LinkColumn: Sales Representative
ParentColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 385.2. Leads Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adorgtrx_aduser

2080

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Is In
Payroll

Yes-No

(N)

LDAP
User Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Defined if any User
Contact will be used
for Calculate Payroll

User Name used

for authorization
via LDAP
(directory) services

Search
Key

String

Salt

String

User PIN

String

Verification
Info

String

User/
Contact

ID

EMail
User ID

String

EMail
User
Password

String

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

Optional LDAP system user name

for the user. If not defined, the
normal Name of the user is used.
This allows to use the internal
(LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and
the normal display name (e.g. Jorg
Janke). The LDAP User Name can
also be used without LDAP enables
(see system window). This would
allow to sign in as jjanke and use
the display name of Jorg Janke.
(see same above)

Random data added

to improve password
hash effectiveness
Verification
information of
EMail Address

The field contains additional

information how the EMail
Address has been verified

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

User Name (ID) in

the Mail System

The user name in the mail system

is usually the string before
the @ of your email address.
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

Password of your
email user id

2081

Required if the mail server requires

authentification to send emails.

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Greeting

Table
Direct

Sales Lead

Yes-No

EMail
Verify

Date
+Time

Notification
Type

List

EMail+Notice EMail
None Notice (E)

Full BP
Access

Yes-No

(Y)

Connection
Profile

List

Password

String

Supervisor

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cgreeting_aduser
(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

This contact
is a sales lead

Sales leads can be

converted into full contacts
with Business Partners.

Date Email
was verified
Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

The user/contact has

full access to Business
Partner information
and resources

If selected, the user has full access

to the Business Partner (BP)
information (Business Documents
like Orders, Invoices - Requests)
or resources (Assets, Downloads).
If you deselect it, the user has no
access rights unless, you explicitly
grant it in tab "BP Access"

How a Java
Client connects
to the server(s)

Depending on the connection

profile, different protocols are
used and tasks are performed
on the server rather then the
client. Usually the user can select
different profiles, unless it is
enforced by the User or Role
definition. The User level profile
overwrites the Role based profile.

Terminal Server
VPN WAN LAN

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_User_ID@=0

AD_User

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".
Supervisor for this
user/organization used for escalation
and approval

aduser_supervisor

2082

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ad_user_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_user_client

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comments

Text

Active

Yes-No

EMail
Address

String

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Address

Location
(Address)

clocation_aduser

2083

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Title

String

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aduser
to) address for this
Business Partner

Position

Table
Direct

C_Job.IsEmployee=(SELECT
IsEmployee FROM
cjob_aduser
Job Position
C_BPartner WHERE
C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

Birthday

Date

Last
Contact

Date

Last Result

String

Campaign

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Lead
Source

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aduser C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0

Description

Comment/Help

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Identifies a
Business Partner

Birthday or
Anniversary day

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

Birthday or Anniversary day

Date this individual

was last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

ccampaign_aduser

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

salesrep_aduser

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

AD_User - SalesRep

Cold Call Conference

Existing Customer
Email Employee
Partner Trade

The source of this

lead/opportunity

2084

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Show Word of
Mouth Web Site
Lead
Source
Description

Text

Lead
Status

List

Lead
Status
Description

Text

Additional information
on the source of this
lead/opportunity
Converted
Expired New
Recycled Working

The status of this

lead/opportunity
in the sales cycle
Additional information
on the status of this
lead/opportunity

3. Tab: Opportunities - C_Opportunity

[IMAGE]
Description: Opportunities assigned to Sales Rep
LinkColumn: Sales Representative
ParentColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 385.3. Opportunities Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Sales
Opportunity

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

2085

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Business
Partner

Search

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

(@C_BPartner_ID@)
cbpartner_copportunity

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_copportunity
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

ccampaign_copportunity

Marketing Campaign

2086

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Sales
Table
Representative

Sales
Stage

Table

Probability

Amount

Expected
Close Date

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Amount

Currency

Table
Direct

Description

String

Comments

Text

Order

Table
Direct

salesrep_copportunity

C_SalesStage

Date

Cost

Amount

Comment/Help

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Callout:
Stages of the
csalesstage_copportunity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOpportunity.salesStage
sales process

Expected Close Date

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@> 0

Define what stages your sales

process will move through
The Expected Close Date indicates
the expected last or final date

The estimated value

of this opportunity.
The amount adjusted
by the probability.
The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_copportunity

Optional short
description
of the record
Comments or
additional information
C_Order.C_Opportunity_ID=@C_Opportunity_ID@

corder_copportunity

Close Date

Description

AD_User - SalesRep

Opportunity Amount
Amount
Weighted
Amount

Validation Rule

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Comments field allows
for free form entry of
additional information.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Close Date

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Cost information

2087

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

4. Tab: Activities - C_ContactActivity

[IMAGE]
Description: Sales Rep Activities
LinkColumn: Sales Representative
ParentColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 385.4. Activities Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Contact
Activity

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
Events, tasks,
communications
related to a contact
(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Sales
Table AD_User(@#SalesRep_ID@)
Representative

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
Sales Representative
SalesRep_CContactActivity
AND
or Company Agent
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))

Activity
Type

List

Description

String

Comment/Help

Email Meeting
Phone call Task

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Type of activity, e.g.

task, email, phone call
Optional short
description
of the record
2088

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Sales Rep Dashboard

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Search

(@AD_User_ID@)

Sales
Opportunity

Table
Direct

Comments

Text

Start Date

Date
+Time

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aduser_ccontactactivity

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

(@C_Opportunity_ID@)
copportunity_ccontactactivity

(@SQL=SELECT
SYSDATE AS
DefaultValue
FROM DUAL)

First effective
day (inclusive)

The Start Date indicates

the first or starting date

End Date

Date
+Time

Last effective
date (inclusive)

The End Date indicates

the last date in this range.

Complete

Yes-No

It is complete

Indication that this is complete

2089

Chapter 386. Window: Sales Rep Info

Description: Company Agent (Sales Rep) Information
Comment/Help: This window allows you to view Company agent related information
Created:2003-12-11 12:19:42.0
Updated:2005-05-14 01:07:23.0

1. Tab: Company Agent - AD_User

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Sales Representative Selection
Where Clause: EXISTS (SELECT * FROM C_BPartner bp WHERE bp.IsSalesRep='Y' AND AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID)
Tab Level: 0
Table 386.1. Company Agent Fields
Field
Name

Reference

LDAP
User Name

String

EMail
User ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User Name used

for authorization
via LDAP
(directory) services

Optional LDAP system user name

for the user. If not defined, the
normal Name of the user is used.
This allows to use the internal
(LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and
the normal display name (e.g. Jorg
Janke). The LDAP User Name can
also be used without LDAP enables
(see system window). This would
allow to sign in as jjanke and use
the display name of Jorg Janke.

User Name (ID) in

the Mail System

The user name in the mail system

is usually the string before
the @ of your email address.
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

String

2090

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Notification
Type

List

EMail+Notice EMail
None Notice (E)

User/
Contact

ID

Last Result

String

2nd Phone

String

Comments

Text

Verification
Info

String

Password

String

Last
Contact

Date

Greeting

Table
Direct

EMail
User
Password

String

EMail
Verify

Date
+Time

Convert
Lead

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_User_ID@=0

cgreeting_aduser

Description

Comment/Help

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

Verification
information of
EMail Address

The field contains additional

information how the EMail
Address has been verified

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".
Date this individual
was last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Password of your
email user id
Date Email
was verified

2091

Required if the mail server requires

authentification to send emails.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ad_user_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_user_client

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

EMail
Address

String

Comment/Help

(Y)
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aduser C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aduser
to) address for this
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Title

String

Name this entity

is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Birthday

Date

Birthday or
Anniversary day

Birthday or Anniversary day

2092

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Phone

String

Fax

String

Supervisor

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_User
aduser_supervisor

Trx
Organization

Table

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_aduser

2. Tab: Orders - C_Order

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: All Orders where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product
LinkColumn: Client
Where Clause: (C_Order.SalesRep_ID=@AD_User_ID@ OR EXISTS (SELECT * FROM C_BPartner bp WHERE C_Order.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
AND bp.SalesRep_ID=@AD_User_ID@) OR EXISTS (SELECT * FROM C_OrderLine ol INNER JOIN M_Product p ON (ol.M_Product_ID=p.M_Product_ID)
WHERE C_Order.C_Order_ID=ol.C_Order_ID AND p.SalesRep_ID=@AD_User_ID@))
Tab Level: 1
Table 386.2. Orders Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Order

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2093

Description

Comment/Help

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Process
Order

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Credit
Approved

Yes-No

Transferred

Yes-No

Delivery
Via

List

Process
Order

Button

Charge

Table

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

C_Charge
ccharge_corder

Processed

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Cash
Journal
Line

Search
ccashline_corder

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Credit has
been approved

Credit Approved indicates

if the credit approval was
successful for Orders

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Cash Journal Line

2094

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Payment

Search

Selected

Yes-No

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Activity

Table
Direct

Referenced
Order

Search

Payment
BPartner

ID

Payment
Location

ID

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cpayment_corder

Description

Comment/Help

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

_Posted Status(N)

Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)
cactivity_corder

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Order
corder_ref

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

cbpartnerpay_corder

Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

cbplocationpay_corder

Location of the
Business Partner
responsible for
the payment

cconversiontype_corder

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

2095

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
Reference of the Sales Order
Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

User
Element
List 2

Table

Trx
Organization

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

celementvalueuser1_corder

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

celemenrvalueuser2_corder

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Account_ID - User2

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_corder

Copy
Lines

Button

Invoice
Contact

Table

Charge
amount

Amount

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Freight
Amount

Amount

Printed

Yes-No

Copy From Record

AD_User

Copy From Record

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
aduserbill_corder
Contact for invoicing
Charge Amount
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_corder
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
mshipper_corder

2096

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Approved

Yes-No

(@IsApproved@)

Target
Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('SOO',
'POO') AND
Target document
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
cdoctypetarget_corder
type for conversing
AND
documents
COALESCE(C_DocType.DocSubTypeSO,'
')< > 'RM'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.docType

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
adorg_corder
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.organization

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document

2097

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Order
Reference

String
Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Document
Type

Table
Direct

C_DocType(0)

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

c_doctype_corder

Date
Ordered

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Date
Promised

Date

Document type or rules

The current status

of the document

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date of Order
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

(@#Date@)

2098

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules
The Document Status indicates
the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Date
printed

Date

Business
Partner

Search

Invoice
Partner

Table

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Invoice
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

Delivery
Rule

List

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (F)

C_BPartner (Trx)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_corder
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR 'N'='@IsSOTrx@'
OR EXISTS
(SELECT * FROM
C_BP_Relation
Business Partner
cbpartnerbill_corder
r WHERE
to be invoiced
C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=r.C_BPartnerRelation_ID
AND
r.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
r.IsBillTo='Y'))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.bPartnerBill

If empty the shipment business

partner will be invoiced

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@Bill_BPartner_ID@
AND
Business Partner
cbplocationbill_corder
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
Location for invoicing
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

Defines the
timing of Delivery

2099

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Priority

List

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

Invoice
Rule

List

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Price List

Table
Direct

High Medium Low

Minor Urgent (5)

Priority of a document
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.warehouse
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_corder
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@IsDropShip@=Y

(N)
Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer
After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered (I)

Frequency and
method of invoicing

(@IsSOTrx@)

This is a Sales
Transaction
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_soheader
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

2100

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
Drop Shipments do not cause
any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.
The Invoice Rule defines how
a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.
Price Lists are used to determine
the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Currency

Table
Direct

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Sales
Table
Representative

SelfService

Yes-No

Payment
Rule

Payment

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Project

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccurrency_corder
AD_User

Description

Comment/Help

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
aduser_sr_corder
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

(B)

ReadOnly Logic:
@OrderType@='WP'

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_soheader '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.paymentTerm
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_corder
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
ccampaign_corder

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
Marketing Campaign
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
2101

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Delivered

Yes-No

Invoiced

Yes-No

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

Total
Lines

Amount

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Grand
Total

Amount

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Description

Comment/Help

Reference to
corresponding Sales/
Purchase Order

Reference of the Sales Order

Line to the corresponding
Purchase Order Line or vice versa.

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

3. Tab: Order Lines - C_OrderLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: All Order Lines where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product
LinkColumn: Order
Tab Level: 2
Table 386.3. Order Lines Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Referenced
Order Line

Search

C_OrderLine

Freight
Amount

Amount

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corderline_ref

Shipper

TableM_Shipper(@M_Shipper_ID@)
mshipper_corderline

Charge

Table
Direct

ccharge_corderline

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
2102

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocTypeTarget_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
Processed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Price

Costs
+Prices

Sales
Order Line

ID

Quantity

Quantity

(Y)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM
Sales Order Line
(1)

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Entered is based on
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
the selected UoM

2103

The price entered is converted

to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion
The Sales Order Line is a unique
identifier for a line in an order.
The Quantity Entered is converted
to base product UoM quantity

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
cuom_corderline
Unit of Measure
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
2104

Comment/Help
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

conversion that is not

bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt
Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Order

Lowest price
for a product

adorg_corderline

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Search

corder_corderline

Line No

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_OrderLine

2105

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)
Business
Partner

Search

(@SQL=SELECT
C_BPartner_ID AS
DefaultValue FROM
cbpartner_soline
C_Order WHERE
C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@)

Partner
Location

Table(@C_BPartner_Location_ID@)
Direct

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
cbpartnerlocation_soline
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.tax

Description

Text

Optional short
description
of the record

Date
Ordered

Date

(@DateOrdered@)

Date
Promised

Date

(@DatePromised@)

Date
Delivered

Date

Date
Invoiced

Date

Warehouse

Table

Product

Search

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date Order
was promised

The Date Promised indicates

the date, if any, that an
Order was promised for.

Date when the

product was delivered
Date printed on Invoice
M_Warehouse of
M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@
Storage Warehouse
Client(@M_Warehouse_ID@)
mwarehouse_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
and Service Point
@OrderType@!'SO'
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_corderline
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0
2106

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.
The Warehouse identifies a unique
Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description
Only

Yes-No

(N)

Resource Assignment
Assignment

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Ordered
Quantity

Quantity

Reserved
Quantity

Quantity

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Currency

Table
Direct

Tax

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product;
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt;
sresourceassign_corderline
Resource Assignment
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_corderline
ReadOnly Logic:
Set Instance
@C_Charge_ID@!0
(1)

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.qty;
Ordered Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
The Ordered Quantity
indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Delivered Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

ccurrency_corderline

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

ctax_corderline

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

(@C_Currency_ID@)

2107

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
List Price
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

Discount
%

Number

Callout:
Discount in percent
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amt

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.amtActual Price

Line
Amount

Amount
Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Comment/Help
The List Price is the official List
Price in the document currency.
The Discount indicates the discount
applied or taken as a percentage.
The Actual or Unit Price
indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.
Indicates the extended line amount
based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

4. Tab: Invoices - C_Invoice

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: All Invoices where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product
LinkColumn: Client
Where
Clause:
(C_Invoice.SalesRep_ID=@AD_User_ID@
OR
EXISTS
(SELECT
*
FROM
C_BPartner
bp
WHERE
C_Invoice.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID AND bp.SalesRep_ID=@AD_User_ID@) OR EXISTS (SELECT * FROM C_InvoiceLine il INNER JOIN
M_Product p ON (il.M_Product_ID=p.M_Product_ID) WHERE C_Invoice.C_Invoice_ID=il.C_Invoice_ID AND p.SalesRep_ID=@AD_User_ID@))
Tab Level: 1
Table 386.4. Invoices Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

User
Element
List 2

Table

Account_ID - User2

Validation Rule

celementvalueuser2_cinvoice

2108

Description

Comment/Help

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

Process
Invoice

Button

Copy
Lines

Button

Generate
Receipt
from
Invoice

Button

Pay
Schedule
valid

Yes-No

Process
Invoice

Button

Printed

Yes-No

Charge

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Copy From Record

Copy From Record

Generate To

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Referenced
Invoice

ID

Currency
Type

Table
Direct

Is the Payment
Schedule is valid
_Document
Action(CO)

Payment Schedules allow

to have multiple due dates.

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

ccharge_cinvoice

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

ccashline_cinvoice

Cash Journal Line

C_Charge

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

cinvoice_ref

Currency Conversion
Rate Type

cconversiontype_cinvoice

2109

The Currency Conversion

Rate Type lets you define
different type of rates, e.g. Spot,
Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Target
Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Invoice

ID

Activity

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

Payment

Search

Trx
Organization

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('ARI',
'API','ARC','APC')
Target document
AND
cdoctypetarget_cinvoice
type for conversing
C_DocType.IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
documents
AND
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.docType
Invoice Identifier
cactivity_cinvoice

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_cinvoice
Marketing Campaign

cpayment_cinvoice

Table
Direct

Create
lines from

Button

(-1)

You can convert document types

(e.g. from Offer to Order or
Invoice). The conversion is then
reflected in the current type. This
processing is initiated by selecting
the appropriate Document Action.

The Invoice Document.

Activities indicate tasks that
are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.
The Payment is a unique
identifier of this payment.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_cinvoice
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
Process which
will generate a
new document
2110

Comment/Help

Payment identifier

AD_Org (Trx)

adorgtrx_cinvoice

User/
Contact

Description

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact
The Create From process will
create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

lines based on an
existing document
Posted

Button

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Transferred

Yes-No

_Posted Status(N)

(Y)

Processed

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Approved

Yes-No

(@IsApproved@)

User
Element
List 1

Table

Account_ID - User1

Charge
amount

Amount

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

celementvalueuser1_cinvoice

adorg_cinvoice

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Transferred to General
Ledger (i.e. accounted)

The transferred checkbox indicates

if the transactions associated
with this document should be
transferred to the General Ledger.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

2111

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Order
Reference

Order

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

String

Search

corder_cinvoice

2112

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

Text

Document
Type

Table
Direct

(0)

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cdoctype_cinvoice

Date
Invoiced

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Document type or rules

The current status

of the document

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct;
Date printed on Invoice
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList

The Document Type

determines document
sequence and processing rules
The Document Status indicates
the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The Date Invoice indicates the

date printed on the invoice.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Date of Order

Indicates the Date

an item was ordered.

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

Date
Ordered

Date

Date
printed

Date

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_cinvoice
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.bPartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
c_bplocation_cinvoice
C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

2113

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Price List

Table
Direct

Currency

Table
Direct

(@C_Currency_ID@)

Payment
Rule

Payment

(P)

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Sales
Search
Representative

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= '@IsSOTrx@'
AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cinvoice
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutOrder.priceList
ccurrency_cinvoice

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

How you pay

the invoice

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

AD_User - SalesRep

(@IsSOTrx@)

2114

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

The Currency
for this record

C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'B' OR
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'S' AND
The terms of Payment
cpaymentterm_cinvoice '@IsSOTrx@'='Y') OR
(timing, discount)
(C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage
= 'P' AND
'@IsSOTrx@'='N')Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.paymentTerm

aduser_sr_cinvoice

Comment/Help

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

Project

Table
Direct

Paid

Yes-No

In Dispute

Yes-No

Total
Lines

Amount

Grand
Total

Amount

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_cinvoice
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

The document is paid

(N)

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Total of all
document lines

The Total amount displays the total

of all lines in document currency

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the

total amount including Tax and
Freight in document currency

Description

Comment/Help

minoutline_cinvoiceline

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

corderline_cinvoiceline

Sales Order Line

The Sales Order Line is a unique

identifier for a line in an order.

5. Tab: Invoice Line - C_InvoiceLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: All Invoice Liness where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product
LinkColumn: Invoice
Tab Level: 2
Table 386.5. Invoice Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Sales
Order Line

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2115

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Processed

Yes-No

Invoice
Line

ID

Printed

Yes-No

(Y)

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
Entered is based on
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
the selected UoM

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Asset

Search
Asset used internally
or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

aasset_cinvoiceline

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
cuom_cinvoiceline @M_Product_ID@=0 )
Unit of Measure
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
is the products UOM
*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
2116

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt

2117

Comment/Help

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Price

Costs
+Prices

Referenced
Invoice
Line

ID

Limit Price

Costs
+Prices

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Callout:
Price Entered - the
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
price based on the
selected/base UoM

Comment/Help
The price entered is converted
to the actual price based
on the UoM conversion

convoiceline_ref

Invoice

Search

Line No

Integer

Lowest price
for a product

adorg_cinvoiceline

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

cinvoice_cinvoiceline

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM C_InvoiceLine
WHERE
C_Invoice_ID=@C_Invoice_ID@)

Description

Text

Charge

Table
Direct

The Price Limit indicates the

lowest price for a product stated
in the Price List Currency.

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Optional short
description
of the record
(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
ccharge_cinvoiceline (ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
2118

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Additional
document charges

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocTypeTarget_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
Product

Search

Description
Only

Yes-No

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_cinvoiceline
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@S_ResourceAssignment_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0
(N)
if true, the line is
just description
and no transaction

Resource Assignment
Assignment

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutAssignment.product
sresourceassign_cinvoiceline
Resource Assignment
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0

2119

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

Window: Sales Rep Info

Field
Name

Reference

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Line
Amount

Amount

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax

Table
Direct

Line Total

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

mattrsetinst_cinvoiceline

(1)

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0

Description

Comment/Help

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.qty;
Invoiced Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Callout:
Tax Amount
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
for a document
Callout:
ctax_cinvoiceline
Tax identifier
org.compiere.model.CalloutInvoice.amt
Total line
amount incl. Tax

2120

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.
The Tax indicates the type
of tax used in document line.
Total line amount

Chapter 387. Window: Sales Stage

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-25 14:50:00.0
Updated:2013-08-25 14:50:00.0

1. Tab: Sales Stage - C_SalesStage

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 387.1. Sales Stage Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Sales
Stage

ID

Stages of the
sales process

Define what stages your sales

process will move through

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
2121

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Sales Stage

Field
Name

Reference

Probability

Amount

Closed
Status

Yes-No

Won

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

The status is closed

This allows to have

multiple closed status

The opportunity
was won

2. Tab: Opportunity - C_Opportunity

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Sales Stage
Tab Level: 1
Table 387.2. Opportunity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Sales
Opportunity

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document

2122

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents

Window: Sales Stage

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Business
Partner

Search

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Campaign

Table
Direct

(@C_BPartner_ID@)
Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_copportunity

Sales
Table
Representative

Sales
Stage

Table

Probability

Amount

Expected
Close Date

Date

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_copportunity
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

ccampaign_copportunity

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

salesrep_copportunity

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

AD_User - SalesRep

C_SalesStage

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Callout:
Stages of the
csalesstage_copportunity
org.compiere.model.CalloutOpportunity.salesStage
sales process

Expected Close Date

2123

Define what stages your sales

process will move through
The Expected Close Date indicates
the expected last or final date

Window: Sales Stage

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Opportunity Amount
Amount
Currency

Table
Direct

Description

String

Comments

Text

Close Date

Date

Cost

Amount

Validation Rule

Description

ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Order_ID@> 0

The estimated value

of this opportunity.
The Currency
for this record

ccurrency_copportunity

Optional short
description
of the record

Comment/Help

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

Close Date

The Start Date indicates

the last or final date

Cost information

3. Tab: Translation - C_SalesStage_Trl

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Sales Stage
Tab Level: 1
Table 387.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_SalesStage_Trl_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Sales
Stage

Search

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

ADClient_CSalesStageTrl

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

(same as first report)

ADOrg_CSalesStageTrl

(same as first report)

CSalesStage_CSalesStageTrl

Stages of the
sales process
2124

(see same above)

(see same above)
Define what stages your sales
process will move through

Window: Sales Stage

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Language

Table

AD_Language

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ADLanguage_CSalesStageTrl

Description

Comment/Help

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

2125

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 388. Window: Schedule

Description: Times for the scheduler
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-09-18 12:10:34.0
Updated:2012-09-27 11:49:52.0

1. Tab: Schedule - AD_Schedule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Schedule
Tab Level: 0
Table 388.1. Schedule Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Schedule

ID

Day of
the Month

Integer

Day of
the Week

List

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Day of the month

1 to 28/29/30/31
Sunday Monday
Tuesday Thursday
Saturday
Wednesday Friday

Day of the Week

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2126

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Schedule
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Schedule
Type

List

Frequency
Type

List

Cron
Scheduling
Pattern

String

Frequency

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Frequency Week Day

Month Day Cron
Scheduling Pattern (F)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Type of schedule

Minute Hour Day

Define the method how the

next occurrence is calculated

Frequency of event

The frequency type is

used for calculating the
date of the next event.

Cron pattern to define

when the process
should be invoked.

Cron pattern to define when the

process should be invoked. See
http://www.sauronsoftware.it/
projects/cron4j/api/it/
sauronsoftware/cron4j/
SchedulingPattern.html

Frequency of events

The frequency is used in

conjunction with the frequency
type in determining an event.
Example: If the Frequency Type
is Week and the Frequency
is 2 - it is every two weeks.

Run only
on IP

String

System
Schedule

Yes-No

(N)

Schedule Just
For System

Ignore
Processing
Time

Yes-No

(N)

Do not include
processing time for
the DateNextRun
calculation

When this is selected, the

previous DateNextRun is always
use as the source for the next
DateNextRun calculation.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2127

Chapter 389. Window: Scheduler

Description: Maintain Schedule Processes and Logs
Comment/Help: Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously
Created:2004-02-19 10:53:31.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Schedule Process - AD_Scheduler

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Schedule processes
Comment/Help: Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously
Tab Level: 0
Table 389.1. Schedule Process Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Cron
Scheduling
Pattern

String

Schedule
Type

List

Frequency

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Frequency Week Day

Month Day Cron
Scheduling Pattern (F)

Description

Comment/Help

Cron pattern to define

when the process
should be invoked.

Cron pattern to define when the

process should be invoked. See
http://www.sauronsoftware.it/
projects/cron4j/api/it/
sauronsoftware/cron4j/
SchedulingPattern.html

Type of schedule

Frequency of events

2128

Define the method how the

next occurrence is calculated
The frequency is used in
conjunction with the frequency
type in determining an event.
Example: If the Frequency Type
is Week and the Frequency
is 2 - it is every two weeks.

Window: Scheduler
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Scheduler

ID

Day of
the Week

List

Day of
the Month

Integer

(1)

Frequency
Type

List

Minute Hour Day

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Sunday Monday
Tuesday Thursday
Saturday
Wednesday Friday

Description

Comment/Help

Schedule Processes

Schedule processes to be
executed asynchronously

Day of the Week

Day of the month

1 to 28/29/30/31
Frequency of event

The frequency type is

used for calculating the
date of the next event.

AD_Scheduler_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Process

Table
Direct

Schedule

Table
Direct

(Y)
adprocess_adscheduler

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

AD_Schedule.IsSystemSchedule='N'
adschedule_adscheduler
OR
@AD_Client_ID@=0

2129

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Scheduler
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Ignore
Processing
Time

Yes-No

Supervisor

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(N)

Do not include
processing time for
the DateNextRun
calculation

When this is selected, the

previous DateNextRun is always
use as the source for the next
DateNextRun calculation.

AD_User - Supervisor

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Number of days to
keep the log entries

Older Log entries may be deleted

aduser_adscheduler

Days to
keep Log

Integer

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

Date
next run

Date
+Time

Date the process

will run next

The Date Next Run indicates the

next time this process will run.

Table

Table
Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Record ID

Integer
Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Process
Now

(7)

adtable_adscheduler

Button

2. Tab: Parameter - AD_Scheduler_Para

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Scheduler Parameter
Comment/Help: Provide parameter for scheduled process
LinkColumn: Scheduler
2130

Window: Scheduler
Tab Level: 1
Table 389.2. Parameter Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Scheduler

Table
Direct

Process
Parameter

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Default
Parameter

adscheduler_adschedulerpara

Description

Schedule Processes

Comment/Help

Schedule processes to be
executed asynchronously

AD_Process_Para.AD_Process_ID=@AD_Process_ID@
adprocesspara_adschedulerpara
(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

String

Default value of
the parameter

The default value can be

a variable like @#Date@

Default To
Parameter

String

Default value of
the to parameter

The default value can be

a variable like @#Date@

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

AD_Scheduler_Para_UU
String

3. Tab: Scheduler Recipient - AD_SchedulerRecipient

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Recipient of the Scheduler Notification
Comment/Help: You can send the notifications to users or roles
Tab Level: 1

2131

Window: Scheduler
Table 389.3. Scheduler Recipient Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Scheduler
Recipient

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Scheduler

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

User/
Contact

Search

(-1)

Role

Table
Direct

adscheduler_recipient

aduser_adschedulerrecipient

(-1)

Description

Comment/Help

Recipient of the
Scheduler Notification

You can send the

notifications to users or roles

Schedule Processes

Schedule processes to be
executed asynchronously

(same as first report)

(see same above)

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'
adrole_adschedulerrecipient
Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

4. Tab: Log - AD_SchedulerLog

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Scheduler Log
Comment/Help: Result of the execution of the Scheduler
Tab Level: 1
Table 389.4. Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Scheduler
Log

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2132

Description

Comment/Help

Result of the execution

of the Scheduler

Result of the execution

of the Scheduler

Window: Scheduler
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Binary
Data

Binary

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Scheduler

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Summary

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Binary Data

Comment/Help
The Binary field stores binary data.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Schedule Processes

Schedule processes to be
executed asynchronously

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Text

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Error

Yes-No

An Error occurred
in the execution

Reference

String

Reference for
this record

Text
Message

Text

Description

String

adscheduler_log
(SYSDATE)

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Text Message
Optional short
description
of the record

2133

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 390. Window: Search Definition

Description: Define transactioncodes for the QuickSearch bar
Comment/Help: null
Created:2009-02-18 13:22:09.0
Updated:2009-02-18 13:22:09.0

1. Tab: Searches - AD_SearchDefinition

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 390.1. Searches Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Transaction
Code

String

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(same as first report)

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

The transaction
code represents the
search definition

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Default

Yes-No

(N)

2134

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Window: Search Definition

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Search
Type

String

Table

Table

AD_Table TableName

Column

Table

AD_Column
ColumName

Query

Text

SQL

Data Type

String

Type of data

Window

Table

AD_Window

PO
Window

Table

AD_Window

Search
Definition

ID

Comment/Help

Which kind of search is

used (Query or Table)
Database Table
information

adtable_adsearchdefinition

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
AND
adcolumn_adsearchdefinition
Column in the table
AD_Column.AD_Reference_ID
IN (10,11,13,14,22,36)

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition
Link to the database
column of the table

adwindow_adsearchdefinition

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

powindow_adsearchdefinition

Purchase
Order Window

Window for Purchase

Order (AP) Zooms

2135

Chapter 391. Window: Serial No Control

Description: Product Serial Number Control
Comment/Help: Definition to create Serial numbers for Products
Created:2003-05-05 21:13:49.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Serial No Control - M_SerNoCtl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Product Serial Number Control
Comment/Help: Definition to create Serial numbers for Products
Tab Level: 0
Table 391.1. Serial No Control Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Serial No
Control

ID

Product Serial
Number Control

Definition to create Serial

numbers for Products

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
2136

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Serial No Control

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Start No

Integer

(100)

Increment

Integer

(1)

Current
Next

Integer

(100)

Prefix

String

Suffix

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Starting number/
position

The Start Number indicates

the starting position in the line
or field number in the line

The number to
increment the last
document number by

The Increment indicates the

number to increment the last
document number by to arrive
at the next sequence number

The next number

to be used

The Current Next indicates the next

number to use for this document

Prefix before the

sequence number

The Prefix indicates the

characters to print in front
of the document number.

Suffix after the number

The Suffix indicates the characters

to append to the document number.

2. Tab: Exclude - M_SerNoCtlExclude

[IMAGE]
Description: Exclude the ability to create Serial Numbers in Attribute Sets
Comment/Help: Create a record, if you want to exclude the ability to create Serial Numbers in Product Attribute Set information. Note that the information is
cached. To have effect you may have to re-login or reset cache.
Tab Level: 1
Table 391.2. Exclude Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Exclude
SerNo

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Exclude the ability to

create Serial Numbers
in Attribute Sets
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2137

(see same above)

Window: Serial No Control

Field
Name

Reference

Organization

Table
Direct

Serial No
Control

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Table

Table
Direct

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

msernoctl_msernoctlexclude

(see same above)

Product Serial
Number Control

Definition to create Serial

numbers for Products

(same as first report)

(see same above)

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM AD_Column
c WHERE
AD_Table.AD_Table_ID=c.AD_Table_ID
AND
Database Table
adtable_msernoctlexclude
c.ColumnName='M_AttributeSetInstance_ID'
information
AND
c.IsUpdateable='Y')
AND
AD_Table.IsView='N'
This is a Sales
Transaction

2138

Comment/Help

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Chapter 392. Window: Session Audit

Description: Audit of User Sessions
Comment/Help: History of Online or Web Sessions
Created:2003-05-28 21:55:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Session Audit - AD_Session

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: List of User Sessions
Comment/Help: History of Online or Web Sessions
Tab Level: 0
Table 392.1. Session Audit Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Session

ID

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

User Session
Online or Web

Online or Web Session Information

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Created By

Table

AD_User

User who created

this records

The Created By field indicates

the user who created this record.

Updated

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

2139

Window: Session Audit

Field
Name

Reference

Remote
Addr

String

Remote
Host

String

Server
Name

Text

Web
Session

String

Role

Table
Direct

Login date

Date

Description

Text

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Remote Address

The Remote Address indicates an

alternative or external address.

Remote host Info

Node instance name

Web Session ID

adrole_adsession

Responsibility Role

Optional short
description
of the record
The document has
been processed

AD_Session_UU String

2. Tab: Change Audit - AD_ChangeLog

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Data Changes
Comment/Help: Log of data changes
LinkColumn: Session
Tab Level: 1

2140

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Processed checkbox
indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Session Audit

Table 392.2. Change Audit Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Session

Table
Direct

Transaction

String

Change
Log

ID

Updated

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Date this record

was updated

The Updated field indicates the

date that this record was updated.

Updated
By

Table

AD_User

User who updated

this records

The Updated By field indicates

the user who updated this record.

Table

Table
Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Record ID

Button
Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The change is a
customization of
the data dictionary
and can be applied
after Migration

The migration "resets" the

system to the current/original
setting. If selected you can
save the customization and
re-apply it. Please note that
you need to check, if your

Column

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adsession_adchangelog

Description

User Session
Online or Web

Online or Web Session Information

Name of the
transaction

Internal name of the transaction

Log of data changes

adtable_adchangelog

adcolumn_adchangelog
(Y)

Customization Yes-No

2141

Comment/Help

Log of data changes

Window: Session Audit

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
customization has no negative
side effect in the new release.

Event
Change
Log

List

Insert Delete Update

Old Value

String

The old file data

Old data overwritten in the field

New Value

String

New field value

New data entered in the field

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Un-Do
Changes

Button

Re-Do
Changes

Button

Type of Event
in Change Log

2142

Chapter 393. Window: Setup Wizard Maintenance

Description: Maintenance Setup Wizard window
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-11-20 11:01:13.0
Updated:2012-11-20 11:34:06.0

1. Tab: Setup Wizard - AD_WizardProcess

[IMAGE]
Description: Setup Wizard
Tab Level: 0
Table 393.1. Setup Wizard Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_WizardProcess_UU
String
Wizard
Process

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Node

Search
adwfnode_adwizardprocess

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Wizard
Status

List

New Pending
Finished In-Progress
Skipped Delayed
2143

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Setup Wizard Maintenance

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

User/
Contact

Search

AD_User - Internal

Note

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

aduser_adwizardprocess

2144

Description

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Optional additional
user defined
information

The Note field allows for

optional entry of user defined
information regarding this record

Chapter 394. Window: Ship/Receipt Confirm

Description: Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation
Comment/Help: Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
Created:2004-05-10 17:36:55.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Confirmation - M_InOutConfirm

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation
Comment/Help: Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt
Process: Shipment Confirmation - Rpt M_InOutConfirm
Tab Level: 0
Table 394.1. Confirmation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation

ID

Process
Now

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

(Y)

2145

Description

Comment/Help

Material Shipment or
Receipt Confirmation

Confirmation of Shipment
or Receipt - Created from
the Shipment/Receipt

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Ship/Receipt Confirm

Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Confirmation
No

String

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

Confirmation
Type

List

Description

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Confirmation Number
Material Shipment
Document

minout_minoutconfirm
Customer
Confirmation Ship/
Receipt Confirm
Pick/QA Confirm
Vendor Confirmation
Drop Ship Confirm

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Type of confirmation

String

Optional short
description
of the record

2146

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Ship/Receipt Confirm

Field
Name

Reference

Approved

Values (Default)

Description

Comment/Help

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Approval
Amount

Amount

Document
Approval Amount

Approval Amount for Workflow

Document
Status

List

Yes-No

Cancelled

Yes-No

Validation Rule

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

Process
Button
Confirmation
In Dispute

Constraint Value

The current status

of the document

_Document
Action(CO)
(N)

Search

Create
Package

Button

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

The transaction
was cancelled

Phys.Inventory Search

Invoice

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

minventory_minoutconfirm

Parameters for a
Physical Inventory

The Physical Inventory

indicates a unique parameters
for a physical inventory.

cinvoice_minoutconfirm

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

2. Tab: Line - M_InOutLineConfirm

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line
Comment/Help: The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
Tab Level: 1
2147

Window: Ship/Receipt Confirm

Table 394.2. Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation
Line

ID

Active

Yes-No

Processed

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation

Table
Direct

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Target
Quantity

Material Shipment
or Receipt
Confirmation Line
(Y)

Comment/Help
Confirmation details

(same as first report)

(see same above)

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

minoutconfirm_minoutlineconf

Material Shipment or
Receipt Confirmation

Confirmation of Shipment
or Receipt - Created from
the Shipment/Receipt

minoutline_minoutconfirm

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Difference

Quantity

Difference Quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Confirmation
No

String

Confirmation Number

2148

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Ship/Receipt Confirm

Field
Name

Reference

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Invoice
Line

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

minventoryline_minoutlineconfi

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

cinvoiceline_minoutlineconfirm

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

Search

2149

Chapter 395. Window: Shipment (Customer)

Description: Customer Inventory Shipments Customer Returns
Comment/Help: The Shipment Window defines shipments made or to be made to a customer. They are generated from an Customer Order. The Shipment Document
will generate the Customer Invoice.
Created:1999-12-19 21:33:22.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Shipment - M_InOut

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Shipments and Customer Returns
Comment/Help: The Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments to a Customer or Returns from a Customer.
Process: Delivery Note / Shipment Print - Rpt M_InOut
Where Clause: M_InOut.MovementType IN ('C-')
Tab Level: 0
Table 395.1. Shipment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Date
printed

Date

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Weight

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(@IsSOTrx@)

2150

Description

Comment/Help

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Date the document

was printed.

Indicates the Date that a

document was printed.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Volume

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Volume of a product

The Volume indicates the

volume of the product in the
Volume UOM of the Client

Processed
On

Number

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if
allowed by the DB) when a
document has been processed.

Shipment/
Receipt

ID

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Invoice

Search

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

Referenced
Shipment

ID

Process
Now

Button

Printed

Yes-No

Indicates if this
document /
line is printed

The Printed checkbox indicates

if this document or line will
included when printing.

cinvoice_minout
minout_ref

M_InOut_UU String
Reversal
ID

Search

M_InOut

Processed

Yes-No

Approved

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

ID of document
reversal

reversal_minout

adorg_minout

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

2151

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Order

Search

Date
Ordered

Date

RMA

Search

Document
No

String

Order
Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
corder_minout
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.order Order

Date of Order
(IsSOTrx='@IsSOTrx@'
AND
Return Material
mrma_minout
DocStatus='CO')Callout:
Authorization
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.rma

String

2152

Comment/Help
The Order is a control document.
The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.
Indicates the Date
an item was ordered.
A Return Material Authorization
may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,

The business partner order

reference is the order reference

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

Text

Document
Type

Table

C_DocType

Movement
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Account
Date

Date

(@#Date@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

for this specific transaction; Often

Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Optional short
description
of the record
C_DocType.DocBaseType
IN ('MMR',
cdoctype_minout
'MMS') AND
Document type or rules
C_DocType.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.docType
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.dateAcct
Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

Accounting Date

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Accounting Date indicates
the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Business
Partner

Search

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
Identifies a
cbpartner_minout
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'Callout:
Business Partner
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.bpartner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
Identifies the (ship
vbplocation_minout
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
to) address for this
AND
Business Partner
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

(-1)

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
User within the system
aduser_minout
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
2153

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Priority

List

Delivery
Rule

Pick Date

List

M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID=@AD_Org_ID@Callout:
Storage Warehouse
mwarehouse_minout
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.warehouse
and Service Point
High Medium Low
Minor Urgent (5)
After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete Order
Manual Force (A)

Date
+Time

Sales
Table
Representative

Delivery
Via

List

Shipper

Table

Create
Package

Button

Ship Date

Date
+Time

No
Packages

Integer

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Priority of a document

The Priority indicates the

importance (high, medium,
low) of this document

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Date/Time when
picked for Shipment
AD_User - SalesRep
aduser_sr_minout

Pickup Delivery
Shipper (P)

M_Shipper

mshipper_minout

(1)

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Shipment Date/Time

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Number of
packages shipped

2154

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Tracking
No

String

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight
Amount

Amount

Freight
Charges

List

Collect 3rd Party

Consignee Prepaid
Prepaid and Bill

Freight
Terms

List

FOB Origin Ex Works

CFR - Cost and Freight
CPT - Carriage Paid
To DAF - Delivered
at Frontier DEQ Delivered Ex Quay
DES - Delivered Ex
Ship CIP - Carriage
and Insurance Paid
To (FedEx) DDP
- Delivered Duty
Paid (FedEx) DDU Delivered Duty Unpaid
(FedEx) Domestic
FOB Destination EXW
- Ex Works (FedEx)
FAS - Free Alongside
Ship CIF - Cost,
Insurance, and Freight
(FedEx) FCA - Free
Carrier (FedEx) FOB Free on Board (FedEx)

Insurance

List

Insure Do Not Insure

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number to track
the shipment
Freight included
Fix price Line
Calculated (I)

2155

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Shipper
Account
Number

String

Create
lines from

Button

Drop
Shipment

Yes-No

DropShip_BPartner_ID
Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

(N)

C_BPartner (Trx)

dropshipbpartner_minout

Drop Shipments
are sent from the
Vendor directly
to the Customer

Drop Shipments do not cause

any Inventory reservations or
movements as the Shipment is
from the Vendor's inventory. The
Shipment of the Vendor to the
Customer must be confirmed.

Business Partner
to ship to

If empty the business

partner will be shipped to.

Drop
Shipment
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshiplocation_minout
AND
Location for
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y' shipping to

Drop
Shipment
Contact

Table

AD_User

AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@DropShip_BPartner_ID@
Business Partner
dropshipuser_minout
Contact for
drop shipment

Alternate
Return
Address

Yes-No

(N)

Return
Partner

Search

C_BPartner (Trx)

Return
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

Return
User/
Contact

Table

AD_User

returnbpartner_minout
C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@ReturnBPartner_ID@
AND
returnlocation_minout
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@ReturnBPartner_ID@
returnuser_minout

2156

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Generate
Invoice
from
Receipt

Button

Charge

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Charge
amount

Amount

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

C_Charge

User
Element
List 1

Additional
document charges

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Charge Amount

The Charge Amount indicates the

amount for an additional charge.

C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_minout
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

Marketing Campaign

The Campaign defines a

unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

adorgtrx_minout

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celementvalueuser1_minout

User defined
list element #1

Table
Direct

Table

Table

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Business Activity

cactivity_minout

ccampaign_minout

Trx
Organization

Comment/Help

Generate To

ccharge_minout

Campaign

Description

AD_Org (Trx)

Account_ID - User1

2157

The user defined element

displays the optional elements

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User
Element
List 2

Table

Movement
Type

List

Account_ID - User2
User defined
list element #2

celementvalueuser2_minout

Production - Customer
Shipment Customer
Returns Vendor
Returns Inventory
Out Movement
From Movement
To Work Order +
Production + Vendor
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order -

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.
The Movement Type indicates
the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

Method of moving
the inventory

Create
Button
Confirmation
In Transit

Yes-No

Date
received

Date

Document
Status

List

Process
Shipment

Button

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
_Document
Action(CO)

Movement is in transit

Material Movement is in
transit - shipped, but not
received. The transaction
is completed, if confirmed.

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The targeted status

of the document

2158

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

In Dispute

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Document is in dispute

The document is in dispute.

Use Requests to track details.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Description

Comment/Help

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

if true, the line is

just description
and no transaction

If a line is Description Only, e.g.

Product Inventory is not corrected.
No accounting transactions are
created and the amount or totals
are not included in the document.
This for including descriptive
detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order.

_Posted Status

2. Tab: Shipment Line - M_InOutLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Shipment Line
Comment/Help: The Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment.
Read Only Logic: @Processed@=Y
Tab Level: 1
Table 395.2. Shipment Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Description
Only

Yes-No

Referenced
Shipment
Line

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

ID
minoutline_ref

2159

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Invoiced

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Shipment/
Receipt

Search

Sales
Order Line

Table
Direct

Line No

Integer

Constraint Value

adorg_minoutline

Validation Rule

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Charge

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Is this invoiced?

If selected, invoices are created

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Material Shipment
Document

minout_minoutline

C_OrderLine.C_Order_ID=@C_Order_ID@Callout:
corderline_minout
Sales Order Line
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.orderLine

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM M_InOutLine
WHERE
M_InOut_ID=@M_InOut_ID@)

Product

Description

Unique line for

this document

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_minoutline
Product, Service, Item
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.product
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_Charge_ID@!0
Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.asi
Product Attribute
mattrsetinst_minoutline
Set Instance
(@M_Locator_ID@)

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@Callout:
mlocator_minoutline
Warehouse Locator
org.idempiere.model.CalloutFillLocator.fillLocator
(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
ccharge_minoutline
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
2160

Additional
document charges

The Material Shipment / Receipt

The Sales Order Line is a unique
identifier for a line in an order.
Indicates the unique line
for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.
The Locator indicates where in a
Warehouse a product is located.
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0) ReadOnly Logic:
@M_Product_ID@!0
Description

Text

Quantity

Quantity

(1)

UOM

Table
Direct

(@#C_UOM_ID@)

Callout:
The Quantity
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
Entered is based on
the selected UoM
( EXISTS ( /* UOM
is a default UOM and
no product selected
*/ SELECT * FROM
C_UOM uu WHERE
cuom_minoutline
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=uu.C_UOM_ID
Unit of Measure
AND IsActive
='Y' AND
IsDefault='Y' AND
@M_Product_ID@=0 )
OR EXISTS ( /* UOM
2161

The Quantity Entered is converted

to base product UoM quantity
The UOM defines a unique
non monetary Unit of Measure

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

is the products UOM

*/ SELECT * FROM
M_Product p WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=p.C_UOM_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is
explicitly bound to the
product */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND
p.M_PRODUCT_ID=c.M_Product_ID
AND c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID )
OR EXISTS ( /
* For the products
UOM there is a
conversion that is not
bound to any product
explicitly */ SELECT
* FROM M_Product
p INNER JOIN
C_UOM_Conversion
c ON
(p.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_ID
AND c.M_Product_ID
IS NULL AND
c.IsActive
='Y' ) WHERE
2162

Comment/Help

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_UOM.C_UOM_ID=c.C_UOM_TO_ID
AND
@M_Product_ID@=p.M_Product_ID ))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
Movement
Quantity

Quantity

(1)

Callout:
Quantity of a
org.compiere.model.CalloutInOut.qty
product moved.

Picked
Quantity

Quantity

Target
Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

Project

Table
Direct

Activity

Table
Direct

(0)

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues
C_Project.IsSummary='N'
AND
(C_Project.C_BPartner_ID
cproject_minoutline
IS NULL OR
Financial Project
C_Project.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
OR
C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)
cactivity_minoutline

C_Activity.IsActive='Y'
AND
Business Activity
C_Activity.IsSummary='N'

Project
Phase

Table
Direct

C_Project_ID=@C_Project_ID@
c_projectphase_minoutline
Phase of a Project

Project
Task

Table
Direct

C_ProjectPhase_ID=@C_ProjectPhase_ID@
Actual Project
cprojecttask_minoutline
Task in a Phase

Campaign

Table
Direct

C_Campaign.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_Campaign.IsSummary='N'
ccampaign_minoutline
Marketing Campaign

2163

A Project allows you to

track and control internal
or external activities.

Activities indicate tasks that

are performed and used to
utilize Activity based Costing

A Project Task in a Project

Phase represents the actual work.
The Campaign defines a
unique marketing program.
Projects can be associated
with a pre defined Marketing
Campaign. You can then report
based on a specific Campaign.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Trx
Organization

Table

AD_Org (Trx)

User
Element
List 1

Table

User
Element
List 2

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adorgtrx_minoutline

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

celemenrvalueuser1_minoutline

User defined
list element #1

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

User defined
list element #2

The user defined element

displays the optional elements
that have been defined for
this account combination.

Account_ID - User1

Account_ID - User2
celemenrvalueuser2_minoutline

3. Tab: Confirmations - M_InOutLineConfirm

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Optional Confirmations of Shipment Lines
Comment/Help: The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure!
LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt Line
Tab Level: 2
Table 395.3. Confirmations Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Invoice
Line

Search

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cinvoiceline_minoutlineconfirm
(Y)
2164

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Detail Line

The Invoice Line

uniquely identifies a
single line of an Invoice.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

minventoryline_minoutlineconfi

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation

Table
Direct

Ship/
Receipt
Confirmation
Line

ID

Confirmation
No

String

Target
Quantity

Quantity

Target Movement
Quantity

The Quantity which

should have been received

Confirmed
Quantity

Quantity

Confirmation of a
received quantity

Confirmation of a received quantity

Difference

Quantity

Difference Quantity

Scrapped
Quantity

Quantity

The Quantity scrapped

due to QA issues

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

minoutline_minoutconfirm

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

minoutconfirm_minoutlineconf

Material Shipment or
Receipt Confirmation

Confirmation of Shipment
or Receipt - Created from
the Shipment/Receipt

Material Shipment
or Receipt
Confirmation Line

Confirmation details

Confirmation Number

2165

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

4. Tab: Attributes - M_InOutLineMA

[IMAGE]
Description: Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation
Tab Level: 2
Table 395.4. Attributes Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

M_InOutLineMA_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Date
Material
Policy

Date

Auto
Generated

Yes-No

(@AD_Org_ID@)

minoutline_minoutlinema

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

masi_minourlinema

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Time used for

LIFO and FIFO
Material Policy

This field is used to record

time used for LIFO and
FIFO material policy

(1)

(N)

Record is Auto
Generated by System.

5. Tab: Packages - M_Package

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
2166

Window: Shipment (Customer)

LinkColumn: Shipment/Receipt
Tab Level: 1
Table 395.5. Packages Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner
Shipping
Account

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

cbpshippingacct_mpackage

M_Package_UU String
Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
No

String

Document
sequence number
of the document

2167

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Shipment/
Receipt

Table
Direct

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Latest
Pickup
Time

Time

Date
received

Date

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

Info
Received

String

Information of the
receipt of the package
(acknowledgement)

Estimated
Weight

Quantity

Weight

Quantity

UOM for
Weight

Table

Length

Quantity

UOM for
Length

Table

Width

Quantity

Height

Quantity

Shipper

Table

minout_mpackage
(Y)

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

cuomweight_mpackage

Standard Unit of
Measure for Weight

The Standard UOM for

Weight indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by weight in a document.

cuomlength_mpackage

Standard Unit of
Measure for Length

The Standard UOM for

Length indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by length in a document.

C_UOM

C_UOM

M_Shipper

Callout:
Method or manner
mshipper_mpackage
org.compiere.model.CalloutPackage.afterShipperSetDefaults;
of product delivery
org.compiere.model.CalloutPackage.afterShipper

2168

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Shipping
Processor

Table

M_ShippingProcessor

Ship
Date (For
FedEx
only)

Date

Box Count

Integer

Shipper
Packaging

Table

Shipper
Labels

Table

Shipper
Pickup
Types

Table

Insurance

List

Insured
Amount

Amount

Freight
Charges

List

Collect 3rd Party

Consignee Prepaid
Prepaid and Bill

Freight
Terms

List

FOB Origin Ex Works

CFR - Cost and Freight
CPT - Carriage Paid
To DAF - Delivered
at Frontier DEQ Delivered Ex Quay
DES - Delivered Ex
Ship CIP - Carriage
and Insurance Paid
To (FedEx) DDP
- Delivered Duty
Paid (FedEx) DDU Delivered Duty Unpaid
(FedEx) Domestic
FOB Destination EXW

Validation Rule

Description

Shipment Date/Time

(1)
M_ShipperPackaging
M_ShipperPackaging.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperpackaging_mpackage
= @M_Shipper_ID@
M_ShipperLabels

M_ShipperLabels.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperlabels_mpackage
= @M_Shipper_ID@

M_ShipperPickupTypes
M_ShipperPickupTypes.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperpickuptypes_mpackage
= @M_Shipper_ID@
Insure Do Not Insure

2169

Comment/Help

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

- Ex Works (FedEx)
FAS - Free Alongside
Ship CIF - Cost,
Insurance, and Freight
(FedEx) FCA - Free
Carrier (FedEx) FOB Free on Board (FedEx)
Shipper
Account
Number

String

Duties
Shipper
Account
(For
FedEx
only)

String

Partner
Location
(For UPS
only)

Table
Direct

Handling
Charge

Amount

Added
Handling
(For UPS
only)

Yes-No

(N)

COD

Yes-No

(N)

Payment
Rule

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

Delivery
Yes-No
Confirmation
Delivery
Confirmation

List

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_mpackage
to) address for this
Business Partner

How you pay

the invoice

(N)

EMail Delivery
confirmation

Adult Direct Indirect

Service Default
2170

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Reference
Name
Type (For
FedEx
only)
Verbal
Yes-No
Confirmation
(For UPS
only)

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Saturday
Delivery

Yes-No

(N)

Saturday
Pickup

Yes-No

(N)

Future Day
Shipment
(For
FedEx
only)

Yes-No

(N)

Residential

Yes-No

(Y)

Home
Delivery
Premium
Type (For
FedEx
only)

List

Appointment Date
Certain Evening

Phone
Number
(For
FedEx
only)

String

Date (For
FedEx
only)

Date

Hazardous
Materials
(For

Yes-No

(N)

2171

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name
FedEx
only)

Reference

Values (Default)

Dot
Hazard
Class or
Division
(For
FedEx
only)

List

Class 1 - Explosives
Class 2 - Gases 2.1 Flammable Gas 2.2
- Nonflammable Gas
Class 3 - Flammable
Liquids Class 4 4.1
- Flammable Solids
4.2 - Spontaneous
Combustibles 4.3 Dangerous When Wet
Class 5 - Oxidizing
Substances and
Organic Peroxides 5.1 Oxidizers 5.2 - Organic
Peroxides Class 6 Toxic (Poisonous) and
Infectious Substances
6.1 - Toxic Substances
6.2 - Infectious
Substances Class
7 - Radioactive
Material Class 8 Corrosives Class
9 - Miscellaneous
Dangerous Goods

Cargo
Aircraft
Only (For
FedEx
only)

Yes-No

(N)

Accessible
(For
FedEx
only)

Yes-No

(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2172

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Dry Ice
(For
FedEx
only)

Yes-No

(N)

Dry Ice
Weight
(For
FedEx
only)

Amount

Hold At
Location
(For
FedEx
only)

Yes-No

(N)

Hold
Address
(For
FedEx
only)

Table

C_BPartner Location

Ignore
Zip State
Not Match

Yes-No

(N)

Ignore Zip
Not Found

Yes-No

(N)

Dutiable

Yes-No

(N)

Notification
Type

List

Recipient Recipient /
Sender Sender

Notification
Message

String

Online
Shipping
Rate
Inquiry

Button

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
holdaddress_mpackage
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

Type of Notifications

2173

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Void
Shipment
Online

Button

Process
Shipment
Online

Button

Print
Shipping
Label

Button

Price

Costs
+Prices

Currency

Table
Direct

Surcharges

Costs
+Prices

Total Price

Costs
+Prices

Tracking
No

String

Tracking
Info

String

Rate
Inquiry
Message

Text

Response
Message

Text

Description

String

Processed

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccurrency_mpackage

Description

Comment/Help

This payment can

be processed online

The Online Processing

indicates if the payment
can be processed online.

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Number to track
the shipment

Optional short
description
of the record
(N)

The document has

been processed

2174

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Processed checkbox
indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Package

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Shipment Package

A Shipment can have one or

more Packages. A Package
may be individually tracked.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

6. Tab: MPS Lines - M_PackageMPS

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Package
Tab Level: 2
Table 395.6. MPS Lines Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_PackageMPS_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Package

Table
Direct

Sequence

Description

mpackage_mpackagemps

Shipment Package

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_PackageMPS
WHERE
M_Package_ID=@M_Package_ID@)

A Shipment can have one or

more Packages. A Package
may be individually tracked.
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

String

Optional short
description
of the record
2175

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Master
Tracking
No

String

Tracking
No

String

Estimated
Weight

Quantity

Price

Costs
+Prices

Weight

Quantity

UOM for
Weight

Table

Length

Quantity

UOM for
Length

Table

Width

Quantity

Height

Quantity

Create
lines from

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Package
MPS

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Number to track
the shipment

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

cuomweight_mpackagemps

Standard Unit of
Measure for Weight

The Standard UOM for

Weight indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by weight in a document.

cuomlength_mpackagemps

Standard Unit of
Measure for Length

The Standard UOM for

Length indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by length in a document.

C_UOM

C_UOM

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document
(N)

The document has

been processed

2176

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.
The Processed checkbox
indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

7. Tab: Package Lines - M_PackageLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Package MPS
Tab Level: 3
Table 395.7. Package Lines Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

M_PackageLine_UUString
Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Package
MPS

Table
Direct

Package

Table
Direct

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Table
Direct

Quantity

Quantity

Product

mpackagemps_mpackageline

mpackage_mpackageline

Shipment Package

M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID=@M_InOut_ID@
Line on Shipment or
minoutline_mpackageline
Receipt document

Description

String

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Optional short
description
of the record
2177

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Quantity
Search
mproduct_mpackageline

A Shipment can have one or

more Packages. A Package
may be individually tracked.

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Shipment (Customer)

Field
Name

Reference

Package
Line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2178

Description

Comment/Help

The detail content

of the Package

Link to the shipment line

Chapter 396. Window: Shipment Package

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-12-06 18:12:07.0
Updated:2012-12-06 18:12:07.0

1. Tab: Packages - M_Package

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 396.1. Packages Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Business
Partner
Shipping
Account

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

cbpshippingacct_mpackage

M_Package_UU String
Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
No

String
Document
sequence number
of the document

2179

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Shipment/
Receipt

Table
Direct

Material Shipment
Document

The Material Shipment / Receipt

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Latest
Pickup
Time

Time

Date
received

Date

Date a product
was received

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

Info
Received

String

Information of the
receipt of the package
(acknowledgement)

Estimated
Weight

Quantity

Weight

Quantity

UOM for
Weight

Table

minout_mpackage
(Y)

C_UOM

cuomweight_mpackage

2180

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Standard Unit of
Measure for Weight

The Standard UOM for

Weight indicates the UOM to

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
use for products referenced
by weight in a document.

Length

Quantity

UOM for
Length

Table

Width

Quantity

Height

Quantity

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Shipping
Processor

Table

M_ShippingProcessor

Ship Date

Date

Box Count

Integer

Shipper
Packaging

Table

Shipper
Labels

Table

Shipper
Pickup
Types

Table

Insurance

List

Insured
Amount

Amount

Freight
Charges

List

Collect 3rd Party

Consignee Prepaid
Prepaid and Bill

Freight
Terms

List

FOB Origin Ex Works

CFR - Cost and Freight
CPT - Carriage Paid

C_UOM
Standard Unit of
Measure for Length

cuomlength_mpackage

Callout:
Method or manner
mshipper_mpackage
org.compiere.model.CalloutPackage.afterShipperSetDefaults;
of product delivery
org.compiere.model.CalloutPackage.afterShipper

Shipment Date/Time
(1)
M_ShipperPackaging
M_ShipperPackaging.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperpackaging_mpackage
= @M_Shipper_ID@
M_ShipperLabels

M_ShipperLabels.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperlabels_mpackage
= @M_Shipper_ID@

M_ShipperPickupTypes
M_ShipperPickupTypes.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperpickuptypes_mpackage
= @M_Shipper_ID@
Insure Do Not Insure

2181

The Standard UOM for

Length indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by length in a document.

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

To DAF - Delivered
at Frontier DEQ Delivered Ex Quay
DES - Delivered Ex
Ship CIP - Carriage
and Insurance Paid
To (FedEx) DDP
- Delivered Duty
Paid (FedEx) DDU Delivered Duty Unpaid
(FedEx) Domestic
FOB Destination EXW
- Ex Works (FedEx)
FAS - Free Alongside
Ship CIF - Cost,
Insurance, and Freight
(FedEx) FCA - Free
Carrier (FedEx) FOB Free on Board (FedEx)
Shipper
Account
Number

String

Duties
Shipper
Account

String

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

Handling
Charge

Amount

Added
Handling

Yes-No

(N)

COD

Yes-No

(N)

Payment
Rule

List

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_mpackage
to) address for this
Business Partner

How you pay

the invoice

2182

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Credit Direct Debit

Mixed POS Payment
Delivery
Yes-No
Confirmation
Delivery
Confirmation
Type

List

Verbal
Yes-No
Confirmation

(N)

EMail Delivery
confirmation

Adult Direct Indirect

Service Default
(N)

Saturday
Delivery

Yes-No

(N)

Saturday
Pickup

Yes-No

(N)

Future Day
Shipment

Yes-No

(N)

Residential

Yes-No

(Y)

Home
Delivery
Premium
Type

List

Appointment Date
Certain Evening

Phone
Number

String

Date

Date

Hazardous
Materials

Yes-No

(N)

Dot
Hazard
Class or
Division

List

Class 1 - Explosives
Class 2 - Gases 2.1 Flammable Gas 2.2
- Nonflammable Gas
Class 3 - Flammable
Liquids Class 4 4.1
- Flammable Solids
4.2 - Spontaneous
Combustibles 4.3 2183

Comment/Help

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Dangerous When Wet

Class 5 - Oxidizing
Substances and
Organic Peroxides 5.1 Oxidizers 5.2 - Organic
Peroxides Class 6 Toxic (Poisonous) and
Infectious Substances
6.1 - Toxic Substances
6.2 - Infectious
Substances Class
7 - Radioactive
Material Class 8 Corrosives Class
9 - Miscellaneous
Dangerous Goods
Cargo
Aircraft
Only

Yes-No

(N)

Accessible

Yes-No

(N)

Dry Ice

Yes-No

(N)

Dry Ice
Weight

Amount

Hold At
Location

Yes-No

(N)

Hold
Address

Table

C_BPartner Location

Ignore
Zip State
Not Match

Yes-No

(N)

Ignore Zip
Not Found

Yes-No

(N)

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
holdaddress_mpackage
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

2184

Comment/Help

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Dutiable

Yes-No

(N)

Notification
Type

List

Recipient Recipient /
Sender Sender

Notification
Message

String

Online
Shipping
Rate
Inquiry

Button

Void
Shipment
Online

Button

Process
Shipment
Online

Button

Print
Shipping
Label

Button

Price

Costs
+Prices

Currency

Table
Direct

Surcharges

Costs
+Prices

Total Price

Costs
+Prices

Tracking
No

String

Tracking
Info

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccurrency_mpackage

Description

Comment/Help

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

This payment can

be processed online

The Online Processing

indicates if the payment
can be processed online.

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Number to track
the shipment

2185

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Rate
Inquiry
Message

Text

Response
Message

Text

Description

String

Processed

Yes-No

Package

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Shipment Package

A Shipment can have one or

more Packages. A Package
may be individually tracked.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: MPS Lines - M_PackageMPS

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Package
Tab Level: 1
Table 396.2. MPS Lines Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_PackageMPS_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

2186

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Package

Table
Direct

Sequence

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mpackage_mpackagemps

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_PackageMPS
WHERE
M_Package_ID=@M_Package_ID@)

Description

Comment/Help

Shipment Package

A Shipment can have one or

more Packages. A Package
may be individually tracked.

Integer

Description

String

Master
Tracking
No

String

Tracking
No

String

Estimated
Weight

Quantity

Price

Costs
+Prices

Weight

Quantity

UOM for
Weight

Table

Length

Quantity

UOM for
Length

Table

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Number to track
the shipment

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

cuomweight_mpackagemps

Standard Unit of
Measure for Weight

The Standard UOM for

Weight indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by weight in a document.

cuomlength_mpackagemps

Standard Unit of
Measure for Length

The Standard UOM for

Length indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by length in a document.

C_UOM

C_UOM

2187

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Width

Quantity

Height

Quantity

Create
lines from

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Package
MPS

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

Description

Comment/Help

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

3. Tab: Package Lines - M_PackageLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Package MPS
Tab Level: 2
Table 396.3. Package Lines Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_PackageLine_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Package
MPS

Table
Direct

mpackagemps_mpackageline
2188

Window: Shipment Package

Field
Name

Reference

Package

Table
Direct

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Table
Direct

Quantity

Quantity

Product

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mpackage_mpackageline

Description

Comment/Help

Shipment Package

A Shipment can have one or

more Packages. A Package
may be individually tracked.

M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID=@M_InOut_ID@
Line on Shipment or
minoutline_mpackageline
Receipt document

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

Product, Service, Item

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Search
mproduct_mpackageline

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Package
Line

ID

The detail content

of the Package

Link to the shipment line

2189

Chapter 397. Window: Shipper

Description: Maintain Shippers
Comment/Help: The Shipper Window defines the different shipping provides used by an Organization. When a delivery method of Shipper is used on an Order
a predefined Shipper must be selected.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Shipper - M_Shipper

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Shippers
Comment/Help: The Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization.
Tab Level: 0
Table 397.1. Shipper Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Shipper

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

M_Shipper_UU String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2190

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Shipper
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Business
Partner

Search

Constraint Value

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_mshipper
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Shipper
Table
Configuration Direct
Shipping
Processor

Table

Shipper
Create
From ...

Button

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Callout:
mshippercfg_mshipper
org.compiere.model.CalloutShipper.shipper
M_ShippingProcessor

M_ShippingProcessor.M_ShippingProcessorCfg_ID
IN (SELECT
M_ShippingProcessorCfg_ID
mshippingprocessor_mshipper
FROM M_ShipperCfg
WHERE
M_ShipperCfg_ID=@M_ShipperCfg_ID@)
Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Description

Comment/Help

Freight Rate

Freight Rate for Shipper

2. Tab: Freight - M_Freight

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Freight Rates
Comment/Help: Freight Rates for Shipper
Tab Level: 1
Table 397.2. Freight Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Freight

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2191

(see same above)

Window: Shipper
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Freight
Category

Table
Direct

Valid from

Date

Currency

Table
Direct

Freight
Amount

Amount

Country

Table
Direct

To

Table

Region

Table
Direct

To

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Category of the Freight

Freight Categories are used

to calculate the Freight
for the Shipper selected

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Freight Amount

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

ccountry_mfreight

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

ccountryto_mfreight

Receiving Country

The To Country indicates the

receiving country on a document

ccurrency_mfreight

C_Region.C_Country_ID=@C_Country_ID@
Identifies a
cregion_mfreight
geographical Region
C_Region

(see same above)

Method or manner
of product delivery

mshipper_mfreight

mfreightcategory_mfreight

C_Country

Comment/Help

C_Region.C_Country_ID=@To_Country_ID@
cregionto_mfreight
Receiving Region

3. Tab: Packaging - M_ShipperPackaging

[IMAGE]
Description: Packaging Options supported by the Shipper
Tab Level: 1
2192

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.
The To Region indicates the
receiving region on a document

Window: Shipper
Table 397.3. Packaging Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperPackaging_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Shipper
Table
Packaging
Direct
Configuration

Name

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

M_ShipperPackagingCfg.M_ShipperPackagingCfg_ID
IN (SELECT
M_ShipperPackagingCfg_ID
FROM
M_ShipperPackagingCfg
WHERE
mshipperpackagingcfg_mshipperp
M_ShipperCfg_ID
IN (SELECT
M_ShipperCfg_ID
FROM M_Shipper
WHERE
M_Shipper_ID=@M_Shipper_ID@))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutShipper.shipperPackaging

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Default

Yes-No

(N)

Weight

Method or manner
of product delivery

mshipper_mshipperpackaging

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Quantity

2193

Window: Shipper
Field
Name

Reference

Shipper
Packaging

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Description

Comment/Help

4. Tab: Label Type - M_ShipperLabels

[IMAGE]
Description: Label Types Supported by the Shipper.
Comment/Help: Used when booking a shipment online to define the label format that will be printed.
Tab Level: 1
Table 397.4. Label Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_ShipperLabels_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Shipper
Table
Labels
Direct
Configuration

Method or manner
of product delivery

mshipper_mshipperlabels

M_ShipperLabelsCfg.M_ShipperLabelsCfg_ID
IN (SELECT
M_ShipperLabelsCfg_ID
FROM
M_ShipperLabelsCfg
mshipperlabelscfg_mshipperlabe
WHERE
M_ShipperCfg_ID
IN (SELECT
M_ShipperCfg_ID
FROM M_Shipper
WHERE
2194

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Window: Shipper
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_Shipper_ID=@M_Shipper_ID@))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutShipper.shipperLabels
Name

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Default

Yes-No

(N)

Label Print
Method

List

Shipper
Labels

ID

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Eltron Image Zebra

5. Tab: Pickup Types - M_ShipperPickupTypes

[IMAGE]
Description: Methods that the Shipper will support for picking up from your location
Tab Level: 1
Table 397.5. Pickup Types Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperPickupTypes_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper

Table

M_Shipper

Method or manner
of product delivery

mshipper_mshipperpickuptypes
2195

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Window: Shipper
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Shipper
Table
Pickup
Direct
Types
Configuration

Name

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg_ID
IN (SELECT
M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg_ID
FROM
M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg
WHERE
mshipperpickuptypescfg_mshippe
M_ShipperCfg_ID
IN (SELECT
M_ShipperCfg_ID
FROM M_Shipper
WHERE
M_Shipper_ID=@M_Shipper_ID@))Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutShipper.shipperPickupTypes

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Default

Yes-No

(N)

Shipper
Pickup
Types

Constraint Value

ID

2196

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Chapter 398. Window: Shipper Configuration

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-12-13 17:41:15.0
Updated:2012-12-13 17:41:15.0

1. Tab: Shipper - M_ShipperCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Shippers
Comment/Help: The Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization.
Tab Level: 0
Table 398.1. Shipper Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperCfg_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
2197

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Shipper Configuration

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Online
Access

Yes-No

(N)

Shipping
Table
Processor
Direct
Configuration
Service
Code

String

Tracking
URL

URL

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Can be accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

URL of the shipper

to track shipments

The variable @TrackingNo@ in

the URL is replaced by the actual
tracking number of the shipment.

mshippingprocessorcfg_mshipper

International Yes-No

(N)

Saturday
Delivery

Yes-No

(N)

Residential

Yes-No

(N)

Shipper
Copy
From ...

Button

Shipper
Configuration

ID

Copy From Record

Copy From Record

2. Tab: Packaging - M_ShipperPackagingCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Packaging Options supported by the Shipper
LinkColumn: Shipper Configuration
Tab Level: 1
Table 398.2. Packaging Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_ShipperPackagingCfg_UU
String
2198

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Shipper Configuration

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper
Table
Configuration Direct
Active

Yes-No

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

mshippercfg_mshipperpackagingc
(Y)

(same as first report)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Weight

Quantity

Default

Shipper
Packaging
Configuration

Yes-No

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

3. Tab: Label Type - M_ShipperLabelsCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Label Types Supported by the Shipper.
Comment/Help: Used when booking a shipment online to define the label format that will be printed.
2199

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

(N)

ID

(see same above)

Window: Shipper Configuration

LinkColumn: Shipper Configuration
Tab Level: 1
Table 398.3. Label Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperLabelsCfg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper
Table
Configuration Direct
Active

Yes-No

Search
Key

String

Name

String

mshippercfg_mshipperlabelscfg
(Y)

(same as first report)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Width

Quantity

Height

Quantity

Label Print
Method

List

Eltron Image Zebra

Default

Yes-No

(N)
Default value

Shipper
Labels
Configuration

ID

2200

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Window: Shipper Configuration

4. Tab: Pickup Types - M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Methods that the Shipper will support for picking up from your location
LinkColumn: Shipper Configuration
Tab Level: 1
Table 398.4. Pickup Types Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper
Table
Configuration Direct
Active

Yes-No

Search
Key

String

Name

String

mshippercfg_mshipperpickuptype
(Y)

(same as first report)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Default

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record
(N)
Default value

Shipper
Pickup

ID
2201

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Default Checkbox
indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Window: Shipper Configuration

Field
Reference
Name
Types
Configuration

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2202

Description

Comment/Help

Chapter 399. Window: Shipping Processor

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-12-06 12:13:49.0
Updated:2012-12-06 12:13:49.0

1. Tab: Shipping Processor - M_ShippingProcessor

[IMAGE]
Description: Shipping Processors
Comment/Help: Shipping processor tab to define integration details with online shipping services.
Tab Level: 0
Table 399.1. Shipping Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShippingProcessor_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipping
Table
Processor
Direct
Configuration
Name

Active

Callout:
mshippingprocessorcfg_mshippin
org.compiere.model.CalloutShippingProcessor.shippingProcessor

String

Yes-No

(Y)
2203

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Shipping Processor

Field
Name

Reference

User ID

String

Connection
Key

String

Connection
Password

String

Shipping
Processor

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2204

Description

Comment/Help

User ID or
account number

The User ID identifies a

user and allows access
to records or processes.

Chapter 400. Window: Shipping Processor

Configuration
Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-12-13 12:39:57.0
Updated:2012-12-13 17:45:02.0

1. Tab: Shipping Processor - M_ShippingProcessorCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Shipping Processors
Comment/Help: Shipping processor tab to define integration details with online shipping services.
Tab Level: 0
Table 400.1. Shipping Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShippingProcessorCfg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
2205

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Shipping Processor Configuration

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Host
Address

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

String

Host Address
URL or DNS

The Host Address identifies the

URL or DNS of the target host

Host port

Integer

Host
Communication Port

The Host Port identifies the port

to communicate with the host.

Proxy
address

String

Address of your
proxy server

The Proxy Address must be defined

if you must pass through a firewall
to access your payment processor.

Proxy port

Integer

Port of your
proxy server

The Proxy Port identifies the

port of your proxy server.

Proxy
logon

String

Logon of your
proxy server

The Proxy Logon identifies the

Logon ID for your proxy server.

Proxy
password

String

Password of your
proxy server

The Proxy Password identifies the

password for your proxy server.

Service
Path

String

Shipping
Processor
Class

String

Shipping
Processor
Configuration

ID

2. Tab: Shipper - M_ShipperCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Shippers
Comment/Help: The Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization.
LinkColumn: Shipping Processor Configuration
Tab Level: 1
2206

Window: Shipping Processor Configuration

Table 400.2. Shipper Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperCfg_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipping
Table
Processor
Direct
Configuration
Name

mshippingprocessorcfg_mshipper

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Online
Access

Yes-No

(N)

Service
Code

String

Tracking
URL

URL

International Yes-No

(N)

Saturday
Delivery

Yes-No

(N)

Residential

Yes-No

(N)

2207

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Can be accessed online

The Online Access check box

indicates if the application
can be accessed via the web.

URL of the shipper

to track shipments

The variable @TrackingNo@ in

the URL is replaced by the actual
tracking number of the shipment.

Window: Shipping Processor Configuration

Field
Name

Reference

Shipper
Copy
From ...

Button

Shipper
Configuration

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Copy From Record

Copy From Record

3. Tab: Packaging - M_ShipperPackagingCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Packaging Options supported by the Shipper
LinkColumn: Shipper Configuration
Tab Level: 2
Table 400.3. Packaging Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperPackagingCfg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper
Table
Configuration Direct
Active

Yes-No

Search
Key

String

Name

String

mshippercfg_mshipperpackagingc
(Y)

(same as first report)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2208

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Shipping Processor Configuration

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Weight

Quantity

Default

Shipper
Packaging
Configuration

Values (Default)

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Description

Comment/Help

(N)

ID

4. Tab: Label Type - M_ShipperLabelsCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Label Types Supported by the Shipper.
Comment/Help: Used when booking a shipment online to define the label format that will be printed.
LinkColumn: Shipper Configuration
Tab Level: 2
Table 400.4. Label Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_ShipperLabelsCfg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper
Table
Configuration Direct

mshippercfg_mshipperlabelscfg
2209

Window: Shipping Processor Configuration

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Width

Quantity

Height

Quantity

Label Print
Method

List

Eltron Image Zebra

Default

Yes-No

(N)
Default value

Shipper
Labels
Configuration

ID

5. Tab: Pickup Types - M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg

[IMAGE]
Description: Methods that the Shipper will support for picking up from your location
LinkColumn: Shipper Configuration
Tab Level: 2

2210

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Window: Shipping Processor Configuration

Table 400.5. Pickup Types Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipper
Table
Configuration Direct
Active

Yes-No

Search
Key

String

Name

String

mshippercfg_mshipperpickuptype
(Y)

(same as first report)

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Default

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record
(N)
Default value

Shipper
Pickup
Types
Configuration

ID

2211

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Default Checkbox
indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Chapter 401. Window: Shipping Transaction

Description: Shipping Transactions
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-12-14 12:47:49.0
Updated:2012-12-14 12:47:49.0

1. Tab: Shipping Transaction - M_ShippingTransaction

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 401.1. Shipping Transaction Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Actual Price

The Actual or Unit Price

indicates the Price for a
product in source currency.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

M_ShippingTransaction_UU
String
Business
Partner
Shipping
Account

Table
Direct

Unit Price

Costs
+Prices

cbpshippingacct_mshippingtrans

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Business
Partner

Table
Direct

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_mshippingtransaction

2212

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Shipping Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Sales
Table
Representative

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbpartnerlocation_mshippingtra
to) address for this
Business Partner

aduser_mshippingtransaction

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

mwarehouse_mshippingtransactio

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

The Date Received indicates the

date that product was received.

AD_User - SalesRep
salesrep_mshippingtransaction

Time

Date
received

Date

Date a product
was received

Info
Received

String

Information of the
receipt of the package
(acknowledgement)

Weight

Quantity

Table

Length

Quantity

UOM for
Length

Table

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

Latest
Pickup
Time

UOM for
Weight

Comment/Help

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

cuomweight_mshippingtransactio

Standard Unit of
Measure for Weight

The Standard UOM for

Weight indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by weight in a document.

cuomlength_mshippingtransactio

Standard Unit of
Measure for Length

The Standard UOM for

Length indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by length in a document.

C_UOM

C_UOM

2213

Window: Shipping Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Width

Quantity

Height

Quantity

Shipper

Table

Shipping
Processor

Table

Ship Date

Date

Box Count

Integer

Shipper
Packaging

Table

M_ShipperPackaging
M_ShipperPackaging.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperpackaging_mshippingtra
= @M_Shipper_ID@

Shipper
Labels

Table

M_ShipperLabels
M_ShipperLabels.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperlabels_mshippingtransa
= @M_Shipper_ID@

Shipper
Pickup
Types

Table

M_ShipperPickupTypes
M_ShipperPickupTypes.M_Shipper_ID
mshipperpickuptypes_mshippingt
= @M_Shipper_ID@

Insurance

List

Insured
Amount

Amount

Freight
Charges

List

Collect 3rd Party

Consignee Prepaid
Prepaid and Bill

Freight
Terms

List

FOB Origin Ex Works

CFR - Cost and Freight
CPT - Carriage Paid
To DAF - Delivered
at Frontier DEQ Delivered Ex Quay
DES - Delivered Ex
Ship CIP - Carriage
and Insurance Paid
To (FedEx) DDP
- Delivered Duty
Paid (FedEx) DDU -

M_Shipper

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

mshipper_mshippingtransaction

Description

Comment/Help

Method or manner
of product delivery

The Shipper indicates the

method of delivering product

Shipment Date/Time

Actual Date/Time of
Shipment (pick up)

M_ShippingProcessor
mshippingprocessor_mshippingtr

(1)

Insure Do Not Insure

2214

Window: Shipping Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Delivered Duty Unpaid

(FedEx) Domestic
FOB Destination EXW
- Ex Works (FedEx)
FAS - Free Alongside
Ship CIF - Cost,
Insurance, and Freight
(FedEx) FCA - Free
Carrier (FedEx) FOB Free on Board (FedEx)
Shipper
Account
Number

String

Duties
Shipper
Account

String

Invoice
Location

Table

Customs
Value

Costs
+Prices

Freight
Amount

Costs
+Prices

Handling
Charge

Amount

Added
Handling

Yes-No

(N)

COD

Yes-No

(N)

COD
Amount

Costs
+Prices

Payment
Rule

List

C_BPartner Location
billlocation_mshippingtransact

Business Partner
Location for invoicing

Freight Amount

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

How you pay

the invoice

2215

The Freight Amount indicates

the amount charged for Freight
in the document currency.

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Window: Shipping Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Delivery
Yes-No
Confirmation
Delivery
Confirmation
Type

List

Verbal
Yes-No
Confirmation

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(N)

EMail Delivery
confirmation

Adult Direct Indirect

Service Default
(N)

Saturday
Delivery

Yes-No

(N)

Saturday
Pickup

Yes-No

(N)

Future Day
Shipment

Yes-No

(N)

Residential

Yes-No

(Y)

Home
Delivery
Premium
Type

List

Appointment Date
Certain Evening

Phone
Number

String

Date

Date

Hazardous
Materials

Yes-No

(N)

Dot
Hazard
Class or
Division

List

Class 1 - Explosives
Class 2 - Gases 2.1 Flammable Gas 2.2
- Nonflammable Gas
Class 3 - Flammable
Liquids Class 4 4.1
- Flammable Solids
4.2 - Spontaneous
Combustibles 4.3 Dangerous When Wet
Class 5 - Oxidizing

Description

2216

Comment/Help

Window: Shipping Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Substances and
Organic Peroxides 5.1 Oxidizers 5.2 - Organic
Peroxides Class 6 Toxic (Poisonous) and
Infectious Substances
6.1 - Toxic Substances
6.2 - Infectious
Substances Class
7 - Radioactive
Material Class 8 Corrosives Class
9 - Miscellaneous
Dangerous Goods
Cargo
Aircraft
Only

Yes-No

(N)

Accessible

Yes-No

(N)

Dry Ice

Yes-No

(N)

Dry Ice
Weight

Amount

Hold At
Location

Yes-No

(N)

Hold
Address

Table

C_BPartner Location

Ignore
Zip State
Not Match

Yes-No

(N)

Ignore Zip
Not Found

Yes-No

(N)

Dutiable

Yes-No

(N)

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
AND
holdaddress_mshippingtransacti
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'

2217

Comment/Help

Window: Shipping Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Alternate
Return
Address

Yes-No

(N)

Return
Partner

Table

C_BPartner (Trx)

Return
Location

Table

C_BPartner Location

Return
User/
Contact

Table

AD_User

Notification
Type

List

Recipient Recipient /
Sender Sender

Notification
Message

String

Price

Costs
+Prices

Currency

Table
Direct

Surcharges

Costs
+Prices

Tracking
No

String

Tracking
Info

String

Response
Message

Text

Description

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

returnbpartner_mshippingtransa
C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@ReturnBPartner_ID@
AND
returnlocation_mshippingtransa
C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo='Y'
AND
C_BPartner_Location.IsActive='Y'
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=@ReturnBPartner_ID@
returnuser_mshippingtransactio

ccurrency_mshippingtransaction

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

Price

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Number to track
the shipment

Optional short
description
of the record

2218

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Shipping Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Processed

Yes-No

(N)

Action

List

Process Shipment Void

Shipment Rate Inquiry

Priviledged
Rate

Yes-No

(N)

Order

Table
Direct

Validation Rule

corder_mshippingtransaction

Order
Reference

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Indicates the Action

to be performed

The Action field is a drop down

list box which indicates the Action
to be performed for this Item.

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

String

Shipment/
Receipt

Table
Direct

Package

Table
Direct

Invoice

Table
Direct

Shipping
Transaction

ID

minout_mshippingtransaction

Material Shipment
Document

mpackage_mshippingtransaction

Shipment Package

cinvoice_mshippingtransaction

Invoice Identifier

2219

The Material Shipment / Receipt

A Shipment can have one or
more Packages. A Package
may be individually tracked.
The Invoice Document.

Window: Shipping Transaction

2. Tab: Shipping Transaction Line - M_ShippingTransactionLine

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 401.2. Shipping Transaction Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

M_ShippingTransactionLine_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Shipping
Transaction

Table
Direct

Sequence

Integer

mshippingtransaction_mshipping

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
M_PackageMPS
WHERE
M_Package_ID=@M_Package_ID@)

Description

String

Master
Tracking
No

String

Tracking
No

String

Price

Costs
+Prices

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Number to track
the shipment
Price

2220

The Price indicates the Price

for a product or service.

Window: Shipping Transaction

Field
Name

Reference

Weight

Quantity

UOM for
Weight

Table

Length

Quantity

UOM for
Length

Table

Width

Quantity

Height

Quantity

Processed

Yes-No

Package
MPS

Table
Direct

Shipping
Transaction
Line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Weight of a product

The Weight indicates the

weight of the product in the
Weight UOM of the Client

cuomweight_mshippingtransactln

Standard Unit of
Measure for Weight

The Standard UOM for

Weight indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by weight in a document.

cuomlength_mshippingtransactln

Standard Unit of
Measure for Length

The Standard UOM for

Length indicates the UOM to
use for products referenced
by length in a document.

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

C_UOM

C_UOM

(N)

mpackagemps_mshippingtransacti

2221

Chapter 402. Window: Status Line

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2014-01-12 15:22:52.0
Updated:2014-01-12 15:22:52.0

1. Tab: Status Line - AD_StatusLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 402.1. Status Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Status Line

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_StatusLine_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_ADStatusLine
< > 0 ReadOnly
(same as first report)
Logic: 1=1

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ADOrg_ADStatusLine

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Message

Table
Direct

SQLStatement

Text

Entity
Type

Table

ADMessage_ADStatusLine

_EntityTypeNew(U)

EntityType_ADStatusLine

System Message

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
2222

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
Information and Error messages

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"

Window: Status Line

Field
Name

Active

Reference

Values (Default)

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

ownership and
synchronization

might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Used In - AD_StatusLineUsedIn

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 402.2. Used In Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_StatusLineUsedIn_UU
String
AD_StatusLineUsedInID
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ADClient_ADStatusLineUsedIn < > 0 ReadOnly
(same as first report)
Logic: 1=1

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)
(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ADOrg_ADStatusLineUsedIn
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Status Line

Search

ADStatusLine_ADStatusLineUsedI

Table

Table
Direct

ADTable_ADStatusLineUsedIn

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Window

Table
Direct

ADWindow_ADStatusLineUsedIn

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

Tab

Table
Direct

Status Line

Yes-No

AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@
ADTab_ADStatusLineUsedIn
Tab within a Window
(Y)

Defines if this record

refers to a status line
or to a help widget
2223

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.
If checked the definition
corresponds to a status

Window: Status Line

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
line, when unchecked it
corresponds to a help widget

Sequence

Integer

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

2224

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 403. Window: Storage Provider

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-11-23 18:26:10.0
Updated:2012-11-23 18:26:10.0

1. Tab: Storage Provider - AD_StorageProvider

[IMAGE]
Description: Storage Provider
Tab Level: 0
Table 403.1. Storage Provider Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Storage
Provider

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_StorageProvider_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Method

List

URL

URL

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

File System Database

2225

Window: Storage Provider

Field
Name

Reference

Folder

String

User Name

String

Password

String

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

A folder on a local
or remote system
to store data into

We store files in folders,

especially media files.

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".
(Y)

(same as first report)

2226

(see same above)

Chapter 404. Window: System

Description: System Definition
Comment/Help: Common System Definition - Only one Record - Do not add additional records.
Created:2002-11-01 21:02:17.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: System - AD_System

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: System Definition
Comment/Help: Common System Definition.
Tab Level: 0
Table 404.1. System Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

System

ID

(0)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

Record ID

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

System Definition

Common System Definition

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Direct internal
record ID

Just
Migrated

Yes-No

Info

String

(N)

(see same above)

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Value set by
Migration for postMigration tasks.
Information
2227

The Information displays data

from the source document line.

Window: System
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Summary

String

Client

Table
Direct

(0)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Active

Yes-No

(N)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Old Name

String

System
Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

System
Status

List

User Name

String

Password

String

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".

Support
EMail

String

EMail address to send

support information
and updates to

Custom
Prefix

String

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Release
No

String

Internal Release
Number

Version

String

Version of the
table definition

ReadOnly Logic:
@OldName@!'

Production Evaluation
Implementation (E)

Description

Comment/Help

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Status of the
system - Support
priority depends
on system status

Prefix for
Custom entities

2228

System status helps to

prioritize support resources

If not entered the

registered email is used.
The prefix listed are ignored
as customization for
database or entity migration
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Window: System
Field
Name

Reference

Database
Name

String

DB
Address

String

Internal
Users

Integer

Processors

Integer

Replication
Type

List

ID Range
Start

ID Range
End

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Database Name
JDBC URL of the
database server
Number of
Internal Users for
iDempiere Support

You can purchase professioal

support from iDempiere, Inc.
or their partners. See http://
www.idempiere.org for details.

Number of
Database Processors
Local Merge Reference
Broadcast (L)
Type of Data
Replication

The Type of data Replication

determines the direction of the data
replication. Reference means that
the data in this system is read only
-> Local means that the data in this
system is not replicated to other
systems - Merge means that the
data in this system is synchronized
with the other system < ->

Start of the ID
Range used

The ID Range allows to restrict the

range of the internally used IDs.
The standard rages are 0-899,999
for the Application Dictionary
900,000-999,999 for Application
Dictionary customizations/
extensions and > 1,000,000 for
client data. The standard system
limit is 9,999,999,999 but can
easily be extended. The ID range
is on a per table basis. Please note
that the ID range is NOT enforced.

End if the ID
Range used

The ID Range allows to restrict

the range of the internally
used IDs. Please note that the
ID range is NOT enforced.

Number

Number

2229

Window: System
Field
Name

Reference

LDAP
URL

String

LDAP
Domain

String

Maintain
Statistics

Yes-No

Statistics

Error
Reporting

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Connection String
to LDAP server
starting with ldap://

LDAP connection string,

e.g. ldap://dc.idempiere.org

Directory service
domain name e.g. idempiere.org

If LDAP Host and Domain is

specified, the user is authenticated
via LDAP. The password
in the User table is not used
for connecting to iDempiere.

Maintain
general statistics

Maintain and allow to transfer

general statistics (number of clients,
orgs, business partners, users,
products, invoices) to get a better
feeling for the application use.
This information is not published.

Information to help
profiling the system for
solving support issues

Profile information do not

contain sensitive information
and are used to support issue
detection and diagnostics as well
as general anonymous statistics

Automatically
report Errors

To automate error reporting,

submit errors to iDempiere. Only
error (stack trace) information is
submitted (no data or confidential
information). It helps us to react
faster and proactively. If you
have a support contract, we will
you inform about corrective
measures. This functionality
is experimental at this point.

Information to help
profiling the system for
solving support issues

Profile information do not

contain sensitive information
and are used to support issue
detection and diagnostics

Encryption Class
used for securing
data content

The class needs to

implement the interface
org.compiere.util.SecureInterface.

String

Yes-No

Profile

String

Encryption
Class

String

(Y)

2230

Window: System
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
You enable it by setting the
COMPIERE_SECURE parameter
of your Client and Server start
scripts to the custom class.

Fail on
Missing
Model
Validator

Yes-No

Last
Build Info

String

Fail if
Build
Differ

Yes-No

Support
Expires

Date

Validate
Support

Button

Last
Migration
Script
Applied

String

(Y)

(N)

Date when
the iDempiere
support expires

Register of the
filename for the
last migration
script applied
on this database

2231

Check http://www.idempiere.org
for support options

Chapter 405. Window: System Color

Description: Maintain System Colors
Comment/Help: System colors are used for background and indicators
Created:2001-09-05 21:23:37.0
Updated:2005-02-22 00:40:17.0

1. Tab: System Color - AD_Color

[IMAGE]
Description: System color for backgrounds and indicators
Tab Level: 0
Table 405.1. System Color Fields
Field
Name

Reference

System
Color

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Color for backgrounds

or indicators

(Y)

2232

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Window: System Color

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Color
Type

List

Normal (Flat) Gradient

Line Texture (Picture)

Red

Integer

RGB value

2nd Red

Integer

RGB value for

second color

Green

Integer

RGB value

2nd Green

Integer

RGB value for

second color

Blue

Integer

Color RGB blue value

2nd Blue

Integer

RGB value for

second color

Alpha

Integer

Color Alpha
value 0-255

2nd Alpha

Integer

Alpha value for

second color

Start Point

List

Repeat
Distance

Integer

Line
Width

Integer

Line
Distance

Integer

Image

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Color presentation
for this color

North East South

East South West
West North West
North East South

Start point of the

gradient colors

The gradient starts at the start point

(e.g. North). The repeat distance
determines if and how often the
gradient colors are repeated. If
starting from southern points, the
upper color is actually at the button.

Distance in points
to repeat gradient
color - or zero

The gradient color is not repeated,

if the value is zero. The distance
is added to (or subtracted from)
the starting point of the gradient.

Width of the lines

Distance between lines

adimage_adcolor

Image or Icon

2233

Images and Icon can be used to

display supported graphic formats
(gif, jpg, png). You can either load
the image (in the database) or point

Window: System Color

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can
point to a resource, http address)

Image
Alpha

Number

Image Texture
Composite Alpha

Composite Alpha
factor for taint color.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Translation - AD_Color_Trl

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: System Color
Tab Level: 1
Table 405.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Color_Trl_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

System
Color

Search

Language

Table

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

ADClient_ADColorTrl

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(see same above)

ADOrg_ADColorTrl

(same as first report)

ADColor_ADColorTrl

Color for backgrounds

or indicators

ADLanguage_ADColorTrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

AD_Language

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Translated

Yes-No

(N)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

2234

Chapter 406. Window: System Configurator

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2007-02-28 01:39:29.0
Updated:2007-02-28 01:39:29.0

1. Tab: System Configurator - AD_SysConfig

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 406.1. System Configurator Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

System
Configurator

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Configured
Value

String

Entity
Type

Table

Optional short
description
of the record
(same as first report)
_EntityTypeNew(U)

entityt_adsysconfig

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
2235

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines

Comment/Help

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
(see same above)
The Entity Types "Dictionary",
"iDempiere" and "Application"

Window: System Configurator

Field
Name

Reference

Configuration
Level

List

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

System Organization
Client (S)

2236

Description

Comment/Help

ownership and
synchronization

might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Configuration Level
for this parameter

Configuration Level for this

parameter S - just allowed
system configuration C - client
configurable parameter O org configurable parameter

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 407. Window: System Image

Description: Maintain Images and Icons
Comment/Help: null
Created:2001-09-05 21:50:55.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Image - AD_Image

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Image or Icon link
Tab Level: 0
Table 407.1. Image Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Image

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Image or Icon

Images and Icon can be used to

display supported graphic formats
(gif, jpg, png). You can either load
the image (in the database) or point
to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can
point to a resource, http address)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2237

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: System Image

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adimage

Image
URL

URL

Binary
Data

Binary

ReadOnly Logic:
@BinaryData@!''

ReadOnly Logic:
@ImageURL@!''

2238

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

URL of image

URL of image; The image

is not stored in the database,
but retrieved at runtime. The
image can be a gif, jpeg or png.

Binary Data

The Binary field stores binary data.

Chapter 408. Window: System Issue Report

Description: Automatically created or manually entered System Issue Reports
Comment/Help: System Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to
iDempiere. No data or confidential information is transferred.
Created:2005-12-12 16:38:55.0
Updated:2005-12-14 16:43:21.0

1. Tab: System Issue - AD_Issue

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Automatically created or manually entered System Issue Reporting
Comment/Help: System Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to
iDempiere. No data or confidential information is transferred.
Tab Level: 0
Table 408.1. System Issue Fields
Field
Name

Reference

System
Issue

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Automatically
created or manually
entered System Issue

System Issues are created to

speed up the resolution of any
system related issues (potential
bugs). If enabled, they are
automatically reported to
iDempiere. No data or confidential
information is transferred.

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Created

Date
+Time

Active

Yes-No

(SYSDATE)

2239

(see same above)

(see same above)

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: System Issue Report

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Release
No

String

(.)

Internal Release
Number

Version

String

(.)

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Vanilla
System

List

Yes No

The system was

NOT compiled
from Source - i.e.
standard distribution

You may have customizations, like

additional columns, tables, etc but no code modifications which
require compiling from source.

Release
Tag

String

Source

List

Window

Search

Process

Search

Special
Form

Table
Direct

Issue
Summary

String

Reproducible

List

Comments

Text

Logger

String

Source
Method

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Release Tag
Form Report
Window Task
Process WorkFlow
Workbench Info

Source of the Issue

Issue Source

adwindow_adissue

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

adprocess_adissue

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

adform_adissue

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

Issue Summary
Yes No

Problem can re
reproduced in
Gardenworld

The problem occurs also in

the standard distribution in
the demo client Gardenworld.

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

Logger Name
Source Method Name

2240

Window: System Issue Report

Field
Name

Reference

Source
Class

String

Line

Integer

Stack
Trace

Text

Error
Trace

Text

Response
Text

Text

System
Status

List

Known
Issue

Search

Request
Document
No

String

Request

Search

Asset

Values (Default)

Search

Support
EMail

String

Name

String

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Source Class Name

Line No
System Log Trace
System Error Trace
ReadOnly Logic:
@Record_ID@!0
Production Evaluation
Implementation (E)

ReadOnly Logic:
@Record_ID@=0

rknownissue_adissue

Request Response Text

Status of the
system - Support
priority depends
on system status

Java Trace Info

Text block to be copied
into request response text
System status helps to
prioritize support resources

Known Issue
iDempiere Request
Document No

Table
Direct

Issue
Project

Constraint Value

rrequest_adissue

Request from a
Business Partner
or Prospect

The Request identifies

a unique request from a
Business Partner or Prospect.

aasset_adissue

Asset used internally

or by customers

An asset is either created by

purchasing or by delivering a
product. An asset can be used
internally or be a customer asset.

rissueproject_adissue

Implementation
Projects
EMail address to send
support information
and updates to

(.)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2241

If not entered the

registered email is used.
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: System Issue Report

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

User Name

String

(.)

Issue
System

Search

IssueUser

Search

DB
Address

String

JDBC URL of the

database server

Local Host

String

Local Host Info

Statistics

String

rissuesystem_ad_issue

System creating
the issue

rissueuser_adissue

User who
reported issues

Information to help
profiling the system for
solving support issues

Profile information do not

contain sensitive information
and are used to support issue
detection and diagnostics as well
as general anonymous statistics

Information to help
profiling the system for
solving support issues

Profile information do not

contain sensitive information
and are used to support issue
detection and diagnostics

Profile

String

Remote
Host

String

(.)

Remote
Addr

String

(.)

Operating
System

String

Java Info

String

Java Version Info

Database

String

Database Information

Processed

Yes-No

Report or
Update
Issue

Button

Remote host Info

Remote Address

The Remote Address indicates an

alternative or external address.

Operating System Info

(N)

The document has

been processed

2242

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: System Issue Report

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Record ID

Integer

(1)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2243

Description

Comment/Help

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Chapter 409. Window: System Translation Check

Description: Check System Language Translations
Comment/Help: Verify your language translations for selected entities. You should use Translation Export / Import for effective translation. This window allows
you to check the translation of the main translation entities.
Created:2003-01-15 15:46:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Select Language - AD_Language

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Select your Language
Comment/Help: The Language needs to be a (verified) System Language
Where Clause: AD_Language.IsBaseLanguage='N' AND AD_Language.IsSystemLanguage='Y'
Tab Level: 0
Table 409.1. Select Language Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Language
Maintenance

Button

Language
ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(see same above)

ID
(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(AD_Language_ID),0)+1
AS DefaultValue
FROM AD_Language)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

Base
Language

Yes-No

(N)

The system
information is
maintained in
this language

System
Language

Yes-No

The screens, etc.

are maintained
in this Language
2244

Select, if you want to have

translated screens available in
this language. Please notify your

Window: System Translation Check

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
system administrator to run the
language maintenance scripts to
enable the use of this language. If
the language is not supplied, you
can translate the terms yourself.

Date
Pattern

Decimal
Point

Time
Pattern

String
Java Date Pattern

Option Date pattern in Java

notation. Examples: dd.MM.yyyy
- dd/MM/yyyy If the pattern for
your language is not correct,
please create a iDempiere support
request with the correct information

The number notation

has a decimal point
(no decimal comma)

If selected, Numbers are printed

with a decimal point "." - otherwise
with a decimal comma ",". The
thousand separator is the opposite.
If the pattern for your language
is not correct, please create
a iDempiere support request
with the correct information

Java Time Pattern

Option Time pattern in Java

notation. Examples: "hh:mm:ss
aaa z" - "HH:mm:ss" If the pattern
for your language is not correct,
please create a iDempiere support
request with the correct information

Yes-No

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Language

String

Name

String

languageclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

languageorg

2245

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: System Translation Check

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

ISO
Language
Code

String

Lower-case twoletter ISO-3166

code - http://
www.ics.uci.edu/
pub/ietf/http/
related/iso639.txt

The ISO Language Code

indicates the standard ISO code
for a language in lower case.
Information can be found at
http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/
ietf/http/related/iso639.txt

ISO
Country
Code

String

Upper-case twoletter alphanumeric

ISO Country code
according to ISO
3166-1 - http://
www.chemie.fuberlin.de/diverse/
doc/ISO_3166.html

For details - http://

www.din.de/gremien/nas/
nabd/iso3166ma/codlstp1.html
or - http://www.unece.org/
trade/rec/rec03en.htm

2. Tab: Element Translation - AD_Element_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
Table 409.2. Element Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

System
Element

Table
Direct

System Element
enables the central

adelement_adelementtrl
2246

Comment/Help

The System Element allows

for the central maintenance

Window: System Translation Check

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.
Language

Table

AD_Language
ad_language_ad_element_trl

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

(Y)

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

The label text to be

printed on a document
or correspondence.

The Label to be printed indicates

the name that will be printed on
a document or correspondence.
The max length is 2000 characters.

Print Text

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

PO Name

String

Name on PO Screens

PO Print
name

String

Print name on PO
Screens/Reports

PO
Description

String

Description
in PO Screens

PO Help

String

Help for PO Screens

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

3. Tab: Message Translation - AD_Message_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
2247

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: System Translation Check

LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
Table 409.3. Message Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Message

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Information and Error messages

ad_messagetrl

System Message

ad_language_messagetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Language

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Message
Text

Text

Textual Informational,
Menu or Error
Message

The Message Text indicates

the message that will display

Message
Tip

Text

Additional tip or
help for this message

4. Tab: Window Translation - AD_Window_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1

2248

The Message Tip defines

additional help or information
about this message.

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.4. Window Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Window

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_windowtrl

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

ad_language_windowtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

5. Tab: Tab Translation - AD_Tab_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
2249

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.5. Tab Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Tab

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Commit
Warning

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_tabtrl

Tab within a Window

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

ad_language_tabtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record

6. Tab: Field Translation - AD_Field_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
2250

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Warning displayed
when saving

Warning or information displayed

when committing the record

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.6. Field Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Field

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_fieldtrl

Field on a
database table

The Field identifies a

field on a database table.

ad_language_fieldtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

7. Tab: Field Group Translation - AD_FieldGroup_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Please note, that most of the fields translations are derived from Element!
Comment/Help: Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation. You need only to translate Fields, which are not centrally maintained.
LinkColumn: Language
2251

Window: System Translation Check

Tab Level: 1
Table 409.7. Field Group Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Field
Group

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adfieldgroup_trl

Logical grouping
of fields

The Field Group indicates the

logical group that this field belongs
to (History, Amounts, Quantities)

adlanguage_adfieldgrouptrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

8. Tab: Process Translation - AD_Process_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1

2252

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.8. Process Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Process

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_process_ad_process_trl

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

ad_language_ad_process_trl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

9. Tab: Form Translation - AD_Form_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
2253

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.9. Form Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Special
Form

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adform_adformtrl

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

adlanguage_adformtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

10. Tab: Task Translation - AD_Task_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
2254

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.10. Task Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

OS Task

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_tasktrl

Operation System Task

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

ad_language_tasktrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

11. Tab: Workflow Translation - AD_Workflow_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
2255

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.11. Workflow Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_workflowtrl

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

ad_language_workflowtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Comment/ Text Long

Help

Comment or Hint

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

12. Tab: Workflow Node Translation - AD_WF_Node_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
2256

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.12. Workflow Node Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Node

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_wfnodetrl

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.

ad_language_wfnodetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Comment/ Text Long

Help

Comment or Hint

13. Tab: Menu Translation - AD_Menu_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Please note, that most of the menu translations are derived from Window/Form/.. translation!
Comment/Help: Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation.
2257

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: System Translation Check

LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
Table 409.13. Menu Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Menu

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_menutrl

Identifies a Menu

The Menu identifies a unique

Menu. Menus are used to
control the display of those
screens a user has access to.

ad_language_menutrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

String

Optional short
description
of the record

14. Tab: Reference List Translation - AD_Ref_List_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Language
Tab Level: 1
2258

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: System Translation Check

Table 409.14. Reference List Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Reference
List

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_reflisttrl

Reference List
based on Table

The Reference List field indicates

a list of reference values from
a database tables. Reference
lists populate drop down list
boxes in data entry screens

ad_language_reflisttrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

String

Optional short
description
of the record

2259

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 410. Window: Table and Column

Description: Maintain Tables and Columns
Comment/Help: The Table and Column Window defines all tables with their columns
Created:1999-05-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Table - AD_Table

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Table definitions
Comment/Help: Table (header) definition - Note that the name of most tables is automatically syncronized.
Tab Level: 0
Table 410.1. Table Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Table

ID

Security
enabled

Yes-No

Sequence

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ad_valrule_table

Description

Comment/Help

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

If security is enabled,
user access to data can
be restricted via Roles

The Security Enabled checkbox

indicates that user access
to the data in this table can
be restricted using Roles.

AD_Table_UU String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

tableclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2260

(see same above)

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

DB Table
Name

String

Name

String

tableorg

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

View

Yes-No

(N)

Data
Access
Level

List

Maintain
Change
Log

Yes-No

Replication
Type

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name of the table

in the database

The DB Table Name indicates

the name of the table in database.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

System+Client
Client only Client
+Organization
System only All
Organization (4)

Comment/Help

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a view

This is a view rather than a

table. A view is always treated
as read only in the system.
Indicates the access level required
for this record or process.

Access Level required

Maintain a
log of changes
Local Merge Reference
Broadcast (L)
Type of Data
Replication

2261

If selected, a log of all

changes is maintained.
The Type of data Replication
determines the direction of the data
replication. Reference means that
the data in this system is read only
-> Local means that the data in this
system is not replicated to other
systems - Merge means that the

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
data in this system is synchronized
with the other system < ->

Window

Table
Direct

PO
Window

Table

AD_Window

Records
deletable

Yes-No

(Y)

High
Volume

Yes-No

Entity
Type

Table

ad_window_table

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

adwindowpo_adtable

Purchase
Order Window

Window for Purchase

Order (AP) Zooms

Indicates if records
can be deleted
from the database

The Records Deletable checkbox

indicates if a record can be
deleted from the database. If
records cannot be deleted, you
can only deselect the Active flag

Use Search
instead of Pick list

The High Volume Checkbox

indicates if a search screen will
display as opposed to a pick list for
selecting records from this table.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adtable

Create
Columns
from DB

Button

Copy
Columns
from Table

Button

Centrally
maintained

Yes-No

View
Validate

Button

Drop view

Button

Import Table Columns

from Database

(Y)

Information
maintained in System
Element table

2262

The Centrally Maintained checkbox

indicates if the Name, Description
and Help maintained in 'System
Element' table or 'Window' table.

Window: Table and Column

2. Tab: Column - AD_Column

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Table Column definitions
Comment/Help: Defines the columns of a table. Note thet the name of the column is automatically syncronized.
Tab Level: 1
Table 410.2. Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Column

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

AD_Column_UU String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Table

Table
Direct

System
Element

Search

Entity
Type

Table

columnclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

columnorg

Database Table
information

ad_table_column

Callout:
System Element
The System Element allows
org.compiere.model.Callout_AD_Column.element
enables the central
for the central maintenance
ad_element_ad_column
maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.
_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adcolumn

DB
Column
Name

String

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

Callout:
Name of the column
org.compiere.model.Callout_AD_Column.columnName
in the database
2263

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!
The Column Name indicates
the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Column
SQL

String

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Virtual Column (r/o)

You can define virtual columns (not

stored in the database). If defined,
the Column name is the synonym
of the SQL expression defined here.
The SQL expression must be valid.
Example: "Updated-Created" would
list the age of the entry in days

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Version

Amount

Length

Integer

Reference

Table

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Format
Pattern

String

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Length of the column The Length indicates the length of a

in the database
column as defined in the database.
AD_Reference
ad_reference_columndatatype
Data Types

ad_valrule_column

2264

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

The pattern
used to format a
number or date.

A string complying with

either Java SimpleDateFormat
or DecimalFormat pattern
syntax used to override the
default presentation format of
a date or number type field.

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Value
Format

String

Process

List

Chart

Table
Direct

Reference
Key

Table

Autocomplete Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

Show the button

on the toolbar, the
window, or both

The IsToolbarButton field indicates

if this button is part of the toolbar's
process button popup list, or
render as field in window, or both.

ReadOnly Logic:
@#UIClient@!swing

Table
Direct

Toolbar
Button

Info
Factory
Class

Values (Default)

adprocess_adcolumn
Toolbar Window
Both (Y)

adchart_adcolumn
AD_Reference Values

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
ad_reference_columnvalue@AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END

(N)

String

2265

The Reference Value indicates

where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.

Automatic completion
for textfields

The autocompletion uses all

existing values (from the same
client and organization) of the field.

Fully qualified
class name that

Fully qualified class

name that implements
the InfoFactory interface.

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

implements the
InfoFactory interface

This can be use to provide

custom Info class for column.

Min.
Value

String

Minimum
Value for a field

The Minimum Value indicates the

lowest allowable value for a field.

Max.
Value

String

Maximum
Value for a field

The Maximum Value indicates the

highest allowable value for a field

Constraint
Name

String

Constraint
Type

List

Default
Logic

Text

Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored

Do Not Create No
Action Cascade
Set Null Model
Cascade (N)

(AD_Ref_List.Value!
='M' OR
@AD_Reference_ID@
IN (18,19,30))

2266

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

Key
column

Yes-No

Parent link
column

Yes-No

This column is a link

to the parent table (e.g.
header from lines)
- incl. Association
key columns

The Parent checkbox

indicates if this column is
a link to the parent table.

Mandatory

Yes-No

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Synchronize
Column

Button

Change database
table definition
when changing
dictionary definition

When selected, the database

column definition is updated
based on your entries in
the Column definition of
the Application Dictionary.

Column
Encryption

Button

This column is the

key in this table

AD_Column
Encrypted(N)

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsKey@=Y |
@IsParent@=Y |
@IsIdentifier@=Y |
@IsTranslated@=Y |
@ColumnName@=AD_Client_ID
|
@ColumnName@=AD_Client_ID
|
@ColumnName@=AD_Org_IDDisplay or Storage
|
is encrypted
@ColumnName@=IsActive
|
@ColumnName@=Created
|
@ColumnName@=Updated
|
@ColumnName@=DocumentNo
|
@ColumnName@=Value
2267

The key column must also be

display sequence 0 in the field
definition and may be hidden.

Display encryption (in Window/

Tab/Field) - all characters are
displayed as '*' - in the database it
is stored in clear text. You will not
be able to report on these columns.
Data storage encryption (in Table/
Column) - data is stored encrypted
in the database (dangerous!) and
you will not be able to report
on those columns. Independent
from Display encryption.

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Determines, if the
field can be updated

The Updatable checkbox

indicates if a field can
be updated by the user.

The column is always

updateable, even
if the record is not
active or processed

If selected and if the window / tab

is not read only, you can always
update the column. This might
be useful for comments, etc.

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

This column is part of

the record identifier

The Identifier checkbox indicates

that this column is part of the
identifier or key for this table.

|
@ColumnName@=Name
|
@AD_Reference_ID@=23
|
@AD_Reference_ID@=36
| @ColumnSQL@!''
Updatable

Yes-No

(Y)

Always
Updatable

Yes-No

(N)

Read Only
Logic

Text

Mandatory
Logic

Text

Identifier

Yes-No

2268

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Sequence

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Selection
Column

Yes-No

Is this column
used for finding
rows in windows

If selected, the column is listed in

the first find window tab and in
the selection part of the window

Selection
Column
Sequence

Integer

Secure
content

Yes-No

(N)

Defines whether
content must be
treated as secure

Allow
Logging

Yes-No

(Y)

Determine if a column
must be recorded
into the change log

Allow
Copy

Yes-No

(Y)

Determine if a column
must be copied
when pushing the
button to copy record

Translated

Yes-No

Callout

String

Selection Column
Sequence

This column
is translated

For ordering sequence

of selection column

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

A Callout allow you to create

Java extensions to perform certain
tasks always after a value changed.
Callouts should not be used for
validation but consequences of a
user selecting a certain value. The
Fully qualified
callout is a Java class implementing
class names and
org.compiere.model.Callout and
method - separated
a method name to call. Example:
by semicolons
"org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText"
instantiates the class
"CalloutRequest" and calls
the method "copyText". You
can have multiple callouts by
separating them via a semicolon
2269

Window: Table and Column

3. Tab: Column Translation - AD_Column_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Column Translation
Comment/Help: Do not translate - overwritten / translated automatically
Tab Level: 2
Table 410.3. Column Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Column

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

adcolumn_adcolumntrl

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

adlanguage_adcolumntrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

AD_Language

String

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Comment/Help

(Y)

4. Tab: Used in Field - AD_Field

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Column
2270

Window: Table and Column

Tab Level: 2
Table 410.4. Used in Field Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Tab

Table
Direct

Field

ID

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ad_tab_field

Description

Comment/Help

Tab within a Window

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

Field on a
database table

The Field identifies a

field on a database table.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

5. Tab: Zoom Condition - AD_ZoomCondition

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 410.5. Zoom Condition Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Zoom
condition

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_ZoomCondition_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Table

Table
Direct

Sequence

ReadOnly Logic: 1=1

(same as first report)

(same as first report)
Database Table
information

adtable_adzoomcondition

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first
2271

(see same above)

(see same above)
The Database Table provides the
information of the table definition
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_ZoomCondition
WHERE
AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@)
Name

String

Description

String

Zoom
Logic

Text

Sql
WHERE

Window

Optional short
description
of the record

the result determines

if the zoom
condition is applied

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

Text

Table
Direct

adwindow_adzoomcondition

2272

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

6. Tab: Table Script Validator - AD_Table_ScriptValidator

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Table
Tab Level: 1
Table 410.6. Table Script Validator Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Table

Table
Direct

Event
Model
Validator

List

Database Table
information

adtable_adtablescriptvalidator
Table Before New
Table Before Change
Table After New
Table After Change
Table After Delete
Document Before
Void Document Before
Close Document
Before Reactivate
Document Before
Reverse Accrual
Document Before
Complete Document
After Prepare
Document After
Close Document After
2273

Comment/Help

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Reactivate Document
After Reverse Correct
Document After
Complete Document
After Post Table After
Change Replication
Table Before Delete
Replication Table
Before Delete
Document Before
Prepare Document
Before Reverse Correct
Document Before
Post Document After
Void Document After
Reverse Accrual Table
After New Replication
Rule

Table
Direct

EventType IN ('D', 'T')

adrule_adtablescriptvalidator

Sequence

Integer

(0)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table
Script
Validator

ID

7. Tab: Table Translation - AD_Table_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Table Translation
Comment/Help: Note that many Table names will be overwritten / translated automatically
Tab Level: 1
2274

Window: Table and Column

Table 410.7. Table Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Table

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

adtable_adtabletrl

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

adlanguage_adtabletrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Language

String

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Comment/Help

(Y)

8. Tab: Table Index - AD_TableIndex

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Table
Display Logic: @IsView@!'Y'
Tab Level: 1
Table 410.8. Table Index Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_TableIndex_UUString
2275

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Table
Index

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Table

Table
Direct

Name

String

adtable_adtableindex

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Create
Constraint

Yes-No

(N)

Unique

Yes-No

(N)

Key
column

Yes-No

(N)

Message

Table
Direct

Entity
Type

Table

Description

_EntityTypeNew(U)
entityt_adtableindex

2276

(see same above)

The Database Table provides the
information of the table definition

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column is the

key in this table

The key column must also be

display sequence 0 in the field
definition and may be hidden.

System Message
ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D

(see same above)

Database Table
information

Optional short
description
of the record

admessage_adtableindex

Comment/Help

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

Information and Error messages

The Entity Types "Dictionary",
"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Index
Validate

Button

Drop
Table
Index

Button

9. Tab: Index Column - AD_IndexColumn

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Table Index
Display Logic: @IsView@!'Y'
Tab Level: 2
Table 410.9. Index Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Table
Index
Column

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_IndexColumn_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Table
Index

Table
Direct

Column

Table
Direct

Column
SQL

String

(see same above)

(see same above)

adtableindex_adindexcolumn
AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_adindexcolumn
Column in the table
Virtual Column (r/o)
2277

Link to the database

column of the table
You can define virtual columns (not
stored in the database). If defined,

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
the Column name is the synonym
of the SQL expression defined here.
The SQL expression must be valid.
Example: "Updated-Created" would
list the age of the entry in days

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adindexcolumn

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

10. Tab: View Component - AD_ViewComponent

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Table
Display Logic: @IsView@='Y'
Tab Level: 1
Table 410.10. View Component Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Database
View
Component

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_ViewComponent_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2278

(see same above)

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Organization

Table
Direct

Table

Table
Direct

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(same as first report)

adtable_adviewcomponent

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Sql FROM

Text

Sql
WHERE

Other SQL
Clause

SQL FROM clause

The Select Clause indicates

the SQL FROM clause to
use for selecting the record
for a measure calculation. It
can have JOIN clauses. Do
not include the FROM itself.

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Other SQL Clause

Any other complete clause like

GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER
BY, etc. after WHERE clause.

Text

Text

2279

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D

entityt_adviewcomponent

Referenced
Table

Table

Description

Comment/Help

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Table TableName
referencedtable_adviewcomponen

11. Tab: View Column - AD_ViewColumn

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Database View Component
Display Logic: @IsView@='Y'
Tab Level: 2
Table 410.11. View Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_ViewColumn_UU
String
Database
View
Column

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Database
View
Component

Table
Direct

adviewcomponent_adviewcolumn

2280

(see same above)

(see same above)

Window: Table and Column

Field
Name

Reference

DB
Column
Name

String

Column
SQL

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Entity
Type

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

List

Comment/Help

Name of the column

in the database

The Column Name indicates

the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

Virtual Column (r/o)

You can define virtual columns (not

stored in the database). If defined,
the Column name is the synonym
of the SQL expression defined here.
The SQL expression must be valid.
Example: "Updated-Created" would
list the age of the entry in days

Optional short
description
of the record

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adviewcolumn

Database
Data Type

Description

Binary LOB Character

Fixed Decimal Integer
Character LOB
Number Timestamp
Character Variable

2281

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Chapter 411. Window: Task

Description: Maintain Tasks
Comment/Help: The Maintain Tasks window defines the different tasks used in workflows and the access level for those tasks.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Task - AD_Task

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Task
Comment/Help: The Task Tab defines the unique tasks that will be used.
Tab Level: 0
Table 411.1. Task Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Operation System Task

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

AD_Task_UU String
OS Task

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

taskclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

taskorg

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2282

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Task
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adtask

Data
Access
Level

List

Server
Process

Yes-No

OS
Command

String

Context
Help

System+Client
Client only Client
+Organization System
only All Organization

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Access Level required

(N)

Table
Direct
adctxhelp_adtask

AD_CtxHelp_ID
IN (SELECT
AD_CtxHelp_ID
FROM AD_CtxHelp
WHERE CtxType
IS NULL OR
CtxType IN ('A', 'K'))

2283

Indicates the access level required

for this record or process.

Run this Process

on Server only

Enabling this flag disables

to run the process on the
client. This potentially
decreases the availability.

Operating System
Command

The OS Command is for

optionally defining a command
to that will be part of this task.
For example it can be used
to starting a back up process
or performing a file transfer.

Window: Task

2. Tab: Task Translation - AD_Task_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 411.2. Task Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

OS Task

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_tasktrl

Operation System Task

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

ad_language_tasktrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

2284

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Task

3. Tab: Access - AD_Task_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Task Access
Comment/Help: The Task Access Tab defines the Roles that will have access to this task and the type of access each Role is granted.
LinkColumn: OS Task
Tab Level: 1
Table 411.3. Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

OS Task

Role

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_taskaccess_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_taskaccess_org

Table
Direct

adtask_adtaskaccess

Operation System Task

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

Table
Direct

adrole_adtaskaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

(Y)

AD_Task_Access_UU
String

2285

Chapter 412. Window: Tax Category

Description: Maintain Tax Categories
Comment/Help: The Tax Category Window is used to enter and maintain Tax Categories. Each product is associated with a tax category which facilitates reacting
changing tax rates.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Tax Category - C_TaxCategory

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Tax Category
Comment/Help: The Tax Category Tab is used to define and maintain Tax Categories. Each Product is associated with a Tax Category. This facilitates adapting
to changes in taxation.
Tab Level: 0
Table 412.1. Tax Category Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Tax
Category

ID
Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2286

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Tax Category

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Commodity
Code

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

String

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Commodity code used The Commodity Code indicates a

for tax calculation
code that is used in tax calculations

2. Tab: Translation - C_TaxCategory_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 412.2. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ctaxcategory_trl

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

adlanguage_ctaxcategorytrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

AD_Language

(Y)

2287

Window: Tax Category

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

String

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

2288

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 413. Window: Tax Provider

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-14 14:50:03.0
Updated:2013-08-14 14:50:03.0

1. Tab: Tax Provider - C_TaxProvider

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 413.1. Tax Provider Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_TaxProvider_UUString
Tax
Provider

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Tax
Table
Provider
Direct
Configuration
Name

Active

adclient_ctaxprovider

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_ctaxprovider

Callout:
ctaxprovidercfg_ctaxprovider
org.compiere.model.CalloutTaxProvider.taxProvider

String

Yes-No

(Y)
2289

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Tax Provider

Field
Name

Reference

Account

String

Company
Code

String

License

String

Sequence

Integer

Validate
Connection

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(0)

2290

Description

Comment/Help

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Chapter 414. Window: Tax Provider Configuration

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2013-08-14 12:04:56.0
Updated:2013-08-14 12:04:56.0

1. Tab: Tax Provider Configuration - C_TaxProviderCfg

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 414.1. Tax Provider Configuration Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Tax
Provider
Configuration

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

C_TaxProviderCfg_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

adclient_adtaxprovider

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

adorg_adtaxprovider

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)
2291

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Tax Provider Configuration

Field
Name

Reference

URL

URL

Tax
Provider
Class

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2292

Description

Comment/Help

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Chapter 415. Window: Tax Rate

Description: Maintain Taxes and their Rates
Comment/Help: The Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which
it applies.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2008-03-03 22:12:55.0

1. Tab: Tax - C_Tax

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Tax definition
Comment/Help: The Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it
applies. If you have multiple taxes create a summary level tax with the approximate total tax rate and the actual tax rates pointing to the summary level tax as their
parent. When entering the order or invoice lines the tax is estimated the correct tax is calculated when the document is processed. The tax is always calculated
from the line net amount. If one tax has a the tax basis the line net amount and another tax you need to adjust the percentage to result in the correct amount. Valid
From/To is determined by the parent tax.
Tab Level: 0
Table 415.1. Tax Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Tax

ID

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

C_Tax_UU

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
2293

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Tax Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Tax
Category

Table
Direct

Valid from

Date

SO Tax
exempt

Yes-No

Requires
Tax
Certificate

Yes-No

Document
Level

Yes-No

(Y)

ctaxcategory_ctax

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Tax Category

The Tax Category provides a

method of grouping similar
taxes. For example, Sales
Tax or Value Added Tax.

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

This tax rate requires

the Business Partner
to be tax exempt

The Requires Tax Certificate

indicates that a tax certificate
is required for a Business
Partner to be tax exempt.

If the tax is calculated on document

level, all lines with that tax rate
Tax is calculated on
are added before calculating
document level (rather
the total tax for the document.
than line by line)
Otherwise the tax is calculated
per line and then added. Due to
rounding, the tax amount can differ.

2294

Window: Tax Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Sales Tax

Yes-No

(N)

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Parent Tax

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

List

Tax
Indicator

String

Rate

Number

Comment/Help

This is a sales tax (i.e.

not a value added tax)

If selected AP tax is handled

as expense, otherwise it is
handled as a VAT credit.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

Parent Tax indicates

a tax that is made
up of multiple taxes

The Parent Tax indicates a tax

that is a reference for multiple
taxes. This allows you to charge
multiple taxes on a document
by entering the Parent Tax

Sales Tax applies

to sales situations,
Purchase Tax to
purchase situations

Sales Tax: charged when

selling - examples: Sales
Tax, Output VAT (payable)
Purchase Tax: tax charged when
purchasing - examples: Use
Tax, Input VAT (receivable)

Short form for

Tax to be printed
on documents

The Tax Indicator identifies the

short name that will print on
documents referencing this tax.

Rate or Tax
or Exchange

The Rate indicates the

percentage to be multiplied
by the source to arrive at
the tax or exchange amount.

Country

The Country defines a

Country. Each Country must
be defined before it can
be used in any document.

C_Tax(@C_Tax_ID@)
ctax_parent

SO/PO
Type

Description

Both Sales Tax

Purchase Tax (B)

Country
Group

Table

Country Group

Rule

Table
Direct

To

Table

Country Group

Country

Table

C_Country

CCountryGroupFrom_CTax
adrule_ctax
CCountryGroupTo_CTax

c_country_c_tax

2295

Window: Tax Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

To

Table

C_Country

Region

Table

C_Region

To

Table

C_Region

Tax
Provider

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

c_countryto_c_tax

Description

Comment/Help

Receiving Country

The To Country indicates the

receiving country on a document

C_Region.C_Country_ID=@C_Country_ID@
Identifies a
c_region_c_tax
geographical Region
C_Region.C_Country_ID=@To_Country_ID@
c_regionto_c_tax
Receiving Region

The Region identifies a unique

Region for this Country.
The To Region indicates the
receiving region on a document

ctaxprovider_ctax

2. Tab: Accounting - C_Tax_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Accounting
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters to be used for transactions referencing this Tax Rate.
Tab Level: 1
Table 415.2. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Tax

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

ctax_ctaxacct

cacctschema_ctaxacct

(Y)
2296

Description

Comment/Help

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Tax Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Tax Due

Account

Tax
Liability

Account

Tax Credit

Account

Tax
Expense

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

vc_tdue_ctax

Account for Tax

you have to pay

The Tax Due Account indicates

the account used to record
taxes that you are liable to pay.

vc_tliability_ctax

Account for Tax

declaration liability

The Tax Liability Account

indicates the account used to record
your tax liability declaration.

vc_tcredit_ctax

Account for Tax

you can reclaim

The Tax Credit Account indicates

the account used to record
taxes that can be reclaimed

vc_texpense_ctax

Account for paid tax

you cannot reclaim

The Tax Expense Account

indicates the account used to
record the taxes that have been
paid that cannot be reclaimed.

vc_trec_ctax

Account for Tax credit

after tax declaration

The Tax Receivables Account

indicates the account used to
record the tax credit amount
after your tax declaration.

Description

Comment/Help

Tax Postal/ZIP

For local tax, you may have

to define a list of (ranges
of) postal codes or ZIPs

Account

Tax
Account
Receivables

3. Tab: Tax ZIP - C_TaxPostal

[IMAGE]
Description: Tax Postal/ZIP
Comment/Help: For local tax you may have to define a list of (ranges of) postal codes or ZIPs
Tab Level: 1
Table 415.3. Tax ZIP Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Tax ZIP

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2297

(see same above)

Window: Tax Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Tax

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

ZIP

String

ZIP To

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)
ctax_ctaxpostal

(Y)

String

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP

identifies the postal code
for this entity's address.

Postal code to

Consecutive range to

Description

Comment/Help

4. Tab: Translation - C_Tax_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Tax
Tab Level: 1
Table 415.4. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Tax

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ctax_ctaxtrl

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

adlanguage_ctaxtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Language

(Y)
2298

Window: Tax Rate

Field
Name

Reference

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Tax
Indicator

String

Short form for

Tax to be printed
on documents

The Tax Indicator identifies the

short name that will print on
documents referencing this tax.

2299

Chapter 416. Window: Test

Description: Test Screen
Comment/Help: null
Created:1999-06-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Test - Test

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 416.1. Test Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Test ID

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)
2300

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Test
Field
Name

Reference

Integer

Integer

Number

Number

Currency

Table
Direct

Amount

Amount

UOM

Table
Direct

Qty

Quantity

Date

Date

DateTime

Date
+Time

Address

Location
(Address)

Account_Acct Account
Payment

Search

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Business
Partner

Search

Product

Search

Binary
Data

Image

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Callout:
compiere.model.CalloutUser.justAnExample

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Payment identifier

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

vc_account_test

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
Binary Data

Character Text Long

Data

Long Character Field

2301

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The Binary field stores binary data.

Window: Test
Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Process
Now

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2302

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Chapter 417. Window: Time Type

Description: Maintain Time Recording Type
Comment/Help: Maintain different types of time for reporting
Created:2003-06-02 00:02:59.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Time Type - S_TimeType

[IMAGE]
Description: Type of Time recorded
Comment/Help: Differentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities)
Tab Level: 0
Table 417.1. Time Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Time Type

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Type of time recorded

Differentiate time types

for reporting purposes
(In parallel to Activities)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
2303

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Time Type

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

2304

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 418. Window: Toolbar Button

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2012-03-28 10:22:18.0
Updated:2012-10-23 18:14:21.0

1. Tab: ToolBar Button - AD_ToolBarButton

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Where Clause: AD_ToolBarButton.AD_Tab_ID IS NULL
Tab Level: 0
Table 418.1. ToolBar Button Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

KeyCode

Integer

ToolBar
Button

ID

Action
Name

String

Action name
on the toolbar

Keystroke
Modifiers

Integer

Keystroke Modifiers
for shortcuts

Classname

String

Comment/Help

KeyCode for shortcuts

Java Classname

Used to get the corresponding

message and Icon name prefix

The Classname identifies

the Java classname used
by this report or process.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
2305

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

Window: Toolbar Button

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Action

Component
Name

List

Form Report
Window Task
Process WorkFlow
Workbench Info (W)

AD_Ref_List.Value
IN ('W','R')

Indicates the Action

to be performed

The Action field is a drop down

list box which indicates the Action
to be performed for this Item.

String

Customization Yes-No

(N)
The change is a
customization of
the data dictionary
and can be applied
after Migration

Service
Component
Name

String

Advanced
Button

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Display
Logic

Text

The migration "resets" the

system to the current/original
setting. If selected you can
save the customization and
re-apply it. Please note that
you need to check, if your
customization has no negative
side effect in the new release.

The service component

The OSGi service component
name that implements name that implements the IAction
the interface for
interface for toolbar action
toolbar actions
(N)

(Y)

This Button contains

advanced Functionality

The button with advanced

functionality is only displayed
for role that can access
advanced functionality

(same as first report)

(see same above)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
If the Field is
or @ { context} @ { operand}
displayed, the result
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
determines if the field
context := any global or window
is actually displayed context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
2306

Window: Toolbar Button

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Sequence

Add
Separator

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_ToolbarButton
WHERE
AD_Tab_ID=@AD_Tab_ID@)

Yes-No

The Sequence indicates

the order of records
Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

(N)

2307

Chapter 419. Window: Tree

Description: Maintain Tree definition
Comment/Help: The Tree Window defines the descriptors and images that will be used when a Tree is displayed.
Created:1999-12-09 09:29:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Tree - AD_Tree

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Tree
Comment/Help: The Tree Tab defines a Tree which will be displayed.
Tab Level: 0
Table 419.1. Tree Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Tree

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Identifies a Tree

The Tree field identifies a unique

Tree in the system. Trees define
roll ups or summary levels of
information. They are used
in reports for defining report
points and summarization levels.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Name

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2308

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Tree
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Type
| Area

List

User 2 User 3 User 4

CM Container Stage
CM Template CM
Media Menu Product
BPartner Organization
BoM Sales Region
Product Category
Campaign Activity
User 1 CM Container
Element Value Project

Driven
by Search
Key

Yes-No

All Nodes

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Verify
Tree

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Element this tree is

built on (i.e Product,
Business Partner)

The Tree Type / Area field

determines the type of tree this is.
For example, you may define one
tree for your Products and another
tree for your Business Partners.

(N)

All Nodes are included

(Complete Tree)

If selected, all Nodes

must be in the tree.

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

(N)

Button

2309

Chapter 420. Window: UnPosted Documents

Description: Unposted Documents
Comment/Help: View unposted documents
Created:2003-12-14 01:36:03.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Unposted Documents - RV_UnPosted

[IMAGE]
Description: View unposted Documents
Tab Level: 0
Table 420.1. Unposted Documents Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Process
Now

Yes-No

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
sequence number
of the document

2310

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new

Window: UnPosted Documents

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Document
Date

Date

Account
Date

Date

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
2311

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Date of the Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change

Window: UnPosted Documents

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Reversed Voided In
Progress Waiting
Payment Unknown
Closed Not Approved
Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Processed
On

Comment/Help
the document status, use
the Document Action field

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

The date+time
(expressed in decimal
format) when the
document has
been processed

The ProcessedOn Date

+Time save the exact moment
(nanoseconds precision if
allowed by the DB) when a
document has been processed.

_Posted Status

Number

2312

Chapter 421. Window: Unit of Measure

Description: Maintain Unit of Measure
Comment/Help: The Unit of Measure Window is used to define non monetary units of measure. It also defines if conversion between units of measure are allowed
and how they are to be performed. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they
are not explicitly defined here. Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need
to define it explicitly).
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Unit of Measure - C_UOM

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define units of measure
Comment/Help: The Unit of Measure Tab defines a non monetary Unit of Measure.
Tab Level: 0
Table 421.1. Unit of Measure Fields
Field
Name

Reference

UOM

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

UOM
Code

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

c_uomclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_uomorg

String
UOM EDI X12 Code

2313

The Unit of Measure Code

indicates the EDI X12 Code
Data Element 355 (Unit or
Basis for Measurement)

Window: Unit of Measure

Field
Name

Reference

Symbol

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Description

String

UOM
Type

List

Angle Data Storage

Density Energy
Kitchen Measures
Length Pressure
Temperature Time
Velocity Volume
Liquid Volume
Dry Currency Data
Speed Other Area
Force Power Torque
Weigth Frequency

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Default

Yes-No

Standard
Precision

Integer

Costing
Precision

Integer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2314

Description

Comment/Help

Symbol for a
Unit of Measure

The Symbol identifies the

Symbol to be displayed and
printed for a Unit of Measure

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Rule for rounding

calculated amounts

The Standard Precision

defines the number of decimal
places that amounts will be
rounded to for accounting
transactions and documents.

Rounding used
costing calculations

The Costing Precision defines the

number of decimal places that
amounts will be rounded to when
performing costing calculations.

Window: Unit of Measure

2. Tab: Conversion - C_UOM_Conversion

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define standard Unit of Measure Conversion
Comment/Help: The Conversion Tab defines the rates for converting a Unit of Measure. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures
(e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here. Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B
and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly).
LinkColumn: UOM
Tab Level: 1
Table 421.2. Conversion Fields
Field
Name

Reference

UOM
Conversion

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

UOM

Table
Direct

C_UOM

UoM To

Table

C_UOM

Product

Search

Active

Yes-No

Multiply
Rate

Number

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Unit of Measure
Conversion

The UOM Conversion identifies

a unique to and from Unit
of Measure, conversion rate
and conversion date range.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
c_uom_conversionclient
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

c_uom_conversionorg

cuom_cuomconversion

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

c_uomconversionto

Target or destination
Unit of Measure

The UOM To indicates

the destination UOM for
a UOM Conversion pair.

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_cuomconversion
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
(Y)

(same as first report)

Callout:
Rate to multiple
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.rate
the source by to
calculate the target.
2315

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
(see same above)
To convert Source number
to Target number, the Source
is multiplied by the multiply

Window: Unit of Measure

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
rate. If the Multiply Rate is
entered, then the Divide Rate
will be automatically calculated.

Divide
Rate

Number

Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutEngine.rate
To convert Source
number to Target
number, the
Source is divided

To convert Source number

to Target number, the Source
is divided by the divide rate.
If you enter a Divide Rate,
the Multiply Rate will be
automatically calculated.

3. Tab: Translation - C_UOM_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Unit of Measure Translation
Tab Level: 1
Table 421.3. Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

UOM

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

cuom_cuomtrl

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

adlanguage_cuomtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

AD_Language

(Y)

2316

Window: Unit of Measure

Field
Name

Reference

Symbol

String

Name

String

Description

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

String

Description

Comment/Help

Symbol for a
Unit of Measure

The Symbol identifies the

Symbol to be displayed and
printed for a Unit of Measure

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

2317

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 422. Window: Unprocessed Documents (All)

Description: Unprocessed Documents (All)
Comment/Help: View all unprocessed documents
Created:2009-07-24 13:07:40.0
Updated:2009-07-24 13:07:40.0

1. Tab: Unprocessed Documents - RV_Unprocessed

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 422.1. Unprocessed Documents Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Posted

Button

_Posted Status

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Table

Table
Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Record ID

Button
Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the

Document
No

String

2318

(see same above)

(see same above)

Window: Unprocessed Documents (All)

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Document
Date

Date
+Time

Account
Date

Date
+Time

Document
Status

List

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided In
Progress Waiting
Payment Unknown
Closed Not Approved

Date of the Document

The Document Date indicates

the date the document was
generated. It may or may not be
the same as the accounting date.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

The current status

of the document

2319

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

Window: Unprocessed Documents (All)

Field
Name

Reference

Processed

Yes-No

Process
Now

Yes-No

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2320

Description

Comment/Help

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 423. Window: User

Description: Maintain Users of the system
Comment/Help: The User Window allows you to maintain User of the system. Users can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more
roles. A user can also be a business partner contact.
Created:1999-06-07 00:00:00.0
Updated:2005-11-22 11:37:02.0

1. Tab: User Contact - AD_User

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Maintain User or Business Partner Contact
Comment/Help: The User Tab defines the log in for Users who have access to the system. For application access, users need to have a role assigned.
Where Clause: (AD_User.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@)
Tab Level: 0
Table 423.1. User Contact Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Convert
Lead

Button

Connection
Profile

List

Is In
Payroll

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

How a Java
Client connects
to the server(s)

Depending on the connection

profile, different protocols are
used and tasks are performed
on the server rather then the
client. Usually the user can select
different profiles, unless it is
enforced by the User or Role
definition. The User level profile
overwrites the Role based profile.

Terminal Server
VPN WAN LAN

(N)

Defined if any User

Contact will be used
for Calculate Payroll
2321

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Salt

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Random data added

to improve password
hash effectiveness

AD_User_UU String
User/
Contact

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact
AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@
ad_user_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_user_client

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Search
Key

String

Description

String

Comments

Text

Active

Yes-No

Business
Partner

Search

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

Optional short
description
of the record

(see same above)

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comments or
additional information

The Comments field allows

for free form entry of
additional information.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(Y)
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_aduser C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'
ReadOnly Logic:
@C_BPartner_ID@!0

2322

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Partner
Location

Table
Direct

EMail
Address

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@
Identifies the (ship
cbplocation_aduser
to) address for this
Business Partner

Electronic
Mail Address

Password

String

Title

String

User PIN

String

Birthday

ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_User_ID@=0

Comment/Help
The Partner address indicates the
location of a Business Partner
The Email Address is the
Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

The Password for this User.

Passwords are required to identify
Password of any
authorized users. For iDempiere
length (case sensitive)
Users, you can change the password
via the Process "Reset Password".
Name this entity
is referred to as

The Title indicates the name

that an entity is referred to as.

Date

Birthday or
Anniversary day

Birthday or Anniversary day

Phone

String

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies

a telephone number

2nd Phone

String

Identifies an alternate
telephone number.

The 2nd Phone field identifies

an alternate telephone number.

Fax

String
Facsimile number

The Fax identifies a

facsimile number for this
Business Partner or Location

Type of Notifications

Emails or Notification sent

out for Request Updates, etc.

Notification
Type

List

Position

Table
Direct

EMail+Notice EMail
None Notice (E)

C_Job.IsEmployee=(SELECT
IsEmployee FROM
cjob_aduser
Job Position
C_BPartner WHERE
C_BPartner_ID=@C_BPartner_ID@)

2323

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Full BP
Access

Yes-No

(Y)

EMail
User ID

String

EMail
User
Password

String

Supervisor

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Trx
Organization

Comment/Help

The user/contact has

full access to Business
Partner information
and resources

If selected, the user has full access

to the Business Partner (BP)
information (Business Documents
like Orders, Invoices - Requests)
or resources (Assets, Downloads).
If you deselect it, the user has no
access rights unless, you explicitly
grant it in tab "BP Access"

User Name (ID) in

the Mail System

The user name in the mail system

is usually the string before
the @ of your email address.
Required if the mail server requires
authentification to send emails.

Password of your
email user id
AD_User
aduser_supervisor

LDAP
User Name

Description

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

User Name used

for authorization
via LDAP
(directory) services

Optional LDAP system user name

for the user. If not defined, the
normal Name of the user is used.
This allows to use the internal
(LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and
the normal display name (e.g. Jorg
Janke). The LDAP User Name can
also be used without LDAP enables
(see system window). This would
allow to sign in as jjanke and use
the display name of Jorg Janke.

Performing or
initiating organization

The organization which performs

or initiates this transaction (for
another organization). The owning
Organization may not be the
transaction organization in a

String

Table

AD_Org (Trx)
adorgtrx_aduser

2324

Required if the mail server requires

authentification to send emails.

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
service bureau environment,
with centralized services, and
inter-organization transactions.

Auto
expand
menu

List

Yes No

Default
mail
template

Table

R_MailText

If ticked, the menu

is automatically
expanded
RDEFAULTMAILTEXT_ADUSER

Add Mail Yes-No

Text
Automatically
Greeting

Table
Direct

EMail
Verify

Date
+Time

Last
Contact

Date

Verification
Info

String

Last Result

String

Locked

Yes-No

Date
Account
Locked

Date
+Time

Failed
Login
Count

Integer

Date Last
Login

Date
+Time

(N)

The selected mail

template will be
automatically inserted
when creating an email
Greeting to print
on correspondence

cgreeting_aduser

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Date Email
was verified

('N')

(0)

2325

Date this individual

was last contacted

The Last Contact indicates the

date that this Business Partner
Contact was last contacted.

Verification
information of
EMail Address

The field contains additional

information how the EMail
Address has been verified

Result of last contact

The Last Result identifies the

result of the last contact made.

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

No
Password
Reset

Yes-No

('N')

Date
Password
Changed

Date
+Time

Expired

Yes-No

Security
Question

String

Answer

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(N)

2. Tab: User Roles - AD_User_Roles

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: User Roles
Comment/Help: The User Roles Tab define the Roles each user may have. The Roles will determine what windows, tasks, processes and workflows that a User
has access to.
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 423.2. User Roles Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(0)

User/
Contact

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_userrolesclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_userrolesorg

Search

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

aduser_userroles

2326

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Role

Search

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Role.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
adrole_aduserroles
AND
Responsibility Role
AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'
(Y)

(same as first report)

Comment/Help
The Role determines security
and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.
(see same above)

AD_User_Roles_UU
String

3. Tab: User Substitute - AD_User_Substitute

[IMAGE]
Description: Substitute of the user
Comment/Help: A user who can act for this user.
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 423.3. User Substitute Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

User
Substitute

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/
Contact

Search

Name

String

Substitute of the user

aduser_adusersub

2327

Comment/Help
A user who can act for another user.

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Substitute

Search

AD_User

Valid from

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

AD_User.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
AND
AD_User.AD_User_ID
IN (SELECT
Entity which can
adusersub_ad_usersub AD_User_ID FROM
be used in place
AD_User_Roles
of this entity
WHERE
IsActive='Y' AND
AD_User_Roles.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@)

4. Tab: Org Assignment - C_OrgAssignment

[IMAGE]
Description: User Assigment to Organization
Comment/Help: Assign Users to Organizations
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1

2328

The Substitute identifies

the entity to be used as a
substitute for this entity.

Window: User
Table 423.4. Org Assignment Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Org
Assignment

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

User/
Contact

Search

Active

Yes-No

Valid from

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

adorg_corgassignment

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Assignment to
(transaction)
Organization

Assignment to the transaction

organization (cost center).

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
User within the system
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
aduser_corgassignment
- Internal or Business
AND
Partner Contact
(bp.IsEmployee='Y'
OR
bp.IsSalesRep='Y'))
(Y)

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

5. Tab: Org Access - AD_User_OrgAccess

[IMAGE]
Description: Maintain User Org Access
Comment/Help: Add the client and organizations the user has access to. Entries here are ignored, if in the Role, User Org Access is not selected or the role has
access to all roles. Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache.
LinkColumn: User/Contact
2329

Window: User
Tab Level: 1
Table 423.5. Org Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

adorg_aduserorgaccess

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Read Only

Yes-No

(N)

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

aduser_aduserorgaccess

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

Description

Comment/Help

Mail sent to the user

Archive of mails sent to users

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_User_OrgAccess_UU
String

6. Tab: User Mail - AD_UserMail

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Mail sent to the user
Comment/Help: Archive of mails sent to users
Tab Level: 1
Table 423.6. User Mail Fields
Field
Name

Reference

User Mail

ID

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

AD_UserMail_UUString
2330

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User/
Contact

Search

Mail
Template

Table
Direct

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Message
ID

String

EMail
sent from

String

To

String

Comment/Help

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

rmailtext_adusermail

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

wmailmsg_adusermail

Web Store Mail

Message Template

aduser_adusermail

Mail
Message

Description

(SYSDATE)

2331

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

EMail Message ID

SMTP Message ID
for tracking purposes

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Cc

String

Bcc

String

Subject

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

String

Email Message Subject

Subject of the EMail

Mail Text

Text

Text used for

Mail message

The Mail Text indicates the

text used for mail messages.

Delivery
Confirmation

String

EMail Delivery
confirmation

Delivered

List

Yes No

7. Tab: Queries - AD_UserQuery

[IMAGE]
Description: View and maintain saved queries
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 423.7. Queries Fields
Field
Name

Reference

User
Query

ID

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Search

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Saved User Query

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(0)

(same as first report)

aduser_aduserquery

2332

(see same above)

(see same above)

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Table

Table
Direct

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Validation Code

The Validation Code displays the

date, time and message of the error.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

adtable_aduserquery

Validation Text Long

code

8. Tab: LDAP Access - AD_LdapAccess

[IMAGE]
Description: User Access via LDAP
LinkColumn: User/Contact
Tab Level: 1
Table 423.8. LDAP Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Active

Yes-No

Ldap
Access

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Ldap Access Log

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

aduser_adldapaccess
2333

Access via LDAP

(see same above)
(see same above)
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This

Window: User
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Ldap
Processor

Table
Direct
adldapprocessor_adldapaccess

LDAP Server to
authenticate and
authorize external
systems based
on iDempiere

The LDAP Server allows third

party software (e.g. Apache) to
use the users defined in the system
to authentificate and authorize
them. There is only one server
per iDempiere system. The "o"
is the Client key and the optional
"ou" is the Interest Area key.

Interest Area or Topic

Interest Areas reflect interest

in a topic by a contact.
Interest areas can be used
for marketing campaigns.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Interest
Area

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Error

Yes-No

An Error occurred
in the execution

Summary

Text

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

rinterestarea_adldapaccess

(SYSDATE)

2334

Chapter 424. Window: Validation Rules

Description: Maintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fields
Comment/Help: The Validation Rules Window defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields. This window is for System
Admin use only.
Created:1999-05-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Validation - AD_Val_Rule

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Validation Rules
Comment/Help: The Validation Rules Tab defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields.
Tab Level: 0
Table 424.1. Validation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Dynamic
Validation

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

val_ruleclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

val_ruleorg

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2335

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Validation Rules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_advalrule

Type

List

Validation
code

Text

SQL Java Script

Java Language

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Type of Validation
(SQL, Java Script,
Java Language)

The Type indicates the

type of validation that will
occur. This can be SQL, Java
Script or Java Language.

Validation Code

The Validation Code displays the

date, time and message of the error.

Description

Comment/Help

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

This column is the

key in this table

The key column must also be

display sequence 0 in the field
definition and may be hidden.

2. Tab: Used in Column - AD_Column

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Used in Column
LinkColumn: Dynamic Validation
Tab Level: 1
Table 424.2. Used in Column Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Translated

Yes-No

Key
column

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2336

Window: Validation Rules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Always
Updatable

Yes-No

(N)

Read Only
Logic

Text

Synchronize
Column

Button

Column
SQL

String

Column
Encryption

Button

AD_Column
Encrypted(N)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@IsKey@=Y |
@IsParent@=Y |
@IsIdentifier@=Y |
2337

Description

Comment/Help

The column is always

updateable, even
if the record is not
active or processed

If selected and if the window / tab

is not read only, you can always
update the column. This might
be useful for comments, etc.

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Change database
table definition
when changing
dictionary definition

When selected, the database

column definition is updated
based on your entries in
the Column definition of
the Application Dictionary.

Virtual Column (r/o)

You can define virtual columns (not

stored in the database). If defined,
the Column name is the synonym
of the SQL expression defined here.
The SQL expression must be valid.
Example: "Updated-Created" would
list the age of the entry in days

Display or Storage
is encrypted

Display encryption (in Window/

Tab/Field) - all characters are
displayed as '*' - in the database it
is stored in clear text. You will not

Window: Validation Rules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

@IsTranslated@=Y |
@ColumnName@=AD_Client_ID
|
@ColumnName@=AD_Client_ID
|
@ColumnName@=AD_Org_ID
|
@ColumnName@=IsActive
|
@ColumnName@=Created
|
@ColumnName@=Updated
|
@ColumnName@=DocumentNo
|
@ColumnName@=Value
|
@ColumnName@=Name
|
@AD_Reference_ID@=23
|
@AD_Reference_ID@=36
| @ColumnSQL@!''
Mandatory

Yes-No

Process

Table
Direct

Parent link
column

Yes-No

Default
Logic

Text

adprocess_adcolumn

be able to report on these columns.

Data storage encryption (in Table/
Column) - data is stored encrypted
in the database (dangerous!) and
you will not be able to report
on those columns. Independent
from Display encryption.

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

This column is a link

to the parent table (e.g.
header from lines)
- incl. Association
key columns
Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;
2338

Comment/Help

The Parent checkbox

indicates if this column is
a link to the parent table.

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are

Window: Validation Rules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

Identifier

Yes-No

Updatable

Yes-No

Value
Format

String

(Y)

This column is part of

the record identifier

The Identifier checkbox indicates

that this column is part of the
identifier or key for this table.

Determines, if the
field can be updated

The Updatable checkbox

indicates if a field can
be updated by the user.

Format of the
value; Can contain
fixed format
elements, Variables:
"_lLoOaAcCa09"

< B> Validation elements:< /B>

(Space) any character _ Space
(fixed character) l any Letter a..Z
NO space L any Letter a..Z NO
space converted to upper case o
any Letter a..Z or space O any
Letter a..Z or space converted
to upper case a any Letters %26
Digits NO space A any Letters
%26 Digits NO space converted

ReadOnly Logic:
@#UIClient@!swing

2339

Window: Validation Rules

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
to upper case c any Letters %26
Digits or space C any Letters
%26 Digits or space converted to
upper case 0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space Example
of format "(000)_000-0000"

Callout

String

Version

Amount

Entity
Type

Table

A Callout allow you to create

Java extensions to perform certain
tasks always after a value changed.
Callouts should not be used for
validation but consequences of a
user selecting a certain value. The
Fully qualified
callout is a Java class implementing
class names and
org.compiere.model.Callout and
method - separated
a method name to call. Example:
by semicolons
"org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText"
instantiates the class
"CalloutRequest" and calls
the method "copyText". You
can have multiple callouts by
separating them via a semicolon

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adcolumn

Version of the
table definition

The Version indicates the

version of this table definition.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Min.
Value

String

Minimum
Value for a field

The Minimum Value indicates the

lowest allowable value for a field.

Sequence

Integer

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

2340

Window: Validation Rules

Field
Name

Reference

Column

ID

Selection
Column

Description

Comment/Help

Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

Yes-No

Is this column
used for finding
rows in windows

If selected, the column is listed in

the first find window tab and in
the selection part of the window

Max.
Value

String

Maximum
Value for a field

The Maximum Value indicates the

highest allowable value for a field

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Table

Table
Direct

DB
Column
Name

String

System
Element

Search

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

columnclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

columnorg

Database Table
information

ad_table_column

Callout:
Name of the column
org.compiere.model.Callout_AD_Column.columnName
in the database

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

The Column Name indicates

the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

Callout:
System Element
The System Element allows
org.compiere.model.Callout_AD_Column.element
enables the central
for the central maintenance
ad_element_ad_column
maintenance of column
of help, descriptions and
description and help. terminology for a database column.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Optional short
description
of the record

(Y)

2341

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Validation Rules

Field
Name

Reference

Length

Integer

Reference

Table

Reference
Key

Table

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Length of the column The Length indicates the length of a

in the database
column as defined in the database.
AD_Reference
ad_reference_columndatatype
Data Types
AD_Reference Values

System Reference
and Validation

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
ad_reference_columnvalue@AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END
Dynamic
Validation Rule

ad_valrule_column

2342

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.
The Reference Value indicates
where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.
These rules define how an entry
is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

Chapter 425. Window: Vendor Details

Description: Maintain Vendor Details
Comment/Help: The Vendor Details Window allows you to display and maintain all products for a selected Vendor.
Created:2000-01-25 10:57:58.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Vendor - C_BPartner

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Vendor
Comment/Help: The Vendor Tab displays the Vendors. A Vendor is selected and all products for that Vendor will be displayed.
Where Clause: EXISTS (SELECT * FROM M_Product_PO po WHERE C_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID=po.C_BPartner_ID)
Tab Level: 0
Table 425.1. Vendor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Company
Agent

Yes-No

Summary
Level

Yes-No

Payment
Term

Table

Actual
Life Time
Value

Amount

Values (Default)

C_PaymentTerm Sales

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cpaymentterm_cbpartner

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if the
business partner is a
sales representative
or company agent

The Sales Rep checkbox indicates

if this business partner is a
sales representative. A sales
representative may also be an
employee, but does not need to be.

This is a
summary entity

A summary entity represents

a branch in a tree rather than
an end-node. Summary entities
are used for reporting and
do not have own values.

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Actual Life
Time Revenue
2343

The Actual Life Time Value

is the recorded revenue in

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
primary accounting currency
generated by the Business Partner.

Employees

Integer
Number of employees

Invoice
Rule

List

After Delivery
Customer Schedule
after Delivery
Immediate After
Order delivered

Order
Description

String

URL

URL

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Company
Agent

Table

AD_User

Price List
Schema

Table

M_DiscountSchema
not PL

Reference
No

String

Frequency and
method of invoicing

adorg_cbpartner

The Order Description identifies

the standard description to use
on orders for this Customer.

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner
bp WHERE
Sales Representative
adusersalesrep_cbpartner
AD_User.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID
or Company Agent
AND
bp.IsSalesRep='Y')

2344

The Invoice Rule defines how

a Business Partner is invoiced
and the frequency of invoicing.

Description to be
used on orders

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

mdiscounts_cbpartner

Indicates the number of employees

for this Business Partner. This
field displays only for Prospects.

(see same above)

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Schema to calculate
the trade discount
percentage

After calculation of the (standard)

price, the trade discount percentage
is calculated and applied
resulting in the final price.

Your customer or
vendor number at the
Business Partner's site

The reference number can be

printed on orders and invoices
to allow your business partner
to faster identify your records.

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Flat
Discount
%

Number

Name 2

String

Tax ID

String

Partner
Parent

ID

Credit
Used

Amount

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Costs
+Prices

Dunning

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

Flat discount
percentage
Additional Name
Tax Identification

The Tax ID field identifies the legal

Identification number of this Entity.

Business Partner Parent

The parent (organization)

of the Business Partner
for reporting purposes.

Current open balance

The Credit Used indicates the

total amount of open or unpaid
invoices in primary accounting
currency for the Business Partner.
Credit Management is based
on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

The cost of gaining the

prospect as a customer

The Acquisition Cost identifies

the cost associated with making
this prospect a customer.

cdunning_cbpartner

Dunning Rules for

overdue invoices

The Dunning indicates the

rules and method of dunning
for past due payments.

cpopaymentterm_cbpartner

Payment rules for

a purchase order

The PO Payment Term indicates

the payment term that will
be used when this purchase
order becomes an invoice.

cbpartner_cpbartnerparent

Acquisition
Cost

Description

PO
Payment
Term

Table

C_PaymentTerm
Purchases

Payment
Rule

List

Freight
Cost Rule

List

Freight included Fix

price Line Calculated

Credit
Status

List

Credit Hold Credit

Watch No Credit

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'B' AND
AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

2345

Purchase
payment option

The Payment Rule indicates the

method of purchase payment.

Method for
charging Freight

The Freight Cost Rule

indicates the method used
when charging for freight.

Business Partner
Credit Status

Credit Management is inactive if

Credit Status is No Credit Check,

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Check Credit
Stop Credit OK

Payment
Rule

List

First Sale

Date

Credit
Limit

Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit

is 0. If active, the status is set
automatically set to Credit Hold, if
the Total Open Balance (including
Vendor activities) is higher then
the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit
Watch, if above 90% of the Credit
Limit and Credit OK otherwise.

Direct Deposit Credit

Card Check Cash On
Credit Direct Debit
Mixed POS Payment

AD_Ref_List.Value
< > 'M'

How you pay

the invoice

Table
Direct

Rating

String

Min Shelf
Life %

Integer

cinvoiceschedule_cbpartner

2346

The Payment Rule indicates

the method of invoice payment.

Date of First Sale

The First Sale Date identifies

the date of the first sale
to this Business Partner

Total outstanding
invoice amounts
allowed

The Credit Limit indicates the total

amount allowed "on account" in
primary accounting currency. If
the Credit Limit is 0, no check is
performed. Credit Management is
based on the Total Open Amount,
which includes Vendor activities.

Schedule for
generating Invoices

The Invoice Schedule

identifies the frequency used
when generating invoices.

Classification
or Importance

The Rating is used to

differentiate the importance

Minimum Shelf Life

in percent based on
Product Instance
Guarantee Date

Minimum Shelf Life of products

with Guarantee Date instance. If
> 0 you cannot select products
with a shelf life ((Guarantee DateToday) / Guarantee Days) less
than the minimum shelf life,
unless you select "Show All"

Amount

Invoice
Schedule

Comment/Help

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

PO
Discount
Schema

Table

Business
Partner

ID

Order
Reference

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_DiscountSchema
not PL
mdiscountspo_cbpartner

Description

Comment/Help

Schema to calculate
the purchase trade
discount percentage
Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Transaction Reference
Number (Sales Order,
Purchase Order) of
your Business Partner

The business partner order

reference is the order reference
for this specific transaction; Often
Purchase Order numbers are given
to print on Invoices for easier
reference. A standard number
can be defined in the Business
Partner (Customer) window.

Greeting to print
on correspondence

The Greeting identifies the greeting

to print on correspondence.

Number of copies
to be printed

The Document Copies indicates

the number of copies of each
document that will be generated.

Greeting

Table
Direct

Document
Copies

Integer

Price List

Table
Direct

M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'Y' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Unique identifier
mpricelist_cbpartner
WHERE
of a Price List
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

Sales
Volume
in 1.000

Integer

Total Volume of
Sales in Thousands
of Currency

The Sales Volume indicates

the total volume of sales
for a Business Partner.

Share

Integer

Share of Customer's
business as
a percentage

The Share indicates the percentage

of this Business Partner's
volume of the products supplied.

cgreeting_cbpartner

2347

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

D-U-N-S

String

NAICS/
SIC

String

Purchase
Pricelist

Table

M_PriceList

Delivery
Via

List

Pickup Delivery
Shipper

Language

Table

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

List

Potential
Life Time
Value

Amount

Invoice
Print
Format

Table

Comment/Help

Dun %26
Bradstreet Number

Used for EDI - For details see

www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm

Standard Industry Code

The NAICS/SIC identifies
or its successor NAIC - either of these codes that may be
http://www.osha.gov/ applicable to this Business Partner.
oshstats/sicser.html
M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList
= 'N' AND (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
M_PriceList_Version
Price List used by
mpricelistpo_cbuspartner
WHERE
this Business Partner
M_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID=M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID
AND
M_PriceList_Version.IsActive='Y')>
0

AD_Language System
ad_language_c_buspartner

Delivery
Rule

Description

After Receipt
Availability Complete
Line Complete
Order Manual Force

AD_PrintFormat
Invoice

How the order

will be delivered

The Delivery Via indicates

how the products should be
delivered. For example, will the
order be picked up or shipped.

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Defines the
timing of Delivery

The Delivery Rule indicates

when an order should be
delivered. For example should
the order be delivered when
the entire order is complete,
when a line is complete or as
the products become available.

Total Revenue
expected

The Potential Life Time Value

is the anticipated revenue in
primary accounting currency to be
generated by the Business Partner.

Print Format for

printing Invoices

adprintformatinv_cbpartner

2348

Identifies the price list used

by a Vendor for products
purchased by this organization.

You need to define a Print

Format to print the document.

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Prospect

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Send
EMail

Yes-No

Employee

Yes-No

SO Tax
exempt

Vendor

Customer

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(N)

Indicates this
is a Prospect

The Prospect checkbox indicates

an entity that is an active prospect.

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Enable sending
Document EMail

Send emails with document

attached (e.g. Invoice,
Delivery Note, etc.)

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is an employee

The Employee checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is an
Employee. If it is selected,
additional fields will display which
further identify this employee.

Business partner
is exempt from
tax on sales

If a business partner is exempt

from tax on sales, the exempt tax
rate is used. For this, you need to
set up a tax rate with a 0% rate
and indicate that this is your tax
exempt rate. This is required for
tax reporting, so that you can
track tax exempt transactions.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is
a Vendor. If it is selected,
additional fields will display
which further identify this vendor.

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates

if this Business Partner is a
customer. If it is select additional
fields will display which
further define this customer.

Print Discount on
Invoice and Order

The Discount Printed Checkbox

indicates if the discount will
be printed on the document.

Yes-No

Yes-No

Yes-No

Discount
Printed

Yes-No

One time
transaction

Yes-No

2349

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Link
Organization

Button

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule
ReadOnly Logic:
@AD_OrgBP_ID@!0

adorg_cbpartnerorg

Client

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

adclient_cbpartner

Description

The business partner is another

organization in the system. So
when performing transactions,
the counter-document is created
The Business Partner is automatically. Example: You have
another Organization
BPartnerA linked to OrgA and
for explicit InterBPartnerB linked to OrgB. If you
Org transactions
create a sales order for BPartnerB
in OrgA a purchase order is created
for BPartnerA in OrgB. This
allows to have explicit documents
for Inter-Org transactions.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Business
Partner
Group

Table
Direct

Open
Balance

Amount

Optional short
description
of the record

cbpgroup_cbpartner

Comment/Help

Business Partner Group

(see same above)

(see same above)
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Business Partner Group
provides a method of defining
defaults to be used for
individual Business Partners.

The Total Open Balance Amount is

the calculated open item amount for
Total Open Balance
Customer and Vendor activity. If
Amount in primary
the Balance is below zero, we owe
Accounting Currency the Business Partner. The amount
is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations

2350

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
determine the Open Balance
(i.e. not Orders or Payments).

2. Tab: Product Details - M_Product_PO

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Product Details
Comment/Help: The Product Details Tab allows you to display and maintain all products for a selected Vendor.
LinkColumn: Business Partner
Tab Level: 1
Table 425.2. Product Details Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Business
Partner

Search

Quality
Rating

Integer

Product

Search

Constraint Value

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

m_productpo_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

m_productpo_org

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
c_buspartner_m_product_po
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

(@M_Product_ID@)
m_product_productpo

Active

Validation Rule

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Method for
rating vendors

The Quality Rating indicates

how a vendor is rated (higher
number = higher quality)

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

(Y)

(same as first report)

2351

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
(see same above)

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Current
vendor

Yes-No

(Y)

UPC/EAN

String

Currency

Table
Direct

List Price

Costs
+Prices

Price
effective

Date

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ccurrency_mproductpo

Description

Comment/Help

Use this Vendor

for pricing and
stock replenishment

The Current Vendor indicates

if prices are used and Product
is reordered from this vendor

Bar Code (Universal

Product Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar

code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies
(Codabar, Code 25, Code 39,
Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A),
UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF,
ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13,
JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM,
MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Effective Date of Price

The Price Effective indicates

the date this price is for. This
allows you to enter future prices
for products which will become
effective when appropriate.
The PO Price indicates the price for
a product per the purchase order.

PO Price

Costs
+Prices

Price based on a
purchase order

Royalty
Amount

Amount

(Included) Amount
for copyright, etc.

Last PO
Price

Costs
+Prices

Price of the last

purchase order
for the product

The Last PO Price indicates

the last price paid (per the
purchase order) for this product.

Last
Invoice
Price

Costs
+Prices

Price of the last

invoice for the product

The Last Invoice Price indicates

the last price paid (per the
invoice) for this product.

UOM

Table
Direct

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique

non monetary Unit of Measure

c_uom_m_product_po

2352

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Minimum
Order Qty

Quantity

Order
Pack Qty

Quantity

Promised
Delivery
Time

Integer

Actual
Delivery
Time

Integer

Cost per
Order

Costs
+Prices

Partner
Product
Key

String

Partner
Category

String

Manufacturer

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

Minimum order
quantity in UOM

The Minimum Order Quantity

indicates the smallest quantity of
this product which can be ordered.

Package order
size in UOM (e.g.
order set of 5 units)

The Order Pack Quantity

indicates the number of units
in each pack of this product.

Promised days between

order and delivery

The Promised Delivery Time

indicates the number of days
between the order date and the
date that delivery was promised.

Actual days between

order and delivery

The Actual Delivery Time

indicates the number of days
elapsed between placing an order
and the delivery of the order

Fixed Cost Per Order

The Cost Per Order indicates

the fixed charge levied when an
order for this product is placed.

Product Key of the

Business Partner

The Business Partner Product Key

identifies the number used by the
Business Partner for this product.
It can be printed on orders and
invoices when you include the
Product Key in the print format.

Product Category of
the Business Partner

The Business Partner Category

identifies the category used by the
Business Partner for this product.

Manufacturer
of the Product

The manufacturer of the Product

(used if different from the
Business Partner / Vendor)

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check

box indicates a product
that has been discontinued.

(@Value@)

Discontinued Yes-No

Discontinued
At

Description

Date

Discontinued At
indicates Date

2353

Window: Vendor Details

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
when product
was discontinued

M_Product_PO_UUString

2354

Comment/Help

Chapter 426. Window: Vendor RMA

Description: Manage Return Material Authorization
Comment/Help: A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
Created:2009-09-11 00:52:52.0
Updated:2009-09-11 00:52:52.0

1. Tab: Vendor RMA - M_RMA

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Vendor Return Material Authorization
Comment/Help: A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos
Where Clause: M_RMA.IsSOTrx='N'
Tab Level: 0
Table 426.1. Vendor RMA Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Approved

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

M_RMA_UU String
RMA

ID

Currency

Table
Direct

Processed

ccurrency_mrma

Yes-No

2355

Window: Vendor RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Referenced
RMA

Search

M_RMA

Process
Now

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Document
No

String

Name

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

refrma_mrma

String

2356

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Vendor RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Document
Type

Table

RMA
Type

Table
Direct

Receipt

Search

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint
C_DocType RMA

Callout:
cdoctype_mrma
org.adempiere.model.CalloutRMA.docType
Document type or rules

M_InOut
minout_mrma

Business
Partner

Search

Company
Agent

Search

Amount

Amount

Document
Status

List

Return Material
Authorization Type

mrmatype_mrma

cbpartner_mrma

M_InOut.MovementType
IN ('C-', 'V+') AND
M_InOut.DocStatus
IN ('CO', 'CL')
C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid
Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)

2357

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.
The Document Type
determines document
sequence and processing rules
Types of RMA
The Material Shipment / Receipt

MaterialShipment
Document

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Amount

Amount

The current status

of the document

The Document Status indicates

the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change
the document status, use
the Document Action field

AD_User - SalesRep
salesrep_mrma

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Vendor RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Process
RMA

Button

_Document
Action(CO)

Purchase
Order

Search

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

corder_mrma

Create
lines from

Button

Create
Order
From
RMA

Button

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

Process which
will generate a
new document
lines based on an
existing document

The Create From process will

create a new document based
on information in an existing
document selected by the user.

Generate To

(@IsSOTrx@)

This is a Sales
Transaction

2. Tab: RMA Line - M_RMALine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Return Material Authorization Line
Comment/Help: Detail information about the returned goods
Tab Level: 1

2358

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Window: Vendor RMA

Table 426.2. RMA Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Delivered
Quantity

Quantity

RMA Line

ID

Processed

Yes-No

Quantity
Invoiced

Quantity

Referenced
RMA Line

Table

Values (Default)

M_RMALine

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Delivered Quantity

The Delivered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been delivered.

Return Material
Authorization Line

Detail information about

the returned goods

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Invoiced Quantity

The Invoiced Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that have been invoiced.

refrmaline_mrmaline

M_RMALine_UUString
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

RMA

Table
Direct

Line No

Return Material
Authorization

mrma_mrmaline

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(Line),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM M_RMALine
WHERE
M_RMA_ID=@M_RMA_ID@)

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

(Y)

2359

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Unique line for

this document

Indicates the unique line

for a document. It will also
control the display order of
the lines within a document.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Vendor RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Receipt
Line

Table
Direct

M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID=@InOut_ID@Callout:
Line on Shipment or
minoutline_mrmaline
org.adempiere.model.CalloutRMA.inoutline
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

Product

Search

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
M_Product.IsActive='Y'Callout:
mproduct_mrmaline
org.adempiere.model.CalloutRMA.product
Product, Service, Item
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_InOutLine_ID@!
0 | @C_Charge_ID@!0

Identifies an item which

is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Charge

Table
Direct

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
(ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
Additional
ccharge_mrmaline
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
document charges
=ctd.C_DocType_ID)
WHERE
ctd.C_DocType_ID =
@C_DocType_ID@ )
OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)Callout:
org.adempiere.model.CalloutRMA.charge
ReadOnly Logic:
@M_InOutLine_ID@!

The Charge indicates a

type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

2360

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Vendor RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the

number of a specific product
or item for this document.

0|
@M_Product_ID@!0
Quantity

Amount

Quantity

Amount

Tax

Table
Direct

Line
Amount

Amount

ReadOnly Logic:
@M_InOutLine_ID@!
0
ctax_mrmaline

Amount
Amount

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Line Extended
Amount (Quantity *
Actual Price) without
Freight and Charges

Indicates the extended line amount

based on the quantity and the
actual price. Any additional
charges or freight are not included.
The Amount may or may not
include tax. If the price list is
inclusive tax, the line amount
is the same as the line total.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

3. Tab: RMA Tax - M_RMATax

[IMAGE]
Description: RMA Tax
Comment/Help: The RMA Tax Tab displays the tax associated with the RMA Lines.
LinkColumn: RMA
Tab Level: 1
Table 426.3. RMA Tax Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

M_RMATax_UU String
2361

Window: Vendor RMA

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Processed

Yes-No

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

RMA

Search
mrma_mrmatax

Return Material
Authorization

A Return Material Authorization

may be required to accept returns
and to create Credit Memos

Tax identifier

The Tax indicates the type

of tax used in document line.

Tax Amount
for a document

The Tax Amount displays the

total tax amount for a document.

Base for calculating

the tax amount

The Tax Base Amount indicates

the base amount used for
calculating the tax amount.

Tax is included
in the price

The Tax Included checkbox

indicates if the prices
include tax. This is also
known as the gross price.

Tax

Table
Direct

ctax_mrmatax

Tax
Provider

Table
Direct

ctaxprovider_mrmatax

Tax
Amount

Amount

Tax base
Amount

Amount

Price
includes
Tax

Yes-No

2362

Chapter 427. Window: View Allocation

Description: View and Reverse Allocations
Comment/Help: The Reverse Allocation Window allows you to view and reverse a payment allocation
Created:2001-01-24 15:57:29.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Allocation - C_AllocationHdr

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: View and Reverse Allocation
Comment/Help: The Reverse Allocation Tab defines the Payment Allocation to be reversed.
Tab Level: 0
Table 427.1. Allocation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Allocation

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Document
No

String

Payment allocation

Document
sequence number
of the document

2363

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents

Window: View Allocation

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Active

Yes-No

Description

String

Transaction
Date

Date

Account
Date

Date

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Accounting Date

The Accounting Date indicates

the date to be used on the General
Ledger account entries generated
from this document. It is also
used for any currency conversion.

Approved

Yes-No

Indicates if
this document
requires approval

The Approved checkbox indicates

if this document requires approval
before it can be processed.

Manual

Yes-No

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Currency

Table
Direct

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to

be used when processing
or reporting on this record

Approval
Amount

Amount

Document
Status

List

ccurrency_callocation

Document
Approval Amount
Waiting Confirmation
Approved Completed
Drafted Invalid

The current status

of the document

2364

Approval Amount for Workflow

The Document Status indicates
the status of a document at this
time. If you want to change

Window: View Allocation

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Reversed Voided
In Progress
Waiting Payment
Unknown Closed
Not Approved (DR)
Process
Allocation

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Posted

Button

Reset
Allocation
Direct

Comment/Help
the document status, use
the Document Action field

_Document
Action(CO)

The targeted status

of the document

You find the current status in

the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Posting status

The Posted field indicates the

status of the Generation of
General Ledger Accounting Lines

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a
manual process

The Manual check box indicates

if the process will done manually.

Allocation Line

Allocation of Cash/
Payment to Invoice

_Posted Status

Button

2. Tab: Allocation Line - C_AllocationLine

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: View Allocation Lines
Comment/Help: View Allocation Line Details
Tab Level: 1
Table 427.2. Allocation Line Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Manual

Yes-No

Allocation
Line

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2365

Window: View Allocation

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Allocation

Table
Direct

Business
Partner

Search

Order

Search

Invoice

Search

Cash
Journal
Line

Search

Payment

Search

Charge

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

callocation_callocationline

Description

Comment/Help

Payment allocation

C_BPartner.IsActive='Y'
AND
cbpartner_callocationline
C_BPartner.IsSummary='N'

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

corder_callocation

Order

The Order is a control document.

The Order is complete when
the quantity ordered is the same
as the quantity shipped and
invoiced. When you close an
order, unshipped (backordered)
quantities are cancelled.

cinvoice_callocationline

Invoice Identifier

The Invoice Document.

ccashline_callocationline

Cash Journal Line

The Cash Journal Line indicates

a unique line in a cash journal.

cpayment_callocationline

Payment identifier

(C_Charge.C_Charge_ID
IN ( SELECT
c.C_Charge_ID FROM
C_Charge c JOIN
C_ChargeType ct ON
ccharge_callocationline (ct.C_ChargeType_ID
= c.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN
C_ChargeType_Doctype
ctd ON
(ctd.C_ChargeType_ID
2366

The Payment is a unique

identifier of this payment.
The Charge indicates a
type of Charge (Handling,
Shipping, Restocking)

Additional
document charges

Window: View Allocation

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Amount in a
defined currency

The Amount indicates the

amount for this document line.

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates

the date of the transaction.

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount

indicates the discount amount
for a document or line.

Amount to write-off

The Write Off Amount

indicates the amount to be
written off as uncollectible.

=
ct.C_ChargeType_ID)
JOIN C_DocType dt
ON (dt.C_DocType_ID
=ctd.C_DocType_ID
AND
dt.AD_Client_ID=
ctd.AD_Client_ID
AND
dt.DocBaseType=
'CMA') ) OR (SELECT
COUNT(*) FROM
C_ChargeType_DocType
WHERE
AD_Client_ID=@AD_Client_ID@)
= 0)
Amount

Amount

Transaction
Date

Date

Discount
Amount

Amount

Write-off
Amount

Amount

Over/
Under
Payment

Amount

Overpayments (negative) are

unallocated amounts and allow you
Over-Payment
to receive money for more than the
(unallocated) or
particular invoice. Underpayments
Under-Payment (partial
(positive) is a partial payment
payment) Amount
for the invoice. You do not
write off the unpaid amount.

2367

Chapter 428. Window: View Chat

Description: View discussions / chats
Comment/Help: View chat / discussion threads
Created:2006-04-05 12:05:02.0
Updated:2006-04-18 13:35:13.0

1. Tab: Chat - CM_Chat

[IMAGE]
Description: View Chat or discussion thread
Comment/Help: Thread of discussion
Tab Level: 0
Table 428.1. Chat Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Chat

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chat Type

Table
Direct

Type of
discussion / chat

Chat Type allows you

to receive subscriptions
for particular content of
discussions. It is linked to a table.

cmchattype_cmchat

2368

Description

Comment/Help

Chat or
discussion thread

Thread of discussion
(see same above)
(see same above)

Window: View Chat

Field
Name

Reference

Confidentiality

List

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

Moderation
Type

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Internal Partner
Confidential
Private Information
Public Information

Description

Comment/Help

Type of Confidentiality

adtable_cmchat

Not moderated
Before Publishing
After Publishing

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Type of moderation

2. Tab: Chat Entry - CM_ChatEntry

[IMAGE]
Description: Individual Chat / Discussion Entry
Comment/Help: The entry can not be changed - just the confidentiality
Tab Level: 1
Table 428.2. Chat Entry Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Chat Entry

ID

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

2369

Description

Comment/Help

Individual Chat /
Discussion Entry

The entry can not be changed

- just the confidentiality
(see same above)
(see same above)

Window: View Chat

Field
Name

Reference

Chat

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Moderation
Status

List

Confidentiality

List

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

cmchat_chchatentry

Comment/Help

Chat or
discussion thread

Thread of discussion

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Not Displayed
Published To
be reviewed
Suspicious (P)

Status of Moderation

Internal Partner
Confidential
Private Information
Public Information

Type of Confidentiality

Wiki Note (flat)

Forum (threaded) (N)

Type of Chat/
Forum Entry

Chat Entry
Type

List

Subject

String

Chat Entry
Grandparent

Table

CM_ChatEntry

Chat Entry
Parent

Table

CM_ChatEntry

Email Message Subject

cmchatentry_grandparent

Link to Grand
Parent (root level)

cmentrty_cmentryparent

Link to direct Parent

Character Text Long

Data
User/
Contact

Description

Table
Direct

Subject of the EMail

Long Character Field

User within the system
- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

aduser_cmchatentry

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

3. Tab: Updates - CM_ChatUpdate

[IMAGE]
Description: Subscribers for this Chat
Comment/Help: Subscribers receive updates per email or notice. In addition to the subscribers for this specific cta, also the subscribers of the Chat Type receive
updates.
LinkColumn: Chat
2370

Window: View Chat

Tab Level: 1
Table 428.3. Updates Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

Organization

Table
Direct

(same as first report)

Chat

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

SelfService

Yes-No

Comment/Help
(see same above)
(see same above)

cmchat_cmchatupdate

Chat or
discussion thread

aduser_cmchatupdate

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This is a Self-Service
entry or this entry
can be changed
via Self-Service

Self-Service allows users to enter

data or update their data. The flag
indicates, that this record was
entered or created via Self-Service
or that the user can change it via
the Self-Service functionality.

CM_ChatUpdate_UU
String

2371

Thread of discussion

Chapter 429. Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Description: Maintain Warehouses and Locators
Comment/Help: The Warehouse and Locators Window defines each Warehouse, any Locators for that Warehouse and the Accounting parameters to be used for
inventory in that Warehouse.
Created:1999-08-09 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Warehouse - M_Warehouse

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Warehouse
Comment/Help: The Warehouse Tab defines each Warehouse that is used to store products. If a Source warehouse is selected, all product replenishment is from
that warehouse. If you use custom replenishment algorithms, you need to define the class used per warehouse.
Tab Level: 0
Table 429.1. Warehouse Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Warehouse

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

m_warehouse_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

m_warehouse_org

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity
2372

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

In Transit

Yes-No

(N)

Address

Location
(Address)

Element
Separator

String

Source
Warehouse

Table

c_location_warehouse

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Movement is in transit

Material Movement is in
transit - shipped, but not
received. The transaction
is completed, if confirmed.

Location or Address

The Location / Address field

defines the location of an entity.

Element Separator

The Element Separator defines

the delimiter printed between
elements of the structure

Optional Warehouse
to replenish from

If defined, the warehouse selected

is used to replenish the product(s)

Custom class
to calculate
Quantity to Order

If you select a custom

replenishment type, you need
to create a class implementing
org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface
and set that on warehouse level.

Negative Inventory
is not allowed in
this warehouse

If checked, any transaction

that results in the onhand
inventory being driven
negative will be prevented.

(*)

M_Warehouse
mwarehousesource_mwarehouse
of Client

Replenishment String
Class

Disallow
Negative
Inventory

Yes-No

(N)

Reservation
Locator

Table

M_Locator

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@0| Reservation
mreservelocator_mwarehouseM_Warehouse_ID@
Locator (just for
reporting purposes)

2. Tab: Locator - M_Locator

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Locator
2373

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Comment/Help: The Locator Tab defines any Locators for that Warehouse.
Tab Level: 1
Table 429.2. Locator Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Locator

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Warehouse

Values (Default)

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Relative
Priority

Integer

(50)

Comment/Help

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

m_wh_locator_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

m_wh_locator_org

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

m_warehouse_locator

Search
Key

Description

(same as first report)

2374

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
(see same above)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Where inventory
should be
picked from first

The Relative Priority indicates

the location to pick from first
if an product is stored in more
than one location. (100 = highest
priority, 0 = lowest). For outgoing
shipments, the location is picked
with the highest priority where
the entire quantity can be shipped
from. If there is no location, the
location with the highest priority
is used. The Priority is ignored
for products with Guarantee Date
(always the oldest first) or if
a specific instance is selected.
Incoming receipts are stored
at the location with the highest
priority, if not explicitly selected.

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Field
Name

Reference

Default

Yes-No

Aisle (X)

String

Bin (Y)

String

Level (Z)

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

X dimension,
e.g., Aisle

The X dimension indicates the

Aisle a product is located in.

Y dimension, e.g., Bin

The Y dimension indicates

the Bin a product is located in

Z dimension,
e.g., Level

The Z dimension indicates the

Level a product is located in.

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Storage - M_Storage

[IMAGE]
Description: Detail Storage Information
LinkColumn: Locator
Tab Level: 2
Table 429.3. Storage Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Warehouse Locator
M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'
Product Attribute
Set Instance
2375

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.
The values of the actual
Product Attribute Instances.

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Active

Yes-No

On Hand
Quantity

Quantity

Date last
inventory
count

Date

Reserved
Quantity

Quantity

Ordered
Quantity

Quantity

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

On Hand Quantity

The On Hand Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product that
is on hand in a warehouse.

Date of Last
Inventory Count

The Date Last Inventory

Count indicates the last time
an Inventory count was done.

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates

the quantity of a product
that is currently reserved.

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that was ordered.

4. Tab: Replenish - M_Replenish

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Product Replenishment
Comment/Help: The Replenishment Tab defines the type of replenishment quantities. This is used for automated ordering. If you select a custom replenishment
type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level.
LinkColumn: Warehouse
Tab Level: 1
Table 429.4. Replenish Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Qty Batch
Size

Quantity

Client

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2376

Comment/Help

(see same above)

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Product

Constraint Value

m_product_replenish
Yes-No

(Y)

Replenish
Type

List

Manual Reorder below

Minimum Level
Custom Maintain
Maximum Level

Amount

Maximum
Level

Amount

Source
Warehouse

Table

Locator

Table
Direct

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

m_warehouse_replenish

Active

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Search

Minimum
Level

Validation Rule

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Method for reordering a product

The Replenish Type indicates if

this product will be manually reordered, ordered when the quantity
is below the minimum quantity
or ordered when it is below the
maximum quantity. If you select
a custom replenishment type, you
need to create a class implementing
org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface
and set that on warehouse level.

Minimum Inventory
level for this product

Indicates the minimum

quantity of this product to
be stocked in inventory.

Maximum Inventory
level for this product

Indicates the maximum

quantity of this product to
be stocked in inventory.

Optional Warehouse
to replenish from

If defined, the warehouse selected

is used to replenish the product(s)

M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID=@M_Warehouse_ID@
mlocator_mreplenish
Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

M_Warehouse
mwarehousesource_mreplenish
of Client

M_Replenish_UUString

2377

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

5. Tab: Accounting - M_Warehouse_Acct

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Accounting
Comment/Help: The Accounting Tab defines the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse.
Tab Level: 1
Table 429.5. Accounting Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Warehouse

Table
Direct

Accounting
Schema

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

(Not Used)

Account

Inventory Account
Adjustment

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Rules for accounting

An Accounting Schema
defines the rules used in
accounting such as costing
method, currency and calendar

(same as first report)

(see same above)

vc_winventory_mwarehouse

Warehouse Inventory
Asset Account Currently not used

The Warehouse Inventory

Asset Account identifies the
account used for recording
the value of your inventory.
This is the counter account for
inventory revaluation differences.
The Product Asset account
maintains the product asset value.

vc_winvactualadjust_mwarehouse

Account for Inventory

value adjustments
for Actual Costing

In actual costing systems,

this account is used to post
Inventory value adjustments.

m_warehouse_warehouse_acct

cacctschema_mwarehouseacct

(Y)

2378

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
You could set it to the standard
Inventory Asset account.

Warehouse Account
Differences

Inventory Account
Revaluation

vc_wdifferences_mwarehouse

Warehouse
Differences Account

The Warehouse Differences

Account indicates the account
used recording differences
identified during inventory counts.

vc_wrevaluation_mwarehouse

Account for Inventory

Revaluation

The Inventory Revaluation Account

identifies the account used to
records changes in inventory
value due to currency revaluation.

6. Tab: Product Transactions - M_Transaction

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Transactions for stored Products
LinkColumn: Product
Tab Level: 1
Table 429.6. Product Transactions Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Inventory
Transaction

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

AD_Org.AD_Org_ID
< > 0 AND
(same as first report)
AD_Org.IsSummary='N'

(see same above)

Locator

Locator
(WH)

Active

Yes-No

mlocator_minventorycount
(Y)
2379

Description

Comment/Help

Warehouse Locator

The Locator indicates where in a

Warehouse a product is located.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Field
Name

Reference

Product

Search

Attribute
Set
Instance

Product
Attribute

Movement
Quantity

Quantity

Movement
Date

Date

Movement
Type

List

Shipment/
Receipt
Line

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

M_Product.IsSummary='N'
mproduct_minventorycount
AND
Product, Service, Item
M_Product.IsActive='Y'

mattrsetinst_mtransaction

Production - Customer
Shipment Customer
Returns Vendor
Returns Inventory
Out Movement
From Movement
To Work Order +
Production + Vendor
Receipts Inventory
In Work Order -

Comment/Help
Identifies an item which
is either purchased or
sold in this organization.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual

Product Attribute Instances.
The product level attributes
are defined on Product level.

Quantity of a
product moved.

The Movement Quantity

indicates the quantity of a
product that has been moved.

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates

the date that a product moved
in or out of inventory. This
is the result of a shipment,
receipt or inventory movement.
The Movement Type indicates
the type of movement (in,
out, to production, etc)

Method of moving
the inventory

Search

Phys.Inventory Search
Line

Move Line

Values (Default)

minoutline_mtransaction

Line on Shipment or
Receipt document

The Shipment/Receipt Line

indicates a unique line in a
Shipment/Receipt document

minventoryline_mtransaction

Unique line in an
Inventory document

The Physical Inventory

Line indicates the inventory
document line (if applicable)
for this transaction

mmovementline_mtransaction

Inventory Move
document Line

The Movement Line indicates the

inventory movement document line
(if applicable) for this transaction

Search

2380

Window: Warehouse %26 Locators

Field
Name

Reference

Production
Line

Search

Project
Issue

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

mproductionline_mtransaction

Document Line
representing
a production

The Production Line indicates

the production document line (if
applicable) for this transaction

cprojectissue_mtransaction

Project Issues
(Material, Labor)

Issues to the project initiated

by the "Issue to Project"
process. You can issue Receipts,
Time and Expenses, or Stock.

2381

Chapter 430. Window: Web Service Definition

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2009-01-30 17:51:52.0
Updated:2009-01-30 17:51:52.0

1. Tab: Web Service - WS_WebService

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 430.1. Web Service Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

2382

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Web Service Definition

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Web
Service

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: Web Service Method - WS_WebServiceMethod

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Web Service
Tab Level: 1
Table 430.2. Web Service Method Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Web
Service

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

wswebservice_wswebservicemetho
(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

2383

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Web Service Definition

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Web
Service
Method

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2384

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 431. Window: Web Service Security

Description: null
Comment/Help: null
Created:2009-01-30 17:57:08.0
Updated:2009-01-30 17:57:08.0

1. Tab: Web Service Type - WS_WebServiceType

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 431.1. Web Service Type Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Web
Service

Table
Direct

Web
Service
Method

Table
Direct

Table

Table
Direct

Comment/Help

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

wswebservice_wswebservicetype
WS_WebService_ID=@WS_WebService_ID@
wswebservicemethod_wswebservic
Database Table
information

adtable_wswebservicetype
2385

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Window: Web Service Security

Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Web
Service
Type

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

2. Tab: Web Service Parameters - WS_WebService_Para

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Web Service Type
Tab Level: 1
Table 431.2. Web Service Parameters Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Web
Service
Type

Table
Direct

Parameter
Name

String

Parameter
Type

List

wswebservicetype_wswebservicep

Free Constant

2386

Description

Comment/Help

Window: Web Service Security

Field
Name

Reference

Constant
Value

String

Active

Yes-No

Web
Service
Parameters

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

ReadOnly Logic:
@ParameterType@!C

Constant value

(Y)

(same as first report)

Comment/Help

(see same above)

3. Tab: Web Service Field Input - WS_WebServiceFieldInput

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Web Service Type
Display Logic: @AD_Table_ID@> 0
Tab Level: 1
Table 431.3. Web Service Field Input Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

WS_WebServiceFieldInput_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Web
Service
Type

Table
Direct

Column

Table
Direct

DB
Column
Name

String

wswebservicetype_wswebservicfi
AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_wswebservicefieldinpu
Column in the table
Name of the column
in the database
2387

Link to the database

column of the table
The Column Name indicates
the name of a column on a
table as defined in the database.

Window: Web Service Security

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Reference

Table

Reference
Key

Table

AD_Reference Values

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Identifier

Yes-No

(N)

Allow
Null Value

Yes-No

(N)

Identifier
Logic

Text

Web
Service
Field Input

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

AD_Reference
adreference_wswebservicefieldi
Data Types

Description

Comment/Help

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
adreferencevalue_wswebservicef
@AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END

The Reference Value indicates

where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column is part of

the record identifier

The Identifier checkbox indicates

that this column is part of the
identifier or key for this table.

Should allow
null value for
identifiere field

4. Tab: Web Service Field Output - WS_WebServiceFieldOutput

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Web Service Type
Display Logic: @AD_Table_ID@> 0
Tab Level: 1
Table 431.4. Web Service Field Output Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2388

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Web Service Security

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Web
Service
Type

Table
Direct

Column

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Web
Service
Field
Output

ID

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

wswebservicetype_wswebservicfo
AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_wswebservicefieldoutp
Column in the table
(Y)

(same as first report)

Link to the database

column of the table
(see same above)

5. Tab: Web Service Access - WS_WebServiceTypeAccess

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Web Service Type
Tab Level: 1
Table 431.5. Web Service Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Read
Write

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Web
Service
Type

Table
Direct

wswebservicetype_wswebservicet

2389

Description

Comment/Help

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

Window: Web Service Security

Field
Name

Reference

Role

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adrole_wswebservicetypeaccess
(Y)

WS_WebServiceTypeAccess_UU
String

2390

Description

Comment/Help

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Chapter 432. Window: Web Store

Description: Define Web Store
Comment/Help: Define the web store setup.
Created:2005-05-02 19:30:27.0
Updated:2005-07-02 08:39:55.0

1. Tab: Web Store - W_Store

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Web Store
Comment/Help: Define the web store settings. The web server context must be unique and determines the settings used in the actual transaction. The selected
warehouse determines the organization. The email settings are tested with the client email settings.
Tab Level: 0
Table 432.1. Web Store Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Web Store

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
A Web Store
of the Client

adclient_wstore

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

String

Optional short
description
of the record
2391

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Web Store

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Default

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Full URL address

- e.g. http://
www.idempiere.org

The URL defines an fully

qualified web address like
http://www.idempiere.org

Web Server Context

- e.g. /wstore

Unique Web Server Context for this

Web Store - will set context-root in
application.xml. The web context
usually starts with / and needs to be
a valid context name (not checked).

CSS (Stylesheet) used

Base Stylesheet (.css file)

to use - if empty, the default
(standard.css) is used. The
Style sheet can be a URL.

salesrep_wstore

Sales Representative
or Company Agent

The Sales Representative

indicates the Sales Rep for
this Region. Any Sales Rep
must be a valid internal user.

Table
Direct

mwarehouse_wstore

Storage Warehouse
and Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique

Warehouse where products are
stored or Services are provided.

Table
Direct

mpricelist_wstore

Unique identifier
of a Price List

Price Lists are used to determine

the pricing, margin and cost
of items purchased or sold.

cpaymentterm_wstore

The terms of Payment

(timing, discount)

Payment Terms identify the

method and timing of payment.

Web Store Header

Information

Display HTML Info in the Web

Store - by default in the header.

URL

URL

Web
Context

String

Stylesheet

String

Sales
Search
Representative

Warehouse

Price List

Payment
Term

Table
Direct

Web
Store Info

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

AD_User - SalesRep

2392

Window: Web Store

Field
Name

Reference

Web Store
EMail

String

Web Order
EMail

String

WebStore
User

Description

Comment/Help

EMail address used

as the sender (From)

The EMail address is used to send

mails to users of the web store

EMail address to
receive notifications
when web orders
were processed

When processing a web order, a

confirmation is sent to the EMail
address of the customer from the
request EMail address copying
this email address when entered.

String

User ID of the Web

Store EMail address

User ID to connect
to the Mail Server

WebStore
Password

String

Password of the Web

Store EMail address

Password to connect
to the Mail Server

EMail
Header

Text

Header added
to EMails

The header is added to every email.

EMail
Footer

Text

Menu
Orders

Yes-No

(Y)

Menu
Shipments

Yes-No

(Y)

Menu
Invoices

Yes-No

(Y)

Menu
Assets

Yes-No

(Y)

Menu
Payments

Yes-No

(Y)

Menu
RfQs

Yes-No

(Y)

Menu
Requests

Yes-No

(Y)

Menu
Yes-No
Registrations

(Y)

Menu
Interests

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Footer added to EMails

Show Menu Orders
Show Menu Shipments
Show Menu Invoices
Show Menu Assets
Show Menu Payments
Show Menu RfQs
Show Menu Requests
Show Menu
Registrations

(Y)

Show Menu Interests

2393

The footer is added to every email.

Window: Web Store

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Menu
Contact

Yes-No

(Y)

Web
Parameter
1

Text

Web
Parameter
2

Text

Web
Parameter
3

Text

Web
Parameter
4

Text

Web
Parameter
5

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Show Menu Contact

2394

Web Site Parameter 1

(default: header image)

The parameter could be used in

the JSP page for variables like
logos, passwords, URLs or entire
HTML blocks. The access is
via ctx.webParam1 - By default,
it is positioned on the upper
left side with 130 pixel width.

Web Site Parameter 2

(default index page)

The parameter could be used in

the JSP page for variables like
logos, passwords, URLs or entire
HTML blocks. The access is via
ctx.webParam2 - By default, it
is positioned after the header
on the web store index page.

Web Site Parameter 3

(default left - menu)

The parameter could be used in

the JSP page for variables like
logos, passwords, URLs or entire
HTML blocks. The access is via
ctx.webParam3 - By default, it is
positioned at the end in the menu
column with 130 pixel width.

Web Site Parameter

4 (default footer left)

The parameter could be used in

the JSP page for variables like
logos, passwords, URLs or entire
HTML blocks. The access is via
ctx.webParam4 - By default, it
is positioned on the left side of
the footer with 130 pixel width.

Web Site Parameter 5

(default footer center)

The parameter could be used

in the JSP page for variables
like logos, passwords, URLs
or entire HTML blocks. The
access is via ctx.webParam5

Window: Web Store

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
- By default, it is positioned
in the center of the footer.

Web
Parameter
6

Text
Web Site Parameter 6
(default footer right)

The parameter could be used

in the JSP page for variables
like logos, passwords, URLs
or entire HTML blocks. The
access is via ctx.webParam6
- By default, it is positioned
on the right side of the footer.

Description

Comment/Help

2. Tab: Store Translation - W_Store_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Web Store
Tab Level: 1
Table 432.2. Store Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Web Store

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

wstore_wstoretrl

A Web Store
of the Client

wstoretrl_adlangauge

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

AD_Language

(Y)

2395

Window: Web Store

Field
Name

Reference

Web
Store Info

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Text

Web Store Header

Information

Display HTML Info in the Web

Store - by default in the header.

EMail
Header

Text

Header added
to EMails

The header is added to every email.

EMail
Footer

Text

Web
Parameter
1

Text

Web
Parameter
2

Text

Web
Parameter
3

Text

Web
Parameter
4

Text

Footer added to EMails

2396

The footer is added to every email.

Web Site Parameter 1

(default: header image)

The parameter could be used in

the JSP page for variables like
logos, passwords, URLs or entire
HTML blocks. The access is
via ctx.webParam1 - By default,
it is positioned on the upper
left side with 130 pixel width.

Web Site Parameter 2

(default index page)

The parameter could be used in

the JSP page for variables like
logos, passwords, URLs or entire
HTML blocks. The access is via
ctx.webParam2 - By default, it
is positioned after the header
on the web store index page.

Web Site Parameter 3

(default left - menu)

The parameter could be used in

the JSP page for variables like
logos, passwords, URLs or entire
HTML blocks. The access is via
ctx.webParam3 - By default, it is
positioned at the end in the menu
column with 130 pixel width.

Web Site Parameter

4 (default footer left)

The parameter could be used in

the JSP page for variables like
logos, passwords, URLs or entire
HTML blocks. The access is via
ctx.webParam4 - By default, it
is positioned on the left side of
the footer with 130 pixel width.

Window: Web Store

Field
Name

Reference

Web
Parameter
5

Text

Web
Parameter
6

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Web Site Parameter 5

(default footer center)

The parameter could be used

in the JSP page for variables
like logos, passwords, URLs
or entire HTML blocks. The
access is via ctx.webParam5
- By default, it is positioned
in the center of the footer.

Web Site Parameter 6

(default footer right)

The parameter could be used

in the JSP page for variables
like logos, passwords, URLs
or entire HTML blocks. The
access is via ctx.webParam6
- By default, it is positioned
on the right side of the footer.

Description

Comment/Help

3. Tab: Web Store Message - W_MailMsg

[IMAGE]
Description: Definine Web Store Messages
LinkColumn: Web Store
Tab Level: 1
Table 432.3. Web Store Message Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Mail
Message

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Web Store Mail

Message Template

2397

Window: Web Store

Field
Name

Reference

Web Store

Table
Direct

Message
Type

List

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description
A Web Store
of the Client

wstore_wmailmsg
Payment
Acknowledgement
Payment Error User
Verification Subscribe
UnSubscribe User
Account Order
Acknowledgement
User Password Request

Mail Message Type

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Subject

Comment/Help

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Text

Email Message Subject

Subject of the EMail

Message

Text

EMail Message

Message of the EMail

Message 2

Text

Optional second part

of the EMail Message

Message of the EMail

Message 3

Text

Optional third part of

the EMail Message

Message of the EMail

(Y)

4. Tab: Message Translation - W_MailMsg_Trl

[IMAGE]
LinkColumn: Mail Message
Tab Level: 2

2398

Window: Web Store

Table 432.4. Message Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Mail
Message

Table
Direct

Language

Table

wmailmsg_wmailmsgtrl

Web Store Mail

Message Template

adlanguage_wmailmsgtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Language

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Translated

Yes-No

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Subject

Text

Email Message Subject

Subject of the EMail

Message

Text

EMail Message

Message of the EMail

Message 2

Text

Optional second part

of the EMail Message

Message of the EMail

Message 3

Text

Optional third part of

the EMail Message

Message of the EMail

2399

Chapter 433. Window: Window Customization

Description: Define Window Customization for Role/User
Comment/Help: The customization values defined here overwrite/replace the default system definition if defined.
Created:2001-09-05 21:59:41.0
Updated:2012-09-19 10:52:39.0

1. Tab: Window Customization - AD_UserDef_Win

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 0
Table 433.1. Window Customization Fields
Field
Name

Reference

User
defined
Window

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Role

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Table
Direct

Window

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adrole_aduserdefwin

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

aduser_aduserdefwin

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

(-1)

AD_Window.AD_Window_ID
Data entry or
adwindow_aduserdefwin
IN (SELECT
display window
AD_Window_Access.AD_Window_ID
2400

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

Window: Window Customization

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

FROM
AD_Window_Access
WHERE
AD_Window_Access.AD_Role_ID=@#AD_Role_ID@)Callout:
org.compiere.model.CalloutWindowCustomization.window
Active

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Language

Table

(Y)

Read Only

User
updatable

(see same above)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

AD_Language
adlangu_aduserdefwin

Default

(same as first report)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

The field can be

updated by the user

The User Updatable

checkbox indicate if the
user can update this field.

Yes-No

Yes-No

Yes-No

2. Tab: Tab Customization - AD_UserDef_Tab

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 1
2401

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Window Customization

Table 433.2. Tab Customization Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

User
defined
Tab

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

User
defined
Window

Table
Direct

Tab

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Multi
Row Only

Yes-No

Name

String

aduserdefwin_aduserdeftab
AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@Callout:
adtab_aduserdeftab
Tab within a Window
org.compiere.model.CalloutWindowCustomization.tab
(Y)

(same as first report)

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Single
Row
Layout

Yes-No

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.
(see same above)

This applies to MultiRow view only

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

2402

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Default for toggle

between Singleand Multi-Row
(Grid) Layout

The Single Row Layout checkbox

indicates if the default display
type for this window is a single
row as opposed to multi row.

Window: Window Customization

Field
Name

Reference

Read Only

Yes-No

Read Only
Logic

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

String

3. Tab: Field Customization - AD_UserDef_Field

[IMAGE]
Tab Level: 2
Table 433.3. Field Customization Fields
Field
Name

Reference

User
defined
Field

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

AD_UserDef_Field_UU
String
Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2403

(see same above)

Window: Window Customization

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

User
defined
Tab

Table
Direct

Field

Table
Direct

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

aduserdeftab_aduserdeffield
AD_Field.AD_Tab_ID=@AD_Tab_ID@Callout:
Field on a
adfield_aduserdeffield
org.compiere.model.CalloutWindowCustomization.field
database table

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Displayed

List

Yes No

Read Only

List

Yes No

Display
Logic

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

String

The Field identifies a

field on a database table.
The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Determines, if this
field is displayed

If the field is displayed, the field

Display Logic will determine at
runtime, if it is actually displayed

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
If the Field is
or @ { context} @ { operand}
displayed, the result
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
determines if the field
context := any global or window
is actually displayed
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
2404

Window: Window Customization

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Sequence

Integer

Record
Sort No

Integer

Default
Logic

(0)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Determines in what
order the records
are displayed

The Record Sort No indicates

the ascending sort sequence
of the records. If the number
is negative, the records are
sorted descending. Example: A
tab with C_DocType_ID (1),
DocumentNo (-2) will be sorted
ascending by document type
and descending by document
number (SQL: ORDER BY
C_DocType, DocumentNo DESC)

Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the

String

2405

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Window: Window Customization

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

X Position

Integer

Absolute X
(horizontal) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Column
Span

Integer

Number of column
for a box of field

Number
of Lines

Integer

Number of
lines for a field

Number of lines for a field

Reference
Overwrite

Table

AD_Reference
Data Types

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

Toolbar
Button

List

Toolbar Window Both

Show the button

on the toolbar, the
window, or both

The IsToolbarButton field indicates

if this button is part of the toolbar's
process button popup list, or
render as field in window, or both.

Reference
Key

Table

AD_Reference Values

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Updatable

List

adreference_aduserdeffield

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
adreferencevalue_aduserdeffiel
@AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END

ADValRule_ADUserDefField

Yes No

2406

Absolute X (horizontal)
position in 1/72 of an inch

The Reference Value indicates

where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

Determines, if the
field can be updated

The Updatable checkbox

indicates if a field can
be updated by the user.

Window: Window Customization

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Always
Updatable

List

Mandatory

List

Mandatory
Logic

Text

Read Only
Logic

Text

Display
Length

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Yes No

The column is always

updateable, even
if the record is not
active or processed

If selected and if the window / tab

is not read only, you can always
update the column. This might
be useful for comments, etc.

Yes No

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Length of the
display in characters

The display length is mainly

for String fields. The length has
no impact, if the data type of
the field is - Integer, Number,
Amount (length determined by
the system) - YesNo (Checkbox)
- List, Table, TableDir (length
of combo boxes are determined
by their content at runtime)

Integer

2407

Window: Window Customization

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Same Line

List

Yes No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

2408

Description

Comment/Help

Displayed on same
line as previous field

The Same Line checkbox indicates

that the field will display on the
same line as the previous field.

Chapter 434. Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Description: Maintain Windows, Tabs %26 Fields
Comment/Help: The Window, Tab %26 Field Window defines the presentation of tables and columns within each window.
Created:1999-05-21 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Window - AD_Window

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Window header definitions
Comment/Help: The Window Tab defines each window in the system. The default flag indicates that this window should be used as the default Zoom windows
for the tables in this window.
Tab Level: 0
Table 434.1. Window Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Window

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

windowclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

windoworg

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record
2409

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Beta
Yes-No
Functionality
WindowType

List

Maintain Transaction
Query Only
Single Record (M)

Sales
Transaction

Yes-No

(Y)

System
Color

Table
Direct

Image

Table
Direct

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adwindow

Default

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This functionality
is considered Beta

Beta functionality is not

fully tested or completed.

Type or classification
of a Window

The Window Type indicates the

type of window being defined
(Maintain, Transaction or Query)

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction

checkbox indicates if this
item is a Sales Transaction.

Color for backgrounds

or indicators

adcolor_adwindow

adimage_adwindow

Entity
Type

Description

Image or Icon

Images and Icon can be used to

display supported graphic formats
(gif, jpg, png). You can either load
the image (in the database) or point
to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can
point to a resource, http address)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Default value

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Yes-No

Window
Width

Integer

Window
Height

Integer

2410

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Title Logic

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The result determines the title to

be displayed for this Window,
used also as the label for Recent
Items. Format is just one or several
The result determines
context variables surrounded
the title to be displayed
by @, examples: @TaxID@
for this window
@DocumentNo@ @Value@
@Name@ if this field is left empty
a default title/label is created
using the DocumentNo, Value
and Name fields if they exist.

AD_Window_UUString
Copy
Window
Tabs

Button

2. Tab: Tab - AD_Tab

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Tab definition within a window holds fields
Comment/Help: The Tab Tab defines each Tab within a Window. Each Tab contains a discrete selection of fields. Note that the display and read only logic is
evaluated when loading the window.
Tab Level: 1
Table 434.2. Tab Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Tab

ID

Included
Tab

Table

Values (Default)

AD_Tab

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Tab within a Window

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@
Included Tab in this
adtab_included
Tab (Master Detail)

2411

You can include a Tab in a

Tab. If displayed in single
row record, the included tab is
displayed as multi-row table.

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

AD_Tab_UU

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Window

Table
Direct

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Table

Table
Direct

Entity
Type

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/Help

tabclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

taborg

ad_window_tab

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

ad_table_tab
_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adtab

Sequence

Description

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM AD_Tab
WHERE
AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@)

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

2412

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Tab Level

Integer

Values (Default)

Single
Row
Layout

Yes-No

Has Tree

Yes-No

Tree
displayed

List

Both Detail Tab

Master Tab (B)

Advanced
Tab

Yes-No

(N)

Accounting
Tab

Yes-No

Order Tab

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Hierarchical Tab
Level (0 = top)

Hierarchical level of the tab.

If the level is 0, it is the top
entity. Level 1 entries are
dependent on level 0, etc.

Default for toggle

between Singleand Multi-Row
(Grid) Layout

The Single Row Layout checkbox

indicates if the default display
type for this window is a single
row as opposed to multi row.

Window has
Tree Graph

The Has Tree checkbox

indicates if this window
displays a tree metaphor.

The tree can be

displayed on master
tab, detail tab or both
This Tab contains
advanced Functionality

The Accounting Tab checkbox

indicates if this window contains
This Tab contains
accounting information. To display
accounting information
accounting information, enable this
in Tools> Preference and Role.
(N)

The Tab determines

the Order

TranslationTab Yes-No
This Tab contains
translation information

Order
Column

Table

The tab with advanced

functionality is only displayed,
if enabled in Tools> Preference.

AD_Column Integer

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
Column determining
the order

adcolumn_adtabsortorder

2413

The Translation Tab checkbox

indicate if a tab contains
translation information. To
display translation information,
enable this in Tools> Preference.
Integer Column of the table
determining the order (display,
sort, ..). If defined, the Order By
replaces the default Order By
clause. It should be fully qualified
(i.e. "tablename.columnname").

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Included
Column

Table

AD_Column YesNo

Link
Column

Table
Direct

Parent
Column

Table

Process

Table
Direct

Display
Logic

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
Column determining
adcolumn_adtabsortyesno
if a Table Column is
included in Ordering
AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
ad_column_ad_tab
Column in the table

AD_Column Name

Comment/Help
If a Included Column is defined,
it decides, if a column is active
in the ordering - otherwise it is
determined that the Order Column
has a value of one or greater
Link to the database
column of the table

/* attempt to get
the columns in the
parent tab table */
AD_Column.AD_Table_ID
IN (SELECT
t.AD_Table_ID FROM
AD_Tab t WHERE
t.AD_Window_ID =
@AD_Window_ID@
AND t.TabLevel =
The link column
parentcolumn_adtab @TabLevel@-1 AND
on the parent tab.
t.SeqNo < @SeqNo@
AND NOT EXISTS
(SELECT 1 FROM
AD_Tab t2 where
t2.AD_Window_ID=t.AD_Window_ID
AND t2.TabLevel
= t.TabLevel
AND t2.SeqNo <
@SeqNo@ AND
t2.SeqNo > t.SeqNo) )
AD_Process.IsReport='Y'
adprocess_adtab

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

If the Field is
displayed, the result
determines if the field
is actually displayed

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window

String

2414

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Read Only

Yes-No

Insert
Record

Yes-No

Active

Yes-No

Read Only
Logic

String

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

The user can insert

a new Record

If not selected, the user cannot

create a new Record. This
is automatically disabled,
if the Tab is Read Only.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

(Y)

(Y)

2415

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Commit
Warning

Text

Sql
WHERE

String

Sql
ORDER
BY

String

Image

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adimage_adtab

Context
Help

Table
Direct
adctxhelp_adtab

Create
Fields

Button

Copy Tab
Fields

Button

Description

Comment/Help

Warning displayed
when saving

Warning or information displayed

when committing the record

Fully qualified SQL

WHERE clause

The Where Clause indicates

the SQL WHERE clause to
use for record selection. The
WHERE clause is added to the
query. Fully qualified means
"tablename.columnname".

Fully qualified
ORDER BY clause

The ORDER BY Clause indicates

the SQL ORDER BY clause
to use for record selection

Image or Icon

Images and Icon can be used to

display supported graphic formats
(gif, jpg, png). You can either load
the image (in the database) or point
to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can
point to a resource, http address)

AD_CtxHelp_ID
IN (SELECT
AD_CtxHelp_ID
FROM AD_CtxHelp
WHERE CtxType
IS NULL OR
CtxType IN ('A', 'T'))
Create Fields from
Table Columns

3. Tab: Field - AD_Field

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Field definitions in tabs in windows

2416

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Comment/Help: The Field Tab defines the Fields displayed within a tab. Changes made to the Field Tab become visible after restart due to caching. If the Sequence
is negative, the record are ordered descending. Note that the name, description and help is automatically synchronized if centrally maintained.
Where Clause: AD_Field.IsDisplayed='Y'
Tab Level: 2
Table 434.3. Field Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Field

ID

Included
Tab

Table

Values (Default)

AD_Tab

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Field on a
database table

The Field identifies a

field on a database table.

AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID=@AD_Window_ID@
Included Tab in this
includedtab_adfield
Tab (Master Detail)

You can include a Tab in a

Tab. If displayed in single
row record, the included tab is
displayed as multi-row table.

AD_Field_UU String
Info
Factory
Class

String

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Tab

Table
Direct

Name

String

Description

Fully qualified
class name that
implements the
InfoFactory interface

Fully qualified class

name that implements
the InfoFactory interface.
This can be use to provide
custom Info class for column.

fieldclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

fieldorg

ad_tab_field

String

Tab within a Window

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
2417

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Active

Yes-No

Column

Table
Direct

Entity
Type

Table

Values (Default)

Validation Rule

(Y)

Table
Direct

Centrally
maintained

Yes-No

(Y)

Displayed

Yes-No

(Y)

Show
in Grid

Yes-No

(Y)

Quick
Entry

Yes-No

(N)

Read Only

Yes-No

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
ad_column_field
Column in the table

Link to the database

column of the table

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adfield

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

adfieldgroup_adfield

Logical grouping
of fields

The Field Group indicates the

logical group that this field belongs
to (History, Amounts, Quantities)

Information
maintained in System
Element table

The Centrally Maintained checkbox

indicates if the Name, Description
and Help maintained in 'System
Element' table or 'Window' table.

Determines, if this
field is displayed

If the field is displayed, the field

Display Logic will determine at
runtime, if it is actually displayed

Field is read only

The Read Only indicates

that this field may only be
Read. It may not be updated.

If the Field is
displayed, the result
determines if the field
is actually displayed

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Field
Group

Display
Logic

Constraint Value

Text

2418

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Sequence

Grid
Sequence
No

Record
Sort No

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM AD_Field
WHERE
AD_Tab_ID=@AD_Tab_ID@)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNoGrid),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM AD_Field
WHERE
AD_Tab_ID=@AD_Tab_ID@)
Number

Determines in what
order the records
are displayed

Advanced
Field

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Yes-No

(N)

2419

The Record Sort No indicates

the ascending sort sequence
of the records. If the number
is negative, the records are
sorted descending. Example: A
tab with C_DocType_ID (1),
DocumentNo (-2) will be sorted
ascending by document type
and descending by document
number (SQL: ORDER BY
C_DocType, DocumentNo DESC)

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Encrypted

Yes-No

Obscure

List

Heading
only

Yes-No

Field Only

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Obscure Digits but

first/last 4 Obscure
AlphaNumeric but
first/last 4 Obscure
AlphaNumeric
but last 4 Obscure
Digits but last 4

Description

Comment/Help

Display or Storage
is encrypted

Display encryption (in Window/

Tab/Field) - all characters are
displayed as '*' - in the database it
is stored in clear text. You will not
be able to report on these columns.
Data storage encryption (in Table/
Column) - data is stored encrypted
in the database (dangerous!) and
you will not be able to report
on those columns. Independent
from Display encryption.

Type of obscuring
the data (limiting
the display)

Field without Column Only label is displayed

The Heading Only checkbox

indicates if just the label
will display on the screen

Label is not displayed

The Field Only checkbox

indicates that the column
will display without a label.

Default
Focus

Yes-No

(N)

X Position

Integer

(1)

Absolute X
(horizontal) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Column
Span

Integer

(1)

Number of column
for a box of field

Number
of Lines

Integer

(1)

Number of
lines for a field

Number of lines for a field

Reference
Overwrite

Table

AD_Reference
Data Types

System Reference
and Validation

The Reference could be a display

type, list or table validation.

adreference_adfield

2420

Absolute X (horizontal)
position in 1/72 of an inch

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Toolbar
Button

List

Toolbar Window Both

Reference
Key

Table

AD_Reference Values

Dynamic
Validation

Table
Direct

Updatable

List

Yes No

Always
Updatable

List

Mandatory
Overwrite

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Show the button

on the toolbar, the
window, or both

The IsToolbarButton field indicates

if this button is part of the toolbar's
process button popup list, or
render as field in window, or both.

AD_Reference.ValidationType=CASE
WHEN
Required to specify,
adreferencevalue_adfield @AD_Reference_ID@
if data type is
IN (17,28) THEN
Table or List
'L' ELSE 'T' END

The Reference Value indicates

where the reference values are
stored. It must be specified if
the data type is Table or List.

Dynamic
Validation Rule

These rules define how an entry

is determined to valid. You
can use variables for dynamic
(context sensitive) validation.

Determines, if the
field can be updated

The Updatable checkbox

indicates if a field can
be updated by the user.

Yes No

The column is always

updateable, even
if the record is not
active or processed

If selected and if the window / tab

is not read only, you can always
update the column. This might
be useful for comments, etc.

List

Yes No

Data entry is required

in this column

The field must have a value for the

record to be saved to the database.

Allow
Copy

List

Yes No

Determine if a column
must be copied
when pushing the
button to copy record

Default
Logic

Text

advalrule_adfield

Default value
hierarchy,
separated by ;

2421

The defaults are evaluated in the

order of definition, the first not
null value becomes the default
value of the column. The values are
separated by comma or semicolon.
a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b)
Variables - in format @Variable@
- Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID,
#AD_Client_ID - Accounting
Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID,

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
$C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults:
e.g. DateFormat - Window
values (all Picks, CheckBoxes,
RadioButtons, and DateDoc/
DateAcct) c) SQL code with the
tag: @SQL=SELECT something
AS DefaultValue FROM ...
The SQL statement can contain
variables. There can be no other
value other than the SQL statement.
The default is only evaluated,
if no user preference is defined.
Default definitions are ignored
for record columns as Key,
Parent, Client as well as Buttons.

Read Only
Logic

Text

Mandatory
Logic

Text

Display
Length

Integer

2422

Logic to determine
if field is read only
(applies only when
field is read-write)

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
logic operators := AND or OR with
the previous result from left to right
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

Length of the
display in characters

The display length is mainly

for String fields. The length has
no impact, if the data type of

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
the field is - Integer, Number,
Amount (length determined by
the system) - YesNo (Checkbox)
- List, Table, TableDir (length
of combo boxes are determined
by their content at runtime)

Same Line

Yes-No

Displayed on same
line as previous field

The Same Line checkbox indicates

that the field will display on the
same line as the previous field.

4. Tab: Field Translation - AD_Field_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Menu Translation - May not need to be translated
Comment/Help: Fields are automatically translated, if centrally maintained. You only need to translate not centrally maintained Fields.
Tab Level: 3
Table 434.4. Field Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Field

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_fieldtrl

Field on a
database table

The Field identifies a

field on a database table.

ad_language_fieldtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

AD_Language

(Y)

2423

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

5. Tab: Field Sequence - AD_Field

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Sequence if the Fields in a Tab
Tab Level: 2

6. Tab: Grid Sequence - AD_Field

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Defined field order for grid layout
Tab Level: 2

7. Tab: Tab Translation - AD_Tab_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 2

2424

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Table 434.5. Tab Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Tab

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Commit
Warning

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_tabtrl

Tab within a Window

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

ad_language_tabtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Warning displayed
when saving

Warning or information displayed

when committing the record

8. Tab: Toolbar Button - AD_ToolBarButton

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Tab
Tab Level: 2
2425

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Table 434.6. Toolbar Button Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Customization Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The change is a
customization of
the data dictionary
and can be applied
after Migration

The migration "resets" the

system to the current/original
setting. If selected you can
save the customization and
re-apply it. Please note that
you need to check, if your
customization has no negative
side effect in the new release.

(N)

AD_ToolBarButton_UU
String
Action

List

Form Report
Window Task
Process WorkFlow
Workbench Info (W)

AD_Ref_List.Value
IN ('W','R')

Indicates the Action

to be performed

The Action field is a drop down

list box which indicates the Action
to be performed for this Item.

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Tab

Search

Name

String

adtab_adtoolbarbutton

Tab within a Window

The Tab indicates a tab that

displays within a window.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

(see same above)

Component
Name

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

Sequence

Integer

(@SQL=SELECT
NVL(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_ToolbarButton

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

2426

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Process or Report

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.

WHERE
AD_Tab_ID=@AD_Tab_ID@)
Process

Table
Direct

Display
Logic

Text

ToolBar
Button

ID

adprocess_adtoolbarbutton

format := { expression} [ { logic}

{ expression} ] expression := @
{ context} @ { operand} { value}
or @ { context} @ { operand}
{ value} logic := { |} | { %26}
context := any global or window
context value := strings or numbers
If the Field is
logic operators := AND or OR with
displayed, the result
the previous result from left to right
determines if the field
operand := eq { =} , gt { %26gt; } ,
is actually displayed
le { %26lt; } , not { ~^!}
Examples: @AD_Table_ID@=14
| @Language@!GERGER
@PriceLimit@> 10 |
@PriceList@> @PriceActual@
@Name@> J Strings may
be in single quotes (optional)

9. Tab: Window Translation - AD_Window_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 434.7. Window Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2427

Comment/Help
(see same above)

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Window

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

String

Comment/
Help

Text

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

ad_windowtrl

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

ad_language_windowtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record
Comment or Hint

10. Tab: Access - AD_Window_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Window Access
Comment/Help: The Window Access Tab defines the Roles which have access to this Window.
LinkColumn: Window
Tab Level: 1
2428

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Window, Tab %26 Field

Table 434.8. Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Window

Table
Direct

Role

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_functaccess_client

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

ad_functaccessorg

adwindow_adwindowaccess

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

adrole_adwindowaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

(Y)

AD_Window_Access_UU
String

2429

Chapter 435. Window: Workflow

Description: Maintain Workflow
Comment/Help: The Workflow Window defines Workflows in the system, the access level for the Workflow and the Nodes or Steps within the Workflow.
Created:1999-06-11 00:00:00.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Workflow - AD_Workflow

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define Workflow
Comment/Help: The Workflow Tab defines Workflows in the system.
Tab Level: 0
Table 435.1. Workflow Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Setup time before

starting Production

Once per operation

AD_Workflow_UUString
Setup
Time

Integer

Resource

Table
Direct

Queuing
Time

Integer

Overlap
Units

Number

IsManufacturingResource='Y'
sresource_adworkflow

Resource

Queue time is the

time a job waits
at a work center
before begin handled.

Queuing time has no implication

on costs, but on Capacity
Requirement Planning (CRP) to
calculate the total time needed
to manufacture a product.

Overlap Units are

When there are two consecutive
number of units that
avtivity, you can sometimes save
must be completed
time by moving partial quantites
before they are moved from one activity to the next before
the next activity
the first activity as been completed.
2430

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Document
No

String

Yield %

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(100)

Description

Comment/Help

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually

automatically generated by the
system and determined by the
document type of the document.
If the document is not saved, the
preliminary number is displayed
in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic
document sequence defined, the
field is empty if you create a new
document. This is for documents
which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice).
If you leave the field empty, the
system will generate a document
number for you. The document
sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain
Sequence" window with the name
"DocumentNo_< TableName> ",
where TableName is the actual
name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

ADempiere Calculate the total

yield for a product from the
yield for each activity when the
process Workflow Cost Roll-Up is
executed. The expected yield for an
Activity can be expressed as: Yield
The Yield is the
= Acceptable Units at Activity End
percentage of a lot that
x 100 The Total manufacturing
is expected to be of
yield for a product is determined
acceptable wuality may
by multiplying the yied percentage
fall below 100 percent
for each activity. Manufacturing
Yield = Yield % for Activity 10 x
Yied % for Activity 20 , etc Take
care when setting yield to anything
but 100% particularly when yied
is used for multiples activities
2431

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Units by
Cycles

Number

Process
Type

List

Continuous Flow
Mixed Repetitive
Flow Plant Batch Flow
Dedicate Repetititive
Flow Job Shop

Qty Batch
Size

Quantity

(1)

Moving
Time

Integer

Workflow

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

The Units by Cycles

are defined for process
type Flow Repetitive
Dedicated and
indicated the product
to be manufactured
on a production line
for duration unit.

When Units by Cycles are defined

the duration time is the total of
time to manufactured the units

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

workflowclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

workfloworg

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

2432

(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)
is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/ Text Long

Help
Active

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Beta
Yes-No
Functionality

(N)

This functionality
is considered Beta

Beta functionality is not

fully tested or completed.

Workflow
Type

List

Table

Search

Document
Value
Logic

String

General Quality
Document Process
Document Value
Manufacturing
Wizard (G)

The type of workflow determines

how the workflow is started.
Type of Workflow

adtable_adworkflow

2433

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Logic to determine
Workflow Start If true, a workflow
process is started
for the document

You can enter simple

logic using variables like
@Created@=@Updated@, which
fires, when a record is created. If
you need to evaluate also values
of other records, you need to use
SQL logic and need to prefix this
logic with "SQL=". Example:
start a Order verify workflow,
when a business partner ordered
something and is over the credit
limit "SQL=EXISTS (SELECT *
FROM C_BPartner bp WHERE
C_Order. C_BPartner_ID=bp.
C_BPartner_ID AND
SO_CreditUsed >
SO_CreditLimit)". Note that
the SQL based logic checks
for duplicate workflows
(i.e. a workflow is started
only once per record).

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Data
Access
Level

List

System+Client
Client only Client
+Organization System
only All Organization

Entity
Type

Table

Validation Rule

Access Level required

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adworkflow

Workflow
Responsible

Description

Table
Direct
adwfresponsible_adworkflow

Comment/Help
Indicates the access level required
for this record or process.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Responsible for
Workflow Execution

The ultimate responsibility

for a workflow is with an
actual user. The Workflow
Responsible allows to define
ways to find that actual User.

Priority

Integer

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

The Priority indicates the

importance of this request.

Valid from

Date

Valid from including

this date (first day)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

Valid to

Date

Valid to including
this date (last day)

The Valid To date indicates

the last day of a date range

Publication
Status

List

Version

Integer

Version of the
table definition

Author

String

Author/Creator
of the Entity

Default

Yes-No

Released Under
Revision Void Test (U)

Status of Publication

Default value

2434

Used for internal documentation

The Version indicates the
version of this table definition.

The Default Checkbox

indicates if this record will
be used as a default value.

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Start Node

Table
Direct

Workflow
Processor

Table
Direct

Duration
Unit

List

Duration
Limit

Integer

Duration

Integer

Cost

Costs
+Prices

Working
Time

Integer

Waiting
Time

Integer

Context
Help

Table
Direct

Validate
Workflow

Button

Valid

Yes-No

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

AD_WF_Node.AD_WorkFlow_ID=@AD_Workflow_ID@
Workflow
adwfnode_adworkflow
Node (activity),
step or process
Workflow
Processor Server

adworkflowprocessor_adwf
Month Day minute
second Year hour

Comment/Help
The Workflow Node
indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.
Workflow Processor Server

Unit of Duration

Unit to define the length

of time for the execution

Maximum Duration
in Duration Unit

Maximum (critical) Duration

for time management purposes
(e.g. starting an escalation
procedure, etc.) in Duration Units.

Normal Duration
in Duration Unit

Expected (normal) Length

of time for the execution

Cost information
Workflow Simulation
Execution Time

Amount of time the performer

of the activity needs to perform
the task in Duration Unit

Workflow Simulation
Waiting time

Amount of time needed to

prepare the performance of
the task on Duration Units

Element is valid

The element passed

the validation check

AD_CtxHelp_ID
IN (SELECT
AD_CtxHelp_ID
adctxhelp_adworkflow FROM AD_CtxHelp
WHERE CtxType
IS NULL OR
CtxType IN ('A', 'W'))

2435

Window: Workflow

2. Tab: Node - AD_WF_Node

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Define workflow nodes
Comment/Help: The Node Tab defines each Node, Activity or step in this Workflow. The action (actibity) type determines the execution: "Route" may be used
in routing control conditions. "None" identifies manual execution.
Tab Level: 1
Table 435.2. Node Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Resource

Table
Direct

Units by
Cycles

Number

Node

ID

Is
Milestone

Yes-No

X Position

Integer

Business
Partner

Search

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

IsManufacturingResource='Y'
sresource_adwfnode
(0)

Comment/Help

Resource

The Units by Cycles

are defined for process
type Flow Repetitive
Dedicated and
indicated the product
to be manufactured
on a production line
for duration unit.

When Units by Cycles are defined

the duration time is the total of
time to manufactured the units

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.

Absolute X
(horizontal) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Absolute X (horizontal)
position in 1/72 of an inch

(N)

Identifies a
Business Partner

cbpartner_adwfnode

2436

A Business Partner is anyone

with whom you transact. This
can include Vendor, Customer,
Employee or Salesperson

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Y Position

Integer

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Absolute Y
(vertical) position
in 1/72 of an inch

Absolute Y (vertical)
position in 1/72 of an inch

AD_WF_Node_UUString
Yield %

Integer

Overlap
Units

Integer

Is
Yes-No
Subcontracting

(100)

ADempiere Calculate the total

yield for a product from the
yield for each activity when the
process Workflow Cost Roll-Up is
executed. The expected yield for an
Activity can be expressed as: Yield
The Yield is the
= Acceptable Units at Activity End
percentage of a lot that
x 100 The Total manufacturing
is expected to be of
yield for a product is determined
acceptable wuality may
by multiplying the yied percentage
fall below 100 percent
for each activity. Manufacturing
Yield = Yield % for Activity 10 x
Yied % for Activity 20 , etc Take
care when setting yield to anything
but 100% particularly when yied
is used for multiples activities
Overlap Units are
When there are two consecutive
number of units that
avtivity, you can sometimes save
must be completed
time by moving partial quantites
before they are moved from one activity to the next before
the next activity
the first activity as been completed.

(N)

Valid from

Date
+Time

Valid from including

this date (first day)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

The Valid From date indicates

the first day of a date range

wf_nodeclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

wf_nodeorg

2437

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Workflow

Table
Direct

Search
Key

String

Name

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adworkflow_adwfnode

Description

Comment/Help

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

(same as first report)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Comment/ Text Long

Help
Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Centrally
maintained

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew('U')

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adwfnode

Workflow
Responsible

Table
Direct
adwfresponsible_adwfnode

Priority

Integer

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Information
maintained in System
Element table

The Centrally Maintained checkbox

indicates if the Name, Description
and Help maintained in 'System
Element' table or 'Window' table.

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Responsible for
Workflow Execution

The ultimate responsibility

for a workflow is with an
actual user. The Workflow
Responsible allows to define
ways to find that actual User.

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.
2438

(see same above)

The Priority indicates the

importance of this request.

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Start Mode

List

Manual Automatic

Finish
Mode

List

Join
Element

List

Split
Element

List

Action

Image

List

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Workflow Activity
Start Mode

How is the execution of an

activity triggered. Automatic are
triggered implicitly by the system,
Manual explicitly by the User.

Workflow Activity
Finish Mode

How the system operated at the

end of an activity. Automatic
implies return when the invoked
applications finished control
- Manual the user has to
explicitly terminate the activity.

Semantics for multiple

incoming Transitions

Semantics for multiple incoming

Transitions for a Node/Activity.
AND joins all concurrent
threads - XOR requires one
thread (no synchronization).

Semantics for multiple

outgoing Transitions

Semantics for multiple outgoing

Transitions for a Node/Activity.
AND represents multiple
concurrent threads - XOR
represents the first transition
with a true Transition condition.

Manual Automatic

AND XOR (X)

AND XOR (X)

Document Action
EMail User Form Apps
Report Apps Process
Wait (Sleep) User
Choice Sub Workflow
User Window Apps
Task User Workbench
Set Variable (Z)

The Action field is a drop down

list box which indicates the Action
to be performed for this Item.
Indicates the Action
to be performed

Table
Direct
adimage_adwfnode

Image or Icon

2439

Images and Icon can be used to

display supported graphic formats
(gif, jpg, png). You can either load
the image (in the database) or point
to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can
point to a resource, http address)

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Window

Table
Direct

Special
Form

Table
Direct

Column

Table
Direct

Attribute
Name

String

Attribute
Value

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adwindow_adwfnode

Data entry or
display window

The Window field identifies a

unique Window in the system.

adform_adwfnode

Special Form

The Special Form field identifies a

unique Special Form in the system.

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_adwfnode
Column in the table
Name of the Attribute

Value of the Attribute

EMail
Recipient

List

EMail
Address

String

Mail
Template

Document Owner WF
Responsible Document
Business Partner

Link to the database

column of the table
Identifier of the attribute
iDempiere converts the (string)
field values to the attribute data
type. Booleans (Yes-No) may have
the values "true" and "false", the
date format is YYYY-MM-DD

Recipient of the EMail

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the

Electronic Mail ID for this User
and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com).
The Email Address is used to
access the self service application
functionality from the web.

Text templates
for mailings

The Mail Template indicates the

mail template for return messages.
Mail text can include variables.
The priority of parsing is User/
Contact, Business Partner and
then the underlying business
object (like Request, Dunning,
Workflow object). So, @Name@
would resolve into the User
name (if user is defined defined),
then Business Partner name (if
business partner is defined) and
then the Name of the business

Table
Direct

rmailtext_adwfnode

2440

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
object if it has a Name. For MultiLingual systems, the template is
translated based on the Business
Partner's language selection.

Duration
Limit

Integer

OS Task

Table
Direct

Workflow

Table

adtask_adwfnode

List

Process

Table
Direct

Workflow
Block

Asynchronously
Synchronously
adprocess_adwfnode

Table
Direct

List

Operation System Task

The Task field identifies

a Operation System
Task in the system.

Workflow or tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique workflow. A workflow
is a grouping of related tasks,
in a specified sequence and
optionally including approvals

Mode how the subworkflow is executed

Process or Report

AD_WF_Block.AD_Workflow_ID=@AD_Workflow_ID@
Workflow Transaction
Execution Block

adwfblock_adwfnode

Document
Action

Maximum (critical) Duration

for time management purposes
(e.g. starting an escalation
procedure, etc.) in Duration Units.

AD_Workflow
adworkflow_adwfnodesubflow

Subflow
Execution

Maximum Duration
in Duration Unit

Approve Reject
Post Close Reverse
- Correct Reverse Accrual Invalidate
< None> Complete
Void Unlock Prepare
Re-activate Wait
Complete (CO)

The Process field identifies

a unique Process or
Report in the system.
A workflow execution block is
optional and allows all work to be
performed in a single transaction.
If one step (node activity) fails,
the entire work is rolled back.
You find the current status in
the Document Status field. The
options are listed in a popup

The targeted status

of the document

2441

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Wait Time

Integer

Dynamic
Priority
Unit

List

Dynamic
Priority
Change

Number

Duration

Integer

Cost

Costs
+Prices

Working
Time

Integer

Waiting
Time

Integer

Context
Help

Table
Direct

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Minute Hour Day

Description

Comment/Help

Time in minutes
to wait (sleep)

Time in minutes to
be suspended (sleep)

Change of priority
when Activity
is suspended
waiting for user

Starting with the Process /

Node priority level, the priority
of the suspended activity
can be changed dynamically.
Example +5 every 10 minutes

Change of priority
when Activity
is suspended
waiting for user

Starting with the Process /

Node priority level, the priority
of the suspended activity
can be changed dynamically.
Example +5 every 10 minutes

Normal Duration
in Duration Unit

Expected (normal) Length

of time for the execution

Cost information

adctxhelp_adwfnode

AD_CtxHelp_ID
IN (SELECT
AD_CtxHelp_ID
FROM AD_CtxHelp
WHERE CtxType
IS NULL OR
CtxType IN ('A', 'N'))

3. Tab: Parameter - AD_WF_Node_Para

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Node Parameter
2442

Workflow Simulation
Execution Time

Amount of time the performer

of the activity needs to perform
the task in Duration Unit

Workflow Simulation
Waiting time

Amount of time needed to

prepare the performance of
the task on Duration Units

Window: Workflow
Comment/Help: Parameter for the execution of the Workflow Node
Tab Level: 2
Table 435.3. Parameter Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Workflow
Node
Parameter

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Node

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Process
Parameter

Table
Direct

Attribute
Name

String

Attribute
Value

String

Workflow Node
Execution Parameter

(@1|
AD_WF_Node_ID@) adwfnode_adwfnodepara
(Y)

String

Entity
Type

Table

Parameter for the execution

of the Workflow Node

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Process_Para.AD_Process_ID=@AD_Process_ID@
adprocesspara_adwfnodepara
Name of the Attribute

Value of the Attribute

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record
_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adwfnodepara

2443

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

Identifier of the attribute

iDempiere converts the (string)
field values to the attribute data
type. Booleans (Yes-No) may have
the values "true" and "false", the
date format is YYYY-MM-DD
A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Entity Types "Dictionary",
"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

4. Tab: Node Translation - AD_WF_Node_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Node Translation
Tab Level: 2
Table 435.4. Node Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Node

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_wfnodetrl

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.

ad_language_wfnodetrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

2444

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Comment/ Text Long

Help

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

5. Tab: Block - AD_WF_Block

[IMAGE]
Description: Workflow Transaction Execution Block
Comment/Help: A workflow execution block is optional and allows all work to be performed in a single transaction. If one step (node activity) fails, the entire
work is rolled back.
Tab Level: 1
Table 435.5. Block Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Workflow
Block

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow

Table
Direct

Name

String

adworkflow_adwfblock

2445

Description

Comment/Help

Workflow Transaction
Execution Block

A workflow execution block is

optional and allows all work to be
performed in a single transaction.
If one step (node activity) fails,
the entire work is rolled back.

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Description

Comment/Help

Workflow Node
Transition

The Next Nodes Tab

defines the order or Nodes
or Steps in a Workflow.

6. Tab: Transition - AD_WF_NodeNext

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Node Transition
Comment/Help: The Next Nodes Tab defines the order or Nodes or Steps in a Workflow.
Tab Level: 2
Table 435.6. Transition Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Node
Transition

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

wf_nodenextclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

wf_nodenextorg

Node

Table
Direct

(@1|
AD_WF_Node_ID@) adwfnode_adwfnodenext

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

Next Node

Table

AD_WF_Next Nodes
AD_WF_Node.AD_WorkFlow_ID=@AD_Workflow_ID@
Next Node
adwfnodenext_adwfnodenext
in workflow

Sequence

Integer

(10)

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first
2446

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.
The Next Node indicates the next
step or task in this Workflow.
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Std User
Workflow

Yes-No

Transition
Code

Text

Entity
Type

Table

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

(Y)

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

If selected, only documents with an

open status (drafted, in progress,
approved, rejected, invalid) and
standard user actions (prepare,
complete, approve, reject) are
Standard Manual User
allowed to continue. Use this to
Approval Workflow prevent having to define details on
how automatic processes (unlock,
invalidate, post, re-activate) and
when the document is closed for
normal user action (completed,
waiting, closed, voided, reversed).

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adwfnodenext

Code resulting in
TRUE of FALSE

The transition is executed, if the

code results in TRUE (or is empty)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

7. Tab: Condition - AD_WF_NextCondition

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Node Transition Condition
Comment/Help: Optional restriction of transition of one node to the next. The (string) value is converted to the datatype. Booleans (Yes-No) are represented by
"true" and "false", the date format is YYYY-mm-DD
Tab Level: 3
2447

Window: Workflow
Table 435.7. Condition Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Transition
Condition

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Node
Transition

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Table
(@4|
Direct AD_WF_NodeNext_ID@)
adwfnodenext_adwfnextcond

Description

Comment/Help

Workflow Node
Transition Condition

Optional restriction of transition

of one node to the next

Workflow Node
Transition

Sequence

Integer
(@SQL=SELECT
COALESCE(MAX(SeqNo),0)+10
AS DefaultValue
FROM
AD_WF_NextCondition
WHERE
AD_WF_NodeNext_ID=@AD_WF_NodeNext_ID@)

The Next Nodes Tab

defines the order or Nodes
or Steps in a Workflow.
The Sequence indicates
the order of records

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

And/Or

List

And Or (O)

Logical operation:
AND or OR

Column

Table
Direct

Operation

List

Value

String

(same as first report)

Value To

String

Value To

Entity
Type

Table

AD_Column.AD_Table_ID=@AD_Table_ID@
adcolumn_adwfnextcondition
Column in the table
= > = < ~ |< x>
| sql != > < =

(see same above)

Link to the database

column of the table

Compare Operation

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adwfnextcondition

2448

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

(see same above)

The Entity Types "Dictionary",
"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Window: Workflow

8. Tab: Workflow Translation - AD_Workflow_Trl

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Tab Level: 1
Table 435.8. Workflow Translation Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow

Table
Direct

Language

Table

Active

Yes-No

Translated

Yes-No

Name

String

Description

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

ad_workflowtrl

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

ad_language_workflowtrl

Language for
this entity

The Language identifies

the language to use for
display and formatting

(same as first report)

(see same above)

This column
is translated

The Translated checkbox indicates

if this column is translated.

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

AD_Language

(Y)

String

Optional short
description
of the record

Comment/ Text Long

Help

Comment or Hint

2449

A description is limited
to 255 characters.
The Help field contains
a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Window: Workflow

9. Tab: Access - AD_Workflow_Access

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Access
Comment/Help: The Workflow Access Tab defines the Roles who have access to this Workflow.
LinkColumn: Workflow
Tab Level: 1
Table 435.9. Access Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
ad_workflowaccess_client
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
ad_workflowaccess_org
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow

Table
Direct

Role

Table
Direct

Active

Yes-No

Read
Write

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adworkfow_workflowaccess

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

adrole_adworkflowaccess

Responsibility Role

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Field is read / write

The Read Write indicates that this

field may be read and updated.

(Y)

AD_Workflow_Access_UU
String

10. Tab: Previous Node - AD_WF_NodeNext

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
LinkColumn: Node Transition
Tab Level: 2
2450

Window: Workflow
Table 435.10. Previous Node Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Node
Transition

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Workflow Node
Transition

The Next Nodes Tab

defines the order or Nodes
or Steps in a Workflow.

wf_nodenextclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

wf_nodenextorg

Node

Table
Direct

(@1|
AD_WF_Node_ID@) adwfnode_adwfnodenext

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

Next Node

Table

AD_WF_Next Nodes
AD_WF_Node.AD_WorkFlow_ID=@AD_Workflow_ID@
Next Node
adwfnodenext_adwfnodenext
in workflow

Sequence

Integer

Description

(10)

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.
The Next Node indicates the next
step or task in this Workflow.

Method of ordering
records; lowest
number comes first

The Sequence indicates

the order of records

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Transition
Code

Text

Code resulting in
TRUE of FALSE

The transition is executed, if the

code results in TRUE (or is empty)

Active

Yes-No

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Std User
Workflow

Yes-No

(Y)

If selected, only documents with an

open status (drafted, in progress,
approved, rejected, invalid) and
standard user actions (prepare,
Standard Manual User
complete, approve, reject) are
Approval Workflow
allowed to continue. Use this to
prevent having to define details on
how automatic processes (unlock,
invalidate, post, re-activate) and
when the document is closed for

2451

Window: Workflow
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
normal user action (completed,
waiting, closed, voided, reversed).

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adwfnodenext

2452

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Chapter 436. Window: Workflow Activities (all)

Description: Monitor all Workflow activities
Comment/Help: Maintain all Workflow activities
Created:2004-01-01 23:43:08.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:16:09.0

1. Tab: Activity - AD_WF_Activity

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Activities
Comment/Help: The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
Tab Level: 0
Table 436.1. Activity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dyn
Priority
Start

Integer

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow
Process

Table
Direct

Node

Table
Direct

Starting priority before

changed dynamically

adwfprocess_adwfactivity

Actual Workflow
Process Instance

Instance of a workflow execution

adwfnode_adwfactivity

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.

2453

Window: Workflow Activities (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Priority

Integer

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Workflow
State

List

Not Started Running

Suspended Aborted
Terminated Completed

End Wait

Date
+Time

Workflow

Table
Direct

Workflow
Responsible

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Search

Table

Search

Record ID

Button

Message

Table
Direct

Last Alert

Date

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

The Priority indicates the

importance of this request.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

State of the execution

of the workflow
End of sleep time

End of suspension (sleep)

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

adwfresponsible_adwfactivity

Responsible for
Workflow Execution

The ultimate responsibility

for a workflow is with an
actual user. The Workflow
Responsible allows to define
ways to find that actual User.

aduser_adwfactivity

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adtable_adwfactivity

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

adworkflow_adwfactivity

AD_User - Internal

admessage_adwfactivity

System Message
Date when last
alert were sent

2454

Information and Error messages

The last alert date is updated
when a reminder email is sent

Window: Workflow Activities (all)

Field
Name

Reference

Text
Message

Text

Manage
Activity

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Workflow
Activity

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Text Message

2455

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Workflow Activity

The Workflow Activity is the

actual Workflow Node in a
Workflow Process instance

Chapter 437. Window: Workflow Process

Description: Monitor workflow processes
Comment/Help: View and Maintain Workflow Process Instance Information
Created:2004-01-01 23:41:09.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:16:14.0

1. Tab: Process - AD_WF_Process

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Actual Workflow Process Instance
Comment/Help: Instance of a workflow execution
Tab Level: 0
Table 437.1. Process Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Workflow
Process

Table
Direct

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Workflow

Table
Direct

Priority

Integer

Created

Date
+Time

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adwfprocess_adwfprocess

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Actual Workflow
Process Instance

Instance of a workflow execution

wf_instanceclient

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

wf_instanceorg

adworkflow_adwfprocess

(SYSDATE)

2456

Workflow or
combination of tasks

The Workflow field identifies a

unique Workflow in the system.

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

The Priority indicates the

importance of this request.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Window: Workflow Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Workflow
State

List

Not Started Running

Suspended Aborted
Terminated Completed

Workflow
Responsible

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Search

Table

Search

Record ID

Button

Message

Table
Direct

Text
Message

Text

Manage
Process

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

State of the execution

of the workflow

adwfresponsible_adwfprocess

Responsible for
Workflow Execution

The ultimate responsibility

for a workflow is with an
actual user. The Workflow
Responsible allows to define
ways to find that actual User.

aduser_adwfprocess

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adtable_adwfprocess

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

AD_User - Internal

admessage_adwfprocess

System Message

Information and Error messages

Text Message

The document has

been processed

2. Tab: Activity - AD_WF_Activity

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
2457

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Window: Workflow Process

Description: Workflow Activity
Comment/Help: The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance
LinkColumn: Workflow Process
Tab Level: 1
Table 437.2. Activity Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dyn
Priority
Start

Integer

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow
Process

Table
Direct

Node

Table
Direct

Starting priority before

changed dynamically

Priority

Integer

Created

Date
+Time

(SYSDATE)

Workflow
State

List

Not Started Running

Suspended Aborted
Terminated Completed

End Wait

Date
+Time

Workflow

Table
Direct

adwfprocess_adwfactivity

Actual Workflow
Process Instance

Instance of a workflow execution

adwfnode_adwfactivity

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.

Indicates if this request

is of a high, medium
or low priority.

The Priority indicates the

importance of this request.

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

State of the execution

of the workflow
End of sleep time
Workflow or
combination of tasks

adworkflow_adwfactivity
2458

End of suspension (sleep)

The Workflow field identifies a
unique Workflow in the system.

Window: Workflow Process

Field
Name

Reference

Workflow
Responsible

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Search

Table

Search

Record ID

Button

Message

Table
Direct

Last Alert

Date

Text
Message

Text

Manage
Activity

Button

Processed

Yes-No

Workflow
Activity

ID

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

adwfresponsible_adwfactivity

Responsible for
Workflow Execution

The ultimate responsibility

for a workflow is with an
actual user. The Workflow
Responsible allows to define
ways to find that actual User.

aduser_adwfactivity

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adtable_adwfactivity

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

AD_User - Internal

admessage_adwfactivity

System Message
Date when last
alert were sent

Information and Error messages

The last alert date is updated
when a reminder email is sent

Text Message

2459

The document has

been processed

The Processed checkbox

indicates that a document
has been processed.

Workflow Activity

The Workflow Activity is the

actual Workflow Node in a
Workflow Process instance

Window: Workflow Process

3. Tab: Result - AD_WF_ActivityResult

[IMAGE]
Description: Result of the Workflow Process Activity
Comment/Help: Activity Result of the execution of the Workflow Process Instrance
Tab Level: 2
Table 437.3. Result Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Workflow
Activity
Result

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow
Activity

Table
Direct

Attribute
Name

String

Attribute
Value

String

Activity Result of the execution

Result of the Workflow
of the Workflow Process Instance
Process Activity

adwfactivity_adwfactresult

Workflow Activity

Name of the Attribute

Value of the Attribute

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

2460

The Workflow Activity is the

actual Workflow Node in a
Workflow Process instance
Identifier of the attribute
iDempiere converts the (string)
field values to the attribute data
type. Booleans (Yes-No) may have
the values "true" and "false", the
date format is YYYY-MM-DD
A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Window: Workflow Process

Field
Name

Reference

Comment/
Help

Text

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Comment or Hint

The Help field contains

a hint, comment or help
about the use of this item.

Description

Comment/Help

(same as first report)

(see same above)

4. Tab: Event - AD_WF_EventAudit

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Process Activity Event Audit Information
Comment/Help: History of chenges ov the Workflow Process Activity
LinkColumn: Workflow Process
Tab Level: 1
Table 437.4. Event Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow
Process

Table
Direct

Node

Table
Direct

Workflow
State

List

Workflow
Responsible

Table
Direct

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

adwfprocess_adwfeventaudit

Actual Workflow
Process Instance

Instance of a workflow execution

adwfnode_adwfeventaudit

Workflow
Node (activity),
step or process

The Workflow Node

indicates a unique step or
process in a Workflow.

Not Started Running

Suspended Aborted
Terminated Completed

State of the execution

of the workflow
Responsible for
Workflow Execution

adwfresponsib_adwfeventaudit
2461

The ultimate responsibility

for a workflow is with an
actual user. The Workflow

Window: Workflow Process

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help
Responsible allows to define
ways to find that actual User.

User/
Contact

Search

Table

Table
Direct

Record ID

Button

AD_User
aduser_adwfeventaudit

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique

user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

adtable_adwfeventaudit

Database Table
information

The Database Table provides the

information of the table definition

Direct internal
record ID

The Record ID is the internal

unique identifier of a record.
Please note that zooming to the
record may not be successful for
Orders, Invoices and Shipment/
Receipts as sometimes the
Sales Order type is not known.

Event
Type

List

State Changed
Process Completed
Process Created

Attribute
Name

String

New Value

String

New field value

New data entered in the field

Old Value

String

The old file data

Old data overwritten in the field

Description

String

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Text
Message

Text

Elapsed
Time ms

Number

Created

Date
+Time

Workflow
Event
Audit

ID

Type of Event

Name of the Attribute

Identifier of the attribute

Text Message

(SYSDATE)

2462

Elapsed Time
in milli seconds

Elapsed Time in milli seconds

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Workflow Process
Activity Event
Audit Information

History of changes of the

Workflow Process Activity

Window: Workflow Process

5. Tab: Data - AD_WF_ProcessData

[IMAGE]
Description: Workflow Process Context
Comment/Help: Context information of the workflow process and activity
Tab Level: 1
Table 437.5. Data Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Workflow
Process
Data

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow
Process

Table
Direct

Attribute
Name

String

Attribute
Value

String

Workflow
Process Context

Actual Workflow
Process Instance

adwfproccess_adwfprocessdata

Name of the Attribute

Value of the Attribute

2463

Context information of the

workflow process and activity

Instance of a workflow execution

Identifier of the attribute
iDempiere converts the (string)
field values to the attribute data
type. Booleans (Yes-No) may have
the values "true" and "false", the
date format is YYYY-MM-DD

Chapter 438. Window: Workflow Processor

Description: Maintain Workflow Processor and Logs
Comment/Help: Workflow Processor Server Parameters
Created:2004-02-19 11:14:13.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Workflow Processor - AD_WorkflowProcessor

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Processor Server
Comment/Help: Workflow Processor Server
Tab Level: 0
Table 438.1. Workflow Processor Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Frequency

Integer

Process
Now

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Frequency of events

The frequency is used in

conjunction with the frequency
type in determining an event.
Example: If the Frequency Type
is Week and the Frequency
is 2 - it is every two weeks.

Button

AD_WorkflowProcessor_UU
String
Workflow
Processor

ID

Frequency
Type

List

Client

Table
Direct

Workflow
Processor Server
Minute Hour Day
Frequency of event
(@#AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0
2464

Workflow Processor Server

The frequency type is
used for calculating the
date of the next event.
(see same above)

Window: Workflow Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

String

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

Schedule

Table
Direct

Inactivity
Alert Days

Integer

(0)

Reminder
Days

Integer

(7)

Supervisor

Table

AD_User - Supervisor

(Y)

Comment/Help
(see same above)

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

AD_Schedule.IsSystemSchedule='N'
adschedule_adworkflowprocessor
OR
@AD_Client_ID@=0

aduser_adworkflowprocessor

(7)

Send Alert when there

is no activity after
days (0= no alert)

An email alert is sent when the

request shows no activity for
the number of days defined.

Days between
sending Reminder
Emails for a due or
inactive Document

When a document is due for too

long without activity, a reminder
is sent. 0 means no reminders. The
Remind Days are the days when
the next email reminder is sent.

Supervisor for this

user/organization used for escalation
and approval

The Supervisor indicates who

will be used for forwarding
and escalating issues for
this user - or for approvals.

Number of days to
keep the log entries

Older Log entries may be deleted

Days to
keep Log

Integer

Alert over
Priority

Integer

Send alert email

when over priority

Send alert email when a suspended

activity is over the priority defined

Date
last run

Date
+Time

Date the process

was last run.

The Date Last Run indicates the

last time that a process was run.

2465

Window: Workflow Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Date
next run

Date
+Time

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Date the process

will run next

The Date Next Run indicates the

next time this process will run.

Description

Comment/Help

Result of the
execution of the
Workflow Processor

Result of the execution of

the Workflow Processor

2. Tab: Log - AD_WorkflowProcessorLog

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Workflow Processor Log
Comment/Help: Result of the execution of the Workflow Processor
Tab Level: 1
Table 438.2. Log Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Workflow
Processorl
Log

ID

Binary
Data

Binary

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Client

Table
Direct

Organization

Table
Direct

Workflow
Processor

Table
Direct

Created

Date
+Time

Summary
Error

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Binary Data

The Binary field stores binary data.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

(@AD_Client_ID@)

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(@AD_Org_ID@)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

Workflow
Processor Server

Workflow Processor Server

Date this record

was created

The Created field indicates the

date that this record was created.

Text

Textual summary
of this request

The Summary allows free form

text entry of a recap of this request.

Yes-No

An Error occurred
in the execution

adworkflowprocessor_log
(SYSDATE)

2466

Window: Workflow Processor

Field
Name

Reference

Reference

String

Text
Message

Text

Description

String

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Reference for
this record

The Reference displays the

source document number.

Text Message
Optional short
description
of the record

2467

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

Chapter 439. Window: Workflow Responsible

Description: Responsible for Workflow Execution
Comment/Help: The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Created:2004-01-01 23:57:28.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0

1. Tab: Responsible - AD_WF_Responsible

[IMAGE] .. [DATABASE]
Description: Responsible for Workflow Execution
Comment/Help: The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User.
Tab Level: 0
Table 439.1. Responsible Fields
Field
Name

Reference

Workflow
Responsible

ID

Client

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Client_ID@)

Organization

Table
Direct

(@#AD_Org_ID@)

Name

Values (Default)

Constraint Value

adorg_adwfresponsible

Validation Rule

Description

Comment/Help

Responsible for
Workflow Execution

The ultimate responsibility

for a workflow is with an
actual user. The Workflow
Responsible allows to define
ways to find that actual User.

AD_Client.AD_Client_ID
(same as first report)
<>0

(see same above)

(AD_Org.IsSummary='N'
OR
(same as first report)
AD_Org.AD_Org_ID=0)

(see same above)

String
Alphanumeric
identifier of the entity

2468

The name of an entity (record)

is used as an default search
option in addition to the
search key. The name is up
to 60 characters in length.

Window: Workflow Responsible

Field
Name

Reference

Values (Default)

Description

String

Active

Yes-No

(Y)

Entity
Type

Table

_EntityTypeNew(U)

Constraint Value

Validation Rule

ReadOnly Logic:
@EntityType@=D
entityt_adwfresponsible

Responsible
Type

List

Role

Table
Direct

User/
Contact

Search

Organization Human
Role System Resource

Description

Comment/Help

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited
to 255 characters.

(same as first report)

(see same above)

Dictionary Entity
Type; Determines
ownership and
synchronization

The Entity Types "Dictionary",

"iDempiere" and "Application"
might be automatically
synchronized and customizations
deleted or overwritten. For
customizations, copy the
entity and select "User"!

Type of the
Responsibility
for a workflow

Type how the responsible

user for the execution of
a workflow is determined

AD_Role.AD_Client_ID=@#AD_Client_ID@
adrole_adwfresponsible
AND
Responsibility Role
AD_Role.IsMasterRole='N'
AD_User - Internal

User within the system

- Internal or Business
Partner Contact

aduser_adwfresponsible

2469

The Role determines security

and access a user who has this
Role will have in the System.
The User identifies a unique
user in the system. This
could be an internal user or
a business partner contact

Chapter 440. Form:Accounting Fact Reconcilation

(manual)
Created:2010-09-02 18:20:46.0
Updated:2010-09-02 18:20:46.0
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VFactReconcile

2470

Chapter 441. Form:Archive Viewer

Created:2005-01-10 19:02:49.0
Updated:2005-02-09 22:52:23.0
Description: View automatically archived Documents
Comment/Help: Depending on the Client Automatic Archive Level documents and reports are saved and available for view. In the Report Viewer you can manually
archive Documents or Reports. You can only view archives, if you have access to the original document.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.ArchiveViewer

2471

Chapter 442. Form:BOM Drop

Created:2003-12-30 10:42:46.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Drop (expand) Bill of Materials
Comment/Help: Drop the extended Bill of Materials into an Order, Invoice, etc. The documents need to be in a Drafted stage. Make sure that the items included
in the BOM are on the price list of the Order, Invoice, etc. as otherwise the price will be zero!
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VBOMDrop

2472

Chapter 443. Form:BOM Viewer

Created:2011-07-27 16:24:35.0
Updated:2011-07-27 16:24:35.0
Description: Shows the parent-component relationship for the product entered in the Product field.
Comment/Help: Selecting a product will display a hierarchy of components and sub-BOMs for that product. Selecting the "Where Used" check box will display
the BOMs that this product is used in.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VTreeBOM

2473

Chapter 444. Form:Generate Charges

Created:2001-02-06 18:47:46.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Generate Charges from natural accounts
Comment/Help: Use the upper portion to create new charges using the general charge accounts. Use the lower portion to create charges based on the natural account.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VCharge

2474

Chapter 445. Form:Generate Invoices (manual)

Created:2000-09-04 13:39:07.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Select and generate invoices
Comment/Help: Generate Invoices from Orders. Select the orders to generate the invoice for.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VInvoiceGen

2475

Chapter 446. Form:Generate Shipments (manual)

Created:2003-01-25 14:31:18.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Select and generate shipments
Comment/Help: Generate Shipments from Orders. Select the orders to generate the shipments for.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VInOutGen

2476

Chapter 447. Form:Import File Loader

Created:2000-09-15 16:32:44.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Load flat Files into import tables
Comment/Help: The Import File Loader parses the content of a flat file and loads it into import tables. Comments start with a '[' and end with a ']' and are ignored;
example: [Some Heading].
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VFileImport

2477

Chapter 448. Form:Matching PO-Receipt-Invoice

Created:2002-02-08 20:38:26.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Match Purchase Orders, Receipts, Vendor Invoices
Comment/Help: Make sure that the Receipts and Invoices are processed. If you want to match partial shipment, make sure that "Same Quantity" is not selected.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VMatch

2478

Chapter 449. Form:Material Transactions

Created:2000-10-31 22:19:31.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Material Transactions
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VTrxMaterial

2479

Chapter 450. Form:Merge Entities

Created:2003-08-09 13:08:17.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Merge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From
Comment/Help: < i> Dangerous - Please are aware of what you are doing!< /i> All instances of the From entity (e.g. Customer A) are changed to the To entity
(e.g. Customer B). The From entity (e.g. Customer A) is deleted. < p> < b> There is NO undo nor trace ! Please do a backup first< /b> Please be aware that you
may be changing history records (e.g. invoices, etc.) ! < /p> < p> < b> Side effects:< /b> Merging Products are likely to distort product costs; Merging Business
Partners may result in incorrect open item balance. Check with support on remedies. < p> < b> Restrictions:< /b> Accounting and Inventory conflicts are not
resolved in this version.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VMerge

2480

Chapter 451. Form:POS

Created:2003-12-22 11:37:51.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Point Of Sales Terminal
Comment/Help: Enter Transactions via a POS Terminal. Automatically, scans or credit card swipes are recongized.
ClassName: org.compiere.pos.PosPanel

2481

Chapter 452. Form:Payment Allocation

Created:2001-01-09 16:47:06.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Allocate invoices and payments
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VAllocation

2482

Chapter 453. Form:Payment Print/Export

Created:2001-07-26 18:04:58.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Print or export your payments
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VPayPrint

2483

Chapter 454. Form:Payment Selection (manual)

Created:2001-07-26 18:27:19.0
Updated:2005-02-24 11:08:12.0
Description: Manual Payment Selection
Comment/Help: Select vendor invoices for payment. If you don't see an invoice, make sure that it is not included in a different (nprocessed) Payment Selection.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VPaySelect

2484

Chapter 455. Form:Performance Indicators

Created:2005-12-21 19:10:28.0
Updated:2008-08-19 15:25:12.0
Description: View Performance Indicators
Comment/Help: View all Performance Indicators and Goals
ClassName: org.adempiere.apps.graph.ViewPI

2485

Chapter 456. Form:Product Attribute Grid

Created:2006-03-11 11:41:48.0
Updated:2006-03-11 11:41:48.0
Description: Maintain Products with Attributes in a Table Grid
Comment/Help: Select one or two attributes if a Product Attribute and display/maintain products in a row or table grid.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VAttributeGrid

2486

Chapter 457. Form:Reset Password

Created:2012-09-18 14:38:34.0
Updated:2012-09-18 14:48:49.0
Description: Reset Password
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VResetPassword

2487

Chapter 458. Form:SQL Process

Created:2003-04-18 15:31:09.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Process SQL Statements
Comment/Help: Process SQL DDL Statements
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VSQLProcess

2488

Chapter 459. Form:Setup Wizard

Created:2012-08-17 16:05:20.0
Updated:2012-08-17 16:05:20.0
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VSetupWizard

2489

Chapter 460. Form:Translation Import/Export

Created:2003-01-04 15:19:26.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Import or Export Language Translation
Comment/Help: Export/Import Translation info to/from xml for translation in external tool. Please note that the Language MUST be an enabled and verified System
Langage.
ClassName: org.compiere.install.VTranslationDialog

2490

Chapter 461. Form:Tree Maintenance

Created:2004-03-19 17:13:51.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Maintain Trees
Comment/Help: View and change trees. Maintain the entries in their specific Windows.
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.form.VTreeMaintenance

2491

Chapter 462. Form:Workflow Activities

Created:2004-03-25 02:01:59.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: My active workflow activities
Comment/Help: View active worflow activities
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.wf.WFActivity

2492

Chapter 463. Form:Workflow Editor

Created:2004-03-25 02:01:04.0
Updated:2000-01-02 00:00:00.0
Description: Edit Workflows
Comment/Help: Edit the graphical layout of workflows
ClassName: org.compiere.apps.wf.WFPanel

2493

Chapter 464. InfoPanel:Product Info

Created:2013-01-22 16:06:24.0
Updated:2014-01-08 21:54:55.0
Table :AD_InfoWindow
SQL From :M_Product p LEFT OUTER JOIN M_ProductPrice pr ON (p.M_Product_ID=pr.M_Product_ID AND pr.IsActive='Y') LEFT OUTER JOIN
M_AttributeSet pa ON (p.M_AttributeSet_ID=pa.M_AttributeSet_ID) LEFT OUTER JOIN M_Product_PO ppo ON (p.M_Product_ID=ppo.M_Product_ID AND
ppo.IsCurrentVendor='Y' AND ppo.IsActive='Y') LEFT OUTER JOIN C_BPartner bp ON (ppo.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID)
Order By :null SELECT Distinct Default Value
[INVALID DATA]
Table 464.1. Product Info InfoPanel Columns
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

Vendor

String

Price List Version

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

bp.Name
AS Vendor

null

null

Table Directpr.M_PriceList_Version_ID Operator:=

Function:null

Identifies a
unique instance
of a Price List

Each Price List can have multiple versions.

The most common use is to indicate
the dates that a Price List is valid for.

The product
attribute is
specific to the
instance (like
Serial No, Lot or
Guarantee Date)

If selected, the individual instance of the product

has this attribute - like the individual Serial or
Lot Numbers or Guarantee Date of a product
instance. If not selected, all instances of the
product share the attribute (e.g. color=green).

Instance Attribute

Yes-No

pa.IsInstanceAttribute

Vendor

Search

ppo.C_BPartner_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

Current Vendor

null

Attribute Set

Table Direct

p.M_AttributeSet_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

Product
Attribute Set

Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes

and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute
Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking.

Table Direct p.M_Product_Category_ID Operator:=

Function:null

Category of
a Product

Identifies the category which this product belongs to.

Product categories are used for pricing and selection.

Product Attribute
Set Instance

The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The

product level attributes are defined on Product level.

Product Category
Attribute
Set Instance

Product Attribute

Operator:=
Function:null

2494

InfoPanel:Product Info
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

Ordered Quantity

Quantity
bomQtyOrdered(p.M_Product_ID,@1113|
M_Warehouse_ID@,0)
AS QtyOrdered

Ordered Quantity

The Ordered Quantity indicates the

quantity of a product that was ordered.

Reserved Quantity

Quantity
bomQtyReserved(p.M_Product_ID,@1113|
M_Warehouse_ID@,0)
AS QtyReserved

Reserved Quantity

The Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity

of a product that is currently reserved.

On Hand Quantity

Quantity
bomQtyOnHand(p.M_Product_ID,@1113|
M_Warehouse_ID@,0)
AS QtyOnHand

On Hand Quantity

The On Hand Quantity indicates the quantity

of a product that is on hand in a warehouse.

Available Quantity

Quantity
bomQtyAvailable(p.M_Product_ID,@1113|
M_Warehouse_ID@,0)
AS QtyAvailable

Available
Quantity (On
Hand - Reserved)

Quantity available to promise =

On Hand minus Reserved Quantity

Unconfirmed Qty

Quantity

null

null

Unconfirmed
Move

Quantity

null

null

(SELECT
SUM(c.TargetQty)
FROM
M_InOutLineConfirm
c INNER JOIN
M_InOutLine
il ON
(c.M_InOutLine_ID=il.M_InOutLine_ID)
INNER JOIN
M_InOut i ON
(il.M_InOut_ID=i.M_InOut_ID)
WHERE
c.Processed='N'
AND
i.M_Warehouse_ID=@1113|
M_Warehouse_ID@
AND
il.M_Product_ID=p.M_Product_ID)
AS
QtyUnconfirmed
(SELECT
SUM(c.TargetQty)
FROM
M_MovementLineConfirm
c INNER JOIN
2495

InfoPanel:Product Info
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT
QueryCriteria
M_MovementLine
ml ON
(c.M_MovementLine_ID=ml.M_MovementLine_ID)
INNER JOIN
M_Locator l ON
(ml.M_LocatorTo_ID=l.M_Locator_ID)
WHERE
c.Processed='N'
AND
l.M_Warehouse_ID=@1113|
M_Warehouse_ID@
AND
ml.M_Product_ID=p.M_Product_ID)
AS
QtyUnconfirmedMove

Margin

Costs+Prices
bomPriceStd(p.M_Product_ID,
pr.M_PriceList_Version_ID)bomPriceLimit(p.M_Product_ID,
pr.M_PriceList_Version_ID)
AS Margin

Warehouse

Table Direct

Limit Price

Costs+Prices

pr.PriceLimit

Name

String

p.Name

Standard Price

Search Key

Operator:=
Function:null

Description

Comment/Help

null

null

Storage
Warehouse and
Service Point

The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse

where products are stored or Services are provided.

Lowest price
for a product

The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for

a product stated in the Price List Currency.

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is used as an

default search option in addition to the search
key. The name is up to 60 characters in length.

Standard Price

The Standard Price indicates the standard or

normal price for a product on this price list

Search key for

the record in the
format required
- must be unique

A search key allows you a fast method of finding a

particular record. If you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates a numeric number.
The document sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Costs+Prices
bomPriceStd(p.M_Product_ID,
pr.M_PriceList_Version_ID)
AS PriceStd
String

p.Value

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

2496

InfoPanel:Product Info
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

Yes-No

p.Discontinued

List Price

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help
the name "DocumentNo_< TableName> ", where
TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

This product is no
longer available

The Discontinued check box indicates

a product that has been discontinued.

List Price

The List Price is the official List

Price in the document currency.

Costs+Prices
bomPriceList(p.M_Product_ID,
pr.M_PriceList_Version_ID)
AS PriceList

UPC/EAN

String

p.UPC

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Bar Code
(Universal Product
Code or its
superset European
Article Number)

Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any
of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code
39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13,
EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8,
POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode)

SKU

String

p.SKU

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Stock
Keeping Unit

The SKU indicates a user defined stock

keeping unit. It may be used for an additional
bar code symbols or your own schema.

2497

Chapter 465. InfoPanel:Business Partner Info

Created:2013-01-25 17:00:39.0
Updated:2014-01-08 21:55:06.0
Table :AD_InfoWindow
SQL From :C_BPartner bp LEFT OUTER JOIN C_BPartner_Location l ON (bp.C_BPartner_ID=l.C_BPartner_ID AND l.IsActive='Y') LEFT OUTER JOIN
AD_User c ON (bp.C_BPartner_ID=c.C_BPartner_ID AND (c.C_BPartner_Location_ID IS NULL OR c.C_BPartner_Location_ID=l.C_BPartner_Location_ID)
AND c.IsActive='Y') LEFT OUTER JOIN C_Location a ON (l.C_Location_ID=a.C_Location_ID)
Order By :bp.Value Default Value
[DATABASE],
Table 465.1. Business Partner Info InfoPanel Columns
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

Name

String

bp.Name

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is used as an

default search option in addition to the search
key. The name is up to 60 characters in length.

Credit Available

Amount

bp.SO_CreditLimitbp.SO_CreditUsed
AS
SO_CreditAvailable

Available Credit
based on Credit
Limit (not Total
Open Balance)
and Credit Used

null

Credit Used

Amount

bp.SO_CreditUsed

Current
open balance

The Credit Used indicates the total amount of open or

unpaid invoices in primary accounting currency for the
Business Partner. Credit Management is based on the
Total Open Amount, which includes Vendor activities.

Phone

String

c.Phone

Operator:Like
Function:null

Identifies a
telephone number

The Phone field identifies a telephone number

ZIP

String

a.Postal

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Postal code

The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the

postal code for this entity's address.

City

String

a.City

Identifies a City

The City identifies a unique

City for this Country or Region.

Revenue

Amount

bp.ActualLifetimeValue

null

null

2498

InfoPanel:Business Partner Info

Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

Address 1

String

Ship Address

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

a.Address1

Address line 1
for this location

The Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location

Yes-No

l.IsShipTo

Business Partner
Shipment Address

If the Ship Address is selected, the location is used to

ship goods to a customer or receive goods from a vendor.

Invoice Address

Yes-No

l.IsBillTo

Business Partner
Invoice/
Bill Address

If the Invoice Address is selected, the

location is used to send invoices to a
customer or receive invoices from a vendor.

Customer

List

bp.IsCustomer

Operator:=
Function:null

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Customer

The Customer checkbox indicates if this Business

Partner is a customer. If it is select additional fields
will display which further define this customer.

Vendor

List

bp.IsVendor

Operator:=
Function:null

Indicates if this
Business Partner
is a Vendor

The Vendor checkbox indicates if this Business

Partner is a Vendor. If it is selected, additional fields
will display which further identify this vendor.

Contact Name

String

c.Name AS
ContactName

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Business Partner
Contact Name

null

Search Key

String

bp.Value

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Search key for

the record in the
format required
- must be unique

A search key allows you a fast method of finding a

particular record. If you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates a numeric number.
The document sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with
the name "DocumentNo_< TableName> ", where
TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

User/Contact

Search

c.AD_User_ID

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in the system. This

could be an internal user or a business partner contact

Partner Location

Search

l.C_BPartner_Location_ID

Identifies the (ship

to) address for this
Business Partner

The Partner address indicates the

location of a Business Partner

EMail Address

String

c.EMail

Electronic
Mail Address

The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID

for this User and should be fully qualified
(e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email
Address is used to access the self service
application functionality from the web.

Open Balance

Amount

bp.TotalOpenBalance

Total Open
Balance Amount

The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated

open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity.

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

2499

InfoPanel:Business Partner Info

Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

2500

Description
in primary
Accounting
Currency

Comment/Help
If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business
Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine
the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments).

Chapter 466. InfoPanel:Order Info

Created:2013-01-30 16:14:17.0
Updated:2014-01-08 21:55:38.0
Table :AD_InfoWindow
SQL From :C_Order o
Order By :2,3,4 Default Value
[DATABASE],
Table 466.1. Order Info InfoPanel Columns
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

Date Ordered

Date

o.DateOrdered

Business Partner

Search

o.C_BPartner_ID

Currency

Table Direct

o.C_Currency_ID

Date Ordered

Date

o.DateOrdered AS
DateOrderedFrom

Date Ordered

Date

Grand Total

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

Date of Order

Indicates the Date an item was ordered.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to be used when

processing or reporting on this record

Operator:> =
Function:Trunc

Date of Order

Indicates the Date an item was ordered.

o.DateOrdered AS
DateOrderedTo

Operator:< =
Function:Trunc

Date of Order

Indicates the Date an item was ordered.

Amount

o.GrandTotal AS
GrandTotalFrom

Operator:> =
Function:null

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the total amount

including Tax and Freight in document currency

Grand Total

Amount

o.GrandTotal AS
GrandTotalTo

Operator:< =
Function:null

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the total amount

including Tax and Freight in document currency

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

o.IsSOTrx

Operator:=
Function:null

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Description

Text

o.Description

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited to 255 characters.

Order Reference

String

o.POReference

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Transaction
Reference

The business partner order reference is the order

reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase

Operator:=
Function:null

2501

InfoPanel:Order Info
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

Comment/Help
Order numbers are given to print on Invoices
for easier reference. A standard number can be
defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window.

Document No

String

o.DocumentNo

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually automatically generated

by the system and determined by the document type of the
document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary
number is displayed in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic document sequence
defined, the field is empty if you create a new document.
This is for documents which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field
empty, the system will generate a document number
for you. The document sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window
with the name "DocumentNo_< TableName> ", where
TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

null

null

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the total amount

including Tax and Freight in document currency

Converted

Grand Total

currencyBase(o.GrandTotal,o.C_Currency_ID,o.DateAcct,
Amount
o.AD_Client_ID,o.AD_Org_ID)
AS
ConvertedAmount
Amount

o.GrandTotal

2502

Chapter 467. InfoPanel:Invoice Info

Created:2013-02-01 06:50:57.0
Updated:2014-01-08 21:55:47.0
Table :AD_InfoWindow
SQL From :C_Invoice_v i
Order By :2,3,4,5 Default Value
[DATABASE],
Table 467.1. Invoice Info InfoPanel Columns
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

i.IsSOTrx

Operator:=
Function:null

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

Business Partner

Search

i.C_BPartner_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Date Invoiced

Date

i.DateInvoiced

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice.

Date Invoiced

Date

i.DateInvoiced AS
DateInvoicedTo

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice.

Due Date

Date

i.DueDate

Date when the

payment is due

Date when the payment is due

without deductions or discount

Date Invoiced

Date

i.DateInvoiced AS
DateInvoicedFrom

Operator:> =
Function:Trunc

Date printed
on Invoice

The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice.

Document No

String

i.DocumentNo

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually automatically generated

by the system and determined by the document type of the
document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary
number is displayed in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic document sequence
defined, the field is empty if you create a new document.
This is for documents which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field
empty, the system will generate a document number
for you. The document sequence used for this fallback

Operator:< =
Function:Trunc

2503

InfoPanel:Invoice Info
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

Currency

Table Direct

Grand Total
Grand Total
Converted

Open Amount

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help
number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window
with the name "DocumentNo_< TableName> ", where
TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

i.C_Currency_ID

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to be used when

processing or reporting on this record

Costs+Prices

i.GrandTotal

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the total amount

including Tax and Freight in document currency

Costs+Prices

i.GrandTotal AS
GrandTotalFrom

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the total amount

including Tax and Freight in document currency

null

null

Operator:> =
Function:null

Costs+PricescurrencyBase(i.GrandTotal,
i.C_Currency_ID,
i.DateAcct,
i.AD_Client_ID,
i.AD_Org_ID) AS
ConvertedAmount

invoiceOpen(i.C_Invoice_ID,i.C_InvoicePaySchedule_ID)
Costs+Prices
Open item amount
AS OpenAmt

Paid

Yes-No

i.IsPaid

Paid

List

i.IsPaid

Description

String

i.Description

Order Reference

String

i.POReference

Order

Search

i.C_Order_ID

null

The document
is paid

null

Operator:=
Function:null

The document
is paid

null

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited to 255 characters.

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

The business partner order reference is the order

reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase
Order numbers are given to print on Invoices
for easier reference. A standard number can be
defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window.

Order

The Order is a control document. The Order is complete

when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity
shipped and invoiced. When you close an order,
unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled.

Operator:=
Function:null

2504

InfoPanel:Invoice Info
Name
Invoice Payment
Schedule
Grand Total

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Table Directi.C_InvoicePaySchedule_ID
Costs+Prices

i.GrandTotal AS
GrandTotalTo

Description

Comment/Help

Invoice Payment
Schedule

The Invoice Payment Schedule

determines when partial payments are due.

Total amount
of document

The Grand Total displays the total amount

including Tax and Freight in document currency

Operator:< =
Function:null

2505

Chapter 468. InfoPanel:Shipment Info

Created:2013-02-01 15:31:40.0
Updated:2014-01-08 21:55:55.0
Table :AD_InfoWindow
SQL From :M_InOut i
Order By :2,3,4 Default Value
[DATABASE],
Table 468.1. Shipment Info InfoPanel Columns
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

Business Partner

Search

i.C_BPartner_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Movement Date

Date

i.MovementDate

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the date that a product

moved in or out of inventory. This is the result
of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Movement Date

Date

i.MovementDate
AS
MovementDateTo

Operator:< =
Function:Trunc

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the date that a product

moved in or out of inventory. This is the result
of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Movement Date

Date

i.MovementDate
Operator:> =
AS
Function:Trunc
MovementDateFrom

Date a product
was moved in or
out of inventory

The Movement Date indicates the date that a product

moved in or out of inventory. This is the result
of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement.

Document No

String

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually automatically generated

by the system and determined by the document type of the
document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary
number is displayed in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic document sequence
defined, the field is empty if you create a new document.
This is for documents which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field
empty, the system will generate a document number
for you. The document sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window

i.DocumentNo

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

2506

InfoPanel:Shipment Info
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help
with the name "DocumentNo_< TableName> ", where
TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Description

Text

i.Description

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Optional short
description
of the record

A description is limited to 255 characters.

Order Reference

String

i.POReference

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Transaction
Reference
Number (Sales
Order, Purchase
Order) of your
Business Partner

The business partner order reference is the order

reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase
Order numbers are given to print on Invoices
for easier reference. A standard number can be
defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window.

Sales Transaction

Yes-No

i.IsSOTrx

Operator:=
Function:null

This is a Sales
Transaction

The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates

if this item is a Sales Transaction.

2507

Chapter 469. InfoPanel:Payment Info

Created:2013-02-01 16:23:52.0
Updated:2014-01-08 21:56:05.0
Table :AD_InfoWindow
SQL From :C_Payment_v p
Order By :2,3,4 Default Value
[DATABASE],
Table 469.1. Payment Info InfoPanel Columns
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

Currency

Table Direct

Write-off Amount

Amount

Bank Account

String

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

p.C_Currency_ID

The Currency
for this record

Indicates the Currency to be used when

processing or reporting on this record

p.WriteOffAmt

Amount to
write-off

The Write Off Amount indicates the

amount to be written off as uncollectible.

(SELECT
b.Name || ' ' ||
ba.AccountNo
FROM C_Bank b,
C_BankAccount
ba WHERE
b.C_Bank_ID=ba.C_Bank_ID
AND
ba.C_BankAccount_ID=p.C_BankAccount_ID)
AS BankAccount

Account at
the Bank

The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank.

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction.

Business Partner

Search

p.C_BPartner_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

Transaction Date

Date

p.DateTrx

Transaction Date

Date

p.DateTrx AS
DateTrxFrom

Operator:> =
Function:Trunc

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction.

Transaction Date

Date

p.DateTrx AS
DateTrxTo

Operator:< =
Function:Trunc

Transaction Date

The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction.

2508

InfoPanel:Payment Info
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

Document No

String

p.DocumentNo

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Document
sequence number
of the document

The document number is usually automatically generated

by the system and determined by the document type of the
document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary
number is displayed in "< > ". If the document type of
your document has no automatic document sequence
defined, the field is empty if you create a new document.
This is for documents which usually have an external
number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field
empty, the system will generate a document number
for you. The document sequence used for this fallback
number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window
with the name "DocumentNo_< TableName> ", where
TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Receipt

Yes-No

p.IsReceipt

Operator:=
Function:null

This is a sales
transaction
(receipt)

null

Payment amount

Amount

p.PayAmt

Amount
being paid

Indicates the amount this payment is for. The

payment amount can be for single or multiple
invoices or a partial payment for an invoice.

Payment amount

Amount

p.PayAmt AS
PayAmtFrom

Operator:> =
Function:null

Amount
being paid

Indicates the amount this payment is for. The

payment amount can be for single or multiple
invoices or a partial payment for an invoice.

Payment amount

Amount

p.PayAmt AS
PayAmtTo

Operator:< =
Function:null

Amount
being paid

Indicates the amount this payment is for. The

payment amount can be for single or multiple
invoices or a partial payment for an invoice.

null

null

Converted

currencyBase(p.PayAmt,p.C_Currency_ID,p.DateTrx,
Amount
p.AD_Client_ID,p.AD_Org_ID)
AS
ConvertedAmount

Discount Amount

Amount

p.DiscountAmt

Calculated amount
of discount

The Discount Amount indicates the

discount amount for a document or line.

Allocated

Yes-No

p.IsAllocated

Indicates if the
payment has
been allocated

The Allocated checkbox indicates if a payment has

been allocated or associated with an invoice or invoices.

2509

Chapter 470. InfoPanel:Resource Info

Created:2013-02-01 17:35:31.0
Updated:2014-01-08 21:56:12.0
Table :AD_InfoWindow
SQL From :S_ResourceAssignment ra INNER JOIN S_Resource r ON (ra.S_Resource_ID=r.S_Resource_ID) INNER JOIN S_ResourceType rt ON
(r.S_ResourceType_ID=rt.S_ResourceType_ID) INNER JOIN C_UOM uom ON (rt.C_UOM_ID=uom.C_UOM_ID)
Order By :rt.Name,r.Name,ra.AssignDateFrom Default Value
[DATABASE],
Table 470.1. Resource Info InfoPanel Columns
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

Resource

Search

ra.S_Resource_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

Resource

null

Assign From

Date+Time

ra.AssignDateFrom

Assign
resource from

Assignment start

Quantity

Quantity

ra.Qty

Quantity

The Quantity indicates the number of a

specific product or item for this document.

UOM

Table Direct

rt.C_UOM_ID

Unit of Measure

The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure

Assign To

Date+Time

ra.AssignDateTo

Assign
resource until

Assignment end

Assign To

Date

ra.AssignDateTo

Assign
resource until

Assignment end

Confirmed

Yes-No

ra.IsConfirmed

Assignment
is confirmed

Resource assignment is confirmed

Assign From

Date

ra.AssignDateFrom

Operator:> =
Function:Trunc

Assign
resource from

Assignment start

Resource Type

Search

r.S_ResourceType_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

null

null

Operator:< =
Function:Trunc

2510

Chapter 471. InfoPanel:Asset Info

Created:2013-02-01 20:54:36.0
Updated:2014-01-08 21:56:16.0
Table :AD_InfoWindow
SQL From :A_ASSET a LEFT OUTER JOIN M_Product p ON (a.M_Product_ID=p.M_Product_ID) LEFT OUTER JOIN C_BPartner bp ON
(a.C_BPartner_ID=bp.C_BPartner_ID) LEFT OUTER JOIN AD_User u ON (a.AD_User_ID=u.AD_User_ID)
Order By :a.Value Default Value
[DATABASE],
Table 471.1. Asset Info InfoPanel Columns
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

Search Key

String

a.Value

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Search key for

the record in the
format required
- must be unique

A search key allows you a fast method of finding a

particular record. If you leave the search key empty,
the system automatically creates a numeric number.
The document sequence used for this fallback number
is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with
the name "DocumentNo_< TableName> ", where
TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order).

Name

String

a.Name

Operator:Like
Function:Upper

Alphanumeric
identifier of
the entity

The name of an entity (record) is used as an

default search option in addition to the search
key. The name is up to 60 characters in length.

Product

Search

a.M_Product_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

Product,
Service, Item

Identifies an item which is either

purchased or sold in this organization.

Business Partner

Search

a.C_BPartner_ID

Operator:=
Function:null

Identifies a
Business Partner

A Business Partner is anyone with whom

you transact. This can include Vendor,
Customer, Employee or Salesperson

User/Contact

Table Direct

a.AD_User_ID

User within the

system - Internal
or Business
Partner Contact

The User identifies a unique user in the system. This

could be an internal user or a business partner contact

In Service Date

Date

a.AssetServiceDate

Date when
Asset was put
into service

The date when the asset was put into service

- usually used as start date for depreciation.

2511

InfoPanel:Asset Info
Name

Reference

Sql SELECT

Guarantee Date

Date

Version No

String

QueryCriteria

Description

Comment/Help

a.GuaranteeDate

Date when
guarantee expires

Date when the normal guarantee or availability expires

a.VersionNo

Version Number

null

2512